(~ E S S A Y S ON THE PROGRESS OF ATJONS IN CIVILIZATION, PRODUCTIVE INDUSTRY, WEALTH AND POPULATION. ILLUSTRATED BY STATISTICS OF MINING, AGRICULTURE, MIANUFACTURES, COMMER(JE, COIN, BANKING, INTERNAL Ili'IROVEMENTSS, EMIGRATION AND POPULATION. BY EZRA Cr. SEAMAN. NEW YORK: CHARLES SCRIBNER, 145 NASSAU STREET. 1853. I\ ) ,, t Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1852, by EZRA C. SEAMAN, In the Clerk's Office of the District Court for the District of Columbia Stereotyped and Printed by C. W. BENEDICT, 201 William Street N. Y. TO THE REV. GEORGE DUFFIELD, D.D. S,-., THE kind interest taken by you in the prosecution of my inquiries, and in the first publication of a portion of these Essaysthe profound attention you have given to many of the subjects treated in them, and the deep interest you have taken in the difftiusion of useful knowledge, have induced me to inscribe this volume of Essays to you, as a token of the high respect which is entertained for your character and services, as a great moral and religious teacher, by the AUTHOR. -\) "I PREFACE A PORTION of these Essays were published in the year 1846; a supplement to the original work was published in' 1847, and a second supplement in 1848. The tariff of 1846 having been passed since the original work was published; great changes hav. ing been made in the commercial policy of Great Britain; Californtia and New Mexico having been ceded to the United States lby treaty; a new census having been taken by the United States, and also by several countries of Europe; the work has been revised and enlarged in view of these changes. The population of the countries of Europe and America, is given according to the most recent enumerations, with the progressive increase; the amount of the commerce of the United States, and of the principal commercial nations of Europe, at different periods, is stated according to the latest commercial replorts which have been published; and the productive industry of the United States, and of several countries of Europe, is stated and compared together, as far as is practicable in such a work, with the information at present attainable. The most of the matter contained in the original work and the supplements, has been condensed, corrected, and re-arranged; the chapters divided into sections for convenience of reference; a large amount of new matter added, and many branches of the subject treated of not contained in the former work, making it,, in a great degree, a new work, rather than a new edition of the former work. It is more theoretical than the former work, with fewer details of statistics; though it contains the results-the mere aggregates PREFACE. of a much greater amount of facts and statistics. It comprises the leading principles of political economy and social philosophy, and the facts from which they are deduced, united in a systematic series of essays, logically arranged, showing the connection of the whole, and the bearing of each upon the development of the faculties of man, upon productive industry, civilization and the progress of nations. The object of the Author has been to connect political economy with statistics; to bring the rules and principles of the former, to the test of the established facts of the latter; and to try them, as far as practicable, by the severe test, and certain standard, of the principles of mathematics. This is the only mode by which they can be reduced to certainty, and by which errors, false assumptions, fallacious reasoning, and erroneous conclusions, can be detected and corrected. Political economy is claimed to be a science, but it is in a very unsettled and imperfect condition at present. The rules laid down as principles are inconsistent with each other, and many of them are founded on assumptions which are erroneous and untrue. Modern society and its institutions are so complicated, and so many causes operate at the same time to produce effects, that it is often very difficult to determine what causes have contributed most to produce them. The whole subject of political economy is so complicated, that the only mode of even approximating to the truth, is to observe and collect carefully the facts showing the progress of nations during a series of ages; to note their condition at different periods, and their relative progress; to apply the inductive system of philosophy, and firom the effects observed, endeavor to deduce the causes which produced them. Such is the mode in which almost all scientific truths have been discovered-that is, by observation, experiment, and the deductions of reason. The course if events in different countries, under different institutions, and various systems of policy, are but experiments, which should be carefully observed and noted, to enable us to learn from the experience of other nations, as well as our own. Until that mode is puirsued to ascertain the principles of political econonmy, staLesmen vi PREFACE. and nations will continue to grope their way in uncertainty and error, and be often misled by rules laid down as principles which are founded on false assumptions. The Author has endeavored to show the effect on the progress of man and of nations, of civil, political, and religious liberty; of the development of the intellect; of educating the whole people; of the general diffuision of knowledge and science; of the discoveries, inventions, machinery, and improvements of modern times; of the use and necessity of immaterial as well as material capital; of adapting the division of employments to the condition and wants of the country; of making production free, but regulating the foreign commerce of a country in such a manner as to secure to its citizens a field of employment, to encourage and promote their industry; of the use of the precious metals, and of banking institutions and paper money; of foreign debts and colonial bondage; of associations, municipal and other corporations, local powers, and confederated systems of government; of associating, uniting, and organizing numerous individuals, their capital and labor, by means of corporations, for great enterprises and undertakings, which a few persons are incapable of accoimplishing; of the union of civil and ecclesiastical power; of despotism in any form; of ecclesiastical hierarchies, and all attempts to enforce uniformity of opinion in matters of religion or government; of large standing armies, the centralization of power, and its concentration in the hands of one man, or of an aristocratic few. The object has been, to inquire into the causes and principal elements of individual and national progress, and the institutions which tend to promote it, as well as those which have a contrary tendency. How far the Author has been successful in his efforts, it is submitted to the judgment of an intelligent and generous public to determine. Nearly all the works on political ecor.cmy used in the schools, advocate the free-trade side of the question; and though there are many reports, addresses, and speeches, and some substantial works, which controvert those doctrines with great ability, yet there is no complete work on the subject of political economy, taking that .,6 PREFACE. view of the question, and presenting the leading facts from which its principles are deduced. This work is designed for common school libraries, for mechanics' and other public libraries, and for all classes of learners and inquirers into industrial, social, and political questions. It is hoped it may be found useful as a text-book, in connection with other works on political economy, for students in academies and colleges, who should be made acquainted with all the views and phases in which the subject can be presented. They should examine both sides of every question. To express an opinion in favor of discrimination for the benefit of American industry, in laying duties on imports, is said by the advocates of free-trade to have a political bearing, and to involve partisan politics. On the contrary, they claim that the doctrines of free-trade are scientific, and the expressions of opinions in accordance with them are proper, and not subject to a similar charge. To discuss one side of the question is claimed to be scientific and proper; but a cry is raised against the discussion of the other side of the same question, as involving party politics, which they allege should be kept out of the schools, out of all agricultural conve/tions, and out of all other conventions and meetings of the people, except those of a purely partisan character. They seem to think that the schools and students should be supplied with books inculcating the doctrines of free-trade: that is esteemed proper; but to supply them with books on the other side of the question, would be promoting partisan politics, and therefore pernicious. It is to be hoped that such sophistry will soon be discarded, and that both sides of every industrial, political, and economical question, will be examined with equal care. Accurate information upon the subjects treated in this volume, is necessary to every statesman, as a guide to enlightened legislation. The most of the work was prepared for publication during the years 1850 and 1851, and much of it stereotyped previous to the reception of the information relative to the coup d'etat of Louis Napoleon of December 2d, 1851. This accounts for what is said in the fifth chapter, in relation to the constitution of France. The publication has been delayed in order to obtain the principal results viii - of the late census of 1850. Through the kindness of Mr. Kennedy, the superintendent of the census, and of Mr. Irving, his chief clerk, the Author has been favored with much information collected with the census. He has also been favored during the progress of the work, with important information from several other officers of the government, who have greatly facilitated his inquiries. The works most frequently consulted, in addition to official documents and reports, have been "Hunt's Merchants' Magazine," " The American Almanac," "British Almanac and Companion," "Annuaire of France," " McCulloch's Statistics," "Commercial DictionaiT and Universal Gazetteer," "Porter's Progress of the Nation," " Hallam's Middle Ages," "Jacob on the Precious Metals," "Brande's Encyclopedia of Science and Art," "Gibbon's Rome," "Mosheim's Church History," and "Murray's Geography." The facts and statistics have been collected and arranged, and the estimates and deductions made with great labor, care, and attention; and the Author hopes and trusts, that they may be useful to the public, and that the statistics, in the form in which they are condensed and combined, may comprise information valuable to the reading community of all parties and sects, whether they do or do not agree with the Author in his deductions and estimates. WASHINGTON, July, 1852. ix PREFACE. TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER I. ON THE LAWS OF NATURE, AND THEIR OPERATIONS AND EFFECTS UPON THE CONDITION, TRANSACTIONS, AND WELFARE OF INDI VIDUALS; AND UPON THE PROGRESS OF NATIONS, 1-33. SEC. 1. Importance of studying and understanding the laws of nature. SEC. 2. The Laws of nature deduced from the elements and condition of the material and intellectual worlds; and defined. Szc. 3. Necessity of intellect, and the importance of its development and cultivation. SEC. 4. Moral law of nature, as distinguished from the physical law. SEc. 5. Utility defined. It is the principal test to determine the moral law of nature, and moral virtue. SEc. 6. Further illustrations, in reference to medicine, agriculture, theology, law, etc., of the importance of understanding the laws of nature. SEC. 7. On the general and special providences of God; and the general use of natural causes and physical agents to effect his purposes. SEC. 8. Inherent weakness of the human mind, and the influences of natural and external causes upon it. SEC. 9. Means used by monarchical governments, and by the Pope and Catholic priesthood, to form the opinions, and govern the people. SEC. 10. Means used to form the opinions and govern the people of France during the Revolution of 1789; and the causes which produced that revolution. SEC. 11. Effect of habits, pursuits, exercise, etc., upon the constitution of man; and upon the formation of national character. SEC. 12. Effect of gunpowder, fire-arms, and the mechanic arts, in changing the character of war. CONTENTS. SEc. 13. Nations, like individuals, with but little industry, seem to be impelled by fate. SEC. 14. Effect of inventions and machinery upon the productive industry, wealth, power, and population of Great Britain. Sec. 15. Population, revenues and power of France, from 1789 to 1815, com pared with those of Great Britain: Napoleon's error upon the subject. SEC. 16. Inventions and machinery produced the overthrow of Napoleon. Their effects are the natural effects of physical causes, and must con tinue until the end of time. SEC. 17. The physical laws of nature constitute the basis of the laws of trade; and in their effects they have prostrated not only individuals, but the credit of mauy of the States,'and many af the banks of the United States. CHAPTER II. LAWS OF NATURE CONTINUED-ON THE CONSTITUTTION AND NA TURE OF MAN, AND THE END OR PURPOSE FOR WHICH HE WAS CREATED-EDUCATION AND EXERCISE NECESSARY TO DEVELOPS AND IMPROVE HIS MENTAL AND MORAL, AS WELL AS HIS PHYSI CAL FACULTIES, AND FIT HI.M FOR THE FINAL END OF HIS.EX ISTENCE, 34-53. SEC. 1. As the education, habits, condition, and government of a people have an influence upon their improvement, those topics are appro. priate to the subject of these Essays. SEC. 2. The mind being dependent on physical organs, its capacity depends very much upon- the greater or less perfection and discipline of those organs. SEC. 3. Mind, not the result of organization, but a distinct substance o principle; its characteristics, faculties, and power. SEC. 4. Physical organs and conditions, and also the organs of the mind transmitted from parent to child, which tends to form national char acter. So. 5. The pain, and much of the physical and moral evil to which man is subject, arise necessarily from his constitution, and from the mode, and end, or purpose of his existence. SEc. 6. Man was designed for an industrious, rational, social, moral, re ligious, and selfish being. SEC. 7. The leading passions enumerated and described. Sec. S. A moderate and rational gratification of the natural appetites and passions of man, is in accordance with the end or object of his crea tion. xii CONTENTS. SEc. 9. On education; its different kinds, history, and importance. Sec. 10. On school district libraries; their origin and importance. SEC. 11. Education and exercise are necessary to develope the mental and moral, as well as the physical faculties of man. CHIAPTER III. ON CIVILIZATION — DEFINITION AND SUCCESSIVE STEPS IN THE PROGRESS OF CIVILIZATION - GRAZING, MINING) MECHANISM, AGRICULTURE, AND COMMERCE-DEPENDENCE OF AGRICULTURE -INVENTIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS, 54-65. SEc. 1. Civilization is progressive. SEC. 2. Civilization defined. SEC. 3. Industry, property, and education, lie at the foundation of civiliza tion. SEC. 4. Successive steps in the progress of civilization. SEC. 5. On the use of the metals; they necessarily precede both agricul ture and a division of employments. SEC. 6. Origin, basis, and advantages of commerce. SEC. 7. Successive steps in the progress of civilization recapitulated. SEC. 8. Effect of the application of science, of the mechanic arts, and of in ventions and discoveries, on the progress of civilization. CHAPTER IV. ON THE PRIESTHOOD, AND ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNMENT; AND THE INFLUENCE OF PROTESTANTISM, CATHOLICISM, MAHOMETAN FATALISM, AND MORMONISM, UPON THE HUMAN MIND, AND UPON CIVIL GOVERNMENT, THE PROGRESS OF IMPROVEMIENT, AND CIVILIZATIOSX, 66-90. S.c. 1. Influence of the priesthood on the human mind, on education, on government, and on the progress of improvement.-Ecclesiastical ty ranny. SEC. 2. Supposed end and object of the Scriptures, of Christianity, and of church government. SEc. 3. Origin and progress of ecclesiastical government. SEC. 4. There is no necessary connection between the doctrines of a church, and its for.n and powers of government. Government of Protestant churches. SEC. 5. On the government of the Roman Catholic church; its form and character. xiii CONTENTS. Sec. 6. Character and usages of the early Christians, and the changes which they underwent. SEC. 7. Origin and character of MIahometanism, and of the Popish Inquisi tion. SEC. 8. On fatalism, and its influence on the Mahometan character. SEC. 9. Origin and character of the sect of Mormons. CHAPTER V. ON THE MODE, MEANS, AND INFLUENCES BY WHICH INDIVIDUALS AND NATIONS ARE GOVERNED-THE CAUSES AND CHIEF INSTRU MENTS OF DESPOTISM, AND OF FREEDOM AND INDEPENDENCE THE DIFFERENT FORMS OF GOVERNMENT, THEIR ORIGIN AND EFFECTS-AND THE EFFECTS OF POLITICAL PARTIES, OF OUR MODE OF ELECTIONS, AND OF CERTAIN COMBINATIONS AND ASSO CIATIONS OF MEN, 90-124. SEC. 1. On the mode, means, and influences by which individuals and nations are governed. SEC. 2. On the causes which have led to, and the chief instruments of despotism; and the causes of liberty and independence. SEC. 3. Democracy defined. It can not be sustained in its purity, among a very ignorant people. SEC. 4. Aristocracy defined, and the character and influence of the different classes stated. SEC. 5. On the centralization of power, and the origin and importance of local power. SEC. 6. Origin of the representative system of legislation, and the import ance of two chambers. SEC. 7. Character of the Anglo-Saxons and of the Normans, and the origin and progress of the laws, institutions, and government of Great Britain. SEc. 8. Character of the House of Lords of Great Britain. The power and prosperity of that country not owing to a hereditary, landed, clerical, or legal aristocracy. SEC. 9. On party combinations, and the frauds perpetrated by them. SEC. 10. Evils of the system of elections by general ticket, and a remedy suggested. SEC. 11. Effect of Anti-masonry, Anti-slavery, native Americanism, Catho licism, and Mormonism upon our elections. SEC. 12. On th.e progress of civil liberty, and of reform in matters of govern ment. xiy CONTENTS. CHAPTER VI. ON THE NATURE AND CONSTITUENTS OF WEALTH, AND HOW ACCU MULATED; ON VALUE, EXCHANGEABLE VALUE AND PRICE; CAPITAL AND MATERIALS, AS DISTINGUISHED FROM PRODUCTS FOR CONSUMPTION; PRODUCTION, THE RESULT OF THE COMBINED ACTION OF LABOR AND CAPITAL, BOTH MATERIAL AND IMMATE RIAL, UPON RAW MATERIALS; WEALTH ACCUMULATED BY INDUS TRY AND FRUGALITY; PURSUITS PERSONIFIED, THEIR RELATIVE IMPORTANCE, 125-151. SEC. 1. Nature and character of our wants, and the nature and utility of the things which are necessary to supply them. SEC. 2. The utility of luxuries is partly real, but mostly factitious,-it is re lative also. Sec. 3. On values; their character and basis. Many of them more or less factitious. Value and price of things fluctuate. SEC. 4. Wealth and its basis, divided into material and immaterial, real and factitious. SEC. 5. Definition and uses of capital, distinguished from materials to be manufactured, and from products for consumption. SEC. 6. Coin, being an instrument of commerce, should be.ranked as fixed capital. SEC. 7. Production and productive industry defined. SEC. 8. Use of capital; immaterial capital more difficult to acquire that material capital, and also more necessary to render labor effective. SEC. 9. Importance of a division of employments, and the limits to sucb division. SEC. 10. What constitutes a field of employment, and the importance o0 securing it. SEC. 11. On the production and accumulation of wealth. SEC. 12. Markets are among the principal stimulants of industry, ano causes of wealth. Colonial policy of Europe; the importance ol securing the markets of every country to her own citizens: so far aE they are capable of supplying them. SEC. 13. The different employments and pursuits personified. SEC. 14. Effect of the mechanic arts and of commerce on the mind and char acter of man, and upon the character and enterprise of nations. SEc. 15. Effect of the mechanic arts and manufactures upon markets anc prices, and on agriculture. XV C-ONTENTS. CHAPTER VII. ON THE METALS-THEIR USE-THE DISCOVERY AND HISTORY OF WORKING THEMI AND THE PROGRESSIVE PRODUCTION OF TIIEM, 152-174. SEC. 1. General history and use of t,e metals. SEC. 2. Introduction of the manufacture of iron into Great Britain, and the production, importation, exportation, and consumption of iron in that kingdom. SEC. 3. Production, importation, and consumption of iron in France, the United States, and Ireland. SEC. 4. Estimates of the production of iron and other metals (exclusive of gold and silver) in the several countries of Europe, at different periods. SEC..5. On the use, production, consumption, and trade in copper. SEC. 6. Tin; its use and production. SEC. 7. On lead; its use, production, consumption, and trade. SEC. 8. On zinc; its use and the trade in it. SEC. 9. Coal; its use, production, consumption, and trade. SEc. 10. On the production, consumption, and trade in salt. SEC. 11. General reflections on the importance of the metals, and the effect of their increased production on industry and commerce. CHAPTER VIII. ON THE ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE AND THE MECHANIC ARTS'; AND THEIR EFFECTS UPON THE HEALTHS CON DITION, AND INCr.EASE OF IAN, 175-210. SEC. 1. Origin and condition of the useful arts, and of agriculture among ancient nations. SEC. 2. Improvements in agricultural tools and implements in modern times. SEC. 3. Civilization commenced in warm countries; house-building was among the first of the mechanic arts learned by man. SEC. 4. Glass-windows, chimneys, stoves, the steam-engine,?fuel, cold and heat-and their influence on the comforts and industry of man. SEC. 5. Invention of saw-mills in the fifteenth century; and the mode of building, and condition of dwellings before that time. SEc. 6. In all civilized countries, more people suffer for want of comfortable dwellings, clothing, bedding, and fuel, than for want of food. SFc. 7. The mariner's compass, and its influence on navigation. xvi SEC. 8. Progress of improvement in the mechanic arts and manufactures, and their effects upon the comforts of man, and the increase of popu. lation. SEC. 9. On paper-its invention, uses, and manufacture. SEC. 10. On the production, manufactures, and trade in wool and woollen goods. SEC. 11. On the production, manufacture, and trade in the manufactures of flax and hemp. SEC. 12. On the production, manufacture, and trade in silk and silk goods. SEC. 13. On the production, manufacture, and trade in cotton and cotton goods-the prices of cotton-the number of power looms and fac tories employed in the manufacture of wool, cotton, linen, and silk, in Great Britain and Ireland, respectively-and the number of spindles in use in different countries. SEC. 14. On the production, uses, and manufacture of leather-and the trade in hides, leather, and manufactures of leather CHAPTER IX. ON THE ORIGIN, INTRODUCTION. USES, AND PRODUCTION OF THE PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE, 211-239. SEC. 1. On the cereal grains, or bread corns. SEC. 2. The production and consumption of wheat. SEC. 3. Rye-its production and use. SEC. 4. Production and use of oats. SEC. 5. Production and use of barley. SEC. 6. Production and use of buckwheat and millet. SEC. 7. Production and use of rice. SEC. 8. Production and use of maize, or Indian corn. SEC. 9. Production and use of potatoes. SEC. 10. Production of grain in the United States, Great Britain, Ireland, and France. SEC. 11. Production of grain in Russia, Austrian Empire, Spain, and other countries of Europe. SEC. 12. Trade in grain and flour at different periods. SEC. 13. General reflections on the agricultural products of Europe. and their increase. SEC. 14. The introduction, production, and consumption of sugar. SEC. 15. The production and consumption of coffee. SEC. 16. The introduction and consumption of tea. SEC. 17. Physical and moral effects of tea and coffee. SEC. 18. The production and consumption of wine. S cso. 19. The production and consumption of tobacco. xvii CONTENTS. CONTENTS. CIIAPTER X. ON THE PRECIOUS METALS, COIN, AND BANK NOTES) 240-271. SEC. 1. The utility of gold and silver, and the properties which fit them for measures of value and for currency-though they do not consti tute an invariable standard of value. SEC. 2. Quantity of pure silver and gold, and of alloy, in the coin of Great Britain, and the United States, at different periods. SEC. 3. Mr. Jacob's estimates of the amount of coin in the Roman Empire and in ancient Europe. SEC. 4. Production of gold and silver from 1492 to 1850-and Gregory King's estimate of the supply in 1500 and 1696. SEC. 5. Wear and loss of coin-consumption of gold and silver in the arts coin exported to Asia, and the amount in Europe and America at dif ferent periods, from 1500 to 1840. SEC. 6. Origin and progress of banking-and the estimated amount of paper money in circulation, in the several countries of Europe, and in America, at different periods. SEC. 7. Banking capital, coin, and paper money, in the United States, from 1810 to 1849-exports and imports of coin, and the influence of foreign commerce on banking. SEC. 8. Amount of money to each person in each portion of the United States, and in each country of Europe-also the amouit in Europe and America to each person, from 1500 to 1840. SEC. 9. Depreciation of paper money-failures of banks-losses and evils resulting-and remedies suggested. CHAPTER XI. ON SUPPLY AND DEMAND, THE WANTS OF MAN, AND A PROPER DIVI SION OF EMPLOYMENTS, 272-299. SEC. 1. On supply and demand-the increased production of the present age-and the capacity of Great Britain and the United States, to produce certain articles sufficient to supply the wants of the world. SEC. 2. The division of employments, and the industry of a nation should be adapted to the wants of the people, and of the commercial world; and to the resources and condition of the country. SEC. 3. How much of each class of provisions, breadstuffs, and vegetables, do our people need? SEC. 4. How much salt, fish, tea, coffee, spices, sugars, dried fruits, and rice, do orir people need, and consume annually? XVILI CONTENTS. Sr;c. 5. What kinds, how much, and of what value of clothing, do they need and consume annually? SEC. 6. What fuel, lights, soap, and household furniture, and of what value do they need? SEC. 7. What kind and value of dwelling houses, outhouses, grounds, shade trees, etc., do they need, to promote their comforts and enjoyments? SEC. 8. Annual expenditures for books, newspapers, and other periodicals, for education, and for horses and carriages kept for pleasure. SEc. 9. Cost to the consumers, of the tobacco, and the intoxicating drinks consumed annually. SEC. 10. Recapitulation of the annual consumption of the people, -the value annually produced-the value accumulated-and reflections on the imperfect division of employments in our country-the surplus of some articles wasted(, and the deficiency of others, supplied by imports from abroad, which might have been furnished at home. SEC. 11. What proportion or per cent. of the adult males should be em ployed in agriculture in different climates-what per cent. have been employed in agriculture, and what per cent. in other pursuits, in diffe rent parts of the United States, and in Great Britain and Ireland and the values produced annually by each division. SEC. 12. General reflections on the effects of an improper division of em ployments, not adapted to the condition and wants of a people. SEC. 13. Utility of competition-injurious effects of excessive competi tion-and the importance of concert of action among producers, in order to limit production to the wants of the commercial world and to direct labor and capital from employments in which there nay be an excess of production, to others, in which there may be a deficiency. CHAPTER XII. ON PRICES, AND THEIR FLUCTUATIONS, 300-366. SEc. 1. Necessity of a standard or measure of value in making exchanges -use of gold and silver coin as such standard. SEc. 2. Causes of the changes in value of gold and silver. SEC. 3. On the price, or market value of products. SEC. 4. Natural limit to the demand for food-no limit but poverty, to the demand for objects of ornament, taste, and fashion. S.c. 5. Effect of demand and supply on each other, and on prices, where there is a proper division of employments, and production is adapted to the condition and wants of the people. SEC. 6. The prices of labor are governed by the same natural laws that regulate the prices of the products of industry. Xix SEc. 7. On the prices of land, and the causes of the great difference between ~ their value in densely peopled countries, and in those sparsely settled. SEc. 8. On rents, and what regulates the amount. SEC. 9. Interest on money, and profits on capital-what determines the amount of profits, and the rate of interest-and the effect of high and low rates of interest on the prosperity of a country. S.c. 10. Free trade theory of cost and price. SLc. 11. Free trade theory of the effect of competition. SEc. 12. False assumption involved in the free trade theory of price. SEC. 13. False assumption of the facility of labor and capital changing from one employment to another. SEC. 14. Errors of the theory of free trade arising from false assumptions. SR.c. 15. Tables showing the prices of wheat in England, from 1120 to 1557. SEC. 16. Table showing the average and comparative prices of wheat at Oxford, England, from 1583 to 1800. SEC. 17. Average prices of wheat in Great Britain from 1801 to 1850. SEC. 18. Comparison of the population with the products of wheat and prices at different periods; showing the poverty of the people, and the famines, plagues, and great mortality which prevailed. SEC. 19. Rent of land, wheat produced per acre. and price of labor in the 12th and 13th centuries. SEC. 20. Value of ships, iron, wool, and wines in Flanders in the year 1470. SEC. 21. Table of exports of England in 1354, giving quantities and prices -condition of the laboring classes. SEC. 22. Prices of rent, wages, provisions, etc., in the 13th and 14th centu ries. SEC. 23. Comparative condition of the laboring classes in the 14th and 19th centuries. SEc. 24. Table of prices in the 16th century. SEC. 25. Contract prices of provisions and labor at the Royal Hospitals, at Greenwich, from 1730 to 1835. SEC. 26. Exports from London to France, and the prices of the same in 1751-and the official values of goods. SEC. 27. Official and declared values of the leading articles exported from Great Britain in 1832 and 1834. SEc. 28. Official and declared values of British exports annually, from 1798 to 184-and the amount to the United States since 1821. SEC. 29. Official and declared values of manufactures of wool, cotton, linen, silk, cotton yarn, and twist, and of all other articles of British pro duce, exported annually from 1814 to 1837. SEC. 30. Importation into the United States-production and prices of iron -and improvements in the manufacture. Sec. 31. Prices of copper, tin, and lead, at different times. S.c. 32. Prices of hardware at different dates xx C,bNTSYT.S. COTNTENTS, Sac. 33. The Western produce markets, giving quantities and prices at different places. SEc. 34. Exports from, and imports into, the United States; monthly prices of flour in New York, and export and import prices, from 1828 to 1850, of flour, wheat, corn, and butter. SEc. 35. Prices of wheat in France from 1829 to 1850. SEC. 36. Prices of freights and their variations, and the cost of transporta tion in various modes. SEC. 37. Average prices of wheat, Indian corn, oats, and potatoes, in each of the United States, from 1840 to 1846, inclusive, (estimated.) CHAPTER XIII. ON COMMERCE,-367. SEC. 1. The nature, object, and legitimate sphere, of foreign and domestic commerce. SEC. 2. The final result of all proper and natural commercial transac tions, is to effect an exchange of commodities-purchases for con sumption should be limited. SEc. 3. On what is termed balance of trade-and the principal causes which produce it. SEC. 4. Domes.tic commerce depends on a division of employments. All the branches of industry of a country are mutually dependent on each other, for markets for their products. SEC. 5. The natural tendency of commerce is to conform to the physical laws of nature-foreign commerce should be regulated in accordance with the moral laws of nature-it is extremely variable. SEC. 6. On protective duties and their effects. SEC. 7. On free trade, and its effects-and the importance of directing and controlling foreign commerce, by commercial regulations and im posts, established in accordance with the moral laws of nature. SEC. 8. The exports of a country depend mostly on the character, variety, amount, and prices of the products of its industry. SEC. 9. On what the imports of a country depend-exports, imports, and domestic production, being mutally dependent on each other-pro duction and the wants of other nations determine the amount of exports-and the value of the exports finally determines the amount of imports. SEC. 10. Influence of paper money, and the credit system, on exports and imports, and on domestic commerce. SEC. 11. Depressing effects of debts upon individuals and communities different effects of foreign and domestic debts. Xxi CONTENTS. SEC. 12. How, and for what purposes and ends commerce should be regu. lated. SEC. 13. On the foreign commerce of the United States-the balance of trade against the country-and the foreign debt, at different periods showing the effect of our respective tariff acts upon the commerce, productive industry, and prosperity of the country. SEC. 14. On the commerce and commercial policy of Great Britain-the value and immense increase of their exports. SEC. 15. On the commerce and commercial policy of France-and the value of exports and imports at different periods. SEC. 16. On the commerce and commercial policy of Holland and Belgium SEC. 17. On the commerce of Austria, Russia, and Cuba. SEC. 18. Estimate of the value of the exports, and the amount to each per, son, of the United States,-compared with those Of the Southern Slave States, of the Free States, Northern Slave States, Great Britain, France, and other countries. CHAPTER XIV. ON THE CONDITION, PRODUCTIVE INDUSTRY, AND VALUE OF PRO PERTY, OF GREAT BRITAIN, FRANCE, AND OTHER COUNTRIES OF WESTERN EUROPE, AT DIFFERENT PERIODS; OF MEXICO AND THE SOUTH AMERICAN STATES; OF THE UNITED STATES, AND THE SEVERAL STATES IN 1840,-418. SEC. 1. Incomes, value of real and personal estate, coin and agricultural pro ducts, of England and Wales in 1688. SEC. 2. Comparative incomes and population of England, France, and Hol. land, in 1697. SEC. 3. Acres of land, and rental of Great Britain and Ireland at different periods, from 1770 to 1843. SEc. 4. Tables showing the rental and valuation of the different kinds of real property in Great Britain in 1815 and 1843. SEC. 5. Several estimates of the productive industry of Great Britain. SEc. 6. Gross and net products of the manufacturing and mining industry of Great Britain, and the capital invested; also the foreign debts, stocks and investments. SEc. 7. Income from, and capital invested in the several departments of in dustry in Great Britain in 1841; Mr. Pebrer's estimate of the pro perty in 1833; rental and value of property, and amount to each per son at different periods. SEC. 8. Productive industry and property of Holland and Belgium. xxii CONTENTS. SEo. 9. Property and productive industry or incomes )f France, and the amount to each person at different periods, compared with Great Britain. Szac. 10. Productive industry and condition of Mexico, and the South Ame rican States. SEC. 11. Productive industry and condition of Spain and Portugal at different periods, compared with England, France, Italy, &c. SEC. 12. Mode of estimating the annual income from agriculture in the United States, in 183940. SEc. 13. Agricultural products of the United States, in 1839. SEc. 14. Manufactures and the mechanic arts; their net products; capital and number of persons employed. SEC. 15. Mining, fisheries, and the forest, products of, in 1840. Sac. 16. Estimates of the income from commerce, navigation, and transpor tation, in 1840. SEC. 17. Mining, manufactures, fisheries, forest, agriculture, and commerce; their net products; capital and persons employed. SEC. 18. Values produced in each of the great departments of industry, in each State; and the amount to each person. SEC. 19. Value of furniture made; and the number, value, and average value of houses erected in each of the States, in 1840. CH,APTER XV. ON FREE TRADE; THE CIRCUMSTANCES WHICH SUGGESTED TIE OUTLINES OF THE SYSTEM; ITS PRINCIPLES, FALSE ASSUMPTIONS, SOPHISTRIES) AND TENDENCIES; THE NECESSITY OF REGULATING COMMERCE, OF ORGANIZING CAPITAL AND LABOR; AND TIIE TRUE PRINCIPLES OF POLITICAL ECONOMY,-469. SEC. 1. Feudal privileges and monopolies in the mechanic arts, manufac tures, and commerce in Europe. SEC. 2. The system or monopoly extended to all the countries of America; which were held in colonial bondage. SEC. 3. Dr. Adam Smith's Inquiry into the Nature, Causes, and Wealth of Nations; its character and effects. SEC. 4. Free production, but not free trade, the true rule. SEC. 5. Definition of the word fact. The rules of political economy, should be deduced from facts. SEC. 6. Causes of many of the errors into which Dr. Smith fell. SEC. 7. Great Britain has capital and capacity to manufacture for the world. Necessary effects of Free Trade. SEC. 8. Maxims of Free Trade stated. xxiii CONTENTS. SEC. 9. The maximis of Free Trade critically examined, and commented upon. SEC. 10. Importance and mode of organizing capital and labor. CHAPTER XVI. ON ROADS AND OTHER INTERNAL IMPROVEMBSNTS; THE MEANS OF COMMUNICATION AND TRANSPORTATION IN DIFFERENT COUNTRIES; AND THEIR EFFECTS ON THE INTELLIGENCE AND INDUSTRY OF NATIONS, 497. SEC. 1. Posts, and Post-Offices-their introduction and progress in Great Britain and the United States. SEC. 2. Roads in ancient and modern times; introduction of paved roads; modes of conveyance, and of travelling at various periods, and in dif ferent countries. SEC. 3. Turnpike roads, carriages, and coaches; extent of roads in Great Britain and France. SEc. 4. Origin and progress of canals. SEC. 5. Railroads and locomotives; extent of railroads in different coun. tries. SEC. 6. Steamboats, electric telegraphs, and plank-roads. SEC. 7. Productiveness of canals and railroads, and their effects on industry and the value of property. SEc. 8. Effect of steamboats, railroads, and electric telegraphs, in dissemina ting knowledge among men. CHAPTER XVII. ON CASTES, ORDERS OF MEN, SYSTEMS OF RELIGION, ASSOCIATIONS, POLITICAL PARTIES, AND SAVINGS' BANIKS 512. SEC. 1. Condition of society, and castes of the ancient world; the laboring classes uneducated. SEC. 2. Origin of associations distinct from the government, and of corpora tions. SEC. 3. Changes in the organization of churches in the fourth century. SEC. 4. Protestant societies or churches, and the influence of different sys. tems of religion on the progress of nations. SEC. 5. Advantages and power of associations, corporations, and associated wealth. SEC. 6. The Monks, Jesuits, Missionary, and Colonization societies. SEC. 7. Political associations and parties. SEc. 8. Societies, or Order of Freemasons. biEc. 9. Friendly, or Benefit societies. xxiv OONT,ENTS. SEC. 10. Savings' banks. SEC. 11. The Independent Order of Odd-Fellows. SEC. 12. Temperance societies, and Sons of Temperance. SEC. 13. Effect of independent associations and churches, on civil liberty and civilization. CHAPTER XVIII. ON THE ART OF DISTILLATION, AND ON THE MIANUFACTURE, CON SUMPTION, PROPERTIES, AND EFFECTS, OF FERMENTED AND DIS TILLED LIQUORS, 533. SEC. 1. On fermented liquors, and the art of distillation. SEC. 2. Chemical properties and component parts of alcohol, ether, and several other gases and substances. SEC. 3. Effect of ether, chloroform, nitrous oxyd-gas, and alcohol, on sensa tion and on the mental faculties. SEC. 4. On poisons, and their operations. SEC. 5. Is it, or is it not immoral to use intoxicating drinks as a beverage. SEC. 6. Consumption of intoxicating drinks in the United States, in 1810, 1840, and 1850. 'SEC. 7. Consumption of intoxicating liquors in Great Britain and Ireland, Prussia, and Sweden. CHAPTER XIX. ON THE GENERAL LAWS WHICH GOVERN THE PROGRESS OF POPU LATION; AND ON THE POPULATION OF THE OLD WORLD, 546. SEC. 1. On the general laws which govern the progress of population. SEC. 2. Population of the Roman Empire, and of the Roman provinces and countries of Europe, at different periods. SEC. 3. Population of Italy at different periods. SEC. 4. Population of Spain and Portugal. SEC. 5. Progress of the population of France. SEC. 6. Progress of the population of England and Wales, Scotland and Ire land, and the emigration. SEC. 7. Population of the Netherlands, or Holland and Belgium. SEC. 8. Population of Prussia, Denmark, Sweden, Norway, and Switzer. land. SEC. 9. Progress of the population of Russia. SEC. 10. Population of Austria, Germany, and Turkey. S.c. 11. Population of Asia. SEC. 12. Population of Africa. SEC. 13. By what causes population is affected. ik? CONTENTS. CHAPTER XX. ON THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD, 578. SEC. 1. Population of the colonies (now the United States), at different periods. SEC. 2. White, free-colored, and slave population of the several States, at each census, from 1800 to 1850. SEC. 3. Emigration to the United States. SEC. 4. Ratio of the mortality, and of the natural increase of the white popu lation of the United States, every ten years. SEC. 5. Population of the British North American colonies, at different periods. SEC. 6. Progress of the population of Cuba and Porto Rico. SEC. 7. Progress of the population of Mexico. SEC. 8. Population of the other Spanish American States and nations. SEC. 9. Progress of the population of Brazil. SEC. 10. Indian population of the United States, and the condition and indus. try of some of the tribes. SEC. 11. Indians of the British provinces. SEC. 12. Population of America at different periods. CHAPTER XXI. ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE INDUSTRY OF THE UNITED STATES, (CONTINUED FROM CHAPTER XIV,) 614. SEC. 1. On the wealth of the several States at different periods, and the amount of property to each person. SEC. 2. Improved lands and live stock of the several States. SEC. 3. Agricultural industry and products of the several States in 1849. SEC. 4. Manufacturing, mechanical, and mining industry of the several States in 1850. SEC. 5. Estimate of the income from capital and industry in the United States, during the year ending June 1, 1850; and the amount to each person. xxvi CHAPTER I. ON THE LAWS OF NATURE, AND TITEIR OPERATIONS AND EFFECUTS UPON'rl-IE CONDITION, TRANSACTIONs, AND WVETI, FARE OF INDIVIDUALS; AND UPON THE PROGRESS OF NATrIONS. Src. 1. Ii2portance of 7te?dcrstaandingthe Laws of'atare. INAsUICII as the destiny of man and the progress of nations are in a great measure shaped and controlled by the laws of nature, or, in other words, by the general providences of God, it becomes necessary to inquire into, and to study those laws. T'hat climate, and the situation, condition, and resources or a country in regard to soil, mines, mountains, timber, navigabl,3 waters, and small streams and springs, have a great influence upon man, and upon the progress of communities and nations, is obvious to every intelligent mind. Large bodies of water are not only convenient as aids to commerce, but they are absolutely necessary to produce a constant and sufficient quantity of evaporation to furnish with regularity clouds, rains, and dews to moisten the earth, render it fit for vegetation, and enable it to support animal life; and hence the central portions of large continents, lying at a great distance from seas and lakes, are very generally barren wastes. It is necessary to study all these things and conditions, in order to learn their influences upon the health, means of subsistence, comfort, and wants of individuals and comnmunities; and upon their progress in productive industry, comnierce, civilization, wealth, numbers, and power. In no other mode can we account for the different degrees of advancement which have been made by the nations of the earth respectively in different ages. MIan should study and understand the laws of nature, to enable him to use to the best advantage, and to improve his faculties and the physical advantages which surround himn; to use dame nature and her laws and products, as well as all the elements of the material world, as instruments to furnish himself with the necessaries, comforts, and enjoyments of life, and to protect himself, as far as possible, from the physical evils and ills to which he is subject. A knowledge of the laws of nature is nocessary to enable him to direct his industry in such manner as to 1 ON' TJIE LAWS OF NATURE. render it effective and useful, in order to supply his wants, promote his comforts, and secure his well-bein(rg. As man by the use of the telescope and other mechanical aids, can see objects which are beyond the reach of the natural vision, so, by the aid of science, he can extend his intellectual vision to things, laws, and results, beyond the most distant conceptions of the uncultivated mind. A complete knowledge of the laws of nature, and of all their principles, comprises the whole circle of the sciences-intellectual, moral, social, and political, as well as natural. Tile study and knowledge of the laws of nature, or many of them, including all the physical, and mechanical, and:L portion of the mental sciences, lie at the very foaindation of all human improvement and progress. SEC. 2. Thle Lawts of N'atit-e dedteceid f.rom the ele?)zens of the miaterial a?l intellectual zworlds; acld defiled. The series of worlds comprising the Universe, are composed of matter of various kinds; each possessing distinct properties, affinities, and powers, by which the several kinds act and reatct upon each other with perfect uniformity, form combinations, ntid produce dissolutions, and cause the motion of the heavenly bodclies, and the action of what we usually term the elements, upon the face of the earth. Mlan was constituted by the Supreme B1eiig mostly of the same materials as the matei'ial world, partakes of its properties, and is subject to, and adapted to the same general laws; and while some things are congenial to his nature, and necessary to sustain life, others are destructive to his existence as an organized being. There seems to be a living principle pervading organized beings, which is the basis of life, and the active agent which is the builder of all organic structures, vegetable as well as animal; and in addition to this, man is endowed by his Creator with an intellect, adapted to his physical and organic constitution and nature. Though the intellect or mind is an intelligent and active principle of itself, capable of originatirng action, poss2ssing( freedom of action, or freedom of will, as it is usually termed, yet it is perfectly dependent upon, and can act through the medium of physical organs only. The earth and all its products are spread before mankind, to be equally enjoyed by all; this constitutes a coimmunity of interest among the whole human family; hence equality to some extent, of natural, not acquired rights, such as a right to life, liberty, and to pursue one's own happiness in a proper manner, lies at the foundation of justice; and hence the duty of each to respect the rights of his fellow beings. This community of interest, and the moral duty of man to man, would form but a ficblo 2 ON THE LAIS OF NATURE. bond of union a,tnonfg mankind, if the Deity, in the formation of man, had not placed in him a3 desire of conjugal union, and fixed in his constitution a principle of syimpathy for his fellow beings, and his family and associates in particular, which acts as an instinctive propensity of his nature, impelling him to social intercourse as a means of enjoyment; also impelling him to do good and relieve distress. This sympathy is the source, if not the very essence of what some call moral sense; and constitutes the basis of the domestic affections, of our social feeling(s, and of every feeling(r of benevolence, charity, and philanthropy. This instinctive propensity, or feeling of sympathy, results partly fromn our intellectual, and partly from our physical or organic constitution and nature; or more probably from the intimate union and combination of the two, and constitutes our moral nature and the principal bond of union between man and man. Certain relations, therefore, exist between man and his Meaker, between man and man; between man and the material worlds of which he constitutes a part, and between the intellectual and physical, or organic part of man. All these relations, and the properties and powers of matter and of spirit upon which they depend, have been nicely adapted to each other by the infinite wisdom and benevolence of the Deity; they comiprise lthe plhysical, orgaiic,, spi'itical, and?m)oral laws of tlie uznitverse, ansd const'itete what are itsuatctlly called tlhe laws of qtnatre. The ltaws which govern the living principle (including botLh animal and vegetable life) being fixed, certain, uniform in their operations, and analogous to the laws which govern grosser miatter, will be generally included in these essays under the termis _/pysical lawrl of qza(ttre. SEc. 3. iVecessity of intellect, and the imiportance of its develop wnea(t and cultivration. All natural laws and physical agencies being governed by powers and properties inherent in matter, and not by intelligence, their constant tendency in action is to chancge and vibrate from one extreme to another-from heat to cold, and from cold to heat; fromi wet to dry, and from dry to wet, etc., etc.; one extreme tending to produce the opposite extreme. These constant changes are necessary to furnish a sufficiency of water upon all parts of the surface of the earth to promote vegetation; and thc,hgh some of the direct effects of these changes are prejudicial to the hlealthl of man when he is much exposed to them, yet they are equally necessary to the life of man as to vegetables, by reason of their supplying him with water as well as with vegetation. sIan needs the benefits resulting to himn from these frequent changes produced by natural laws; but in order to secure his health, he finds 3 ON THE LAWS 0OV NATURE. it necessary to resist, as much as possible, the direct effects of these changes upon his system, and to maintain by means of cloting, dwellings, and fires, a uniform temperature, a uniform and dry atmosphere, and unifbrmrity, to a considerable extent, in his diet, drink, exercise, sleep, and all his habits. M1ind or intellect is therefore necessary to direct all the movements of mran, to enable hinm not only to avoid and resist the pernicious effects upon him of the elements of the material world, and to use these elements as instruments and agents to promote his comforts; but also to prevent the appetites and passions of his physical nature fiom running into excesses, and eventually undernimining his health and constitution, bringing on debility and disease, or leading him into vice and crime. A just medium, which can be maintained only by a constant exertion of intellect, avoiding extremes in all cases, un juste milieu, as the French express it, is not only the path of virtue, but it is the only mode to secure the general welfare and happiness of man. Intellect of a high order, comparatively speaking, (or capable of becoming so by cultivation,) was given to man to restrain, regulate, and give direction to his appetites, and to stimulate him to activity and industry, as well as to direct and govern all his actions. Intellect is not only the balance-wheel which regulates all his movements, but when cultivated, it is one of the great iainsprings which propels himi on to activity, industry, and enterprise. Though literary men are often indolent and inefficient, the mazes of literature seemiingly serving to bewilder and distract their mninds, yet men of science are generally very active and enterprising. The mind of man is constituted with capacities for development and improvement to an almost unlimited extent, by means of its own activity; and it is generally supposed that he is placed in this world as a state of probation, to exercise and develope his faculties, and fit him for a higher and more important state of existence. Longevity to a certain extent, is necessary to effect this object; and in order to promote longevity, it is necessary for man to develope his physical as well as his mental faculties, and to provide himself with all the physical comforts in his power, to secure him against the diseases and ills of life as far as practicable. Man should study the constitution and nature of thing,s, and the laws of the material world, so as to make them instruments and agents to promote his welfare, and not become the victim of their operation, and be swept by them down the current of time, without much influence over his own destiny; as is the case with every savage and barbarous people. He should study them in 4 ON THE LAWS OF NATURE. order to avoid natural causes and agtencies which hle cannot control, and to learn to use material things, not onlv for food, clothin(g, dwellings, and fuel, but also to make use of them, and of the laws of nature, as instruments and agents to aid him in his labors to increase the fruits and products of the earth, and enable himn to supply himself with all the necessaries and comforts of life, which tend to promnote his health, physical welfare, and hlappiuess. It has been stated, that while some things are congenial to the nature of man, and necessary to sustain life, others are des'trtctive to his existence as an organized being. Caloric is necessary to the existence of animal as well as vegetal)le life, but too mnuch of it, causing an excessive degree of heat, will destroy life. Somne combinations of matter, and conditions of the atmosphere, so filled with carbonic acid gas and heated with caloric, as to be prejudicial to health, and destructive to animal life, tend in a highl degree to promote the growth of vegetation, and indirectly, and in the final result, promote animal life and the welfare of mana. Thus, even those elements and laws of nature, whose immediate effect is to destroy the life of man when exposed to them, in their general and ultimate effects, tend to provide the materials to furnish himn withl food, clothing fuel, and a shelter, and to promote his general welfare. SIan's intellect and understanding was given to him to enable him to judge of, icarn fromnt experience, and understand, the properties, tendencies, and effects of all the elements of matter, and of all their various combinations; that he might avoid such elements, combinations, and qualities as are injurious and dangerous' to hinm, and whose evil tendencies he cannot control, and use such nmaterials, and in such combinations and quantities, and in such mode and conditions of the human system, as to promote his health and general good. In hot climates, he promotes and secures his general health and welfare, and that of his famnily, by planting shade trees, and building a house to protect them from the burning heat of the sun during, the day. Il very cold climates, he is constantly struggling with the cold instead of the heat, and is obliged to build a house or hut as warm as possible, and to provide himself with a large amount of fuel and of clothiag, of leather, fuilrs, and skins, or of cloth made of wool, to protect himself fromt the severity of the cold. In changeable, and what are usually termed temperate climates, he finds it necessary to resort to all these means, and to use these and many others, Some to protect himself from the excessive heats of suminiier, and others to defend him against the cold of winter: and in all climates, he must use means to protect himself against rains, 5 \ON Tilli LAWS OF NATURE. storms, dews, winds, and bad air; and must also provide himself with a sufficiency for every day's use of wholesome water as well as food. EJan is born in perfect helplessness and ignorance, and yet he is required to conform to the laws of God as unfolded in the vol,'unie of nature; and must learn them before he can do so. Ils whole life should therefore be a constant effort to learn these lews; to prevent the physical appetites and propensities of his nature fi'on running into excess and vice; to resist and avoid the influence of the elements and combinations of matter which are dangerous, or injurious to him to subdue and regul.te prioperly his own appetites and passions and to subdue the earith, and conve:rt its products into useful instruments and materials for securing and promoting his health, enjoyvment, and general welfare. I-IHence oner of the first and most important duties of parents, is to give theic children as much instruction as is in their power, and adapted to their station and condition, to fit them in the best nianner to discharge their duties, provide for and satisfy their own wants, and for the great bousiness and duties of'life upon which they have entered. SEc. 4. illoral.Law of lNati6re dist,,,nguisihed from the Physical Laws of 2Tratt?re. It m7ast haiec been designed by the Deity, and probably forms the basis of ]-is moral law and governmenezt, that mnan should be subject to a constant stru(ggle with the physical laws of nature, and required to make great efforts to support life and satisfy his own wants, and provide for his own comforts, as a suitable discipline to develope his faculties, and fit him for a highler state of existence. I'le moral law and gorereszent of God maoly be cilled the 9moroal law of z,at2?'e. It requires iiian to develope his faculties; to struggle against the physical laws of nature; to use natural agents as a means of providing for his own wants and comforts; and to act under all circumstances in such a manner as to promtote his own general welfare and happiness and that of his fellow beings, and particularly of those depending upon hin, to the gre2atest extent possible. This conclusion is deduced fromn the consideration, that the Deity, being an omniscient and benevolent beiiin, miust have established all the physical, as well as the spiritual and imoral laws of the universe which comprise the law of nature, in such a manner as to promote the general welfare and happiness of nian, when lie confori.ms to them, as far as is in hlis power. Mloral vi,tiue moy t erefore be defined, perfect obedienzc to t(ne moral laws of qnat,,re, or ili other words to the will of God;.z?ld the distilictioit between rig,ht or wrong lies ita coinfo)rm 10 ON THE LAWS OF NATURE. iit, 0o n?ofl-cOor,i-r( ty? to this greet rule. By acting in accordance withli the moral laws of nature, mankind will not only avoid ti~any evils, but promote their own welfare and happiness to the greatest extent of which their constitution and nature will admit. The principle of sympathy for his fellow beings was implanted in the organic and physical constitution of man, in order to give hin a physical propensity to act in accordance with the morial law and government of God, so far as to do his duty to his fellow beings. SEC. D. Ltii!y& t/hg e prieciv.7' test to detcr?,,ine the gIoral Law of S.~atT tre. The word Utility implies active agency, or effective means to produce some result, or promote some end or object; and hence the different senses in which it is used by different persons and iauthors. Some use it in a very loose and vague sense; calling that useful which may be used as an effective means to advance their selfish and temporary ends and objects, and gratify their passions and sensual appetites, even at the expense of their own ultimate good and general welfare, and of the rights and welfare of their fellow beings. To use the word in this loose and vague sense, is an abuse of language. It is generally used in common parlance to designate the capacity of things to satisfy the wants of man, without reference to the character of those wantswhether natural, or artificial and factitious. It is sometimes used in a limited and more strict and philosophical sense, and applie(l only to means which tend to promote either the general welfare and happiness of the human family, or the well-being of one or )uore individuals, in a manner entirely consistent with the ultii)late end and object for which they were created, and with the ri,ghts and general welfare of others. In this str'ict and philosophical sense (which is the only one that is accurate), it always designates an active agency, effective means or capacity, that is real and substantial; while in its ordinary use in common parlance, it often desig(nates utility that is factitious only. In this strict and philosophical sense, the utility of an act, thing, custom, habit, institution, or law, consists in its natural tendency to promote the general welfare and happiness of man, or of some particular individual class or commnunity, without injuring or infiringilg the rights of others. In this sense, no act or thing can be useful any farther than it is in accordance with the moral laws of nature, as explained in the last section. Utility, in this strict iiand pllilosophlical sense, is a test of the moral quality of actions, because it is evidence that they are in accordance with the moral laws of nature. It is also one of the chief tests of the character 7 ON THI LAWS OF NTATURE. and value of all human laws and institutions. The words exp(. dient and expediency should be used in the same strict and philosophical sense. Whatever act, course of policy, custom, institution, or law, is useful in this sense, is also expedient, and whatever is not useful, is not expedient. To determine the utility or expediency of an act, institution, custom, or law, we should look to its general tendency, and to its ultimate natural consequences; and not to any partial or temporary tendency or effects, which may be the result of peculiar circuimstances. We should also look to its general effects upon the community, or upon all the persons affected by it; and slhouldl not call that useful which necessarily injures one by benefitting another; like the traflic in intoxicating drinks, and kleeping gainbling-houses, and places of vicious amusement. A murderer is executed by the government in pursuance of a general law; not because the execution is or can be of any utility to the criminal, blit it is done for the protection of the community, to deter others firom committing like crimes; but although the sole tendency of the execution may be to protect and benefit the community, yet the general tendency of the general law upon the subject, was to protect the person who became a murderer, just as much as to protect any other member of the community. The rule is similar in relation to the acts of individuals; utility, general utility, is the test; which is never inconsistent with the rights of any individual, nor with equal justice to all. it comprises whatever promotes the general welfare and happiness in the agrgctate, of any one or more persons, and is not injurious to the community, nor to the rights of any individual. In this view of the subject, an act may be in accordance with the law of nature, and with the will of God, and therefore a good act, though all its direct utility and benefit is confined to the actor, or to him, his family and friends; even in this case the act may be said to promote, in a remote degree, the general welfare and happiness of the coinmnunity in the aggregate, inasmuch as the welfare and happiness of the commnunity cominprises that of each and every member of the community. SEc. 6. Illihstratiogis of t~ie importance of understanding the Laws of NT%tztrc. In order to promote health, vigor, and activity, to secure his system from disease and his person from accidents which may endanger his limbs or destroy his life, it is necessary for man to study and understand the laws of nature; as is well illustrated in Combe's treatise on the ConstitVtion of SIan. In order to be eminently successful in any department of industry or business, 8 ON TIIE LAWS OF NATURIE. whether agricultural, mechanical, manufacturing, mining, or commercial, or the transportation of property or persons, it is necessary to observe carefully the laws of nature; and to conform strictly to the nature of things and of man, as well as to the tendencies of business. The farmer should not only look carefully to the markets to see what products are in demand and bring the best price, but he should attend carefully to the climate in which he lives, and to the situation and soil of his farm, and to what crops and what mode of cultivation it is best adapted. The mechanic also, and manufacturer of every kind and character, should thoroughly understand the nature, properties, strength, and durability of the Materials he works in, as well as the climate of the country in which they are to be used, in order to adapt thenm to the use of nman, and make them promote his comforits and physical well being to the greatest extent possible. The physician also should study nature and her laws, as his only guides in the management and cure of diseases; and every person who has a proper regard for his own health, should follow the same guides, and observe carefully the effect of every kind of food and drink upon his own health and constitution, in order to regulate his diet in the manner most conducive to health and activity of both body and mind. Theology also derives aid from the laws of nature, and particularly from psychology, or the nature and capacities of mind, which constitutes a branch or department of the law of nature; and whether we regard John Calvin, Dr. Paley, or Bishop Butler of England, the late Dr. Edwards of MIassachusetts, or many other eminent divines, their permanent influence over the doetrines and creeds of their respective Churches for ages, depends much on the extent and accuracy of their knowledge of the laws of nature, and their capacity to use such knowledge to aid them in understand.ng and expounding the Holy Scriptures. The following is an extract from a work of Snimudl LF. B. MIorse, A. 31., a professor in the University of the city of New York "Upon this freedom to choose according to the dictates of reason and conscience, granted to man by his IMaker, denied by Romian Catholics and claimed by Protestants, is built the fabric of religious liberty. Difference of opinion being allowed, controversy of course ensues, and converts are made, not by force of arms, but by force of truth, supported by appeals to reason and conscience. Zealous according to the strength of his belief in the dogmas of his sect, the Protestant calls to his aid the treasures of science. He believes that the divine author of truth in the BIDLE, is also the AUTHOR OF TRUTI-H in NATURE; the Protestant is therefore the consistent encourager of all learning, of all ines 9 ON' TIIE LAWS OF NATURE. tigation. Every discovery in science, he feels, brings to religious truths fresh treasures. Free inquiry and discussion, all intellectu.l activity, legitimately belong to Protestantism. It is by thus opening wide the doors of knowledge, and letting in the LI,ITT Of NATURAL SCIENCE upon what it believes to be the revealed tr?tli of thte Bible, that Protestantism has been able gradually to bring out the principle of religious liber'ty, and in its train, the invaluable blessing( o civil liberty." The learned jurists who reported the CODE NAPOLEoN, in their preliminary discourse, makle the following remark: "Le droit est la raison universelle, la supreme raison fond6 sur la nature ieme des choses. Les lois sont, ou ne doivent etre que le droit reduit en regles positives, en preceptes particuliers."* In accordance with this wise precept, the principal part of the LAws OF NATION,S, and also the RomanI civil law, firom which our principles of equityI jurisprudence are borrowed, are deduced from and founded on the laws of nature; on the nature of things, and the nature and condition of man. In the absence of revelation on this subject, this is the only proper and safe foundation on whichl to found human laws and human institutions. Unfortunately for the Anglo-American, as well as the British people, the foundations, and great leading principles and characteristics of the coinmon law of England, were established upon the usages and customs of feudalism, and the decisions and precedents of courts of justice in an ignorant and semi-barbarous age; and during the last five centuries it has undergone very little chang(e, except what has been effected by judicial legislation, constantly resorting to subtle distinctions and incenious sophisms, to obviate somec evil, or supposed evil, and without professing to maike or acknowled4 - in,g any change whatever, new principles have been constantly introduced, as the wisdomi, the prejudices, or the weakness of influential judges dictated, until it has becomie a stupendous fabric of discordant materials, in which the law of nature is often entirely disregarded. lthe learned Sir Jinmes 5Iackintosh, in the third chapter of his History of England, makes the following remarks in reference to the common law: " A proneness to uninstruetive acuteness, and to distinctionlls purely verbal, tainted it fromn the cradle. It has been the ancient and unremnitted comuplainlt of the most learned lawyers, that it has been overloaded with vain and unprofitable subtleties, which, in the eager pursuit of an ostentatious precision, has plunged it into darkness and confusion." This has resulted fromn a disregard of the laws of nature. * Natural right is universal reason, founded on the nature of things. Laws shouLl(l be natuial right reduLced( to positive rules and p)recepts. t See this sject of the Commnon Law in sec. 6 of Chap. V. 10 ON TIIE LAWS OF' NATURE. SEC. 7. O.n the G,e?cral an1( Special Providences of God; and the casc of iTV,atural Causes to ejTect his trpo.oses. The general providences of God are generally understood to be, the natural and necessary sequences and effects produced by the action and re-action of the elements of matter and of spirit, in accordance with a system of laws established by Him, vwhichl constitute the laws of nature. So far as the mind of man is governed by causes external to itself, it is subject to those general laws; but so far as it acts from its own inherent impulses and powers, it appears to be a free a(ent, and to act according to its own habits and caprices, exempt from those general laws. The special providenes of God, on the contrary, are supposed to be, effects produced by special interpositions of His power, different from what would have been produced by the undisturbed operation of his general laws. Special providences may be used as a means of rewarding or punishing individuals or nations for obedience or disobedience of his moral laws and government; and ,also to save man in particular instances from the evil conselquences which would otherwise result to him from his violation, ignorantly, of the laws of nature; or to save him from the violence of the elements beyond his control. But however strongly we may believe in special providences in particular cases, if we look at the history of man, and contemplate his ignorance, his vices, follies, and crimnes, we must come to the conclusion, that almost all action is directed and governed, as well as originated either by natural causes and physical agents, in pursuance of fixed laws, or by the free agency of man, influenced by, and to some extent, subject to, physical lavws and impulses; and that the Deity him self generally uses human agents and natural means, not super natuiral ones, to erffect his purposes. This is made still more evi dent by the fact of his using a visible Church and human agent.s as his ministers to spread the gospel and propagate Christianity, instead of doing it by the direct and supernatural agency of inspi ration. WNere it not for the firee agency of man, whereby he has power to contravene the physical as well as the moral laws of nature, special providences would seem to be unnecessary. EverythinQ inl the universe nught be governed by general laws. The general laws and providences of God, we can, to a limited extent, inquire into and learn; but the special interpositions of divine power are beyond the scrutiny of man. That the Deity acts princi pally by and through the means of natural causes and physical agents, and thereby governs mankind, not only physically, but nior.ally and spiritually, as well as the whole material world, ha,s 11 ON TIHE LAWS OF NATURE. been shown pretty clearly, if not demonstrated, by the learned and philosophical D)r. Edwards. SEc. 8. Inhierent weakness of the hazrman mind, and tlte inluences npon it of external causes. To maintain the position I have stated, of the general use of natural causes and agents as the means of action, it is not necessary to carry the doctrine so far as has been done by Dr. Edwards, and many others of the necessitarian school; who maintain that the mind and the will of man has no self-determining power, and cannot originate action, and do any particular act of itself, without being directed and governed by some motive or cause external to the mind itself; that belief of anything must be the effect of evidence, and every act of the mind must be produced by causes external to the mind itself, acting upon it; that all human actions, and all the operations of the human mind, are directed and governed by a chain of causes that produce a physical necessity, from which it cannot escape; and that all these causes alro brocught into operation by the ordinary working(r of the laws of nature established by the Dcity, and were, and must have been, designed by him at the tiime of the creation. In this mode they deduce the philosophical conclusion, that every act of man, as well as every occurrence in the physical world, is the necessary result of the ordinary operation of God's laws, and must have been not only foreseen, but foreordained by him. T'his is nearly the same as the doctrine of fatalism, and is carrying the effect of physical causes to a very great length; so far as not only to annihilate entirely the freedom of the human will, and of the human mind; but to destroy also nearly all the faculties of the mind, and render it utterly incapable of either determining, directing, or controlling its own action. If this view of the subject is correct, the mind possesses only the power of communicating or transmitting the impressions it may have received from external causes (which is nothing more than the resisting or reacting power of matter); and even admitting it to be an active principle or acent, if it cannot act without being excited to action by external causes, its powers of action would seem to be no greater than those of electricity, magnetism, caloric, or any of the imponderable substances which pervade the universe. If this is true, man is but a machine, and can act only as he is excited by natural causes; he can miove only in the direction given to him by such causes; and can hardly be called, with propriety, a free or moral agent. If we were to confine our attention to the torpid state of the human mind in iIahometan countries, and in all Asia, and the 12 ON' TIIE LAWNS OF NATURRE. isles of the ocean. except China and Japan, and reflect that scarcely any chancre has been made in those countries for more than thirteen centuries, except those which have been the result and effect of the opinions, principles, religious creeds and doctrines that originated with Mahomet in the seventh century; and that the manners, customs, castes, opinions, prejudices, habits, pursuits, and condition of the mass of the people have been the same from age to age, for nearly two thousand years, we might be inclined to believe the most extreme doctrines of the necessitarian school of divines. Such facts are calculated to lead men to the conclusion that the human mind possesses no independence; no freedom of will, no inherent powers of action; no self-determining power; that it is directed and governed entirely by a chain of external causes, and by a physical necessity from which there is no escape; and that the extraordinary capacity of Mlahomet was the effect of a supernatural agency and power, conferred upon him by some evil spirit. But if we turn our attention to the northern and western parts of modern Europe, and particularly to Great Britain, France, Gernmany, Netherlands, and to the Anglo-American States, and contemplate the reformation commenced by Martin Luther, the writings of Grotius, and many others, the career of Columbus, of Peter the Great of Russia, and of Napoleon Bonaparte, the many valuable discoveries and inventions, and the vast improvements made within the last four centuries, and more particularly during the last century, we shalle fild a mass of evidence of the great power a?nd capacity of the lihizan minind; of its independence, its freedom, and power of originating action, of decternming,,, gitiding, and directiii, its own nmovenments; aced even of resisting the iied/Inence of externzal causes and agents, of inqvirinzg after crigi,al trelths; a,nd acting according to its own ideas of duty, p7op7riety, justice, or expedicncr. It is veriy certain, however, that man has comparatively little control over the operations of his own mind and the formation of his own opinions. WVhile the ignorant and the weak-minded (who are unable to wveigh evidence with accuracy) are the sport of circumstances, and nmay believe or disbelieve anything according( as the mind nmay be influenced by interest, passion, prejudice, education, or superstition; a well cultivated and well balanced mind, can neither believe without evidence, nor disbelieve what is attested by competent proofs. In any view which may be taken of this subject, conceding to mluen of eminent ability the largest amount of intellectual power, capacity, freedom of will, and ability to act and reason independent of, and free firom the control of external causes which can be reasonably claimed for 13 - ON TDIE LAWrS OF NATUrlE. them; yet, inasmuch as the mnind can act only by and through the medium of physical organs, as its agents or instruments and informants; as it is dependent on the brain as a physical organ, in and by which it thinks, reflects, comnpares, judges, reasons, and wills; and as it is dependent on the nervous system as a physical organ, by means of which it acquires a knowledge of tlhe external world, as well as of the wants, sufferings, and appetites of the body; it is very certain that the greater portion of the human family are almost entirely directed and governed by wants, appetites, and causes of a physical character, by motives and passions not originating in the mind, and by the circumstances and conditions in which they are placed; and that they possess very little power to resist such appetites, passions, and motives, and to change by invention and well directed industry, their condition and circumstances in life. Perhaps it would not be extravagant to say, such is the power and influence of circumstances, and of external causes over the mind of man, and the operation cof the metaphysical laws of suggestion and association, that ninetenths of the miental action of the most original minds, and ninetynine hundredths of that of inferior and uncultivated minds, is not only originated, but determined, directed, and governed by causes external to the mind itself; which even the most powerful and best informed minds are often too feeble to resist. Hlow important, therefore, that young persons should be lkept fron vicious associations and the formation of bad habits, that their minds should be developed and strengthened by cultivation and exercise, well filled with proper and correct principles, opinions, and ideas, by wlhich they may be constantly influenced and guided, and may not be subjected to the sole control of physical appetites, and the current opinions and prejudices of the ignorant., the harangues of demag,ogues and fanatics, and other accidental circumstances and extraneous influences. SEc. 9. 2[ieanzs used to for-m the opinions antd goveru1 tie ceople. The great mass of mankind niever seem to learn anything, (except the niost simple truthls,) fiom either experience or ohservation: but learn from, and are miostly guided, by imIitation, precedent, and the instruction of others. They do not seemn to possess the power of learning causes by analyzing, nor of coi — bining facets, generalizing, and deducing new truths fiom their own experience, or fioni facts which have come within their own observation or reading; and hence, in most countries, they follow on by imitation from father to son, firom generation to generation, for thousands of years, in the same track and routine, without change or imiprovement; and are seemingly impelled by circurtm 14 ON TIE LAWS OF NATURrE. stances, and wafted on like the clouds of the air, without exercising much, if any influence, over their own. destiny. And this perfect submission to circumstances, under the impression that they must fulfil the same destiny as their ancestors, and have no power to improve their condition by any efforts of their own this abject devotion to ancient customs and precedents, is often dignified with the title of conservatism. There is scarcely one in a hundred of the unedueated classes, of any age or country, who can reason at all, except to an extremely limited extent. Inasmuch as they have no knowledge of even the elements of any science; no clear conceptions of even the nature of numbers and quantities, in an abstract point of view; and have never been taught to reason correctly; they learn fronm imitation, precedent, and instruction only; and have scarcely any ideas, except what they derive directly from andcl through tihe senses, together with some vague opinions which they have learned fromnt tradition and the oral instructions of their priests. Such people in all countries, are under the influence and control of the educated classes; of the aristocracy, the clergy, the members of the learned professions, and the military and civil officers of government, who literally think for them, and form and guide their opinions, and direct their movements; whether they are slaves, serfs, villains, or dependent and poor tenants, peasants, or poor artizans. Hence the policy of Austria, Russi, and other arbitrary governments is to keep their subjects in irnorance, and to endeavor to think for thenm, and form their opinions, as the most effectual mnode of making them submissive, quiet, contented, and obedient, in bearing all the burthens, and performing all the duties which their masters ilpose onii thenm. The same policy is pursued by the American slaveholders towards their slaves, and for the same purposes; and tihe policy of the Pope and the Catholic priesthood towards the mass of the people, is not m.aterially different. The Bible is kept firom them; they are denied the right to read and exercise their own indivi dual judgments in matters of religion, but must allow thlci priests to read, thirnk, and judge for them, and to form their opinions and no efforts ar e yade tihe priests to establish common schlools, or to teach the conimmon people anything beyond the catechism, and the ceremonies and dogmas of' religion, and abso lute unconditional submission in all things to their priests and rulers. Their whole efforts in matters of education are directed to founding colleges, anld highli schools, for training up young men for the priesthood, and instructitlg and breathing their opinions into the children and youth of the aristocracy, and the wealthy 1 5 ON0' TIE LAWS OF'ATURE. classes, in order to form their opinions, and.overn them, and through them, to govern the mass of the people. The conduct and acts of such a people are not directed by the independent operations of their own minds, nor are their opinions formed by the operation of their own reasoning powers, but all their acts and opinions are the result of causes external to their own minds, operating upon them; hence they are governed in part by natural causes, by their own physical appetites and passions, and partly by the educated classes, who infuse opinions into their minds, and thus influence and direct them. SEc. 10. Causes of the Revolution of France of 17S9, anid the iecans z6sed to excite the;eople. After the commencement of the French revolution of 17,9, the prostration of the nobility and clergy, and the confiscation of their property, the people were as utterly unable to think for themselves, and to reason correctly, as they were before, and were henceforth governed by the Jacobin clubs, and other affiliated clubs and societies. These clubs and societies were organized at Paris to discuss political questions, and had their branches and auxiliary societies in almost every province; by means of which they communicated their opinions and proceedings throughout the lkingdom with great rapidity; and thus formed the opinions of nearly the whole nation, and in some measure thought for them. These clubs at Paris were governed by a few men of learning, talents, address, and eloquence; mostly needy youngish professional men, aspiring to place and power; who had nothing to lose, as they supposed, by revolution, or any kind of excess. Robespierre, Danton, ilIarat, and some other ambitious demagogues, were the great master-spirits of the clubs, and the prime movers of the bloody scenes of the reign of terror of the revolution. When the National Assembly suppressed the Jacobin clubs, mobocracy soon ceased. Among the principal causes of the c6mmencement of this mighty revolution, were the privileges of the nobility and clerg.y, the extravagance of the government, the embarrassment of the national finances, and the necessity of imposing on the people new taxes and still heavier burthens. These causes were entirely natural, but not suficeient of themselves to produce any material effect upon the minds of an illiterate and unthinking multitude. They, however, gave occasion and furnished the means for the Abb6 Sieyes, and other talented political writers, to excite the minds of the people by their writings and discussions, and to move them to collect together in tumultuous assemblies, rise in mobs, and act in concert, in order to obtain Mwlat their advisers 1(3 CON-TtIE LAWS OF NATURE. and leaders taught them were their rights. The great mass of mankind have been oppressed with heavy burthens and taxes, imposed on them by their rulers and priests, in all ages of the world, and in almost every country; but they have generally submnitted quietly to their mnasters, and have never rebelled, or combined to overthrow or change the government, except when aroused and excited to action by some of the educated classes. The officers and soldiers of the French army, which served in the Aoerican revolution, acted, on their return home, as instructors of their fellow-citizens, to teach them their rights, or what they spposed to be their rights. And, inasmuch as the people were illiterate, ignorant, and almost incapable of reasoning, and were governed entirely by their own appetites and passions, and the exiciting opinions of the leaders of the Jacoblirk clubs, when their passions were once aroused, they could not be influenced by any opinions of even their leaders or favorites, not in accordance with their own passions; and hence their leaders were suspected of treachery, whenever they counselled moderation, and were cried down, condemned, and guillotined, one after another. Aliany of the historians of the French revolution, including 3I. Thiers, have att.empted to apologise for all its horrors and crimes, by representingl them as the inevitable result of natural causes, which no human exertions could avert or prevent; that even such spirits as lRobespierre, Danton, MYarat, and their vilest and most violent and bloodthirsty associates, were the miere instruments of fate, and in the commission of their crimes, only obeyed the laws of necessity, the laws of nature, and submitted to impulses which they had no power to resist. If this apology were true, they were not free, and therefore not moral agents, and the whole responsibility of all their crimes would rest with the Author of all things, who thus fixed their fate, and imposed on them this stern necessity. This mode of reasoning, in accordance with the doctrines of fatalismn, and the extreme portion of the necessitarian school, annihilates the independence, freedom, and power of the human mind, and reduces man to a mere machine, moved and directed entirely by external causes; and therefore it cannot be true to its fullest extent; though nine tenths of it perhaps is true to the letter. The people had been kept in ignorance and been oppressed for centuries; the Amnerican revolution, and the impulse its history, its result, and the condition and institutions of the Amenicans, gave to miany of the authors and political writeis of France, soon caused a diffusion among the people of a few leading ideas and opinions about liberty, equality, and a republican form of government, the purport and effect of which they did not fully 17 ON THE LASWS OF NATURE. understand. They then realized, for the first time, that they were wronged and oppressed; and were taught by their leaders, the orators of the clubs, that extreme measures were necessary to i-id themselves of the nobility and clergy, and finally of the king and royalists, who, they were told, were their oppressors and natural enemies. The great mass of the revolutionists and anarchists believed these principles and measures of their leaders to be just and necessary; I may say, honestly and sincerely believed theml, and felt that such things as mobs, insurrections, violent, l)anishment, confiscations, revolutionary committees, trials, and executions, were necessary and just, under the circumstances in which they were placed. These new political ideas excited a strange delusion; a sort of political fanaticism in the minds of nearly all the lower classes of the nation, which lasted for years, and seemed to hurry them on to the commission of every kind of excess. The mass of the people were governed solely by this spirit of delusion, and the passions engendered by it; a small portion were governed by avarice and a desire to plunder; andl even the leaders, the worst of them, did not fully understand the tendency and final effect of their measures, and were governed partly by this spirit of delusion, and partly by ambition for place and power. In this view of the subject, the French revolution, with all its civil contests, mobs,, excesses, and horrors, and all the wars growing out of it, except the wars of Napoleon, were wars of opinion; wars of principle; as strictly so as the American revolution, or the wars growing out of the Reformation of the sixteenth century; and though the opinions and principles for whichll the French revolutionists contended were in many respects false, delusive, dangerous, and pernicious in their tendency, yet they arose mostly from natural causes, operating on the human mind. If opinions alone can have such a wonderful influence over the conduct and acts of nmen, how extremely important, in a republican form of government, that all the people who exercise the elective franchise should be properly educated; and that their opinions should be correct on all subjects connected with governinict and the good order of society? The condition and history of MIexico, and of all the Spanish American Republics, during the last twenty-five years, furnish evidence, that an elective governnient, approximating to a democracy, cannot be sustained in a country where the great mass of the voters are illiterate, ignorant, incapable of reasoning upon the subject of governmnent; and who depend on priests, office-holders, and aspirants to place and power, to instruct them and think for them. 18 ON', TtIE L,AWS OF NATURE. SErc. 11. Wffecet of IrTabifs, P,ursutits, E2crcise,'ec. upon, tAle Co)sltittion of olfaIi. It has been frequently remarked, that habit is a sort of second glati, re; it actItally,?icdifies,z,id in somie ieasosre cliaizges the o.-ga?clic sirici~ere a.nd constitltiont of niami. Climate, mode of living, diet, pursuits and habits, all have an influence not only upon tllhe health, strength, activity, and longevity of man, but they actnally chang,e the formation and constitution of his physical organs. The puirsuits of a blacksmitih, shoemaker, and alnost every other, when followed or a series of years, by exercising some organs and museies more than others, tend to enlarge them, to chlange their formation and structure, and cause others to dwindle for want of sufficient exercise. (Vide Sec. 11 of Chap. 2.) The mind acts not only as a guide and g,overnor, but also as a stimulant to the body; and ideas and opinions existing in the mind act as stimulants to excite it to action; so that the activity of every person's intellect is increased, as the aggregate anmount of his knowledge increases. As the mind acts by and through tlhe brain and nervous system as physical organs, the more active particular faculties of the nind may be, the more it exercises and increases in si.z and power the particular organs on which its action depends. MIan is not only influec.ced in all his acts and c,areer.through life, by his opinions, habits, pursuits, worldly condition and circunmstances, but the physical structure and formation of the organs of his materialframe, and his moral and intellectual as well as physical nature, are all in some measure changed by the same causes. ])y the laws of the aninal economy, all these physical peculiarities, and to some extent, the mental and moral qualities whichll depend upon them, are transmitted from parents to chil dren, throulgh successive generations. And this, together with uniformity of clim,ate, similarity of education, diet, and miodes of living, is the reason why the people of every nation, not only have a general similarity of features and complexion, but also ac quire what is usually called a national character. (See o,n this sieb jcct Sec. 2 of Chacp. 2.) In this riode, causes which originatedi in the human inild, have produced phlysical effects, at first, perhaps, simple in their character, which have in their turn been thle efficient cause of other effects; and have thus been the ori ginal cause of a chain of effects, or of antecedents and conse quents, which have had a ve'y important inlfluenlce upon the wel fare of a large portion of the human faiimly for centuries; and will continue to produce their effects until the end of time. 19 ON THE LAWS OF NATURE. SEc. 12. Effects of Gtunpowder, Fire-arms, aid the Arts, in c/langing the character of War. Gunpowder and firearms have changed the whole character and operations of war. The precise time when they were invented does not appear to be known with certainty. Gunpowder was in use in some parts of Europe in the latter part of the thirteenth century; cannon were invented and in use soon after, betwveen the years 1313 and 1350; though small arms were unknown until nearly two centuries afterwards, and were first used by the Spaniards about the year 1521. The use of cannon alone, without small arms, enabled Cortez, with a little handful of soldiers, to conquer the natives of M\exico, the most civilized and powerful of all the nations then on the Western continent. In ancient times, when men fought with spears, javelins, and other weapons wielded by hand, very little science was necessary to command and marshal an army in the field of battle; but great physical strength, experience, skill, and bravery, in the rank and file of tile army, were necessary to ensure success. Alaximnin, an ignorant Thracian peasant, without any knowledge of science of any kind, but a giant in size and strength, (being about eight feet high,) by reason of his great strength, activity, and valor, gained the confidence of the Roman Emperor, Severus, and of the army; was raised to the highest military command; was an efficient general; and was finally, in the year A. D. 235, proclaimed by the army Emperor of the Roman world. His acquiremients would fit him for only the lowest grade of military command at the present age of the world; and he influenced his army in battle more by his personal exanmple in attacking the enemy furiously, and slaying them with his own powerful arm, than by any great efforts of mind, or exercise of military science in cotiducting or marshallin, them. What a wonderful contrast between him and Napoleon Buonaparte as nmilitary commanders! The former used physical power, and the force of example to influence his men, and was unfit for a comniander in modern timles; the latter, by his mighty intellect, and accurate military science, directed all the movements of his men with as much precision as an architect can plan and framne a building, and, when not overwhelned with superior numbers, he conducted them to certain victory. In ancient warfare, the party on the defensive could not gain much advanttage over his antagonist by choosing his ground, and attacking his enemy from hills and heights, and firom behind breastworks, trees, fences, buildings, or cotton-bargs; but when they fought hand to hand both parties were nearly on an equality, 20 OX THE LAWS Or \-ATtRRE. so far as situation -was concerned, and everything depended on phlysical strength, skill, experience, and personal bravery. In modern warfare, with the use of fire-arms and heavy ordnance, the party on the defensive, having an opportunity to fortify heizhts, hill sides, and the mouths of rivers and harbors, and to throw up breastworks to shelter themselves from the eneniy's fire, can select their ground, occupy narrow passes, defiles, and commanding positions, and have great advantage over their assailants, which they did not, and could not possess, when men fought hand to hand, with swords, pikes, battle-axes, javelins, arrows,&c. 31uch also now depends on fleets and vessels, not only as powerful movable engines to assail the enemy, but also to transport troops, provisions, arms, and munitions of war, to act in concert with, aid, and support land forces. All the operations of war are now very complicated and expensive, depend mostly on mechanical power, require vast expenditures on the part of the government, and great science, experience, and ability, in the commnanding officer, and in all the superior officers; but no very great skill, experience, or extraordinary physical power, on the part of the rank and file of the army, is necessary. In ancient times it required as many years as it apparently now does months to make an efficient soldier. All the operations of ancient warfare, on the contrary, were simple; and veteran troops engagred in an offensive war, maintained themselves mostly by booty, contributions levied on, and plunder taken from the enemy. Hannibal, the Carthaginian general, maintained his army in the Roman territories seventeen years, without any aid from Carthage, during nearly all the time; this cannot be done in modern times. Napoleon attempted it, and thereby excited the hatred and indirgnation against him of nearly all Europe, and finally failed in the attempt. The military power of a nation in these days, depends more on their wealth, and power to equip fleets and to support fleets and armies, than on the number of its citizens capable of bearing arms. In ancient times, war was waged entirely by muscular power, but at present mostly by mechanical power. It formerly required great physical strength, long experience, and skill, in the soldiery, now it depends much more on the science and ability of the officers. It was formerly maintained by plunder, but now by money; formerly when men fought hand to hand, situation gave little advantage to assail the enemy, and the aggressor had nearly equal advantages with the defender, to assail his antagonists; but now, the use of fire-arms gives the party on the defensive, a great advantage over his antagonist. Offensive warfare is now much more difficult, hazardous, and expensive, than in ancient times, and defensive warfare much less sa 21 ON TiHE LAWS OF NATUIar. As the success of war formerly del)ended on muscular strengtl, skill, and experience in war, qualities which savages and barbarians usually possess, the barbarians of Northern Europe were enabled to overrun and overturn the western Roman empire in the fifth century; and the hordes of barbarian Tartars h;ave frequently conquered the more civilized nations of southern Asia; but the history of the last century shows the influence of the mechanic arts, of machinery, productive industry and wealth, as well as the use of gunpowder, and fire-arms, upon war, and furnishes evidence that civilized nations can never be again conquered by savages or barbarians. As mechanical power is now chiefly used in war as a substitute for muscular power, and wealth and productive industry are necessary to supply it, great monied capitalists have, for half a century past, exerted more influence upon questions of war and peace, than great military chieftains; and thile peaceful farmer, nmechanic, and artisan, and the lords of the spindle and loom, have more influence upon the power, as well as over the destinies of nations, than Pimtorian guards and standing armies. Gunpowder is also of great practical utility, and has produced very important results as a mechanical power, in aiditng man to blast rocks, and work in quarries of stone, mines, &c. Its benefits in these particulars, cannot be easily calculated. Without its aid, the progress of nman in cutting canals, mill races, and railroads through ledges of rocks and solid stone, and working in stone quarries and miining operations, would not probably be more than one tenth part as great as it is at present. SEC. 13. lcatio?is like iizdlii-iditals, mithll bitt little ixdustry, seem to be iieipelle(d by je(te. Nations much more than individuals are seemingly imnpelled by the hand of fate; by a succession and chain of natural causes; by circumstances for the most part beyond their immediate control. By industry, economy, frugality and enterprise, guided by good judgment and wisdom during a long succession of years, if attended, with good fortune, individuals may materially alter and improve their condition, and overcome the adverse circumstances which may have surrounded them during the early part of their lives but even then, the principal part of their lives must be a scene of toil and anxiety; and they really improve the condition of their posterity, much more than they do their own. Though individuals are occasionally elevated suddenly by a concurrence of circuinstances, or natural causes; by some fireak of fortune, of fate or aecident; yet they can usually do very little to elevate themselves, or change their condition in life, and station in society, except by 22 ON THE LAwsS OF NTTURE. the constant toil and vrigilance of years. Nations being made up of individuals, the great nmass of wlioiii ill iost countries are very i!norant, and have comparatively little wvisdomn, sagacity, pI-tIdence, or economy, and a great many of them not much industry or energy, must necessarily make much slower progress in inprovenment, wealth, and power, than some portions and classes of the conmmunity, who compose themn. Hence the pursuits and l]alits of industry, and the modes of doing business and perfortminmz every s,pecie(s of labor, as well as the iodes of living, and the customs and condition of the people, reimain the samie, unclianed, in some countries, for centuries in succession; and the people seem impelled, by the hand of fate; by a succession of natural causes; by the circumstances and condition in which they are pIlaced, and over which they can exercise veriy little immediate influence. SEC. 14. Effect of Inventions aond l~achil,?er?! Bipon the i'zdjts try, power, a-nd popitlatioq of Great B3ri'iai7,. 'Fliough the laws of nature are unifornm in their operation, yet man by his inventive powers and his own efforts and industry during a series of years, can alter the face of nature, and c)onvert the ores and mineral substances in the bowels of the earth, and( other material things, and nature's products, as well as nature's laws, into instruments and mechanical powers, to au(gment the productiveness of his own industry, and the products of the earth. The more labor saving machinery he can invent and bring into use, the more easily he can subdue the earth; convert its resources and products to his use; increase the products of agricultural as well as mechanical industry, and facilitate their transportation and exchange; and the more capital he can accumulate; and this again aids him, in rendering his industry still more and more productive, and enables him to increase his capital and wealth, and to multiply his comforts with still greater and greater rapidity. Capital is not only wealth of itself, but it is one of the principal elemnents, instruments and agents, by which man makes his industry productive, whereby he creates value, produces what is necessai-y to supply his own wants, and accumulates wealth. Wvhen great labor-saving machines, like the Spinning Jenny, Steam Engine, and Power Loom, are invented, which increase the productive industry of man ten or twenty fold; and such inventions conime into general use in a nation, and without consuming any food or clothing, accomplish as much labor as several millions of persons could by hand; what an immense change it will produce in half a century, in augmenting the products of industry; muluitiplying the comforts and dininishling the diseases and ills of 23 ONO TIlE LAWS OF 1ATURE. life'; developing the resources, and increasing the capital, wealth, and power of the nation! Such and similar causes, and inventions acting and reacting upon the British nation for about three quarters of a century, have increased the comnforts of the British people; decreased their ills of life; diminished the ratio of mortality; and been the principal causes of doubling the population; and augmenting their capital, productive industry, commerce, wealth, revenues, naval and military power, about five fold, during that period. The inhabitants of Great Britain did not double in five centuries, from the year 1000 to the year 1500; thley scarcely doubled during the next 250 years, from 1500 to 1750; but since the year 1790, they have doubled in 50 years, and sent out swarms of emigrants beside, to people other countries. The laws of nature have not changed, but the inventive genius and industry of the British people have materially changed their condition, and thereby diminished the ratio of mortality, while the condition of three quarters of the human family has remained unchanged. The strong contrast between the condition of Grelt Britain and Ireland at this day, is owing miostly to the fact that the Irish have continued to be an agricultural people, in conisequence partly of the physical condition of the country, the want of fuel, minerals, and water power, and the character and ignorance of the people; and partly by reason. of the selfish and tyrannical restrictions imposed upon their manufactures, by the British Parliament. Every yard of cloth made prior to the year 1738, and nearly every one made before the year 1767, was made of materials picked and carded by hand, spun by hand with a distaff and spindle, or on a one thread wheel, and woven in a hand-loomin. In that year, James Hargreaves, of England, invented the Spinning Jenny, which was a great improvement upon the Spinning Machine invented by Wyatt and Paul in ]1738, and enabled one person to spin, at first eight, then sixteen, and finally, one hundred and twenty threads of cotton weft, or filling, at once; but it was not fitted to spin warp. The genius of Sir Richard Arkwright soon supplied the deficiency, and in 1769, invented the Spinning Franme; that wonderful piece of machinery, which spins any number of threads at once of any degree of fineness and hardness; leaving to the person tending it, only the labor of filling the machine with cotton, and joining the threads when they break. This machine in its present improved state, and also the mule, enables a personto spin cotton, about thirty times as fast, taking all numbers, coarse and fine, as could be done with the old one thread wheel. In 1785, Dr. Cartwright, of England, invented the power loom 24 OX THE LAWS OF NATURE. fo weave by water, or steam power, by means of which and the iiiiprovements made thereon, at person can now weave about twelve or fifteen times as fc,st as with the old fashioned hand loonm, in use before the invention of the fly shuttle in 1738. The original machine for car(tling w,ith cylinders was invented by Lewis Paul, and patented in 174S; but it was very imperfect, aind of but little practical value, and not mluch used, until it was imnproved in 1772 by John Lees, and soon afterwards by Sir P,ichard Arkwright, who constructed it in pretty nearly the same f)in and mode as the carding rmaclhines now in use. In 1775 Ah. Ai'kw,riht took out a second patent for a series of machines, comprisilng tihe carding, drawing, and roving machines, all used in preparing silk, cotton, flax, and wool for spinning. The machlinery for spinning was much improved by the invention by S:-mnuel Crom)pton in 1779, of the Mule; whi;.ch combined the advantagres of the Spinning Jenny of Hargreaves and the Spinfing I-'ame of Arkwright. Other machines were invented prior to the year 1800, for opening, cleaning, picking, and spreading the cotton, and fitting it for carding; and all these series of machines were improved, brought to a toleratble state of perfection, and iii general use among the manufacturers of Great Britain before the year 1806, and the most of them before the year 1790. To use the clear and forcible language of Mr. Baine in his history of the cotton manufacture, " It is by iron fingers, teeth, and wheels, nioving with exhaustless energy, and devouring speed, that the cotton is opened, cleaned, picked, spread, carded, drawn, roved, spun, wound, warped, dressed, and woven." The same number of persons, including those engaged in the manufacture and repair of the machinery used, can at this time make about twenty times as much cotton cloth per year, as they could have done by the old process in use prior to these inventions, and prior to the invention of the fly shuttle in 1738. All these great inventions, together with that of the Steam Engine, and the Cotton Gin, were made and brought into use during the eighteenth century; and though many of them have been gradually improved and perfected during the present century, yet no very great improvement or alteration has been made in the ma chinery and mode of making cloth in Great Britain during that time, and it may be safely asserted that before the year 1806, the same number of persons could make at least three fourths as much cloth, cotton, woollen, linen or silk per annum, as they can at this time, (1845,) and fifteen times as much as they could have done prior to the year 173S. The Steamu Engine was greatly improved and adapted to ordi nary use as a motive power, by James Watt, about the year 2 25 ON THE LAWS OF NATURE. 1767. It came into pretty general use in Great Britain prior to the year 1790, and has been of incalculable service and value to nlankind; and more especially so to Great Britain, in working her mines, and particularly in raising coal from the mines; as well as in moving machinery to manufacture cotton, wool, silk, linen, iron, cutlery, &c. The continental nations of Europe, being the most of the time from 1790 to the close of the year 1815, involved in the wars growing out of the French revolution, did but little to introduce the use of machinery, and to improve their system of manufacture, until after the end of those wars; so that Great Britain en joyed the full benefit of the monopoly of the markets of the greater part of the commercial world for her manufactures, with scarcely a competitor, for more than a quarter of a century, and at higher prices than before the invention and introduction of machinery. The immense advantage derived by the British people from the use of machinery, high prices, and this great monopoly, gave such activity to their industry of all kinds, and made it so productive and profitable, as to enable all classes, the commercial and agricultural as well as the manufacturing and mining, to pay high wages for labor, and yet to create and accumulate capital and wealth from 1790 to 1816, with a rapidity unknown in any other age of the world; notwithstanding the enormous burthens imposed on them to support the war. The number of persons, including their families, engaged in the cotton manufacture in Great Britain in all its branches, in 1840, including those engaged in making and keeping in repair the machinery used, has been estimated by McCulloch at about one million five hundred thousand; and if their labor is twenty times as productive as the labor of the same number of persons prior to 1767, it is equal to the industry of thirty million persons, includiDg their families and children, without the aid of modern machinery. The saving is therefore equal to the labor of a population of twenty-eight millions five hundred thousand. The labor saved by machinery and the Steam Engine in the manufacture of wool, silk, linen, mining, raising coal, making iron and cutlery in Great Britain and Ireland, is probably as much more, or equal to a population of twenty-eight millions five hundred thousand; making the total saving in the United Kingdom in 1840, by means of machinery of recent invention, equal to the productive labor of a population of fifty-seven millions. The quantity of cotton manufactured in Great Britain in 1840, was a little over four hundred million pounds; and from 1810 to 1815, during the last struggle with Napoleon, about one hundred million pounds, annually. If we estimate the savind by means of 26 ON TIE LAWS OF NATURE. machinery, at three fourths as much for each laborer from 1810 to 1815, as from 1840 to 1845, it would, from 1810 to 1815, be equal to the labor of three fourths of one fourth of fifty-seven millions of inhabitants, or more than ten millions. Let it be remembered that I have taken into the account the labor of making the machinery, and keeping it in repair; and that it labors for man unceasingly, without fatigue; consumes nothing but a little oil; eats nothing, drinks nothing, and requires no clothing; that it is the most valuable servant man ever had, and requires no expensive comforts to be provided for it. If a people who have not the use of machinery are taxed to support the government, and carry on war, to the amount of one eighth part of their gross earnings and incomes, it is the largest amount that can possibly be collected of them for a series of years in succession; and it takes at least seven eighths of all their earnings and incomes, in the aggregate, to support them from year to year; while a people, having machinery and extensive manufactures, like Great Britain, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and somne other states and countries, produce so much, that they are able to live on less than three fourths of their earnings and incomes, in the acggregate; and may contribute one fourth, and even more than that, in case of necessity, to the support of the government. Inasmuch as the productive power of the maclinery of Great Britain and Ireland, from 1810 to 1815, was equal to that of ten million persons, and yet consumed nothing; it enabled the nation to levy and collect taxes, to support the war as much as if the population had been increased 80,000,000, or eight times the ten millions, without the machinery. To give the reader an idea of the effect of the machinery, and productive industry, upon the wealth, power, and revenues of Great Britain, and the ability of the nation to wage war, at differ ent periods, I have made the following table, showing the popu lation, national debt, and annual public revenues of the United Kingdom, at several different periods from the year 1600 to 1815. The statements of the revenues are mostly taken from 31r. Alison's History of Europe, and are m4de in pounds sterling: I~~ate. PopulatIon. atoa et Ppo eeui ropul atiol. 6,500,000 7,85-0,000 10,350,000 12,600,000 15,370 000 192000X000 ~664,263 78,293,312 283,484,870 528,839,277 864,822,441 Mr. Alison states the public revenues from taxation, directly 27 Date. 1600 1688 1748 1783 1801 1815 National DebL Puplic revenues. &480,000 2,00 I,SS5 6,923,000 11,962,000 34,113,146 72,210,512 ON THE LAWS OF SATURE. and indirectly, at over G~68,000,000 sterling for each of the years 1813 and 1814. Such enormous taxes as the people of Great Britain paid from 1800 to 1815, were never paid, and never could have been paid by any other people. Nothing but the great and unrivalled power of their machinery, their extensive manufactures and commerce, the monopoly of the markets of half the world for their manufactures, and high prices enabled them to do it; and to loan to the government about ~20,000,000 annually, beside, to carry on the war. And in spite of these immense burthens, which would have crushed any other people to the earth, and reduced the people as well as the government to bankruptcy, they flourished and increased in wealth as well as in population faster than during any other fifteen years in their whole history as a nation. One of the principal causes which led to, and produced the French revolution, and the fall of the monarchy, was the heavy debt of France, and the financial embarrassments of the governnient. Napoleon, President Jefferson, and many other statesmen of that day, looking upon the immense and rapidly accumulating debt of the British nation under the policy of SIr. Pitt, and the enormous burthens inmposed on the people, thought it impossible for them to sustain themselves very long under such burthens, and that a revolution, and dissolution of the British governientut within a short time, was inevitable. They regarded the governiment as upon the brink of ruin; as impelled forward by natural causes, firomn which there was no escape; and looked upon its ruin as certain. They reasoned from the experience and history of other nations, and their reasoning, if applied to any other nation, in any age of the world, would have been correct. Their only error was, in not properly calculating and appreciating the power and productive energy of the machinery of Great Britain; equal, as I have estimated it, so far as ability to pay taxes, and support war, was concerned, to eighty millions of inhabitants. As the people were accumulating wealth and capital, by their manufacturing and mining industry, and their comnierce, with unexampled rapidity; nearly all the loans to the governlelnt were made by British capitalists, to whom nearly the whole national debt was due, and the stability of the government was not affected by it. The only effect of it was, to give to the capitalists a perpetual mortgage upon the productive industry of the laboring classes, which was then less oppressive, while they enjoyed a monopoly of the use of machinery, and of the cotton imanuufeture, and wagnes were high, than it has been during the las, twenty years, since the introduction of machinery into Fiance, 28 ON THE LAWS OF NATURE. the United States, and into all the nations of central and northern Europe. SEC. 15. Pop?tlation, Reveenies, aqld Power of Francefrom 1789 to 1815, compared with those of Great Britain. Let us now takle a summary view of the condition of France, and see the extent of her population, revenues, and power, conmpared with Great Britain. In 1789 her population was about 25,500,000, and her annual revenue a trifle less than ~20,000,000 sterling. Prior to 1806 her territory had been increased, and her population amounted to about 28,000,000, beside the Netherlands which had also been added to the French empire and swelled its population to 34,000,000, while that of Great Britain and Ireland was then less than half as great. The whole revenues of the vast Empire of France in 1802 were but ~22,942,000 sterling; in 1803 ~23,062,000; in 1804 ~23,342,000; in 1808 ~26,500,000; in 1809, ~29,000,000; in 1810 ~29,700,000; and including the revenues derived from the Roman States, they amounted in 1811 to ~36,200,000; in 1812 to ~35),300,000, and in 1813 to but ~33,000,000 sterling. It appears, that the revenues of the French nation, during the whole war, from 1800 to 1815, were only about one fourth part as great as those of the British, in proportion to the population; and yet the French people were exhausted and impoverished by the war, while the British were growing rich, and accumulating(r capital, with great rapidity. Napoleon counted up his millions of subjects, and reasoned in this way; the Empire has over 34,000,000 of inhabitants, besides its dependencies, and the British Isles less than 17,000,000; the French people are valiant, warlike, and ambitious of military glory, while the British have been pretty uniformly unsuccessful in all their nmilitary campaigns in America as well as in Europe, during the last forty years, and have been successful only in fighting the enervated and half civilized inhabitants of India; and surely, under such circumstances, over 34,000,000 of people with my superior talents as a military commander and conqueror, can overcome half that number who are only a nation of shop-keepers. His error was, in not understanding and not taking into account the power of machinery, and its imminense effect in increasing the productive industry and power of the British people. Nearly all his ideas of government, and of war, (except so far as the use of gunpowder and fire-arms had modified and changed military operations,) were drawn from the history of the ancient Romans, and the wars of the Cosars; he did not, nor did any statesman of that period, seem to understand 29 ON THE LAWS OF NATURE. the prodigious influence which the machinery invented during the previous fifty years, had, in increasing the power of the British nation. His calculations were all founded on the assumption that he was contending with about sixteen or seventeen millions of people, in no respect superior in power in proportion to their numbers to the French; when in fact he was contending with a people, whose actual revenues, from taxation, were more than twice as great as those of France, and whose ability to raise means, by loans and taxation, to maintain fleets and Armies, and to carry on military operations, were about three times as great. Alison, in the 77th chapter of his history of Europe, says the expenditures of the British nation, during the year 1815, the last year of their great struggle with Napoleon, reached the unparalleled sum of ~110,000,000 sterling; about ~38,000,000 of which was raised by loans, and no less than ~11,035,232 of it paid in the shape of subsidies, to other nations of Europe, to aid them in carrying on the war; that " such was the exhaustion of the finances of the great powers of Europe, from the unparalleled efforts they had made during the two previous years, (1813 and 1814,) that they were unable to put their armies in motion without this pecuniary assistance; and that it might truly be said, that the whole military force of Europe was this year arrayed in British pay against France." Large subsidies had also been granted by the British to other nations of Europe, during previous years, to aid them in carrying on the general war against Napoleon; and all these subsidies, and three quarters of the revenues and loans of the British nation, were furnished by means of the machinery, and the increase of the products of manufacturing industry, and the commerce of the British people, in consequence ot their machinery. SEc. 16. Inventions and rIachinery produced the overthrow of Napoleon. The effects of the inventions of Sir Richard Arkwright,.7ames Watt, James Hargreaves, Samuel Crompton, and Edmund Cartwright, and some others of Great Britain, and of Eli Whitney of Afassachz6setts, upon the productive powers of man and upon the manufactitring industry, commerce, and increase of wealth and power of Great Britain, were the niatu7ral and ordinary physical effects of natural causes; and in the great chain of causes and effects which operated upon and controlled the destinies of Europe, and produced the final overthrow of NYapoleon at TWaterloo, the inventions of each of those celebrated men probably had more tifuexice than the genius andu the military talents and efforts of the .Duke of Wellington. Their effects will be felt throughout the so 0N THE LAWS. OF NATURE,. civilized world, as long as civilization shall last. They have been the principal, yea almost the sole means of so increasing the comforts of life, as to reduce the ratio of mortality of Great Britain nearly one third, and to reduce it very sensibly in almost every country of Europe, as well as in America. They enabled the British people to monopolize for a long period, nearly half the commerce of the civilized world; to involve almost every nation in debt to them, and to make them in some measure dependent upon them, and tributary to them, for their nmanufactured goods and fabrics. The same causes contilue, and by their ntattral operatio7, tend to throw the balance of trade in favor of Great Britaib, au7,d against ~e7ery other qzation and people; and? to involve them more and nwore? in debt to the British mnantfactetrers a,nd mnerchants, to drain. them of the preciolts 7metals to pay the interest on their debts; and to impoverishi them as debtors, anid to enrich the British as c-redlitors. The samne catses Ahave produced a very great increase of the popu.lation of the Britis/h Isles. During, the period of twenty-five years from 1750 to 1775, they did not increase over 10 per cent., and they never increased as much as that during any prior twenty-five years, in their whole history; but during the last fifty years, they have increased from 15 to IS per cent., every ten years. In 1775, the whole population of Great Britain and Ireland was only about 11,700,000; in 1841, it amounted to over 26,500,000, and is now (1845) about twenty-eilght millions; while if none of these inventions had been made, it would not at this day, have amounted to over fifteen and a half, or sixteen millions; and the revenues, wealth, and power of the British nation would probably have been about one fourth part as great as they are now. What would have been the effect upon Europe, and the civil ized world, if these inventions had been made a quarter of a century later, and their effects had not been developed, until after the close of the career of Napoleon? Is it not probable, yea almnost certain, that he would have conquered the British Isles, established an universal empire in Europe, and extended it over the principal part of the civilized world? On the other hand, what would have been the effects upon the United States of America, if these splendid inventions had been made in Eugland, and had developed their effects upon the productive industry, commerce, population, wealth, and power of the British Isles, half a century sooner? Is it probable that we should have gained our independence when we did? Or should we have been held in subjection as colonies by the power of Great Britain, until, in the progress of time, her government is revolutionized, that we 81 HeN THE LAWS OF NATURE. minight take advantage of her anarchy, confusion, and weakness, to throw off the yoke of bondage, and establish our independence? SEc. 17. The physical laews of qiat?re, constitute the basis of thaC laws of trade. When Mr. Biddle and his associates by very adroit management, and profuse promises, obtained in (1835,) fromn the legislature of Pennsylvania, a charter for his misnamed United States Bank, with a capital of $,35,000,o000, free from the control of Congress, and from the inquisitive and troublesome investigations of government directors, and Congressional committees; hle establilshed a son in the cotton trade in Liverpool; launched out millions annually to buy up cotton and state stocks; and apparently expected to control the money, stock, and cotton markets of the United States, and the exchanges between the new and the old world; to raise and depress cotton and stocks at pleasure; and to compel the British and French, and others to pay such prices for cotton as he might dictate. But unfortunately for Mr. Biddle's calculations, on the one hand, the Southern planters had been for years turning nearly all their attention to the culture of cotton, and had increased its production beyond the wants of the civilized world, and a rapid decline in price was a natural and necessary consequence; and on the other hand, many of the States had projected great and visionary schemes of internal improvement, and embarked in expensive works, which could yield very little income in the then existing state of the country, and had made large loans to carry into effecu their projected schemes, the interest on which it was impossible for them to pay, and a shock of the public credit, and fall of state stocks was a necessary and unavoidable consequence. In addition to these natural causes, the large importation of foreign goods under the free trade compromise act of 1833, the accumulation of a foreign debt of over $200,000,000, and a rapid exportation of specie to pay the heavy balances of trade against our country, and the interest on our debt, contributed also as natural causes to excite alarm, to depress the prices of cotton, state stocks, lands and other property, to drain the banks and the country of specie, and to create a panic; and in the final result, not only the cotton and state stocks owned by Mr. Biddle's bank fell in price, but hundreds of its heavy borrowers and debtors, who had speculated in cotton, stockls, and lands, were ruined, and the Bank itself, with its immense capital, was prostrated as quickly and easily as any country bank of an hundred thousand dollars capital. The same causes produced the suspension of nearly all the banks of the United States, in.iay, 1837; and similar causes, b2 ON THE LAWS OF NATURE. thlat is, excessive importations and large exports of coin to pay the balance of trade against Great B3ritain in 1847, caused the most severe commercial crisis, and the greatest amount of bankruptcy in that country, which ever occurred in any country, in a single year. Such are the tendencies of the physical laws of nature, which aid the industry of mian, have a powerful influence upon the prices of commodities, and form the basis of the laws of trade. In fact, commerce is so far governed by the laws of nature, that its tendencies and effects are irresistible; and the only way to escape its effects, when they are injurious, is to avoid the causes which produce them. The only practicable mode of avoiding the injurious effects of a balance of trade against a country, is to prevent such balance, by regulating its foreign imports, with a view to adapt them to the condition of the country, to the wants of the people, and to the value of their exports, and means of payment. All these questions have been discussed, and these facts alluded to, as illustrations, to show the effect of the laws of nature upon the destiny of nations as well as of individuals; to show that nature's laws aid the diligent, the industrious, the frugal, the saving, and the intelligent, and make the capital accumulated by industry and frugality, a powerful agent and engine to increase still further the productive industry of man; and to show how man can influence his own destiny, and change his own condition, and how far he is governed by the stern laws of physical necessity, over which he can exercise no influence whatever. 33 CHAPTER II. LAWS OF NATURE CONTINUED.-ON THE CONSTITUTION AND NATURE OF MAN, AND THE END OR PURPOSE FOR WHICH HE WAS CREATED-EDUCATION AND EXERCISE NECESSARY TO DEVELOPE AND IMPROVE HIS MENTAL AND MORAL AS WELL AS HIS PHYSICAL FACULTIES, AND TO FIT HIM FOR THE FINAL END OF HIS EX ISTENCE. SEC. 1. Fducation, Habits, and Government of a People, have an iwfluence upon their imnprovem7ent. As the mind which controls the body, is constantly influenced by its opinions, as well as by the education, habits, passions, and pursuits of the individual; and by the institutions, form of government, and social system under which he has been bred-it is obvious that all these things have an influence upon the development and improvement of the mind, and upon the progress of communities and nations in productive industry, civilization, and wealth. This influence is in accordance with, and produced by the ordinary operation of the laws of nature. The term civilization, in fact comprises the intellectual, moral, and physical education of man, and the improvement of the social system and government under which he lives. It is, therefore, appropriate to discuss all these topics as introductory to the general subject of these essays. It is also appropriate to their general object, to examine and treat of the constitution and nature of man, and the end or purpose for which hle was created, in order to determine the true end and aim of education, as well as to ascertain what is in accordance with the moral laws of nature, and therefore useful, expedient, and virtuous. SEC. 2. Tlle 3liild beinig dependent on physical oxrgans, its capaci ty depends on thle perfection and discipline of those organis. To constitute man, both a living principle and an intellectual principle have been superadded to the grosser matter of the material world-as explained in section 2 of Chapter I. This living principle is the basis of all organization, and of all living organs. The mind, as has been remiiarked, depends upon piyeical organs, that is, upon the brain and nervous system, as inptruments, in, through, and by means of which it acts. These ON TrHE CONSTITUTION OF MAN. physical organs are not only the medium through which the mind receives impressions from, and ideas of external objects, and by which it conveys its influence by volition to the muscular system, but the brain is also the vehicle in and by the aid of which the mind thinks, wills, recalls previous impressions and ideas, conmpares, judffgcs, deduces conclusions, and goes through with a.ny complicated process of reasoning. This being the case, the capacity, potter, and fertility of the intellect; its quickness of perception and of action, retentiveness of meniory, and powuer of conmparing, judging, and reasoning' vitlt accuracy, depend ntpon tahe physical organs and i nstrumenets, by Means of vl/ich it acts. T'hough ideas, principles, sensations, and truths are not innate or inherent in the mind, yet the faculties and capacities by mneans of which it acts, becomes conscious of sensations, conceives ideas, and deduces principles and truths by a process of reasoning, are innate; that is, inherent in the mind itself, in connection with its physical organs; and cannot be developed without organs of some kind, as instruments of action. Hence the necessity of a spiritual body at the resurrection; and hence the power and peculiar characteristics of every man's intellect, depend upon the organization, and the greater or less degree of perfection of the physical organs of the mind, by means of which it acts and hence also the importance of education and exercise to develope those organs, and to improve the mind. SEC. 3. _Minod.zot the result of organizations-its faculties and Bower. The atheist, and many physiologists insist that the mind and all its faculties not only depend upon organization, but are the direct result and effect of organization, and cannot have an existence without it; or, in other words, that we have no mind, and thlat the faculties usually called mental faculties, are the result and effect of an organized compound of the material substances coiiposing the body. Now the whole comprises all its parts, and a compound comprises all the properties of each, and all of the simtple elements of which it is composed. All the substances composing the body, and all matter with which we are acquainted, except light, caloric, electricity, and magnetism, which are called imponderable substances, possess the property of gravitation, and also the properties of the chemical affinities, and these properties are uniformly the same under all circumstances, whether in a simple or compound state. The gravitating principle of matter is neither increased nor diminished, by compounding or combining it in any mode or manner whatever. Man, however and all anitnals, possess not only the power of resisting the :35 ON THE CONSTITUTION OF MAN. action of gravitation, but also the power, by means of the mind, by the faculty of volition acting upon the muscular system, of raising from the ground and carrying great weights, in opposition to the principle of gravitation and the laws of the material world. This is equivalent to demonstrative proof, that mind cannot be composed of the matter of the material world, nor the result or effect of the organization of such miatter,for all nzature's laws are it,iformn, and cannot act inconsistent with themselves; but,an acts inconsistent with the laws of matter, and therefore he must have a principle, spirit, or power wvithigi him, not derived from this matter, wit/h which his acts are inconsistent. Another class of reasoners start up and say, that mind is the same as caloric, light, electricity, magnetism, or a compound of two or more of those imponderable substances, and thus attempt to evade the argument, that mind acts inconsistent with such matter, and therefore cannot be composed of it. Let us examine this argument. Caloric, light, electricity, &c., though not possessed of the principle of gravitation, are governed.by fixed laws, and operated upon by external substances; by the laws of afiiiity, or attraction, and the more general law of a tendency to establish an equilibrium. It is impossible for any of these substances to act in and of itself, without being excited to action by some affinity, or attraction, external to itself; and when it acts, it always acts in conformity with laws fixed and certain in themselves, and in a uniform manner, under the same circumstances. Ili,nd, on the contrary, is endowed by the Creator with self-a(ctin, power, or power to originate action in and of itseljf; and to act without being put in motion by an,y cause, or motive external to itself; and it canr act arbitrarily, and according to its own whims or caprice, and is qnot suTbject in its acts and mnovements to fixed laws, like caloric, electricity, and other imnponderable substances. God has made it after his own image, and made it a cause in and of itself, and thus it has the power of origin.ting action, anzd acting according to its own free qcill. In this consistts is f eedomn of will, and in fact its entire will, icl,ztiding the self-deternewii,iig powcer of the will.'h'lere is in chemistry a principle called elective affinity, and double-elective affinity; and in each case, a simple substance is attracted towards two other substances at the same time, and is uniformly governed by the strongest affinity, and never by the weakest; but I prosume no man ever thought of calling this elective affinity, freedom of action, or freedom of'v will, and being governed by the strongest motive; and yet if the n,ind is governed by a physical necessity from which it cannot escape, and which makes all its acts certain, because sutiect to fixed laws, and external causes operating upon it, its freea. n of action and of will is no greater than that of two 'So ON THE CONSTITUTION OF MAN. substances which are attracted to each other by the chemical laws of elective affinity. The mind also compares, judges, reasons, and deduces conclusions, but two minds rarely reason alike. Somne reason with great accuracy, and are seldomn led into error, while others are constantly led astray by their passions and prejudices, as well as by their weakness, and can scarcely deduce the mnost trifling conclusion without danger of falling into error. 'Can electricity or magnetism judg(e, compare, or reason; and does it not uniformly act by the same laws, and always with the same accuracy, and if it could reason with accuracy in one case, would- it not do so in every case? These views seem conclusive to my mind, that the intellect or mind of man is of a higher origin, and possesses more inherent powers and capacities than any of the matter or elements of matter of this material universe; and yet it may be a mere centre of action, or an organ builder by means of its own powers:of attraction, and unable to act to any extent without organs, as its instrument of action, which may be developed and improved by education and exercise. SEc. 4. Physical organs and condition transmittedfrom parent to child, which tends to form natioial character. It seems to be a law of the animal as well as the vegetable economy, that like shall reproduce its like, subject to slight modifications of climate, and other circumstances, which have an indirect influence. Hlence if we plant Indian corn, we do not expect to reap wheat, nor vice versa. Grains and vegetables do however partially change their character by being cultivated for years, in a different climate and different soil. So with man, he not only reproduces his kind, but hands down to his posterity his peculiar physical organization his form, strength, and even his weaknesses an,d diseases; and also the form and organization of his brain and nervots system, and his peculiar characteristics of mind, and traits of character depending upon them. MIany of man's diseases and weaknesses are brought upon himself by misconduct, licentiousness, intemperance, luxury, and indolence, or violating the natural laws of God in some other mode; and the physical evils resulting are handed down to his posterity. Hience we read in Scripture that the sins of the father are visited upon his children even unto the third and fourth generation. T'lhe climate, mode of life, pursuits, habits, and customs of any people, have an effect upon their physical constitution, upon the organs of sense, and the brain and nervous system, or organs of the mind, as well as upon the shape of the head and features of the face, and formation of the limbs and body. Thre more active the minds of a people, the greater and more vperfect will be the de 87 ON THE CONSTITUTION OF MAN. vclopment of the brain, and it wvill be adapted to the chlaracter of their putrsutits and the 1kinid of melntal erercise they uisuially have. All these physical pectliai ities are more or less hlanded dozwn to posterity from genieration to gezneration, affect the naticnal mind, and constitute the natiozal character. Irenee we observe that the leading characteristics of almost every nation, in the progress of time, no matter what or whence their origi,n, have become assimilated to each other, and constitute what is called nzational character. Some, like the Arabs and Tartars, have been entirely stationary, and suffered scarcely any change in their national character and condition for many centuries; others, like the Turks, have degenerated, and been actually sinking in the scale of civilization; whilst many other nations have been developing their mental and physical capacities, as well as the resources of their country, and making rapid strides in the high career of civilization, towards that state of perfection of our constitution, designed by the Deity. (See on this subject Sec. 2 of Chap. I.) SEc. 5. The pain and evil to which man is subject, arise from his constitution, and from the?zode of his existence. Mankind were designed by an all-wise and benevolent Creator, for as much happiness in this world, as is consistent with their constitution and nature, being made subject to physical as well as moral evil, pain and death, and placed here in a state of probation, trial and discipline, for another state of existence. God could have created man otherwise, but as maintained by the great and learned Burlamaqui, in his natural and political law, the Deity being all-wise, could not do, that is, there was a moral, if not a physical impossibility, in his doing, what was inconsistent with itself; he could not desire to effect an object, without using the most fit means to attain it; and could not use means inconsistent with the object in view; nor inconsistent with other parts of his works, and the framework of his moral government, which is carried into effect mostly by means of the general operation of physical laws. He maight have created man a spiritual being, and not subject to death, but he could not make him a free agent, a, rational being, partly spiritual and partly corporeal, subject to the physical laws of the earth, to the reproduction of his kind, and to the dissolution or separation of the soul and body, and give him the necessary senses and sensibility to effect the end in view, without at the same time subjecting him to pain and suffering, both physical and mental; and to both physical and moral evil. The evils, however, to which the nature and constitution of man are incident in this life, are aggravated by reason of his faculties, and the capacities of the earth to maintain him, not be 38 ON THE CONSTITUTION OF MIAN. ing completely developed, and in consequience of his ignorance, indolence, vicious habits and passions, and failure to act in all cases in accordance with the constitution of his nature and the laws of the material world. SEC. 6. ilIan waos designed for an iild,7strio,7,s, rational, social, moral, religious, and selfish beiigt. It was evidently intended by the Creator, that man should be an industrious being; that he should subdue and cultivate the earth, and develope its resources, in order to supply himself with all that is necessary to preserve li[e, promote health, strength, activity and longevity, and to multiply and people the earth; and as an incentive to do so, he was created with physical appetites, and mental passions. It is universally admitted that he was designed as a rational being, but of what use would reason be to him, if he were so far governed by natural causes, that he could not be influenced in the least by his own reason? ft is also evident that he was designed as a social being, a moral being, aGed a religious being; and that he should fulfil all the requirements of the law of nature. The natural propensity of man to seek the society of his fellow man, and to sympathise with and participate in the pleasures of his associates, is conclusive evidence that he is by nature a social being; his propensity to sympathise with and participate in the suffering(s and misfortunes of his fellow man, even though strangers to him, and his instinctive inclination to relieve them, is evidence that he is a moral being; the whole history of the human family, in all ages, and almost all countries, shows that next to avarice, religious feeling has influenced a larger proportion of mankind, than any other mental passion; this proves that he is a religious being. That be is a selfish being, arises from his own sensations, appetites, and wants, and the impulses of nature to gratify them. Pope says, Self-love the spring of action moves the soul, Reason's comparing balance rules the whole. Alan, but for that, no action could attend, And, but for this, were active to no end. All these capacities and propensities of his nature are given him to be employed, exercised, and gratified, partly as a means to develope his faculties and fit him for a hilgher state of existence, as the final end of his being, and partly as an incentive to action, to exercise, and industry, as the principal means of attaining this great final end and object of his existence. SEc. 7. The leading passions enumerated and described. Physical appetites and passions have more or less influenc 89 ,ON THIE CONSTITUTION OF MAN. over every individual, during every day of his life, from birth to the grave; but when his appetites are satisfied, he is fireed in some measure from their dominion, and his mental passions have time and opportunity to operate. After the gratification of the physical wants and appetites, the dcomestic affections are the first, most constant and powerful pas sions which occupy and influence the human mind; and incite the individual to action, industry, and enterprise, for the purpose of providing for his family the luxuries, as well as the wants and comforts of life. They are founded on moral and social sympathy, but mostly on the former. Secondly, social sympathy, or a desire for social intercourse, is one of the most universal passions which influences the human mind. Thirdly, vaniity, or a desire for display and ostentation; such as a display of personal beauty, fine dress, ornaments, acquirements in the fine arts, science, rank and family lineage, official power and station, valor, strength, agility, or other superiority, either mental or physical. Vanity is the motive; fashion and display the objects of this passion. The Olvympic and other games among the Greeks, excited the people of all the Grecian States, and became fashionable among all classes, high and low; as it gave the youth an opportunity to display their physical strength and superiority. War among savage and barbarous nations is almost the only mode by which individuals, and the young in particular, can display their superiority. This is the reason why war is so much more exciting and popular among savage, barbarous, and half civilized nations, than it is among those that are enlightened, whose vanity and ambition can be sufficiently gratified by acquirements, objects and pursuits of a civil nature. This is the same passion which led the French, during the revolution, as well as the legions of Napoleon, the Greeks and Romans, and every other warlike people, in search of what is usually called glory, or military fame. Fourthly, avarice, or the desire for the possession and accumulation of property, is the next in order, the most engrossing passion which occupies and controls the human mind. It is associated with the desire of gratifying hunger, thirst, and other physical wants. It is in some respects a mere handmaid to the passion for display, fashion or vanity, among civilized and highly cultivated nations. This is evident fromnt the fact that, though savages have physical wants as well as civilized men, yet they seem to be entirely destitute of every thing like avarice, or a desire to accumulate property, beyond their immediate wants. Avarice is the motive; wealth, display and power, are the object3 of this passion. Fiftily, the natural inclination, as evideniced by the practice of all 40 ON THE CO\STITUTION OF MAT. .ations and people, to worship the Supreme Bezng. The source or cause of this natural impulse, or religious instinct, must be the same in all mankind, whether Christians, Jews, Mahometans, or Pagans; the difference in its manifestation arising from education, habit, or accident. There is no reason to doubt that the Jews, Mahometans and Pagans are often as sincere and devoted, to their religious creeds, dogmas, and opinions, as the Christians are to the doctrines and precepts of the holy scriptures. When this passion is carried to excess, it begets bigotry, enthusiasm, fanaticism, intolerance, and a spirit of persecution. Religious feeling is the steadiest and strongest passion which can operate upon the mind through life. No other will lead a person so readily to sacrifice his interest, or his life. It has had the greatest and most permanent influence upon the nations of the earth, of any passion whatever. The Jews exhibit the most remarkable examples of its constant and permanent influence. It is now over 2,500 years since the ten tribes of Israel were conquered, and carried into captivity by the Assyrians; for nearly two thousand years they have been dispersed among all the nations of tihe earth, an oppressed and often a persecuted people; yet they have in all countries and in all climates preserved themselves a separate and distinct race, and have not sacrificed their religious opinions and ceremonies for the gratification of avarice, ambition, vanity, love, or any other passion, but are essentially the same people they were over two thousand years since. Sixthly, a desire for power and dominion, usually called ambition. This passion seems to spring from, and be founded upon, the desire of the mind for freedom of action, freedom of will, and freedom from all restraint, together with a desire of the necessary power and means of carrying into effect one's will in all cases. But this kind of liberty and freedom of action in one person, imnplies subjection and subserviency, if not perfect slavery, in the person thus subjected to his will. A desire for power and dominion over property, is the same as the passion of avarice, and a desire to exhibit and display the extent of one's property or power, is mere personal vanity. The leading motive with many if not most persons, in acquiring either property or power, is to enable them to make a great display, and to exhibit what they think their superiority over their fellow beings. The great lawgivers, savans, writers, statesmen, and conquerors of the world, who have struggrled to acquire, or increase their power and influence, have done so for one or more of the followinfg reasons; first, to gratify their vanity; secondly, for fanme, present or future, on account of great achievenments, exhibiting their superiority over their fellow beings; or thirdly and lastly, fobr 41 ON THE CONSTITUTION OF MAN. the purpose of directing and controlling their fellow beings in order to improve their condition, and pronmote their happiness. Personal vanity is often connected with national glory, and I fear there are ten aspirants for power to gratify mere personal vanity for display, where there is one ambitious of fame; and ten ambitious of fame, where there is one who seeks and strives to improve the condition and promote the happiness of his fellow beings. Seventhly, a desire for revenge. This is a passion which rages in its full violence only in the minds of savages. It is not only the most powerful, but almost the only powerful mental passion which operates upon the great mass of savages; who have not much ambition for power or fame, not any, or scarce any avarice, and very little social sympathy. Revenge is so neutralized and softened, among a civilized people, by avarice, ambition, vanity, and other mental passions, that its influence need seldom be taken into the account, in estimating human motive. The excessive gratification of physical appetites generally tends to blunt the mind, render it torpid, and incline both body and mind to inactivity and sleep; but the gratification, as well as the operation npon the mind of mental passions, usually render it more active and acute, and tile person more o:akeful and energetic. Ilental passionis thzus act as powerfzul stimnlanzts; most persoizs are wakeful, energetic and enterprising, and their minds active in proportion? to the strength of their passions; and if by means of misfortune they become discouraged on the one hand, or on the other, accumulate sufficient to satisfy their wants and their avarice, they henceforward lose their enterprise, and much of their activity and energffy, of mind as well as body. If man had no intellectual passions, nothing but physical appetites to stimulate him, when his immediate wants were gratified, he would relapse into indolence and inertness; and be reduced to a state of degradation, nearly as low as that of many of the brute creation: and never could have made the least progress in civilization or improvement in his condition, above that of the lowest grade of savages. SEc. S. A moderate gratification of the natutral passions is in accordance with the object of creation. All the natural propensities, instincts, appetites, and passions of man, were given to him by the Creator, for good and wise purposes; and the gratification of them in a proper manner, and within moderate and rational limits, must be consistent with his nature, and intended to promote his happiness and well-being; but no one can be carried to excess, without weakening and even 42 O'N EDUCATION. tually destroyiPg some other faculty of his nature, and injuring his physical constitution. It was designed that all his natural, not his artificial appetites and passions, should be gratified to a moderate extent, and not that one or two should engross his whole mind or attention, to the sacrifice of all the others, and to the sacrifice eventually of his health, constitution, and mental powers on all other subjects. Excessive indulgence for a considerable length of time in innocent amusements, and even the excitement of gay society, relaxes the tone and energy both of the mind and the physical system, and unfits them for the sober, rational, and necessary employments of life. Moderation is consistent with the exercise of all the faculties of man, and with the gratification of all the appetites and passions of his nature; but excessive indulgence in one or more, necessarily produces the neglect and decline of others. The necessary tendency of moderation, is to produce good consequences; on the contrary, the necessary tendency of excess, is to produce evil consequences. lioderation is almost a necessary accompaniment of virtue; vice can scarcely exist, without either excess, or the wrong direction of a passion, which might otherwise be deemed virtuous. For instance, to desire the punishment of a criminal, is certainly a virtuous feeling, though it might be deemed malevolence, by persons sympathizing with the criminal; but to desire the punishment of good and innocent persons, is of itself a vicious and wicked feeling. Even avarice, when it exists in a moderate degree, is consistent with the nature and end of man, and becomes a vice, only when it is in excess, and leads to covetousness and oppression. The same may be said of ambition; it is laudable as long as its ends and objects are good; and vicious when its ends and objects are evil. So of dislike, abhorrence, indignation, anger and hatred they are virtues, when excited by vice, misconduct and crime, and become vices only when excited by conduct which is correct and innocent. Hene the importance of a proper education, to regulate the intellectual passions, and give them such direction as to make iliem useful stimulants to both body and mind. Monarchs, Priests, and Chieftains, have made great use of the passions, to control the mind, and to govern and enslave miankind. SEc. 9. On Education-its different kinds, history, and isi porta?lce. Education consists of the development and discipline of the intellectual and physical faculties, and of the social, moral, and 43 ON EDUCATION. religious feelings, propensities, and passions of man, as well as the acquisition of knowledge and science. It may be divided into six kinds: 1st. Intellectual education, or the development and discipline of the brain and the intellectual faculties; consisting of the instruction and discipline of the schools, that of books, and that derived fromn observation, examination, comparison, reflection, and reasoning. 2nd. Industrial education;-which consists of the exercise of training the muscles, brain, and nerves of the human system to habits of industry, in some particular employment or pursuit, whereby any physical effort may be made with greater facility and skill. 3rd. Social education;-whieh consists of the manners and habits of every individual, in his intercourse with his fellowv-beings; comprising his powers of conversation, practical knowledge of vocal and instrumental music, dancing, and other matters of amusement. 4thl. MIoral education;-consisting of a development of proper feelings of charity and sympathy for persons in distress; and of the acquisition of principles of justice, and of propriety of conduct, in the intercourse of man with his fellow-beings. 5th. Religious education; and 6th. Professional and business education. The first, second, fourth, and fifth kinds of education, as above enumerated, should be extended to the whole community. The great mass of the people will acquire, without much effort or e:pense, all of the third, which is necessary for their purposes. The sixth may be confined to the professional classes, merchants and business men, and persons who conduct great and difficult enterprises and pursuits, in which great numbers of laborers and large amounts of capital are employed. Books and the education of the schools not only furnish the symbols of thought, and the tools or means to exercise, improve, and expand the mind, but they also place before it ideas, subjects, and questions for consideration; they arouse it from its lethargy, excite it to action, discipline it, and induce it to think, examine, compare, analyse, reason, and judge for itself. A school education, however, so far as it teaches language only, merely communicates to the mind the symbols of ideas, and the tools or instruments by which to acquire kno-,ledge; but so far as it teaches the true principles of natural, mechanical, moral, political, mental, or theological science, it communicates the very essence of knowledge itself;and so far as it teaches the learner penmanship and the use of 44 ON EDUCATOI.' numbers, it instructs him in the art of doing business, and preserving a memorial of his acts. Letters and a written language are necessary to fix in a definite form, and to preserve and communicate ideas, knowledge, experience, memorials of experiments, and discoveries in science; and of inventions, and improvements in the useful arts. It is imnpossible for a nation or community to emerge from barbarism, and make any considerable progress in civilization, without a knowledge of letters. Until a comparatively recent period, education by means of schools and books, was confined to the wealthy classes; and such is the case now in all Roman Catholic, Miohammedan, and Pagan countries. In 1494, it was enacted by the Parliament of Scotland, that erery bacon and substantial freeholder should send his eldest son and heir to schoolfrom the age of six to nine years; and afterwzards to a grammar school. This was in accordance with the practice at that period, of all the western and central countries of Europe, where Catholicism prevailed. The idea was, that it was important to educate the heir, who was to- inherit the estate and be the head of the family, but the younger sons and the mass of the people who were to be mere laborers, did not need any education. The first General Assembly of the Reformed Church of Scotland, met on the 20th December, 1560. They determined that it was necessary to have a school in every parish, for THE INSTRUCTION OF YOUTH IN THE PRINCIPLES OF RELIGION) GRAIMMAR, AND THE LATIN TONGUE. It is stated by the Rev. Mr. HIetherington, in his History of the Church of Scotland, that the compilers of the Book of Discipline in 1561, proposed that the patrimony of the Church should be appropriated to the support of the new Ecclesiastical Establishment, under which designation they included the ministry, the SCHOOLS, AND THE POOR. T'he Presbyterian, and some of the other Reformed Churches at an early day, determined, that the rig,hts of private judgment, in all matters that respect religion, are universal and inalienable; that every one should search the Scriptures, and be governed by them and by his own conscience,-that is, that every one should search and interpret the Scriptures for himself, and act in accordance with his own understanding, interpretation, and private judgmrnent of their import. They thus treated education, so far as respects reading, as qnecessary to the performance of a religious duty; and made the schools a part of the new religious Establish ment in Scotland, and eqal11y important and nccessary as the ministry. These opinions have been entertained and acted upon by 45 Of EDUCATIO,\. that Church ever since that time, and by Congregational and some other Protestant Churches for more than two centuries past. In 1616, the Privy Council of Scotland enacted, "that in every parish where convenient means could be had for entertaining. a school, one be established, and a fit person appointed to teach the same, at the expense of the parishioners;" and in 1633 this Act of the Council was ratified in Parliament. But this act was only permissive and not mandatory, and was very defective. In 1638, the General Assembly of the Presbyterian Church of Scotland " directed the Presbyteries to see that schools were provided in every landward parish, and such support secured to schoolmasters as should render education easily accessible to the whole population of the king,donm." During the civil wars in 1646 a more enlightened Act of Parliament was passed than that of 1633 just referred to, which, though rescinded at the restoration (in 1660) was adopted almost verbatim in the celebrated Act of William and Miary, in the year 1696. That statute is the foundation of the present parochial system of education in Scotland. As remarked by Mr. I-Ietherington, that statute provided for what had been long and earnestly sought by the Presbyterian Church of Scotland-a school in every parish throughout the whole kingdomn, so far supported by the public funds as to render education accessible to even the poorest in the community. Thus we see that the influences of the Church operated upon the government, until the latter, acting from time to time in accordance with impulses received from the former, passed Acts for the establishment and support of schools for the education of the whole people. In 1647 the Plymouth Colony of MIass,cchusetts passed an Act " that every township of fifty householders should appoint a person to teach all the children to read and write, and that every township of one hundred families should support a grammar school. " In the following year (1648) the Legislative Assembly of the Colony of Connecticut, passed a statute in relation to education of very nearly the same purport a-s that passed in Massachusetts. The Puritans or Congregationalists of Massachusetts and Connecticut, entertained the saime opinion as the Presbyterians of Scotland-that education is necessary to the performance of religious duty;-and the former seem to have borrowed their ideas and system of education substantially from the latter. This was the foundation of the system of common school education in New England, which was adopted in the stato of New York iu the 46 ON EDUCATION, early part of the nineteenth century, and has been more recently adopted, and is now in successful operation, in nearly all the free states of the Union. The Episcopalians of England took a different course. In this particular, they adhered to the tenets of the Catholic Church-denied the right of each person to interpret the Scriptures for himself, and to act in accordance with his own private judgment; and claimed that every one should yield his own private judgment, and receive the interpretation of the Church (that is, of the cleirgy) as correct in all cases. Inasmuch as laymen were required to yield the interpretation of the Scriptures to the clergy, the church of England have regarded education as unnecessary for the laboring classes; and hence they have made no efforts to extend a common school education to the whole people. Such being the opinions of the Episcopalians, who constitute about three fifths of the population of England, no Act has ever been passed by the British Parliament to provide for the establishment and maintenance of common schools, by the governient, or by tax on property. The result is that no effort has been made to give the whole population of En,gl]and a common school education. Wlhile in Scotland and many of our free states, about one in four of the whole population attend school a portion of the year, in England only about one in eleven attend, and among the Episcopal population of England only about one in twenty attend; in the Romnan Catholic countries of southern Europe, perhaps one in an hundred of the population attend school, in Russia only one in two hundred and fifty, and in MIohamimedan countries a still smaller proportion. SEC. 10. On School D)istrict Libraries- their orig,'in and iviportaIce. On the 20th of April, 1837, the Legislature of Massachusetts passed an act authorizing each legally constituted school district in the State, to raise by tax for the purchase of a library and apparatus, a sum not exceeding thirty dollars for the first year, and ten dollars for any succeeding year. Any town in its corporate capacity, and by virtue of its general authority to maintain schools, may raise whatever sum it pleases for the same object. By an Act of the 3d of March, 1542, the Legislature granted from the State Treasury, the sum of fifteen dollars to every school district, which should raise and appropriate an equal amount for the purchase of a district school library; and if that sum is raised by subscription or donation, and appropriated to that object, it entitles the district to the bounty of the State. 47 ON EDUCATIOT. The Legislature of New York passed a similar act about the sanie time, or very soon afterwards, to provide for a school district library, in every district within the State. In 1838, the Legislature of MIichigan passed an act authorizing each school district to raise by tax, ten dollars per annumn, to buy books for a district library-and the proceeds of certain fines were appropriated to the same object. In 1843, an act was passed providing for township libraries in the State of Michigan, to be divided every three months among the several school districts of the town; so that one library, by means of the quarterly distribution of books among the several districts, may answer for all the inhabitants of the township. The whole number of volumes in the school district libraries of the State of New York, on the 1s.t day of January 1844, was 1,038,396-and on the 1st day of January 1847, 1,310,986amlounting at the latter period to about 118 volumes to each distriict, the districts then numbering 11,052. The late superintendent of common schools of the State of New York, says in his report, " The object of the law for procuring district libraries is to diffuse information not only, or even chiefly, among children or minors,'but among adults, and those who have finished their commnon school education. The books, therefore, should be such as will bo useful for circulation among the inhabitants generally. They should not be childron's books, or of a juvenile character, or light and frivolous tales and romances; but works conveying solid information, which will excite a thirst for knowledge, and also gratify it, as far as such library can." Books are here found suited to every age, and almost every grade of intellect; and the instruction and information afforded by them to our citizens of adult age, are of incalculable benefit." As language of itself does not constitute knowledge, but only the symbols of knowledge, and the medium by which it may be acquired, the common schools do very little except to communicate to the learner the key and the instruments, by means of which he may acquire knowledge from books. Books and libraries are therefore necessary to complete that system of education which is commenced only in the common school-and the establishment of school district libraries may be regarded as an era in the history and progress of popular education, seconid only in importance to the establishment of common schools themselves. These libraries will unfold to the poor as well as to the middle classes, vast sources of valuable information, which will tend to expand their minds, to increase intelligence, and the productiveness of their industry, and to elevate their character. 48 ON EDUCATION AND EXERCISE. SEc. 11. Edzication and exercise are necessary to develope the faculties o/ mani. The mind, as well as the body, is developed and strengthened, and all the muscles and organs of the system are increased in size, and rendered more perfect by frequent exercise. This is verified in the case of the blacksmith, whose right arm, by the daily use of heavy hammers, in forging and working iron, becomes larger and stronger than the arms of any other class of men. It is a general rule, applying to all classes of persons, that the limbs and organs, or part of the system most exercised, become the strongest. But the greater part of employments give a healthy exercise to nearly all parts of the human system, and tend to increase their strength and activity. Even the senses are rendered more acute and accurate by exercise, attention, and practice. An experienced banker, accistomed to examine critically the execution of bank notes and drafts, can readily see and detect defects, omissions and differenecs in the execution, or engraving, too minute and slight to be perceived by a person of less experience; and sailors can often perceive distinctly vessels and objects at a distance upon the wvater, whicl are beyond the reach of the vision of landsmen. A skilful mnusician, whose organs of heariing have been disciplined for years, will be put in pain by slight discords, which would not be observed by ordinary hearers. Perhaps this increased skill depends as much on the mind, as it does on the senses. It arises from the attention given by the mind to the subject, as well as to the operation of the senses. The rior-e a person exercises his memzory, jutdgment, or reasozning fltcu;lties, upon any particular subject, the more acute, accurate, and active, th faculty exercised becomes. In as much as all the operations of the mind are carried on by means of the brain and nervous system, which consists of physical organs, when the mind has dwelt long upon any particular subject, the succession of ideas in the mind, friom frequent occurrence and repetition, become associated together and form trains of thought, so that when the same subject is again introduced to the mind, the same succession of ideas and trains of thought will be suggessed to it, and follow each other in their accustomed order. This association of ideas in the nind depends on the same cause, and is governed by the same laws, as the characteristic of the muscular and organic system usually called habit. No man can be a great general in modern times, since war has been reduced to a system, and become a very complicated science, unless his mind has been thoroughly disciplined by active service in the field, as well as by extensive read 3 49 ON EDTUCATIOI AND EXERCISE. ing ani learning in mathematics, fortification, and military tactics. Nor can a man become a distinguished diplomatist, lawyer, orator, debater or tactician, as a leader of a political party, without experience as well as learning in those several departments; learning alone is not sufficient; practice also is necessary. To make a great statesman, legislator, or judge, more mature judgment, and more various and extensive acquirements, observation, and reflection are necessary, but experience in either of those particular departments, is not so important. In those great departments of life and some others, extensive acquiirements, science, observation, refection, and practical experience in some other department of business, seem to supply the place of experience in those in question. The science of government can only be acquired by many years of intense mental labor. The mind as well as the body, can be fully developed and strengthened by exercise, and exercise only, and neither of them can be fitted for any of the higher employments of civilized life, without many years of training, and intense application. The muscles of the body, as well as the current of thought, and succession of ideas in the mind, must be adapted, by practice and discipline, to their respective ends, before any high degree of excellence can be attained in any useful employment of life. Everything must become habitual, before it can be performed skilfully. How infinitely superior is civilized man to savages and barbarians, not only in the development and cultivation of his intellectual and moral powers and faculties; but also in physical developments, and the adaptation of the muscular system, to some useful and productive industry, or business, to which he may have been bred! He may not be superior in strength or agility for the chaue, or for warlike operations, but superior in adaptation to useful labor, in any employment which will enable him to provide himself with the necessaries and comforts of life, and to fill the station for which he was apparently designed by the Supreme Being. It is a common adage, that there is no royal road to science; nor is there any short and easy path to attain it. It can only be acquired by many long years of patient and toilsome labor, diligence and attention. The remark has often been made, that the sons of great and eminent men, who have raised themselves to distinction, by patient industry and energy of character, do not generally possess the talents and abilities of their fathers. Being generally bred in luxury and comparative indolence, which serves to stimulate their pride, vanity, and passion for amusement and pleasure, they seldom exert themselves sufficiently to acquire much vigor either of body or mind; and they are often led on by 50 ON EDUCATION AND EXERCISE. the specious attractions of frivolous amusements, until their passions for amusement become so strong, that they cannot be resisted; and the mind becomes unfitted to enjoy the sober realities of life. Luxury and indolence are the grave of talent. A person may be born with as much native talent as Julius Caesar, Cicero, or Napoleon Bonaparte, and if cradled in luxury, and bred in indolence, unless he makes a total change of his habits, (which is almost impossible,) he must necessarily remain through life, comiparatively feeble and inefficient. i He may, by means of his native genius, elegance of manners and general information, acquired without reasoning much, be able to make a speech or address, upon the mere surface of things, that may tickle the fancy of a popular audience, and be effective for the moment; but to discuss great principles with ability, point out their tendencies, trace them to their ultimate results, and warn the public of the dangers attending them; or to originate and mature great and important measures for the benefit of their country, requires an enlarged wisdom, acquired by attentively observing the current of human events, much learning, deep reflection, and a well-balanced, and well disciplined mind. Nor is discipline of mind in one department of science or business, of as much importance in other departments, which are very different in their character, as many of the schools and schoolmen pretend. To play chess, many gamles of cards, and some other games of amusement well, requires science and discipline of mind as well as experience; and yet the science and discipline of mind thus acquired, serve only to intoxicate the mind, and to divert it from, and unfit it for any rational and useful employmient. If these reflections are correct, they show the importance of "training up a child in the way he should go," and form-ing his habits of mind and body, and adapting them not only to the paths of virtue, but to the pursuits which he is to follow through life. They show also the reason of the great difficulty and hazard of a mnan's changing his pursuits, after he has attained the middle age of life. The same course of reasoning will apply to our moral, benevolent, and social feelings. They are quickened, increased, and streng,thened by frequent exercise, in the same manner as our physical and intellectual faculties. Frequent attention to the wants and sufferings of the poor and unfortunate, serves to awaken, increase, and strengthen our benevolent feelings and sympathies, for persons in distress, and to render them more quick and active. In order to cultivate the moral faculties, however, it is necessary to restrain our selfish as well as our malevolent passions. Modera 51 ON EDUCATtON AND,XERcISE. tion, and the restraint of violent passions and appetites, lie at the foundation of all virtue. A person of violent and unrestrained passions, may have certain generous impulses, which may be called instincts, or propensities, but cannot be properly dignified with the title of virtues. One of the noblest acquirements of man, consists in the power, which may become a fixed habit, of restraining his own passions, and giving a proper direction to his noral and social feelings. Even conscience can be cultivated, and generally depends upon the education, habits, and opinions of the person. The frequent gratification of feelings and desires, increases their force, and is accompanied by an impulse of nature, which is greatly strengthened and increased in violence by repetition, until it becomes an habitual attendant upon its associated feeling, or desire, and soon becomes so powerful as not to be easily overcome, or restrained. Though passion is essentially physical in its character, yet it is so dependent upon the will, and upon habit, and the principle of association, that it may be disciplined and controlled by the mind. Passion may therefore be defined an impulse of nature, arising by the force of habit, fromn any feeling or desire with which it is associated. The very source or origin front whence violent passions arise, consists in the repeated and habitual indulgence of feelings and desires, which were at first moderate, and easily controlled. Indulgence is the source of passion anl,t vice; and self restraint, and a proper direction and exercise of m.oral fcelirgs and sympathies, lie at the foundation of virtue. Proper exercise and discipline are therefore as necessary to the development of our moral, as of our intellectual and physical faculties. Exercise and discipline being necessary to develope, strengthen, and bring to perfection all the moral, as well as the intellectual and physical faculties of man, industry, in which I would include both mental and physical labor, may be regarded as one of the first and greatest of virtues. Indeed, it would seem fromn the very nature and constitution of man, ats well as from the original conmmand to him, that he should eat bread in the sweat of his face, to have been imposed upon every well person as a duty, to attend to some business or employment, either of utility to hiimself or his fellow beings, which may serve to exercise, develope, and discipline his organs and faculties. Thle necessity of i;nda,stry in this view of the subject, seems to have been imposed upon man by the Deity for a two-fold object; first, to develope and discipline his physical and intellectual organs and facaulties, to enable himn to provide himself with the necessaries and comforts of life, and to main tain his offspritg, and to people, replenish, anid sabdue the earth; 812 ON EDUCATION A'D EXEnCISE. Secondly, to develope his intellectual and moral faculties, to fit him for living in a state of society in this world, and for a higher state of existence in the world to come. That this life is but a state of probation, to develope the faculties of man, and fit him for another and better world, is believed not only by Christians, but by a large proportion of the Pag(an nations of the earth. Liberty, industry, and conformity to the moral laws of nature, and the perfect development and proper direction and exercise of all the faculties of man, are necessary to promote the highest degree of happiness in this world, as well as the world to come, to which his nature is adapted. This great and important end, so far as this world is concerned, consists in civilization; in the highest degree of civilization of which the nature of man is capable. 53 CHAPTER III. ON CIVILIZATION-DEFINITION AND SUCCESSIVE STEPS IN THE PROGRESS OF CIVILIZATION-GRAZING, MINING, MECHANISMS AGRICULTURE AND COMMERCE-DEPENDENCE OF AGRICUL TURE-INVENTIONS AND IMPROVEMIENTS. Sec. 2. Civilization is progressivc. It is not a new doctrine, that the constitution, including not only the physical, but so much of the mental faculties and capacities of man, as depend on the formation of the brain and other physical organs, may be in a state of development and progressive improvement from generation to generation, and from age to age. It is partly from this source, and partly from the fact that knowledge is rapidly increasing in the civilized world, that some politicians of our country have borrowed the idea of progressive democracy. That civilization in the aggregate is progressive in this and many other countries, is beyond a doubt; but in as much as it embraces an immense number and variety of faculties, powers, principles, and elements variously combined, it may improve in some respects, and be at the same time declining in others. That the principles of the political parties of our country are undergoing great changes from time to time, is beyond a doubt; but whether they are improving, or verging towards corruption and tyranny, admits of different opinions; the developments of the future can alone determine this question to the satisfaction of all. Mly object is to analyze the elements and principles of civilization, together with the elements and principles of our social system, habits, customs, institutions, government, and national policy, both foreign and domestic; and to ascertain, as far as practicable, what parts of our system, institutions, customs and policy tend to advance, and what tend to retard us in the progress of civilization. Sec. 2. Civilization defined. Civilization consists in the development and melioration of the intellectual, physical, and moral faculties, constitution and condition of man; and in the improvement of the social system and government of the society in which he lives. The highest degreo of civilization for which man was designed by his Creator, oongLists in such a development and improvement of his faculties, ON CIVILIZATIOI.. constitution and condition, and such an organization and improvement of the social system, and system of government under which hle lives, as tend to secure his rights, and promote his health, activity and general welfare and happines, to the greatest extent in the aggregate, of which his nature is susceptible. The institutions of religion are included under the term social system; and the development of the resources of the country, together with thie accumulation of capital and of the comforts of life, are included under the terms physical condition. This definition is a condensation of the statement and definition of civilization given b)y i,I. Guizot, the learned French scholar and statesman, in his lectures on the general history of the civilization of Europe; except that less importance is attached by hini to the physical condition of man. Sec. 3. Inzdustry, property and education, lie at the fotnedatiob of civilizationi. WVandering tribes of shepherds are always either savages or barbarians, ig(norant and degraded; with the exception of the chiefs, they are very poor and destitute; and the condition of wandering hunter is still worse. The latter are generally poorer, nore destitute, and enjoy less of the comforts of life, than the former. Degradation of morals usually goes hand in hand with destitution, misery and ignorance. Though it is not universal, yet in most cases, long-continued physical suffering, arising fiomn destitution, hardens the feelings and produces moral degradation. There is no reason to doubt, that physical comforts tend to promote good morals; though luxury usually produces more or less social vice. -No people can become civilized without fixed habitations and regular industry, to provide themselves with the comforts of life. Fixed habitations constitute property; and nearly a.11 the property in the world, as well as the necessaries and comfirts of life, arc produced by the labor and attention of man. Though the greatest amount of wealth is not necessary to a high degree of civilization, yet civilization and wealth generally advance together. Indust,ry arid property therefore lie at the very foundation of civilization; wcithout which it cannot exist; and it progresses in proportion to the advance a people make in productive industry, in cultivation of mind, and in the application of the natural sciences to the production of whatever is necessary to supply the wants of man. The Spartans, lItomans, and all the warlike nations of antiquity, despised labor, and looked upon it as degrading, and fit only for slaves. Christianity has in a measure sanctified industry, and made it respectable. As the Christian religion is a spiritual 55 ON CIVILIZATION. matter, it cannot be understood and realized by a people who have not made considerable advancement in the cultivation of their minds. It cannot be propagated among savages, and can exist in its purity only among a highly civilized people. This is verified by the history of the various attempts to Christianize the North American Indians, as well as by the whole history of Europe duringff the dark ages. It is impossible to elevate man in the scale of existence, and raise him in the grade of civilization, iT, any mode, or by any means, except by improving at the same time, both his mental and physical condition. To improve his nmorals, and give him a knowledge of the spiritual religion of Christianity, without first raising both his mental and physical condition above that of a savage or barbarian, is impracticable. Industry and business not only afford the principal means of exercising the mind; but they supply the sole means of supporting schools, scholars and students devoted to the acquisition of learning and science, and of supporting a Christian ministry. .Regutlar industry may therefore be regarded, as owze of the chief cornier-stoznes of both civilizationq aitd Christiagzity; anid industry and education lie at the foutnzdation of all improvement and progress in the world. Industry cannot be rendered very effective without education, and the application of the natural sciences. Whatever course of policy tends to promote the cause of education and science, to diffuse useful knowledge, and increase productive industry, must therefore promote improvement, and the great cause of civilization. Hence monasteries, nunneries., and all the institutions of the mendicant orders, are contrary to the spirit of civilization and Christianity, and tend to impede their progress. Spc. 4. Successire steps in the progress of civilization. The primary wants of man consist of food, drink, clothing, fuel, lodging, and a house, hut, or tent to shelter him from the eleinents. The two first, and the last, are absolutely necessary, without which he cannot long exist in any climate; clothing and fuel are equally necessary in cold climates, though not, so much so in warm countries, and in the torrid zone. The first end to be attained by man in his progress towards civilization, consists in such a development and exercise of his intellectual and physical faculties, as will enable him to provide himself with whatever is necessary to sustain life, and promote health, strength, activity and longevity; to provide himself with food, clothing of some kind, lodging, fuel, and a house, hut, or tent to shelter and protect him from iains, dews and storms, cold, heat and dampness, and the changes of the weather; firequent exposuresto any of which affect his health, and shorten his life. 60 ON CIVILIZATIOlf. The first step in his progress, is to tame, domesticate, and subject to his use, such animals as will furnish him food and clothing, or either, or be useful as beasts of burden and labor, in subduing the earth. The wandering tribes of Arabs and Tartars of Asia, and of ancient Muscovy, (now Russia,) and Poland, who subsisted mostly on the milk and flesh of their cattle and camels, and were clothed and sheltered with their skins, were elevated far above the lowest grade of savages, who subsist entirely on game, fish, and the spontaneous productions of the earth, having no domestic animals but the dog, which is useful to them in hunting only. The second step in the progress of civilization, is to learn to make iron, and to work it into edge tools, and other tools and instruments of mechanism, to enable him to work in wood, stone, and other materials, and to convert them to his use. This is so universally admitted, that most authors and philosophers have regarded the knowledge and use of iron, as the principal test of civilization. The inhabitants of Mexico and Peru, at the time of the discovery of America by Columbus, used agricultural implements, tools and instruments to work in wood and stone, made of hardened copper. This was a tolerable substitute for iron. The natives of America north of Mexico, had some knowledge of the Art of Pottery, of shaping clay, and converting it into articles of domestic use by burning; and some of them made rough axes and tools of stone with which they could hack rather than cut down trees, make bows and arrows for hunting, and dig up the earth, makle mounds and huts, and cultivate to a trifling extent, maize or Indian corn, and a few vegetables; but none of them appear to have had any knowledge of iron, or any other metal suitable for edge tools, or for instruments of agriculture, and the mechanic arts. The next and third step in his progress, is to invent and make ploughlis, hoes, spades, and other instruments and utensils for digging up and cultivating the earth; to invent and make spinning wheels and looms, to spin, weave, and convert flax, wool, cotton, hemp, and silk into cloth; and to invent and make wheeled carriages, wagons or carts of some description, and rough dwelling houses partly of wood, but mostly of stone, brick, or clay. It appears fironom the Scriptures, that the Egyptians, Phoenicians, Israelites, and the neighboring nations, had the art of making flax and wool into cloth at a very early period. A rude species of house-building, and the art of making cloth, were invented in most countries in very early ages of the world, when little or no use was made of the earth except for supporting their flocks and herds, and producing a few vegetables and fruits, which grew spoutaneously. 51 3 *. ON CIVILIZATION. SEC. 5. On the Metals-they precede both Agriculture, and a Division of Employments. A division of employments cannot take place, until man has made some progress in making tools and instruments to work with, and in the mechanic arts; for up to this period, he clothes himself in furs and skins, subsists upon the products of his flocks, and the spontaneous productions of the earth, fish, and game. It is imipossiblc for him to cultivate grain or vegetables to any extent, until he has learned to make iron or copper, and to work it into something like ploughs, spades, shovels, hoes, and pick-axes, to dig up, and sabdue the earth, and fit it for the reception of seed, and theprodz,tction of crops. After he has learned to make iron, or copper, and work it into tools and instruments of industry; some turn their attention to mining and making iron; others forge it, and make it into diverse instruments and edge tools; others use the tools to work in wood, and make utensils and instruments of industry; some engage in house-building, of stone, clay or brick, with a very little wood for doors; some build entirely of wood and others make wheels and looms, with which the female part of the community spin and weave cloth. It is my intention to distinguish agriculture fiom grazing, and to confine the term agriculture to its strict sense and meaning, of cultivation of the ground in fields, raising grain, vegetables, &c. As agriculture cannot by any possible means be carried on, except to a very trifling extent, without various tools and instruments, made partly of iron and copper, and partly of wood, the wood part of which cannot be made without edge tools made of iron, or hardened copper, it follows as a necessary consequtence, that not only the art of makin,g iron or copper, ba,t the mechanism required to make the tools and iimplements of agriczlture, riex,st precede the practice i'self of agricutlture. Sonie portion of the mnechanic arts, therefore, neceissarily precede agriculture, which is entirely depenldent upon them, and cannot exist without then,. Subseq(uent to the division of employments, which follows, and cannot precede the mechanic arts, the art of cultivating the ground, or agriculture in its strict sense, is resorted to by man, to provide himself with a more regular and certain supply of vegetable food than he could procure from the spontaneous productions of the earth.'the famines we read of in Scripture were at a very early period, when the cultivation of the earth in Palestine was very rare and trifling; though much more common and extensive in Egypt, Assyiia, and some other countries. Attention is not given to agriculture by any people, until they settie down and establish themselves in fixed habitations; while they 58 ON CIVILIZATION'. remain in tents, and remove from place to place to find pasture and water for their herds and flocks, they do not usually acquire or claim any permanent or vested interest in any particular portion of soil, and do not remain stationary long enough to cultivate crops and harvest them. Not only Abraham and Lot, but all the Israelites, before they went to Egypt, as well as while in the wilderness, and until after their return to the land of Canaan, dwelt in tents, and lived a pastoral, not an agricultural life; they must have understood the art of spinning and weaving, even at that early period, and made cloth for clothing, as well as for their tents See on this subject, Gen. ix: 23. do. iv: 19 and 22-do. xli: 42.-do. xxxvii: 4, 23, 31, 34-do. xxxviii: 14-do. xxxv: 3, and 21-do. xxxi: 33. It is evident from these and many other passages in the book of Genesis, that the Israelites had a knowledge of metals, and kept sheep on account of their wool, and iiade cloth of various kinds, while they dwelt in tents, and did not cultivate the ground, but lived on the flesh of their flocks, and the spontaneous productions of the earth. All grains, vegetables, and plants, as well as fruits, grew at first spontaneously in some climates and countries, and have been transplanted by man from one climate and country to another, and improved by cultivation. The cotton plant appears to have been a native, and to have grown spontaneously in India., China, Egypt, Madagascar, Mexico, and many other countries, and flax in Egypt, Palestine, and all the countries of southern and central Europe. I[an must have learned the use of cotton and flax, and to spin and weave them into cloth, before the thought could have been suggested to him of cultivating them; for they are not fit for food, of either man or beast, and are valuable only for clothing and the oil obtained from their seed. The use and manufacture of cotton and flax must therefore have preceded the cultivation of these plants; so necessary to the comforts and to the very existence of civilized man. Previous to their cultivation also, man must have had the use of iron, and learned to make some rough species of plough, spade, or hoe, with which to dig up and subdue the earth. A similar course of reasoning applies to every species of grain, vegetable, and plant cultivated by man. lie must have found tihem, in the first instance, growing spontaneously, appropriated them to his own use, and thus learned their utility and value; anid after he acquired a knowledge of iron, and the art of making it, t)gether with a sufficient knowledge of mechanism to forge and work the iron, and make edge tools, and work in wood; and had also invented and learned to make some rough species of agrioultuL al instruments, he first began to iaise by cultivation the several p1).o ON' CIVILIZATION. species of grain, vegetables, and plants which had been found useful to himn. As he increased in knowledge of the mechanic arts, a division of employments took place; his employments became more and more, diversified, and barter, or an exchange between man and man of the products of their respective employments, was introduced. As he acquired more knowledge of the mechanic arts, and learned to make more instruments and tools necessary to cultivate the earth, and to convert its products into food, clothing, and utensils of use, convenience, and comfort; he acquired the means of extending the cultivation, and improving in the mode of cultivating it. As population increased, the demand for agricultural, as well as mechanical products, increased, which acted as a stimulant to agriculture, and also to the mechanic arts and commerce. One improvement and discovery has led to another; and every useful and valuable invention in the mechanic arts, has not only increased the comforts of man, but contributed to promote his health, increase his longevity, and multiply population, and contributed, directly or indirectly, to an improved mode of cultivating the earth, an extension of agriculture. and an increase of its products, in quantity, quality, and value. Agriculture is therefore directly dependent upon the mechanic arts, not only for its origin, but also for every step of its pr?ogress in the march of improvement. It follows the mechanic acrts, and cannot precede them, and may be said to be the fourth step in the progress of civilization. SEC. 6. Origin, basis, and advantages of Commerce. While man remains in a state of native simplicity and ignorance, the whole of a tribe being engaged in the same employments and mode of life, there is little or no occasion for exchange, barter, or commerce of any kind; but as soon as the mechanic arts and the cultivation of the earth are introduced, then comes a division of employments, which is immediately followed by a mutual interchange of the products of labor, or barter, and this is the beginning of regular commerce. Commerce is thlts completely dependent upon the mechanic arts, and the division of employments, and cannot exist without thenm, except to a very limited extent. Agricultural products alone cannot firnzish the materials of an active commnerce; and two nationzs almiost exclusively agricultur al, have seldom much intercourse with each other. Coummerce is generally carried on between two parties, of one of the three following characters: first between the farmer, or grower of the raw produce on one side, who exchanges a portion of his surplus produce with a mechanic or manufacturer in his vicinity, for the products and 60 ON CIVILIZATION. 0 fabrics of mechanism, which he needs for the use of himself or his family; secondly, between two mechanics in the vicinity who mutually exchange the surplus products of each other's labor, and part with what they do not need, in exchange for what they do need for their own use and consumption; and thirdly, between parties, one or both of whom is a merchant, who buys to sell again, and make gain, or sells what he has previously purchased, for the purpose of making a profit by its sale. The two first species of commerce, or barter, are much the most profitable to the consumers, and to all the laboring classes, as they thereby acquire what they need for their own use and comfort, withoutpaying aqnything for transportation, or anything for expenses and profits of merchants,factor-s, agents, Sc.: on the contrary, the last species of commerce loads down its products with the costs of transportation, and generally with two or three, and often with four or five profits and expenses, of merchants and commercial agencies, beside interest on commercial capital, amounting in the whole, to be paid by the consumer, to from twenty to two or three hundred per cent, on the original cost of the article. The wisdom of ilr. Jefferson's remark, in his letter to MIr. Austin, is most manifest, that the manufacturer should be placed by the side of the farmer. There is very little occasion for commnerce or barter between agriculturists, or between two agricultural nations; the most natural and profitable foreign commerce, is between two nations of different climates, or in different states of improvement and condition, where one party exchanges the produce of the earth with the other for the products of mechanical and manufacturing industry, whereby each party acquires what he wants directly, and in exchange for the products of his own industry. Tyre, Carthage, and Athens, in ancient, and Venice, Florence, Genoa, and the Netherlands, in more modern times, were the greatest of commercial nations at their respective eras, as Great Britain is now; because they wcere also in advance of all other nations in the mechanic arts and manutfactures; and their commerce was based on their mechanism and manufacturing industry, which furnished the principal subject matter and materials for making exchanges, and carryintg on? commerce with foreign nations. SEc. 7. Successi?ve steps inq the progress of civilization recapitulated. Of the five great divisions and departments of hutnan employ. ment and industry, all of which and many others seem necessary to man, before he can attain a very high state of civilization, the most simple, and the first attained in his progress towards civilization, is the pastoral or nomado state; in which he lives as a el ON CIVILIZATION. shepherd, raising and tending his flocks and herds, subsisting upon their milk and flesh, and the spontaneous productions of the earth, and clothing himself in their skins and wool. IHis second step in the progress of civilization, is to learn the business of mining, smelting ores, forging and making iron, and working it into edge tools, and other tools and instruments, to work in wood, stone, &c. His third step is to learn a rude system of house-building, and to invent spinning-wheels, and looms, and to learn the art of spinning, weaving, and making cloth; and of making ploughs, and other tools, and implements of agriculture. It thus embraces nearly the whole circle of the mechanic arts, and of manufactures. Ilis fourth step consists in learning to plough, or dig up and cultivate the earth, as an agriculturist. Lastly conies commerce, the connecting link in the chainr, between all the other employments. Though commerce is entirely dependent upon the mechanic arts, and upon agricatture, to supply its materials, yet it is the very lifeblood of civilization, and seems necessary to stimulate and render active all the arts and employments of civilized life; and civilization to any great extent cannot exist without it. All these several employments, together with the necessary instruction in the knowledge and science reqaired for pursuing them advantageo lsly, mutually act and react upon each other; and each contributes to promote, sustain, and increase the productive energy of the others; to milti2ly the comforts, and promote the welfare of mandkind. SEc. 8. Effects of science, the mechanic arts, in,ventions and discov eries, on the pro gress of civilization. Progressive improvement and advancement in civilization, depend on industry, on productive industry, and the application of the natural sciences to labor; productive industry depends mostly on the rewards and compensations of labor, and the activity of commerce, which act as stimulants to the mind of mnan; and these again are based and depend upon the mechanic arts, and machinery. It may therefore be truly said, that a division of employments, agr-icultare, commerce, and the wholefabric of civilization, all depend upon the miechanic arts, and cannot exist withou6t them; and that as a general r'ule, no nation or people can cadvance in civilization any faster than they make progress in the mechanic arts, and the sciences on which they are based. The history of civilization is the history of the triumphs of man over the material world, and over the physical laws of nature. Hle has not only subdued a large portion of the earth; but all the metals, all kinds of wood and timber, nearly every species and product of vegetation, all the earths and gases, coal, stone, and salt, as well as a large portion of the animal creation, 62 ON CIVILIZATION. and the winds and waters upon the suriace of the earth, have all been subjected to the use and control of man, and made subsidiary to his comforts, enjoyments, and general welfare. By these means, he can overcome the wants and evils of hunger, thirst, cold, heat, storms, and wind; and not only render himself comfortable, but resist the causes of disease, and has actually increased his ordinary period of life, in every highly civilized country on the earth. The arts of smelting ores, and of hammering an(I forging iron, and other metals, and converting them into utensils, edge tools, and other instruments, were discovered at a very early period of history, and were in a measure the inceptive steps of civilization among Pagan nations. Man soon arrived at a point of civilization, at or near which he seemed to pause for many centuries, as if it were a barrier which he could not pass. At length clocks were invented, the art of making glass windows was invented, chimneys were invented, and the art of making cotton and linen rags into paper was invented; all these inventions came into use in Europe in the 11th, 12th, and 13th centuries. Then came the invention of gunpowder and its application to mechanical purposes for blasting rocks and ores, and working in mines, as well as for warlike pur poses, and also the invention of the mariner's compass, the great handmaid of navigation, in the 14th century. The 15th century produced and introduced the great inventions of printing, and the sawmill,for sawing lumber, and near its close, the discovery ofAme rica. During the forepart of the 16th century, the use and culture of maize or Indian corn, and potatoes, were introduced into Europe from the New World. Many other inventions and discoveries of less importance were made and introduced between the 12th and the middle of the 16th century; and during that period, the art of spinning, weaving, and working silk, cotton, hemp, and flax, as well as wool, into cloth, was introduced into many countries, partly by means of the crusades to the Holy Land; and in all the countries of Europe, the manufacture of those articles into cloth was greatly increased. When compared with his condition in the 11th and 12th centuries, the comforts of man were greatly increased, the ratio of mortality diminished, and his condition much improved by all these causes, which were in full operation from the middle of the 16th century to the time of the invention of the Spinning Jenny in 1767; and yet the paralyzing influence of the religious persecutions, and the civil wars growing out of the reformation of the 16th century, together with the use of ardent spirits, greatly retarded the progress of improvement; and the ratio of mortality, as well as of the increase of population, was nearly the same in almost every country of Europe and America, during the last ten years of that period, as it was during the first 63 ON CIVILIZATIO'. ten. The revocation of the Edict of Nantes, by Louis XIV., in 1685, had such an effect upon France, by driving out of the king dom half a million or more of her most skilful mechanics and artisans, that the kingdom was less flourishing and the condition of the people not much better in 1785, than in 1685; and this cause, which depressed France, is one of the principal causes of the progress and improvement of Great Britain during that period. The thermometer, barometer, and telescope, were all invented the forepart of the seventeenth century. They have been of great advantage to the progress of the useful arts, as well as to the prosecution of inquiries and discoveries in the natural sciences. Paper money was invented in England the latter part of the 17th century, and soon afterwards introduced into France, where it produced the famous Mississippi scheme in 1719; but the great facilities it gives to gambling speculations, eztravagance, deception, and fraud, of every kind and character, seem to render it probable that it has been rather a curse than a blessing to the humrnan family. Though the Mloors introduced the art of distillation and use of distilled liquors into Europe in the 1 2th or 13th century, yet their use was comparatively trifling, until after the discovery of America, the introduction of Afi'ican slaves into the West India Islands, and the extensive cultivation of the sugar cane; which led to the increased distillation and supply of rum, and its more general use among all classes of people. This evil of itself, was sufficient to balance nearly all the benefits derived from improvements made during the two centuries previous to the invention of the SpiJning Jenny. The discovery of the benefits of inoculation for the small pox, the forepart of the 1Sth century, and of the efficacy of vaccination for the kine pox as a preventive and check to the spread of the small pox about the year 179S, have probably had more effect in diminishing the ratio of mortality, than all other discoveries in medicine from the commencement of the 16th, to the close of the 1Sth century. During the religious wars and persecutions of the 16th and 17th centuries, a large portion of the Protestant mechanics and artisans, who could emigrate with more facility than agriculturists, fled to Great Britain and Holland for an asylum; which is the principal cause of the rapid improvemient of those nations from the commencement of those persecutions and wars, to the invention of the Spinning Jenny; while the march of improvement, and the progress of civilization .seemed to have been arrested, and nearly stationary, in all the remaining part of the world, except the Anglo-American colonies, 64 ON CIVILIZATION. Russia, the protestant part of Europe, and perhaps the isles of Japan and China. The flying shuttle for weaving, which was invented about the year 1738, the improvement of the steam-engine, the invention of the Spinning-Jenny, Spinning-Frame, Spinning-Mule, PowerLoom, Carding-Machine, Cast-iron stove, Iron Railway, SawGin for cleaning cotton, and miachlinery for rolling iron, during the last half of the 18th century; and the invention of SteamBoats, Locomotives, or Steam-Carriages, Iron Ploughs, and many other mechanical inventions, including electro-mnagnetic Telegraphs; during the present century, together with the discoveries and improvements in the medical, natural, and political sciences, have improved the condition of the people, and advanced the cause of civilization more during the last hundred years, than it advanced during any previous five centuries, since the creation of the world. The discussion of this subject will be continued in the next two chapters on government, and ecclesiastical government; in order to show the impediments in the progress of civilization, as well as the causes of its advancement. (35 CHAPTER IV. ON THE PRIESTHOOD, AND ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNMENT; AND THE INFLUENCE OF PROTESTANTISM, CATHOLICISM-MAHO METAN FATALISM AND MORMONISM, UPON THE HUMAN MIND -AND UPON CIVIL GOVERNMENT, THE PROGRESS OF IMI PROVEMIENT, AND CIVILIZATION. SEC. 1. I?flt6engce of the Priesthood-Ecclesiastical tyranny. A PART, and one of the most efficient parts of government in all civilized countries, consists in the education of the people; so as to restrain their passions, form their minds, direct their opinions, and teach them obedience and submission to the government. Education in this view of the subject, is not confined to instruction in the schools, but includes all public executions, military exhibitions and amusements, addresses, lectures, religious instruction and ceremonies, auricular confessions and exalmninations, auto da fes, &c., &c.; as well as mental and physical training in some usefill employment or business. From the beginning of the fifth century, until the diffusion of learning by means of the art of printing in the 15th century, nearly all the learning of Europe was confined to the clergy; very few laymen could read and write, and fewer still were qualified for high and important offices; and hlence the bishops and higher order of the clergy engrossed nearly all the civil offices of government. Such being the condition of the Christian world, the clergy necessarily became almost exclusively the teachers of letters, science, philosophy and political principles, as well as morals and religion; and thereby they formed, fashioned and mnouldled, after their own views and wishes, the grinds and opinions of youth; and ill a great measure formed and controlled public opinion; and literally thou,ghAt for the people, and infused their opinions into them. The schools and the pulpit were then much more efficient engines of power than they are now; in-asmuch as they were then the principal means of dissenminating opinions of all kinds, political and philosophical, as well as moral and religious; they accomplished what is now done by the press in all Protestant countries, and wherever freedom of opinion is tolerated. O\ ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNMElT. As the clergy were politicians and teachers, as well as ministers of the gospel, the dividing line between religion and politics, between morals and philosophy, was lost, or overlooked; they forgot, or seemed to forget, that the sole object of divine revelation was to teach religion and morals, and not to teach politics, natural science, or philosophy; and thus the church gradually encroached upon the domain of philosophy and science, as well as of politics. Fromn the time of the Eimperor Constantine to the Reformation, the church usurped the whole domain' of metaphysics and philosophy, and held the human mind in subjection in nearly all matters of science, as well as in religion. The consequence was, that, scarcely any advancement was made in either science or the useful arts, except what was purely the result of accident. l'he art of making glass-windows, paper, chllimneys, the mariner's compass, gun powder and fire-arms, watches and saw-mills, and of printing with moveable types, comprise nearly all the inventions of importance during this long interval of twelve centuries; all of which were made during the last four centuries of that period; and several of them were partially borrowed from, or sugLgested by, information obtained from the MIahomedans during the crusades. We have no evidence of any advancement or discovery in science or the useful arts during the first eight centuries of that period. The church made more efforts to form, guide, restrain and control the opinions of men, than to influence their moral conduct. To promote obedience to the church, faith, and the observance of the ceremonies and ordinances of the church, with a view to an atonement for sin, appeared to be the principal end and aim of the clergy; and it seems as though many of them scarcely regarded the subject of morals as within the domain and objects of Christiantity. Hence the shameless profligacy existing among the clergy as well as laity, during the whole of this period-the most of which is known by the significant appellation-TIlE DARK AGES. During several centuries heresy was more severely puinished than vice or crime. Mlen charged and convicted of what were deemed heretical opinions in matters of religion, were burned at the stake, however moral, pious, and devoted, they might be; while the most shameful profligates were not even reproved for their vices, and the perpetrators of the most awful villanies and cold blooded murders, went unpunished, provided they had the means of buying the necessary indulgences, and paying the pecuniary penalties for their crimes. During that period, the scriptures were in the possession of those only who were learned in the dead languages. They had never been translated into any of the modern languages. All th prayers and chants were made, and the ceremonics of the 67 ON ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNMENT. church conducted in a language unknown to the people; and very little effort was made to instruct the people in morals, except by means of auricular confession. The whole system of fasts and penances, was to atone for sin. The monasteries and nunneries, and all the mendicant orders, were for the same purpose, to promnote the piety, and effect an atonement for the sins of the inmates; and not to promote either the morals, piety or intelligence of the great mass of the people. The influence of the Catholic priesthood is brought to bear upon the lay members, mostly by means of auricular confession. John Rogers, Esq., a Counsellor at Law, of London, and a Friend, published a work some years since entitled Anti-Popery, which was reprinted in New York in 1841. The following is an abstract of his views, of the effects of Auricular Confession. 1st. It has lowered the people, and raised the priesthood thereby filling the former with degradation, and the latter with pride. 2d. By making the priesthood acquainted with the secrets of the lay members of the church, it has increased their power at the expense of the people; it has made them strong and the people weak; it has mnade them tyrannical lords, and the people fearful and trembling slaves. 3d. By acquainting the priesthood with the business and property of the people, and their intentions in bequeathing it, it has enabled them to exercise an improper influence over the minds of the people, and the sick in particular; and to induce them to give large legacies and bequests to the church (that is to the clergy), at the cost of comparative poverty to the wife and children; making the clergy opulent, and the wife and children indigent. 4th. It gives an unmarried clergy an opportunity to exercise a dangerous influence over females, and thereby enables them in mnany instances to triumph over their virtue. 5th. By giving the clergy great and undue influence with kings and ministers of state, it has enabled the former to wield an unhappy influence over the minds of the latter; and to plan and promote political intrigue, to the ruin of many an individual and family; to the injury of the state; and to the dishonor of religion. It has been estimated by many writers, that in the l12th and 13th centuries, more than one-third of all the property of all Catholic countries, including nearly all Europe, was held by the clergy and the monks. This fact strongly confirms the third position taken by Mr. Rogers, as before stated. How can the church, during the dark ages, be regarded otherwLse than as a system of ecclesiastical government, devised to en 68 ON ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNMENT. able the Pope, Cardinals and Bishops to mould thc minds, form the opinions, and govern the people? When Galileo taught in Italy the Copernican system of Astronomny, as late as the year 1633, it was decided by the POPE and a COUNCIL OF CATHOLIC CARDINALS AND BISHOPS, "that to maintain the sun to be immovable, and without local motion in the centre of the solar system, is an absurd proposition-false in Tphilosophy, HERETICAL in religion, and CONTRARY TO THIE TESTIIONY OF SCRIPTURE;" and he was consigned to the duig,,eons of the INQUISITION, and compelled to recant and abjure his opinions, in order to save his life. 3Ir. Ranke, in his History of the Popes, in treating of the intellectual tendency of the age from the year 1572 to 1590, says, " Philosophy and science in general, now passed through a very important epoch. After the genuine Aristotle had been restored, men began in philosophy too (as well as in other departments, and with other ancient writers) to cast themnselves loose from his authority, and to enter upon a free investigation of the highest problems. It was not in the nature of things, that the church should favor this tendency, SHE HERSELF HAD PRESCRIBED THEI IIIGHEST PRINCIPLES IN A MANNER THAT FORBADE ALL DOUBT. Now, whereas, Aristotle's adherents had frequently avowed opinions at variance with the church, savoring of naturalism, somLething similar niight be apprehended on the part of his opponents. 'They wished, as one of them expressed himself, to compare the dogmas of the existing race of teachers with God's original handwriting, the world and nature; a project, the issue of which could not be foreseen, though whether it led to discoveries or to errors, it could not fail to be highly perilous; TIE CI-HURCH, THEREFORE, SET ITS VETro UPON IT. "Telesius, though he never ventured beyond the strict domain of science, was nevertheless all his life CONFINED TO HIS LITTLE NATIVE TOWN; CAMIPANELLEA WAS FOR EVER TO LIVE AN EXILE, AND FINALLY TO ENDURE THE TORTURE; the most profound of them all, Giordano Bruno, a true philosopher, after many persecutions and long wanderings, fell at last under the censure of the Inquisition, was arrested, carried to RIome, and SENTENCED TO BE BURNED, NOT ONLY AS A HERETIC, BUT AS A HERESIARCH, who had written some things affecting religion, and that were not seemly. He was charged with having composed diverse books, in which, besides praising not a little the QX,en of Englagnd, and other heretical sovereig'ns, he had written things concerning -religion which were not becoming, even though he spoke philosophically. After such examples, where was the man who wouild venture upoa the free exercise of his understanding!' Go ON ECCLESTASTICAL GOVER'NENT. "The investigations of physics and of natural history, were in those times almost inseparably connected with those of philosophy. The whole system of opinion that had hitherto prevailed,'was called in question. In fact, the Italians of that epoch manifested a gr'and tendency to searching thought, to vigorous prose cution of truth, and lofty forecasting speculation. WNVho can say at what they might have arrived! But the Church marked ou7t a line for them, that they wtere izot to overstep. Woe to him who ventured beyond it." It was the Christian clergy of Europe who conceived and matured the doctrine of the divine right of kings and princes, and the duty of absolute submission on the part of the people. This tyrannical and despotic doctrine was not borrowed from ancient Rome, for the Roman Emperors as well as the Popes were elected, and were not hereditary. It is the work of the clergy of a comparatively modern period; and as late as the year 1682, " the University of Oxford in England, adopted it, and ordered the political works of Buchanan, Milton, and Baxter, to be publicly burned in the court of the schools."* Since the commencement of the present century, the truths discovered and taught by geologists in relation to the creation of the world, were thought by many of even the Protestant clergy, to be contrary to the Bible, and therefore impious, and rank infidelity; and had it not been for the progress of intelligence, freedom, and toleration of opinion, during the last century and a half, and if the same spirit had prevailed that was predominant in the colony of Massachusetts in the 17th century. it is by no means certain that the geologists would not have been compelled to retract and renounce their opinions, or be banished, even in this 19th century. Such is the restraining and depressing influence which the clergy have exercised over the progress of physical science! Such have been the effects of religious opinions, honestly and sincerely entertained by many devoted disciples of the Christian religion, in exciting a spirit of intolerance and persecution! This tendency to restrain, confine and control the human mind by means of the decisions of synods and councils, creeds, confessions, and forms, commenced as early as the third century, and continued to increase until the time of the crusades, when it was probably at its height; but it did not diminish very sensibly, until after the invention of the art of printing, and the reformation, commenced by Martin Luther in the 16th century. What an immense effect this tendency of the church, (to restrain and [* See Macaulay's History of England, Chap. I and II.J 70 t ECCLESIASTICAL GO RMET. control the human mind,) together with religious schisms and persecutions, must have had on the spirit of the Roman people, in producing the decline of the Roman power and empire; and preparing it for the yoke of the barbarians in the west and north, and of the Sailacens in the south! After the victory of Augustus Cmsar over MTark Antony at Actium, he became nearly absolute master of the whole Roman world, and from that time forward, to the end of his long reign, the Roman people increased in number, improvements and wealth, as rapidly as during any period of the republic. They continued to improve during the first two centuries and a half of the empire, after they had lost their civil liberties, while the people still enjoyed their religious freedom. But after the union of Church and State under Constantine in the fourth century, and the attempt was made to establish religious creeds and doctrines by law, to silence and punish what was deemed heresy, and thus restrain the human mind, and limit its inquiries, the public mind soon sunk into a sort of lethargy, from which it did not recover until the reformation in the sixteenth century. 5Ir. Macaulay describes the condition of the Roman Empire during its decline, when subject to the despotism of Church and State united, as having schools in which nothing was taught, but what had been known for ages; a polished society, in which a most elaborate system of jurisprudence was established, in which the arts of luxury were well understood-in which the works of the great ancient writers were preserved and studied-and which existed for nearly a thousand years, without making one great discovery in science, or producing one book which is read by any but curious inquirers. Thie human mind had fallen into a state of stupefaction, which he likens to the condition of the people of China; where, during many centuries, nothing has been learned or unlearned; where government, education, and the whole system of life, are in accordance with set forms and precedents, and appear like matters of ceremony. Such is substantially the intellectual condition of the people of Russia, and of Catholic and Mahomedan countries at the present day; and such has ever been the intellectual condition of the people in all countries and in all ages, where their education has been controlled by an absolute monarch, or an ecclesiastical hierarchy. Nearly all the activity of the human mind among such a people is produced by a state of war; and all the improvements miade by them, are by means of borrowing frontm, and copying, the inventions and improvements of other nations. Nearly all the inventions, valuable discoveries, and improvements made among ancient nations, were made by manufacturing 71 ON ECCLESIASTICAL GOv'ERNMENT. and conmmercial states, where Polytheism prevailed, and whose institutions were more or less popular in their character; where the human mind enjoyed perfect freedom of opinion, and was stimulated by commerce, and a mechanical spirit. Every valuable invention, discovery and improvement, made during the last three centuries and a half, has been made in Protestant communities, where the spirit of Protestantism prevailed more or less; and not one, that I am aware of, has originated where the human mind has been subject to Catholicism, Mahomedanism, Brahmanism, or any other system of ecclesiastical despotism. The same may be said of jurisprudence, government and science, as well as the useful arts: advances have been made in them only where the human mind has been comparatively free, and unshackled, by either monarchical, ecclesiastical, feudal, or military despotism. In the early stages of civilization, man must commence his industry in ignorance; and until he acquires some knowledge of the sciences to aid and guide him, hlie soon attains the end, and utmost limnits of his progress. It is only by studying and yielding to the guidances of science, that he can make any considerable advancement. As he discovers the principles of natural science and applies them more and more to industry and the useful arts, he makes his labor more and more productive, and thereby improves his condition. Physical science is necessary to direct all the operations of mining, and working in the metals; and the use of the mnetals, together with mechanical philosophy, lie at the foundation of mechanism; which is the great main-spring and chief instrument of agriculture, and of that kind of productive industry, which prepares all raw materials for use and for conmmerce. I am not aware that any temporal prince or sovereign, however despotic and absolute his power, ever attenmpted to prevent or check the prosecution of physical science, or its dissemination among the people, under any pretence whatever. But on the contraly, it has been generally encouraged by sovereigns in all ages of the world, as a means of increasing the prosperity of their people, and their own power, and they have exhibited their fears only of poli,tical and moral science. The Catholic clergy were the first, in the order of time, to restrain the hi,man mind frjom the prosecittion of iiew disco,eries in nattural science, under pretence that the ilew opinions propagated were contrary to scripture, and therefore impio:,s anud heretical. Ancient Egypt, Assyria, Greece, Tyre, Carthage, and Rome, all flourished under the free toleration of Polytheism; and Rome began to decline as soon as the religious persecutions commenced, 12 ON ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNMENT. after the church became the established religion, and was united with the state, in the 4th century. Ancient Egypt, Assyria, Persia, and modern China, as well as Russia and Prussia, and many other countries, have all improved and increased in population, wealth, productive industry and power, under governments nearly or quite absolute and despotic. Peter the Great of Russia, by introducing ship building and many other useful arts and branches of mechanism into his dominions, and encouraging the mechanic arts, manufactures, mining, navigation and commerce, raised his people from semi-barbarism, and laid the foundation of the improvement, civilization, and the present power and great increase in population and wealth of the nation. MIuch of the ancient world flourished under Polytheism, and many portions of the modern world have flourished under Protestantism; but I apprehend that no instance can be foutnd iupo? the pages of history, where any people, whose minds wcere ioulded, formed, restrainled and controlled by an ecclesiastical hierarchy of ally kind, have ever increased very rapidly, either in numbers, scicnce, improvements, wealth, or physical comforts. Whether we look to the influence of the religious castes and the hierarchy of India; to Mahometan countries during the last twelve centuries; to Europe, while it was subject to the spiritual dominion of the church, acting in concert with temporal governments from the beginning of the 4th to the middle of the 16th century; or to Italy, Spain, Portugal, Mexico and South America at the present day, the picture in these particulars, is substantially the same; the paralyzing effects of ecclesiastical dominion appear to be similar in all countries subject to it, and under all creeds and religious systems. SEC. 2. Supposed end and object of the Scriptures, of Christi anity, and of Chutrch Government. What it may be asked, can be inferred from all this? Can it be inferred that Christianity itself is an evil? Certainly not; but that the evil results from the union of temporal and spiritual power in the same person or persons; and that church government should be wholly disconnected fromn the civil and political power of State. I cannot doubt that one of the ends and purposes of Christianity, is to enlighten, moralize, and civilize mankind; and hence we have a written word, a preached gospel, and organized churches, with their rules of moral discipline; but their power to punish should be confined to reproofs, censures, and excommunication from the church as members (as is the case in the United States), without any power to touch the property of their members, or to restrain, or inflict any punishment whatever upon their persons. 73 ON ECGLESIASTICAL GOVERNMENT. And in matters of education, as the clergy in Protestant as well as Catholic countries are almost the only teachers in colleges and the higher seminaries of learning, they should bear in mind, that the records of divine revelation were not given to teach philosophy, politics, or natural science, but religion and morals; and that when they teach philosophy and science, whether physical or metaphysical, they should teach them as matters of human reason, and not as things of divine revelation; as matters of individual opinion, which may or may not be correct, and not as religious tenets; they should teach them as humble individuals, liable to err, and not as Vicars of Christ, claiming to be infallible; they should address the understanding, and endeavor to convince the judgment, and not alarm the fears by denunciations of heresy, or threats of the Inquisition; and finally, they should inculcate a spirit of free enquiry, and not one of absolute submission to authority. It should be remembered that divine revelation as contained in the scriptures, consists entirely of language, which was either coinmunicatcd to the writers by the Deity, or else the matters to which the language relates, was communicated by inspiration, and was clothed in words by the writers, the prophets, and apostles; the words are but representatives of acts, principles, and things, which have, or have had a real existence; that words have no real meaning unless they truly represent acts, principles, and things to which they are applied; that man is so constituted, that he can learn only through the medium of the senses, the understanding, or divine inspiration; that it is impossible in the nature of things for man to understand words, or the language of the scripture, unless he has a knowledge of the things which the words represent; and hence it would seem to be impossible even for the Deity, to teach man without inspiration, and by revelation, or words only, the mysteries of nature and of physical and metaphysical science; and that he could do so only by inspiring him with a knowledge of the things which the words represent; that is, by teaching those thiings to him in detail, by exhibiting to his senses or to his understanding, by inspiration, all the elementary atoms of matter, and their various properties, powers, attractions, and combinations, and showing the application of the words and language to them; and thus teaching him all the details of chemistry, natural philosophy, astronomy, physiology, botany, geology, and metaphysics. It is, therefore, impossible for man to understand the language even of scripture, explaining the mode of creation, and the essence and mode of existence of the Deity, and of the things and beings in the world of spirits; because ho cannot, except by means of divine inspiration, understand the 7 ON LCCLESIASTICAL GOVER,,MET, subject matter which the language represents. Hence we may conclude, that the sole object of divine revelation was to teach man such general truths as he is capable of understanding; such as the existence, and some of the principal attributes of a Supreme Omniscient, and Omnipotent Creator, of the immortality of the soul, a future life and world, and his moral and religious duties in this world. If these views are correct, the Scriptures cannot be relied on to disprove any theory or system of philosophy or science, either physical or metaphysical, which recognizes the existence of the Supreme Being, and the immortality of the soul. The Scriptures were never intended to teach or explain, the principles of natural science, and cannot be relied upon for that purpose; but on the contrary, the discoveries and truths of natural science, may often be used advantageously, to explain the general and mysterious truths announced in the holy scriptures. These illustrations are intended to show how the clergy have often travelled out of the path of their duty, in denouncing discoveries in science as contrary to Scripture; and what evils have been the consequence. SEc. 3. Orig,in ald progress of Ecclesiastical Governnient. The patriarchal system of government grew up among all the pastoral nations of western Asia, and among the Israelites also, from the earliest period of history. Each great family of the Israelites had its head, and each tribe its prince or leader, chosen for life out of the several heads of the families it contained. These were called the Elders of Israel, and together with judges, offlicers, and high priests of the several tribes, comprised the great national councils of the Israelites. Our Saviour prescribed no definite form of church government to his followers (at least no form is prescribed in the New Testament); and in as mnuch as the church recognized the authority of the Old Testament, as well as the New, they very naturally adopted in substance, the system of government of the Jewish church. Each church was substantially independent of every other, during the first century and an half after the Christian era; the people had a voice in the election of bishops, presbyters or priests, and deacons; yet the government of the churches, legislative, executive, and judicial, was mostly exercised by the clergy, the mass of the people having very little participation in it. After the middle of the second century, the system of government was for several centuries an ecclesiastical aristoc racy; nearly all its powers were exercised by the bishops, and by Synods and Councils of the Bishops and higher orders of the clel gy; but it finally degenerated into an absolute monarchy, and the whole power vested in the Pope. 75 ON ECCLESTASTCAL, GOVERNMEaNfT This was the natural and necessary consequence of the igorance of the great mass of the people, before the invention of the art of printing, and the general diffusion of learning and intelligence, by means of common schools and the press. If the ignorant masses of those days had participated in the affairs of church government, it might have led to confusion, anarchy, and violence, equal to those of Athens, and of RPome in the time of the republic. The government of the Jewish church was a clerical aristocracy, and the Christian church fell into substantially the same form; which was the best adapted to the condition of the civilized world, and the ignorance of the great mass of mankind at that age, otherwise it would not have been adopted; but the simple fact that no form of government was authoritatively prescribed for the church, is evidence that no one form was fitted for, or should be adopted by, the church, in all countries, and in all subsequent ages and conditions of intelligence among the people. SEC. 4. Governiment of Protestant churches. That religious feelings and propensities have been seized upon by priests, rulers, and ambitious aspirants to power, perverted friom their proper end and object, and converted into the most powerful and effective means of enslaving mankind, is proven by the history, during the last twelve centuries, of almost all the nations of the earth, Christian and Pag(an, as well as Mahometan. It is not my intention to discuss the doctrines, religious principles, morals, ceremonies or usages of the Catholic church, or of any other church; but simply to state the leading features of ecclesiastical government, peculiar to that and other churches, in order to deduce some conclusions of their probable effects upon the general policy, and upon the civil and political governments, and civilization, of the nations of the earth. As a general rule, which may admit of some few exceptions, it may be said that, there is no necessary connection between the great body of doctrines, creeds, religious principles, and ceremonies of a church, and its form of ecclesiastical government. The government of churches may be either purely monarchical, aristocratic, or democratic, or a mixture of all three of these forms, or any two of them, and two churches may adopt different forms of government, and still profess identically the same doctrine and religious principles. This is evident firom the circumstance, that the government of the Congregational and Baptist churches in all their departments, are pure democracies; while the government of every other Protestant church, is more or less leavened with the principles of aristocracy; not hereditary aristocracy, but the aristocracy of 76 ON ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNMENT. official station; an elective aristocracy; not elected for a year, or two years, but in many cases for life, or during good behavior. The government of the Methodist Episcopal Church is a clerical aristocracy; all the branches of its government, elective, legislative, executive and judicial, being vested in the clergy. But as the clergy are comparatively poor, are removed from place to place frequently, generally have families, are constantly mingling with the people, and perfectly dependent upon them for the means of support, they never can have much esprit de corps, nor can their influence over the people ever become dangerous to civil liberty. This form of church government appears to be the nearest to that of the primitive church of the first and second centuries, of any now existing; and it is perhaps better adapted than any other, to secure order and harmony in the church, where the mass of the people have a very limited education. The assemblies of the Episcopal church of the United States consist of two separate houses; a house of bishops, and one intended to be composed equally of clerical and lay delegates, chosen by the people. This gives the church great stability. The assemblies of the Presbyterian, and most other Protestant churches, are composed of clerical and lay delegates, like that of the house of delegates of the Episcopal church. These churches seem better adapted than the Baptist, Methodist, Congregational and Catholic, to the condition of a mixed population, composed of many talented and well educated people, and great numbers whose nminds are uncultivated -the former not being generally willing to submit to the democratic spirit of the majority on the one hand, nor to a clerical aristocracy on the other. In Catholic countries, the educated classes look with but little respect upon the popish ceremonies, and regard the church only as a useful engine to govern the laboring classes. The Episcopal Hierarchy of England, is very different from the government of the Episcopal church of the United States. Wlhile the latter, and all the Protestant churches, have the spirit, and much of the forms of republicanism; the former retains much of the oppressive spirit of Popery; and is the mere half-way house between Popery and Protestantism. SEc. 5. On the Government of the Roman Church; its form and character. The governmeqnt of the Ro]oman. Catholic church is an elective monarchy, based on an aristocracy, elected or appointed for life by the ionaarch; and they in turn elect his successor. Tihe Pope is elected as the head of the church, as a monarch for life, by the college of Cardinals. When elected, he has almost supreme and absolute power over the church, legislative, elective, and judicial, 77 ON ECCLESTASTICAL GOVERnNMENT. as well as executive, and has no charter or constitution to limit his power; nothing but the general usages of the church to check or restrain him. Its laws hlie often changes without the aid of a council, and no general council can be convened without his order; and when assembled he can veto all its proceedings, and prorogue it at pleasure. All the members of these councils, con~ist of cardinals and bishops appointed either by the Pope hiinself, or by his predecessors, and the people have no voice in the matter. No general council has been convened duriing many centuries, and all the legislation for the church, in the interval, has been by the Pope alone. The Pope not only appoints the Cardinals, but all the Bishops, aid higher orders of clergy throughout the church; not only in Europe, but in America. The bishops in their respective dioceses, select and train up young men for the ministry, and appoint and ordain all the lower orders of the clergy, send them wherever they please, to take charge of, and exercise ecclesiastical authority over the people, without consulting thenm, and without their consent; add the priesthood claim and generally exercise the sole righ't, either by themselves or by their delegated agents, to instruct the people in all matters of education, in order to form and guide their opinions in all matters of morals and civil government, as well as in religion. And no effor-t has ever been made in any Catholic country, to educate the mass of the people, or any of the common classes, except some fezw selected by the priests, to be educated and trained for the ministry. The whole of the zeal and exertions of the Bishops and Priests seem to be directed to train up young men for the priesthood, and to educate, mould the mninds and views, and form the opinions of the noble and wealthy classes; who are to fill the learned professions, and the offices of the civil government; and to make agents and instruments of them, to mnanage and govern the people; and to leave the mass of the people in ignorance, that they may be the miore easily directed and governed. There may be some exceptions to this in the United States, but it is true as a general rule. Such are the general outlines of this stupendous fabric and machinery of ecclesiastical government, in which the people, including all the lay members of the church, have not the slightest participation. The papal power and government of Rome was founded entirely on usage and precedent; and under a very similar systemn to that of the common law and government of England, it was gradually expanding during a period of about ten centuries, before it became matured and perfected, and all the parts of its complicated machinery became adapted to each other, as they are at present. -It has stood the shock of time, and the 178 ONS ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERN,MENT. subversion of dynasties, and of nations, for more than twelve centuries; anld to secure tniformnity, regularity and harmony in all its movreme,its for centutries in succession; perfect submission in the people, and obedience to one directin,g head, it is perhaps the most perfect goveremenzt that e?er existed on earth. The college of cardinals by whom the Popes are elected, is a small body of men; only seventy iv all; who have been educated us priests, gone through all the gradations of the priesthood, and been made cardinals by the pope at an advanced period in life; after their minds are matured by study, reflection, observation, and experience; after the soothing hand of time and the clerical discipline has cooled and exhausted their physical passions, and almost all sympathy for their kindred; and they have imbibed the esprit de corps of the priesthood, become absolutely devoted to it, and shown themselves men of a high order of intellectual capacity. They have generally elected one of their own number as Pope, and rarely elected one under sixty years of age. Pope Gregory XVI. was born September 8lSth, 1765; made a cardinal priest in Mlarch, 1826; and elected Pope, February 2d, 1831, in the 65th year of his age. In 1844, there were but 65 cardinals, and 5 vacancies; five of them were over 80 years old, 16 over 70 years old; 18 over 60 years old; 14 over 50 years old; and only 3 under 40 years of age. The church has also 12 Patriarchs, 684 Archbishops and Bishops, and several hundred thousand inferior clergy, all obedient to the direction of one head; a man of learning, maturity of mind, much experience and observation, and elected on account of his supposed superior talents, capacity, and devotion to the ecclesiastical polity of the church. No helpless child, no dissipated youth, and no person of feeble intellect ever obtains the papal crown, by hereditary tight or otherwise. As the clergy are not allowed to marry, and have no legitimate children, or heirs whom they care anything about; the order of priesthood is their only heir; which increases their esprit de corps, strengthens the bond of union among them, makes them more devoted to their order, and rapidly dries up all feelings of sympathy for their kindred, and for the whole body of the people. Such is the system of ecclesiastical polity, without one popular feature in it, which holds dominion over the minds of 160,000,000 of inhabitants; the great body of whom seem to be studiously kept in profound ignorance, that they may be mnanaged and gov erned the more easily; that their leaders may think for them, and save them the trouble of thinking for themselves. It is not strange that such a combination of learning and talent, all obe dient to one man, acting in concert, operating upon the hopes 19 ON ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNMENT. and fears of the mass of the people, and wielding their prejudices and passions at will, should enable the Pope to crown and dethrone kings at pleasure, and to require the proud monarchs of England and France to hold the stirrups of his saddle while he mounted his horse, as was done in the twelfth century. It is claimed by the Papists, that Christ intended to establish, and did establish but one, Church, to extend throughout the earth, as an Universal, or Catholic Church; that the Popes of Rome are successors of St. Peter, and invested as the vicars and vicegerents of Jesus Christ, with the supreme legislative, execii tive, judicial, and elective power over the whole church; that the government of the church is not only a monarchy, but an univer sal monarchy; and that the pope is not only absolutely supreme, but IN-FALLIBLE. It is insisted that infallibility necessarily results or arises from supremacy, or a right to make a final deci sion of every question, and from which there is no appeal; and that if any one had a right to say to the Pope that any of his decisions were erroneous, such person would have a right to dis regard them, which would destroy his supremacy. It is said the Pope judges, but cannot be judged. On the subject of civil government, it is maintained, that man being necessarily associated, and necessarily governed, sovereignty and the powers of Government result directly from the nature of mnan, and not from the will or consent of the people; that sov ereignty no more results from their will than society itself does and hence the broad conclusion has been deduced, that Sov ereigns do not depend on the choice, favor, or will of the people, but on the divine will, who has conferred the power on them on account of the necessity that man should be governed, and of the inability of mankind to govern themselves. This is the foundation of the doctrine of the legitimacy of Sovereigns, and of sovereignty; and of the DIvINE RIGHT of kings, as claimed in Europe for centuries. It also held that the people are in duty bound to submit to and obey passively the kings and emperors, their legitimate sovereigns, under all circumstances; that a monarch cannot forfeit his right to the throne; and that no amoui,,t or continuance of oppression and tyraqnny can justify resistance or rebellion, in any case whatever. The following is a translation of an extract from the December number, ]844, of Sir. F. Berteau's " Revue Franqaise," published in the city of New York, and exhibits in a clear light the character of the government of the Roman church. "It is,A singular circumstance, that the one of three (G'regoire VII., Saint Frt7anois D'Assize, and St. Thomas D. Aqliid) who ranked the highest and contribu,ted most to the grandeur of the 80 ON ECCLESIASTICAL G OVERNMENT. Church, owed this reputtation to the employment of meas, the least in harmony with the spirit of Christianity, that is to say, to the u,se of force, in its sense the most energetic and the most mnaterial. Gregory VII. founded the absolute power of the Popes, and ~onsolidated, in this manner, the organization of the Church, by givitng it the form of a monarchy, the most durable of all.I Again he says, " On ne peut s'empe,cher d'en conclure, quo des le onzieme siecle du moins, le but de l'Englise fut la domination temnporelle, bien plus qu'une supremnatie purement spiritu. elle." That is to say, " One cannot avoid the conclusion, that from the eleventh century at least, the object of the Church was temporal dominion, much more than purely spiritual supremacy." " In effect, the constant object of the pursuits of Gregory VII. even when he was only the monk Hildebrand, was the subjection of the civil power to the authority of the Pope. Ile contemplated ?nive,rsal monarchy, with the sovereign pontiff for the suipremzc Perhaps it was at first with a view of pure ecclesiastical reform, in order to find a force capable of repressing the corruption, of which the clergy then afforded a deplorable example. But once engaged in the struggle, whether he was hurried on in his career by circumstances, or by ambition, he thought of nothing except to render the church of Rome all powerful, and to humble before it emperors and kings." Such are the remarks of an intelligent French writer, and a friend to the Catholic church. The fact is well attested by many candid writers and historians, that the popes and great leaders of the church of Rome struggled during centuries for temporal dominion, as well as spiritual supremacy; to make the pope an universal monarch, temporal as well as spiritual; and it is probable that they did not give up this object, until they were humbled by the French revolution, and the power of Napoleon. Not only the pope, but all the Catholic priesthood claimed perfect exemption from any subjection to the civil power. Th y insisted that the clergy could be tried only by the Church, that is, by brother members of the clerical profession, and could not be tried even for the highest crimes, such as murder, arson, &c., by the civil courts. They succeeded in carrying this doctrine into practice; and even in England, the plea of a criminal, charged with a crime of the highest character, that he was a clergymnan, if true, was treated as a valid plea in abatement; and the culprit was discharged, to be tried, and perhaps only reprimnanded by his brethren of the clergy. Such was the supremacy they gained over the civil government and laws throughout Europe; and su.ch the influence, like a spell of enlchantment over the 4* 81 ON ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNMENT. popular mind, that they not only thoutht for the mass of the people, and nioutlded their miinds, views, anud opinions according to their own wishes, and fitted them to submit quietly to the clerical yoke, but by enslaving their minds, they took away from them all desire for freedom and independence. It was not the object of the pope and clergy to enslave and tyrannize over the persons and property of their votaries by means of force; but to mould their minds and opinions in such a manner as to make them perfectly submissive, and capable of being led by advice and persuasion wherever, and in whatever manner they desired; force was however resorted to, when persuasion failed, and the Inquisition was finally devised, as the most effectual means of applying force, and accomplishing the object. If meekness, humility, patience, and quiet submission to authority, are Christian virtues, the virtues of the Catholic population in the aggregate, are in these particulars greater than those of the Protestants. This remark, however, does not apply to the Catholics of Ireland, who have been oppressed and schooled in agitation and rebellion for centuries. The mental passions of avarice, and ambition for power and display, are much the strongest and most predominant among the educated classes in all countries; and as education in Catholic countries is mostly confined to the clergy, nobility, and wealthy, these passions have but little influence upon the mass of the people who are poor, ignorant, and humble; but in Protestant countries, and more particularly in Scotland, New England, New York, and wherever all the people have a common school education, this serves as the leaven, and exciting cause to these passions, which pervade nearly the whole community. And so predominant are these passions in some communities, that Nlammon, Fashion, and Power, are seemingly the principal d,ities which are worshipped. Hence we should not conclude that ignorance is an unmixed evil, nor klnowledge, of itself, a pure and unalloyed good; for almost every community affords some striking examples, that learning often proves rather a curse than a blessing, unless moral education goes hand in hand with intellectual cultivation. Such in the main are the doctrines of the Catholic church upon the subject of ecclesiastical and civil government, as well in the 19th, as from the 12th to the 16th century; and such have been their effects. Hence the pope, and higher orders of the priesthood of this church, have generally been the allies of kings in their contests with the people; hence they have been, and a-re at this day, the main support and pillars of the most absolute monarchies of Europe; and hence the anxiety of Napoleon to 82 ON ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNMEI'T. re-establish the Catholic church in France, and to induce the Plope to remove to Paris, in order to make the Church, the pope, and the Catholic priesthood, the chief props and pillars of his throne, next to the sword in importance. The popes generally supported the kings of Europe in their claims to absolute power, in their struggles with the barons. The Pope absolved King John of England fromn his oath to observe and faithfully maintain ]lIag,n Chliarta; and also absolved Henry III. of England from a like oath, to observe and maintain the OXFORD ARTICLES, adopted in 1258, to reform the government, and restrain the absolute power of the King.* It should be remarked, however, that Catholics bred in the United States, constantly mingling with Protestants, surrounded by thefree institutions and free spirit of Protestantism, imbibe the spirit of free inquiry, and become partially Protestantized. The spirit and influence of the Catholic church and clergy are very different in the United States, and very different also (since the French Revolution of 1789) in France, Belgium, Germany, and Switzerland, from what they are in Spain, Portugal, Italy, iMexico, and South America. SEC. 6. Cliaracter and UIsages of the early Christians, and the changes which they underwent. As remarked by Gibbon, " The Christians (even prior to the time of the Emperor Constantine,) formed a numerous and disciplined society; and the jurisdiction of their laws and magistrates was strictly exercised over the minds of the faithful. The loose wanderings of the imagination were gradually confined by creeds and confessions; the freedom of private judgment submitted to the public wisdom of Synods and Councils; the authority of a theologian was determined by his ecclesiastical rank; and the episcopal successors of the apostles inflicted the censure of the church on those who deviated from the orthodox faith.' All this might be necessary before the invention of printing; when the expenses of obtaining books copied by hand were so great, that none but the wealthy and noble could procure them, or educate their children; when the middling classes as well as the poor were not only illiterate, and incapable of ieading the holy Scriptures, or any other books, but unable to obtain them to read; when nearly all instruction was oral, by preaching, addresses and public lectures, or reading the Scriptures by the priests; when a moderate degree of knowledge of the Scriptures could be obtained only by a course of studies for years, and was mostly * Vi(le M. Guizot's Essais sur 1Histoire de France, 310 and 341, and Sis mondi's France, 291, 2Q3, and 299, VOL V. 83 ON ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNMENT. confined to the priesthood; when the people generally were too ignorant to be capable of reasoning much, and were required to have faith without proofs, and mental conviction of the great truths of the Bible, without sufficient learning and capacity to examine and understand the force and effect of the evidences upon which those truths are founded. In this mode, doctrines and usages not enjoined by the Scriptures, but which arose fromn the condition and ignorance of the people, have been sought to be perpetuated by the Pope and clergy of the Catholic churchas a means of keeping the laity in subjection, and in spiritual bondage, for centuries after the art of printing and the dissemination of learning have removed the causes upon which such doctrine and usages were founded. Mr. Gibbon again remarks, that " Faithful to the doctrine of the apostle, who in the reign of Nero had preached the duty of unconditional submission, the Christians of the three first centuries preserved their consciences pure and innocent of the guilt of secret conspiracy, or open rebellion." While they experienced the rigor of persecution, they never sought revenge, or retaliation of any kind, but when one cheek was smote, they turned the other also. During all this period, the discipline of the church, and its government and treatment of its own members was equally mild and in accordance with the true spirit of Christianity. No physical punishment was inflicted; and none of any kind, except to reprove, inflict the censures of the church, and to expel disobedient and refractory members. After the conversion to Christianity of the Emperor Constantine, in the fourth century, and the union of church and state, and the church was raised from a weak and defenceless condition to great power, and became an arm of the government, it developed a new principle, not contained in the scriptures, nor consistent with the spirit of Christianity; that is, that the church had the power to inflict physical punishments, and even to take life, in order to check heresy, as well as to restrain the disobedience of its members. It was but a short time before the factions in the church became nearly as ambitious, turbulent, violent, persecuting and blood-thirsty, in accomplishing their purposes, as the factions of Rome were, in the days of Marius, Sylla. Mark Antony, and Augustus Coesar. Gibbon says (in the XXVII. and XXVIIL. chapters of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire), that the Emperor Theodosius promulgated no less than fifteen severe edicts against the heretics and pagtns, in the space of fifteen years, from A.D. 380 to 395. These e'dicts were directed first against any and all heretical preachers as well as pagan priests, who should presume to teach their respective tenets and opinions; secondly, ag,aiust 84 ON ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNMENT. any and all persons who should dare to confer, receive, or propnote an heretical ordination: and it was reasonably expected, thlat if the race of pastors couzld be extinguished, their helpless floclks would be compelled, by ignlorance and want of teachers and leaders, to return wiihin thepale of the Catholic church. Thirdly, against every sort of assembly, meeting, convention, conference or collection of persons, assembled for religious exercises, or worship, of any kind, not in accordance with the prescribed orthodox faith of the Catholic church. And fourthly, against pagan sacrifices, and practices of divination. The edicts were generally enforced by pecuniary penalties and forfeitures; sometimes by exile, and by death in but few cases. Certain lay-heretics were excommunicated by the church, and subjected to some civil disabilities; none of the edicts (according to Gibbon,) subjected laymen to punishment or thie forfeiture of property, for entertaining heretical or pagan opinions, but for propagating their opinions, or assembling with others, for religious exercises and worship. He says (in chapter XXAVIII.) while the imperial laws which prohibited the sacrifices and ceremonies of paganism were rigidly enforced, the palace, the schools, the army, and the senate, were filled with declared and devout pagans; and that they obtained without distinction, the civil and military honors of the empire. SEC. 7. Origin and character of Lllahometanism, and of the Popish Inquisition. Though it is true, that as early as the fourth century, bishops of the church were charged, tried and convicted of heresy, and deposed from their clerical rank and station, and in some instances exiled, and in others put to death; yet I am not aware that Christian churches were ever in the habit of inflicting physical punishments on laymen, on account of their opinions only, prior to the establishment of the Inquisition. It is not improbable, however, that these tyrannical laws, and the practice under them in Christian countries, suggested.to Mahomet the first idea of propagating his religion by the sword; they probably led the way, and suggested the idea of the Inquisition; which was first established by the pope in the south of Franee, about the year 1204, to root out and suppress what was deemed the heresies of the Albigenses. Mahometanism (the greatest scourge and curse which ever afflicted the human family,) arose in the seventh century. Ma- bomet and his disciples and successors taughht the two most pernicious principles, the most dangerous and destructive to morals and civilization, ever inculcated upon this earth; the first, that their religious doctrines should be propagated and extended by 85 ON ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNMENT. the power of the sword; the second, that the true church were not bound to keep faith, or aly engagements with heretics, As the M,Iahometans, acting upon these vile principles, extended their conquests west, and had many bloody battles with the Christian nations of Europe, overrun the greater part of Spain, threatened and endangered the whole of Christendom, and finally overturned the eastern Roman empire, the Christians felt it necessary to adopt some portion of their treacherous and pernicious policy, in order to be able to meet and combat them with their own weapons. The establishment of the Inquisition in the 13th century, appears to have been the first general and systematic attempt of the Christian church to propagate their doctrines and creeds by force; by using physical punishment to compel laymen to renounce their religious opinions which were not in accordance with those of the church, and to make a public profession of the orthodox opinions of the day. Many centuries previously, Mahomet had taught his followers the duty of extirpating idolatry, and propagating, their dectrines and creeds by force, and of putting to the sword all persons in their power who would not receive and adopt them, or pay tribute as vassals. The supreme court of Inquisition was established in Spain in 1478; and Dr. Morse says in his Geography (published in 1793), that, "besides the supreme court of Inquisition at Madrid, there are eighteen inferior tribunals in the several provinces of the monarchy, which entertain a numerous host of spies, or familiars, amounting to about 20,000 persons, who, on the slightest suspicion of heresy, denounce persons of every condition, sex and age." I It is estimated in Brande's Encyclopedia of Science and Art, that from the time of the establishment of the Inquisition in Spain, until it was abolished by Napoleon in 1S08, no less than 340,000 persons had been punished by those tribunals in that country, of whom nearly 32,000 were burnt. Courts of Inquisition were also established in several of the states of Italy, in Portugal, and some other countries. In the 14th century, statutes were enacted in England, authorizing the apprehension, trial, and execution by the barbarous practice of burning, of all persons convicted of heresy in matters of religion. These and similar statutes were in force in England for about two centuries; and during the short but bloody reign of Queen Mary, several hundred persons wie burned in pursuance of them. Such were the intolerant opijnions then prevailing, in !ll Catholic, as well as Mahometan countries. The supreme ecclesiastical, civil, and military power was vested in Mahomet during his lifetime, and in his successors, the so OX ECCLESI ASTICAL GOVERNMENT. Caliphs, after his death. The Koran inculcates but one single virtue, that of abstinence from the use of wine and intoxicatiug drinks; and allows the followers of the' prophet four wives, as many concubines as they can support, and,the indulgence of almost every other appetite of the flesh, and of every passion of a corrupt and ambitious mind. They were ordered to propagate his doctrines with the sword; allowed to plunder all heretics, and every country which they could subjugate; and the pleasures of a sensual paradise were promised to all his devoted followers, and to all who should die or be slain in attempting to spread his religious doctrines. The ambition for power, military glory, and conquest, of his followers, as well as their avarice, and their licentious appetites and passions, were all gratified by their wars, conquests, and the opportunities afforded for plunder, and to take captives. It is not at all wonderful, that such a system of religion, and of civil and military government united, should be rapidly extended, and more particularly in warm climates, where the appetites are strong, and the passions ardent. The union of church and state under the Emperor Constantine-the spirit of intolerance produced by it-the attempt to establish by law, and to enforce uniformity of opinion and religious worship; and the practice of deposing and banishing bishops for alleged heresy; excited faction, insurrections, mobs, murders, and terrible massacres, by the multitude. Mahometanism overrun about half of the Christian world, and these dissensions among Christians are assigned by Mosheim in his Ecclesiastical History, as the principal cause of its progress. He says, " To these causes of the progress of Mahometanism, we may add the bitter dissensions and cruel animosities that reigned among the Christian sects, particularly the Greeks, Nestorians, Eutychians, and Monophysites; dissensions that filled a great part of the east with carnage, assassinations, and such detestable enormities, as rendered the very name of Christianity odious to many. We might add here, that the Mlonophysites and Nestorians, full of resentment against the Greeks, from whom they had suffered the bitterest and most injurious treatment, assisted the Arabians in the conquest of seve ral provinces, into which the religion of M-ahomet was afterwards introduced."; Sec. 8. On Fatalism, and its influence on t/he!lIahometan cha racter. The doctrines of fatalism inculcated by the Koran, had also a very great effect upon the minds of the followers of the prophet, and increased their military power, by inspiring them with the ' See Rees and also Dobson's Encyclopedia, title, Mahometanism,rn 87 ON ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNMENT. ardor and zeal of fanaticism. The doctrine of fatalism, fate or destiny, as generally understood, implies that the operations of the human mind, as well as the action and changes of all material things, are governed by a chain of natural causes, which act with perfect uniformity, and produce effects which follow each other from absolute necessity; and that no human being can interrupt their connection, or avert their effects. It teaches that the human mind is utterly powerless, and can neither originate any action or idea, nor give any direction or guidance to its own action; but is entirely directed and governed by external causes operating upon it; and that every idea existingo in the mind at any time, must have been suggested by some external cause. (See Sec. 8 of chap. I.) It thus inculcates the absolute necessity as well as duty of submission and obedience to every impulse of appetite, and to every idle thought, opinion, and passion, under the belief that they proceed from natural causes, from the fixed and uniform laws of God, or of fate, which cannot be resisted, and must be submitted to. As fatalists are inclined to follow all the impulses of passion and appetite, and all the idle thoughts and whims of the mind, as indications of fate which they cannot resist, they are not much inclined to daily labor, and to follow any regular industrial pursuit, for the reason that labor and industry are not in accordance with the passions and impulses of the mind. Such a process is too slow and tedious to be agreeable; the mind rejects it, and does not dwell upon it; and hence they do not often get the impression, that it is their fate to improve their condition by the toils of daily industry. Wars, plunder, conquests, games of chance, ganmbling of every species, and sensual indulgences, are more generally suggested to the mind, because more exciting, than the drudgery of daily toil; and hence these pursuits enlisted the passions of the iMahomnetan fatalists, and they followed the impulse of these passions from a sense of duty, in some measure, as well as of necessity, believing them certain indications of the hand of fate, which they could not resist, and must obey. Hence they plunged into battle without any fear of danger, under the belief that they were subject to fate, and could not alter their destiny, or shorten their days by exposure to danger, and that if it was their fate to fall in battle, they should enjoy the pleasures of a sensual paradise. Such feelings and principles of fanaticism had as much influ ence as any doctrines of the Koran upon the character, habits, and military success of the Miahometans. It made them fearless, fierce, and energetic soldiers, thirsting for plunder; but indolent, inert, quiet and inefficient citizens, content to live in idleness, upon the scanty means doled out to them by the hand of fate. 88 ON ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNaMENT. Hence they became successful warriors and conquerors; but in consequence of their indolence, every country which became subject to their dominion, soon languished, and declined in the arts, productive industry, and population; and since the Tartars and 'rurks gained the ascendency over the Saracens in the 14th and 15th centuries, they have exhibited a still greater degree of indolence, and an influence much more destructive and pernicious than the Arabs. SEC. 9. Origin and character of the sect of Morminons. If we turn our attention to the MIormons of our own country, we shall witness a people who profess to be governed by special revelations from the Deity, made from time to time, and by the operations of the Spirit, who have manifested in many respects a spirit very similar to that of the Mahomnetans; though much less Honorable and honest, than has been generally exhibited by both Saracens and Turks. Joe Smith, the prophet of Mormonism, before and when he commenced his impostures, resided at the village of Palmyra, in the county of Wayne and state of New York. He spent most of his time in bar-rooms, and was remarkable for nothing but indolence and scheming on a small scale. He had very little intelligence, was coarse in his manners, without expansion of mind, elevation of thought, or dignity of character; and finally became a drunkard. About the year 1S25 he obtained a manuscript, containing the reveries of a half-deranged clergyman. From this he manufactured the Mormon bible, and published it to the world, as containing a series of revelations made to himn by the Deity. By this imposition, he deceived many persons, and formed the sect since known as Mormons. The town or city of Nauvoo, in Illinois, was built by the MIormons. It became a den of adulterers and thieves, who emerged from the city, plundered the surrounding country, and on their return were secreted and protected by their brethren, and shielded from punishment. Iany of them appeared to be deluded with the same religious fanaticism as the Mahometans, that it was right to plunder infidels and heretics. They had been driven out of the state of Missouri, in consequence of their alleged misconduct and crimes, before they built -Nauvoo; and the depredations charged upon them finally enraged the people of the vicinity to such a degree, that Joe Smith w.as killed by a mob in 1846, and they were driven out of the state of Illinois by force. It is to be hoped that their sufferings have 89 ON ECCLESIASTICAL GOVERNMENT. taught them a salutary moral lesson, which may be of permanent use to them in their new homes in the desert. The case of the Miormons is a memorable instance of the tendency of the human mind to superstition and to credulity in religious matters, even in this nineteenth century. Like Mahometanism, it is presented as an example of the impediments to the progress of civilization. 90 CHAPTER V. ON THE MODE, MEANS AND INFLUENCES BY WHICH INDIVIDU ALS AND NATIONS ARE GOVERNED-THE CAUSES AND CHIEF INSTRUMENTS OF DESPOTISM, AND OF FREEDOM AND INDE PENDENCE-THIE DIFFERENT FORMS OF GOVERNMENT, THEIR ORIGIN AND EFFECTS-AND THE EFFECTS OF POLITICAL PAR TIES, OF OUR MODE OF ELECTIONS, AND OF CERTAIN COM BINATIONS AND ASSOCIATIONS OF MEN. SEC. 1. On the mode and inlfluences by which individuals and nations are governed. Governments are instituted to protect men's rights; among which are life, liberty, and property. Nations ever have been, and ever must be governed by and through, some of the following means and influences.-First of intellect and intelligence.-Secondly, of association and organization.-Thlirdly, of usage, custom, and precedent; which may have been the result of circumstances, but were moulded into form by the first intellects of the country. Fourthly, of opinions and principles, which have been conceived and formed by the leading minds of the nation, though generally suggested by circumstances and self-interest.-Fifthly, by fear, superstition and prejudice. And lastly, by force. Some suppose that nations are governed by physical force, by standing armies; but what is it that governs the armies, collects the means of their support, and uses them as the means of governing and oppressing the mass of the people? Did the British Queens, Elizabeth and Anne, and the present Queen Victoria, govern the army and navy of Great Britain by force? An army without an intellectual head to govern it, is always powerless, and soon crumbles to pieces. In the common pursuits of life, the mass of mankind, whose minds are uncultivated, are governed mostly by imitation and habit; but in the more complicated affairs of government and religion, they are governed by custom, usage, public opinion, and the reasoning of the most active, energetic, talented and ambitious men of the state. Public opinion has been the most powerful agent in all ages, and all countries, in exercising dominion over the human mind. And how is public opinion formed? It partly arises from the customis, usages and institutions of the country; bilt is it not niostly originated by the leading minds and master O.'ON GOVERNMENT. spirits of the nation, who thus form as well as guide the public mind, and often introduce principles, which enable a class of men to lead and govern the mass of the people for centuries? Look at the principles of Confucius of China, of Zoroaster of Persia, of Aristotle and Lycurgus of Greece, of Mahomet of Arabia, and their effects in foriing public opinion, and aiding certain classes ia governing and keeping in subjection, the great mass of the people. Look also at the principles of legitimacy, of hereditary political power, which have been the principal agents in governing Europe, and subjecting the mass of the people to arbitrary power, and oppression for more than ten centuries. Look at the fact, that all the nations and people of the earth, until a comparatively recent period, were governed either by kings, military chieftains, priests, or by an aristocracy of some kind. All savage and barbarous tribes have been governed by chiefs or princes, usually elected for life, on account of their talents, or some superiority. SEc. 2. On the causes and instruments of despotism-and of liberty and independence. It has been often remarked, that the tendency of political power is to escape from the many to the few. This is literally true in all countries where the mass of the people are uneducated, and ignorant. But more properly speaking, power and property also escape from the simple, ignorant and indolent, to the cunning, the intelligent, and the industrious. Hence the ignorant and the indolent are generally poor, and their poverty arises from natural causes. By reason of their ignorance, they cannot make their labor very productive, nor can they make thile best us- of what they have; and they are often improvident also. They generally consume all their earnings, lay up nothing for the future, and thls accumulate no capital, and therefore necessarily remain poor. lWhile ecclesiastical governments and superstitions have been the principal instruments of despotism in all ages, ignorance has been the sole condition wui/ic has invited and led to it. Even military despotism has never been very permanent, without the aid and support of an united priesthood. It is impossible for an ignorant multitude to be guided by the reasoning, and the independent action of their own minds; and they must be, and are excited to action, and guided by leaders of more intelligence, talents and cunning than they themselves possess. Even Athens in the days of her republican glory, was in some measure an aristocracy; the right of suffrage and of citizenship being very limited, nearly all the laboring classes being slaves; a few leaders at all times controlled the republic; and in the days of Pericles, he ruled Athens with more power 92 ON GOERNMNXT.' than half the kings of Eulrope possess at this day. The plebeians, or popular party of ancient Rome, in the days of the republic, were likewise governed by talented, ambitious, cunning party leaders, such as the Gracchi, Marius, Pompey, and Julius Caesar, and not by the independent operations of their own minds. But the adage, that the tendency of power is to escape from the many to the few, does not apply to states and countries where all the people enjoy the advantages of a common school education, and have learned to read and write, and the nature and use of numbers: where knowledge is universally diffused by meatns of the press, and by popular preaching in their mother tongue; and where the people are free in spirit, as well as in person, and enjoy the means, as well as the liberty, of reading and thinking(r for themselves. The intellects of such a people are always active; they are generally intelligent, ambitious, industrious, and enterprising; and their minds are filled with schemes and projects to raise themselves to distinction and wealth. Such a people can seldom be influenced by authority, or managed by party leaders, in either temporal or spiritual matters; but each one seems to be governed by the independent operations of his own mind, and relies upon his own judgment; and as he cannot perceive any defects in his own reasoning, he is apt to conceive that he can avoid the errors into which others have fallen, and that his intellect is superior to almost all others, until sad experience often teaches him his mistake, and the folly of his lofty ambition. There is no danger of such a people being too much under the influence of leaders, but the tendency is to the contrary; they are apt to have too much confidence in themselves; and to pay too little heed to the opinions and experience of others, to the instructions of the aged, and the lessons of history. They are almost all too great to recognize the superiority of others, or to follow them as leaders. The only restraint upon individuals arises from public opinion, associations, and the laws of the country; and public opinion is nothing more than the general sense of the whole community, except so far as it may be perverted by associations, and party combinations. Such a people may therefore be truly said to govern themselves; in as much as each otne helps to make the laws, and to form the public opinion, by which they are governed. The only restraint capon their powers of self-government, arises from party combinations and associations, to form and control public opinion, and the elective franchise; and such is the vicious organization of our elective system, the majority only of each election district being represented, and the minority entirely disfranchised, that men who spurn the dictation of party leaders, are compelled to submit to the dictation of party combinations, 93 ON o O-von vEN'T. or run the hazard of defeating the objects they are most anxious to promote. In these party combinations, principle is frequently an obstacle to success, everything is controlled by management, bargain, intrigue, false professions, and promises; whereby talent and character are often overlooked, and second, third, and fourth rate men who are active, cunning politicians, elevated to place and power. SEC. 3.: Democracy defined. It cannot be sustained in its pwrity, among a very ignorant people. A pure democracy in its strict sense, means a government ia which all the adult males of the community have equal political rights, and equal political power, and participate equally in the practical business and administration of the government in all its branches, legislative, executive, and judicial. This is the case in the Baptist and Congregational Churches, where each distinct body of worshippers constitute an independent church and government; and being few in numbers, and the subject and proper jurisdiction of ecclesiastical government being very limited, such a system and form of government can be carried into effect; but it is utterly impracticable when applied to a state or a country. But if a representative democracy, instead of a pure democracy, is intended, and every one is to have equal political rights, and equal political power, in order to carry this principle into effect, as each man has the same right as his neighbor to hold office without any regard to character, or qualification, all officers should be elected by lot, as jurors are, and as many officers in Athens were, and not by choice and favoritism; and no man should be elected to, or hold office more than one year, until all his fellow citizens have had their turn, and the circle of rotation is completed. And in legislation, the representative should be bound in all eases by the will of the electors of his representative district, and all laws should be a compound of the opinions and wills of all the electors of the state or nation; so that the opinions of each and every elector should have precisely the samec avmounit of in/Zuence upon the legislation and government of the country. This is the theory in its exact length and breadth, without detracting from, or adding to it, one jot or tittle. This is a beautiful theory, and if all men were virtuous, possessed equal talents and equal learning, intelligence, and ability, or were inspired by the Deity with equal wisdom and goodness, it might be equally beautiful in practice as it is in theory. But let us look to such countries as Mexico and the South American Republics, where but a very small proportion, perhaps not a tenth part of the people can either read, write, or have a knowledge of 04 ox numbers; and a much smaller number still, any accurate knowledge of history, law, or the science of government; and where the mass of the people are under the influence of the clergy, the great land-holders and men of wealth, and the military and civil officers of the government. How can an ignorant multitude who have no definite opinions upon matters of government, have an equal influence in legislation, and administering the government, with the educated and wealthy classes, who think for them, and control them? How can the laws of the country be a compound of the opinions of men who have no opinions on such subjects? If this is impossible, on what is based the democratic doctrine of instruction; of the right of constituents to instruct their representatives? Or is all this difficulty to be avoided by party comnbinations and party machinery, whereby party leaders in conventions and assemblies of the people, prepare and introduce resolutions, addresses, &c., &c., and have the people without understanding them, adopt them as their own? These illustrations are sufficient to show, that it is impossible in the nature of things, for the mass of a people who are illiterate and ignorant, to have a real and substantial influence and participation in legislation, and the administration of the government; they may have an apparent and nominal participation, but a nominal one only. They may have a nominal power equal to that of the priesthood and the educated classes who form their opinions, but it cannot be real. How indispensably necessary, there fore, that in a republican form of government, all the people should have at least a common school education; have their minds improved and expanded by reading and general intelligence, so as to be able to think and judge for thenmselves. Intellect, talent, cunnziig, activity and energy, ever have, and ever will govern the worl(i no matter what the form of government, the resalt will be the same, if the mass of the people are ig?,oraeit. Prior to the invention of the art of printing,, and to the great protestant reformation, no government ever existed except that of Athens, which had even the forms of democracy; all mankind were subjected to the monarchical and aristocratic forms of government, or to combinations of the two, with some popular elenients infused. Sparta had a mixed government, compounded of the elements of a military monarchy, and a military and landed aristocracy, slightly tinctured with democracy. The government of Athens was a compound of aristocracy and democracy, in which the greatest, most talented, and cunning leader or leaders, usually constituted either a dictator or an oligarchy. About four-fifths of the people of Sparta and Athens were slaves, destitute of all power, and divested of all civil rights. In this age of demoeratio fa6 ON GOVnRE'mnE.i equality and universal suffrage, it sounds very much like arlstoelacy to vest all the political power of the State in one fifth part of the adult males, as was the case in Athens. SEC. 4. Aristocracy defined, and the character and influence of the different classes stated. Let us analyze the termn aristocracy, and see what are its characteristics. In speaking of the aristocracy, we usually mean a class of persons, possessed of powers, rank, or privileges, not possessed by the mass of the people. Any characteristic or quality, except mere physical strength or activity, which distinguishes an individual from, and by which he greatly excels, the mass of the commutnity in which he resides, and which gives him rank and influence in society, is a mark of aristocracy; and it may be said that the cause of this superiority and influence constitutes the very essence of aristocracy itself. According to this view of the subject, it may be divided into the following classes: first, the aristocracy of official power and station, including military and naval officers; secondly, the great property holders, or heads of families of large possessions, who in ancient days in western Asia were called Patriarchs, at Rome Patricians, and in Europe during the middle ages Barons; those are the aristocracy of wealth: thirdly, the members of the learned professions, engineers, and professional teachers of the higher institutions of learning, constitute the aristocracy of order or profession: fourthly, men of great talents and wisdom, who wield a great influence over the public mind while in private stations, may be called the aristocracy of intellect; fifthly, the aristocracy of birth and hereditary rank: and sixthly, the aristocracy of fashion. Official power and station, talents, wealth, and scientific and professional knowledge, have, in every age and country, conferred on their possessors rank and influence; and elevated them above the body of the people. These several kinds of aristocracy seem to be natural and unavoidable, for they exist in every civilized country, let the form of government be whatever it may. In as much as wealth, by the laws of nature, descends from parents to children, the aristocracy of wealth is in some measure hereditary; but the idea of here'ditary power and official station, as well as hereditary rank, seems to an American republican, like an absurdity There may also be reckoned many subdivisions of aristocracy. The officers of government may be divided into a civil and military aristocracy and the possessors of wealth, into a landed or feudal, a commercial, a mantufacturing, and a monied aristocracy. Every species of aristocracy conferred by election or appointment, or acquired by the exertions of the individual, is an evidence of supe 06 ON GOVERNaMENT. rior ability or acquirements. But persons who are cradled in luxury, bred in indolence, and acquire their rank and station by descent, without any exertion of their own, are generally proud, indolent, and inefficient; and often thoughtless, and devoted to frivolous amusements. A military spirit, military'enterprise, wars and conquests, tend to exercise all the intellectual and physical faculties of man; but unfortunately they foster the animal passions and appetites, and leave the moral faculties to languish and decline; while all his faculties are exerted to consume and destroy the products of industry, instead of increasing them. Wrars exhaust a nation, by destroying human life, as well as consuming, dissipating, and destroying the fruits of industry; and thus they have a three fold tendency, to retard the progress of improvement and civilization, and to injure and degrade the humian family. The increased wealth of Rome under the republic, during several centuries, arose mostly from conquest and plunder; but when the policy of the government was changed by Augustus Caesar after the battle of Actium, and the attention of the people was turned fiom war, conquest and plunder, to the usefiil arts, and productive industry, the Roman people, during the two succeeding centuries, increased in numbers, comforts, and wealth, under a monarchy nearly absolute, more rapidly than duinug any former period of their history; though they suffered during several intervals of that period, the severest tyranny. A purely military aristocracy is not therefore favorable to improvement, either in population, productive industry, wealth, or civilization. It has been shown, on treating of the Priesthood and Ecclesiastical government, that a powerful ecclesiastical aristocracy often restrains the human mind, and holds it in perfect bondage; and thereby paralyzes the energies of the mind, checks and depresses al spirit of inquiry and discovery, and prevents men fiomn makling discoveries in natural science and inventions in mechanism, and hence checks them in the progress of improvement, and in civilization. It seems certain to my mind that the tyran.,y ef the ecclesiastical aristocracy of the church, after it was united wtvith the ternporal power of the empire, and the religiou s persecutions and wars growi,ng out of the schisms in the church during the 4th, 5th, and 6tAl centuries, had as smuch infgitence in depressing the spirit of the I.oman people, and causing the decline and fall of the empire, as the tyranny of the emperors, and the power and corruptions of the Pretorian, guards and standing armies. A landed aristocracy is generally stable, has very little tendency to change or improvement, and is not very favorable to progress in population, wealth, or civilization. Poland affords the best 5 97 ON GOVERNMENT. specimen in the annals of history, of the tendency and effects of a landed aristocracy, controlling the destinies of a country; Poland always was poor and weak, as nations exclusively devoted to agriculture must be. Ireland affords an example of a similar character. The mechanic arts and manufactures are based on the use of the metals; they prepare and fit the raw materials of agriculture, for use and for comnmerce; and the chief propulsive energies aved progressive tendencies of any and every modern nation, consist in its mechanical, mining and manmfact?t?rilg iludustry, and its commerce. These departments of industry lead to inquiry, mental activity and independence, enterprise, useful inventions, discoveries, and to an increase of productive industry, and of the comforts of life. They increase wealth and capital more rapidly than agriculture, or even success in conquest and military plunder; and hence they soon form a commercial and manufacturing aristocracy, which usually comprises great ability, and is highly favorable to progressive improvement and civilization, and to increase in productive industry, wealth, population, and civil liberty. These great departments of industry are almost inseparably connected, and if we except mining, neither has ever flourished much in any country, without the others; nor have they ever flourished where personal rights were not tolerably well secured; and where they have flourished most, the people have enjoyed the highest degree of civil liberty. In proportion as they have increased in importance in Great Britain, the spirit of liberty and the power of the people have increased. Thou,gh the government of ancient Tyre was nominally a monarchy, yet the chief power, after all, was wielded by the conmnercial autd manitfactltring aristocracy. Carthage, Venice, Genoa, Florence, aqid Holland, were all governed by commercial and manu. facttring aristocracies, with more or less popul,dar elements, for centuries, during the most flourishing periods of their existence. Though the citizens of Athens disdained manual labor, yet by means mostly of their slaves, they carried on the mechanic arts, mi.anufactures and commerce to a very great extent; which gave tone to the genius and spirit of the people; and is the principal reason of the great development of the Athenian mind in the fine arts and letters, and of the popular character of their government. While Sparta was ruled by the iron hand of the military and landed aristocracy, and made no progress in civilization, or in any thing but the art of war. During the dark ages, the power of the kings of Europe was almost nominal, and the people were rauled with a rod of iron, by a tiiple aristocracy; the ecclesiastical, the military and the landed - Ps ON G OVERN'ME NT. the two latter species being blended in the feudal aristocracy; and it is diffcitlt to say, which of the three was the most unfceling, oppressive, and tyrannical. This period was marked by scenes almost constant, of wars public and private, waged by kings, barons, popes, bishops, and individual adventurers; by plunder, pillage, robberies, piracies, confiscations, excommunications, interdicts, and every species of violence, oppression, and human suffering; while the mechanic arts were at the lowest ebb, and manufactures and commerce scarcely had any existence. The governments of MIexico, and of all the Spanish American States, have been nominally republican for more than a quarter of a century, and the elective franchise extended to all, or nearly all the adult males; but as very few can either read or write, or have any intelligence or knowledge of government, the whole power is substanztially exercised by a triple aristocracy; the popish cler'y, the military officers, and the wealthy land-holders. The mechanic arts, commerce, and agriculture are at a very low ebb, mining has declined, and those countries are very little if any more prosperous than they were while under the government of Viceroys from Spain. Rome during the republic, nearly five hundred years, was governed mostly by the Senate, which was elected by the censors every five years, and composed of several grades of aristocracy; military actd official, and the aristocracy of wealth and talent. Tlhe Consuls, Pretors, and some other high officers, who were chosen annually by the people, were thenceforward Senators for life, unless degraded on account of misconduct; and the remaining part of the Senate was filled up by the Censors, from the most talented, distinguished, and wealthy citizens of RIome. The office of Senator was strictly elective, and not hereditary; an election to a few of the highest executive and judicial offices by the people, was equivalent to an election to the Senate for life, after the termination of the annual magistracy; and no one was eligible until he was about thirty years of age. Hence the Senate during many centuries, comprised nearly all the first talents of Rome; civil as well as military. It possessed great stability, was an exceedingly able body of men, and as the spirit and genius of the age and of the people was military, it is not wonderful that under the guidance and sagacious policy of such a Senate, they should have constantly extended their dominions, and conquered the best portion of the world. This military aristocracy, and spirit of conquest, was not how ever adapted to a very high state of civilization, nor to very rapid increase of population or progress in improvement. The opinion is advanced by Gibbon, and such seems to be the general opinion -DiD o OovaERNMENT. of historians, that the population of the Roman empire was great er towards the latter end of the second century of the Christian era, than at any former period; and that the decline was rapid during the 4th and 5th centuries. The emperor Augustus changed the whole character and policy of the Roman people; and converted them from a military aristocracy, ambitious of military glory and conquest, into quiet citizens, cultivating and pursuing the arts of peace. He boasted that he found Rome built of vood, and left it built of marble; and there is no reason to doubt that there was much truth in his boast. At his death, the Roman people were rich compared with their condition when the republic was overturned; and much wealthier still at the end of the reign of the Antonines, A. D). 180. SEC. 5. Oni the centralization of power-and the origib and importaqzce of local power. The powers of the ancient governments, were all concentrated at, the seat of government. The system of centralization prevailed universally, and local power was unknown-except that in some instances where a people were conquered, they were required to pay tribute, and allowed to retain their own local government. In the monarchies of antiquity, all power was vested in the monarch, and all appointments to office emanated firom him-or friom him and a central council or aristocracy-who appointed all the principal civil and military officers, and the governors of provinces-and they appointed and removed at pleasure their subordinate officers. The Elders of Israel were the principal mean of their respective tribes, and derived their powers from local sources. This is the only exception to the general rule of centralization, which occurs to me. In Tyre and Carthage, the whole powers of the nation, were concentrated in the hands of the aristocracy in those cities; and even in republican Rome-though citizens could conme from any part of the republic to vote for consuls, pretors, and other officers at the city of Rome; they could not vote in many other place; nor could they send representatives to vote for them. The senate appointed the governors and other high officers of the provinces, and those officers appointed their own subordinates. The people of the provinces and even of Italy, at a distance fi'om Rome, were not allowed to select any of their local officers, nor to participate in the legislation by which they were governed, unless they went to Rome to do so, which was inmpossible, except for a very few. They in fact enjoyed none of the privileges of self-government-but were governed by the populace and senate of Rome. Practically) they enjoyed no greater privileges, and 100 .,. -, -: I ON GOVERNMENT. their rights were no better protected, under the republic, than under the empire. The people of a nation residing out of the capital, can enjoy the privileges of self-government, only by means of local power, by electing their own local officers, and the principles of representation. All these things were unknown in that age of the world. The ancients, with the exception of the Isralites before the captivity, seem to have had no conception, that local elections and local power could exist, consistently with the central supreme power of the government. The Romans denominated local power an imapriume in imperio, [an enmpire within an empires] and were suspicious of it. The principle of local elections by the people, and of local power, seems to have been borrowed by the Church from the ancient Hebrew Government, and transplanted into Europe, among the barbarians who overran the Roma,n Empire. Charters have been granted to cities and towns, to elect their own officers, and to govern themselves, so far as regards local matters, in nearly all the countries of Europe, since the tenth or eleventh century. These charters were the origin of local power, and the germs of freedom in Europe. Without local power, no such thing as freedom can exist. Local elections and local power, are the main bulwark of political and civil liberty. Local power is of two kinds: 1st, that which is conferred and regulated by the central power, and dependent upon it.-2d, that which is within certain limits, independent of the central powerand forms of itself a centre, and regulator of other subordinate, local powers. The powers of cities, counties, villages, and towns of Great Britain and Ireland, and also their provincial governments, are all local powers of the first class; which are derived from, and dependent upon, the central government of the kingdomn. So also are the powers of the districts, cities, and commnunes of France-strictly local, and dependent on the great central power of the nation-as well under the republic, as under all the previous monarchies. The governments of the several states of the American Union, constitute local powers of the second class. Within their sphere, they are independent of the national government; and they constitute and regulate the local governments of counties, cities, villages, towns, and corporations; all of which are subordinate to, and dependent upon them. The Union of Utrecht in 1579, of the seven provinces, after x,ards known as the United Provinces, (or Holland) constituted the first Federal Government that ever was formed-leaving the State Governments full power to regulate all their local concerns. This was the first instance of the existence of local power of the second class, and it may be regarded as a great era in the pro 101 ON GOVERNIENT. gress of government and civilization. Our Federal government was formed after that model, to a very great extent. The con federacies of Greece, consisted of two or more independent States, united by treaty, without the formation of a general or Federal Government; each State retaining its own entire sovereignty and independence. Such also was the confederation of the American States before the adoption of the present Federal Constitution. The confederation of the Cantons or States of Switzerland, is of the same character; being peculiarly situated, it has proved par tially successful-while all others of that character have finally failed. The appointing power is exercised by chief magistrates and cabinet officers secretly; no reasons are given publicly, for either removals or appointments; and numerous contracts are made in the same manner. The revenue, disbursing, and accounting departments of the government are very complicated, and embrace an immense number of transactions, which are generally without that kind of publicity, that attends courts of justice, and legisla tive proceedings. The mnode of discharging those executive duties are such, as to leave the executive officers practically irresponsible to the people-though not exempt from selfishness, partiality, and prejudice. The exercise under such circumstances, of extensive powers, affecting great numbers of persons, and very comiplicated claims and interests, tends to invite and promote favoritism, intrigue, profligacy, and corruption. Where executive patronage is large, it tends to unite political partisans, to give direction to, and to promote party organization, and to increase party spirit-and has an undue influence over the action of the legislature, and over elections by the people. It has been aptly termed the cohesive power of public plunder. It increases the influence of party leaders, who become organs of the administration; destroys all independence and freedom of action among politic(al partisans; leads to the tyranny of the majority over the minority-and to a disregard of the rights and welfare of the mass of the people. Participation in the appointing power, gives senators an influence over executive officers, which is sometimes pernicious. All these influences are dangerous, in proportion to the extent and magnitude of the patronage, contracts and expenditures of the government, and the claims against it-to be provided for by legislation, passed upon and paid by the executive officers. The greater the central power, the more difficult to acquaint the people with the details of its proceedings; and it becomes less responsible to the people, less influenced by public opinion, more subject to extravagance, profligacy, intrigue, corruption, and. 102 OX GOVERNMENT. tyranny, in the legislative as well as in the executive departments of the government. It is impossible for a majority of the members of the legislature of a great nation to become sufficiently acquainted with the wants, resources, and condition of the people of every section and district, to legislate judiciously in relation to all their local affairs and interests. Hence the advantage of confining the legislation and action of the central government, to national and international affairs; and organizing local governments to legislate for, and attend to all the local matters and interests of the people. Political liberty consists in the exercise by the people, of the powers of self-government-the power of making their own laws, and selecting their own rullers. Intelligence, liberty of speech, freedom of discussion, the freedom of the press, and a spirit of inquiry, are necessary to its full and proper exercise. The organization of local powers, together with the system of local elections, representation in legislative bodies, and trial by jury, constitute the principal means and mode of its exercise. In a consolidated government like that of France, under the constitution of 1S48, with a large standing army-an immense patronage in the hands of the President-the press muzzled by severe libel and sedition laws; and all local powers dependent on the central power; the people out of the capital, have compara tively little influence over the action of the government, and only partially enjoy the privileges of self-government. Their rights and privileges are subject to be trampled upon, and taken from them, by means of intrigues and factions at the seat of govern ment. The power and prize of the Presidency are so great, and the struggle to obtain it so violent, that every Presidential elec tion will endanger the peace of the country, and threaten a revo lution. State governments constituting local powers, independent as to local affairs, and within a certain sphere, are as necessary to the exercise and perpetuation of political liberty in the United States, as Union, and a Federal Government are to peace, national secu rity and prosperity. The perpetuation of all the powers reserved to the several States by the l,ederal Constitution, is as necessary to the future welfare of the people of this country, as the preser vation of the Union itself. If the State governments should ever lose their substantial powers, and sink into mere dependencies on the Federal Government-our country would have substantially a consolidated government like that of France; and would soon b-comie profligate, corrupt, and tyrannical, and every Presidential election would threaten civil war. Great corporations with extensive powers, special privileges 109 ON GOVERNMENT. and large capitals, which must necessarily be wielded by a central power, by a comparatively few persons, and their agents, are antirepublican in their tendency. The East India Company is nearly as despotic in its rule in British India, as the Hierarchy of Rome in the states of the Church. The Bank of England exercises such control over the commerce and business of that country, that it is difficult to carry on great commercial operations successfully, without its aid, and occasional indulgence. Such is the influence also of the Bank of France; such was the influence (though to a less extent) of the great national banks incorporated by the United States; and such is the influence of State Banks, which enjoy a monopoly of the business of banking in some of the States. But local banks, organized under general laws, and without any special privileges, by reason of their competition with each other, have a more liberal and republican tendency. SEc. 6. Origin of the representative system of legislation, and the impor?tance of two chamber?s. There is no reason to doubt, that the system of councils, and assemblies of deputies or-representatives of the free cities, and the freemen of counties and departments, which assembled from time to time in the western nations of Europe, ever since about the tenth or eleventh century, to deliberate on national affairs, and to make laws, was borrowed from the church; and that the church borrowed it from the government of the Israelites, and the organization of the Jewish Sanhedrim, or Council of Elders. Though the Greeks, Romans, and the barbarous nations of all western Europe, and even the native tribes of America, were in the habit of having their assemblies of the people; yet the church set the first example of holding councils of mere deputies, or representatives of the churches of distant provinces and countries, assembled for general purposes of deliberation, and legislation, in niatters of church doctrine, discipline, and government. This system of deliberation, and legislation by assemblies, consisting of deputies chosenr at stated periods by the people, or particular classes of the people, is the greatest improvement ever made in civil goverrnment. The division of a national assembly into two distinet chambers for deliberation separately, first occurred rather accidentally than otherwise, in England, during the civil wars of the 13th century. It serves not only to check hasty legislation, but to prevent any one individual from acquiring such an influence and ascendency by his talents and eloquence, as to control the whole action of the 104 ON GOVERNMENT. legislature. It is very difficult for one member to acquire a controlling influence in two separate chambers. If the legislative power is vested in two chambers instead of one, and the acts of neither are of any validity as laws without the other; it is difficult for factious partisans to form combinations, produce a schism, and divide the chamber, each party claiming to be the legally organized assembly; for the reason that neither faction can act as a chamber or branch of the legislature, unless it is recognized as such by the other chamber. If the General Assembly of the Presbyterian Church of the United States, had consisted of two distinct chambers instead of one, it would not have been possible for it to have been divided, in the manner it was divided a few years since; and on the contrary, if the Congress of the United States had consisted of but one chamber, it is hardly probable the government could have survived the violent struggle of the two parties for the ascendency in 1838; when the Seal of NewJersey, and the certificate of her Secretary of State as to the election of five members, were disregarded in the organization of the House of Representatives. A dissolution of the Stats government of Ohio must have been the result of the double organization of the House of Representative, and the factious conduct of many of the members in December 1848, if the legislature of the State had consisted of but one body. The system of dividing a legislative body into two chambers, may be regarded as adding greatly to the stability of a government, and as being one of the greatest improvements made in modern times. It appears from the facts and authorities collected by Hallam, in his history of the middle ages, that in the 13th and 14th centu,ries, the system of representative legislative assemblies had made about as much progress in the kingdom of Arragon in Spain, and in France, as in England, except the divi ion of the Parliament of England into two houses. Sec. 7. Origin and Progress of the Lawts and Government of Egngla,eqd. Prior to the Norman Conquest, the Anglo-Saxons were inferior to both the French and Spaniards. When the Saxons first came to England in the 5th, 6th, and 7th centuries, they were among the most ignorant and despicable savages in Europe, and ofteu sold their own children as slaves. They hlad scarcely a single virtue, which was not produced by the cold and severity of the climate in which they lived. They were partially christianized, and civilized during the 7th, 8th, and 9th centuries. In the early part of the 11th century they were conquered by the Angles, 105 ON GOVERNIMENT. now called Danes, then a nation of pirates from the north; and in the year 1066, they were again conquered by a little handful of Normans, despoiled of their property, and reduced to the most abject slavery. The Normans, as well as the Angles, or Danes, had been piratical adventurers, but both were greatly superior to the Saxons, and help to form and improve the English character. These facts may be learned from almost any of the B]ritish historians, and they show that we have no great reason to be proud of our early ancestors, or to boast of our Anglo-Saxon blood. Nearly all the laws and institutions of King Alfred, and of the Saxon a.nd Danish kings were overturned; and the feudal system and feudal law, a system and law of absolute power and dominion on the part of the prince and his barons, and of vassalage on the part of the people, were firmly established; and form the basis fiom whence has arisen the present common law of England. The government and common law of England was originally established by force and conquest, but usage ripened into law. What was at first acquired by conquest, that is to say, by force and robbery, was confirmed by time, and was finally claimed and regarded as an established, and vested right. During the nearly eight centuries that this vast fabric of law and government has been ripening into its present state and condition, the people of England have made comparatively little change in their laws and government, except what has been the silent effect of time, wrought by usage and precedent; by a system of executive and judicial legislation, heaping precedent upon precedent, and confinrming or discarding usages at pleasure; parliament having done very little except to vote taxes on the people, and acquiesce in the precedents, usages, and proceedings of the king, the ministry, and the judiciary.* From the time of the Norman conquest to the reformation, there was not a very great difference between the government, condition, pursuits and genius of the people of England, France, and Spain; the Belgians and Italians were greatly superior to all of them. All the effects of MIagna Chlarta, and of all the great charters and oaths extorted by the barons from the kings in the 13th century, were apparently extinguished; the form and character of the House of Commons only remained, which grew out of the Leicester civil war in the year 1264. The Pope then held absolute spiritual dominion over nearly the whole of Europe. Henry VIII. of England, was really one of the most absolute sovereigns, who ever sat upon a throne; after he quarrelled with the Pope, fobr refusing to divorce him firom his * Set the character of the common las, iii sec. 6 of Chapter I 106 ON GOVERNMENT. queen, he controlled parliaments, courts of justice, prelates and bishops, and established the liturgy., creeds, forms, and laws of the church, as well as of the kingdom. His will seemed to be law on every subject, spiritual and temporal, throughout the kingdom. His quarrel with the Pope, and the establishment of the absolute spiritual power of the king, took place in the year 1533. It may be regarded as an era that prepared the way for the religious and civil liberties of the people, by breaking in upon the spiritual monarchy of the Pope, which was almost universal, showing them that it was not invincible, and teaching them that it was not infallible. The Court of Star Chamber had been established during the reign of Henry VII., and the Court of High Commission in Ecclesiastical causes, was established during the reign of Queen Elizabeth, A. D. 1558. These two courts were the most sumnary, and arbitrary tribunals, and the greatest engines of tyranny, in the hands of the monarch, which ever existed in England; and they continued in force until they were repealed by the Long Parliament in 1641. Scotland having thrown off the papal yoke also, adopted the Protestant religion, and established the Presbyterian form of church government, still retained that form after the union of the crowns of England and Scotland under James 1. in the year 1602. Charles 1. came to the throne in 1625, and from 1628 to 1640 he called no parliament; attempted to levy taxes, and carry on all the affairs of government by his own prerogatives; claimed absolute power, both temporal and spiritual, over the lives, liberties, consciences, and property of his subjects, and that he was accountable to heaven alone, for the exercise of his power. With the advice of Archbishop Laud, and some of the other English bishops, he attempted to force the people of Scotland to surrender their religious liberties, and to adopt the Episcopal liturgy, and form of church government; and on their resisting, he marched an army into Scotland, to compel them to submission. They raised an army to resist him; he then began to negotiate, and finally called a parliament which met April 13th, 1640, dissolved it MIay 5th following, and sent a second army of over twenty thousand men to compel them to submit; they raised about 26,000 men, and set him at defiance. He then summoned another Parliament, known as the Long Parliament, which met in Novem ber, 1640. This parliament abolished the Star Chamber and High Commission Courts, and all the arbitrary powers and privi leges claimed by the king; and finally overturned the throne i+self, and taught the nation, that the real sovereignty of the coun trv was vested in parliamelnt, and that the king could not tramplo 107 ON GOVERNMENT. on the religious liberties and privileges of the people with impunity. The Habeas Corpus act was passed in 1678. When James II. attempted, by a similar high handed course, to introduce popery again into England, he was deposed by parliament in 16S8, William ]II. of Orange, and diary, were elevated to the throne; and the Protestant religion and free toleration were established. The constitution and the constitutional liberties of the people of Great Britain were thus confirmed, and established on a firm basis, as they existed until the passage of the bill to reform the House of Commons in 1833. It is evident that the people of England only changed masters at the reformation; that they were only liberated firom one master to be subjected to another; but the effect was, to weaken the power of papal despotism in Europe, by leading the human mind to inquire into the principles upon which it is based; to give couI — age to the Protestants; and to encourage in England, freedom of thought, and the free expression of opinion, at least so far as Popery is concerned. Hence arose diverse sects dissenting frioni Episcopacy, as well as Popery; and in conjunction with the Presbyterians of Scotland, they spread freedom of opinion, independence of mind, and a spirit of inquiry among the people throughout Great Britain, and thereby led to the reform of many abuses by the Long Parliament in 1641; sustained the energies of the people during the usurpations of Cromwell, and the corruptions and trying scenes of Charles II.; and nerved them for the contest with James, which terminated in the establishment, to a limited extent, of their liberties both civil and religious, at the revolution of 1688. The despotism of Charles I. was overthrown by the joint efforts of the Protestant dissenters of England, and the Presbyterians of Scotland. The Episcopal Hierarchy remained nearly passive during the struggle, though many of its members took side with the king. The bigotry and despotism of James II. and his attempt to establish the Roman Catholic Church in England, alarmed the hierarchy so much that many of its members, and many of the aristocracy were induced to join the dissenters and the Presbyterians of Scotland, in the glorious revolution of 1688. The cause of liberty owes nothing to either feudalism or prelacy. It was the object of the church after its union with the State under Constantine, of the Persian Magi, of Mahometanism, Popery, Prelacy, and the Greek Church, to enforce uniformity of opinion and religious worship, and unity of government, both ecclesiastical and civil. Uniformity of opinion is inconsistent with the freedomn of the human mind, and the nature of man. It cannot bo produced without absolute despotism on the part of 108 ON GOVERNMEINT. the government and priesthood, and a system of education and discipline which reduces the mind to the most abject slavery. The common law of England grew out of, and is founded upon, the feudal institutions of the Norman conquerors. The law regulating the descent of personal estate, the principles of equityjurisprudence and of international law-and the rules for the construction of contracts, were borrowed from the Roman civil law. The maritime law, much of the system of commercial law, and the laws relating to partnerships and associations, were borrowed from the laws of continental Europe. The common law courts have been for centuries, silently borrowing principles of law and justice from courts of equity, and from all those several sources, and engrafting them upon the common law, without giving credit; and the British Parliament has pursued the same policy. Whatever virtues the institutions and laws of Great Britain possess, are mostly owing to those causes and sources, and to the free spirit and influence of the Protestant Dissenters, and of the Presbyterians of Scotland. With the exception of the system of trial by jury, and the emancipation of children at twenty-one years of age from the control of their parents, very little good ever sprung from Norman feudalism, or from the institutions of our Saxon ancestors-and none from the Episcopal Hierarchy. The civil and political liberty of modern nations, has arisen from the spirit of free inquiry inculcated by the Protestant religion, from inventions and improvements in the mechanic arts, the dissemination of the scriptures, and of science and information by means of the press, and the principles of free toleration on all subjects of government, science, and morals as well as religion, established generally by the Protestants during the 16th and 17th centuries. The following great and important eras may be marked in British history, whose effects are manifest at this day, and perhaps will be for centuries to come. First, the Norman Conquest in 1066; secondly, the quarrel of Henry VIII. with the Pope in 1533, soon after the commencement of the reformation; thirdly, the meeting of the Long Parliament in 1640, aid the reform of abuses by it; fourthly, the deposition of James II. and the elevation to the throne, of William and Mary, in 16S8, and immdiately after the revocation of the edict of Nantes; and fifthly, the general introduction of machinery and of the steam engine, about the time of the commencement of the American revolution, in 1775. The first was an era that introduced despotism; the four last have all contributed to advance the cause of civil and religious 109 ON GOVERNMENT. liberty, the progress of improvement, civilization, wealth and population. SEC. 8. Character of the House of Lords. The House of Peers of the united kingdoms of Great Britain and Ireland, has been generally treated as an assembly of hereditary nobility; as composed of members who have inherited their rank, station and political power. This is true in part only; more nominally than in substance, for nearly all the leading, talented, and influential mnembers who prepare the business of that house, direct its proceedings, and control its action, hold their seats by election of some sort, or direct appointm?ent, and not by descent. The American Almanac for 1834, gives a list of the Peers, their respective births, and the date of the creation of each hereditary Peerage. On comparing their births with the date of the creation of their titles, I conclude that about 200 of them including the bishops, held their seats by election orappointment, and 227 by descent. Of the whole number, there was not one who held his title by descent from one of the Norman Barons, or from any Peer created during the 11th, 12th, o-r first half of the 13th ceatury; but two, from Peers created during the last half of the 13th century; nine held titles created during the 14th and 15th centuries; forty-two held titles created during the 16th and first eighty-eight years of the 17th century; fifty held titles created between the revolution of 1688, and the death of George II. in 1760; and no less than two hundred and forty-six, held titles created between the years 1760 and 1833; making 349 hereditary Peers. There were also four Royal Dukes, 16 representative Peers of Scotland elected for one term of Parliamcnt only, 2S from Ireland elected for life, two Archbishops and twenty-four bishops of England, and four representative bishops of Ireland; making in all 427 members. About half of the 246 created between the years 1760 and 1833, were then living, which added to the 44 elected for Scotland and Ireland, and the 30 Bishops made nearly two hundred. Only a trife over half of the whole number held their stats and their titles by descent. The Peerage has long been the great object of ambition of the most talented men of the kingdom; including lawyers, physicians, military and naval officers, authors, commercial men, bankers, and manufacturers, as well as clergymen. It is -egarded as the greatest and highest mark of distinction which they can attain; and very few have attained it, until they have distinguished themselves by valiant deeds in arms, or the exhibition of a superior order of intellect in civil life. Very few are made Peers until they have attained the age of fcrty-five or fifty years, and 110 ON GOVERNMENT. often sixty. Even the Duke of Wellington was not raised to the Peerage until after his splendid victories in Spain, and when he was 4.5 years old; Lord Lyndhurst was 55 years old; Lord Stowell, 76; Lord Eldon, 62; and Lord Brougham, 51 years old; Lord Nelson, Lord Vincent, and Lord Duncan, were all of plebeian descent, and raised to the Peerage aft.r they had distinguished themselves by the most splendid naval victories of the age. Lord Hood also, and several others were raised to the Peerage on account of their distinguished naval sevices. The greater part of the naval officers of Great Baitain have descended firom commoners; a much larger proportion of the military officers, are sons of the nobility, who are generally more desirous of enjoying their ease, and the fruits of luxury, than to acquire nilitary fame and science by toil and labor. This may account for the fact, that much fewer of their military, than of their naval officers, have distinguished themselves; and that their armies in in America, as well as in Europe, except under the Duke of Welling,ton, and a few others, have not been very efficient or successful. The chief strength and ability of the House of Peers, like the Senate of ancient Rome, is in those members who have obtained their seats by election, or appointment, on account of their distinguished services, or great talents. Sir Robert Peel who had more influence upon the measures of government, than any other man has had since the death of Mr. Pitt, was a commoner, the son of a distinguished cotton manufacturer. Lords Castlereah, Liverpool, Wellington, Grey, and Messrs. Addington and Canning, and nearly every prime ministelr of Great Britain during the present century, was by birth a commoner; and during that period, no Peer by descent, and no son of the royal family, has been recognized as a man of the first order of talents. The stimulus of ambition is equally great in a republican form of government, as in a monarchy or an aristocracy. It is therefore safe to say, that Great Britain is not indebted to the hereditary Peeragfe, nor to the landed, clerical, or legal aristoeracy, for any part of her present prosperity, wealth and power; but on the contrary, that her prosperity, wealth, and power, are owing to her manufacturing, mining, and comnmercial industry and enterprise; and to the talents, sagacity, genius, and energy of the aristocracy arising from these classes; and that the nation has arisen to greatness, in spite of the grievous burthens and oppressions imposed on the people by the privileged classes. The relative power in the nation of the manufacturing, commer cial, and mining classes, has been increasing for a century past, until they seem to have fairlygained the ascendency, and achieved ill ON GOVErP 5.IErT. a victory over the hereditary and landed aristocracy; and the result is the relief of the people from the oppressive influence of the Corn Laws. This will have as great an influence upon the prosperity and progress of the British nation, as upon the comforts of the poor and the laboring classes; and render it more necessary for France and the nations of the continent, as well as the United States, to give adequate, and perhaps additional protection to their domestic industry. SEC. 9. On party combinations, and the frauds perpetrated by them. I have heretofore alluded to the great and pernicious influences of party combinations in forming and controlling public opinion, and destroying all freedom of mind on the part of individuals. With the exception of the Jacobin Clubs of France during the early period of the revolution, there is perhaps no country where party combinations have been more permanent, and more powerfuil, than in the United States. Such have been their power and influence that very few men have been long successsul as politicians, unless they were willing to sacrifice their independence of mind, thought, and action, and make all their acts and professions conform to the last published creed of the party to which they are attached, and acknowledge fealty to the party leaders. If any man not at the head of one of the great political parties, manifests the least independence of mind, he is looked upon with suspicion, and is often denounced as a political heretic, by the leaders of the party to which he belongs. Dev'otion to the party, is regarded as a substitute for patriotismn; the principal object of party leaders seems to be, not to promote the intterest and welfare of the nation, but the party; their constanzt appeals are made to party prejitdice, and party creeds, and not to reason or public opinion, and the chief inquiry is, what will be popular and strengthen the party, and not, what will benefit the country. Such is the tendency of party combinations, and party spirit, that our elections seem to be a mere scramble for office; and very little reg,ar(i is paid to the character, or qualifications of candidates, provided thl,ey are popular, devoted to the party, and have intellectual capacity to subserve its interests. The principal part of this evil is the natural result of our system of elections; whereby the minority of the people in every election district are entirely disfranchised; and an inducement held out, too great for the virtue of political partisans to withstand, to attempt to defraud their political opponents of their rights of suffrage, by an unfair mode of forming election districts, the system of general ticket, and other devices of like character. 112 ON GOVERNMENT. By a fraudulent system of forming election districts in Ohio, the party in the minority, elected one of their partisans to the United States Senate in S1836. Other instances might be enumerated. SEC. 10. Evils of the system of elections by general ticket, and a remedy suggested. The system adopted in the states of New Hampshire, New Jersey, Georgia, Alabama and Missouri, and persisted in, for several years by some of these states in violation of an express act of Congress, passed in 1842, of electing the whole congressional delegation by general ticket, is still more inliquitous in its eJ.!ects, than the most odious gerrymandering; in as much as it entirely disfranzchises, all the voters of the state wlho belong to the minority party, and gives them no representation'whatever in Congress, in eitzlher Ihouse. The same evil exists in the election of members to the State Legislature; the minority of the voters in the several election districts are not represented at all in one branch of the Legislature, and generally not in either branch. T'ake the city of New York for an example prior to 1846. It was represented in the Assembly of the State for many years, by ten or twelve members, all of whom were usually elected by one of the great political parties, and represented the peculiar opinion, principles, and wishes of the members of that party, but did not represent either the opinions, principles, interests, or wishes of the other party. The city also, with a few small counties, composed a Senatorial district, and the same party which was in the majority in the city, constituted a majority in the Senatorial district, so that the voetrs of the same party who were represented in the Assembly, were represented also in the Senate, while the voters of the minority party were not represented at all, in either branch of the Legislature. This evil was partially corrected in the new constitutisn of 1846, by the formation of single Senatorial and single Assembly districts. Though the whig voters in the State of Michigan, as indicated by the vote of 1842, 1843 and 1844, constituted about 45 per cent. of all the voters, and the democratic voters but little over 50 per cent., yet during those three years, the whigs did not elect a single member of the Senate, were totally unrepresented in that body, and had only from three to ten representatives in the other House. There are several states where the democratic party have been equally unrepresented, or but partially represented in proportion to their numbers. The principle on which our government is based, is that all the voters shall he equally represented, as far as practicable, in the law making councils; that the peculiar opinions, wishes, interests 113 ON. GOVERNMNIENT. and views of public policy of each individual, as well as of every class of individuals, shall be fairly and as near equally represented as possible. This mode of giving a majority the whole representation, and disfranchising the minority, is contrary to the whole theory on which our government is founded. Its tendency is to foster party spirit, faction, bargain, intrigue, and corruption; to encourage political combinations; to give great power and influence to party leaders; and to depress individual talent, individual efforts, and honesty of purpose. The same evil exists in the organization of all our banking, railroad and other incorporated companies, with the exception of a very few, in which a sovereign state or the nation is a party. In these few excepted cases, such as the two national banks created by Congress, in which the United States held a portion of the stock, the right was reserved to the nation to choose several of the Directors, in proportion to its amount of stock, and the other stockholders chose the remaining directors. In all other cases, the holders of a majority of the stock choose all the dlirectors, and have the whole control and mianagement of all the business of the corporation; and the holders of the minority of the stock, though it may amount to forty-nine per cent. of the whole, have no voice in the matter, and no right even to examine the books, papers, or proceedings of the directors, to learn whether the business is fairly or properly conducted or not. lWhat facilities this power of the majority gives for secresy, favoritism, bargain, intrigue, speculation, corruption, fraud, and knavery! This was proven by the difference between the mnanagement of the late United States Bank, while a national institution, and subject to the examination, and participation of the government directors in its management, and the same Bank substantially, after it became a state institution, under the name of the United States Bank of Pennsylvania, and free from the examinations and influence of government directors. The framers of the Constitution of the United States provided that each elector of President and Vice President should cast his vote for two persons; expecting that three, four or more persons would be voted for, as A. B. and C. or A. B. C. and D.; that some of the same persons who voted for A. as their first choice, would vote for B., and some for C., for their second choice; that some who voted for B., as their first choice, would reciprocate the compliment, and vote for A. as their second choiee, and so on; that the person having the greatest number of votes, would be elected President, and the next greatest Vice President. In this mode the majority would elect, and be represented by the President, and the minority would elect, and be represented by 114 ON GoVEF.RNMEN'T. the Vice President. But unfortunately in this design, they did( n)t duly weigh the jealousy, cunning, management, and intrigue of political partisans. The error was, in allowing each elector to vote for two persons instead of one At the first and second elections, there was no contest for President, General Washington received a vote from each of the electors in 1788, and from all but three of them in 1792; John Adams received the votes of a majority and was elected Vice President. In 1796, there were 138 electors; 71 votes were cast for Adams, 69 for Thomas Jefferson, 59 for Thomas Pinckney, 30 for Aaron Burr, 48 scattering, for diverse other persons. Mir. Adams was elected President, and Sir. Jefferson Vice President. Before the next election, party combinations were formed, and party lines strictly drawn, so that at the election of 1800, there being 138 electors, 73 of them voted for Jefferson and all the same persons for Burr; and the remaining 65 electors, all voted for Adams, and 64 of them for Charles C. Pinckuey. There being a tie between Jefferson and Burr, Jefferson was elected by the House of Representatives, President, and Burr Vice President. In this mode, the 73 electors elected both President and Vice President, and the votes of the 65 were entirely lost. If cacli elector could have votcd for but oze man,, instead of two, Jefferson woutld have been elected Presideizt, and Adams Vice P)esident; and if this policy could have been carried out, and parties had been otherwise the same, Mr. Van Buren would have been elected President in 1836, and Gen. IHarrison Vice President; and in 1840, the scale would have been turned, and Gen. Harrison elected President, and Van Buren Vice President; and in such case, we should not have been either Burred or Tylerized. A policy of a similar character might be carried out in the election of nearly all the officers of government. In the election of members of the House of Representatives of the United States, each state might be divided into districts, so that each district should elect two or three members, generally three. In a district electing three members, let each voter cast his vote for two persons; and in a district electing but two members, let each person vote for but one; and provide that in the first case, the three persons having the highest number of votes, should be elected, and in the second case, the two highest. In this mode, in the treble district, the majority would elec(t two, and the minority but one. The same rule would apply equally well to the election of Senators, and members of the lower house of the several State Legislatures; Aldermen of cities; trustees, assessors, coinmiiskioners of highways, of the poor, &c. of towns; and to comrmis 115 ON GOVERNMENT. sinners, boards of auditors, &c. of counties, and to many other officers. This mode of election would secure to the minority a partial representation, a voice, participation, and influence upon all the mieasures of the government, and give them a check upon the majority, who would still unavoidably have a larger representation than their numbers would justly entitle them to. At the Presidential election of 1836, only about 51 per cent., or two per cent. majority of the popular vote was cast for Mr. Van Buren; in 1840, Gen. iHarrison was thought to have an overwhelming majority, and yet it was but 53 per cent. or 6 per cent. majority of the popular vote; and in 1844, Mr. Polk was elected President, and Mr. Dallas, Vice President, by a plurality only, and less than a majority of the whole popular vote. What a burlesque upon our representative system of government, that by means of party combinations, and the schism produced by a few fanatics, a minority of the voters should elect both President and Vice President, and the voice and will of the majority should be entirely defeated! Yet this is the practical result of almost every election under our state governments, from the election of Governor down to township constables. The system itself lies at the foundation of the evil; and encourages party combinations, party machinery, and often gross frauds. The most active, cunning, bargaining, managing and adroit partisans, who make politics a trade and their principal study, acquire an ascendency in all political parties. Under such a system, party leaders elected to office, have little or no time to study the great principles of government, of mnorals, political economy, legislation, and general jurisprudence, in order to qualify themselves to discharge properly the duties of important offices, but devote their time for years to party purposes, in order to entitle themselves to a portion of the spoils of political victory, and to the honors, emoluments, and sometimes the speculations of office. The system of elections here smggested, would have a tendency to weaken party combinations, prevent frazeld, and place every candidate befo7e the people upon his own merits, and his own individual popularity; and make it necessary for every one to qualify himzself for any station he may desire, and to stiedy the interests of the ,vhole people, and not the interest of any political clique, faction, or party. It would be likely to secure to the people of every class and pursuit, a representation and an influence, approximat.ng to equality, in the executive, as well as the legislative branches of the government, and in the administration of the laws in counties, cities and townships. Siniilar principles might be applied to the election of the 116 O'N GOVERNMENT directors of incorporated companies. Let us suppose that a company, having a stock of $1,000,000, is to be managed by ten Directors:-let any of the stockholders who see fit so to do, having $100,000 stock, unite in the election of a director, and so on, until all have united, that can agree to do so; and let the renlaining stockholders elect by majorities the balance of the directors to be chosen. In this mode, all or nearly all the stockholders would be fairly represented; no esprit de corps would be likely to exist among the directors; much favoritism and corruption, and many firauds would be prevented by reason of jealousy, and fear of exposure from each other; and the interest of the stockholders protected. SEC. 11. E.ffect of Anti-masonry-Anzti-slavery; qzative Ameri canism- Catholicism and l3liormonism upon our elections. Anti-masonry, abolitionism, and native-Americanism, all have too narrow a base, and their ideas and principles are too few, and too contracted, to serve as the foundation of a national political party. I do not intend to speak of the merits of these parties, and of the moral tendency of their principles so long as they act as moral associations, and thereby attempt to influence and give direction to public opinion, but refer simply to the fact, that their separate political organization is not adapted either to the nature or condition of man, and can never have much effect, except to defeat the objects they profess to have in view. The fact that a third political party never did exist for any great length of time, in any aze or country, is good evidence, that is not adapted to the condition of man, and never can be maintained. Political anti-masonry, not only drew the principal part of its members and friends from the then existing National Republican party, but it drove thousands of masons from that party, into the Jackson party, as an asylum, or protection from what they deemed the persecutions of anti-masonry. This not only served to strengthen, but to cement the bond of union, and increase the enthusiasm of that party, and make its power irresistible; and it aided very much to re-elect Gen. Jackson in 1832, to perpetuate the power of the party, and to elect Mr. Van Buren as his successor in 1836. A strange concurrence of causes and circumstances contributed to secure to Mr. Polk in 1844, a meagre plurality over Mr. Clay of about 112 per cent. of the popular vote for President. The urincipal of these causes were abolitionism and nativeism, (which distracted and weakened the whig party); but the desire for an extension of territory, party spirit, party organization, catholicism, and lastly Mormonism, all contributed to increase the confidence and I 1 I" O-N O6OVrnRMtr. strength of the democratic party. The motives of the Southern people were obvious; they not only desired to increase and perpetuate their political power and control over the national government, by means of the admission of Texas, and their ascendency in the Senate; but they also wished to increase the value of their slave property. Avarice and ambition, two of the strongest passions which can operate upon the human mind, concurred to influence them in their course. The Catholics of the United States in 1844, according to their own claims, were over twelve hundred thousand, and probably did amount to ten or eleven hundred thousand; about 150,000 of whom voted, at least 96 per cent. or 144,000 for MIr. Polk, and not over 6,000 for M]r. Clay. The great mass of the Catholic population, at least nine tenths of it, have for many years, regularly voted with the democratic party; and thereby they have secured, not only the election to office of great numbers of themselves, and of persons most favorable to them, but have obtained many laws, favorable to the promotion of their peculiar religious opinions and tenets. A few of them, mostly in Maryland and and Louisiana, of English and French descent, who have been bred in the United States, and imbibed from their childhood the free protestant spirit of our political institutions, have kept themselves independent of the political influence of their priesthood, and usually voted with the whig party; but a much less number in 1844, than ever before. The Catholics, by a perfect unanimity of opinion and concurrence of action in political matters, have managed to acquire the balance of power between the two great political parties of the country; and by acting with the demuocratic party, they gave Mr. Polk the entire vote of the states of Louisiana and 5Iissouri; with the aid of the abolitionists, they gave him the vote of the states of New York, Pennsylvania, Indiana and Michigan; and with the aid of the abolitionists and the the Mormons, they gave him the vote of Illinois. They also gave him a popular vote of about 10,000 in Ohio, ten or twelve thousand in Maryland, and many thousand in other states. By these means, they not only controlled the election of President, but also caused the election of a majority of the members of Congress, and of several of the state legislatures, and thereby securedl to the democratic party, (of which they constitute about one eighth part,) the entire control of all the branches, executive, legislative, and judicial, of the national government. The Mormons by connecting themselves with the democratic party in Illinois, aided that party nmaterially, obtained its support and protection, and a city charter conferring on them extraordinary powers and privileges. 118 ON GIr~tSMz~T. Such are the natural effects of union and coinbinition. What, on the other hand, have the abolitionists and Native Americans effected, by acting on the opposite principles of separation, disunion, and raising their own political standard? What a contrast between the policyof the Catholics, MormiIons, and Anti-renters of New York, and that of the Abolitionists and Native Americans. 'The government of the Roman Catholic church, is an elective nlonarchy, nearly absolute; supported by an ecclesiastical aristocracy, in which the people have not the slightest participation. Why is this strong sympathy of feeling between the democratic party in this country, and the Catholics? Is there any similarity between the principles of government of the Pope, and those of the democratic party, with its system of organization, party machinery, and proscriptive policy? These arc problems for my readers to solve; I shall not attempt to discuss them. By the Constitution of the State of Illinois, aliens not naturalized, are allowed all the political as well as the civil privileges of citizens, and are allowed to vote for all officers, national and state; thus abolishing all real distinction between citizens and aliens; and the state was admitted into the Union with this provision in it mnore than thirty years since. What then could the Native Americans effect, if they should attain their object? A mere nominal change of the naturalization laws. We have an immense unsettled country, and to give foreign emigrants who settle among us, civil privileges, such as the aid and protection of our laws, protection of person and property, and the right to hold and convey property, is right in itself, and cannot harm us. Such rights might safely be extended to then immediately after their arrival in our country; but political rights are of a character very different. Citizenship does not imply the right of voting, for if it did, the citizenship of our females, children, and young men under 21 years old, would confer on themn that right. To vote and participate in electing the rulers of the country, is the exercise of the highest right of citizenship, which man can possess;' and it is difficult to perceive, how it can be anything but a violation of the constitution of the United States, to allow aliens to vote. But the tendency of public opinion is towards liberalism-to extend the right of suffrage to all adult male immigrants, who have declared their intention of becoming citizens; and so far as regards township officers in new settlements, where foreign immigrants constitute nearly the whole population, such extension seems necessary. Sinilar privileges might with propriety, be extended to Indians occupying reserves in States or Territories. They might have township governments organized, with the privilege of electing 1.110 ON GOVERNMENT. their own local oefficers, subject to the laws and government of the State or Territory. And as to the tribes of Indians who have been removed by the United States west of the Mississippi river, it seems but just as well as expedient, to organize a territorial government for them; to appoint the highest grade of executive and judicial officers; and allow them to elect a legislative assembly, and all local officers, and to legislate for themselves, to the sailie extent as other territories. Such a government would furnish the most effectual means of weaning them from their roving habits, and of encouraging them to adopt the habits and mode ot living of the whites. SEC. 12. On the progress of civil liberty, and of reform in mvatters of government. The fundamental principles of the Protestant religion, which distinguish it from Catholicism, are freedom of thought, free inquiry, and the right of private judgment. These are also the fundamental principles of political and civil liberty, of republican, democratic, and all free systems of government. T1he great reformation commenced by Luther, in the sixteenth century, was the germ of liberty, mental, civil and political, as well as religious. It sowed the seeds, and its principles prepared the way, for -ill the reforms in matters of government, from that time to the present. The great eras of reform in government, resulting from that cause, are as follows: —First, the general revolt of the Dutch Drovinces about the year 1576, which terminated in the establishment of the Republic of the Seven United Provinces, or Holland. Secondly, the edict of Nantes, passed by Henry IV. of France, in 1589, which allowed free toleration in religious matters, to the Protestants of that kingdom. Thirdly, the reforms made by the Long Parliament of England, in 1641 and 1642. Fourthly, the glorious revolution in England of 1688. Fifthly, the great American revolution, which commenced in 1775, and terminated in establishing the independence of the United States, and the American constitutions, which had been adopted. Sixthly, ,the French revolution of 1789, which overturned popery and feudalism in France. Seventhly, the revolutions of the Spanish American provinces, which commenced in Mexico, Colombia, and Buenos Ayres, in the year 1810. Eighthly, the French revolu tion of 1830. And ninthly, the revolutions of France, Germany, Prussia, Italy and Austria, in 1848. The cause of liberty and of civilization has been promoted by each and all of these great events. There is no reason to doubt that human laws and systems of 120 ON GOVERNfMET. government, and all human institutions, as well as civilization, are progressive, and capable of a higher degree of perfection than has been yet attained. We do not look to the dark ages for light in matters of science, nor need we look to ancient precedents, much less to the dark ages of feudalism, for a good system of either law or government. The people of the United States changed and improved very much their laws, constitutions and forms of government, when they threw off the yoke of Great Britain, and have been changing( them from that time until the present; adapting them to each other, to the condition and customs of the country, to the spirit of the age, and to the laws of nature. The opinion seems to be gaining strength and extending to a larger proportion of the people, and to a greater number of the learned and professional classes, that our system of law and government, and particularly the former, admits at the present time of great improvement. We hear of constitutional conventions and propositions to reform the laws or the constitution, or both, in many of the states. In fact, I miay say, the impression is becoming very general, that in the formation of the first Amnerican constitutions, statutes and forms of proceedings in the administration of justice, too much was borrowed and retained from the laws and usages of monarchcial and aristocratic England; and hence the anxiety for reform-for constitutional reform, executive reform, legislative reform, judicial reform, and legal reform. The Institutes, Code and Pandects of Justinian, collected and adopted in the sixth century, constituted the best and most complete system of law, and the greatest achievement in jurisprudence, of ancient times. The patricians as a class, with all their exclusive and aristocratic privileges, had passed away; all the people were equal in view of the law, and enjoyed equal privileges, except that slavery still existed, and the superior officers of the empire, and the governors of provinces, had too great powers. With these exceptions, the laws were founded on the laws of nature and the principles of equality, and equally protected the rights of all. The common law of England, on the contrary, grew up as a system of usages and rules to secure the exclusive privileges of the Norman barons, and was and is essentially aristocratic in its character-treating the crimes and offences of the commonalty, and their default in the payment of debts, with terrible severity -giving against the peers of the realm, no substantial remedies for the collection of debts, and making the administration of justice so excessively expensive, as to amount to a denial of justice to the poor. The punishment for the inferior grade of 6 121 ON GOVERNMENT. crimes, was, until recently, so severe and abhorrent to feelings of humanity, that courts of justice were induced to lean in favor of persons charged with crime, until they built up a system of technical rules, which, when applied in this country, renders it very difficult and almost impossible to convict the guilty. !'he judiciary act of the United States of 1789, is a model of excellence in its style, and in many of its provisions. It made some improvements upon the commnon law modes of proceeding, and contributed greatly as a model to improve the jurisprudence of the several states. The Napoleon Code is the greatest achievement in jurisprudence in modern times, and has served as a model for the nations of the earth. It was followed by the Revised Statutes of New York of 1830, by those of Massachusetts of 1836, and by improved revisions of statutes in many of the other states. The Napoleon and Louisiana codes of procedure, suggested the new code of practice of New York of 1848; and there seems to be a disposition in many of the states, at the present time, to abolish the old common law system of remedies, pleading, and practice, and much ot the law of evidence, and to adopt a systeni better adapted to the attainment of justice. The general impression was, until recently, that there are but three departments of government; the legislative, executive, aind judicial; and that the appointment of all judicial officers, and of all subordinate executive officers, properly belongs to the chief magistrate as a part of the executive power. This is a monarchical idea, which prevails wherever monarchy exists. It forms a part of the system of the centralization of power. Though it is entirely anti-republican, yet it generally prevailed in the United States, until about the commencement of the present century; and in all the early American constitutions, the power to appoint judicial, and nearly all inferior executive officers, was vested in the Governor, Governor and Senate, or Governor and Council; and in framing the Constitution of the United States, the sanme policy prevailed. The truth is, the appointing or elective power really constitutes a distinct department or division of power, which, in a republican or democratic system, is, in most cases, properly vested in the people, though it may be vested in the Legislature, or in the Chief Magistrate, either alone or in connection with a Senate or Council. The public men and educated classes of the United States, seemed at first to distrust the popular branch of the legislative power, and the capacity of the people to select the greatest part of their rulers; and to repose implicit confidence in Chief Magistrates, Cabinet Officers, Senators, and Judges. Hence they 122 ON GOVERNMEtNT. gave the President and the Governors of States, a qualified veto upon the proceedings of Congress, and of most of the State Legislations; and took from the people and conferred on them, with the concurrence of the Senate, the appointment of all judicial, and nearly all inferior executive officers, in accordance with the practice of the monarchical governments of Europe. They also in most of the states, as well as in the federal government, provided for the appointment of high judicial officers during life. This is anti-republican. The supposition seemed to be, that the President and Governors are safer depositaries of power, than Congress, the State Legislatures, or the people; that the only danger from the judiciary arises from the dependence of the judges on either the executive, the legislature, or the people that when they are entirely independent and irresponsible, they are most likely to be pure, capable, and impartial; and therefore they made the judges independent of the people, and of all the other departments of the government. The experience of the country during the last sixty years, has dissipated many of these ideas as delusions. The education of the people has been improved, and their knowledge increased; and as they have gradually acquired more power experience has proven their capacity to use it, as well at least as it has been used by chief magistrates, and cabinet officers. The principal evils of all governments arise from the passion-, ignorance, and selfishness of man. Selfishness prompts public men to use their official power and influence to promote the interest and aggrandizement of themselves and their personal favorites, regardless, in many instances, of the rights of others, and of the general welfare of the community. Four things or conditions are required to check selfishness and prevent corruption in public officers;-first, responsibility made effective by frequent elections or appointments;-second, incapacity to act in any matter in which they are interested; third, publicity of their acts, and reasons in support of them; and lastly, a sound public opinion and perfect fireedom in the expression of opinions. Secrecy is inconsistent with responsibility; it prevents the operation of public opinion, and is a shield to all kinds of selfish purposes and schemes-to intrigue, corruption, fraud, and crime. All legislative bodies and courts of justice sit, in this country, with open doors. Their purity can be maintained, tyranny prevented, and individual rights secured, only by means of the publicity of their proceedings, and the salutary influence of public opinion. Nearly all special legislation is brought forward and supported by legislators, to promote either their own personal interests, or the interests of their fi'iends. It is promnpted by personal con 123 OX GOVERNMENT. siderations and favoritism, rather than by a regard for the public good; and hence it is frequently injurious to the public, and generally corrupting in its tendency. No man is allowed to be a judge in his own case, or in cases where his family or near relatives are interested; why should he be allowed to legislate for the special benefit of himself and his friends? The tendency of the public mind in the United States, is to decentralize and make more popular and local, the powers of government; to prohibit special legislation, and to simplify the laws and the administration of justice, as far as practicable. Selfishness and the corrupt tendencies of centralization have been checked, and the evils of party spirit diminished, in New York and several other states, by stripping the Governor and Senate of all patronage, making nearly all officers, executive, administrative, and judicial, as well as legislative, elective by the people in their respective counties and districts, providing for the election of legislators by single districts, prohibiting all special legislation, and making all power local, as far as practicable and consistent with general laws. WVe have built up in this country, and are still improving, a noble system of constitutional and of federal law, which will be a guide to the nations of the earth, as long as this globe shall be inhabited by man. The boundaries of power are more accurately defined and better understood in the United States, than they were fifty years since; and much better than they are, or ever were, in the old world. 124 CHAPTER VI. ON THIE NATURE AND CONSTITUENTS OF WEALTH, AND HOW PRODUCED AND ACCUMIULATED.-ON VALUE, EXCHANGEABLE VALUE AND PRICE-CAPITAL, AND MATERIALS, AS DISTIN GUISHED FROMN PRODUCTS FOR CONSUMPTION.-PRODUCTION, TIHE RESULT OF THE COMBINED ACTION OF LABOR AND CAPI TAL, BOTH MATERIAL AND IIMMATERIAL, UPON RAW MATERIALS. -WVEALTHI ACCUMIULATED BY INDUSTRY AND FRUGALITY. PURSUITS PERSONIFIED, THEIR RELATIVE IMPORTANCE. SEC. 1. Basis of Values,-Nativre and character of oar wants. What constitutes wealth, and what constitutes value, and the measure of both wealth and value, are questions which meet the learner at the very threshold of his inquiries, on the subject of political economy. These questions should be settled in the beginning, as landmarks by which to verify and correct all his observations and deductions. It is obvious that both wealth and value are based on the wants of man, and the capacity of things to satisfy those wants, which constitutes their utility. As our wants are partly material and partly immaterial, so values may be divided in like manner, into material and immaterial. Our physical or material wants are founded in, and arise from, the appetites and necessities of our nature. Our immaterial wants comprise those of an intellectual, moral, educational and social character. So far as our wants, both material and immaterial, are of such a character that their satisfaction tends to promote our general welfare and happiness, they may be said to be natural and real-but so far as they depend entirely on opinion, fashion, custom, habit, and ambition, they are factitious. Many of our wants are of a mixed character, being natural and real wants, with factitious refinements and matters of taste and ornament engrafted upon them. Our physical wants are few in number, and depend much on climate, situation, and the season of the year; but our immaterial, factitious, and mixed wants, multiply themselves to infinity, with the development of our intellectual, social, and moral faculties, and the improvement of our condition. Those things which are necessary to satisfy our physical wants, are called necessaries; or the necessaries of life. They compriso 126 ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. such food, drink, clothing, fuel, housing, and lodging of a comInon quality, as are necessary to sustain life, and promote the health, strength, and activity of persons of ordinary health and constitution. to the highest degree which their nature admits of. The comforts of life include such things as are necessary to satisfy the most of our mixed wants, so far as material things are concerned. They comprise a finer and better quality of things of the same or a similar character as those denominated necessaries-being such as tend to increase human enjoyment, to promote the health of the young, the feeble, and the delicate, and to increase their longevity. Luxuries correspond to our factitious, and to some also of our mixed wants. They comprise matters of art, taste, and ornament, beautiful, elegant, and magnificent things that please the eye; delicious food and drink, that gratify the appetite; music that delights the ear; reading, riding, and travel for pleasure, and other intellectual amusements, that excite, occupy, and interest the mind. SEC. 2. The utility of luxuries is partly real, but mostly factitious. In as much as many luxuries tend to stimulate the mind and ambition of mankind, to cultivate their taste, and to increase their activity and industry, the most of them have a certain degree of utility; that is, whenever they are adapted to the condition and circumstances of the individual-are confined within so narrow limits as not to interfere with his duties, and the full enjoyment of all the comforts as well as the necessaries of lifeand do not interfere with his general welfare, and that of the community, they have a certain degree of utility in the strict and philosophical sense of the word. (Vide ante Sec. 5, of Chap. I.,) Utility, like our wants, may be divided into real and factitiousthat is, whatever has a capacity to satisfy our real wants, and tends to promote our general welfare and happiness, has a real utility; on the contrary, whatever tends to satisfy only our factitious wants, has only a factitious utility; while those things which satisfy our mixed wants, have a real utility to some extent, depending on their character and adaptation to the condition and circumstances of the person. The wealthy can indulge in luxuries and not affect their ability to enjoy all the necessaries and comforts of life. Luxuries of a rational character may, therefore, aid in developing their intellectual and social faculties-add to their enjoyments in the aggregate-and promote their general welfare. But when the middling classes indulge in expensive luxuries, they do so at the sacrifice of other things, that would be much more valuable to them; and thus they sacrifice a greater, for a less ON THE NATURP.E AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. good, and prejudice their general welfare. The utility as well as the value of everything is, therefore, rather relative than positive, and is greater to one person than to another. This view of the subject shows that the real utility and value of many luxuries are much greater to the wealthy, than they are to the middling classes; but to all classes, their utility and value, are more or less factitious. Every person should supply himself first with necessaries; s'?condly, with the comforts of life, and with luxuries of an intel1 etual character; and lastly with such other luxuries to a reasonaI)le and limited extent, as are in accordance with his condition and circumstances in life-but should never indulge in any luxuries unless he can do so, without injury to the general welfare of himself or his family, and without setting a public example of an i.ijurious tendency. Srec. 3. On values-their character and basis. The character of a thing (as I have said) depends on its utility, or capacity to satisfy our wants. The utility of a thing is not however perceived by instinct; it must be discovered by experience, observation, attention, judgment, and the deductions of reason. Value, therefore, depends first on our wants; secondly on the utility or capacity of a thing to satisfy our wants; thirdly, on the recognition of its utility; and fourthly, on the demand for it, in consequence of its utility, or supposed utility. As one necessary, and one style or kind of luxury may be substituted for another; and there is a wide field of choice between different articles and modes, and also a great variety of opinions and tastes; it follows that the demand for the necessaries acnd comforts of life, as well as for luxuries, depends much on the habits of life, education, customs, and opinions of different people and communities, and is liable to fluctuate with the opinions, fashions, and customs of the day; and that their exchangeable value must fluctuate accordingly. Hence all the products of human industry have a value which is more or less increased or diminished by fashion, custom, and public opinion, and is theret;)re factitious. When exchanges are introduced, things which can satisfy the wants of man may serve us in two ways, first directly, when we employ them for our own use, and secondly indirectly, when we exchange thenm for other commodities, or sell them for money. WNhatever can be exchanged for something else that is useful, has an exchangeable value. This value depends not on the opinion of the producer, but upon that of the- consumer. This value is direct or indirect depending on the fact whether the purchaser 127 128- ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTII. buys for his individual use, or to sell again at a profit. A thing may have a direct value for use by reason of its utility, without an exchangeable value; but it cannot have an indirect value, unless it has a direct one also-and as soon as the consumers of a thing cease to acknowledge its utility, the demand ceases, and with it, its exchangeable value ceases also. The direct utility of a thing also depends on the want of it, and the demand for it; for however great may be its capacity to satisfy the wants of man, if it is not needed, and there is no present want that can be satisfied by it, its utility is prospective only; and if it perishes rapidly, like vegetables and fruits, and like meats and grain also in hot climates, it often happens that it is of no use whatever to the community. The utility of things as well as their exchangeable value depends, therefore, on the want of them, and the market for then. The value of a thing depends on the demand for it, but the price depends on the proportion which the supply bears to the demand, and depends as much on the one as the other. When a farmer, mechanic, or producer of any class, produces more of any article than he wants for his own consumption, if he cannot exchange the surplus for something else, it is of no value whatever to him; and if he has only a partial market for his surplus products, just so much of that surplus as exceeds the market, is totally worthless to the commniunity, and if thrown upon a market already surfeited, serves to depress the price.of the whole supply in the market, and really reduces, instead of increasing its aggregate market value. SEC. 4. On,wcalth and its basis. Wealth consists of values, and may be divided into material and immaterial. Immaterial values and wealth comprise the intellectual, moral, industrial, and social faculties and habits of the people; together with their customs, laws, and institutions. Mlaterial wealth comprises all material things which have either a present or prospective exchangeable value. As utilities and values both material and immaterial, are divided into real and factitious, so the wealth which they constitute should be divided in like manner; and as the utility and value of luxuries including expensive and magnificent dwellingl-houses, and splendid furniture and equipages, are more or less factitious, so much of the wealth which they comprise, is also factitious. Intoxicating liquors to be used as a beverage have an exchangeable value, and therefore, are reckoned as a part of the wealth of a country; but as their use does not promote, or tend to promote, the general welfare of the consumer, but the contrary, they have no real utility, and ON TIIE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. 129 their value, and the wealth which they constitute, is entirely factitious, as much so as that of an obscene picture or book. It has been shown that the real utility and value of many luxuries are relative; being much greater to the wealthy who are able to have them, than they are to the middling classes; the wealth which they constitute; is therefore relative, and more or less factitious; depending on the condition and circumstances of the person using them. SEc. 5. Definition and uses of capital. As the question embraces the subject of capital, we must enquire what is capital? Adam Smith says the general stock of a country is divided into three portions: 1st, That portion which is reserved for consumption and affords no revenue to the country; consisting of food, clothes, household filrniture, dwelling houses, horses and carriages used for pleasure, pictures and all such things as contribute directly to human coinfort or pleasure, and do not aid in producing or adding to the value of material objects which are desired by man. 2d. That portion generally denominated fixed capital; consisting of material agents, instruments and powers which aid man in producing or adding to the value of such material objects as are desired by mankind. Fixed capital includes, first, lands, and all the stock, improvements and instruments of husbandry, and all the tools, machinery and buildings used in mining the mechanic arts, manufactures and commerce, navigation and transportation, the fisheries, and the forest. 2d. It includes the acquired and useful abilities of all the community. A useful education costs a real expense, and constitutes a part of the fixed capital of individuals, and also that of the community to which they belong. 3d. That portion usually denominated circulating capital; which comprises materials to be manufactured, the products of agriculture, mining and manufactures, the forest and fisheries, and the money or coin of the country. Property may be divided into, first,-natural materials andl products-and secondly, artificial materials and products. The first include all things in their natural state, and all the natural resources of a country; the second comprise all things produced or converted into a certain form, and fitted for use, by human industry. Property may also be divided into, first, stock or materials to be manufactured and fitted for use; secondly, products for us] and consumption, which do not aid industry, nor yield a revenuto the country; and thirdly, capital which comprises products, materials, and natural agents, converted into instruments and 6'" 0 ON TIE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF'WEALTH. nmeans to aid the industry of main, and thereby produce a revenue. Though property consists of material thing,s, yet the most of the value of them, which constitutes themn property, is added to them, by the industry of man. WVild and unimproved lands in a hew country do not constitute capital; butt impovements made on them to fit them for production, and to secure the crops, and also the natural properties of the land when improved, do constitute capital. It is so with mines. In their natural state, they are not capital; but when opened, drained, and preparations have been made to extract the ores, they are converted into capital. It is so with water power, and all natural resources. They do not constitute capital, until they have been converted to use by the industry of man. Capital should be sub-divided into material and immaterial (the former only constituting property). All capital, both material and immnaterial, is fixed, that is unchangeable in its character and functions. What Smith and his disciples call circulating capital, consists, Ist, of raw products in the hands of the manufacturer to be worked into something else; 2d, of agricultural products for consumption; 3d, of the finished products of the manufacturer, mostly in the hands of the merchant for sale; and 4thly, money or coin. All they put down as circulating capital, with the exception of money, consists only of products for consumption or manufacture. It is true that all products in the hands of merchants for sale, perfornm the functions of capital to thenm, but not to the community. So dwelling houses, theatres, ganibling houses, &c., in the hands of a landlord who lets them for rent, perform the functions of capital to him, but not to the community; because to him they yield a revenue; but they do not add to the aggregate revenue of the community. They merely take firom the tenant what is paid to the landlord. So household furniture, and even clothiing, nlay be rented and yield an income to the owner, the same as horses and carriages let for pleasure; and yet those articles must all be ranked as products of consumption, and not capital; because they do not add to the aggregate revenue of the conmmunity, nor increase the revenue of the person who hires them, however iueh they may increase his comforts. The reader will perceive inconsistency apparent on the face of the positions of Dr. Smith. Provisions he calls alternately articles or stock for consumption, and circulating capital. His arguments are all founded on the assumption, that the capitalist and laborer are necessarily different persons, and that the provisions furnished by the i'ormer, are necessary to enable the latter to labor, aud ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. 131 therefore constitute a species of capital. In our free States, threefourths of the laborers furnish their own capital, work for themselves, and unite the characters of capitalist and laborer. Do the provisions this laboring capitalist and his family consume, constitute a circulating capital? If so, then why are not his clothes and furniture also capital, and his grog likewise, if he have any? Stock, or products accumulated for consumption, are here confounded with circulating capital; and this confusion runs through the writings of all the disciples of Smith. Mr. Say has invented the awkward and inconsistent phrases " productive consumption," and " unproductive consiumption." A grosser misnomer never crept into human language. The words production and consumption express opposite meaninls. One is the Creation, and the other the Destruction of Value. All the free trade school seem to forget, that food is necessary to support life. Nothing is strictly capital, except what comes within Smith's definition of FIXED CAPITAL; that is, natural agents, instrumcnts, power and faculties, which aid man in proditcing or adding to the valise of sucti material objects as are desired by magikinld. All else are products or materials for manufacture or consumption; the latter may contribute to the comforts and enjoyments of man, but do not aid production. Capital must be confined to INSTRUtIENTS, agents, powers, and faculties, which aid in production, and does not include the thing produced. Immaterial capital includes the powers and faculties of the mind, together with the knowledge, science and experience ac. quired, as a guide to direct the industry of man, and make it pro ductive. It also includes the whole process of an industrial edu cation,* and the skill acquired by practice and experience. material capital includes what is defined by Smith as fixed capital; it also includes gold and silver coin. Gold and silver coin is put down by Smith and all his followers as circulating capital, because its use consists in circulating from one individual to another. They have put it in the same category with food and other articles of consumption, and with the iierchant's stock on hand for sale; which I have endeavored to show, do not constitute any part of the capital of the community, because they do not add to the aggregate revenue or income of the community. If capital is to be divided into two classes, it should be denominated fixed, and changeable, capital; and not fixed and circulating. The term fixed, does not mean local, and when applied to material capital, it does not mean that its owner * See Section 9 of Chapter II. 132 ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALITH. ship is unchangeable, but that it is fixed and unchangeable in form, function and character. A stock of materials to be worked up into manufactured products, if capital at all, is not properly circulating capital, but chang,cable capital, as contrasted with fixed capital; that is, it is to be changed by being worked up into something else. If the fact of the frequent transfer of money, merchandize, &c., from one person to another, makes them circulating capital, then the live stock on a man's farm, and even the farm itself, might be called circulating capital. SEC. 6. Coin, an Instrument of Commerce. In this view of the subject, gold and silver coin should be ranked as FIXED CAPITAL; because, first, its form, function, and character are as fixed and unchangeable as that of a mill, storehouse, factory, or any machinery or instrument of industry; and secondly it is an INSTRUMENT OF COINIERCE, without which an active domestic commerce cannot be carried on. Gold and silver, on account of their durability, utility and beauty, are objects of desire to the whole human falllily, and therefore they have comne into general use; first, as a measure of value; secondly as an instrument, medium, or means of payment; and like tools and instruments to aid and promote industry, they serve as tools and instruments of commerce, to facilitate exchanges between producers and consumers. They are not, however, necessary to the prosecution of foreign commerce-which is usually carried on, first, by selling one article and buying another in the same market; and secondly by means of bills of exchange drawn by the exporter on the consignee, for the proceeds of the property exported; which bills are sold to persons wishing to pay for other goods purchased in the country where the property is sold. These modes of doing business are, in a national point of view, equivalent to barter; because no money passes either way, from one nation to the other. Money is the great instrument of domestic commerce, and necessary to its very existence; without which it would soon grow languid, and industry would languish with it. In this country, it is the policy of the law to secure with peculiar care, the tools and instruments of industry of the laborer, mechanic and farmer; and the nation should secure fron exportation its coin as an instrument of commerce, with equal care. The mechanic and farmer sell their products, but keep their tools and instruments of industry as capital, in order to continue producing. So with nations which do not produce a surplus of the precious metals. They should not treat gold and silver as products to be exported as merchandize; or suffer them to be es ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. ported on the same terms the products of the country are exported; but should treat them as fixed capital, as tools and instruments of domestic commerce, and preserve them with great care, as necessary to the healthful industry of the country. The most effectual mode to check the exportation of the precious metals from such countries, is to levy a duty on such export of ten or twelve per cent.; which would tend to encourage the exportation of the domestic products of the country, and increase their value. SEC. 7. Produtction and productive iudustry defined. Production does not consist in the creation of matter, but of values, which are more or less durable in their character. It may be divided into material and immaterial; depending on the application of the causes or means of production, so as to give value to matter or to man. Though any and every labor and human effort which tends to promote human happiness and enjoyment, is useful to man, yet those that produce utilities which are consumed with and at the time of production, such as household labor, the labor of domestic servants, and that of all the agents of mere amusement and pleasure, are not reckoned as productive. The distinction between such kinds of labor, and productive industry, is nearly the same as that between products for consumption and capital. Growing crops and animals, and adding value to material things, by means )f labor, constitute material production. Communicating useful instruction to man, or promoting the security of his person and his rights, by means of government and the administration of justice, constitutes immaterial production. The former only is classed in common parlance with productive industry; and if material values are produced, no matter whether they consist of the necessaries of life, or the most worthless luxuries, the labor of producing them is reckoned as productive industry. Political economists usually class merchants, navigators, and transporters of products, not as producers, but as distributors of wealth, though statisticians uniformly reckon their income as part of the productive industry of a country. The transportation of products adds value to them, and is a kind of quasi production of value; though much might be avoided by a more complete division of employments, in accordance with the wants of the people. But as to trade and commerce, including only the business of buying and selling, however necessary it miay be and useful to the community, it cannot be properly classed as productive industry; unless every species of useful labor is so classed. 133 1 34 ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. SEC. 8. Use of Capital-Immaterial ca,?ld Material Capital. Products of all kinds, whether raw materials to be manufactured, food to be consumed, manufactured products for use and consumption, or materials and products to be converted into capital, are produced and preserved by labor, aided by capital, both material and immaterial. Timber is said to be produced by cutting and preparing it for use, and ores, by raising them from the mines. The following things are necessary to the production of material values. 1 st. Materials or lands to work upon. 2d. Instruments, or capital to work with, aided by the laws of nature and natural agents 3d. Skill-and, 4th. Intellectual capacity, science and business talent, to direct the labor. The two last have been classed in section five, as immaterial capital. Immaterial capital is even more necessary than material capital, to the progress of individuals and communities in productive industry. It is true that a certain amount of material capital is necessary to make labor effective; yet intellectual capital, experience, and skill, are still more indispensably necessary; without which man labors to no purpose. If he live in a country of great natural resources, and have an abundance of immaterial capital, no matter how destitute he may be at first of material capital, in a few years, by means of properly directed industry and frugality, he can accumulate sufficient products for a year's subsistence in advance, and sufficient capital to make his industry effective. This is verified by thousands of exanmples of the facility with which men of talents, education, industry, and economy, rise from poverty to the station of employers; uniting the character of business men and capitalists; not only in the United States, but also in Great Britain, and many other countries of Europe. On the contrary, if a man have very little intellectual capital, skill, experience and capacity for business or labor, it will require the use of a comparatively large amount of material capital managed by others, to support him and a family comfortably. ' he same remarks apply equally well to, nations that have great natural resources. Material capital can be accumulated by communities and nations, by means of industry properly directed, together with frugality, much more rapidly than it is possible for them to accumulate immaterial capital. Nations and communities which have a very small amount of immaterial capital, usually produce so little, that all or nearly all their products are consumed as fast as they are produced ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. Common agricultural labor, and the most common processes of miniing and the mechanic arts, are comparatively simple, easily learned by the ignorant, and require only observation, attention, and practice, and very little development of intellect, to perform them tolerably well. But the more complicated branches of mechanism and what may properly be termed niachine-factures, or production by means of machinery, are always more or less difficult to learn, require considerable intelligence and practical skill in the workmen, and a high degree of science, and great vigilance, attention, and business talent in the superintendants; which can be acquired only by a mind well disciplined by study and application to practical business. As a general rule, it requires several years of training and discipline of both body and mind, to fit persons for any nice mechanical or manufacturing employment, and make them skilful workmen. Great difficulty has, therefore, been experienced in every country, in introducing the mechanic arts and any new branch or modes of manufacture, and obtaining skilfill workmen to carry them on successfully; and many of the monarchs of Europe during the last five centuries, have made great efforts, and held out strong inducements to encourage skillful workmen from other countries to settle in their dominions, and establish their respective branches of manufacture. The mechanic arts and manufactures have never flourished in any country, without the fostering care of the government. Why did the ancient Spartans remain for centuries a rude, ignorant, uncultivated people, without chang(e or improvement, devoted to agriculture and the arts of war, while their neighbors, the Athenians, were making rapid strides in the mechanic arts, commerce, literature, and refinement? Was it not owing to the difference in the policy of the government as well as in the spirit of the people? to the fact that in Sparta, the mechanic arts, commerce, literature, and everything but agriculture, physical strength, andt the ar,ts of War, were discouraged by the laws and the officers of the government, and held in contempt by the people; while in Athens they were encouraged by the laws and government, and held in esteem? WVe find that nations increase in productive industry in propor tion as they increase in intelligence, in the use of the metals, and a knowledge of mechanism. An industrial education is as neces sary, as a literary and scientific one. There is not a sufficient number of men of science and of practical knowledge and expe rience, in Catholic, Mahomedan or Pagan countries, to direct the industry of the people; nor is there intelligence, practical know ledge, and skill enough among the mass of the people, to make thehi industry very productive. 135 136- ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. SE.c. 9. Division of Employments, anid limits to ditision. Great importance has been generally attached to a division of employments, which has been often miscalled a division of labor. A division of employments beyond a doubt contributes greatly to increase the productive industry of a nation or people; first by saving much time in changing from one employment to another; secondly by dispensing with many tools and much capital which are necessary to pursue several different employments; and lastly, by enabling laborers to acquire more skill, by confining themselves to a more simple process or routine of labor. A division of employments presupposes an exchange of the surplus products of each producer. A man who devotes himself exclusively to one occupation, produces what is necessary to satisfy but one want, and would have no means of satisfying his other wants, if lie could not exchange his surplus products for the products of others. The division of employments is therefore limited by the demand for the products of each laborer respectively; or in the language of science, by the extent of the market; and cannot be carried to any great extent, among the people of a sparsely settled country. The extent of the market depends much on the character of the products; whether they are perishable or not, and whether they are more or less valuable in proportion to their weight and bulk. Markets are extended by increased facilities of transportation. Nature has fixed limits to the division of employments. As agricultural employments vary with the season of the year, they do not admit of much division. Nor do mining, smelting metals, navigation and transportation, or even commerce, except in cities, admit of a very minute division of employments. In fact, quite too much importance has been generally attached, to a minute subdivision of employments; and too little to invention, to the combination of labor, and to immaterial capital. SEc. 10. T}rAat constitutes a field of employment-the importance of securting it. Before men can labor productively, they must have a field of employment. A field of employment consists, first, of the natural resources of a country; or lands and materials to work upon. Secondly, of the capital employed, or tools and natural agents to work with. And thirdly, of the demand, and market for the produets of labor. All these things must concur; and each must be co-extensive with the number of laborers, in order to employ advantageously all the inhabitants of a nation. Markets for products are nearly as necessary to encourage ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. 13T industry, as lands and materials to work upon, and tools to work with. When either is wanting, industry will languish. Markets depend much on a proper division of employments, and the distribution of labor and capital among the several employments, in accordance with the natural resources and wants of the country; so that each class of laborers and producers may aid in creating a market for the products of every other class. Political economists of the free-trade school, have attached too much importance to material capital, a minute subdivision of employments, foreign commerce, and natural facilities for foreign commerce-and quite too little, to immaterial capital, and domnestic commerce. T'hey have generally overlooked the importance of a division of employments in accordance with the natural resources of a country, and the wants of the people-and of securing the domestic market, as a field of employment, for the laborers of the country. There is in Great Britain and Holland vastly more property than can be advantageously employed as capital, strictly speaking; and hence the large amount sent abroad for investment, and the immense amount invested in palaces, splendid dwellings, furniture, and objects of taste and pleasure. The natural resources of'a country consist of its territory, soil, climate, fertility, timnber, fuel, mines, minerals, quarries, navigable waters, rivers, brooks, water-power and fisheries; and their value depends much on the distribution of them over the country, so as to be convenient of access to all the inhabitants. Ireland has very few productive mines, but little ore of any kind, and very little fuel. Its natural resources are too limited, to furnish a sufficient field of employment for so large a population. The people, however, might (under other circumstances) manufacture for themselves; but by means of free imports fromn Great Britain, their markets are substantially taken from them, for the benefit of British manufacturers and laborers, and the manufacturers and laborers of Ireland are deprived of a field of employment, which properly belongs to them. All the provinces, colonies, and dependencies of Great Britain are in a similar condition. Their markets, which should furnish a field of employment for their own laborers, are, to a very great extent, monopolized by the British people; and the industry of the Colonies, is left to wither-and they are kept poor and dependent. The same evils, (to a limited extent,) have been visited upon these United States-by means of delusions on the subject of free-trade. Our markets have been partially sacrificed for the benefit of British and French manufacturers and laborers, aund foreign importers, and mnuch of the field of employment, which 138 OON THE NATURE_ AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. justly belongs to our own citizens, has been transferred to foreigners. This has depressed nearly all branches of industry and business, and greatly, lessened the aggregate amount and value of the industry of the nation. SEC. 11. On the prodliction and acc~tmqdation of wealth. As production depends on labor, aided by capital, the laws of nature and natural agents, the rapidity of production depends on the effectiveness and productiveness of labor. The effectiveness of labor is determined by the quality and quantity of its products; but its productiveness is determined as well by their exchangeables value, as by their quantity and quality; and their value depends on the demand for them, when compared with the supply in the market. Labor is effective, in proportion as it is aided by skill, good tools, and machinery, and directed by intelligence, science, and business talent. But labor is productive in a national point of view, in proportion to the utility to the community of its products, and whenever any thing of a perishable nature is produced that is not needed, and not wanted, either for use at home, or for exportation, it is useless and valueless in a national point of view, as explained in Section 3. The same is the case when a larger quantity of perishable commodities are produced than are needed; the surplus is wholly useless and valueless to the nation. And when such surplus does not consist of perishable commodities and is of value to the community to retain for future use, it reduces prices so much, that the producers get less for the whole product, than they would if the aggregate quantity was less; and therefore they are injured, instead of being benefited by the surplus. This fact has been well illustrated by Tooke on Prices. That nations as well as communities are capable of producing, and often do produce, much greater quantities of certain products than they need for their own use, and can sell to advantage, is well known to every intelligent reader. This surplus causes a glut of the market and a depression of prices. People are not willing to labor for nothing, or for a mere trifle, and as the demand for any particular branch of industry falls below the supply, and the price declines, production soon declines also, and industry languishes. The industry of a country can be increased in amount and value, only in proportion as it is diversified, directed into different channels, and employed upon different objects, in accordance with the resources of the country, and with the wants of the people, and of the commercial world. In this mode, all the commodities produced, could be disposed of at fair prices; the farmer, mechanic, miner, and manufacturer, each furnishing ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. 139 a market for the others; the wants of all would be supplied about equally well, and no surplus left, to be wasted. The material wealth of a country depends more on the aggregate value, than it does on the quantity of property in it. The exchangeable value of the farming and wood lands of Great Britain is about twice as great as that of all the lands of the United States. This is in consequence of the density of the population, and the demand for the products of land to supply their wants. If, however, we regard the future prospects of landed wealth in a nation, more depends on the quantity and quality of its lands, than on their present value; for as the population becomes more dense, the demand for food and for lands will increase; which will necessarily enhance the aggregate value of the landed and other property of the country, even without the aid of any other cause. Population is therefore an element of wealth, as well as of power. Population is an element of wealth, first, by creating a demand and furnishing a market for property and products, and thereby enhancing their value; secondly, by means of such increased demand and market, it promotes the division of employments, facilitates domestic commerce and the mutual interchange of products, and encourages and increases the productive industry of the country, and renders the labor of each man more effective, and more valuable. This view of the subject shows that there are two sources of wealth-first, productive industry, and secondly, population; but they must be aided by economy, and a desire to save, or they will both be of no avail. The accumulation of wealth depends as much on frugality and economy, as it does on production. The annual production of almost every community, is equal in value to from one fifth to one seventh of the entire amount of their property; and their consumption is usually nearly equal, and in some quite equal, to their production. This being the case, no matter how wealthy a people may be, a few years of indolence and extravagance will reduce them to poverty: on the contrary, a few years of well directed industry and frugality, will raise them to a state of com)petency. Frugality and economy being necessary to the accumulation of wealth, let us examine the subject of consumption or expenditure. In this age of science, intelligence, and machinery, it is not difficult, in a country like ours, for every industrious adult of good health to supply himself with the necessaries of life; and nearly all those who are intelligent as well as industrious, can supply themselves also with the comforts of life, and with some luxuries, and yet save some portion of their annual earnings, to be accuiulated, either as capital, or as products for future consump 140 ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OP WEALTH. tion. Our natural wants are easily supplied in this country; but our artificial or factitious wants, comprising the luxuries of life, are unlimited in their character, and may be indulged in by individuals to their total destruction. Luxuries may be divided into two classes; first, those of sensuality, and secondly, those of ostentation. The first are the most limited in their character, but the most dangerous to the health and morals of the individual. The second are founded in a desire to appear rich, and are wholly unlimited in amount, and the range of subjects to which they apply, and when indulged in to excess, generally produce pecuniary embarrassment and bankruptcy. There is no way for individuals to accumulate property, but to consume annually less than their income, and to save the surplus. The necessaries of life are comparatively cheap, and require but little labor to produce them, in proportion to their capacity to satisfy our natural wants-while luxuries are generally dear, and require much labor to produce them; and yet, the most of them do not even supply the place of necessaries, which are required as much with, as without them. Where a taste for luxuries pervades the middling as well as the wealthy classes of a community or nation, they often consume all their income firom year to year, and firom century to century, without progress, or increase of either wealth or population. The accumulation of wealth, therefore, depends, 1st. On production, or productive industry 2d. On frugality and economy, so as to keep expenditures below income, and leave a surplus-and, 3d. On a proper direction of industry, in accordance with the resources of the country, and with the wants of the people, and of the commercial world; so that all real wants may be supplied, and the surplus left may not comprise articles that are of a perishable character, but may consist of capital, articles which may be converted into capital, and dwelling houses, furniture, clothing, books, and such other articles as are not immediately consumed in their use, including very few luxuries. The rapidity with which wealth is accumulated, dependsfirst, on the amount and value produced over and above what is annually consumned-and secondly, on the character of that lsurplus-whether it consists of perishable articles and frivolous luxuries, or capital, articles that may be converted into capital, and those not immediately consumed in their use, which have a substantial utility. Perishable articles do not admit of beiing accumulated to any considerable extent, for future use. It is therefore impossible to increase the wealth of a community or nation in the smallest ON THt NATRE AND PLODUCTION OF WEALTH. amount, by increasing the production of perishable products, beyond the wants of the people, and the demands for export, within a comparatively short period. On the contrary, the metals of all kinds are very durable in their character, and are mostly converted into, and used as capital. Products of rood, stone and brick, and improvements on lands, roads, &c., are all comparatively durable, and of substantial utility to man. Books and clothing also, and the raw materials to make into clothing, and even some kinds of provisions, may be preserved by care, for many years, and may be accumulated for future use. The industry of a people should therefore be so distributed among the several employments, that the substantial wants of all may be supplied-that the surplus annually produced, may be of the character described-and that as much of it may consist of capital, as can be useful in promoting industry. Production is, however, very much influenced, and, in many cases absolutely controlled, by foreign commerce. Liberty and security of person and property, are necessary to the production and accumulation of wealth, to any very considerable extent. There can be no reason to doubt that civil liberty, free domestic competition, and freedom from legal restraint and from monopolies, tend to promote industry and the production of wealth. Every citizen should be free to pursue such employment as he sees fit-provided it is not inconsistent with good morals, and the general welfare. Production should be unrestrained by laws, though legislation may often aid it-by regulating the mode of conducting business by associations-by collecting and disseminating information of the aggregate products and wants of the nation, and of the commercial world-and by encouraging the diversion of industry into new channels, in accordance with the condition and wants of the people. But commerce should often be regulated; in order to check extravagance, and the use of what is pernicious, and to secure the home market to the citizen, as a field of employmentwhich properly belongs to him, and as a means of encouraging domestic production. Sec. 12. ]IIarkets, the principal stimulants of industry. Colonial policy of Europe. Population alone, adds value to lands and property of every kind, and is, therefore, one of the principal sources and causes of wealth. And whty is it so? Simply because it creates a wnarket, by causing a demand for property and products. It enhances their price and exchangeable value, rewards the producer for his industry, and encourages and increases industry and production. Population thus creates markets, and markets operate to enhance 141 142 ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION Otr WEALTH.. prices, and to increase wealth, industry, and production. -Iarkets are therefore amon?g the principal cautses and souirces of value and of wealth, and stim?ula'nts of indltstry. The farmer, mechanic, miner, and manufacturer, are all beneficial to each other; for the reason that each wants the products of every other, in exchange for his own-and thus each creates a market for the products of all the others, and thereby enhances prices and stinmulates their industry. Hence the advantage to the farmer, of increasing mlechanical, manufacturing, and mining industry, as far as prac ticable, in his own country, in order to create a market for his products, and to encourage domestic commerce. The fact is, that mechanical industry in most countries is about twice as profitable as agricultural industry, and manufacturing with machinery is generally from three to five times as profitable. Every manufacturing nation can produce more manufactured products than are needed at home, and hence the importance of markets to them, and the anxiety with which they seek markets abroad. The fact of markets being among the principal causes and sources of wealth, has led to the colonial system of Europe -and prompted manufacturing nations to plant colonies and extend their foreign dominions, as a means of creating markets for their mechanical and manufacturing industry. And in order to render their colonies as good markets as possible, they endeavor to confine their colonists as far as practicable, to agricultural pursuits; to prevent them from manufacturing even " a hobnail for themselves. Great Britain not only holds in colonial bondage British India, Canada, and numerous islands and other provinces and p6ssessions, but she holds Ireland also in the same condition, and for the same purpose-to furnish a market for the products of her m-anufacturing and mnlining industry at high prices, in payment of agricultural products at comparatively low prices. Markets being of great value to a nation, it is not only good policy, but a matter of justice to herself and to her own citizens, for every nation to secure her own markets, for the benefit of her own citizens, so far as they are capable of supplying them, and to encourage an increase of any particular branch of industry, which may be adapted to the climate and natural resources of the coutitry. So far as foreign manufactures imported into a country supply the place of those which might be manufactured at home, and thus supplant so much domestic industry, they do not add one dollar to the wealth of the country beyond what they destroy in the shape of its industry; but on the contrary, the country loses every single dollar that is paid for them; unless something is exchanged for them which is not needed, or one luxury is exchanged for anothler. Such importations also tend to undernmine 0 ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTIO. OF WEALTH. and destroy the mnanufacturing laborer as well as the capitalistto -check the increase of manufactures, and to disperse the capital and the laborers already employed in the business-and thus they undermine and destroy at the same time, the markets for the farmer, and produce a permanent injury to all classes of the colminunity. The consumption of many expensive luxuries is prejudicial to the prosperity of a country; but the degree of injury arising from it, depends on the condition of the country, and whether they are produced at home, or imported from abroad; and if the latter, whether they do, or do not, come into competition with domestic industry. When domestic luxuries are consumed, the demand for thein stimulates and increases domestic industry; but when foreign luxuries are imported, the possession of them, by supplying or aiding in supplying the market, lessens the demand for domestic products, and thus diminishes the domestic industry of the country-and makes it poor to the full extent of the value to the country, of the money or other commodities given in exchange for theln. If on the contrary, foreign luxuries imported do not come in competition with domestic industry, and something is exchanged for them of which the people have a surplus-their importation may not, under such circumstances, be of any injury whatever. SEc. 13. Tthe different emnploymrents and pi6rsatits personified. The sentiment is frequently rung in our ears by partisan politicians and partisan newspapers, that the farmers and agricultural laborers of the United States, are " THE BONE AND SINEW OF THEi COUNTRY, as they express it; and nearly the whole newspaper press in the greater part of the slave States, inculcate the idea, that planters and projessional mien are the only persona3ges of nzucli importance; that mechanics and coimnmercial men are an inferior order of bcings; and that thefarmiatrg and planting interests ontly shotad seriously occupy the attention of Congress. Let us examine this question, and in order to do so, let us personify civilization and analyze civilized society, and see what its parts are composed of. It is claimed that agriculturists are " the boie a,itd sinew of the country," and of the social fabric; very well, admit it. Iron, copper, gold, silver, tin, and other metals, and the miners and workers in metals who convert them into edge tools, and into varlious tools, instruments, implements, and machinery, and thereby lay the very corner stone and foundation of all productive industry, agricultural, mechanical, and manufacturing, as well as of navigation and transportation by both land and water, may be said 143 144 ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. to constitute the HEART OF THE SYSTEM; in as much as they furnish the power which puts in motion, sustains and propels all the productive industry of the civilized world. Civilized man does nothing in any capacity, and can do nothing without the use of the metals; and the quantity of the metals used by any people may be taken as a fair test of the amount of their productive industry, and of the progress they have made in the useful arts, and in the march of civilization. A people without the use of the metals, using stone axes, and stone spades, and other utensils made of baked clay or stone, must be utterly unable to makl cloth of any kind, or cultivate the earth, must dwell in caves and miserable huts, live on natural fruits and the spontaneous productions of the earth and the game they can kill, as their only food, and clothe themselves in furs and skins. They are necessarily in the lowest state of savages, like the tribes of North America, north of Mexico, and those of the southern part of the ContiSent, at the time of its discovery; a grade below the German and Celitic tribes of northern Europe in the time of the Roman empire, who had some knowledge of iron, and other metals, and had a small quantity of iron in use to point their spears, and to make an edge to a few rude tools and instruments of agriculture. Mechanics and the mechanic arts, with the aid of machinery in modern times, comprise the stomach, the digestive and assimilating organs, and the entire muscular part of the system. By making the tools and implements, they create almost the whole power and means by which even agriculture is or can be pursued. They prepare raw materials for use; make them into cloth, clothing, bedding, furniture, dwellings, workshops, &c., &c., and by fitting raw materials for use and for market, they furnish the principal part in value of the materials of commerce. Agriculture, and agriculturists, do in fact form the great framework, and constitute the bones and cartilages, or bone and .inew, as the democracy express it, the mere skeleton of the system; to which the whole is attached, and on which it all, in some measure, depends. It may be fairly likened to a skeleton in more than one particular; first, it is so entirely dependent on the mechanic arts, and on commerce, that without them, it is necessarily ~inactive, and nearly torpid. The agriculture of all savage and barbarous nations where there is very little commerce, and not much is known of the mechanic arts, is mostly confined to the rude culture of a very little grain, and a few vegetables, and to raising cattle, sheep, camels, goats, &c.; hence famines were fre quent, in early ages of the world, though they are entirely unknown in modern times, among civilized nations. Secondly, it may be likened to a skeleton, because all nations exclusively, or ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. 145 mostly devoted to agricultural pursuits, are sparsely scattered over a large territory in proportion to their numbers, and are always poor; destitute of many of the comforts of life; and have very little industry or activity, compared with manufacturing and commercial nations. Look abroad among the nations of the earth, both ancient and modern, and see if any people ever became rich and powerful, or enjoyed in abundance the comforts of life, who depended on agriculture alone for a support, and on the people of other nations to furnish them with the products of mechanical industry. If history furnishes such a case, it has escaped my notice. On the contrary, ancient Tyre, Carthage, and Athens, and in more modern times, Venice, Genoa, Holland, and England, are all striking examples, of nations becoming rich and powerful by means of commerce and the mechanic arts, with a very small territory, and little aid comparatively from agriculture. To carry out the figure, public roads, navigable waters, canals, railroads, and common carriers, constitute the bloodvessels, arteries, v eins, glands, and secretory ducts of the system. Commierce and co mmercial m en constitute the lungs and life blood of civilization; without which it never did exist in any age of the world, or any country, and without which it never can exist so long as m an is partially a physical material being. The ancient civilization of the world, of Greece and Rome, and the modern cases of Ch ina and Ja pan, show, however, that an extensive domestic coiumerc e only is necessary to support civilization; that though foreign commerce may aid, yet it is not indispensable. And though commerce is as necessary to civilization as the circulation of the blood is to the human system, yet, since the precious metals have becom e th e universal medium of commerce, and standard of coim mercial exchan ges and of contracts, foreign imports may be stimulated to such an unnatural degree of activity, as to resemble t h e circulation of the blood in the heat and violence of a burning fever, which is soon succeeded by exhaustion and debility. Such wa s t he condition of the foreign commerce of the United States fiom 1834 to 1842 inclusive, when, by means of the excessive importation of foreign goods, beyond our immediate ability to pay, we got into debt to Europe about two hundred millions of dollars, a drain of the precious metals ensued to pay the interest on our foreign debt and a portion of the principal, and commercial em barrassment, depression of property and business, and severe disc tress, spread throughout the country, and produced ten times as much Uisuffering as the Asiatic cholera, or any other epidemic or scourge which ever afflicted us as a people. We suffered simi 7 i 140 ON THE NATURE AND ROIntDCTION Ol WEALTH. lar evils from like causes from 1783 to 1789, and from 1815 to 1824. The public press, printers, and publishers of books and papers, the post-office department and the conductors of it, and the modern system of telegraphic communications, constitute the nervous system; and our scientific and learned men, authors, schools, and seminaries of learning, and the conductors of them, legislators, high executive and judicial officers, members of the learned professions, business -men, and editors, constitute the brain and directinlg mind of the nation. All parts of the social system, and all branches of industry, are dependent upon each other, and arc necessary to make the whole complete. Agriculture, of all others, probably, has the least influence upon the wealth and power of a nation. Turkey, Spain, Portugal, all Spanish America, and all the nations of Africa, are striking instances of the indolence, inactivity, poverty, weakness and ignorance of nations devoted almost exclusively to agriculture and war, depending on foreign commerce to supply them with manufactured goods, and enjoying substantially the blessings of free trade. SEC. 14. Effect of the mechanic arts and of commerce on the char acter and enterprise of nations. Where men are congregated together by commerce, manufactures, and the mechanic arts, in cities and large towns, they see more objects to stimulate them to activity and enterprise, than those do who are scattered over the country as agriculturists; their intellectual passions are more stimulated, and become stronger; and at the same time, the division of employments being more complete, and their minds more concentrated for years upon one department of industry or business, they are generally enabled to attain a higher degree of science and skill than is attainable under less favorable circumstances. Hence the minds of these classes of persons become more active and acute in their respective employments, more inventive, more inclined to seek after new discoveries and inventions, and new modes of enterprise than agricultui ists; and hence nearly all the discoveries, inventions, and useful improvements, have been made by the mechanical, manufacturing, and commercial classes. Hence their minds are more full of schemes and projects, often ill digested; and they have more enterprise, but less stability of character, as a general rule, than agriculturists. They are more daring and hazardous, but less safe; and their operations frequently partake of the character of gambling speculations. But even their wildest visions, such as the constant search of. mechanics after prin ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. ciples upon which to construct a perpetual motion, have often resulted in the discovery of mechanical principles which have been of great value to mankliind. With the exception of William Penn, Lord Baltimore, and their followers, and the Puritans who emigrated to New-England to enjoy freedom of conscience, and freedom of religious opinions, all the colonies on the western continent, north of Mexico, were planted by commercial companies, and for commercial purposes. Such also was the mnode and purpose for which the colonies of Holland, Great Britain, France, and Portugal, were planted in the East Indies. The English East India Company, while a mere commercial company, backed up by the manufactures of Great Britain, which furnished its chief materials of export, has waged war on a larger and more magnificent scale than was ever done by any of the modern nations of Europe, prior to the French revolution; and since 1770, has conquered, and subjected to the British dominion, over one hundred millions of inhabitants. Such are the effects of mechanical and mnanufacturing inidustry, and commercial enterprise, upon the progress and power of nations. Such employments and pursuits seem to have furnished the propulsive energies which have led to prog,ress in improvement, in wealth, and in civilization, in all ages of the world. This position is verified by the history of TI'yre, Carthage, Athens, Venice, Genoa, Belgium and Holland, as well as Great Britain; while tlhe influence of agriculture has been of a conservative character, inclining the people to remain the same, unchangeable, and without innovation, improvement, or progress. SEc. 15. Effect of the mechanic arts and nianufactures ztpon mnar kets and agriculture. The prosperity of any people, the comforts they enjoy, and their wealth and power, depend on the amount and value of their productive industry. No matter what the soil, climate, or the resources of their country, or their form of government, religioin, or social system, without industry, it is impossible for them to procure or enjoy many of the comforts of civilized life. The productiveness of industry depends as much on the price and aggregate value, as it does on the quantity and quality of its products; and as the price of commodities depends on the demand for them, and the extent of the market, the productiveness and profits of industry are dependent upon, and governed by, the market for its products. It is inconsistent with the very nature of things, and therefore impossible, for agricultural industry to be very productive and profitable, without the aid of the mechanic arts, and the enliven 147 148 ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTIO. OF WEALTT. ing and fostering influence of an active commerce, steady demand, and regular markets for its products. Nine-tenths of the products of agriculture are so heavy and bulky in proportion to their value, and the cost of transporting them any considerable distance is so great, that if there is not a large mechanical and manufacturing, or commercial population in the vicinity, there can be no demand of any amount for them, no regular market, and not much value. In many of the interior districts of the Western States, Indian corn has been worth but ten or twelve cents a bushel, and frequently could not be sold for cash at even that low price. The principal market for the common kinds of breadstuffs and provisions of all sorts, is necessarily a domestic one in all countries; it is a market created by persons engaged in the mechanic arts, manufactures, commerce, mining, war, or some employment or pursuit other than agriculture. Farmers cannot furnish a market for each other; and cannot live by bartelring and exchanging with each other their products. Agriculture never did flourish in any country, where the mechlanic arts were not flourishing(; if we except a fewv islands in hot climates, whose products are in great denmand, which procure in exchange for them an abundance of all the products of the mechanic arts, at reasonable prices. Such is the situation of the Island of Cuba, and in fact of all the West India, and many of the East India islands. Cuba., under the dominion of the Spaniards, the Roman Catholic religion, and the enervating influence of slavery and a tropical climate, is much more flourishing, than the Province of Upper Canada, under the influence of civil liberty, a mnild climate, the Protestant religion, and the boasted energies of the Anglo-Saxon race and character. The contrast between the prosperity of Cuba and that of the old tobacco-growingr States, is very great indeed; and it is quite striking also, between Cuba and the southern cotton-growing States. This'nust be owing to the fact that the demand for coffee and sugar, the staple products of the island, has been rapidly irncreasing, and has nearly kept pace with the supply; so that the price has declined only 30 or 40 per cent. since the year 1780, not more than the decrease in the expense of cultivation, by reason of the improved mode of culture; and these products are so valuable, in proportion to their weight and bulk, that they will bear transportation to any part of the world. On the contrary, the increase of slaves in our slave States has been great, and the principal part of slave labor devoted to growing cotton, tobacco, and Indian corn, until the supply of those great staples has greatly exceeded the demand, and depressed their prices very low, the greatest part of the time, for many years past. ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. 149 It has long been the policy of the slavebolding States, to discourage the mechanic arts, as well as the more complicated mnanufactures with machinery, and to rely upon agriculture. Tile pernicious consequences of that policy are developing themselves iapidiy; there is very little foreign market for corn or provisions of any kind; tobacco has long been much depressed in price; and now the culture of cotton is but little better than that of tobacco. Tihe rule laid down by political economists as general and universal, that the price of an article depends on the proportion between the demand and supply of the market, is fully verified by the constant decline of the price of cotton for the last sixty years. Thoughl the demand has increased more than twenty fold, yet the supply has increased still more, and faster, and thus depressed its price beyond all example. Corn being worth only from a quarter of a cent to a cent per pound, and the expense of transporting it a single hundred miles, by teams, being nearly half a cent per pound, it is obvious that the principal market for it must be a domestic one, and confined to a small circle; while coffee, sugar, cotton, wool, and all manufactures of cloths and costly goods, will bear transportation thousands of miles, and the markets for them, were it not for cominercial duties and restrictions, would be coextensive with the civilized world. T'he principal market for the agricultural products of all countries above the thirty-fifth degree of latitude, imust be a domestic one, even if all the world should adopt tie theory and practice of free trade; for the reason that nearly all their products are so bulky and heavy in proportion to their value, that they will not bear transportation very far. The price of the farmer's produce depends upon the demand, compared with the supply; the demand depends upon the number of con suimers, and their ability to pay; the consumers of most kinds of produce must reside within a comparatively short distance of the producer; the mechanic arts and manufactures supply the means of subsistence to a dense population, and enable them to pay good prices for all the products of the farmer, and thus create a demanrd and a market, for the produce of the farmer in his own vicinity, and at the same time furnish the means of payment, and the very kind of payment the farmer needs to supply his wants. It is therefore obvious, that agriculture is dependent on the mechanic arts and manufactures, not only to supply the necessary tools, instruments, and implements for carrying it on advan tageously, but also for a market for its products, without which it cannot be prosperous and flourishing. No exclusively agricul tural nation above the thirty-fifth degree of latitude, ever did) or 150 ON THE NATURE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. ever can become rich or prosperous. Without the advantages of the mechanic arts, and of manufactures, and a large mechanical and mnanufacturing population near at hand as consumers, markets are necessarily poor and dull; the demand for provisions and lmost kinds of agricultural products, small in proportion to the supply, and their prices low and depressed; the country constantly drained of its precious metals to pay for foreign luxuries and manufactured goods, and its commerce thereby embarrassed industry and improvements of every kind discouraged for want of a proper and certain reward for labor; the mass of the people inactive, indolent, and necessarily poor, for want of sufficient industry; and the whole population in a dull, stagnant, and stationary condition, merely vegetating in times of peace, having little or no activity, enterprise, or energy, except what is excited by war, and a desire for conquest and plunder. Such was the state and condition of ancient Sparta, as contrasted with Athens; such was the condition of all Europe, during the dark and middle ages; and such is now the condition of Turkey and all Mahometan countries, of Spain, Portugal, part of Italy, and nearly the whole of South America and MIexico; and the same anti-manufacturing policy has a powerful and depressing influence also, upon the greater part of the slave States, and upon a large portion of the free States. The free trade between Ireland and the Canadas, and Great Britain, together with the statutes of the British Parliament to discourage manufactures and the mechanic arts in those countries, and keep them dependent on England, has had the same depressing influence, and kept thle Canadas, as well as Ireland, poor. Why is China much more prosperous, wealthy, and flourishing than Turkey, Spain, Portugal, and even MIexico? It cannot be owing to the government, for the Emperor of China is equally absolute and unlimited in his power as the Sultan of Turkey. Can any cause be assigned, except the mechanic arts and an extensive domestic commerce? It is generally, if not universally admitted, that from the 8th to the latter end of the 12th century, the Saracens were more advanced in the mechanic arts, commerce, and all the arts and refinements of civilized life, than the Christian nations of Europe; that the Moors of Spain were in advance of the Spaniards; and that the Christians learned many of the arts, as well as the refinements and luxuries of civilization, from the Saracens, during the crusades of the 11 th and 12th- centuries, and imported them fioni thence into Europe. This superiority in civilization and refinement of the Saracens over the Christians, could not have been owing to their religion, nor to their government, nor to the superiority of their social system. It must have been owing partly to ON THE NATUPRE AND PRODUCTION OF WEALTH. 151 the greater mildness of the climate, better adapted to the situation and condition of man in a low state of civilization; but mostly to the more improved and advanced state of the mechanic arts, and the greater amount of their productive industry; though the state of the mechanic arts among them was very low, and the amount of their productive industry small, compared with that of the Romans, during the most flourishing period of the empire, and much more so when compared with many nations at this time. CHAPTER VII. ON THE METALS-THEIR USE-THE DISCOVERY ANI) HISTORY OF WORKING THEE,I AND THE PROGRESSIVE PRODUCTION OF THEI. SEC. 1. Geizeral histor}y an(i use of the metals. Iron is the most abundant, the strongest, hardest, and most useful of all the metals. It is so inmportant, and its uses so numerous and indispensable to the successful pursuit of almost every species of productive industry, that its use has been generally treated as the chief test of civilization. It appears from the 4th chapter of Genesis, that Tubal Cain (the seventh generation from Adamn) was an instructor of every artificer in brass and iron. Working in gold, silver, and brass is mentioned in Exodus xxxi: 3, 4, and 5. The use of iron and brass is also referred to in the book of Job xx: 24; xxviii: 2; and xl: 18, supposed to refer to a period more than 1500 years before Christ; also in Leviticus xxvi: 19, and Deut. xxviii: 23, and 48, referring to periods nearly 1500 years, B. C. Sir. Jacob of England, in his learned Historical Inquiry into the production and consumption of the Precious Metals, makes the following remarks in the introduction: " The general voice of antiquity affirms, that Gold, Silver. and Copper, or Brass, were the first metals discovered; and that they were used partly as ornaments, and partly as instruments of war, or of industry; for though, from their softness, they were not the best calculated for the latter purposes, they were better adapted than those of flint or other hard stones, or hard wood, which had been before used by the most ancient tribes, and which were also found among the savage people inhabiting Australia, when they were discovered in the Iiiddle of the last century. " A well known passage of Hesiod affirms, that in remote ages, "The earth was worked with brass, because iron had not then been discovered " and Lucretius bears testimony to the same purpose in Book V: 1. ]286. " Et prior re,is erat, quam fer,i, cognitus usus." [The use of brass was known before that of iron.] This is confirmed by the implements of copper found in ON THE METALS. the ancient mines, in Siberia, and in Nubia; whose working must have ceased some thousand years ago. " When Brazil was first discovered by the Portuguese, the rude inhabitants used fish hooks of gold, but had no iron, though their soil abounded in that metal. The people of Hispaniola (now called St. Domingo, ) and Mexico, were, in like manner, unacquainted with Iron when first visited by the Spaniards; though they had both ornaments and implements of Gold, and weapons of Copper; which latter, we learn from the analysis of Humboldt, they had acquired the art of hardening by an alloy of tin. This subject has been illustrated in Denmark by opening many Scandinavian tumuli of very remote ages, from which have been collected specimens of knives, daggers, swords, and implements of industry, which are preserved and arranged in the Museum at Copenhagen. There are tools of various kinds formed of flint or other hard stone, in shapes resembling our wedges, axes, chisels, hammers, and knives, which are presumed to have been those first invented. There are swords, daggers, and knives, the blades of which are of gold, whilst an edge of iron is formed for the puTpose of cutting. Some of the tools and weapons are formed principally of copper, with edges of iron; and in many of the implemnents, the profuse application of copper and of gold, when contrasted with the parsimony evident in the expenditure of iron, seems to prove, that at the unknown period, and among the unknown people who raised the tumnuli, which antiquarian research had lately explored, gold as well as copper were much more abundant products than iron." MIcCulloch in his Commercial Dictionary, title Iron, makes the following remarks, " Iron, though the most common, is the most difficult of all the metals to obtain in a state fit for use; and the discovery of the method of working it seems to have been posterior to the use of gold, silver and copper. We are wholly ignorant of the steps by which men were led to practise the processes required to fuse it, and render it malleable. It is certain, however, that it was prepared in ancient Egypt, and some other countries, at a very remote epoch, but it was very little used in Greece until after the Trojan war.' Se.c. 2. Iron in Great Britain. At what period the art of smelting ore and making iron was introduced into England is unknown; but Brande says there is authentic evidence to show that iron-works were established by the Romans in the forest of Dean in Gloucestershire and in other parts of the kingdom; and that they were also established at an early period in Kent and Sussex. To make a ton of pig-iroa 153 ON THE M.ETALS. requires nearly four tons of mineral coal, or the charcoal pro duced by burning seven or eight cords of wood; and to convert it into bar iron or castings, requires about half as much. In 1619, Lord Dudley invented the process of smelting iron with pit or mineral coal; but his works were soon after destroyed by a mob. In the early part of the eighteenth century, well founded complaints were made of the waste and destruction of wood and timber by the smelting of iron; and the dearth and scarcity of fuel that was thus occasioned, led, about the year 1740, to the general adoption of Lord Dudley's process of using pit coal. Wood was becomning( scarce in Great Britain, and it was found impossible to smelt iron with fossil or mineral coal, with a bellows worked by the hand, or horse power. The manufacture of iron was therefore comparatively small, until after the improvement of the steam engine by Watts, in 1767, its application to mrining, to iron works, and to working the bellows in blast furnaces to smelt the iron with mineral coal, and the use of the reverberatory air furnaces invented by Mr. Cort in 1783. As the beds of coal are inexhaustible, the manufacture of iron advanced rapidly from that period. The quantity of pig iron made in England and WVales in 1740 from 59 furnaces was but 17,350 tons; 22,000 tons in 1750, and perhaps not over 30,000 tons in 1770.' In 1788 it had increased, by means of the steam engine and the use of fossil coal, to 68,300 tons; in 1796 to 108,793 tons, and including Scotland, to 124,879 tons, having more than doubled in Scotland in eight years. In 1802, the annual product of Great Britain was estimated at 170.000 tons; in 1823 it had increased to 442,066; in 1828 to 703,184 tons, by 278 furnaces in blast; in 1839 to over 1,200,000 tons; and in 1844 it was estimated at 1,500,000 tons; while Spain produces annually but about 8,000 tons. The hot blast for smelting iron was introduced in 1828, which produces more iron from the same quantity of ore, and with much less fuel than the cold blast. Various improvements were made in the manufacture of BAR IRON, particularly by the substitution of IIAMMERING -IACHIN'ERY FOR HAND LABOR; by Mir. Cort's invention for puddling, (patented in 1783,) and, also, by that gentleman's invention of MIACHINERY FOR ROLLING IRON, (patented in 1784.) These astonishing results in the manufacture of iron were brought about by the steam engine, and its application to mining and the blas.t furnace, by the invention of machinery for hammering and rolling iron instead of doing it by hand labor, and by the use of pit or mineral coal. 154 ON THE METALS. Statement of the production of ironi iqn En glanid and Wales in 1740 and 1750, and in Great Britain at other periods, the natmbcr of fitrnaces in blast, and the average prodtction of cach furnace. Year. Furnaces. Tons produced. By each Furnao 1740 59 17,350 294 1750 - 22,000 -- 1788 85 68,300 804 1806 169 258,206 1,528 1828 278 703,184 2,529 1840 402 1,396,400 3,475 1844 1,500,000 1848 2,000,000 The annual production of iron in Great Britain from 1840 to 1846, varied from about 1,200,000 to 1,600,000 tons, according to the demand for railroad iron.+ The above are the quantities of pig iron made at different periods. The quantity of bar iron increased in a corresponding ratio; the usual estimate has been, that seven-tenths of the pig iron is made into bars, bolts, rods, sheets, nails, chains, anchors, &c., &c., by hammering, rolling, slitting and other machinery. It is said that, by the introduction of machinery for rolling iron, instead of hammering it, to convert it into malleable iron bars, bolts, &c., fifteen tons are obtained in twelve hours, while, in the same time, only one ton could be drawn from the hammer. The quantity and value of iron annually made in Great Britain from 1842 to 1844, are stated in Mr. Wattcrston's Cyclopedia of Commerce, as follows: Pig iron, 1,500,000 tons, worth ~4 per ton, ~6,000,000 Cost and profits of converting seven-tenths of it into bars, bolts, &c., 3,000,000 Total value of products of iron, ~9,000,000 exclusive of the additional value produced by converting a part of it into hardware and cutlery. The quantity of pit coal consumed in 1840 in making 1,396,400 tons of pig iron, was estimated at 4,877,000 tons, and in mnaking bar and other wrought iron, 2,000,000 tons. About three-quarters of this prodigious quantity of iron appears to be used in Great Britain; the greater part of it being used in making machinery, steam-engines, railroads, carriages, cars, locomotives, steamboats, and other vessels, cannon, and other firearms, stoves, and ploughs. McCulloch states the quantities exported as follows; in 1767, at 11,000 tons; and the average * See Polter's Progress of the Nation and McCulloch's Statistics 155 ON THE MEI'ALS. annual export during the three years ending with the year 1806, at but 28,000 tons. The quantity of foreign iron consumed in Great Britain and the British iron and hardware exported, are stated by Porter as follows Foreign Iron Britishl Iron ITardware used. exporte(d exported. ;Yeas Ton& Tons. Tons. 1806 27,411 36,925 4,629 1828 13,984 100,403 12,100 1836 18,920 192,352 21,072 1840 13,263 268,328 14,995 1844 21,599 458,745 22,552 The declared or real value of the Britishl iron and steel hard. wares and cutlery exported is stated by Porter in pounds sterling . as follows Iron and Steel. ~ 1,226,617 2,342,674 2,524,859 3,193,368 SEC. 3. Production, and consumption of iron in Fraice, the Unzited States, azd Ireland. The learned M. MIalte Brun in his Geography estimated the produce of the iron mines of France in 1826 at less than 80,000 tons; and Mr. Murray in his Geography estimated it in 1826, on the authority of 3I. Dupin of France, at 161,000 tons. About four-fifths of the fuel consumed in making it consists of wood, and as it is comparatively scarce and dear, the price of iron is proportionably high. The quantity made in France from 1837 to 1841 appears from the official documents to have been as follows, stated in tons; the principal part of the pig iron having been finally converted into the malleable, wrought, or bar iron. Tears. Pig Iron. Malleable Iron. 1837, 321,679 tons. 224,618 tons. 1839, 350,177. 231,761 " 1840, 347,773 " 237,379 " 1640) ~ ~ ~ ~~~~237,379 1841., 377,142 " 263,747 " The quantity of iron and hardware annually imported into Franco from 1840 to 1843, was between twenty and thirty thousand tons; the imports from Great Britain in 1849 amounting to 23,428 tons, 16,464 of which was pig iron. The total annual consumnption of iron iu France, wa flew than 400)000 tons; and less than the I0 150 Hardwaro. 1,3S7,204 2,271,313 1,349,137 2,179,087 TotaL 2,613,821 4,613,987 37873,996. 5,371,455 ON THE METALS. quantity consumed in the United States, by about half as many inhabitants. Prior to the American Revolution, the British government discouraged and prohibited almost every kind of manufactures in this country except those of a domestic character. Mills for rolling and slitting iron and plating forges were prohibited, and many efforts were made to prevent the colonists friom manufacturing any thing for themselves. Very little iron was made in the colonies prior to the Revolution, perhaps not over two or three thousand tons per year. Mr. MIorse, in the fifth edition of his Geography, published in 1805, treating of Pennsylvania, says, " Iron-works are of long standing, and their products increase in quantity, and improve in quality. The furnaces are 16, and the forges 37. The slitting and rolling-mills are said to cut and roll 1500 tons per annum. On the west side of the Allegrany mountains are 1t forges, which by estimation make annually about 400 tons of iron. There are about as many furnaces; some of these have failed for want of ore." The quantity of iron then made annually in Pennsylvania was about 2000 tons, and about the same quantity in Massachusetts, according to Mr. Morse's statements. The quantity of pig-iron made in Pennsylvania in 1839 was over seventy thousand tons. A committee appointed by a convention of manufacturers of iron, held at Philadelphia in 1830, reported the amount of iron made in the United States, as follows: Pig iron, tons, Castings friom the ore at blast furnaces, Bloomed bar iron made from the ore, equal in pig iron at 28 cwt. pig iron, to a ton of bar iron, at Total iron made, reck'd in pigs and cast'gs, 130,881 163,542 The pig iron was all converted into castings, bar iron, nails and other wrought iron. The quantity of iron made in the United States in 1810, 1830 and 1840, according to official reports and estimates, and in 1844, according to the estimates in the March No., 1845, of Hunt's Magazine, was as follows; 1S10. 1880. 1840. 1i44. Pig iron and castings made from the ore (tons,) 53,908 191,536 286,903* 486,000 Bar and other wroughtiron, 24,541 112.866 197,233 291,000 Castings, made from pig iron,.... 121,500 * Perhaps 40,000 tons of the castings were made from pig-iron, leaving only about 25)0,000 tons of iron made from are in 184. I.-07 182S. 108,564 14,840 IS30. 137,073 18,273 7,477 8,194 ON THE METALS. The production in the United States of iron from the ore may be estimated at 250,000 tons during each of the years 1840, 1841 and 1842. It increased rapidly under the tariff of 1842; amounted to nearly 500,000 tons, in 1844; to about 600,000 tons in 1845, and to about 800,000 tons annually during the years 1847 and 1848. The influence of large importations under the tariff of 1846, checked the further increase and caused a decline in the production to about 650,000 tons during the years 1849, 1850 and 1851. The value of the unmanufactured iron and steel (that is the bar and pig iron and steel) and the manufactured iron and steel, (that is the hardware, castings, sheet iron, nails, and cutlery) imported into the United States, have been as follows. 1so9. 1SA4. 1850. Bar and Pig-iron, etc., $6,302,539 $3,313,796 $10,586,795 Hardware, 6,507,510 2,380,027 7,078,603 Total $12,810,049 $5,693,823 $17,665,398 The quantity of unmanufactured iron and steel imported into the United States in 1839 amounted to over 100,000 tons; in 1844 to 68,924 tons, and in 1850 to over 351,000 tons; the weight of the hardware and other manufactures of iron and steel cannot be ascertained with certainty from the custom-house records, but probably amounted to over 40,000 tons in S1839, to 20,000 tons in 1844, and 50,000 tons in 1850; making the whole imports of iron and manufactures of iron in 1839 about 140,000 tons; in 1844 nearly 90,000 tons, and in 1850 about 400,000 tons. The annual consumption of iron and hardware in the United States increased from 1840 to 1850 from less than 400,000 to about 1,000,000 tons; and the annual consumption in Great Britain increased from about 1,000,000 to over 1,300,000 tons; while the consumption in ireland did not probably exceed 50,000 to 75,000 tons. Iron is found in many parts of Ireland; and the great increase of iron works in the early part of the 17th century is said to have been a principal cause of the destruction of the forests. But these having been exhausted, and coal not having been found of such quality and in such quantity as to supply the deficiency, the Irishi iron works have been almost wholly abandoned. Tlhe above are the remarks of McCulloch who states the importation of iron and all manufactures of iron and hardware into Ireland durilng the year 1835, at 49,930 tons. 1 513 ON THE METALS. SEc. 4. Production of Iron and other metials in the several coun tries of Europe. Estimate made in 1826 by Von lalechus, a statistician of Prussia, of the annual production of Iron, Coal, Copper, Lead and Salt in the different countries of Europe.* Iron.'Copper. Tons. Tons. 78.913 1.418 106,160 3,684 225,000 6,000 18,125 -- 117,439 750 4.000 30 6,091 70 56,513 2.500 15,000 9 29,805 1.861 202,750 100 8,750 12 225 - 3.750 - - - 3,405 14 875,926 16,448 375,0001 3.858 3,000'500 1,253,926 20,806 1 The table of Von Malchus seems to have been compiled mostly from official reports, and may be regarded as approximating very nearly to accuracy, except so far as retards Great Britain. As to Great Britain it gives the quantities of the metals produced about the year 1806; the learned writer perhaps not being aware of so rapid an increase in the production of the mines of that country, there being no official reports of the products of iron from 1806, to about the year 1825. It thus appears that, about the year 1825, the annual product of iron and copper in Great Britain was about as great as it was in all Continental Europe; and that the proportion of coal and lead produced in Great Britain, was still greater. The annual product of British iron was then, very likely, from five to ten, and at present from ten to twenty times as great as the whole quantity produced in the Ronan world, during the most flourishing period of the empire. * See the American Almanac for 1833, page 240. I I I I I 1.59 Coal. Tons. 30,650 9.000,000 21770,000 230.000 31-000 43,492 113.000 6,000 16,100 1.025,000 400 5.090 13,270,732 6,000,000 100,000 19,370,732 'Lead. 7,0,)Is. 30 909 15,000 -2,961 521 2. S,-Q 5 4;000 1,05.-, 1,250 1,550 45 132 30,338 5,000 35,.338.1 Salt. Cicts. 65,000 1,818,100 3,630,000 1,216,090 30,000 293.529 5,469,951 555,500 1,022,785 5.000,000 5,800,000 2,650,000 1 51000 4,648,000 3.400,000 35,613,054 ,,,218.000 138,831,954 S-,,.,eden and Norway, Ru —sia, - Denmark, - Great Britain, Holland and Belgium, Prussia, - - ,,axonv, - - Hanoyer, - - Austra and Hungary, Bavaria' - - Other German States, France, - - Spain' - - Portugal, - - Switzerland, - - Italian States, - - Turkey, - - Total (Von LNIalchus,) Add for Great Britain, Do for Ireland, Total, ON THE MAETALS. The quantity of iron annually produced in the United States at thb time (1851) is much greater than was produced in all Europe, half a century since. The iron mines of the United States are numerous and extensive, scattered through more than half the States of the Union, and apparently inexhaustible; and instead of importing annually over 100,000 tons of iron, steel and hardware at an expense of from ten to thirteen millons of dollars, we should divert a portion of our farmers from farming to mining,; make at home the whole quantity of iron, steel and hardware we need; and thus lessen the quantity of agricultural products annually raised, create a home market for thenm, and save our country fron being drained of specie to pay the balance of trade against us. The metals, as has been observed, are the principal instruments and agents, and constitute the very main-spring of productive industry, of every kind. There are but few mines, however, in the world, which could be worked with facility, or to much advantage, until after the invention of gunpowder to blast the rocks, and of the steam engine to raise and clear the mines of water, as well as to raise the ore from the bottom of the mines to the surface of the earth, often several hundred and in some instances over two thousand feet. Without the use of gunpowder, it was obviously impossible for the ancients to do much at mining; and without the use of the steam engine, it was equally impossible to work mnines very deep below the surface of the earth. Though the power of steam had been previously discovered, and many experiments made with it, yet the first person who constructed a machine in which steam was successfully applied to purposes of usefulness, was Captain Thomas Savary, of England, who obtained a patent for his invention in 1698. He applied his steam engine to pumping water out of the Cornish mines, and to raising the ore firom the mines. A material improvement was made in Savary's engine by Thomas Neweomen of Devonshire in 1705; and the movements of the engine were simplified in 1717 by Mr. Beighton, without changing its principle; but after this time, no considerable improvement was made until the great improvements of James Watt about the year 1769. It is therefore safe to say, that mining was never carried on to any great extent in any age or any country, until after the introduction of the steam engine, in the 18th century. The annual products of the mines of England about the time of the revolution of 16S8 are stated in Macaulay's History of England as follows: Iron, 10,000 tons * Copper, 375 tons: T'in, 1,600 tons: Coal consumed in London about 350,000 tons: and in ether parts of the kingdom about as much more. 160 ON THE METALS. Estimate of the number of tons of iron made annually in Europe at different periods, founded on the researches of Von 1Ialchus, Mc Culloch, and others, and taking into consideration the condition of each country, and calculating probabilities as to the quantities produced prior to Von Malchus' estimates; and in nany cases since. IY 1 Years. Great Britain, - - Ireland, - - - France, - - 1 Sweden and Norway, Russla, - - - Prussia, - - Austria and Hungary, German States, - - Belgium, - - - Spain and Portugal, Italian States & Switzerland, The quantity of iron made in the United States according to official returns and reports (as heretofore stated) amounted in 1810 to 53,908 tons: in 1830 to 191,536 tons: in 1840 to about 250,000 tons: in 1850 to about 650,000 tons; and probably did not exceed 10,000 tons, in the year 1800; and 1000 or 2000 tons in the year 1750. As iron is the great handmaid and agent of industry, the quantity of it used by any people, is a test, and evidence of the namount of their productive industry. This test shows the great advancement of the British during the past century; their supeiiority over every other nation in productive industry; and the great superiority of modern over ancient nations. Next to Great 13Britain, the United States, Belgium and France have been lnaking the most rapid progress in productive industry, and wealth. SEC. 5. Of Copper-its ulse and production. It is remarked by MIcCulloch, that if we except gold and silver, copper seems to have been more early known than any other nmetal. In the first ages of the world, before the method of working iron was discovered, copper was the principal ingredient in all domestic utensils, and instruments of war; and even now it is applied to so mnany purposes, as to rank next to iron in utility. Alloys of copper are numerous, and of great value. Those of copper and zinc, forming brass and bronze, are the most ancienit, and the most common; but those of copper and tin are perhaps the most important. Tin alloyed with copper makes it more I I I I 101 1500 1700 1750 1800 i 1840 7,500 2.500 14.000 41000 1,000 5,000 8.000 71000 4.000 81000 3.000 64,000 14,000 5,000 22.000 10 000 3,000 10,000 16,000 10,000 5,000 8.000 41000 107,000 25.000 -71000 ,,o,ooo is' 000 18,000 18,000 20,000 12,000 8.000 8.000 4.000 168,000, 150,000 1,300.000 4.000 2.000 60,000 350,000 40.000 80,000 40,000 1-80.,OOO 40.000 130,000 40,000 90,000 20.000 65,000 20,000 135.000 8.000 91000 5.000 10,000 4-,'27,000 12,3,')I,000 Total, ON THE METALS. fusible, less liable to rust, or to be corroded by tihe air and othler substances, harder, denser and more sonorous. This is the kind of alloy in use among the natives of Mexico, at the time of the discovery of America, and with which they constructed axes other tools, and instruments of industry. Copper is spoken of in Brande's Encyclopedia of Science and Art, as an abundant metal; and though it is found in many ores, and in many countries, yet it is a very scarce metal, and found in but few places and mines, and in but small quantities, compared with iron. Great Britain has various copper mines, in Cornwall, Devonshire, Wales, &c., but particularly in the first. Thou(gh known long before, the Cornish copper mines were not wrought with much spirit until the last century. From 1726 to 1735, the mines of England and Wales produced on an average annually, only about 700 tons of pure copper; during the ten years from 1766 to 1775, they produced on an average 2,650 tons annually; in 179S, the produce exceeded 5,000 tons; and in 1830, !*lcCulloch estimated their produce at 12,000 tons, the produce of the mines of Scotland about 2,000 tons, and the Irish mines 500 tons, making the annual product of all the mines of the United Kingdom at that time 14,500 tons. MIcCulloch states that copper ores are abundant in Sweden, Saxony, Russia, Persia, Japan, China, and Chili; that in the province of Dalecarlia in Sweden, there is a celebrated copper nmine, supposed to have been worked nearly 1000 years; which, in the forepart of the 17th century, yielded an annual product of nearly 4,000 tons of pure copper; but it has since greatly declined. He quotes Thomson's travels in Sweden, p. 221. This statement sounds a little fabulous, when we take into consideration the products of the Cornwall mines, and the low state of productive industry, at that period, and also the fact that but about 723 tons of copper were exported from Stockholm, the principal place of export, in the year 1832. The product of the copper mines in the province of Olenetz, in Russia, is estimated at 3,375 English tons a year. The copper mines of Chili are also very rich, and their produce is imported into Calcutta and Canton, direct from Valparaiso. The copper mines of Japan are said to be among the richest in the world; the Dutch annually import about 700 tons of their produce into Batavia, and the Chinese from 800 to 1000 into Canton and other ports. Considerable quantities of copper are exported from the Persian mines, and some from the Russian mines of Georgia into Calcutta. Dr. Ure states the products of all the Russian copper mines in 1830 at 8,860 tons; in 1831 at 3,904 tons; in 1832 at 3,620 tons; and in 1833 but 3,387 tons. 162 ON TIIE METAL,. This and the table of Von Mialchus comprise the suibstalice of the mleagre accounts I have met with in relation to the quantity of copper produced in the world; from which it would appear, that the products of the mines of Great Britain are greater than the products of the mines of all the rest of Europe, and probably nearly as much as those of the mines of all the rest of the world. The quantity of copper and nmanufactures of copper and brass, exported from Great Britain, and their value, have been as follows Copper and Copper. Brass. To,ns. 6,098 9,157 9,111 5,926 9867,344 1,094,749 1,450,464 1736)545 Brass is an alloy of copper and zinc; the excess of copper and brass over pure copper, shows the quantity of brass exported, and also the rapid increase of the exportation of products of brass. Very little copper has been heretofore produced in the United States; in 1844, the value of copper imported was $l,370,274, and the quantity retained for consumption no less than $1,26S,977; nearly two-thirds of which came from Great Britain, a little from Holland, and nearly all the balance firom South America and the IVest India Islands. The value imported into the United States annually on an average of five years, ending September 30th, 1838, amounted to about $1,300,000; and the quantity annually imported must have been about 2,500 tons. The recent explorations and mining operations in the upper peninsula of Michigan, Isle Royal, and on the northern shore of Lake Superior, seem to render it probable, that nearly the whole coast of that Lake, and part also of the north eastern coast of Lake Huron, are filled with veins of native copper, and copper ore, which will yield vast quantities of copper and much silver; that the mines and veins are more numerous and extensive than all those which have been hitherto wrought in the world; that the hills are of such moderate height, the climate so favorable to health and physical energy, and the facilities for transporting the ores and copper by navigable waters so great, that they can be worked to better advantage, and cheaper, than almost any other mines on the earth. If our citizens will turn their attention to the business of mining and smelting copper, they can soon supply 163 Years. Value. To,-zs. 1820 1830 1835' IS40 1844 9,479 12,104 15,557 19,444 ON THE METALS. SEC. 6. Tin-Its Use and Production. IcCulloch states in his Corn. Dict., title tin, that the ores of this metal are found in comparatively few places; the principal, and perhaps the only ones are Cornwall, Galicia, Erzgeberg in Saxony, Bohemia, the Malay countries, China, and Banca in Asia. They are peculiar to primitive rocks, generally in granite, either in veins or beds, and are often associated with cop per and iron pyrites.. Brande says it is also found in small quantities in Mexico and Chili. Tin is principally used as a covering of other metals; to cover iron and prevent it from oxydizing, or rusting, and also to cover copper. Thin plates of iron are dipped into molten tin, which not only covers the iron entirely, but penetrates it, and gives the whole a white color. It is then called sheet tin, and is used for a gr(aat variety of kitchen and cooking utensils, and sometimes to cover the roofs of buildings. It is also alloyed with lead, to form pewter; but as tin is used only as an alloy, and as a very thin covering to other metals, the quantity needed is very trifling, when compared with iron, lead, and some other nmetals, anid very small also when compared with copper and silver. T'he tin mines of Cornwall have been worked from a vely remote era. The voyages of the Phoenicians to the Cassiterides, or tin islands, are mentioned by Herodotus, lib. iii. c. 115. After the destruction of Carthage, the British tin trade, which was always reckoned of peculiar importance, was carried on by the merchants of Marseilles, and subsequently by the I{oinans. Besides BiBitain, Spain furnished the ancients with considerable quantities of tin; but we have no precise information as to the purposes to which they applied it, except to cover copper vessels. Mr. MicC. remarks, that Queen Elizabeth brought over to England some German miners, by whom some of the processes were improved. During the civil wars, the mines were much neglected; but at the commencement of the last century, the business of mining was carried on with renewed vigor; and from 1720 to 1740, the annual produce of the British mines was about 2,100 tons. The produce went on gradually increasing, till it amounted, in the ten years frontom 1790 to 1800, to 3,254 tons a year. During the next fifteen years, it was under 3000 tons per year; since that time it has increased, and in 1827 and 1828 amounted to nearly 5000 tons each year, and in 1837 to 5,130 tons; and he says the average produce of the mines, might then be estimated at 4,500 tons annually, about one-fourth part of which is exported, and three-fourths of it used at home. He gives a table embracing an estimate of the annual produce of the east coast of the Mialay peninsula at 17)000 pieuls; of the. 164 ON TtE METALS. west coast of that peninsula, including Banca and the neighboring islands, at 53,000 piculs; making in all 70,000 piculs, or little over 4,000 tons, each picul being about 136 pounds. He says the average export from Singapore, during each of the years, 1 S20 and 1827, amounted to 16,342 piculs, or about 970 tons, and that the great marts for the consumption of tin are China, Hindostan, and the continent of Europe. The annual export of tin from the Island of Java firom 1828 to IS37 is stated at 36,000 piculs, or a little over 2,000 tons. From these facts it would seem that the total annual product of all the tin mines of the world does not exceed 15,000 tons, about one-third part of which is from the single island of Great Britain. The amount specified as exported to the United States in 1833, is about 23721 tons; and the value of tin imported into the United States in 1842, is stated in the report of the Secretary of the Treasury at $28,599, and of glazed or tinned hollow ware at $26,742. He gives a table showing the quantity of British and of foreign (Banca and Malay) tin exported by the British to different countries of Europe, America, and western Asia, in 1833, specifying the quantities shipped for each, showing an aggregate of about 1,250 tons of British tin, and about 2,000 tons of foreign tin shipped that year. The value of tin, and of tin and pewter wares exported from Great Britain annually on an average from 1831 to 1835. inclusive, amounted to ~284,295; and in 1844 to ~506,691. SEC. 7. Lead-Its Use and Production. Lead is one of the most useful metals. From its great durability it is extensively used in the construction of water pipes and cisterns, and as a covering for fiat surfaces or tops of buildings and when converted into a carbonate of lead, or white lead, it is mixed with oil and serves as the basis of white paint, and also as the principal basis of paints of several other colors. Alloyed with tin, it forms pewter, and with antimony, it forms the alloy with which printing types are made.. The lead mines of Great Britain have been worked from a very remote era; but those of Derbyshire only were explored previous to 1829. Their products cannot be accurately ascertained, but were estimated by' McCulloch in 1833 as follows: those of Derbyshire from 5,000 to 6,000 tons annually; those of Cutmberland and Northumberland from 11,000 to 12,000 tons, and the Scotch mines at 4,120 tons annually. He estimated their products in his,Register in 1839 at from 45,000 to 50,000 tons annually. He states the quantity of lead, and manufacturoes of 165 OX THE METALS. lead exported in 1821, at 19,770 tons, and in 1833 at 13,898 tons; in 1844 it amounted to 15,664 tons. He attributes the great fall in price since 1825, principally to the vast supplies of that metal that have been recently furnished by the mines of Adra, in Grenada in Spain; and says the richness of the ore and the facility with which it is obtained enable the Spaniards, who are but indifferently skilled in the arts of mining, to undersell every other people, and to supply most markets to which they have access. So much is this the case, that several of the;east productive of the lead mines of Germany, and other countries, have been already abandoned; and it it is even doubtful if the duties on foreign lead will be sufficient to hinder some of the British mines from sharing the same fate. He says the consumption of lead in France is rapidly increasing; that it is nearly all imported; that the imports averaged annually from 1819 to 1822 inclusive 6,211,500 kilogrammes, and in 1829 and 1830, 15,742,192 kilogrammes annually, and that the imports are almost entirely firom Spain; and he attributes the increased consumption in France to the fall of thle price. A kilogramme is nearly two and one-fourth pounds avoirdupois weight, and 1,000 kiloyrammes about a ton; showing the quantity imported into France in S1830 to have been about 15,740 tons. He estimated the quantity produced in the United States in ten years, from 1823 to 1832, inclusive, at 55,903,888 pounds; equal to about 25,000 tons, or 2,500 tons annually. The quantity produced from the mines of the United States in 1839, according to the returns with the census of 1840, was equal to nearly 14,000 tons, and the quantity mined is increasing with great rapidity. The quantity of lead exported from the United States, as reported among our domestic exports for the year 1842, was about 6,500 tons, valued at $523,428; and the quantity exported during the year ending June 30th, 1844, amounted to nearly 8,200 tons, valued at $595,238. The imports into the United States of lead, besides white and red lead, during the eight years, ending Sept. 30thl, 1828, amounted to $2,010,981, or an average annually of $251,372; in 1841 they amounted to $3,702, and since that time to only a few hundred dollars annually. The imports of lead into the United States during the year ending'September 30, 1835, amounted to over 1,500,000 pounds, valued at $54,112, and the red and white lead imported amounted to 832,215 pounds, valued at $50,225. The value of lead exported the same year amounted to only $17,346, leaving a balance against the United States that year for lead, of nearly $86,991; while the balance in favor loo 0N THE METALS. of the United States in 1844 for lead exported, over and above the amount imported, was no less than $582,884; showing a difference in favor of the United States, between the years 1835 and 1844, of no less than $629,875. Prior to 1835, the imports of lead into the United States were large; the present balance in their favor is of great consequence; and there is no good reason why the United States should not soon supply themselves with iron and copper, as well as lead, and have a surplus of each to export, instead of importing to the amount of from ten to twelve millions of dollars annually. lhe quantity of lead, copper, and minanganese produced by the minies of France in 1841, and the quantity imported that year for consumption, is stated as follows: Lead produced from the mines 638 tons. Imported 17,375 tons. Copper do do 100 " do 9,9 10 " ]langanese do do 4,978 " do 1,341 " SEc. S. On Zinzc-its use, and the trade in it. Zinc appears to be a rare metal, found in but few countries, and in no very great quantities. )IcCulloch says it is procured in Flintshire in Wales, and in the Isle of Man; in the province of Yunan in China; and in Gleinitz in Upper Silesia, from which latter place, the foreign zinc brought into England is principally procured. Besides its employment in the mianufacture of brass, bell metal, &c., to alloy with copper, zinc has of late years been formed into plates, and applied to many uses for which lead was formerly used, such as the roofing of buildings, the manufacture of water spouts, dairy pans, &c. I have not met with any statement of the amount produced in Great Britain, or in any other country. The imports into Great Britain in 1831 were 3,820 tons, and the exports 3,134 tons, and in ]832 the imports amounted to 3,438 tons, and the exports to 2,487 tons. The value of the zinc imported into the United States in 1842 was $105,984, and in 1844 it amounted to $113,099, only $1,139 of which was re-exported. From these statements, it is evident that the quantity produced in the world is comparatively small, and that it is a metal of no very great importance, as it is principally used as a substitute for tin, lead, and pewter, on account of being cheaper than those metals. McCulloch lremarks that the word zinc occurs for the first time in the writings of Paracelsus, who died in 1541; but the method of extracting it from its ores was not known until the early part of the last century. 167 ON THE METAL& SEc. 9. Coal-its use anld production. Fuel is as necessary to the existence and comfort of man in cold climates, as either bread, meat, or clothing. Though coal is of very little use to a people in a new country, while wood for fuel is abundant; yet a dense population cannot exist in a cold climate without great difficulty and suffering, unless they have a good supply of pit or mineral coal for fuel to warm their dwellings and work-shops, as well as to propel machinery. The peat of Ireland serves as a partial but poor substitute for coal. There are no means of ascertaining with accuracy the quantity of coal raised from the mines of Great Britain; the quantity shipped coastwise from one port to another, and to Ireland in 1841 was 7,649,899 tons; 1,848,294 tons were exported the same year to British colonies and foreign countries; the consumption of the British iron works annually was estimated at 6,877,000 tons, and the quantity consumed in the manufacture of glass, cotton, wool, flax, silk, copper, tin, and in the potteries, about as much more, or nearly 7,000,000 tons; nearly all of which was used on the spot, and not included in any accounts of shipments. Beside this, large quantities are used for fuel near the mines, not included in the shipments, and the total quantity produced by the mines were estimated at over 30,000,000 tons annually. McCulloch in his RIegister estimated it in 1839 at 31,024,417 tons; which serves as' a substitute for about 40,000,000 cords of wood. The production of coal in Great Britain has increased with the increase of the mining and manufacturing industry, and the num ber of the inhabitants. The number of coal fields opened in France in 1836 was forty six, and in 1841 they numbered sixty-two, comprising 256 mines, situated in forty-one of the sixty-eight departments; of which number, nine furnished anthracite coal only, fourteen lignite only, and the remaining thirty-nine furnished bituminous coal, five of them yielding anthracite coal also. The following statement shows, in round numbers, the number of tons of coal raised from the French coal mines at four different periods, and the quantity in tons of foreign coal consumed in France during the same years: 1836. 1841. 2,544,835 3,410,200 999,452 1,619,1660 3,517,000 4,9801000 Tons raised, Foreign coal consumed, Total consumed in France., tllc exports of coal being small. Of the imports of coal in 1841, it i. stated that 992,226 tons were from Belgium; 196,502 tons 168 1814. 665,610 165,345 820,000 1826. 1,301,045 505.180 1, 800,000 ON TIIE METALIS. from the Rhenish provinces of Prussia and Bavaria; 429,950 tons from Great Britain, and only 482 tons from all other countries. The number of workmen employed in raising the various kinds of coal in France in 1841, was 29,320, of whom 22,595 worked in the mines. The production of pit or mineral coal in the United States in 1839, was about 1,800,000 tons. SEC. 10. Salt-the production and consumption. All the salt made in the United States, is made by either boiling or solar evaporation of salt water, and is strictly a manufactured and not a mineral product; but the principal part produced in Europe is taken from mines in a crystallized state (See the table from Von Malchus ante, section 4.) Porter states the production and exportation of salt from Great Britain and Ireland as follows: ,:portation. Buslhels 7,475,025 10,499,778 8,317,029 12,847,663 13,476,884 Proluction. . Cwts. 6,347,280 8,666,440 7,200,080 11,063,280 11,062,240 The whole of this large quantity of salt was produced in England, and no part of it in Ireland; and in addition to the exportation to the colonies and foreign countries above stated, large quantities are exported to Ireland for the supply of that country, which amounted during the year 1835, to 1,646,614 bushels. Though we produced in the United States in 1839-6,179,174 bushels, and the production has been annually increasing since that time, yet there were imported into the United States in 1S50 -1 1,224,185 bushels, at an expense of $1,237,186; the exports are but a trifle. M3acaulay says the first bed of rock salt discovered in Great Britain, was found in Cheshire in the reign of Charles II, but it does not appear 1o have been worked during that age. SEC. 11. General reflections. Iron, the most useful of all the metals, is diffused throughout the earth, and is found in greater or less quantities in alniost every country, but is much the most abundant in high northern latitudes. Comparatively little iron ore is found in any of the countries bordering on the Mediterranean sea, and it would seem from ancient profane history, as well as from the scriptures, that copper and its alloy, brass, and even silver, and in western Europe, tin also, were about as abundant, and used in nearly as 8 169 yftm 1827 1830 1835 1840 1844 ON TIUE METALS. large quantities as iron. The quantity of copper producc(led in Europe and western Asia at this time, from the best information I have been able to collect, does not exceed 25,000 tons annually; and including all Asia, America, and the West Indies, not over 31,000 tons; and it is not probable, in the comparativly low state of the natural sciences, and of mininz and other productive industry among the Roman people, that the annual product of copper could have been more than 10,000 tons, and of iron nmore than from 20,000 to 30,000 tons, or 50,000 tons annually at the most, during the most flourishing period of the Roman Empire. It is only during the last century, that much attention has be en given to statistics, and all the estimates prior to that tinme, are founded on the state of science, industry, and condition of the people; but those of a recent period are mostly of an official character, and generally collected with care. It appears that at this time, Great Britain produces about half of all the iron made in the world; nearly half the copper; and nearly one-third part the tin; beside a pretty large supply for home consumption of lead, and some for export; and also a considerable supply of zinc, and several other metals of minor importance; but if we look back no further than the revolution of 1688, prior to the invention of the Steam Engine by Capt. Savary, to a period before that revolution and the revocation of the edict of Nantes had produced much effect upon the relative condition and enterprise of Great Britain and France, we shall find that the products of British industry, and of British mines, did not exceed those of many other countries of Europe in proportion to the number of inhabitants. Only a century and a half since, the commerce of Holland was more extensive than that of Great Britain; and the producetive industry and wealth of England and Wales scarcely exceeded that of Holland and Belg,iumn, with less than half as much territory. Holland then had extensive possessions in the East Indies, and Great Britain nothing but a few trading factories; whereas she now holds dominion over a hundred millions of people, who have been conquered by a company of British merchants. A century since, (in 1750) Great Britain did not hold a foot of territory on the continent of America, which she now holds; all her western possessions consisted of a few smnall Islands in the West Indies, the original thirteen states of thi.i Union, and the unsettled territories attached to them, comprising about one million and a half of inhabitants. Prior to the accession of Henry VII. to the throne in 1485, England was mostly a grazing country; poor when compared with the Italian States, Spain, l?rance, Burgundy, (now Holland and 170 ON THE METALS Belgium,) and even Portugal; and though her herds of cattle and sheep were numerous, which constituted her chief wealth, and her population was less than one-fith part as great as it is now, yet it would appear from the frequent dearths and famines, that the quantity of grain raised, was much less, and probably not half as great, in proportion to the population, as it is now. The tin and lead mines were then considerably worked, (as they were the most productive of any in Europe,) and tin, lead, wool, and a few coarse, unfinished woollen cloths, which were sent to ]3urgundy or Flanders to be dyed, dressed, and finished, were the principal exports. Jacob says, in his historical enquiry in relation to the precious metals, Chap. xii: p. 183, that "By comparing the price of wool as given in the reign of Edward the Third, with the exchequer records of the year 1354, we find that the quantity of wool exported amounted to full 12,715,200 pounds weight. Besides the wool, there were in the same year coarse cloths exported, whose value amounted to ~16,266 in the money of that time, or to $41,490, in our present money. Wool then, and up to the latter part of the sixteenth century, constituted the principal part in value, of the exports of the kingdom. During the 13th and 14th centuries the average annual exports were only between two and three hundred thousand.pounds sterling-during the 16th century they amnountted to from 21,000,000 to ~1,500,000 annually; during the first half of the 17th century, to from ~2,000,000 to ~2,500,000; and during the reign of Charles Second, to about ~3,000,000 per annum. The average exports of Great Britain during the three years ending with 1701, amounted to ~6,449,594;-during six years ending with ]1755, they amounted to ~12,220,974-and during eight years ending with 1792, to ~18,621,942. The official value of the exports of the products of Great Britain and Ireland in 1835 amounted to ~77,932,616; and in 1S44 to ~131,564,503. The standard prices of official valuations have not been changed since 1696; and they therefore show the relative quantities of goods exported at different periods. But a mnere trifle is exported from Ireland. Nearly half the exports during the 17th century consisted of woollen goods; at present about half their exports consist of manilfactures of cotton, and cotton yarn. The manufacture and trade in cotton has grown up since the year 1780, and the commiierce with Great Britain has been doubled by that means. The reason why the commerce of Great Britain was so small up to the revolu tion of 1688, and even up to the American revolution, was thisthey had very little to export which any nation wanted 171 ON TIIL- METALS. Henry VII and his successors encouraged domestic manufaetures and commerce; and as soon as these branches of industry, together with mining, began to improve and flourish, agriculture improved with them, until England became an agriculturtal as well as a manufacturing country. Mining and manufactures not only supply the tools, and instruments of agriculture, but they create a market for, and raise the prices of agricultural products and thus stimtulate agricultural industry. The quantity of wheat raised annually in Great Britain is now eight or ten times as great as it was three centuries since-and that of other grains and vegetables about three or four times as much. These are singular facts, and show the close dependence of agriculture on commerce, and on mining, mechanical and manufacturing industry. The amount of iron now used in Great Britain in the shape of tools and instruments for agricultural purposes, is probably ten times as great as it was two centuries since. Ploughs were then rude things made of wood, with only a point of iron; now all that part running in the ground is made of iron. Then the farmer could only scratch the surface of the earth a very little-but now he can plough as deep as he pleases. The agricultural tools of the present day render labour two or three times as effective as it was then, enable the farmer to plough his lands deeper., better, and easier, to cultivate them more thoroughly and subdue themn more perfectly; and therefore they produce more abundantly. To make the machinery of Great Britain and her railroads required an immense amnount of iron, and a large quantity is required annually for new mills, factories, machinery, railroads, &c, &c., as well as to repair the old, and supply such as has been worn out. Nearly all her machinery is moved by the Steam Engine, by means of coal. Her manufactures are thus dependent on the products of her mines. The manufactures and domestic products exported from Great Britain have increased with, and nearly as fast as the aggregate products of her mines of iron, copper, tin, lead and zinc, which have caused, as well as furnished the instruments of her increased productive industry. While England remained a grazing country, up to the end of the 17th century, and her principal exports were wool, coarse, unfinished, not dyed woollen cloths, a small quantity of tin, copper and hardware, and a few horses and cattle, the people were comparatively poor, and the nation feeble, and the popultion doubled only once in three or four centuries. Duiing the first half of the eighteenth century, when the people turned their attention more to mining and manufactures, agriculture finding 172 ON THE METALS. better markets, improved more rapidly than it had ever done before; the people were much better supplied than at any previous period, with grain as well as vegetables, and for the first time in her history, Great Britain exported large quantities of grain, and her population increased about 24 per cent. in fifty years. After the British people had made great progress in inventions, and in mining and manufacturing industry, and about one-tlird part only of the adult male population were engaged in agriculture, the population has increased nearly four times as fast, dturin the present century, as it did during the first half of the last century; and agriculture is so much improved, that if they did not import a bushel of grain, the whole people, though nearly six times as numerous as they were three centuries and a half since, would not only be much better housed, and supplied with better clothing, lodging, fuel and other necessaries, but better supplied with bread, vegetables, and every kind of food except meat. at the present time, than they were then. Her manufacturing power and industry is based on the production of her mines; her mining and manufacturing industry furnishes nearly all the materials of her immense commerce, and is the source of her great wealth and power; and by means of the improvements in tools and implements furnished by the mechanic arts, and the valuable markets furnished by her millions engaged in mining, manufactures and commerce, her agriculture has been improved to a degree unequalled in any country, in any age of the world. We have in the United States supplies of ores of iron, copper, and lead, in all probability, more abundant than Great Britain, and much more easily obtained, than they can be in that country at this day. We have also large and numerous coal fields, an unlimited amount of water power, extensive forests and an abundant supply of timber, and the means of furnishing ourselves with a domestic supply of wool, flax, hemp, and silk, as well as cotton for manufacturing, four or five, if not ten times as great, as can be supplied by the British Isles. The natural advantages of the United States would seem to be much greater than those of Great Britain; and we are nearly as much advanced in wealth, and much mnore so in mining and manufacturing industry, than she was half a century since. What then is our correct policy? Is it to confine our industry mostly to agriculture as England did prior to the year 16SS, to discourage mining and manufactures by means of free trade, and try to feed the British and French, and let them clothe us, and furnish us with the metals we need? Shall we follow the example of England of the 16th and 17th centuries, which kept her poor and feeble? Or shall we follow her example of the 18th and 19th centuries which has made her 173 ON THE METALS. rich and powerful? Skall we remain tributary to England, as we, were while colonies, and keep ourselves poor as agriculturists, to foster and enrick her mantfacturers and miners, or skall we mnake ourselves independent, and improve our condition, by furnishing the metals and manufactures for ourselves? Gold and silver will be treated of in another chapter 174 CHAPTER VIII. O0 THE ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE AND THE MECHANIC ARTS, AND THEIR EFFECTS UPON THE HEALTHY CONDITION, AND INCREASE OF MAN. SEC. 1. Origin and condition of the utseftl arts, and of ag,ricutl t?zre among ancient nations. THE native Mexicans were unacquainted with the use of iron at the time of the discovery of America, but had learned the art of miining and forging copper, and hardening it, with which they iuiade a rough species of edge tools to work in wood, as well as imnplements of a rude character for digging up and cultivating the earth. It seems, however, that they had no domestic animals which they used as beasts of burden, no knowledge of the use of animals for ploughing( or drawing wheeled carriages, and that they had no such thing as a plough or wheeled carriage, wagon, or vehicle of any kind. When the nations about the eastern part of the Mediterranean sea first learned the use of wheeled carriages and ploughs, is unknown, as that time was prior to the period of authentic profane history, and the sacred Scriptures are silent on the subject. At the time of the Trojan war, nearly twelve hundred years before Christ, wheeled carriages seem to have been common among the Greeks. In 1 Kings xix. 19, which was nearly nine hundred years before the birth of Christ, we read of Elisha's ploughing with twelve yoke of oxen. The Indians north of MIexico, at the time of the discovery of America, had some riude axes and other instruments and implements made of stone, with which they could dig up and cultivate the earth by manual labor; but it must have been a very laborious and slow process; and it was utterly impossible to do much in cultivating the earth, in such a mode, and with such implements. Agriculture must necessarily have been confined to the raising of a few vegetables and the cultivation of a mere trifle of grain. Such was the con dition of the Canaanites and of all the nations of Western Asia, at the time the Israelites went down to Eogypt to buy corn; hence f;'iines were common in those days. The art of masonry, making mortar, making and burning brick, and the use of brick, stone, and mortar in building dwelling O17 o THE ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE, houses and constructing temples, walls for the defence of cities, &c.. was also learned at a very early period of the world. This we know from the accounts in the Scriptures of the building of the cities of Babylon and Nineveh, and the accounts of profane history of the building of the city of Thebes, in TJpper Egypt. The ruins of Thebes exhibit columns, statues, and fabrics of stone, curiously wrought with the chisel, and many of themn cut out of a single solid stone of such an immense size, that it required a great number of men, and the most powerful machinery and complicated mechanism to move them fiom the beds where. they were quarried, and elevate them to their proper positions; where they have remained for thousands of years, no human being can determine how long, monuments of the mechanical power, skill, and industry of the Thebans. The Thebans must have been acquainted with iron, making and using edge tools, and working in wood, otherwise it would have been impossible for them to make wheeled-carriages, build scaffolds, and construct machinery of sufficient power to move many miles, and elevate to their respective places, such immense columns and stones of various shapes and sizes. Those cities were built and all these things were done when agriculture, strictly speaking (that is, cultivating the earth by ploughing or otherwise digging it up, and sowing grain,) was in its infancy and scarcely known. The Egyptians seem to have been the first nation that made any considerable proficiency in the mechanic arts, and particularly in the arts of building and sculpture, as well as in agriculture, about or nearly 2,000 years before the Christian era, as is supposed; and these arts spread from there to Western Asia, and to Greece, and from there to Rome, and the nations of Europe. The mechanic arts in E,g?pt were in advance of agriculture, whic/h followed, and cotld neither precede them, nor advance any faster than they did; and such would appear to be the condition of all countries, if we except, perhaps, colonies; agriculture is dependent upon the Mnechanic arts, andl upon commerce, and cannot advance any faster than they advance. The Israelites were at first a pastoral, and eventually became an agricultural people; the Tyrians, as well as the Egyptians, Assyrians, and many other nations, were greatly in advance of them in the mechanic arts. When King Solomon formed the design of building a great and magnificent temple at Jerusalem, hlie sent to Hiram, King of Tyre, for carpenters and laborers to get out the timber and do the wood-work, assigning as a reason, that the Tyrians were more skilfal mechanics and workers in wood than the Israelites. These Tyrian carpenters and laborers AND THE MECHIANIC ARTS. were paid by Solomon, with provisions and other agricultuw'al products. See 1 Kings, Chap. v., 6-9. SEC. 2. Imnprovements in agricultural implements in modern times. The tools and implements of husbandry of the first necessity, consist of the plough, spade, or pick-axe, hoe, pruning-hook, wagon, and axe. The ploughs in use among the Egyptians, Hebrews, Greeks, and Romans, were of various shapes and rude form, some of them having a little iron share, and a piece of wood very ill constructed, intended as a mould-board to turn over the ground, but the majority of ploughs had nothing of the kind. In more modern times, some ploughs were made with wheels, and the mould-board was improved in shape, and became better adapted to use; but the plough was still a large, ill-shapen, rough wooden instrument, until after the invention of iron mould-boards, and iron landsides fitted to shares, constituting all that part of a plough which runs in the ground. The first iron ploug(h was made of wrought iron in Scotland, towards the close of the eighteenth century. Cast-iron ploughs were invented soon afterwards, and were introduced into general use in Great Britain and maiiy parts of the United States in the first part of the nineteenth century. As all that part of the plough which runs in the ground is now made of iron, it soon wears perfectly smnooth, runs much easier, cuts a more uniform furrow, and turns it over smoother, and more perfectly, than a wooden plough possibly can. It does its work much better and faster than a wooden plough, and requires not over half as much animal power to draw it through the ground. It is one of the greatest and most important improvements in agricultural implements which has ever been made. During the present century, carriages and wagons have been greatly improved, and made to run much easier, by the introduction of iron axle-trees, the use of more iron in their construction, and making the woodwork lighter. All the implements of agriculture have been greatly improved during the present century, and many new ones have been invented, such as machines and instruments for threshing, planting, hoeing, raking hay, &c. Very little improvement seemns to have been made in agricultural implements for thousands of years, until after the middle of the eighteenth century; in fact, ti,e whole history of the world shows, that agriculture is the last department of industry iz which improvements have usually been made; and whea made, that they have been, in most cases, only new applications of some mechanical power or instrument previously usel. 177 178 ON THE ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURES SEC. 3. Civilization-its origin in warm climates. The art of building with brick and stone was broughtt to a tolerable state of perfection, first in Upper Egypt at Thebes, and afterwards at Babylon, Tyre, Sidon, Lower Egypt, Asia Minor, and Greece, whilst most of the other mechanic arts and agriculture were in a comparative state of infancy. This may have been owing to the following causes; in the warm climates of Egypt, south-western Asia, and in the valleys of the rivers Tigris and Euphrates, the earth produced enough spontaneously, and with very little attention from man, to supply hini with food; the warmth and even temperature of the climate seemed not to require much clothing; and the scorckin,g sun in the heat of the day, re,telred a dwelling to shelter himl from its rays, ace object of greater necessity, than any thing else which nature did not furnish him. Hence a dwelling, was the first, and greatest object of necessity which man was required to furnish for himself, by his own art and industry; and hence large and magnificent dwellings, palaces, castles, and temples, became objects of pride, ambition, and rivalship, among the wealthy and powerful, which stimulated kings and princes to tax their subjects to labor for years, for the erection of vast fabrics, for the gratification of their vanity, pride and ambition. The inventive genius of man being exercised for centuries in making the necessary edge tools to work in wood; in constructing wheeled-carriages, and machinery for moving the materials, and raising them; and in devising and inventing all the tools, implements and mechanical powers, which constituted the great chain of means proper and necessary to be used in constructing and erecting those vast monuments; these means, implements, and tools suggested to his mind the mode of gratifying other wants, and providing himself with other comforts, and were converted to other uses; and thus led the way to other and more extensive inventions and improvements in the mechanic arts, and to the application of many of them to agricultural purposes. Architecture seems to have been among the first of the mechanic arts, which occupied the attention of man, and led the way to the introduction of other arts, and to the civilization of mankind. The germ of civilization thus put forthi, and bore its firstfruits in warm climates, and was transplanted from age to age, by colonists, travellers, merchants, and warriors, to more northern countries. In the cold and severe climates of the north, the earth produced spontaneously very few fruits, scarcely any grains, and very little vegetable food of any kind wholesome for man; he found it necessary to live mostly on animal food, and was overwhelmed with wants. The severity of the climate in winter, rendered not only a warm hut or cabin, but a goodly quantity of AND THE MECHANIC ARTS. warm clothing absolutely necessary to his existence; and the only practicable mode of living, was by hunting, as he could live on the flesh, and clothe himself with the skins of his game; and if he had any surplus skins, he could use them in covering his cabin, and making it more comfortable. Not only the sciences, but nearly all the mechanic arts, the civilization of the world, and the improvements, inventions and productive industry of man in agriculture, as well as in the mechanic arts and in commerce, and the principal part of the human family, were confined to warm and dry climates, to the warm countries bordering on the Mediterranean sea, and the southern parts of Asia. In fact, in those periods of the world, when the mechanic arts were comparatively in their infancy, man enjoyed so few comforts of life, and was subject to so many privations and sufferings from the severity of the weather, cold and dampness of the atmosphere in high latitudes, as to produce very great mortality, particularly among children-and render it impossible for the inhabitants to increase. Though Italy is not larger than the island of Great Britain, and now contains but few nmore inhabitants, and in a few years will contain less; yet the population of Italy was probably seven or eight times as great as that of Great Britain, during the second and third centuries after the Christian era. The early civilization of the old world was entirely confined to countries lying below the 35th degree of latitude; from thence it spread to Asia Minor, the isles of the Mediterranean Sea, and to Greece, and extended to the 40th degree of latitude, where it remained until the Roman power extended it a few degrees farther north. In those early ages, all the inhabitants living above the 50th degree of latitude, subsisted by hunting and fishing; and those living between the 40th and 50 degrees of latitude subsisted mostly in the same manner, though some of them were wandering shepherds, and subsisted upon the flesh of their flocks and herds, and made clothing and tents of their skins. These were the only niodes of existence in countries where the winters were cold and severe, before any considerable progress had been made in the mechanic arts. To cultivate the earth without tools and implements of husbandry, was impossible; and such tools and implements cannot be made, until a people have made some progress in the useful arts. For want of fixed habitations, and of scythes and instrumients to cut and secure hay for their flocks, they were under the necessity in many countries, of going south in winter, and returniing again to the north in summer. I. Compte, a learned French philosopher, in a very able work, entitled'" Traite de Legisla,tion," shows that in the early ages of 170 180 ON THE ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE, the world, and until within a comparatively few centuries, the natives of all the isles of the ocean, as well as the inhabitants of continents, in cold climates, were generally more rude and savage, and had made less progress in civilization and productive industry, than those of warm climates. This is the case with our North American Indians even at this day; those of the south have made more progress in civilization, are generally more intelligent, have more industry, and are more inclined than those of the north, to abandon the chase, and live like the whites, by agriculture and the mechanic arts. A hunting people live very much isolated and scattered, have but few bonds of union, very little society, and scarcely any government except a chieftain to lead them to battle in time of war. Each one is exerting himself in solitude to procure food for himself, or his children, and they rarely act in concert, except in matters of war. In warm climates, subsistence is much more abundant, population more dense, the bond of union which holds society together, the natural sympathy of man for man appears much stronger, society is generally more firmly knit together under a strong monarchical government, in most eases absolute; and the mass of the people are more or less subject to the control and direction of the monarch and his principal officers; and hence the practicability of effecting great objects, building cities, magnificent palaces, temples, &c., by concert of action; and hence the rise and progress of the art of building and of the mechanic arts. Sec. 4. Glass-wvindows, Chimnneys, Stoves, the Steam Engine, Fuel, Cold and Heat, and their influence on the comforts andu industry of man. It is somewhat uncertain when and by whom the art of making glass was discovered; but it is supposed to have been discovered in Syria, three or four centuries before the Christian era; it was not much used or known at Rome until the time of Aug(ustus Cmsar, and totally unknown to the Egyptians, Greeks, and all the nations of antiquity. Its principal use among the Romans seems to have been to make bottles, drinking vessels and matters of ornament; it does not appear to have been much used, if at all, for windows. It was occasionally used in churches, palaces and castles, in some parts of Europe, as early as the seventh century, though very expensive and rarely used, until after the 12th century; and it was not introduced even into the better sort of farmn houses in England, until the commencement of the seventeenth century. Prior to the use of glass, windows were made sometimes of white linen cloth, but most generally of lattice workl, and must have let in more wind and cold than light. AND THE MECHANIC ARTS. Originally houses were built with an aperture in the roof, (like an Indian wigwam or cabin,) for the smoke to escape; but the Greeks and Romans generally warmed their houses by portable stoves, pans or brasiers, without any pipe, in which they used charcoal and charred wood, and threw perfumes on it to prevent unpleasant effluvia. Seneca says that flues were introduced at Rome when Nero was Emperor; but other authors make no mention of chimneys, elevated funnels or flues for carrying off smoke, nor were any to be found in the houses discovered at Pompeii and Herculaneum; they are therefore supposed to be a modern invention, and to have been first erected in Italy in the eleventh century, under the name of camini. They were introduced into England and France in the 12th or 13th century, but did not come into general use among the middling classes of people, until the reign of Queen Elizabeth, in the 16th century. See the History of the Middle Ages, Chap. IX. part 2d, by the learned Henry Hallam, who states substantially the same facts in relation to the origin and introduction of glass-windows and chimneys. Stoves with pipes or flues, were invented according to Mr. White, in 1680, by one Delaslme, and were wholly unknown to the Greeks, Romans, and all other nations of antiquity, whose stoves were but open pans, in which fires were made, mostly of charcoal and charred wood. Stoves were at first made of bricks, somewhat similar to an oven; sometimes they were also made of earthen, and were not often, if at all, made of iron, until near the commencement of the present century. Though the power of steam was previously known, and some attempts had been made to construct engines to convert it to the use of man, yet the first steam engine of any practical utility, was constructed by Thomas Savary, to whom a patent was granted in 169S. The steam engine was, however, so imperfect in its construction, and so expensive to keep in operation, in proportion to its power, that it was of comparatively little use, until it was improved by James Watt, a Scotchman, about the year 1767; soon after that time, it was rapidly brought into use, and has been for over half a century extensively used in working pumps for drain. ing mines, and in raising coal, iron ore, and other ore from the mines, as well as for working machinery for mechanical and manufacturing purposes. Some of the coal mines of England have been worked to the depth of nearly 1000 feet, and the coal all raised to the surface of the ground by the steam engine. Great Britain had in 1841, over eighteen and a half millions of inhabitants, and the consumption of coal in 1839, for domestic purposes alone, was about fourteen million tons, or over three fourthls of a ton for each person. This enormous quantity of fuel 181 182 ON THE ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE, contributed immensely in that high latitude, and comparatively cold and damp climate, to aid in keeping up an uniform temperature of atmosphere in their houses and work-shops, to keep them dry, and promote the health of the people. After acknowledging the kind agency of Providence in supplying the coal beds, they were still almost useless to man, without the aid of the steam engine to raise the coal out of the mines. Prior to the year 1740, the quantity of iron made annually in Great Britain, was only about 20,000 tons: at present it amounts to about 2,000,000 tons annually, and about 7,000,000 tons of coal are consumed annually in making it. Without the steamn engine, coal could not be raised in very great quantities; without vast quantities of coal, such an imniense quantity of iron could not be made; nor could such an enormous quantity of machinzery as is used in the cotton, woollen, silk and other maizufactories be kept in mnotion; without a vast q?tantity of iron, railroads could not be vmade throughout all parts of the kingdom, nor could such an immense quantity of machinzery be constructed; without all these railroadls, and all this machinery, a population of about twegity millionts, could not be supplied wuith such an enormous quanztity of coal for fuel,?no- could they be furnished with employiment, whereby they might obtaiu a subsistence upon so small an island. The subsistence of millions of people may be said to depend on the steam engine. 3IeCulloch, in his Gazetteer, remarks as follows: coal stands at the head of the mineral products of England; and we are probably more indebted to our inexhaustible supplies of this valuable mineral, than to any thing else, for the extraordinary progress we have made in manufacturing industry. The coal mines are all in the north and west parts of the Kingdom, and these consequently are the great seats of our manufactures. He estimated the production and consumption of coal in Great :Britain in 1839, as follows: Tons. Domestic consumption and smaller manufactures, 1.8,000,000 In the production of pig and bar iron, - 6,000,000 For Cotton manufactures, - - 800,000 " Woollen, linen, and silk do. - 800,000 Copper smelting, brass manufactures, &c. 925,000 " Salt works, - - - 350,000 Lime works, - - - 500,000 " Iailway carriages, steam boats, &c. - 1,200,000 Total consumption in England in 1839, 28,575,000 Exported to Ireland, do. - 1,000,000 Do. to colonies and foreign parts do. - 1,449,417 Total, - 31,024;417 AND THE MECHANIC ARTS. During the same year, the imports of coals into London amounted to 2,638,256 tons. Let us pause and contemplate these facts for a moment. Great Britain in the year 1839 consumed over twenty-cight and a half million tons of mineral coal, raised from her mines, generally severally hundred feet in depth, by the aid and power of the steam-engine. This enormous quantity of fuel is equal to about 36,000,000 cords of wood of average quality; and would be about as much as could be procured from 500,000 acres of wood-land, of average quantity of wood. There are about fiftysix million acres of land in the Island of Great Britain, and it would require one-third of the whole, or more, to supply such a quantity of fuel annually for a single century. Let it be borne in mind, also, that about two-thirds of this vast quantity of fuel, is consumed in cooking and warming dwelling-houses, work-shops, stores, manufacturing establishments, &c. &c., the principal part of which is required in consequence of the severity and dampness of the climate. Not over one-third part as much fuel is needed for warming dwellings, work-shops, stores, &c. in Italy, Greece, or Spain, as in Great Britain. Even in Greece, sunny Greece, the warm climate of Greece, while that country was in the height of her glory, in the days of Aristotle, the comforts of life produced by mechanical power were so few, and the power of the people to protect themselves froin the cold during the mild winters of that sunny climate, was so small and limited, that cold was regarded as the greatest evil man had to contend with; greater than even hunger itself. (See Aristotle's Politics, Book 2d, chap. iv., sections 7 and 8.) In this age of the world, mechanical power is increased to such an extent, that man can provide himself with a plenty of clothing, warm, dry, and comfortable dwellings, and an abundance of fuel, and can protect himself perfectly against the cold, in as high a latitude as will furnish sufficient vegetation for food. Heat is now the great enemy of the human family; it relaxes and enfeebles the system, so that man will scarcely do more than half as much labor annually at the 30th, as he can from the 40th to the 50th degree of latitude; it operates upon and excites the nervous system, and the action of the brain; increases the circu lation of the blood, and the secretion of bile, and produces fevers and diseases of various kinds, often so sudden and powerful in their effects, as to baffle the science of medicine. Greece is in nearly the same latitude, and it is quite as warm as the States of North Carolina and Tennessee, and probably warmer, and yet the mortality of those States is nearly twice as great as the mortality of the States north of the 41st degree of latitude. 183 184 ON THE ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTUREL Even in the city of Philadelphia,, as far north as the 40th degree of latitude, Dr. Emerson, a learned physician, in comlneating upon the bills of mortality of that city, puts down heat, the excessive heat of summer, as the most powerful cause of the great mortality of the citizens. Examine the bills of mortality of the city of New York, and it will be found that the deaths from cholera infantum during the month of August, run from 30 to 70 weekly; during the month of July, from 20 to 50 weekly; and during the winter months not over 2 or 3 weekly. What but the excessive heat of summer could produce such effects? Cold was once, and until a comparatively recent period, the greatest enemy of man; but he has now almost entirely overcome it by means of mechanical power, new inventions and discoveries in mechanical science, and the consequent accumulation of the comforts of life. Heat is now his greatest enemy, against which, as yet, he has found no effectual protection, though the modern improvements in building, in the medical sciences, and the general increase of the comforts of life, have diminished the ratio of mortality considerably among the middle and higher classes of people even in hot climates, though probably not one-fourth part as much there, as in cold climates. My readers will readily perceive the impossibility of mechanics and nmanufacturers working in cold climates, except in summer, in houses and workshops constructed, warmned and lighted, as they were in ancient times. In order to perform much labor of a mechanical or manufacturing character in cold and damp climates, good, dry, and comfortable, well-lighted, and well-warmed workshops are absolutely necessary; otherwise the labor of the workmen must be mostly confined to a few months of the warm season, and they must lie almost idle during more than half the year. Not so in warm and dry climates, where the atmosphere is so warm and dry during the most of the year, that all the mechanic needs is a shelter or covering sufficient to protect him friom the heat of the sun, to enable him to continue his labor, with but little interruption, during the whole year. It is not, therefore, surprising that the inhabitants of France and England, as well as of all Central and Northern Europe, remained in a rude and barbarous condition, living either in the pastoral or hunting state, ignorant of the mechanic arts, and destitute of what even the poor now esteem the ordinary necessaries and comforts of life, for centuries after the inhabitants of Egypt, Southern Asia, Greece, Italy, Spain, and Northern Africa had made considerable progress in the mechanic arts, commerce, and civilization. AND THE MECHANI('C, ARTS. SEC. 5. Invention of Saw-Mills —mode of building, anld condition of dwellings before that time. When the first mill was erected for sawing lumber by mechanical power is not known; it is certain, however, that sawmills were not in use among the Greeks, Romans, Egyptians, or any of the ancient nations. The first saw-mill, of which we have any record, was erected on the Island of Madeira in 1420; and the first one in Norway, in 1530. Saw-mills were not introduced into England until the seventeenth century, and for a long time occasioned alarm, commotion and excitement among the sawyers, for fear they might be thrown out of employment. The first one was erected in London in 1633, but it was demolished soon afterwards, for fear it might be the means of depriving the poor of employment, and the means of subsistence. Saw-mills were introduced into the colony of Massachusetts about the same time. Prior to the invention and use of saw-mills, boards and plank were sawed by hand, which r'endered sawed lumber very scarce and excessively dear. It must have cost as much as eight, or ten times, and perhaps twenty times as much labor to make it) as it does l ow. The Greeks, Romans, Egyptians, and other ancient nations, understood sawing stone and marble much better than wood, and could probably do it nearly as cheap. Hence all the ancient nations built their houses, and other edifices, of brick, stone, or marble, and used wood only for doors, casings, and perhaps upper floors, and roofs in some cases, and a few other purposes. When they had any lower floor, it was stone or brick laid on the ground; but the great mass of the people had no floors at all, and cooked, eat, and lived on the bare ground; in fact, such appears to have been the case among the wealthier class of Romans, while Rome was in the height of her power and glory. Jacob, in his " Historical Inquiry into the Precious Metals," Chap. xxi. p. 277, says that " When Erasmus visited England in the former century, (the 16th,) the houses were built of mud and wood, were thatched with straw, and instead of FLOORS THE BARE EARTH WAS COVERED WITH RUSHES OR STRAW; but in the latter end of the 17th century, the dwellings in towns were chiefly constructed of stone or brick, were covered with slate or tiles, and FLOORED WITH TIMBER.)) Let us take a retrospective view, and see what was the kind, condition, and comforts of the dwellings and work-shops of the ancient nations, as well as those of the people of Europe, up to the 12th centmuy, and even of the great mass of the people up to 18-5 186 ON TIIE ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE, the latter part of the 17th century. Their buildings were made of brick, mud, wood, and stone, without chimneys or flues to carry off the smoke, and without stoves having pipes; being warmned by means of a fire built on the ground, in the middle of a room, or by coals or charred wood in a brasier or open pan, without a pipe, the smoke rising into the room and passing off through an aperture in the roof, in many respects like an Indian wigwam or cabin. Secondly, Their buildings were without glass windows, and lighted from the aperture in the roof, and by means of windlows sometimes made of white cloth, but more generally of wooden lattice work, which in cold weather let in more wind and cold than light. Thirdly, the labor and expense of sawing lumber was so great, that their buildings were generally without floors of any kind, there being nothing but the naked ground to stand, work, and put their furniture and work upon, or brick or stone floors, lying upon the ground, and generally equally damp, cold, and unhealthy, as the ground itself. In foggy, cloudy, rainy or snowy weather in winter, in England, the north of France, or any of the central and northern parts of Europe, such dwellings would necessarily be cold, damp, smoky, dark, gloomy, and unhealthy. Such buildings were totally unfit for work-shops during more than half the year; hence the utter impossibility, in cold and damp climates, of prosecuting the mechanic arts to any great extent in such buildings, and for want of the mechanic arts agriculture was in a very backward, rude, and infant state; husbandry being mostly of a pastoral character, and the principal business of the farmer, the raising of cattle. SEc. 6. gAlore people suffer for want of comfortable dwellinigs, clothiigz, and futel, thai for want of food. Though food is the first want of man, and while in a savage and barbarous state, undoubtedly millions have perished for want of a regular and sufficient supply of nourishment; yet where man has acquired the art of making iron, and instruments and utensils of husbandry, the mechanic arts and commerce have sprung up, and a division of employments has taken place, the earth in all warm and temperate, as well as hot climates, and generally up to nearly the 60th degree of latitude, seems to bring forth abundantly, and to increase her productions in proportion to the progress the people have made in the mechanic arts, and in commnerce famines become unknown, a general failure of all the different crops of a country never occurs, and the people seldom perish, nor are their days shortened for want of food. Though the island of Great Britain has about eight times as many inhabitants as it had seven or eight centuries since, yet the whole population AN'D THE MECHANIC ARTS. would be better supplied now, without importing a pound of brcadstuffs, than they were then. In fact, it may be said with truth, that famines, dearths, and scarcities of provisions, and suffering for want of food, have always occurred among savages, barbarians, hunters, shepherds, and agricultural nations; but have rarely been very destructive to human life in any age of the world, among any people who had made much proficiency in the mechanic arts. As a general rule, man, in all civilized countries not even excepting Great Britain, can supply himself with a sufficiency of food to promote health and longevity, much easier than he can procure a comfortable dwelling suitable to promote health, and a sufficient supply of comfortable clothing, bedding, and fuel. IM. Quetelet, a learned Belgian writer, in his Essais sur L'Homme, shows that the mortality annually in the poorest district of Paris, is nearly twice as great as in the wealthiest district; that the mortality increases regularly, from the wealthiest to the poorest district; and that it is very little affected by any cause, except the degree of comfort, and the wealth and ease or poverty of the inhabitants. The lives of the poor are not shortened in Paris by want of food, as much as those of the rich are by high living, over eating, and want of exercise, which often bring on the gout, dyspepsia, and a long train of other diseases. The cause of the great mortality of the poor in Paris, and in all civilized countries, is not a want of food, but a want of warm, dry, airy and comfort able dwellings, and a want of sufficient good bedding, clothing, and fuel, to keep up as near as practicable, an uniform tempera ture of the human system day and night, during the year. In this age of the world, when food and clothing seem to be generally abundant in every civilized country, the greatest enemies to human life, and the most active causes which produce disease and death, are heat, cold, and dampness in excess. Though the laboring classes are more exposed to these elements and causes of disease than the wealthy, yet moderate and regular exercise daily, contributes to health, and they are not subject to the end less train of diseases brought on by luxury, excessive indulgence, and indolence; and, upon the whole, the laboring classes in the United States who have comfortable dwellings, live quite as long if not longer than the wealthy and luxurious. Such is not the case however, among those who are engaged on our public works, canals, and railroads, who live in temporary shanties, so open that rain drives in at every storm or shower, and destitute of any floor except a few loose boards laid on the ground. Such dwellings are always wet in wet weather, and the floors are kept damp and cold during the principal part of the year, by the ground on 1 87 ies ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE, which they lie. They are soon heated through by the sun in summer, and are penetrated with the cold and the winds very quickly on a change of the weather; in fact, they afford to their inmates very little protection from the weather, and leave themi almost as much exposed to heat and cold, wind, rain, and daumpness, as if they were under the shelter of nothing better than a forest tree. Such dwellings, together with an insufficient quantity of bedding, are the fruitful source of disease and death; and accordingly we find the mortality of persons in such circumstances is immensely great, generally two or three times as great as it is among persons in the middle ranks of life. The same difficulty and danger attend persons who are poor, on settling in a new country; they live in miserable dwellings, or huts, with floors as just described, of loose boards either lying on the ground, or within a few inches of it; they are hot during the day in summer, and damp and cold at night, and damp during the greater part of the year. Such is the case also, to a considerable extent, in large cities, where thousands of persons live in cellars, and miserable shells of houses, on low wet ground by the side of water courses, where the air at night is generally damp, and often foggy; and in addition to all this, great numbers are crowded together in small apartmenls, and lodg ings poorly ventilated, wherec they necessarily suffer from each others breath and the e.rhalations from the human system. Wherever such diseases as the plague, yellow fever, Asiatic cholera, dysentery,;c. have appeared in. cities, they have itzifoormly made their appearance among tAhe poor it such dellin7gs along the water courses; and there also they have continued the greatest length of time, and been the most destructive to haman life. Such also was the condition of the dwellings to a very great extent of all the people, both rich and poor, throughout the world, prior to the invention of saw mills, glass windows and chimneys. Even the rich had no floors except brick or stone, laid upon the ground, and as damp and cold as the ground itself; and the poor generally had no floors but the naked ground. They had no glass windows by which they could admit the light, exclude the cold and dampness of the atmosphere, and shut out the damp atmosphere at night; nor had they any chimneys or stoves by which they could warm their houses and dry them when necessary, and at the same time carry off the smoke, without letting in the cold. Great care is now taken, by persons who are able, to have either cellars under their houses, or to raise them up some feet from the ground, so that the dampness of the earth may not affect their floors, and thus penetrate into their rooms; and in AND THE MECIIANIC ARTS. building brick houses, many persons put studs upon the inside of the brick wall, and lath and plaster upon them, in order to keep the dampness of the walls from penetrating through into the rooms. All these improvements of modern times, have contributed to increase the comforts, promote the health, lessen the sickness and mortality, and lengthen the life of man. SEc. 7. The llfarinervs Compass, and its iifluence on NLavigation. Prior to the invention of the Mariner's Compass, it was impossible to navigate the ocean with safety, or even at all, except along its coasts; and hence navigation and transportation by water was pretty much confined to the Mediterranean, Black, and Red Seas, and the coasts of the Atlantic and Indian Oceans. This invention is claimed by the Neapolitans to have been made by one of their citizens about the year 1302; while the Venetians state that they introduced it from China about the year 1260. This valuable invention extended, and changed the character of navigation, led to the discovery of the New World, by Columbus in 1492; and stimulated man, by opening to his view, the broadest field of comniercial enterprise wh'ch he had ever witnessed. SEc. 8. Progress of improvement in the mechanic arts, and manufactures; and their effects upon man. The increase of population, of power, and of wealth, has progressed step by step, in all civilized countries, with the inventions and improvements it the mechanic arts, the increase of productive industry, and the extension of commerce; aihd accordingly we find that for centuries prior to the Christian era, as well as long afterwards, the nations about the Mediterranean sea and southern Asia, had from five to ten times as much population, in proportion to their territory capable of cultivation, as the nations of central and northern Europe; though the latter are now much more densely populated, and in most instances, have two or three times as dense a population as the former. Though the art of spinning and weaving wool and flax into cloth was introduced by the Romans into Gaul, now France, and into Great Britain, before the Christian era, or about that time, yet the manufacture of cloth in these countries was extremely limited, until within the last two or three centuries. Flanders or Burgundy, now Belgium, was the first country in a high latitude and cold climate where the manufacture of cloth of any kind was ever carried on to such an extent as to make it an article of foreign commerce and exportation Though the Flemish seem to have been in advance, in the manufacture of cloth, of the iso ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE, English, French, Spaniards, and all the nations of central, western, and northern Europe during, the timne of the crusades, and for some centuries previous; yet they were behind the Venetians, and did iiot make very rapid progress in manl7tfactures until the latter part of the thirteenth century, after the introduction of chimneys with fltues, and glass windows in their houses and workshops. Flanders flourished and increased in population, wealth and power during the whole of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, and until the commencement of the religious persecutions and wars of Philip II. of Spain. and the Duke of Alva, about the year 1567, with greater rapidity than any other part of Europe, except Venice. Venice prospered by means of manufacturing industry and commercial enterprise combined; but the chief source of the prosperity and increase of population and wealth in Flanders, was their extensive manufactures of wool, linen, laces, &c. Vast quantities of wool were sent annually from Spain, England and France to Flanders, to be manufactured into cloth, and the cloth, when manufactured, transported back to the countries which furnished the wool. This course of business made all those countries, in some measure, tributary to, and contributors to the prosperity and wealth of the little Dukedom of Burgundy. During the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, Bruges, and afterwards Antwerp and Amsterdam, were more wealthy and prosperous; and Bruges, in the height of her prosperity, was also more populous than either London or Paris. The revenues of the Duke of Burgundy were then estimated as greater than those of England or France. (See Hallam's Middle Ages, tIarper's edition, 192, note.) The first impulse to the manufacture of wool in England was given in the 14th century, by Edward III., who invited, and gave great encouragement to Flemish manufacturers to remove to England and establish themselves there, in the woollen manifacture; and during the religious persecutions and civil wars in the Netherlands, the latter part of the 16th century, the greater part of the Protestant refugees fled to England, and sought the protection of Queen Elizabeth, where they contributed to increase and extend the manufacturing skill, science, industry, and prosperity of the British nation. Louis XIV. of France, revoked the edict of Nantes in 1685, and commenced the violent persecution of the Protestants of his dominions; and it has been generally estimated, that half a million or more escaped from the country; and that an hundred thousand of them went to England, the most of whom were mechanics and manufacturers. These several emigrations of mechanics and manufacturers to England, iliay be regarded as the principal causes of the growth of manufactures in 190 AND THE M'.IECHANIC ARTS. tJiat country, prior to the general introduction of machinery and of the Steam Engine, about the year 1775. To enable the reader to judge of the changes in the condition of the people of England, made since the beginning of the Reformation, I have collected the following statements from the history of England by Sir James McIntosh, and from Henry Hiallamn's history of the middle ages. Referring(r to the 14th century, Sir James writes as follows: " The frequency of famnines,'and the excessive fluctuation of the prices of thile necessaries of life, were amiong the most wide-wasting evils whichl afflicted the middle age. In a period without commerce, the scarcity of one district could not be relieved by the redundant produce of another." " The pestilential fevers which raged with such malig,nity niay in part be ascribed to want of food, ftel, air, anzd clothing; to touwls crowded axd filthy, as well as to the low state of medical knowledge." Mr. Hallam, in his ninth chapter, showts the style of building during the middle ages; tlhe miserable anld comfortless condition of the dwelli?ngs, even of the wealthy; the chtaracte) of their clothing, made mostly of leather, furs, azd skis; the scantin,ess of their furniture, having buitt a few beds, chlairs, or belchles, tables, and kitchen furniture, mostly of a very coarse kind, withb very little bedding; and their want of a great propcrtion of the comnforts of life, now enjoyed by mechanical and manufacturing laborers. They had a little plate, a few ornaments, very few looking glasses, or even glass windows, which were then regarded as moveable property and rather rare; and the servants of even the wealthy slept on mattresses of straw. The industrious, temperate, and provident portions of the manufacturing classes of England, at this time, have better clothing, lodging, and furniture, than the nobility had in the 15th century. SEc. 9. On Paper-its uses and vmaizi]facture. Paper is manufactured of vegetable mater reduced to a pulp by means of water and grinding. For the chief purpose to which it is applied in modern times, the ancients had recourse to a variety of materials; such as stone-tablets of wood, plates of lead, skins, parchment, linen, and above all, the papyrus. Of all these articles, papyrus was found the most useful for ordinary purposes as a subsitute for paper. The art of making papyrus into paper was invented in Egypt several centuries before the Christian era. The art of making paper of cotton cloth or rags is suppposed to have been borrowed from the Chinese or Persians, and introduced into Europe in the eleventh century by the Saracens; the practice of making linen into paper commenced in the 12th or 13th century, and in France and England early in the 14th century. 101 ORIGIN ASiD PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE, The application of paper to purposes of writing and printing, and the fact of its being indispensable for such uses, render its manufacture of the highest utility and importance. France, Holland, and Genoa, had for a long period a decided superiority over England, in the manufacture of paper. The first paper miill erected in England was built during the reign of Queen Elizabeth; but even during the 17th century, the greatest part of the paper -used in England was imported fiom the continent, and much of it from France. The manufacture is said to have been coinsiderably improved by the French refugees, who fled to Great Britain in 1685; the manufacture of white paper was commenced in England in 1690. The quantity annually manufactured in Great Britain was estimated about the year 1721 at 300,000 reams; which was about two thirds the whole consumption of that country. In 1783 the value of the paper annually manufactured in Great Britain was estimated at ~780,000. Dr. Brande estimated it in 1840, at from ~1,200,000 to ~1,300,)00, and McCulloch, at ~1,500,000. The former says there were then about 700 paper mills in England, from 70 to 80 in Scotland, and very few in Ireland. (See Brande's Encyclopedia of Science and Art.) Porter states the licenses granted for the manufacture of paper, and the quantity charged with excise duty in 1841 as follows. Licenses granted in England 370, Scotland 49, and Ireland 48, total 467; and the quantity made at 97,103,548 pounds. Ireland is partially supplied with paper from England. The value of the paper, pasteboard, cards, &c., manufactured in the United States in 1810, according to the census of that year, amounted to $1,939,285; and in 1840 to $6,153,092; the paper mills at the latter period numbered 426. The imports of paper of all kinds into the United States in 1842, were valued at $92,771. The value of paper, paper hangings, and all manufactures of paper made annually in Firance, is estinmated at 43,000,000 francs or about $8,184,000 Sec. 10. On the production, manufacture, and trade iii Treool and Woollen goods. We read that Abel was a keeper of sheep, (Gen. iv: 2 and 1,) ,and in the same chap. v. 19, that Jabal was the father of those that dwelt in tents and of such as have cattle; that Noah dwelt in a tent, and his sons covered his nakedness with a garment, (Gen. ix: 21, and 23.) Whether the tents and garments spoken of in 4th and 9th Gen. were made of skins, or wool spun and wove into cloth, is perhaps uncertain; but we read in Leviticus xiii. 47, and 59, that the Israelites after they left Egypt had garments made of both wool and flax. Woollen and linen cloths, together 192 - AND THE MECHANIC ARTS. with leather and skins, constituted almost the entire clothing of the ancient Egyptians, Israelites, Phoenicians, Greeks, and Romans, and of all the nations of Europe, except the Saracens and Turks, until the introduction of the cotton manufacture at a comparatively recent period. I temperate as well as in cold climates, sheep, next to cattle, are the most useful to man, of all the animal creation. They afford a large supply of food and the principal material of clothing, and can be reared ii? situations and soils unfit for agriculture, and do well, where other animals would scarcely live. England, as shown in Chap. VII., was mostly a grazing country, until the 17th century, and up to that time the principal exports of the English consisted of wool, coarse unfinished woollen cloths, a small quantity of tin, copper, and hardware, and a few horses and cattle; and up to the end of thel5th century, the exports were but trifling in amount, consisting of wool, cattle, horses, and tin. The total number of sheep and lambs in England and Wales in 1800, including the number sraughtered and lost that year, was estimated at 26,148,463; and their product of wool at 384,000 packs of 240 lbs. each; equal in the aggregate to 92,160,000 pounds. The number of sheep in Scotland was estimated in 1814 at 2,850,000, and in 1837 at 3,500,000; in Ireland at 2,000,000; and in England and Wales at 26,500,000; making in all in the United Kingdom 32,000,000. Dr. Campbell, in his "Political Survey of Great Britain," published in 1774,observes -"Many computations have been made upon this important subject. According to the best information that can be obtained, there may be from 10,000,000 to 12,000,000 sheep in England, some think more. The value of their wool may, one year with another, amount to ~3,000,000; the expense of manufacturing it mnay probably be ~9,000,000, and the total value ~12,000,000. We may export annually to the value of ~3,000,000, though one year we exported more than ~4,000,000." About the year 1696, Gregory Kingo and Mr. Davenant estima-. ted the value of the wool shorn in England and Wales at ~2,000,000 per annum; and they supposed the value of the wool, including that imported, was about quadrupled in the manufacture, making the annual value of the manufactures of wool ~8,000,000. The quantity of wool imported into Great Britain, the quantity retained for home consumption, and the official as well as the real or market value of woollen manufactures exported from the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland at different periods, were as follows. 9. 193 t ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE, 1810. 1820. 1830. 18.. Wool imported, lba............ 10,914,137 9,789,020 82,318,050 885,076,418 (o. retained for consumption.. 7,691,778 81,522,8659 89,066,620 Vooll~m vanufactures exported. 1820. 1830. 18S35. 1840. Official value,................ ~5,558,709 ~ 7,406 909 - Declared value......... ~.......5,586,188 4,850,884 6,840,511 5,327,853 The declared value of the exports of woollen manufactures and yarn in 1844, amounted to ~8,204,836, and the quantity of wool imported amounted to 65,079,524 pounds. MicCullochl states that in 1700 and 1701, the official value of the woollen goods exported, amounted to about ~3,000,000 a year; and that tlle average official value of the exports for the six years ending with 1789, was ~3,5414,160 per annum. Since the introduction of machinery and the prodigious increase of the cotton manufacture, cotton fabrics have for many uses supplied the places of woollen, as well as of linen cloths, and the woollen manufacture has increased very slowly in Great Britain during the last century and a half. McCulloch estimates in.his Gazetteer, the value of the fabrics of wool annually manufactured in Great Britain at that time (1840,) at ~22,000,000, and those of cotton at 235,000,000; and if the estimate of Dr. Campbell, of the value of woollen manufactures in 1774, at from ten to twelve millions of pounds sterling, was very near correct, the manufacture of wool has not increased since that time, as fast as the population. McCulloch states that the total annual product of wool in England and Wales was then (1840,) estimated at 470,000 packs of 240 lbs. each; amounting in the aggregate to 112,800,000 lbs. He states the number of sheep in France at 39,000,000, and the wool annually produced by them on an average from 1830 to 1840, on the authority of Berghaus, at 42,000,000 kilogrammes; about 93,000,000 lbs. Let us compare the number of sheep in those countries, and the quantity of wool annually produced, with the number of sheep in the U. States, and the production of wool in 1840, according to the census. No. of sheep. Pounds of wool. Poluinds to each sheep. In England & Wales, 26,500,000 112,800,000 over 4.25 " Scotland, about 3,500~000 " France, 39,000,000 93,000,000 2.4 "our Free States, 12,144,468 27,488,407 2.25 " " Slave States, 7,166,906 8,313,707 1,16 United States, 19,311,374 35,802,114 1.85 These facts indicate the character of the husbandry of those countries, and show very clearly, that the same trath holds good 194 AND THf MECHANIC AR"S. in relation to growing wool, as well as to other branches of agriculture; that wherever manufactures are flourishing, there is an active demand for raw produce at good prices, and agriculture is generally flourishing, and conducted with science and skill; and that wherever there are no manufactures, there is but little demand for raw produce, and agriculture is generally in a very sluggish and low state, and wages and lands, as well as produce, very low. Sheep do well on rough, rocky, hilly and mountainous lands, which are totally unfit for cultivation; they also do well on the dry and rolling prairies, as well as on the dry opening lands of the North-western States. The Alpaca or Peruvian sheep has been introduced into England, and naturalized in that country within the last fifteen years. It is a large, hardy sheep, accustomned to climbing and living on short fare among the lofty Andes of Peru; has done well in England, and is said to yield an average of ten pounds of fine wool, worth from l-s. 8d. to 2s. 6d. sterling per pound. There are great quantities of rough, and mountainous lands, in the States of Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia, and Tennessee, and some in the Carolinas, Georgia, Kentucky, and many other states, of but little value for anything but grazing, on which many millions of Alpacas and other sheep might be kept; and instead of producing about one-third part as much wool in the United States as is produced on the island of Great Britain, our present States and Territories are capable of producing ten times as much. We not only import large amounts of woollen manufactures, but large quantities of wool also. Our imports of wool in 1842 and 1845 were as follows: in 1842 wool costing less than eight cents per pound, 10,637,251 pounds, value $685,649; over eight cents per pound, 783,701 pounds, value $111,733; and in 18,S45, wool not exceeding seven cents per pound, 23,382,097 pounds, value $1,593,789; and over seven cents, 450,943 ounds, valued at $136,005. The value of manufactures of wool imported into the United States, were, in 1825, $11,392,264; in 1830, $5,766,396; in 1835, $17,834,424; in 1840, $9,071,184; in 1845, $10,666,176; and in 1850, $17,151,500. The value of the woollen fabrics manufactured in the United States in 1840 according to the returns of the census, amounted to $20,696,999, besides mnixed goods, and about $25,000,000 worth of woollen cloths made in families. The woollen fabrics made annually in France, have been estimated by Berghaus at about $50,000,000, and by Ether persons much higher. Their exports of manufactures of wool iDs., 106 ORIG!N AXD PROGRESS OF AGaICULn'RE, from 1831 to 1837, averaged annually, neatly $8,000,000; from 1838 to 1842, nearly $12,000,000 annually; and in 1843 they amounted to $14,835,000. While France as well as Great Britain export a large amount of manufactures of wool, both Ireland and the United States import a large proportion of the woollen goods consumed by their inhabitants-and import wool also. Sec. 11. The production, manufacture, and trade in the manu factures of Flax and Hemp. Flax is a native plant of Egypt, and of almost every country of Europe, and has been used for cloth from the earliest periods of profane as well as sacred history; but its use at present is almost superseded by cotton, which is generally supposed to promote health much more, and to be better for clothing on that account than linen. Flax was carded, spun, and woven by hand all over the world, until about the year 1810, when machinery was first applied to its. manufacture. The imports of flax into Dundee in Scotland, increased from 74 tons in 1745, to 2,444 tons in 1791; and from about 3000 tons, in 1814, to 15,000 tons in 1830. The imports amounted during the year ending May 31st, 1833, to 18,777 tons of flax, and 3,380 tons of hemp: the whole quantity imported into Great Britain and Ireland in 1834 was 40,586 tons; in 1840, 62,662 tons; in 1845, 70,931 tons; and in 1849, 90,339 tons. The low wages of spinners in Ireland hindered the application of machinery to the spinning of flax many years after it had been extensively introduced into England and Scotland. But the rapid progress of the manufacture in Great Britain, made it evident that unless similar machinery were set in motion in Ireland, the linen manufacture of that country would he entirely annihilated. There were in 1834, 152 flax factories in England, 170 in Scotland, and but 25 in Ireland; the spinning of flax in Ireland, being at that time mostly done by hand. McCulloch estimated the annual value of the manufacture of linen, in Great Britain and Ireland, firom 1834 to 1838, at 8,000,000,as follows. Value of raw material one third,.. Wages of laborers,.... Profits,use, wear and tear of capital, wages of superintendants, &c., 25 per cent,. superintendants, &c., 25 per cent,. 2,000,000 ~8,000,000 The value exported from the United KingdoLm in 1830 amounted to ~2,066,424, in 1835 to ~3,208,778,and in 1844 to 24,075,476. The exports from Ireland to Great Britainrt, except yarn, are nearly as much annu-ly, as the exports' from Great Britain to foreign AND THE MECHANIC ARTS. countries, so that the manufactures of linen in Great Britain, except yarn, are about equal to, or very little more than the consumption. Since the application of machinery to spinning linen, the weight of the linen yarn exported has increased from 2,611,215 lbs. in 1835, to 17,733,575 lbs. in 1840, and to 25,970,569 lbs. in 1844; valued in 1844 at ~1,050,676 sterling; all of which was spun in Great Britain. Such is the effect of machinery. The manuifactures of flax and hemp in France consisting of linen, thread, lace, &c., are still more valuable than those of Great Britain and Ireland; they were estimated in 1839, at 260,000,000 francs, equal to $48,880,000; the average annual exports of which, including linen clothing from 1836 to 1840, amounted to over $8,000,000. The value of the manufactures of flax (exclusive of mixed and family made goods) in the United States in 1840 was only $322,205. The value of the manufactures of flax and hemp imported into the United States, has been as follows. Of Fla Of Hemp. 1825, $3,887,787 $2,134,384 1830, 3,011,280 1,333,478 1835, 6,472,021 2,555,847 1839, 7,703,065 2,096,716 1842, 3,659,184 1,273,534 1845, 4,923,109 897,345 1850, 8,134,674 588,446 of the census, 95,251* tons of flax and hemp (mostly hemp,) and we might produce sufficient of each, to supply the wants of the country, and furnish the value (when manufactured), of many millions of dollars for exportation annually. SEC. 12. The production, manufacture and trade in Silk awl Silk Goods. Though silk was made into cloth at a very early period in China, India, Persia, and some other countries of Asia, and its use became known to the Romans before the Christian era, yet the rearing of silkworms and the silk manufacture were not introduced into Europe until the time of the emperor Justinian, about the year 530. But after the introduction of these arts at Constantinople, Thebes, Corinth, and- Argos, Greece continued to be the only European country in which they were practised until about the middle of the twelfth century, when they were * About 11,674 tons should be deducted for error in Virginia. 107 ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE, introduced into the island of Sicily. From this island they spread into Italy; and Venice, Milan, Florence, and Lucca, were soon after distinguished for their success in raising silkworms, and for the extent and beauty of their manufactures of silk. The silk manufacture was introduced into Tours in France, by some workmen from Italy, on the invitation of Louis XI., about the year 1480, and at Lyons in 1520; and into England about the same time, though it did not make much progressi in England until the age of Queen Elizabeth. England is situated in too high a latitude to rear the silkworm, and produce raw silk to advantage; the quantity of raw silk produced in that country is small. The quantity of silk manufactured in Great Britain is indicated by the quantity of raw, waste and thrown silk imported at different periods. It was very trifling until the civil wars in Flanders drove many of the Flemish manufacturers and artisans to England during the reign of Queen Elizabeth; and the revocation of the edict of Nantes in 1685, which drove great numbers also from France; many of whom fled to England. But the manufacture progressed very slowly, until after the introduction and use of machinery. The average annual importation of raw, waste, and thrown silk into Great Britain at different periods, was as follows, stated in pounds. Raw aqzd 1rtaste. 352,000 lbs. 544,000 " 760,000 " 2,044,000 " 4,256,982 " 4,531,115 " 5,004,232 " There has been scarcely any increase in the quantity of thrown or spun silk annually imported (into Great Britain since the year 1765)'; but the importation of raw silk has kept pace with the invention, improvement, and use of machinery. There were in 1834, no less than two hundred and fifty-six silk factories in England, six in Scotland, and but one in Ireland; employing in England 29,947 persons, in Scotland 686 persons, and in Ireland but 48. In 1839, the number of silk factories in England had increased to 286, employing 33,470 persons, while there was no increase in Scotland and Ireland. The value of silk goods of all kinds manufactured annually in Great Britain and France about the year 1840, was estimated by 108 Thrown. 863,000 lbs. 337,000 11 850,000 11 855,000 11 436,535 11 288,147 11 614,689 11 1765 to 1767 1785 to 1787 1801 to 1812 1821 to 1823 1830 1840 1849 AND THE MECHANIC ARTS. McCulloch as follows: in Great Britain, ~10,000,000 sterling, and in France 300,000,000 francs, equal to about ~12,000,000. The average annual value of silk and silk goods exported from France from 1836 to 1841 was about 137,000,000 francs, equal to about 45 per cent. of the whole value produced; while the declared value of British silks exported from Great Britain and Ireland from 1841 to 1844, averaged annually only ~695,872 sterling; or less than eight per cent. of the value manufactured. The value of silk goods imported into the United States, during the undermentioned fiscal years, was as follows: $10,299,743 5,932,212 16,677,547 21,742,369 9,835,757 9,928,411 *19,692)818 SEc. 13. The production, mnanulfacture, and trade in Cotton and Cotton Goods-the prices of cotton, tc. Tihough cotton is a native plant of India, the interior of Africa, and Mexico, and perhaps of some other warm countries, and it hlais been spun into cloth, andfurnished the principal clothing of the Hindoos from time immemorial, and of the natives of Mexico at the time of the discovery of America; yet its manufacture seems to have been unknown to the ancient Egyptians, Greeks, .nd Romans, and to have been first brought into Europe by the Moors, who introduced it into Spain in the ninth or tenth tcentury. It was first introduced into Italy in the thirteenth or fourteenth century, and into Flanders and France at a still later period; and was not introduced into England until the sixteenth century. The fibres of cotton being shorter than those of flax, and more difficult to spin and weave by hand, the quantity manu factured in Europe was very small, until after the invention and general use of machinery for spinning and weaving it; and the Europeans were principally supplied with cotton cloths from India, and some from China, during the whole of the last cenury, and to a considerable extent, down to the close of the wars grow ing out of the French revolution in 1815. * This is the amount according to the valuations, including silk and worsted goods, valued at $1.653,809. There is no reason to doubt that thev were undervalued from fifteen to twenty per cent. on an average, and( that their real value for the fiscal year, ending June 30th, 1850, was as much as twenty-three millions of dollars. 190 1825 1830 1835 1839 1840 1845 1850 ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE, I Mr. Baine, in his "History of the Cotton Manufacture," expresses the opinion, that the cotton manufacture was first introduced into England by the Protestant refugees who fled from Flanders, during the religious persecutions, the latter part of the sixteenth century. He shows that the average importation of cotton into England from 1701 to 1705 was only 1,170,881 pounds; in 1730, only 1,545,472 pounds; in 1751 it amounted to 2,976,610 pounds; the average quantity imported from 1771 to 1775, was only 4,764,589 pounds; and the average from 1776 to 1780, but 6,766,613 pounds. These facts show how small and trifling the quantity of cotton manufactured in England until after the invention of the spinning jenny by Hargreaves in 1767. Though the culture of cotton had been introduced into these United States, (then colonies,) prior to the revolutionary war, and small quantities were made into cloth by females by hand for domestic uses, yet no cotton was exported by them until about the year 1784, and very little until after the invention of the cotton-gin by Mr. Whitney in 1793. The quantity exported in 1791 was but 189,316 pounds; and in 1792 but 138,328 pounds; in 1794 it increased to 1,601,700 pounds. The following tables show the cultivation, manufacture, and foreign trade in cotton at different periods: 200 AND THE MECHANIC ARTS. I. Statement showing the millions of pounds of Cotton exported from the United States during the undermentioned years and periods-the average price per pound, and the aggregate value in millions of dollars, according to the custom-house valuations. Also the quantities manufactured in Great Britain, France, and the United States. Value Average of Millions of in amilions Average Quantity manufactured, stated in er pounds f dollars price per mnillions of pounds, by exported. I exported lb. Cents. G. Britain. France. U.States. exported.exported. G. Britain. France. U. States. 170o15 No l 30o5 19arf 1700tol750 1751 1764 1771-1780 1781-1790 1791-1800 1801-1810 1811- 18 20 1821-1830 1831-1840 1841-1850 1820-1821 1821-1822 1822-1823 1823-1824 1824-1825 1825-1826 1826-1827 1827-1828 1828-1829 1829-1830 1830-1831 1831-1832 1832-1833 1833-1834 1834-1835 1835-1836 1836-1837 1837-1838 1838-1I839 1839-1840 1840-1841 1841-1842 1842-1843 1843-1844 1844 —1845 1845-1846 1.846-1847 1847-1848 1848-1849 1849-1850 1850-1851 I 201 30 to 75 do do do do 33.8 22 20.5 13.2 12.24 8.29 16 16.6 11.6 15 - 21 12.2 9.9 10.2 10 10 9.1 9.5 11.1 12.9 16.6 16.7 14.2 10.3 14.8 8.5 10.2 8.1 6.2 8.1 6 7.8 1 1 7.6 6.6 11.3 12.1 1.9 2.97 3.87 5.75 18 30.5 67.2 104.8 180.3 340.9 560 114 120.5 177 131 206 150.25 250.5 208.25 190-75 255 257 268.8 286.3 302.4 330.9 375.2 368.5 455 365 500 450 475 560 580 600 500 480 - 620 750 a ti-ifle. do do do .5 6 12 25 50 so 175 40 None do do do do 5.53 43 69-67 203.4 431-73 699.35 124.89 144.67 173.72 142.37 176-45 204.53 294-31 210.59 264.84 298.46 277 322-21 324.7 384.71 387-36 423.63 444.2 595.95 413.62 743.94 530.2 584.71 792.3 663.63 872.9 547.5 527.2 813.6 1.026.1 635.4 927.2 . 10 18 30 69.6 102 170 47 61 50.5 75 60 96 87 61 71.5 87.3 65.5 78 87 so 112 120 137 114 160 158 159 160 160 165 170 20.1 24 20.4 21.9 36.8 25 29.3 22.5 26.5 29.6 25.3 31.7 36.2 49.4 64.9 71.2 63.2 61.5 61.2 63.8 54.3 47.5 49.1 54 51.7 42.7 53.4 62 66.4 72 112.3 50 75 80 90 110 I q4 125 114 137 150 170 190 200 230 240 230 190 .1 -' ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE, II. Summary statement of the production and export of cotton by all the principal cotton-growing countries of the world at different periods, stated in millions of pounds. Years, 1791. 1801. 1811. 1821. 1884 In the U. States, Millions of pounds produced, 2 exported, i Brazil produced, 22 exported, 20 West Indies produced, 12 exported, 12 Egypt produced, exported, The rest of Africa produced, 46 exported, India produced, 130 exported, The rest of Asia produced, 190 exported, 5 Mexico and S. America, ex cept Brazil, produced, 68 exported, All other countries produced, exported, Total produced in the world, 490 Mr. Woodbury estimated in millions of pounds the quantity manufactured in different countries as follows: 1821. 260 42 30 8 7 45 1791. China and India, 285 Mexico and S. America, 50 Germany, 15 Spain, 2 Prussia, 2 Turkey and Africa, 52 Other countries except those stated in table No. 1I 60 50 50 45 40 Prior to the year 1820, no country of Europe except Great Britain, manufactured any cotton cloths for exportation. Mr. Woodbury states the value of the exports of cotton manufactures from India in 1802 at $20,000,000 and in S1813 at $18,000,000 ISO 1241 8 32 28 10 9 6 5 40 460 384 30 - 30 8 8 25i 23 34 30 so 20!Z 62i 8 36 35 24 31 10 12 17 7 i 45 44 160 30 160 7 170 41 146 6 175 185 50 so 135 110 56 221 15 57 44 35 11 8 13 530 555 630 900 1801. 280 45 22 3 5 50 1811. 270 48 25 5 6 48 I&U 242 35 36 10 20 42 AND THIE MECHANIC ARTS. the exports of cotton goods from China in 1806 at $4,000,000; in 1820 at $3,000,000, and in 1826'at but $1,750,000. Under the withering influence of free trade with England, the manufacture of cotton has declined in India, China, Turkey and South America, as above stated, and their markets filled with British goods, and many of the manufacturers ruined. The quantity of cotton spun in the United Kingdom in 1838, as stated in Brande's Encyclopredia, was as follows. In Great Britain, 426,090,116 lbs. and in Ireland only 4,412,860 " Total, 430,502,976 These tables show the wonderfully great and rapid increase in the manufacture of cotton during the present century, in a few countries only, and particularly in Great Britain, while the manufacture in India, China, Turkey, South America, and Africa has declined. Though there has been very little increase in the cultivation of cotton in any country except the United States, the increase here has been so immensely great, as to exceed the demand, and leave large stocks on hand at the close of almost every year. They also show that the price of cotton is govcrned entirely by the relative proportion between the sp2ply and demand it the market, and that there is no truth in the assumption of some of the free trade politicians, that our tariff of duties on foreign goods, and particularly on fabrics of cotton, tends to depress the price of cotton. We had a tariff passed in 1824, which took effect in 1825; another passed in 1828; and it is just as reasonable to assume that the triff act of 1824 raised the price of cotton in 1825, firom fifteen to twenty-one cents per pound, as shown in Table No. 1, as it is to argue that the tariff of 1842 depressed the price in 1843 and 1845. What depressed the price in 1848and again in 1849? Wve see that the tariff of 1828 produced no sensible effect on its price, for it remained about the same after as before the tariff, being about ten cents per pound in each of the years 1827, 1828, 1829 and 1830. What but the excessively great crop of 1839, depressed the price in 1840, from nearly fifteen to eight and a half cents per pound? What but the smaller crop of 1840 again raised the price in 1841 to ten and a fifth cents per pound? What but the medium crops of 1841, and 1843, kept the average price at over eight cents, while the excessively great crops of 1842, and 1844, depressed the price to about six cents per pound? It is easy to see that the high prices of 1834, 1835, and 1836, 203 204 ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE,' were caused by our bloated paper currency, and speculating mania; and that the high prices in 1837, 1838, and 1839, were caused by the operations of Mr. Biddle and other bankers, speculating in cotton, and making heavy loans to cotton speculators. The extraordinary fact is shown, that the middling crops raised in 1838, 1840, and 1841, of from 1,360,000 to 1,684,000 bales, were worth nearly as much in the market, as the heavy crops raised in 1839, 1842, and 1844, of from 2,177,835 to 2,394,503 bales; and the amounts produced by the crops raised from 1842 to 1850 prove conclusively, that a crop of two million bales is worth more in the market than one of two and a half million bales. These tables show the causes which govern prices, in the clearest and most conclusive manner, and prove that the prices of commiodities are not directly affected by their utility, nor by the amount of labor required to produce them, but solely by the demand compared with the supply; their utility, and cost of production, having only an indirect effect, by increasing or diminishing either the supply or the demand. The tariff acts of the United States, bv increasing the manufacture and the demand for raw cotton, and the supply of cotton goods, have a strong tendency to raise the price of cotton, and lower the price of cotton goods; because they increase the demand for the former, and the supply of the latter. cotton will grow on almost any land adapted to Indian corn, or any other grain, from thae equator to about the thirty-eighth degree of latitude, though it flourishes most. and is mostly confined in the United States to those states lying below the thirtyfifth degree of latitude. As it will grow in about half of North America, two-thirds of South America, the whole of the arable part of Africa, in Spain, Portugal, Greece, Turkey, all southern Asia, New Holland, and all the islands in the torrid zone, and is so valuable in proportion to its weight, that it will bear transportation thousands of miles, the production can be increased to any amount, which the wants of the commercial world require; it is impossible to monopolize it. The cotton crop of the United States in 1839, according to the returns with the census of 1840, amounted to 790,479,275 pounds, only about 84,000,000 pounds of which were raised in the States north of the thirty-fifth degree of latitude, including North Carolina, Tennessee, and all the states north of them. PowER Loozis.-The power loom was invented in 1787; but it was at first so imperfect, that it was not applied to any practical use until 1801; and so great was the prejudice of handloom weavers against it, that it was introduced very slowly. The estimated number of power looms in use in Great Britain AND THE MECHANIC ARTS. in 1813, was but 2400, and in 1820 only 14,150. In 1834 the number in the United Kingdom had increased to 116,891. III. Statement of the number of Power Looms in use in Great Britain and Ireland in 1834, according to the Report of the Factory Inspectors, employed in Weaving: In Cotton. Wool. England and Wales, 90,525 2,136 Scotland, 17,531 22Ireland, 1,416 --- 109,472 2,158 For mixed materials in England, - Worsted. Silk. Line 3,123 1,714 41 - 168 ------ ---- 190 3,123 1,714 399 Total in the United Kingdom, Notwithstanding this great increase in the number of power looms, and the fact that the same number of persons can weave about eight times as much per week with power looms, as they can with hand-looms, yet the number of hand-loom weavers in Great Britain in 1833, was estimated at from 200,000 to 250,000. IV. Statement of the number of Cotton, Woollen, Linen and Silk Factories at work, the number not in use, and the number of adults and children employed in them respectively, in England, Wales, Scotland, and Ireland, in 1834, according to the official returns. See MeCulloch's Statistics, title Cotton. 1884 Factories No. of Persons employed in them Cottom. at work. Empty. Under 18. Over 15 years old. Males. Females. 50,675 53,410 250 458 6,168 12,403 960 1,553 58,053 67,824 England, 1, 07 0 Wales, 5 Scotland, 159 Ireland, 28 Total, 1,262 Woot. England, 1,102 'Wales, 85 Scotland, 90 Ireland, - 36 o. -- -1.313 To'tag' 1,313 205 n. Total. 97,539 17.721 1.606 116,866 25 116.891 41 Total Person& 182,092 1,1,51 32,995 3,796 2P-,O,034 65,461 777 3,505 1,523 71,266 42 42 9 9 781-007 443 14,424 1,283 94,157 31,807 521 1,736 508 34,572 18,613 190 1,083 674 20,560 15,041 66 686 341 16,134 ORIGIN' AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE, tories. No. of Persons employed in them Empty. Under 18. Over 18 years old. Males. Females. 25 18,083 4,009 7,855 - 415 103 168 27 2 20 25 18,525 4,114 8,043 - 9,263 2,551 4,379 ,Silk * at work. England, 231 Wales, -- Scotland, 6 Ireland, 1 Total, 238 Fa l. England, 152 WVales, Scotland, 170 Ireland, 25 Total, 347 Grand Total,3,160 V. The number of spindles in use ent periods, is estimated in McCullo In 1819 in Great Britain, 1832 do. do. - 1845 Mule Spindles. In England & Wales, 11,364,584 Scotland, 1,476,083 Ireland, 159,333 13,000,000 13,00,00 4,5, 17,000,000 _ _ 9,000)000 T/trostle Spindles. 4,190,035 15,554,619 253,795 1)729,878 56,170 215,503 4X500,000 17,500,000 - - 815,000 _ - 1,500,000 _ - 3,500,000 - - 420,000 - - 1,350,000 - - 7,585,000 In the German Customs Union, Austria and Italy, - France, - - Belgium, - - Other countries of Europe, Total on the Continent of Europe, Statement of the number of cotton and woollen factories in the United States, the spindles in use, persons employed, and capital invested in 1840, according to the census of that year. Cotton. Woollen. Number of factories, 1,240 1,420 spindles, 2,284,631 -- persons employed, 72,119 21,342 Capital invested, $51,102,359 $15,765,124 206 Total Persons. 29,947 686 49 30,682 16,193 5,999 2,047 1,560 5,860 463 1,171 13,409 3,681 76 17,309 164,563 4,564 87,291 11,410 103,411 33,283 355,265 AND THE MEC!IANIC ARTS. The number of spindles in use in cotton factories in the United States in 1845,was over three millions, or about the same as in France. Table IV. shows that in 1834, there was a large number of cotton factories in GreatBritain not in use; and the fact is, that factories and machinery for manufacturing cotton might be, multiplied still more rapidly in that country than they have been, if they could command the markets of the world, and the demand for their products were unlimited. Nothing but a limited market for their products, checks their increase. The supply is now greater than the demand three quarters of the time; and the manufacturers by arrangements among themselves, in order to prevent an excessive glut of the markets, and to keep up prices, stop some of their factories, and work short time in others, whenever the markets are over-stocked, prices low and dull. At the end of May 1847, there were in Lancashire (England). 12,107 factory hands out of employment, and 6,628 working short time; and such is often the case. Great Britain has the capacity to increase her manufactures of cotton and iron, to such an extent, as to supply all the nations of the earth; and if she could command their markets by means of unlimited Free Trade, the manufactures of every other country would wither, and gradually sink into insignificance, like those of Ireland. Look at Tables lII. lV. and V.; contemplate the relative condition and manufacturing industry of Great Britain and Ireland, and the effect on the latter of free trade with the former, and you have a sample of what would be the depressing and blighting effects on almost every country of Europe and America. This subject is farther illustrated by the following tables in relation to the trade in the manufactures of cotton. VI. Statement of the value of manufactures of cotton of all kinds, including twist and yarn, exported from Great Britain at different periods. Years. Official value. Declared, or real valie. 1697 ~5,915 1720 16,200 1751 45,986 1764 200,354 1780 355,060 1790 1,662,369 1800 5,854,057 1810 18,951,994 1815 22,289,645 ~20,620,956 1830 41,050,969 19,428,064 20? ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE, Years. Offlcial value. Declared, or real value. 1840 73,152,251 24,668,618 1844 91,039,574 25,805,348 1849 * 26,890,794 In addition to the above exports,. Great Britain exported annually a large quantity of cotton goods to Ireland. The quantity of cotton cloth and calico exported to Ireland in 1835 amounted to 14,170,000 yards. VII. Statement in millions, of the quantity and declared value of the cotton goods and yarn-and also the value of the hosiery, lace, and small wares, exported, and the estimated value of the manufactures of cotton retained for home consumption in Great Britain and Ireland, during the undermentioned years. Years. Cotton Cloth. Manufactures. Cotton-yarn, and Twist, Yards. Value. ~. lbs. Value ~ 444,5 557,5 790,6 734,0 1,046,6 Years. Hlosiery,Lac&-c.' Total value Value retained for Total value Value exported. exported. home consumption prelhce(l. 1830 ~1,2 ~19,4 ~11,6 ~31,0 1835 1,2 22,1 13,9 36,0 1840 1,2 24,6 13,1 37,9 1842 1,0 21,6 11,9 33,5 1844 1,2 25,8 12,7 38,5 By comparing tables I. and VII., the reader can see how the proceeds of the manufacture of cotton are divided between the planter and the British manufacturer. Take for example the years 1840 and 1845. In 1840 there was manufactured in Great Britain about 500,000,000 lbs. of cotton, for which the manufacturer paid 52-d sterling per pound, or ~10,500,000-81 cents, or 41d of which went to the planter, and 2-2cts or lid to pay for transportation, commissions, insurance and mercantile profits. The whole proceeds amounted to nearly ~38,000,000, about ~8,000,000 of which went to the planter, about ~5,000,000 to the commercial classes, including commissions on sales of the goods in Great Britain, and ~25,000,000 for the cost and profits of manufacturing the cotton. In 1845 the planter received still less for his crop, not realizing much over five cents per pound for * See on this subject, Section 29 of Chapter XII. I 208 14,1 15,1 16,3 12,8 17,6 64,6 83,2 118,4 137,4 138,5 4,1 5,7 7,1 7,7 c.,,9 1830 1835 1840 1842 1844 AND THE MECHANIC ARTS. his cotton, while the profits to the British manufacturer were as great as they were in 1840. The value of cotton goods of American manufacture.exported annually from the United States from 1847 to 1850, was less than five millions of dollars. On the contrary, the manufactures of cotton imported into the United States in 1836 were valued at - - - $17,876,087 in 1845, at - - - 13,863,282 and in 1850 they were valued at - - *19,685,936 Account of the cotton manufacture in the United States, during the years ending May 31st, 1840, and 1850. Capital invested, $51,102,000 $74,500,000 Value of Manufactures, 46,350,000 61,869,000 Value of raw materials used, not stated, 34,835,000 Males employed, 72 119 33,150 Females employed, 7, 59,136 The increase of the cotton manufacture has been checked, and during the last two years (1850 and 1851) it has declined, under the tariff of 1846. The effects of that tariff on manufactures of cotton, wool, and iron, have been very nearly the same.t. SEC. 14. LeatIher, and manufactures of Leather. The art of curing the skins of animals to fit them for clothing, was one of the first learned and practised by man. Skins cured with the fur or hair on them, constituted the entire clothing of savages, and nearly the whole of that of the pastoral nations of antiquity. The art of tanning hides and converting them into leather was learned at a later date, and has been much improved even during the present century. The leather manufacture of almost every civilized country is of very great importance; that of the United States and France, being inferior in value and importance, only to that of cotton; and that of Great Britain being inferior in value only to cotton, wool and iron. If we examine the instruments of husbandry, the harness on our horses, the implements used in most of the mechanic arts, and in the structure of a great number of engines and machines; or if we contemplate the necessary parts of our clothing, shoes, boots, slippers and gloves, and also our trunks, valises, books, carriages and many other things, we shall at once realize the great importance of leather-and its adaptation, in a great * The imports under the tariff of 1846, have been undervalued at Jeast 20 pel cent., and amounted in 1850 to about $23.500,000. 1 See on this subject, ante pages 158 and 201; also Hunt's Magazine for October, 1851, pages 461 and 484; do. for November, 1851, pages 576 to b]l. 209 ORIGIN' AND PROGRESS OF AGRICULTURE, variety of circumstances, to aid the industry, and supply the wants of man, in every state and condition of life. Without it, or eves without it in great quantities, to what difficulties should we be exposed? Prior to 1812, the excise duty on leather tanned in Great Britain was l-d sterling per lb., when it was raised to 3d per lb. no duties have been levied since 1832. The average quantity of leather made in England and Wales annually from 1824 to 1830 was about 50,000,000 lbs., and in Scotland about 6,000,000. The value of the leather made annually about the year 1830 was estimated by McCulloch at ~4,000,000, and the entire annual value of the manufactures of leather at ~12,500,000. The quantity of leather made annually in Great Britain about the year 1840 has been estimated at 65,000,000 lbs.-and the entire value of the manufactures of leather at ~13,500,000 sterling. The value of the leather wrought and unwrought, saddlery and harness exported from Great Britain amounted in 1830 to ~335,451, in 1840 to 417,074, and in 1844 to ~465,042. The value of the manufactures of leather in the United States in 1840, according to the census, amounted to $33,134,403. The value of the hides, of leather and manufacturers of leather imported into the United States have been as follows in 1840. 1848. Raw Hides,... $2,756,214 $4,262,069 Leather and manufactures of leather, 542,498 1,346,492 Exports of do do 233,917 330,000 The value of the manufactures of leather in France in 1839 was estimated by Berghaus at 163,000,000 francs, or about $30,644,000. This was less than that of the United States. The value of the manufactures of leather exported from France, and the value of raw hides imported into that country stated in millions of francs have been as follows: 1836 to 1840. 1841. 25,6 29,5 18,9 27,1 1836. Exports of manufactures of leather, 28 Imports of hides, 19,6 Prior to the sixteenth century, a very large proportion of the clothing (including breeches, frocks, gowns or loose coats) of the common classes of people of central and northern Europe, were made of leather. Leather, in those days, had a much greater relative importance than it has at present. This change has been effected by the improvements made in the art of spinning, weaving,, coloring and dressing cloths; and by the introduction of machinery and the cotton manufacture, during the last hundred years. 210 CHAPTER IX. ON THE PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE. SEC. 1. On the Cereal Grains, or Bread Corns. THE seeds of certain plants have been used by man from time immemorial for making bread. The principal bread corns are wheat, rye, oats, barley, buckwheat, maize or Indian corn, rice and millet. These grains grow spontaneously in some climates and countries, and the most of them are native plants of many countries; but all the grains, vegetables, plants, fruits, grasses, which man has cultivated with labor and attention for ages, and transferred from one climate and country to another, have gradually improved in quality, and become more productive. Wheat, barley, and rye, have been cultivated in Egypt from time immemorial, and constituted the principal bread corn of that country, as appears from the Scriptures. See Exodus, ix. 31. Wheat and barley appear to have been the principal bread stuffs of the Israelites. See Genesis, xxx. 14. Deut. viii. S. SEC. 2. The production and consumption of Theat. Wheat is the most valuable to man of any species of grain; but unfortunately it is the most tender, and easily affected by the weather, wind, soil, climate, heat, dampness, insects of various kinds, and frosts, of any of the grains; and requires greater care and attention in preparing and cleaning the ground, securing it against water, and getting good seed, free from foul stuff, than any other crop which the farmer cultivates. Though it grows over a large part of the globe from the 30th to above the 60th degree of latitude; from Italy and the shores of the Mediterranean Sea, to, and including the southern parts of Sweden and Norway, yet it requires a fine, rich, loamy limestone, or gravel and clay soil; neither very wet nor very dry, and a favorable season to bring forward as well as to ripen and harvest the crop. When sown on very rich interval or bottom lands, the straw often grows so rank and large that it is tender, falls down, and the wheat PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS Ol AGRICULTUtRE, blasts; when sown on light and poor sandy soils, it will often scarcely produce as much as the seed; when sown on wet ground, and the water stands on it during the winter, it seems to turn to chess or cheat; when sown on stiff clay soil, and the early part of the spring is unfavorable, and the top of the ground thaws during the day, and freezes at night for many days in succession, the ground often heaves, breaks the roots, and kills the wheat; and when the wheat gets large in the fall, it is sometimes smothered and killed by deep snows. When the soil, climate, season, aud mode of cultivation are all favorable, it yields an abundant and rich harvest, and is in some countries, the most profitable crop a farmer can raise, but in most soils, it is the most unproductive and hazardous. MIr. Hallam makes the following remarks, in the ninth chapter of his Middle Ages. "The culture of arable land was very imperfect. Fleta remarks, in the reign of Edward I. or II. that unless an acre of land produced more than six bushels of corn, the farmer would be a loser, and the land yield no rent. And Sir John Collum, from very minute accounts, has calculated that nine or ten bushels were a full average crop, on an acre of wheat. An amazingo excess of tillage accompanied, and partly, I suppose, produced this imperfect cultivation." These remarks refer to England, but would apply to the United States at the present time; the crops of wheat per acre, even in wheat-growing districts, do not average over twelve or fifteen bushels;* and taking the whole United States, will not average over ten or eleven bushels per acre; while the average crop for the whole of England was estimated by McCulloch some years since, at twenty-six bushels per acre, and it has been estimated by some authors as high as twenty-eight to thirty bushels per acre. The annual crop of wheat in England and Wales is over 100,000,000 of bushels: it is estimated in Brande's Encyclopedia of Science and Art, at 120,000,000 bushels. The wheat crop of the United States, in 1839, amounted to but 84,823,272 bushels; and the great crop of 1845, did not exceed 110,000,000 bushels. As wheat is much superior for bread to any other grain, and the quantity which can be raised more limited than that of the coarser grains, the surplus wheat beyond the wants of the country, is never very great in the United States. There is scarcely any wheat cultivated in the States of Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, Louisiana, Mississippi, Arkansas, and Florida, and in many large districts of country in most of the other States; and the supply for the whole population of the Union, is less in * The wheat crop of New York of 1844 averaged only about 13 bushels per acre, as appears by the census of 1845. 212 PIINCIPAL PROtDUCTS OF AGRICULT. proportion to the inhabitants than the quantity raised in Great Britain is for the inhabitants of that island. During the reign of Henry VIII., England produced very little wheat;* the wealthy only lived on wheat bread; the mass of the people lived on rye, barley and oats; and at the revolution of 1688SS, the annual wheat crop of England and Wales was estimated at but 1,750,000 quarters, or fourteen million bushels, over and above the seeds; or about one-sixth part as much as it was in 1810. Even as late as the year 1765, the annual wheat crop was estimated at less than thirty-five million bushels. Up to the year 1828, the production of wheat in Great Britain increased faster than the population, and was greater then, in proportion, to the population, than it was one, two, three, or even five centuries since. Sir. Jacob says, " In ancient times in England, wheat could not be considered as the chief food of the inhabitants; very little of it was used by the agricultural population, which then composed nine-tenths of the inhabitants; and among the people in the towns, it was by no means the universal, or principal food. Rye and barley were the chief articles of consumption." The inhabitants of Great Britain, as a whole, eat more wheat annually, in proportion to their numbers, than the people of the United States; and whatever want and suffering there may be in Great Britain among the poor, is owing entirely to an unequal and unjust distribution of the products of labor, and not to any general want, nor to any deficiency in the aggregate amount of the comforts of life. SEC. 3. Production and use of Rye. Rye grows and flourishes in all countries and climates, and on all soils where wheat will grow; but being coarser, and less palatable for bread, it is much less esteemed, though it contains very nearly the same amount of nourishment. It has been cultivated from time immemorial, and is supposed to be a native of the Island of Crete. The berry is much less plump than wheat, and on that account wheat, on first rate soils, and good seasons, will produce the greatest number of bushels; but it is very little affected with the many casualties, which often occur to ruin wheat; and will grow and fill well, on any soil and any land, rich or poor, high or low, wet or dry, which is fit for either wheat, barley, oats, corn, or most other grain. It is one of the least hazardous crops which can be cultivated, and together with Indian corn, is the principal grain used for bread, by nearly half of the agricultural population of the United States of America. The quantity of rye raised in the United States in 1839, was * See the Corn. Dict. title bread. 213'. PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE, 18,645,567 bushels. MIr. Ellsworth, in his report as Commissioner of the Patent Office, estimated the crop of 1842 at 22,762,952 bushels, and that of 1844 at 26,450,000 bushels. Much of it has been heretofore distilled into whiskey. It constitutes the principal bread corn of Germany and Russia. The cultivation of rye in the United States may be increased to almost any extent which the market may demand. Snc. 4. Production axid use of Oats. Oats grow in any climate and country where wheat and rye do. They were cultivated by the ancient Romans, and are now extensively used for bread in Ireland, the highlands of Scotland, and some in England, and various countries on the continent. The quantity raised in the United States in 1839, was 123,071,341 bushels. They are almost all used for horsefeed, and none, or scarcely any is made into bread. They make bread greatly inferior to that of either rye, or Indian corn, and are not esteemed of very great value in the United States, as their place can be supplied by other grains, which are more nutritious. We have reason to believe, that they were much used among the Romans, as frequent mention is made of them in the workls of Roman authors. They are much more easily cultivated than wheat, in a low state of agriculture. SEc. 5. Production and use of Barley. Barley has been cultivated about the shores of the Mediterranean Sea, from time immemorial; its native country is unknown, some ascribing it to Tartary, others to Siberia, and a few to Scotland; and like many other plants and grains, it is most likely that it is a native of many countries. It grows and flourishes in the same climates as wheat, rye, and oats, including all temperate and cold climates and countries. In Spain and Sicily, it is said to produce two crops a year. It was extensively cultivated in Palestine, and used for bread, as appears by the scriptures of the Old and New Testament. It is used for bread at this day in many countries of Europe, and some in Great Britain; though its principal use in Great Britain, and its only use in the United States, is to malt, and make into beer. 214 PRINCIPAL.PRODUCTS OF AGRICt'LTIURE. Statement i n millions of 5ztshels of the quantity of imalt consu,rned in the Uiiited ]jingdom.* England and Wales. Scotland. Ireland. In 1801, 18 millions, 6 millilons, 1 million, 1821, 26 " 1.3 " 2 * 1821, 26 "' 1. 3 "' 2 " 1831, 33 " 4.1 " 2.1 " 1841, 31 " 4. " 1.1 " The average consumption to each individual in England and Wales during the present century, has been about two bushels. A century since, it was over four bushels to each person. The quantity of barley cultivated in the United States is small, and considering the use to which it is applied, it is fortunate for the country that it is so; and the quantity, according to MIr. Ellsworth's estimates, is declining. It amounted in 1839, to 4,161,504, and in 1844, to but 3,627,000 bushels; more than half of the whole is raised in the single State of New York, where the temperance reformation has taken deep root, which has occasioned a decline in its cultivation. SEC. 6. Prodiction and use of Bu'ckwheat and llMillet. Buckwheat is supposed to be a native plant of Asia, and to have been introduced into Europe but a few centuries since. It has been cultivated in Great Britain since the latter part of the sixteenth century, though not to any great extent. It is considerably used for bread in the United States, France, and some other countries of Europe, but is not much used in Great Britain. The quantity raised in the United States in 1839, was 7,291,743 bushels; in 1842, it was estimated at 9,483,400, and in 1844, at 9,071,000' bushels. Millet is a coarse grain, used mostly for poultry, but little cultivated, and of but little value comparatively to the human family. SEc. 7. Production and use of Pie. Rice has been cultivated from time imnmemorial, and furnished nmuch of the bread stuff of the inhabitants of India, and of the greater part of southern Asia, and the neighboring islands. It requires wet, fiat and marshy lands, and does the best on lands covered with water a part of the year, by the overflow of rivers, marshes or artificial irrigation. It grows only in hot and warm climates, and requires such peculiarities as to soil and irrigation, that its culture can never be very extensive; and in the United States, it is mostly confined to the states of North and South Carolina, Georgia, and Louisiana. The total amount cultivated in Five bushels of barley will hnake about six bushels of malt. 215 PRI'CIP~AL PRoDtlcTS OF' AIICULTURE. the United States in 1839, was only 80,841,422 pounds, equal to nearly 1,350,000 bushels of wheat for food. The quantity raised in 1842, was estimated by Mr. Ellsworth, at 94,007,000 pounds; and in 1844, at 111,759,000 pounds. As the quantity of land adapted to it, and on which it can be cultivated advantageously, is quite limited, the increased demand keeps pace with the supply, and keeps it up to a fair price; and it is almost the only article cultivated in warm climates, by the labor of African slaves, which has not fallen rapidly in price, during the last half century. SEc. 8. Production ami Use of Maize, or Indian Corn. The discovery of America led to the introduction to the civilized world, of the knowledge, use and cultivation of maize, or Indian corn, and potatoes, which are native plants of the western continent, and have done more to benefit mankind, than all its mines of gold and silver. Indian corn is a native plant of a warm climate, but by planting it farther north, and replanting the seed thus grown from year to year, the climate has had an effect to lessen the blade and stalk, as well as the ear and kernel, and so far changed its character, as to adapt it to the climate; so that corn which has been planted in Canada for a series of years, being small., grows quick and generally ripens as far north as the 46th or 47th degree of latitude. It grows, and can be cultivated to advantage from the equator to about the 46th degree of latitude, though wheat, rye, barley, oats, and buckwheat cannot be cultivated much below the 30th degree, except on lands several thousand feet above the ocean. McCulloch remarks that, "It was introduced into the Continent of Europe, about the beginning, and into England a little while after the middle of the sixteenth cen-. tury. Its culture has spread with astonishing rapidity; being now extensively grown in most Asiatic countries, and in all the southern parts of Europe. It has the widest geographical range. of all the cerealia, growing luxuriantly at the equator, and as far as the 50th degree of north, and the 40th of south latitude. It has been raised in England in nursery gardens near the metropolis, for more than a century." It will also grow on any soil, rich or poor, high or low, wet or dry, clay, loam, sand, gravel, or any mixture of them, on which any grain whatever will grow; except that it will not grow like rice, on lands covered with water a great portion of the time. It may be cultivated to advantage on the arable lands, of more than three quarters, if not seven eighths of the whole inhabited part of the globe, though it grows the most luxuriantly, and yields the most, in a warm climate, and rich loamy or alluvial soil, neither very wet nor very dry, and in a country where showers 216 PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS oF AGRICULTURE. are frequent during the summer. B3elow the 40th degree of latitude, it yields from two to three times as much as wheat, rye or barley, on the same land; and from the 40th to the 44th degree of latitude, it generally yields much more, and often twice as much as either of those grains, and frequently yields abundantly even above the 44th parallel of latitude. It is about as nutritious as rye or barley, nearly as much so as wheat, and about twice as much so as oats. It now constitutes the principal part of the bread corn of a large proportion of the human family; and wherever it has been introduced and long cultivated, it has entirely superseded the use of barley and oats as bread corn, and rendered them useless to man; except that the latter is useful as food for animals, and the former is distilled and used as a powerful agent to intoxicate and brutalize mankind. As Indian corn flourishes in warm climates, on high and dry land, where rice will not grow, it will enable HIindostan, and all the countries of southern Asia, including Turkey, and the isles of the ocean, to maintain at some future period a population twice as numerous as they could without it; and as it is a very certain and safe crop, it will relieve those countries from the severe famines with which they have often been afflicted, and thus contribute immensely to the conmforts, and welfare of the human family. The quantity cultivated in the United States is immnensely great, more than all other grains added together. Nearly every region of the United States can, and almost every county not containing a city actually does, raise sufficient for the wants of the people. The western and south-western states produce so large a surplus of corn annually, beyond the wants of the country, that in all the interior districts of those states, remote from large towns and navigable waters, it is a drug in the market, will often scarcely sell for money at any price, and much of it is destroyed by wild animals, and otherwise wasted. It formerly sold in remote districts, where the quantity raised is great and the population sparse, at from ten to twelve cents per bushel, and frequently would not sell in any considerable quantities, at even eight cents in money. SEc. 9. Production and use of Potatoes. The potatoe, next to Indian corn, is the most important plant for food, which is a native of the Western Continent. It was introduced into western Europe during the 16th century, and into Ireland in 1610; but was cultivated in England in gardens only, and in small quantities, as a great luxury, until the year 1684, when it was raised for the first time, in the open fields of 217 PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTULRE. the county of Lancashire. In Scotland, potatoes were raised in gardens only, until the year 1728. It was estimated by McCulioch, some years since, that about 5,000,000 of the population of Ireland, subsisted mnostly on potatoes; that 1,200,000 acres of land in England and Wales, were annually appropriated to the cultivation of potatoes and turnips, and 130,000 acres in Scotland to potatoes only. The crop of potatoes in France, in 1818 was 29,231,807 hectolitres, about 82,,500,000 bushels, and it amounted in 1835 to about 204,000,000 bushels. If we suppose 500,000 acres of land in England and Wales, and the 130,000 in Scotland, to be appropriated to potatoes, and to produce on an average two hundred bushels per acre, the whole potatoe crop of Great Britain would amountto no less than 126,000,000 bushels annually. The potatoc crop of the United States in 1839 amounted to 108,298,000 bushels. Some authors estimate that one bushel of wheat contains as much nourishment for man as four bushels of potatoes, others estimate three bushels of potatoes as equal to one of wheat. Perhaps it would be safe to say, that four bushels of potatoes are equal to one of wheat, and that three and a half are equal to one of rye or Indian corn. In the greater part of the free states, fromn eight to ten times as many bushels of potatoes as wheat can be raised on the same ground, as potatoes usually yield from 100 to 150 bushels per acre, and sometimes more. They will yield four or five times as much as corn. These facts show the great importance of the potatoe to the human family. The principal drawback to the utility and value of potatoes, and in fact to all vegetables, is their perishable nature, and their being so bully and heavv in proportion to their value, that they will not bear transportation to any great distance. In the neighborhood of a commercial or manufacturing city, which furnishes a market for large quantities, an acre of good land planted to potatoes, will yield two or three times as much value as the same land sown to wheat; but like all other vegetables, coarse grains, poultry, &C., they will bear transportation by land but few miles. The disease of the potatoes that causes it to rot, commenced in 1846, and has greatly lessened the value of it; but the probability is, that that scourge will not be permanent. SEc. 10. Productioa of grain in the United States, Great Britain, Ireland and Ira~nce. Summary statement in millions of bushels of the products of the undermentioned crops in the United States in 1839 according to the census-in Great Britain annually from 1835 to 1840, 218 PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE. according to the estimates of MicCulloch, —and in Ireland in 1847, according to the British Almanac for 1849. FreSae. Sav tts,a Bian rln WVheat, 54 Rye, 14 Barley, 4 Indian Corn } 125 and Mvillet, i Buckwheat, 7 Oats, 80 Pease and beans, Other small grain, Total grain, 285 Potatoes & turnips, 93 Summary statement in millions of hectolitres of the quantity cf GRAIN RAISED IN FRANCE ANNUALLY, ON AN AVERAGE, FROST 1801 TO 1812, both inclusive, according to the statement of Chlaptal; also the QUANTITIES IN 1818, 1835, and 1841, AC CORDING TO OFFICIAL RETURNS OR ESTIMATES. A hectolitre con tains about 2.84 Winchester bushels: Aver. annlly. 1801 to 1812. 51,5 30,2 6,3 12,5 8,4 32 13,6 19,6 11,9 143,5 204 190,6 407,5 579,8 542,2 83,0 20424 222,7 The 204,165,194 hectolitres of grain raised in France in 1835 were equal to about 580,000,000 bushels; of which it was esti. mated that 107,277,801 hectolitres were consumed by man; 42,185,005 by horses, cattle, &c.; 29,734,371 required for seed, and 2,833,575 distilled and brewed; leaving a surplus of 24,053,205 not needed for use, a part of which was exported. The population of France was 33,540,000, the quantity consumed by man was about nine bushels for each person; and by anhnials, 210 tates. .L 4 Slave States; 30. 4,1 13 6 Great Britain. 104 361 Ireland 2'0'i 1 1 252 i 43 150 6 .92, 2 330 20 296 130 336 234 1818. ,52,6 24,7 6,1 13,1 3,3 29,7 1835. 71,6 32,9 6,9 is 5 49,4 1841. 69,5 27,8 7,6 16,6 8,4 48)8 Wheat, 1[tye, Maize, Barley, Buckwheat, Oats, 31 ixed and Z other grain, S 12 153 Equal in bush. to Potatoes, bush. 434,5 56,2 PRI.NCIPAL PRODtUCTS OF AGRICULTtURE. for horse feed, and to fatten hogs, cattle, &c. for food, was equal to about three and a half bushels for each person, beside potatoes and other vegetables. These and other well established facts show, that the United States produce less wheat inr proportion to their population, than either Great Britain or France. The quantity of agricultural products of France, and particularly of wheat and rye, have been increasing with greater rapidity than the population, since the peace of 1815, and the attention of the people has been directed to mining and manufacturing industry, and to public improvements. SEc. 11. Pro(luctiolt of grain in Russia, the empire of Austria, ,Spctin, and other countries of Europe. Account from the official returns or estimates of the produce of grain in Russia in Europe, exclusive of Poland and Finland, during the undermentioned years.* Spring sown Barley, Oats, &c Chetwerts . 121 i mill's 1361 " 2 123 I' 83 " 128i " 118,, 193; 1,081 " Average annual production of grain in the Austrian Empire, including HIungary, Lombardy and Venice, from 1835 to 1838.t Whea, i Engishimpeialbushls, 49,830,000 49,830,000 166,840,000 69,696,000 132,446,000 418,812,000 The population was then about thirty-five millions-and the production of grain equal to about twelve bushels to each person, and yet there was a surplus to export. * See McGregor's Corn. Statistics vol. ii. p. 736. t This is taken from a table made by McGregor from facts and official returns and estimates collected by him.-See McGregor's Corn. Stat. I. p. 10 and 14. 220 n e, is Total in millions of Chetwerts, 214 mill's) 238 )' 196 11 135! 183, -, Total in bushels. niillls 7) 7) ) 1 7) 1835) 92i mill 1836, toii 11 1837, 73 1839, 52 1) 1840 54-2L 7) Av. 75 7) anlly, 1,198 1,336 1,098 750 1,025 Total, it PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE. Quantity of grain produced in Spain in 1803, according to the official returns, as stated by McGregor.* Wlheat, 46,915,000 bushels Barley, 22,883,000 " Rye, 15,471,000 " Oats, Maize, Rice, &c., 9,946,000 " Oats, B~aiz, Rice, Sac, 9,946,00 lvheat, ~ ~ ~ ~ 9:46795000buhl Total, 95,215,000 " This was less than ten bushels to each person, the population being then about ten millions. According to the statistics of Von Malchus, published in Prussia in 1826, the average annual production of grain of all kinds at that time in the undermentioned countries, was as follows, stated in English bushels; Bushels. Bushels to each person. Sweden and Norway, 34 millions. about 10 Prussia, 230 " " 16 or 17 Russia, 875 " " 22 Austrian Empire, 80 " 17 Holland and Belgium, 78 " " 12 Italian States, 184 " " 11 Spain, 108 " 10 Portugal, 34 " 10 The most of these are derived from official estimates, and may be regarded as approximations to accuracy. SEc. 12. Trade in grain and flour, at different periods. There was comparatively little international commerce in grain and flour, previous to the beginning of the 18th century. The excess of exports of flour and wheat from England, over the imports in four years, from 1697 to 1700 inclusive, was only 69,433 quarters, or 555,464 bushels. A small quantity of wheat and flour was exported from Great Britain during the first half, and central part of the 18th century, and until the year 1767, when her imports first exceeded her exports. The excess of exports over imports, from 1700 to 1725, amounted to 3,057,515 imperial quarters, or 24,460,120 bushels in 25 years; from 1755 to 1765 both inclusive, the excess of exports over imports was 19,570,824 bushels in the 11 years; from 1766 to 1780, the excess of imports over exports was equal to 6,773,264 bushels in the 15 years; firom 1781 to 1800, it was equal to 5,512,487 quarters, or 44,099,896 bushels. The excess of wheat and wheat flour imported into Great Britain over and above the exports, from 1801 to 1820 both inclusive, was 11,962,296 quarters-equal to 4,784,912 bushels * See McGreg.or's Statistics, ii. p. 1013. ;t21 PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICtULTURE:. annually; and from 1821 to 1840, the excess of imports amounted to 24,256,897 quarts-equal to 9,707,758 bushels annually, during the twenty years. A very large proportion of these imports were from Ireland, as will be seen by the following table. I. Average quantities of all sorts of grain, and the average quantities of wheat, rye, barley, oats, peas and beans respectively, annually imported into Great Britain from each country during twenty-five years, from 1801 to 1825 inclusive, stated in WVinchester quarters, of eight bushels each: Wioat IRye Barley Oats. Peas and' All grains Qrs. Qr,,. Q{rs. Qrs. Beaiis.Qrs Qrs. From — _ ___. _ Ireland....................... lS,438 253; 33,831 639,S57, 4,922 865,98 Russia.................. 53,377 9,968, 7,112 46,652 7S5 117,902 Sweden and No'rvayy........... 9,576 960 987 2,4161 428 14,397 Il)enmark,................... 16,324 1,123 18,S08 30,672 823 67,847 Prussia,...................... 157,359 5,689.' 18,718 89,209 7,609 228,584 Germany.................... 58, 1I 3 5,1 S9 24,839 75,82S 7,144 171,103 Ifolland and Belgium.......... 56,817 1,690 9,500 84,269 5,802 158,078 France and South of Enrope,. 7.. 24,649 293t 1,097 1,953 9,124 37,932 United States....a........... 74,024 2, 341 31 201 *80,712 British Am. Col................ 24,863- | 51 1 697 25,627 Otlher Foreign Nations......... 4.S2361 1,43S 2,194' 1,708 151 10,363 Total,.................. I 667-,66 28,944 116,66Si 922,608, 87,6S6 1,778,513 II. Quantities of wheat and flour, given in quarters of wheat, imported into Great Britain from each country except Irelandt in the years 1847, 1848 and 1849 and the average quantity annually imported, during a period of 22 years, ending with 1849. 1847. 1843. 14.'Aeaeo 1847. 1848. Quarters. Quarters. 850,587 523,138 8,647 5,346 73,568 191,787 492,928 528,156 154,839 532,591 11,800 163,978 27,469 178,398 179,259 320,010 24,700 917 64,850 83 170 46X251 8,576 4,129 266,719 40.340 398,793 186,254 1,834,142 296,102 30,145 19,339 4,464,75713,082,231 209,237 2,566 91,797 435,791 232,034 I 88,704 124,102 29,408 108,137 12,219 3,733 38,490 128,543 242,094 24,212 Russia,. Sweden and Norway, Denmark,. Pr us sa, Germaniy, Holland, Belgm, i.l, France. Spain,.. Italy,.. Malta,.. Greece, Turkey, Syria, and Egypt, British North America, United States,, Other countries, *The aggregate includes 5,163 quarters ol Indian corn, of which 4,022 wMere from the United States. t There were exported from Ireland to Great Britain in 1849-249,489 quarters, equal to 2.035,912 bushels of wheat-1,076,364 quarters of oats, and 201 811 cattle, beside calves, sheep and pigs. L 222 599,556 6,-194 243,213 618,690 498,984 308,482 366 099 742,023 498 281,530 9,049 61,136 295,542 142.295 617,131 44,558 4,835,280t 1,771,067 Total, PRIN\CIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE. In addition to the wheat- and wheat flour imported into Great Diitain, and what came from Ireland, there was imported in 1849, 1,389,858 quarters of barley and barley meal- 1,307,904 quarters of oats, and oatmeal-246,843 of rye and rye meal2,277,224 of Indian corn, and meal —236,525 of pease and pea mueal-and 458,651 quarters of beans. Sec. 13. General re,fectioizs o-n the agricuzltu,ral products of Europe, and their increase. Though all the countries in the northern and central portions of Europe have increased in population, and many of them very greatly, during the last century and a half, yet their agricultural products have increased more than the population. The people ane at this time (1851) better supplied with vegetable food and with all the comforts of life, except animal food and fuel, than they were fifty or an hundred years since, or at any former period. This seems almost incredible, when we consider the age of the nations of Europe, and their increase in population. 5Ve have reason to believe that the population of Europe did not mniuclh, if any, exceed an hundred millions, at the time of the discovery of America, near the close of the fifteenth century. In thie year 1700, I suppose it was about one hundred and thirtyfive mnillions-in 1800, it amounted to about one hundred and eighty millions-in 1840, to about two hundred and forty nzillions-and in 1850 it was about two hundred and fifty-five nillions. The increase of population has been sustained and caused, by an increase of agricultural products, and of the comforts of life, by reason of an increase of science, and of mechanical and mining industry. Nearly all the countries of Europe have ordinarily for many years past, produced a surplus of grain to export. This is shown by the tables in the last section. The history of the world until a recent period, is filled with dearths, and great scarcities of provisions, amounting almost to famines; which carried great distress, suffering, and sickness among the people, and swept off thousands, and sometimes millions, by means of the debility and diseases consequent upon a want of sufficient food, and other necessaries to make theme comfortable. Such scenes of suffering, sickness, and mortality as existed in Ireland in 1847, were common in every country of Europe, during the thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, and still more common during earlier periods of the world. Agriculture was then in a very low condition, the amount of grain cultivated comparatively small, and crops very precarious and generally light. This was owing to a variety of causes, among which may be noticed, the low state of physical 223 PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULrUREi. science and of the mechanic arts, the total ignorance of agriceul tural chemistry and science-a want of proper tools and instru mlents to plough and subdue the earth properly-and a want of extensive markets, and of facilities to transport their products to narket, which operate as stimulants to industry. It was impos sible for population to increase very much, in such a condition of things, and the fact of a great increase of population during the last seventy-five years (since the year 1775) is of itself, evidence, thllat food and other comforts of life are more abundant among all classes of people, and scarcities less frequent, than they were two, three, or five centuries since. The increase of physical and mechanical science, of productive industry, agricultural products, and population, all go hand in hand, and neither can advance very much without the others; the increase of agricultural products and of population being natural consequents of the others, operating as causes. Agricul tural chemistry, has grown up during the present century. Plants, soils and manures have been analyzed, their constituent elements ascertained, the deficiencies of any soil to produce a particular crop, and the mode of supplying the deficiencies by mnianures of various kinds, lime and gypsum, bone dust and guano, has been learned, the utility of a rotation of crops, and the use of the grasses, clover and other green crops, have been suggested and tested by experiments. Many of these things have been suggested ex priori, by physical science and agricultural chemistry, and all of them have been tested, and their real utility ascertained, by the observation and experience of great numbers of persons, in different countries, and the results published to the world The quality and productiveness of grains, grasses, plants, fruits and animals, have been improved by cultivation; and by transferring them from one country, and one climate to another, sowing and planting only the best grains and seeds, and breeding from the best animals, all these things have been improved in quality, as well as in productiveness, in all the well cultivated countries of the earth. Great advantages have been derived also from iron ploughs, and other instruments, to aid in turning up, at a considerable depth, subduing and cultivating the earth, and in sowing the seeds, gathering, securing and cleaning the crops, and fitting them for use. Nearly all these improvements have been effected during the last hundred years. since the year 1750, and the result has been a great increase in agricultural products, in nearly all the countries of Europe. The average product of wheat per acre in England and WIales is about four times as great at present, as 224 PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE. it was four centuries since-being now about 27 or 28 bushels per acre-it was then only about seven bushels. The average annual crop of wheat in England and WVales at, and immediately previous to, the revolution of 1688, was from sixteen to seventeen million bushels; as late as from 1770 to 1775, it was only about thirty-five million bushels; but since 1835 it has been generally supposed to average nearly one hundred million bushels. The average crops of grain of all kinds in France in 1784 were but little over nine bushels per acre-they are now about fifteen bushels per acre. The crop of wheat in France in 1784 was only about one hundred and thirteen million bushels; it now amounts to about two hundred million bushels per annum. The production of all kinds of grain in 1760 amounted to about 450 litres, or 124? bushels to each inhabitant; the average production for some years past, has been estimated at 541 litres, or 15t bushels to each person, notwithstanding an increase of population of twelve and a half millions, or over fifty per cent. The population of France in 1760 was about twenty-three millions-production of grain at 124- bushels each 290,000,000 bushels. Population in 1846 about 35,400,000, annual production of grain about 543,000,000 bushels.~ The progress and improvements in agriculture have been much greater in Great Britain and Belgium, than in France-they have been very great also in all the central and northern countries of Europe. The crops generally are more certain, as well as more abundant, and better secured, than they were a century since, and the science of agriculture is still advancing. If all Europe were as well cultivated as Great Britain and Belgium now are, there is no reason to doubt, that it might produce sufficient food and wool for five or six hundred millions of inhabitants. Considering the advance in the sciences and the increase in the crops of some countries during the last hundred years, by reason of the advance in physical, agricultural, and mechanical science, we can scarcely assign any limits to the quantity of food which may be produced. There is at this day, and will be for all future time, more suffering in nearly every country of Europe, for want of sufficient fuel, clothing, and comfortable dwellings, than for want of food. These facts and considerations should make the free trade advocates, statesmen and agriculturists of America, pause and reflect, what dependence they can reasonably put on Great Britain as a market for our grain and provisions? Whether we are not giving too much attention to the production of food, and too little to the production of other comforts, and of the instruments of ly See L'Annuaire de L'Economie Politique et de la Statistique of France for 1850., p. 3,0 to 375. 2 2,5 PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE. industry? Whether by striving and expecting to feed the Europeans and furnish them with raw materials, and to be clothed by them and furnished with manufactured products, they are not nourishing a false hope, which will produce disappointment, debt, embarrassment, the depression of many important branches of industry, panic, revulsion, and a general depression of property and business? Nothing but the mines of California has prevented the heavy balance of trade against the United States from producing a severe shock and revulsion, before this time. The exports of coin during the first six months, frotm January to June inclusive, of the present year (1851) amounted to over twenty-five millions of dollars. Such an immense drain of specie could not have been sustained at any former period in our history, without producing a panic, and wide spread bankruptcy. SEC. 14. The introductioin, production, andZ consumption oj S?3'ar. A century since, sugar was regarded as a great luxury, to be used only by the wealthy; now it is looked upon by all classes in this country as a necessary, which cannot be dispensed with. The Greeks and Romans had very little knowledge of sugar; the Saracens introduced the culture of the sugar cane, and the manufacture of sugar into the islands of Cyprus, Crete, Sicily and Rhodes, and also into Spain, in the ninth century; and the Spaniards introduced the manufacture of sugar into the West India islands. The art of refining sugar, and making what is called loaf sugar, is a modern European invention, the discovery of a Venetian about the end of the 15th or beginning of the 16th century. M1r. McCulloch remarks, that even in the early part of the 17th century, the quantity of sugar imported into Great Britain was very inconsiderable; and that it was used only in the houses of the rich and great. It was not until the latter part of the century, when coffee and tea were introduced, that sugar came into general use. Mr. McCulloch's statement of the quantity of sugar consumed in Great Britain, at different periods: 1786 to 1790, average 81,000 tons. 1801 to 1810, " 123,265 " 1811 to 1820, " 118,147 " 1821 to 1830, " 149,600 " 2~~~ 1700 10,000 tons. 1710 14,000 " 1734 42,000 " 1754 53,270 " 1775 72,500 " During the whole of the present century, the inhabitants of Great Britain have, on an average, consumed more than twenty 226 In 4 4 c c c 9 1770 to PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE. pounds of sugar annually; during the 18th century, the consuniption by them increased, as their productive industry and the means of paying for it increased. Owing to the poverty of the great mass of the Irish people, they consumne very little sugar .IcCulloeh states that the whole quantity retained for consumption in Ireland, in 1825, was about 12,600 tons, and in 1835, only about 9,300 tons. The quantity consumed in Great Britain and Ireland from 1831 to 1840 inclusive, averaged annually 187,298 tons. This prodigious quantity was consumed, notwithstanding it was loaded down with so heavy duties, that the nett revenue amounted annually on an average, during the ten years, to ~4,532,214 sterling, or about $21,700,000. Statement and calculation of Porter,* of the quantity of sugar consumed in Great Britain and Ireland respectively, the average consumption of each person, and the rate of duty. In Great Britain in, 1801. 1811. 1821. Tons consumed, 149,542. 164,616. 123,587. Consumption of each person, 3021 lbs. 29 1 lbs. 19i lbs. State of duty per Cwt, 20 s. 27s. 27s. ons consumed, 14,903. 21,004. 19,030. Consumption of each person. 61 lbs. 8 lbs. 641 lbs. Statement taken from the British Almanac for 1851 of the quantity of Sugar entered for consumption in Great Britain and In Great Britain. In Ireland. Tons of sugar consumed, 276,587. 23,290. Average consumption of each person, 29 lbs. about 8 lbs. MIr. McCuIloch states the consumption of foreign and colonial sugar in France as follows: Consumed by each person about 2 pounds. 1788, at about 21,300 tons, 1801, " 25,200 " 1812, " 16,000 " S1819, 36,000 " 1824, 47,250 " 1827, 62,500 " 1830, 67,250 " Ile estimated the quantity consumed in France in 1832, including beet root as well as foreign sugar, at 88,000,000 kilogralmnes, about 88S,000 tons, or 195,000,000 pounds; being - See Porter's Progress of the Nation, title Sugar. 227 In c 1. 4 i I 8 1 6to 1822 to 1 S26 to in nearly 3 44 44 3i " 4 4 4h cg cc 5 cc PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE,. about six pounds for each person, and less than one-third much a.s is consumned by each inhabitant of Great Britai foreign and colonial sugar entered for consumption in E 1841 was about S4,000 tons. Mr. McCulloch states the average quantities exported principal producing countries during each of the three ye ing with 1833 as follows Tons. 90,000 30,000 60,000 110,000 95,000 75,000 British West Indies, Demerara and Berbice, MIauritius, Bengali Isle of Bourbon, Java, Siam, Philippines, &c., Cuba and Porto Rico, French, Dutch and Danish West Indies, Brazil, Total, 560,000 The United States then produced about 50,000 tons, and in 1844 about 100,000 tons, including maple sugar. About one-fourth part of the whole quantity of sugar made in the world, appears to be consumed by the inhabitants of the island of Great Britain. Why is it, that they can pay for, and afford to enjoy so many more luxuries than their neighbors? Statement in millions of pounds of the quantities of sugar iimported into the United States during the undermentioned years, its aggregate value and value per pound each year. 22" millions. 501 "c 293t " 591 s" 86~ " 126 cc 121 " 115 (' 218 "4 " 1821, 592 " $3,553,582 nearly 6 cents. "1830, 86' " 4,630,342 about 5& "1835, 126 " 6,860,174 nearly 5 " "1840, 121 " 5,580,950 nearly 4 " 1845, 115 4,780,555 about 4 " " 1850, 218 " 7,504,424 " 3 " Estimate by Edmund G. Forstall of New Orleans of the crops of sugar raised in Louisiana, during several years, in hogsheads of 1000 pounds each, and the prices or value on the plantations of the sugar per pound, and molasses per gallon, during the month of March each year; which is the usual time of selling. Years. Crop in hhds. Price of Sugar. Price of Molasses 1s32-1883 70,000 5 L to 5 3 ets. 10 cts. 1S34-1835 110,000 5to 6" 1S to 19 cts. 1&S-1836 836,000 10 to 11 " 33 to 84 " 1839-1S40 119,947 331 to 4 " 15 to 16 " 1841-IS42 125,00 0 to 4' 13 to 13L,, 1842-1843 140),316 to 4 11 to 12 L 1843-1S44 100,345 5', to 6,~ 20 184 —184, 204,913 5, to 4-" 14 to 15J- " 228 560,000 1790) 1800, isio, 1821) 1830) 1835, 1840, 1845, -1850, Value. Value per lb. PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE. The production of Sugar in the United States is now so great as to affect materially its price throughout the world. A large crop depresses prices, and a short one causes prices to advance. A very considerable proportion of the sugar imported into the United States is re-exported; the quantity exported in 1842, amounted to over 15,000,000 pounds, leaving about 157,000,000 pounds of foreign sugar for home consumption, beside domestic sugar. In 1840, the quantity of maple sugar made in the United States, was about 35,000,000 pounds; call it the same in 1842, the crop of Louisiana in 1841 was about 125,000,000 pounds, making the whole supply and consumption of the United States for 1842, about 317,000,000 of pounds, for a population of 16,000,000 of persons, exclusive of field slaves, less than twenty pounds for each person. It appears that the free population of the United States consume less sugar on an average than the inhabitants of Great Britain; though the latter pay duties on all they consume about five times as high as the former, amounting in the aggregate to more pounds sterling, than we pay dollars. SEC. 15. The production and consumption of Coffee. The coffee plant is a native of that part of Arabia called Yeman; but it is now very extensively cultivated in the Southern part of India, in Java, the West Indies and Brazil. McCulloch says it is supposed that coffee was not roasted and the decoction used as a drink earlier than the 15th century; and that it was introduced into England and France between the years 1640 and 1660. From 1660 to 1808 the duty on coffee in Great Britain was from ls. 6d. to 2s. sterling per pound, which prevented it from being consumed in very great quantities. The quantity consumed in Great Britain did not amount to a million pounds annually, prior to the year 1804, except during the years 1791, 1793 and 1795. Statement of the quantity of Coffee consumed in the United States, Great Britain and Ireland respectively during the undernientioned years: United States. freat Britain. Ireland. lbs lb& Ib' 1810, 5,852,082 5,308,096 1821, 11,886,063 7,327,283 265,718 1830, 38,363,657 21,840,520 851 000 1840, 86,209,761 27,298,322* 1849, 150,963,000 33,417,675 1,013,399 The average custom-house valuations of coffee imported into the U. States have been as follows-in 1821-twenty-one cents * Consumption in Great Britain in 1841. 220 PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE. per pound-in 1830 eight cents-in 1840 nine cents-and in 1849, five and a half cents. The duties on coffee imported into Great Britain were reduced in 1808 to 7d. sterling per pound, raised in 1819 to ls., and reduced in 1824 to 6d. In the United States, the duties from 1794 to 1812 were five cents; from 1812 to 1816 ten cents.; from 1816 to 1830 five cents; since 1832, coffee has been imported free of duty. Estimated production of coffee in the world in Hunt's Magazine for Sept. 1845. Pounds 170,000,000 45,000,000 38,000,000 36,000,000 10,000,000 3,000,000 7,000,000 140,000,000 6,000,000 4,000,000 Brazil, Cuba, St. Domingo, Porto Rico and Laguayra, British West Indies, Dutch West Indies, Ceylon, Sumatra and Java, East Indies and Mocha, French Colonies, Mr. McCulloch states the product of Mocha and the other Arabian ports at that time (1836) at 10,000 tons, and the total product of the world at 147,000 tons; equal to 329,280,000 pounds. Nearly two-thirds of all the coffee now produced in the world, is from the western hemisphere; Mr. Hunt states the production and increase in Brazil as follows: in 1820 at 95,700 bags; in 1830 at 391,785; and 1840 at 1,063,805 bags. In 1752 the export of coffee from Jamaica amounted to only 60,000 pounds; in 1775 to 440,000 pounds; in 1797 to 7,931,621 pounds; and in 1832 the exports amounted to 19,811,000 pounds. These results show how active the slave trade has been, and how actively it is still prosecuted by the Brazilians. The coffee imported into France for three years from 1830 to 1832 inclusive, was less than 35,000 tons, or nearly 27,000,000 pounds annually; while the amount retained for home consumption in the United States during the same three years was 68,990 tons, or nearly 23,000 tons annually; and nearly twice as much as the consumption of France, though the population of the latter was then about three times as great as the free population of the former. The quantity entered for home consumption in 2 "I 0 459,000,000 Total pounds, PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE. France in 1821 was 12,954,116 kilogrammes, or about 12,900 tons, according to the official reports. The coffee tree will grow on almost any soil, high or low, rich or poor, in the torrid zone. Though it grows most luxuriantly and produces the most abundantly on rich loamny and alluvial soils, yet it does well, and produces better flavored (coffee on high, dry and sandy soils, on the sides of hills and even mountains, and there is scarcely any limit to the quantity which may be produced. The increased production has exceeded the demand for it, and hence the fall in price. SEC. 16. The introdiction and consumiption of Tea. Brande remarks, in his Encyclopaedia, that "tea was wholly unknown to the Greeks and Romans, and even to our ancestors, previously to the end of the sixteenth or the beginning of the seventeenth century. It seems to have been originally imported in small quantities by the Dutch, but was hardly known in this country (England) till after 1650. In 1664 the East India Company bought two pounds and two ounces of tea as a present to his majesty. In 1667 they issued the first order to import tea, directed to their agent at Bantam, to the effect that he should send home one hundred pounds of the best tea he could get." McCulloch says "the tea shrub may be described as a very hardy evergreen, growing readily in the open air, from the equator to the 45th degree of latitude. For the last sixty years it has been reared in this country (England) without difficulty in greenhouses; and thriving plants of it are to be seen in the gardens of Java, Singapore, MAlalacca and Penang; all within six degrees of the equator. The climate most congenial to it, however, seems to be that between the 25th and 33d degrees of latitude, judging from the success of its cultivation in China." "Its growth is chiefly confined to hilly tracts, not suited to the growth of corn." There is no good reason to doubt that a sufficient quantity of tea for the consumption of the country might be cultivated in the United States, if the same efforts were made to introduce it as were made to introduce the cultivation of rice and cotton. Statements extracted from the Commercial Dictionary, showing the progress of the consumption of tea in Great Britain from 1711 to 1780. 141,995 pounds. 237, 904 i" 537,016 " 1 1,302,549 " Account of the quantities of tea entered for home consumption 2 31 2,11.4,922 poiinds. 2,293,61-0 7,723,.538 ,5,588,315 69 1711 1720 1730 1740 1750 1760 1770 1780 -232 PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURES in each of the kingdoms of Great Britain and Ireland, and the aggregate amount of nett duties paid thereon each year: Great Britai n. 14,639,299 lbs. 20,358,702 19,093,244 22,452,050 24.830,015 30,047,079 * 36,675,667 - 43,641,372 Statement of the quantity of tea imported into the United States, during the undermentioned fiscal years. Quantity in pounds. 3,047,242 3,797,634 6,647,726 4,891 447 8,609,415 The quantity of tea exported from the United States in 1830 amounted to 1,536,314 pounds; in 1840 to 3,123,496 pounds; in 1842 to 2,290,786; in 1845 to 2,483,308 pounds; and in 1850 to 1,673,063. By deducting the quantity exported from the imports, the reader will have the quantity consumed. Statement of the quantity of tea, the quantity of coffee, and the aggregate quantity of tea and coffee, reckoned as coffee (calling one pound of tea equal to five p6unds of coffee) consumed in the United States and in Great Britain respectively, in 1830-1842-and in 1850-and the amount to each person. United States. 1830. 1842. 1850. lbs. lbs. lbs. Tea consumed, 7,173,091 13,401,308 28,199,541 Tea equal to coffee, 35,865,455 67,006,540 140,997,705 Coffee, 38,363,689 107,383,577 129,791,466 Teaand coffeeequaltocoffee,74,229,142 174,390,117 270,789,171 Average for each person, 54 94 about 11; * The quantities given for 1830 and 1841 include the consumption in botlh Great Britain and Ireland. t Gross dutiesSee the British Almanac for 1851, page 145. Years. 1790 isoo 1810 1820 1825 1830 1841 1849 Ireland. 1,736,796 lbs. 2,926,166 2,92-0,0-69 0,150,344 3,8S9,65,9 Duties collected. .L- 580,362 1,222,086 3,647,7-07 3,527,1.92 4,030,019 3,397,097 3,978,198 t 5,471,641 6,380-,316 Years. 1790, 1800, 1810, 1820, 1830, Years. 1835, 1840, 1842, 1845, 1850, Quantity in pounds. 14,415,.572 20,006,595 15,692,094 19,812,500 29,872,654 PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE. Great Britain, 1830. 1842. 1849. lbs 1b. lbs Tea consumed, 30,047,079 32,500,000 43,641,372 Tea equal to coffee, 150,235,395 162,500,000 218,206,000 Coffee, 21,840,520 24,300,000 33,417,675 Tea & coffee equal to coffee, 172,075,915 186,800,000 251,623,67.5 Average for each person, 10o 10 124 The duties paid on tea imported into the United States in 1830 were from 6 to 40 cents per pound, and on coffee, 2 cents per pound. Since 1833, tea and coffee have been imported, free of duty; which has tended to increase their consumption very much; and yet the consumption of these articles, in Great Britain, where they are loaded down with enormous duties, is greater in proportion to the population, than it is in the United States, and about three times as great in proportion to the population, as it is in Ireland. It has been shown in section fourteen, that more sugar is consumed in Great Britain, in proportion to the population, than in the United States; here it appears, that more tea and coffee in the aggregate are also consumned. The amount of duties collected in Great Britain on tea, coffee and sugar exceeds the whole amount of duties collected on all the imports of the United States. High duties seem to have but little effect, to check the consumption of luxuries among a people who have the means of paying for them. The people of Great Britain, being extensively engaged in mechanical, manufacturing, and mining industry, which is much more profitable than agricultural industry, are able to pay high prices for, and to consume more of these luxuries, than the people of the United States can pay for at low prices. The agricultural population of Ireland cannot pay for, and therefore cannot consume more than about one third part as much in proportion to their numbers, as the manufacturing population of England, who are often sneered at in this country as paupers. The consumption of tea on the continent of Europe is small. It is stated in the Commercial Dictionary that in 1832 the quantity of tea imported into Russia amounted to 6,461,064 pounds; that the quantity consumed in Holland annually was about 2,800,000 pounds; that the consumption of France was not supposed to exceed 230,000 pounds a year; that the importations into Hamburg vary from 1,500,000 to 2,000,000 pounds annually, the greater part of which is forwarded into the interior of Germany; and that the imports into Venice and Trieste do not exceed a few hundred pounds a year. I find no account of the quantity of tea consumed by the other countries of Europe PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICUTLURE. and America. According to official reports, the quantity of tea entered for home consumption in France in 1841, amounted to 154,100 kil.; about 346,000 pounds. SEC. 17. Physical anid Moral Efects of Tea and Coffee. " The introduction of tea and coffee, it has been well remarked, has led to the most wonderful change that ever took place in the diet of modern civilized nations; a change highly import,ant both in a moral and physical point of view. These beverages have the admirable advantage of affording stimulus without producing intoxication, or any of its evil consequences. Lovers of tea or coffee are, in fact, rarely drinkers (that is of alcohol) and hence the use of these beverages has benefited both manners and morals. Raynal observes that the use of tea has contributed more to the sobriety of the Chinese than the severest laws, the most eloquent discourses, or the best treatises on morality. (Scotsman, 17th Oct. 1827.) Dr. Ure in the supplement to his Dictionary of the Arts, article tea, quotes the following remarks from Professor Liebig. "Recent researches have shown in such a manner as to exclude all doubt, that thein and caffein (the peculiar properties of tea and coffee) are in all respects identical," and he adds, " we may consider these veg,etable compounds so remarkable for their action on t,e brain, and the substance of the organs of motion, AS ELEMENTS OF FOOD FOR ORGANS as yet unknown, which are destined to convert the blood into NERVOUS SUBSTANCE, AND THUS RECRUIT THE ENERGY OF THE MOVING AND THINKING FACULTIES. 7 "At a meeting of the Academy of Sciences of Paris, lately held, M1. IPeligot read a paper on the chemical combinations of tea. He stated that tea contains essential principles of nutrition, far exceeding in importance its stimulating properties; and showed that tea is, in every respect, one of the most desirable articles of general use." In this view of the subject, it would seem that tea and coffee are likely to assume a physiological importance not realized or thought of until recently. TI'hey both contain a large per centage of tannin, and some other astringent substances, and act directly upon the nervous cords, more as tonics than as stimulants; and tea particularly seems to act upon the brain and nervous cords, rather as a sedative and tonic than as a stimulant. The nervous substance or fluid, and the nervous cords and filaments of the brain, are very different things, the latter being but the tubes in which the former is contained; and if, as suggested by Prof. Liebig, any considerable portion of tea and coffee, when taken into the system and assimilated, is secreted by the 234 PRIN\CIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE. blood, and forms nervous fluid, these drinks are of essential importance in supplying the substance on which all our mental and muscular action depends. And though they may in some sense be called stimulants, yet they act as na,titral stimulants, by increasiilg the quantity of the nervous substance o?r fliid,(which is the natural stimulant of the brain and nerves,) and not by c,anging its chakracter, substance or action. They may thus act as stimulants to the brain and nerves, by increasing the quantity of the nervous substance, in the same manner as nutritious food acts as a stimulant to the whole system, by supplying the materials which constitute the blood, and thereby increasing its quantity but inasmuch as persons may injure themselves by consuming too much nutritious food, more than is requisite to supply. sufficiency of blood; so persons of sensitive and excitable nerves may, in like manner, by using too much tea or coffee, and supplying too much nervous fluid, produce too much mental and muscular activity, and thereby injure their health and constitutions. Alcohol, on the contrary, is an unnatural stimulant; inasmuch as the direct effect of the extra quantity of hydrogen which it contains, is to stimulate the system, and increase the action of the blood to an unnatural degree, without furnishing much nourishment; and exhaustion is the necessary consequence. SEC. 18. The Prodzuctio~i and Consuzmnption of Wine The vine has been cultivated and wines made, from the earliest periods of history. The limits within which it is cultivated in the northern hemisphere of the Old World, vary from about 15 to 4S and 52 degrees. The vine grows in every sort of soil; but that which is light and gravelly produces the best quality of wines; though rich soils produce the largest crops. Wines are made in more than half of Europe, and may be made in abundance in nearly half of the inhabitable portions of the earth. The production greatly exceeds the demand. France alone might supply all the northern countries of Europe and of America, with all the wine tand brandy needed by them. The average annual production of wine in the Empire of Austria exclusive of Hungary, exceeds one hundred and fifty million imperial gallons. The general estimate from the official reports of the average quantity of wine made in France annually, for more than twenty years past, is about thirty-seven millions hectolitres-equal to about 976,000,000 wine gallons, or 814,000,000 English imperial gallons. In 1820 M. Chaptal estimated the vine culture in France at 1,613,930 hectares,* *A hectare is about 2 acres 1 rood and 35 square rods of ground. And a hectolitre about 22' English imperial gallons, or wine gallons. 235 23 6 PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE. producing about 35,358,890 hectolitres* of wine. In 1824 the Deparument of Finance reported the produce of wines at 35,000,000 hectolitres; and M. Covolean estimated the vineyards of France in 1827 at 1,736,056 hectares, and the average quantity of wine produced annually, at 36,945,820 hectolitres. Statement of the quantity and value of the wines and brandies of France exported during the undermentioned years. Brandies in millions of Litres. France 11,7 9,4 22,8 18,2 33,2 277 19,2 16X2 12,3 16,7 official value 20,7 real value 24,1 103,9 38,6 1 09, 42,7 114,9 49,1 135,3 49,3 50,9 55,4 153,4 54,5 real value 43,1 The standard of official values was adopted in 1826 and has been continued ever since. The official and real values were both taken in 1848, when it was found that prices had fallen more than twenty per cent. The 1,534,000 hectolitres exported in 1848 was really worth but a trifle more than the 1,090,000 hliectolitres exported annually from 1821 to 1823. The export, until recently, has been less than one thirtieth part of the quantity produced. A commission instituted a few years since to inquire into the excise on wine, and the evasion of the excise, estimated the annual production of wine in France, and the disposition of it, as follows: Consumed by the proprietors, not being subject to duty. 9 millions. Made into Brandy, 6.4 " Loss and waste among the growers, 4.1 " do. in conveyance and among the dealers, 2. " Exported, 1.2 " Made into vinegar,.5' Duty paid onr consumption, 14. " Fraudulently consumed without paying duty, 4.8 " Total produced. 42.0 " Supposing the annual production to be but 37 million heetolitres, the estimate of waste and loss, and the quantity fraudulently consumed without paying duty are probably five millions too high, and the other items of the estimate nearly correct. According to these estimates, the average annual consumption of wine in F'rance by each person, is equal to about 18 imperial *One hundred litres make one hectolitre. Wines in MilliODS Of Litres. Francs. Aver,.W,a of year& 1815 to 1817 1821 to 1823 1827 to 1829 in 1840 1843 to 1847 in 1847 in 1848 in 184S PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE. gallons, or 22 wine gallons; and the consumers pay duties on it, amounting to from twelve to fourteen millions of dollars. There is consumed annually in Grcat Britain and Ireland, about six million gallons of wine, about 330,000 gallons of which is from France. The quantity of foreign wines consumed in the United States in 1839 and some previous years, amounted to over six million gallons; but the quantity consumed in 1840, the quantity consunied in 1850, and the average quantity consumed annually during the intervening years, was less than six million gallons. France being the best wine growing country in the world, the free-trade writers of Great Britain have been for half a century or more, trying to satisfy the French that it was folly for them to endeavor to build up the mining and manufacturing industry of the kingdom by duties on foreign products imported, and that they might better turn their attention more to the production of wine, and the culture of silk, (in which they have natural advantages over all the northern nations of Europe,) abandon the mining, iron, and manufacturing interests to their fate, and buy their iron, hardware, cotton-yarn,coarse cottons, and coarse woollen goods of the British, and trust to the exportation of their wines, brandies, and silks, for the means of payment. This free-trade system operates well for Great Britain, but what would be its effects on France! The most that France has ever been able to export, is about one twentyfourth part of her wine crop, and they generally export less than one thirtieth part; and yet the exports are so large that, coming in competition with the wines of other countries, they have greatly reduced prices. The question is not, how much wine France can produce, but how much can she sell to advantage; her annual exports of wine are worth at the place of export only a little over $8,000,000, and the brandy less than $5,000,000, making in all about $13,000,000. The whole quantity of wine (about 6,000,000 gallons) consumed annually in Great Britain and Ireland, cost at the place of export about $1,500,000; less than one fifteenth part of which comes from France. The average quantity of brandy consumed in Great Britain for several years past has been about 1,675,000 imperial gallons per annum, worth at the place of export about $1,400,000. If France should open her ports and admit all British products at a nominal or very small duty and thereby sacrifice her mining interests, and her manufactures of iron, hardware, cotton-yarn, coarse cotton and woollen goods, to the amount of fifteen or twenty million dollars per annum, she might thereby increase her sales of wine and brandy to Great Britain, perhaps, to the amount of a million of dollars per year. And even that small increase of exports of French wines and brandy, 237' PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTURE. would be at the expense of their neighbors of Spain, Portugal, Italy, and Germuany, whose exports of those articles must decrease to the same or nearly the same extent. These illustrations show the selfishness of the gratuitous advice of the free-trade economnists of Great Britain to other nations, and the sophistry of their leading arguments. SEC. 19. The Production aid Consumption of Tobacco. Tobacco is a plant indigenous to America.. It was first intro duced into Europe the fore part of the 16th century, but it has long been extensively used throughout Europe as well as America. When tobacco leaves are distilled they yield an essential oil, which is a virulent poison. It is a remarkable fact, that this weed, of which man uses so much, is avoided by animals; that it will destroy animal life, and is frequently used to destroy vermin; that it is nauseating to the stomach; that it cannot be taken into the system in even as large quantities as arsenic, laudanum or other poisons, without dangerous consequences; and that it is taken into the mouth and nose merely to stimulate the surface of the skin and some of the glands, and its contents, together with all the saliva raised by and mixed with it, carefully spit out. It umay be useful to some persons of a very full and plethoric habit, but it is generally supposed to be very deleterious to the human systenm. Statement of the quantities of tobacco retained for home consumnption in Great Britain and Ireland, and the amount of duties and excise collected thereon during the years therein stated.* GREAT BRITAIN. IRELAND. Pounds use(L Amount of duty. Pounds used Amount of duty. 1790 8,960,224 ~512,383 2,900,437 ~133,195 1801 10,514,998 923,8.55 6,389,754 285,482 1821 12,983,198 2,600,415 2,614,954 528,168 1831 15,350,018 2,338,107 4,183,823 626,485 1841 1J6,830,593 2,716,217 5,478,767 853,946 Statement of the quantity in hogsheads, the value of the leaf tobacco, and the value also of the manufactured tobacco, exported from the United States, during the undermentioned fiscal years. LEAF TOBACCO. hhda value. ]ranufact'd Tobacco & Snua 1821 66,858 $5,648,962 $140,083 1830 83,810 5,586 360 346,747 1840 119,484 9,883,957 813,671 1845 147,168 7,469,819 538,498 1850 145,729 9,951,023 648)832 * The duties in Great Britain varied from ls 7d to 4s Sterling per pounds and in I reland from 1 s to 3s per pound. 288 t iI PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OF AGRICULTUtRE!. The tobacco crop of the United States of 1839, (as reported in the census of 1840,) was 219,163,319 pounds. A hogshead of tobacco is about 1,400 pounds, which makes the export of leaf tobacco in 1840, about 167,000,000 pounds. The manufactured tobacco and snuff exported that year amounted to 6,824,297 pounds-making in all, nearly 174,000,000 pounds exported, and leaving over forty-five million pounds for home consumption. The planters of Virginia, before the RPevolutionaiy war, paid their principal attention to the culture of tobacco, and used to export generally about 55,000 hogsheads a year. Maryland and the Carolinas also exported large quantities of tobacco, and the whole annual export from the colonies has been estimated as high as 100,000 hogsheads. The hogshead in those days contained only fiomr 600 to 700 pounds each. Though considerable quantities are cultivated in France, and other countries of southern Europe, yet the tobacco of America is preferred; and such is the universal custom and fashion of using it, that the demand seemns to be ii,creasing of late, in proportion to the ability of the people to pay fIr it. The duties levied on tobacco in Great Britain have been for some years, four shillings sterling per pound, or from 600 to 1200 per cent., and all the countries of Europe have imposed enormously heavy duties on it, yet the people will have it; and the amlount we export, shows that it is not materially diminished by either European or American tariffs, so long as it is not so high as to be beyond the ability of the mass of the laboring classes to pay for it.'The fluctuations in the prices of tobacco have been less than in any other staple product of the United States. The demand has been steady and increasing with great uniformity, and the production generally greater than the demand; which has kept prices the most of the time, at the lowest point that would compensate the planter. 211) 0 CHAPTER X. THE PRECIOUS METALS, COINS AND BANK NOTES. SEC. 1. The utility of Gold and Silver; and the properties which fit them for measures of value, and for curren?cy. GeoTD and silver have been extensively used in the arts, for domestic utensils, ornaments, objects of luxury, and numerous other purposes, from the earliest times. Their great utility and intrinsic value, together with their beauty, durability, and the facilitv of converting them firom one form into another without much loss, have made them general objects of desire by the whole human family, and the universal currency of civilized nations, from the earliest periods of history. As a currency, or money, they have been used as measures of value, and also as instruments or means of payment. (Vide ante sec. 6 of Chapter VI.) On account of their durability, convertibility, and great intrinsic value, in proportion to their weight and bulk, they constitute the best and safest currency which the world can furnish; though a currency composed mostly of paper, based on the precious metals, is much cheaper, and more convenient. Gold and silver have an intrinsic value in the public estimation, to the amount at which they pass as money; while bank notes, and other paper money, are but the representatives of value; and they are often only the evidence of an obligation to pay what it is not in the power of the obligor to pay, according to the terms of the obligation. Even the precious metals do not constitute an invariable standard or measure of value; for their value, like that of everything else, depends upon the relative proportion between the supply and the demand; and when we compare their value in the market at periods distant from each other of a century or more, we find their fluctuation in value greater than that of breadstuffs; but as they are comparatively rare metals; as great labor is generally required to produce them; as the production of the mines is not affccted by frosts, droughts, rains, and other changes of the 'i ON THE PRECIOUS METALS. seasons, and the quantity in use can never be suddenly increased nor diminished, if you take periods of time of from one to ten years, they are subject to very little fluctuation, and furnish a standard of value almost perfect. Nature has not determined the relative value of the two metals. That depends partly on the uses to which they may be applied, and the consequent demand for them, and partly on the production of the mines, and the average amount of each, produced by the employment of a given amount of labor and capital. Prior to the discovery of America, an ounce of gold was equal in value in Europe to about ten ounces of silver. The American mines have produced in quantity about forty times as much silver as gold, which caused a gradual rise in Europe of the relative value of gold, when compared with silver, until. the former became in different countries, from fourteen to fifteen and a half times as valuable as the latter; it was made fifteen times as valuable in the United States by the act of Congress of April, 1792, and sixteen times as valuable by the act of June, 1834. If the Russian mines should continue to furnish large supplies of gold, and the present anticipation should be realized of an immense and inexhaustible supply of gold from California, the relative value of gold must decline; and the time is not far distant, when it will not be worth more than ten or twelve times as much per ounce as silver. But no fears need be apprehended that the aggregate amount of the precious metals will increase faster than the population, and the wants of commerce, and of the world of fashion. The probability is, that they will not increase as fast, and that if the price of gold should fall, the price of silver will increase more and faster than gold falls. It may be important for Congress to act on this question very soon, to reduce the relative price of gold to the former standard, of fifteen times the value of silver, and to increase the quantity of gold to be coined into a dollar; or else silver coin, being relatively more valuable to export than to use in this country, will be rapidly exported. British gold coin is made of eleven parts pure gold and one of alloy; every pound troy, or 12 oz. of standard silver, is com posed of 11 oz. 2 dwts. of pure metal, and 18 dwts. of alloy. From the Norman conquest, in 1066, to the year 1300, a pound of standard silver, (that is 11 oz. 2 dwts. pure silver, and 18 dwts. alloy) was coined into 20 shillings, or one pound, sterling money. The number of shillings into which the same quantity of silver was coined was increased from time to time, until in 1527 it was coined into 40 shillings, or two pounds, and soon after into 45 shillings; in 1560, and from that time until 1600, it was coined into 60 shillings; firom 1600 to 1816 into 62 shillings; 241 ON THE PRECIOUS METALS, and since 1816 into 66 shillings. From 1543 to 1553, the coin was much more debased. The number of grains of pure silver, and of pure gold, cont.nined in one pound, or twenty shillings, sterling money, at different periods, has been as follows: Proportion of Gold to Silver. to 1t1. 1 1 I.. 10. 9 1560 to 1609................ 161)0 to 1604............... 1604 to 166................ 1666 to 1717................ 1717 to 1I16................ siince 1816................ Gold only is a legal tender in Great Britain for any sum above twio pounds sterling. The acts of Congress prescribe that all coins of the United States shall be nine parts pure silver or gold, and one part alloy. By the act of April 12th, 1792, a dollar is required to contain 371 i grains pure silver, and the same by the act of June,1834; gold being declared fifteen times as valuable as silver by the former act, and sixteen times as valuable by the latter act. T'he number of grains of pure silver, and pure gold, contained in five dollars under each act, has been as follows: Years. Silver. Gold. Proportion of Grains. G rains. Gold to Silver. 1792 to 1.34................ 1,856y4 1233g' 1 to 15 Since 134............... 1,856/4 116 1 to 16 SEC. 2. Quantity of putre silver and gold in the coin of Great Britain and the United States, at different periods. The British gold sovereign is nearly equal in value to $4 87, American gold coin, though it is declared by the act of 1834 worth only $4 84. Calling a dollar 4s. 6d. sterling, the par exchange on England, payable in gold, is over 9,1 per cent, payable in silver it is nearly 2 per cent in our favor; but as more than nine-tenths of the circulating coin of England is gold, and silver is sold in quantities at less than its legal value, as compared with gold, and the tenth part of an American eagle is worth only 4s. 1o.d. sterling, in British gold, we may fairly reckon a dollar at 4s. 2d. sterling, and the real par exchange at 9 per cent noiminal value. SEC. 3..I1r. Jacob's estimates of the an,o?T6nt of coin in the Roma? Em1pire, and in ancient Europe. The learned historical inquiry into the production and con.gumption of the precious metals made by William Jacob, Esq., of England, was published in 1831. Mr. Jacob says it has been 242 Years. Silver. Grains. 1,T76 1,TIS.7 1,TiS.7 1,71S.7 1,718.T 1,6"5 Gold. Grain.% 160 157.6 111.9 to 12,3.8 11,9.6 to 113 113 113 I to 15. 2 1 to 14. 23 co! X A1D DA%g NOTES. estimated by several diligent enquirers, that thle whole annual revenues of the Roman empire, in the time of Au.gustus, amounted to a sum equivalent to forty millions sterling of English money, of its present standard of fineness and weight. This seems not improbable, as the population of the empire has been generally estimated at over one hundred millions, during the first and second centuries of the. Christian era. He estimates the amount of the precious metals of gold and silver in the emnpire, at the death of Augustus, A. D. 14, as equal to the enormous sum of ~35S8,000,000 sterling of English money; which seems to me incredible, considering that the knowledge of mining, and of the mechanical powers necessary to carry it on advantageously were then comparatively in their infancy, and that the mines of Europe, Asia, and Africa, have yielded very little since that timne. He states that the mines were all nearly exhausted, and that the precious metals decreased from that period by friction and actual loss, at the rate of 10 per cent every 36 years, leaving in the year A. D. 410 but ~107,435,924; and in the year A. D. 806 but ~33,674,256. The quantity named at the latter period seems more probable than the former. All these estimates are vague conjectures, without any accurate and reliable evidence to support them. The amount of coin in Europe, at the discovery of America, is estimated by him at about ~34,000,000 sterling, or $163,000,000, which does not differ much from the estimates of other authors, and is probably not far from correct.. SEC. 4. Production of Gold atd Silver from 1492 to S850. All the record evidence, and the estimates of authors, merchants, and public officers, of the production of the Amnerican mines from the discovery of America to the year 1803, were investigated with so much care and science by the learned Ml. Humboldt, that his estimates have been generally adopted as approximating as near to accuracy as is practicable. One thing, however, is very certain. He has greatly over-estimated the amount of gold and silver smuggled out of the colonies both of Spain and Portugal, without paying duty, and without being registered, or else their loss, and the amount used in the arts, and converted into plate and other utensils and ornaments, has been much greater than has been generally estimated. The amount in circulation, as coin, has been overrated by almost, every writer of the present century, except Storch; and yet, it is difficult to account for the consumption of the precious metals, unless the amount produced by the mines has been greatly overrated. 243 ON THIE PRECIOUS METALS. Baron Humboldt estimated the quantity smuggled, in order to avoid the payment of duties, and unregistered, as equal to onefourth the amount registered in the Portuguese colonies, and to over one-fifth the amount registered in the Spanish colonies. This is all conjecture, and, so far as Mexico, Peru, and Chili are concerned, which have very few ports from which it could be smuggled, it strikes me that the estimate is too great, by more than half, to be probable. I. Statement of MI. Humboldt of the value of gold and silver extracted from the mines of America from 1492 to 1803, as registered. From the Spanish colonies.......................................... $4,085,156,000 " Portuguese colonies...................................... 6S,544,000 Total reg istered.......................................... $4,719,700,000 Estimated amount smuggled and not registered from Spanish colonies 816,000,000 }'rom the Portuguese colonies....................................... 171,000,000 Amount of contraband, as estimated by him.................... $987,000,000 Total production of the mines................................. 5,706,700,000 II. The amount of precious metals registered, and estimated by AI. Humboldt as smuggled, produced in the countries of America respectively, from the year 1492 to 1803, as follows: Not Registered. $260 millions. 4T74 " 82 "1 171 "1 $9S7 " Mexico, or New Spain............ Perut and Butenos Ayres.......... Chili and Newv Granada......... Portuguese Colonies.............. Total........................ III. The average annual products of the gold and silver mines of Europe, Northern Asia and America, at the beginning of the present century, were estimated by M. Humboldt in millions of francs and millions of dollars, as follows: Silver in francs. 11,7 millions. 4,8 " 6 176,8 " 193,3 " IV. Estimate of M. Humboldt of the average amounts of gold and silver exported annually from America to Europe, and also the aggregate amounts exported during the under-mejitioned periods, stated in millions of dollars; to which I have added a column of deductions of one-twelfth part the aggregate amount for supposed over-estimates, and the amount exported, by my estimate, on making such deductions: 244 registered. $1,T6S millions. 1,936 11 331 " G 8,4 11 $1,TI9 " Total. $2,029 millions. 2,410:11 413 855 11 $5,TOG " Gol(I in francs. Europe........ 4,4 millions. Nortli Asia.... 1,8 " Ainerica....... 59,5- 11 Total.... 65,T 11 Total in francs. 16,1 millions. 6,6 " 236,3, 259, 11 Tot,-tl in d,,I's. 3, millions. 1,2 " 4-1,3. 48,5 11 COIN AND BANK N'OTES. Mfy estimate t of exports to Europe. S. $1.8 millions. 123.75 " 554.6 " 1,466.67 " 1,031.25 " 1,618 " 398.75 " $5,194.82 " 133.00 1 140.18 " $5,468.00 "4 Periods. Exported per IHumboldt's One-twelftli part o exports year. aggregate. deducted. to Europe. 1492 to 1500.... $0.25 nilions. $2 millions. $0.2 millions. $1.8 millions 151)1 to 1545... " 135 " 11.25 123.75 154; to 1600.... 11 " 605 " 50.4 554.6 1601) to 171)0.... 16 " 1,600 " 13833 1,466.67 174)11 to 1750).... 22.5 " 1,125 " 93.75 1,031.25 1751 to 1I S(0.... 35.3 " 1,765 " 147 1,613 1801 to s1810.... 43.5 " 435 " 36.25 39.75 " Total....................... $5,667 " $5,194.82 Exporterd from the western coast of America to Asia, per Humboldt, 133 " 133.00 Peinaining in America in coin, plate, &c...................... 153 " 140.18 " Total produced up to 1810.... $5,953 " $5,468.00 Produced up to 1804......... 5,706 " In 1696, Gregory King made an estimate of the gold and silver produced by the mines of Europe; the amount imported and exported from the discovery of America to that time, and the amount in Europe in coin, plate, tic., at different periods. This estimate is contained in a manuscript now in the Briitishl Museum, (see Took on Prices, appendix, page 2, to part 1.) Mr. King's opinions and estimates on such subjects are entitled to as much, and, perhaps, to more weight, than those of any other man of the age in which he lived. V. Estimates of Mir. King. Stock of gold and silver in Europe in 1516, in coin, bullion, plate, gildingf, watches, jewelry, and all other f s.......................................~ 45 millions $216 millions Produiced in Europe from 1516 to 1696.......... 8 " 38.4 " Imported firom Asia in manufactures................. 2 " 9.6 " Africa in gold dust................... 15 72 " Amenica i coin.................. 520 " 2,496 Prodlcel and imported prior to 1596.............. 205 " (,4 Consumneid a(nd exported to Asia...................150 " 720 " ]lstimattc d stock in Europe in 1596................ 100 " 480 " 1')roluecdl and inmportedl from 1596 to 1696........... 340 " 1,670 " ]xported to Asia from 1596 to 1696.............. 119 " 571 " Consumed firom 1596 to 1696....................... 96 " 460 Incre:ase duringi the 100 years.................... 125 " 600 " Estimated stock in Europe in 1696.............. 225 " 1,OSO0 " Tf gold and silver in Europe in 1696 was estim as follows, in millions of pounds sterling: Other nations Total in France. Hlolland. of Europe. Europe. S~18 ~7 ~76.5 ~110 5 2 18 23 1.5 1.5 4 8 9 1.5 81.5 46 8.1 16.7 2.0 .9.8 3.6 5 In Engl and. Silver coin ~S.5 G(old coin 3 B-'ullion 1 Plate of laymen 4 " chlllrcdes.2 Medals aid(I rarities.2 Gohl an(d silver thread,,ire, &c..4 Do. in stock for trade.2 Total ~17.5 L1.4.1 4.1 6 245 .6 9:39.4 .3 ;CI2.8 .9 9153.3 2-125 ON TIlE PRECIOUS METALS, Though these are but estimates founded on very imperfect evidence, yet they were made by one of the best informed and nlost conmpetent men of the ag(e to judge with accuracy, and constitute the best evidence on the subject that is attainable. Being made by an Englishman, we have reason to believe that the estimates are sufficiently favorable to Englalnd; and yet they show England inferior in wealth to both Hlolland and France. What a picture they exhibit of the amount of the precious metals engrossed by the church in Catholic countries! VII. Statenlent of the coinage of several countries of America during the undermentioned periods. Annual average. 1801 to 1810. 1811 to 1820. 1821 to 1830. 1831 to 1840. Mexico........$227.24 millions. $112.16 millions. $99.76 millions. $12. millions. rFc........ 445.7 60.25 16.7 3 2.5 " Bolivia..... 15.87 " 20.(16 " 15.7 ".7 Chili....... " 2. ".4 The foregoing table shows the rapid decline of the produce of the miines of the principal mining countries of America, during the period of their revolutionary struggle to throw off the yoke of Spain. VIII. Statements and estimates of the amount of gold and silver produced in Europe and the principal miining countries of America, during the undermentioned periods. Mexico.................... Pei..................... 1Bolivia................... Clili..................... lnuenos Ayres............ G uatelnala................ Brazil, estimateJ.......... Total of America.... Total of Emuopean and Rtissian mines & gol( (lust im porte(l frem Africa. ported from Africa. h42.S " hllO.15 " 75. i Total............. $440. " $500. " $265. 11 The numbers marked h are stated on the authority of Baron lHumboldt, and those markcdj on the authority of Mr. Jacob. IX. Statement of the amount of gold from the mines of California, and from all the other mines of the United States, deposited for coinage at the mints of the United States, during the undermentioned periods. California. Other mines. .............. $ 715,00 0 -ooo ............ 5,65S,025 1$44, 71 7,22.,S56 7 6.151.360 927,7S4 86,273,097 665,217 25,748,684 809,606 11,945,613 121,251 $$0,162,931 $15,620,739 246 1801 to 1810. $22T.2 millions. 45.T 11 lq5.8 11 7,20. 11 7t4S.5 11 i6.', $39T.2 11 1811 to 1830. $211.92 millions. .6.9s 11 36.36 " ll.T " i3i). 2.69 J20. 11 $3s9.s5 11 1831 to 1840 $12 I.T milli,)n& 22.3 11 7. 4. 11 85.., $190. - I Total. $715,000 i5. (!.-)S,025 7,2C,S,033 T,(179,144 BC,93S,314 26,1,58,290 12,066,664 $9-),TAGTO 1,S24 to... to Is-,).................... 1 —-41 to 134S.................... IS-!9.................... is3o................... IS-51 to J'lie 3otl............... 11 JUIV 1, to Sept 30...... Tot —I.............. COIN AND BANK NOTES. The quantity of silver from the mines of the United States deposited for coinage in 1848 was only $6,191; in 1849, it was $39,112; and for the first four months of 1850 it amounted to $51,197; which was mostly parted from California gold. X. There has been a great increase since 1820 in the production of gold in Asiatic Russia. The amount produced has been as follows, stated in sterling money:In 1819 and 1820.................n11t.. ~11,298,993 In1821, ato l 20............. ~l75,33T I Inl18-1 to 154............ C,29; 1'S1 to ISoll)............. 4..4,734,6411 18S4................... 3,527,)00 s1831 to 1S80............. 9,18I,$91 1847....................8,738,00 SEc. 5. Consumption of Gold and Silver- Coin exported to Asia, an?d the amozt,lnt in Enrope an?d Arizerica, from 1500 to 1840. The wear and loss of coin has been variously estimated at from one-fourth to one-half of 1 per cent. annually. Mr. Jacob estimated it at 10 per cent in thirty-six years. My estimate is one-third of 1 per cent per annum, which is equal to about 3 per cent in ten years; 13 per cent in fifty years; and 25 per cent in one hundred years.? 1. The amount of gold and silver used in the arts for plate, gilding, watches, jewelry, and other utensils and ornaments, tho amount exported to Asia, and the amount of coin remaining in Europe at different periods, were estimaatcd by Mr. Jacob as follows:-stated in millions of pounds. Used in the arts. Exported to Asia. Coin in Europm In 1492................................... ~84 millions. 14A2 to 16880.................... ~28. millions. ~14 million!ls. 13 ICt, to 1700.................... 60.2 2 9.2 "T97 " 1700 to 1s10.................... 852 " 52 8SO " 1510 to 1S30.................... 112.2 40 " 812 " The reader will see that these estimates are very different from those of Gregory King, stated in tables No. V. and VI. of the last section. On comparing the two together, and with the condition and commerce of the several countries of Europe, it appears to me that Mr. Kinrg's estinmates are the best evidence we have on the subject, and are entitled to our confidence. SIr. Jacob estimated the amount used in the arts, in Europe and America, annually, from 1810 to 1830, over and above the namount of old plate, &c., melted, equal in value to ~5,612,611, Ilumboldt estimated it in 1804 at but 87,182,800 francs, equal to ~3,459,000. MIcCulloch estimated the whole amount annua.llv in 1833 as follows *The loss from fire is probably nearly one-tenth of 1 per cent annually; from burying and transportation by land and water, about as much more; and fromnt friction, more than one-tenth of 1 per cent annually. 247 ON THE PRECIOUS METALS, 1:1 Great Blita-n and Ireland............................................ ~1,842,910 France............................................................. 866,190 Switzerland........................................................ 350,000 All the remainder of Europe........................................ 1,2)4,118 America.......................................................... 300,000 Total annual consumption in the arts.............................. ~4,563,224 One-fifth part derived from the fusion of old plate..................... 912,6-14 New gold and silver annually used in the arts.................... ~3,650,580 It appears to me, also, that the estimates of Mr. Jacob of the amount of coin in Europe at each period are entirely too high; and that the estimates of the quantity of gold and silver used in the arts prior to the year 1700, are too low by about half; during the eighteenth century, too high by nearly half; and too high, also, for the period firom the year 1810 to 1830; and that the estimates of Humboldt and McCulloch are too low. Humboldt estimated the coin in France in 1803 at 1,850 millions livres, or francs, equal to nearly $347,000,000, for a population which he estimated at 26,363,000; that is, seventy francs, or about $13 each. Europe then contained, according to Hasscl, 1S2,600,000 inhabitants; of which Russia, Sweden, Norway, Denmark, and the Sclavonian and Sarmatian nations constituted more than 62,000,000. "Allowing (said he) for Great Britain and for the west and south of Europe 55 livres per indiv,idual, (or about $101 each,) and for other countries less advanced in civilization 30 livres (or about $523 each,) we shall find the total specie of Europe cannot exceed 8,603 million livres.1 Carry out the principles of his calculation, and the result is as follows: Population. Livres. Livres. France................................ 26.4 at 70 eachl 1,850 nillions. Ilussia. a(nd othler eastern nations........ 6..2 millions. 30 1,860 Other nations of EtLur)pe............... 94 5" 5 " 5,170 Total for Europe................ 18S2,400,000 8,880 Equal to about............................................... $1,665 " II. The coin and bullion of several countries of Europe have been variously estimated at different periods, as follows: Great Britain by Davenant....................... Gregory King................... Andersoi....................... Dr. Priice....................... Lord North..................... Adam Smith.................... Lose........................... Chancellor of the Exchequer.... 'rance by Lawx in...................11 171 l Neeklar..................... 17S4 Arinould.................... 1791 Ilumboldt................ 1804 Spain by Mlusquiz..................... 1782 Austrian Empire by Ilassel.............1807 8io rnr2S07i Prussia by Mr Krug................... 186 r04 III. Mr. Storch, (in his political eco after carefully collecting and commen 248 1600 S4,000,000 sterling 1696 S"-)Oo,ooo 1762 16,000,000 1777 15,000,000 1778 18 to 19,000,000 1TS6 18,000,000 lso2 44,000,000 IS.10 3s,ooo,ooo 1,200 million livres or $225 mill'jis. 2,200 414 2,000 376 l,s5o 847 so S,) mil';Ion florins or.99 56 11 roubles or 42 COIN AND BANK NOTEFS. different authors, of the specie in the different countries of Europe, estimated the amount as follows: — Great Britain........................................................ $90 millions& }France.............................................................. 420 " Sp)ain............................................................... 80 " Austria, exclusive of about $13,000,000 copper coin..................... 26 Prussia, in 1805)..................................................... 42 Itussia, exclusive of $1S,000,000 copper coin...........................54 Other countries of Europe........................................ 528 " Total of Europe.................................... $1,220 " We have now much more accurate statistics and ample materials for estimating the amount of specie exported to Asia during the last two centuries, and the amount in the several countries of Europe and America at different periods, than were possessed by any of the authors named. As the banks in the United States are numerous, the greater part of the specie is kept in their vaults, and the government has kept a record of the exports and imports of specie since the 30th of September, 1820, we have the means of estimating the amount of specie in the United States with greater accuracy than it can be estimated in any other country. And as the amount of circulating money needed in every country depends on the amount and value of its productive industry and commerce, the relative amount of money in circulation in different countries can be determined with a reasonable degree of accuracy. The following table of estimates is formed partly from official estimates, and the estimates of numerous writers, and partly by comparing the condition and the amount and value of the productive industry and commerce of all the nations of Europe and America with each other, and calculating the relative amount of circulating money which each probably employs, as indicated by its condition. IV. Estimates of the population and circulating money, inclu ding( specie, bank notes, and paper money of all kinds (over and above the depreciation of the paper money) in America and each country of Europe, and the amount to each person at the end of the year 1800. Millions of Millions of Anm't to each Inhabitants. (Circulatting person MoIIey. 10.4 millions. $156 millions $15 4.8 " 8S.4 " 8 27.3 " 327.6 " 12 5.0 " o65 " 18 13.5 " 100 " 7g 20 " 160 " 8 13 " 78 6 12 " 84 " 7 10 6" 6 6 4.5 " 22 " 5 Great Britain................... Ireland....................... France....................... IIolhmliid and Bel,ium............ S)aii and Portugal.............. Italy....................... (G erman Austria................ German,,i States.................. P'russia....................... 1),-i,,nark, Sweden, and Nor,ay..... 1', ussia, 1lungary, Turkey, and other eastern nations of Europe....... Total of Europe................ Amertica and A est Indies......... T,-tal.................. 11 249 83i $T. 60 180.5 millions. 24 11 204 rnilliois. 210 11 $1,,307millions. 108 11 4,;I,41,5 ON THE PRECIOUS METALS, M{r. Jacob estimated the coin in Europe at the discovery of America at ~34,000,000 sterling; and Mr. King estimated the whole amount of gold and silver in Europe in 1516 at ~45,000,000 sterling, over two thirds of which, perhaps, was coin. (See tables V. and VI. of section 4.) VI. Estimates of the produce of the mines of Europe and America, the amount used in the arts and exported to Asia, and the amount made into and remaining in coin and bullion at different periods. (See ante, table ]V. of section 4.) Amount of coin in Europe in the year 1500..................... $.....150 millions Produce of the mines of America during the 16th century.......... 60..... Produce of the mines of Europe and imported firnom Africa............... 40 Total- ST870 Wear and loss of old coin, one fourth part............................. 88 Exp)rted( to India, China, and other parts of Asia...................... 200 Used in the arts to make into plate, wvatches, jewelry, gilding, images, etc., in churches, and other utensils and ornaments................... 240 Made into coin, $2S0,00,000 —wear and loss of new coin 1-10th part 28 " Amount to be deducted... — - ---- $506 " Specie and bullion in use in Europe and America, Dec. 81st, 1600...... 364 Produce of the American mines dluring the 17th century.............. 1,46 " Produce of the mines of Europe, and gold dust imported from Africa.. 70 " Total..... —-- - 1,900 " Wear and loss of the old gold, one-fourthl part........................ 91 Exported to Asia over ~1.(I00,000 per annum......................... 500 Used in the arts................................................... 600 Made into coin, $436,000,000-wear and loss of new coin, 1-10th part.... 43 Amount to be deducted -.. - -- _ 1,284 Specie in use, December 31, 1700.................................... 666 " Produce of the mines of America during the 18th century............. 2,650 Produce of the mines of Europe, and gold dust from Africa, according to Jacob, less one-eighth part..................................... 66 " Total..... — - - -- --- 8,682 " Wear and loss of old coin, one-fourthl part............................ 166 IExported to Asia, ~2,00,0(,00 per y e a r................................960 Used in the arts, over ~2.5O()0,000 per year............................ 1,260 Made into coin, $796,000,000-wear and loss of new coin, 1-10thll part. 80 Amount to be deducted -.. ----- 2,466 Specie in use December 31. 1800..................................... 1,216 Prodluce of the mines of America to December, 1810, about............ 40) Produce of the mines of Europe, Siberia, and gold dust from Africa, per hIumboldt and Jacob..............................................42 " Total —.... -1,6,.58 " Wear and loss of old coin at 3 per c e nt.............6................... Exported to Asia, ~2,500,000 per annutm............................. 120 Used in the arts, ~3.500,0()0 per annum............................... 16T - Made into coin and bullion, 152,000,000........................................... Amount to be deducted... —-—. -823 Specie in use December 31110.................................... 1,.35 Produce of mines of America to December, 18 30..................... 890 " Produce of Eirope, liussia, e tc...................................... 110 Total - v - v C 25-0 COIN AND BANK NOTES. Wear and less,f old oain, 5 per cent b............................. 78 millions Isedi in the arts, ~4,000o,(,0 per year................................ S4 " Exp)orted to Asia, ~2,)00,000 per year.............................. 192 " Amount to be deducted.. —---- $649 " Specie in use, December 31, 1 0................................... $1,186 1'roduce of mines of Aulerica to December, S40......................190 " I rcduce of mines of Europe, Ilussia, etc.............................. 75 Total —- _......._.. 1,451 " 'vear and loss of coin, 3 per cent.................................... 85 Usei in the arts, ~4,500,00 per year................................ 216 Nolie exported to Asia Amount to be deducted.. —---- $251 " Specie ill use, December 31, 1840.................................... $1,200 " All the accounts and estimates seem to agree, that most of the American mines were growing less and less productive, and the total supply of the precious metals much less annually from 1820 to 1840, than it was half a century since, while the population of Europe and America, and the wants of thie commercial world, as well as the world of fashion, were rapidly increasing. Since 1840 there has been a great increase in the production of the gold mines of Russia; which, together with the amount of gold procured during the years 184S, 1849 and 1850, from the mines and stands of California, and the prospect of an immense increase f:oni the latter source, renders it probable that the produiction of the precious metals may,'for some years to come, equaIl, and perhaps exceed, the consumption and the increase of r,(pulation in the civilized world. It should be remarked, that prior to the nineteenth century, and, to some extent, also, as late as 1816, large quantities of cotton and silk goods were imported from India into Europe and America, and large sums of coin exported to India in payment, as well as to China and the East India islands, to pay for tea, spics, &c. iI. IHlumboldt estimated that at the commencement of the present century, more than half the product of the American mines, (over twenty-five millions of dollars annually of gold and silver) were exported to Asia. Since the machinery of Great Britain, and the prodigious increase in the manufactures of that country, have driven the cotton goods of India not only out of the markets of Europe and America, but to a considerable extent out of their own markets, and pretty much ruined and broken them down; and the British have also battered down the barrier which excluded the products of Europe and America (except specie) from the markets of China, the drain of the precious nmetals to China, India, and all Asia, has ceased, or nearly so. It appears from the reports of the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States, that the balance of gold and silver exported to China and other parts of Asia, over and above the amount 251 ON TIIE PRECIOUS METALS, imported from them, have been as follows:-During tlhe year ending Sept. 30, 1835, it amounted to $1,995,140; in 1842 it amounted to $837,094; in 1844, to $574,000; and in 1845 to only $239,874. The exports of the manufactures of Great Britain to China, as well as India and Tuirkey, have been so great since 1830, that very little specie has been exported fiom ELurope to Asia; and for ever hereafter we may expect the balance to be the other way, and that specie will be exported from China and other parts of Asia to Europe. Let us compare the population of Europe and America at several different periods with the estimated amount of coin at those periods, in order to see how their increase compares with each other; this will enable us to judge of the probable effect of the increase or decrease of coin upon the prices of commodities in the commercial world. Estimates of the population of Europe and America (exclusive of wandering Indians) at different periods; also the amount of coin and bullion in use, and the amount to each person. Population of Total Am't to cach Years. Europe. Amierica population. Total specie. p)erson. 1500..........100 millions........... 100 millions. $10 millions. $1 50 1600........ 114 " 6 millions. 120 " 364 3 O0 1700.......... 134' 12 " 1,16 " 666' 4 50 1800........ ISO " 24 " 204 " 1,216 6 (0 1810........ 195 28 223 " 1,335 " 6 0 IS30........ 224 " 89 " 263 1,16 " 4 50 1840........ 240 4 286 " 1,200 4"20 SEC. 6. Origin and progress of bTankiog, anl the amount of paper moey in Etrope a America, at differen t periods. The Bank of Venice was the first banking establishment in Europe. It was founded in 1171, and subsisted till the subversion of the republic in 1797. It was a deposit bank only, and issued no notes. The bank of Amsterdam was established in the year 1609, and that of Hamburg in 1619; they were deposit banks only, and issued no notes. The Bank of England was incorporated in the year 1694, and was the first bank which ever issued notes, or bills to circulate as money, in the ordinary transactions of trade and commerce. The Bank of Scotland was established in 1695, with a capital of but ~100,000, which was raised to ~200,000 sterling in the year 1744, and in 1S04 to ~1,500,000. The original capital of the Bank of England was but ~1,200,000 sterling, consisting of a loan of that amount toi the government. These two were the only banks (if we except somle private companies and bankers in London) that ever issued notes for a circulating medium, or mioney, and as a substitute for coin, prior o to the eighteenth cen 252 COIN AND BANK NOTES. fury; and the credit of the notes of the Bank of England was at first so poor, that the bank became involved in difficulties in 1696, and was compelled to suspend payment of its notes in coin, and the notes fell in value, and passed at a heavy discount. The amount in circulation February 28th, 1700, was but ~938,240, and in August of the same year only ~781,430. The circulating medium of the commercial world was scarcely increased at all by bank notes, or paper money in any shape, in the year 1700, at the commencement of the eighteenth century, and the whole amount of coin and bullion then in use in Europe and America was probably less than $700,000,000. The eighteenth and the nineteenth centuries have been fruitful in all sorts of schemes and projects of a financial character,to make credit, and too often the credit of bankrupts, spendthrifts, knaves, and visionary speculators, a satbstitutefor coin. One of the first, greatest, and most ruinous, was the great Mississippi scheme, got up at Paris, by John Law, the forepart of the eighteenth century. After this great bubble burst, France confined herself to a specie currency until after the issue of the government assignats, during the French revolution, and no bank for issuing notes was established in France, until the bank of France, in 1803; to which was granted the exclusive privilege of issuing notes for a period of forty years. MIr. Jacob estimated the circulation of the Bank of Fran.ce in 1810 at but two millions sterling; and in 1830 at nine million pounds sterling. This bank was slow in acquiring the public confidence, so as to get much circulation for its own notes. The Netherlands had no money but coin until the establishment of the Bank of the Netherlands in the year 1814, with a capital of 5,000,000 fiorins, and the exclusive privilege of issuing notes for twenty-five years. Mr. Jacob says its circulating notes then, (1830,) were not supposed to exceed one million sterling. Banks have also been established at St. Petersburg, Vienna, Berlin, and Copenhagen, besides numerous other banks in the British dominions, and in the United States of America. Mr Jacob remarks that Russia was then (1830) the only country of Europe which had not returned to specie payments. When bank notes were first issued, and the quantity small, the rouble was worth about three shillings and four pence sterling, or seventy-five cents, and was of the same value as the Russian silver coin of that name. The increased quantity gradually depreciated the metallic value of the paper, till one silver rouble was worth four of paper. It had nearly attained this low value in 1810, when the paper roubles amounted to 577,000,000. It was nearly the same, but of somewhat greater value in 1830, though the amount had increased to 639,000,000 roubles. He 253 ON THIE PRECIOUS METALS, estimates their exchangeable value, in 1810, as equal to 23,000,000 pounds sterling, and in 1830 to ~25,250,000. The first issue of paper-money in Russia consisted of 40,000,000 roubles of assigrnats in 1769; the second consisted of 60,000,000 roubles in 1787. The silver rouble is equal to about seventy-five cents. I. The amount of assignats in circulation in Russia, and the per cent of depreciation at different periods, is stated by Storc'n as follows: Per cent IPer cent Years. Circulation. discount Years Circulation. discount. 1790........111 million roubles. 13 1805........292 million ronbles 23 1795........150 i. 31' 1810S......... 577 " 66i 1800........ 212 Gu 85 1814........ 57? 75 MIr. Jacob states that the paper-money of Austria had increased, prior to 1810, to 1,060,000,000 of florins, and had at one time so depreciated, that a silver florin would purchase ten or twelve paper florins, and that they were worth in 1810 only about onefifth part of their nominal value. Calling their nominal value about two shillings sterling, and their rea] exchangeable value in 1810 one-fifth part as much, he estimated their total exchangeable value'n 1810 at 21,000,000 pounds sterling. Abouf the year 1825 they were redeemed at two-fifths their nominal value, and specie payments resumed, and he estimated the amount of paper in circulation in 1830 at 100,000,000 florins, equal to ~10,000,000 sterling. He says the notes of the Bank of England in circulation in 1810 amounted to about ~24,000,000 sterling, and estimated the notes of the private and joint stock banks, and the other banks of Great Britain and Ireland at the same amount-that is, at ~.48,000,000 in all. The tables in Brande's Encyclopedia of Science and Art, title ba.nkl, show that the circulating notes of the bank of England in 1810 amounted to ~21,019,600, and the coin and bullion in the bank ~3,501,410; excess of circulation over coin and bullion, ~17,518,190; and that in 1830 the circulation was ~20,050,730, the coin and bullion ~9,171,000, and the excess of notes in circulation but ~11,559,730. The country bank-notes of England and Wales in circulationi in 1810 are estimated in the Commercial Dictionary at ~23,893,868; in 1833 they were reduced to ~10,152,104. The notes of the Bank of Ireland in circulation in 1810 are stated at $3,170,064, and in 1832 at ~3,975,322. After the suspension of specie payments by the Bank of England in 1797, the excessive issue of bank-notes occasioned their decline in value; and their depreciation in 1810 was nearly 13 per cent, '2 , 4 COIN AND BANE NOTES. and in 1814 over 25 per cent. The basis of the private and joint stock banks relied upon to redeem, their notes, was not specie nor bullion, but notes of the Bank of England; so that nearly the whole amount of their circulation was an addition of so much to the money or circulating medium of the country. As the Bank of Russia, and also that of Austria, were both in a state of suspension in 1810, and the former also in S1830, they probably had very little specie or bullion t, redeem with, and I shall estimate the same at but ten per cent. MI. Jacob remarks that in the smaller states of Germany, in Italy, (except that part of it which is under the dominion of Austria,) and in Spain, and Switzerland, the currency has been invariably mietallic; and in Denmark, Norway, and Sweden, a paper currency existed in 1810, and still circulated; but the whole amount, as well as the variations in those countries, has been so small, that they affect, in a very trifling degree, the view here taken. There was no bank in the United States until the Bank of North America was established in Philadelphia in 1781. The first banking association formed in the State of New York was a joint stock company organized in the year 1784, under articles of association, under which it did business as a bank nearly seven vears, when it was incorporated in Miarch, 1791, by the name of the Bank of New York. In 1792 the Bank of Albany was chartered, and in 1793 the Bank of Columbia. No other banks were chartered by the State of New York until the year 1800, when the Manhattan Company was incorporated. The first United States Bank was established in 1791; after the year 1800, banks began to increase in all parts of the UInited States; and we have pretty accurate information of the amount of banking capital and of bank notes in circulation at different periods, froml December, 1810, to the present time. There is much less positive evidence of the amount of papermoney in circulation in Europe and America in the year 1800, than in the year 1810, and since that time. The circulation of the Bank of England in August, 1800, was less than ~15,000,000 sterling, but was nearly ~24,500,000 in Au gust, 1810. Thou(gh the United States were flooded with what was called continental money during our Revolutionary WIar, and some of the New England colonies issued great quantities of paper-money before the war, yet from the close of the war until after the year 1800, we had comparatively little paper-mloney in our country. Paper money was increased immensely in many countries of Europe between the years 1800 and 1810, and there was probably nearly twice as much in circulation at the latter, as at the former perioid. 255 ON' THE PRECIOUS METALS. II. Estimates in millions of pounds sterling, (taken mostly from Jacob's inquiry,) of the exchangeable value of the paper circulation of Europe and America in 1810 and 1830, the depreciation, (from which the nominal amount may be calculated,) the amount of specie and bullion in the vaults of the banks, and the increase of the circulating medium by the means of bank notes: Excess of Bullion bantik notes and specie in over specie and the banks. buillion. Exchangekable value of bankDepreciation, notes in cir per cent. culation. Bank of England.... 1810 "; ~.... 1830 Private and joint st'ck banks in.......... 1810 Do......... 1833 8 r Bankls of Ireland 10 14.... 1810 do 13.... S130 Banks of Scotland.... 1810 (10o.... 18330 Bank of France...... 1810 do...... 1830 Bank of P.Russia...... 18S10 do 10 52...... 1830 Bank of Austria...:. 1810 do..... 1830 Holland in.......... 1810Sl do.......... 1 3...10 lo Portugal............11 lS410 do............. 1830 Prussia.............. 1810 d(o............ 1830 United States........ 1810 do 191........ 1S29 Total......... 18104 "........ 1830 "........ 1800 8.5 14.5 9.17 10.9 1.5 18.5 2 15 8 .5 2.2 2. 3 .6 2.4 1.4 2.1 .8 1.2 3.5 5.5 2.3 207 2.5 22.7 2 19 8.5 6.5 .4.6 .2 1.2 .5 15 3 2 9,6 4.6 8.2 ~14.6 ~82.4 30.3 7 T 2 estimated at 946 III. Statement of the circulation of bank notes in the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland at different periods, in millions of pounds sterling. December. December. D ecember 184,. IS48. 1849. ~20.2 millions. ~16.9 millions. ~179 millions, 4.5 " 8.5 " 8.5 " 8.1 " 2 5 " 2.6 " 3.3 " 83 " 8.2 " 7.4 " 4.8 " 4.7 " ,.3.5 ".1.0 " ~1 9 " the amount of coin in circulation in Bank of England..... ~19.5 millions. 220.2 millions. CI6.9 millions. gi79 million, I'rivate banks, Engl'nd 5.0 " 45 3.5 3.5 Joint-st)ck barks... 8.0 ". 2 5 2.6 " Balnks in Scotland.... 3.0 3. 3 3 "3.2 " Banks in Ireland..... 5 2 7.4 " 4.8 4.7 Tot, United Kingdom ~35.7 " ~38.5 " ~31.0 " 9 Sir. McCulloch estimated the amount of coin in circulation in the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland in 1833 at ~30,000,000 sterling; but when we reflect that they have a large bank-note circulation, and that nearly all the merchants keep their deposits in, and do their their business through banks, I doubt if the average circulation of coin during, the last twenty years has exceeded ~20,000,000, and have estimated it at that sum. The notes of the Bank of England constitute the principal means of all the other banks and bankers of the kingdom, with 256 14 par 14 par 14 par 14 par par par 72 75 so par Par 30 par per par is 20 20 10 2-T 5 3 3.5 2 9 23 25.2 21 10 .i 1.4 2 .i 5.8 12.8 29T 100.5 December. IS42. 219.5 millions. 5.0 " 3.0 " 3.0 " 5 2 11 COIN AND BANK NOTErS. which to redeem their notes; and hence they arc used as a substitute for coin to the amount of perhaps ~6,000,000, which should not be treated as any portion of the circulation of the country. This amount should therefore be deducted from the gross circulation of England, and the deduction is made in the following table. The average circulation of bank-notes in the United Kingdom from 1833 to 1840 was about the same as from 1841 to 1849. IV. Statement of the average circulation of coin and banknotes among the people, from 1841 to 1849, and the amount to each person, after deducting ~6,000,000 sterling, Bank of En,gland notes supposed to be held by other banks. Bank notes. Coin. Total. Each person England and Wales......... ~21 millions. ~14 millions. ~85 millions. $10t Scotland................ 3 2_ 9} Ireland............. 5 " " 9 ".5 The circulation of the Bank of France ordinarily fluctuates fromi 210 to 240,000,000 francs:Its circulation in July, 1830, was about.................................. $43,200,000 In October, 1839, it,as............................................... 89,93T,000 " 145o, it was................................................ 4S,o5S9,000 It is miost probable that the amount of paper-money min Europe and America was very nearly the same in 1840, and but little more in 1845 than it was in 1830. SEc. 7. Banking capital, coin, and paper ioney in the U. States from 1810 to 1849-Exports and imports of coin. I. Estimate of Mr. Gallatin of the capital, notes in circulation, and specie in the banks of the United States at the end of the year 1829. Capital. Notes. 281 banks, ascerta;nod........ $95 millions $39.2 millions. 4S banks, estimnated............ 15.2 " 9.1 " United States Bank............ 5 " 13.0 " Total................. $145.2 $61.3 " It is obvious that if the capital of the forty-eighlt ba perly estimated, the notes in circulation are estimate by more than $2,000,000, and the specie in them to about $1,000,000, to correspond with the 281 banks, wh tion was ascertained. I shall, therefore, reduce the e make all the parts correspond, and shall call the circa $59,000,000, and the specie $21,0,)0,000. MIr. Gallatin estimated the amount of specie in th the United States at the end of each year as follows: $15,400,000; of 1814, at $17,000,000 of 1815 at $1' and of 1819, at $19)800)000. 257 SP13Ci,-. $12 milli,)us. 2.9 " 7.2 " $22.1 " ON THE PRECIOUS METALS, The commercial records of the exports and imports of the precious metals, show that the amount in the country, from 1824 to 1828, must have been about $9,000,000 less than it was in 1820; and about $5,000,000 less in January, 1830, than it was in 1820. We cannot reasonably assume that the amount of coin in circulation in January, 1830, was less than $4,000,000, which, taking the exports and imports of specie into consideration, and MIr. Gallatin's estimate of the amount in the banks, would make the amount in circulation in 1820 over $10,000,000, and may be illustrated as follows, (the amount brought in by immigrants, not entered at the custom-house, being estimated at fiom $10 to $20 each, on an average:-) Esiae1 muto1onadbtoni h ntdSae,Otbr1 182 13 lin l Tot,l export andi consul ption - - - 85.9 Leaving in the United States but - - - $21 October 1st, 1S24, whlen the tariff f i824 took effect:Imported in four years, to Sep)temnlb)er 3utli, 18S28........................ $28.67 " Estimated amount brought in by imnmigrants........................... 2 " Total imports and suipply -... -- -- $51.67 " Exported during the same folr years................ ELstimated amiount used in thle arts.................... Total export and colnsumpltion............ Leavi,ng in the United States only - - -. - $21 " Octobl)er 1st, lS328, whlen the tariff of 1828 went into operation:Imported in six years, to September 30thl, 1834.......................... $58.75 Amnount brought in by immig,rants, estimated at......................... 4 " Total imports and supply - - - _ _ - $78.75 278.75 " Exported during the same six years................ Used in the arts.................................. Lsaving in the United States - - - - - $50 " Oclober 1st 1834, soon after the free trade compromise act of March, 1883, inade the first reduction of duties on foreign manufactures:Imported in three years. to September 38th, 1837......................$37', Estimated amount brought in by immigrants..........................2 Total imports and supply —----------------------------— $89 " - 262 " Leaving in the United States..............................$63 October 1st, 13. hen nearly all the banks in the nation were in a stat of suspension. October Ist, 153, hen nearly all tile banks in the nation were in a stato of suspension. 258 $29.4 million 1.2T " 30.67 1 - $21. $26.46 millions. 2.29 11 COIX AN'D DANK hNOTES. As the imaginary wealth of the people of the United States was greatly increased during the speculative peiiod froml 1834 to 18:37, by the multiplication and expansion of the banks, the ineriese of paper-mnoney? and the increase of prices, which was the necessaly consequence the extravagance of the people, and the increase of gold and silver made into plate, watches, chains, and other ornaments and utensils, was also immensely increased. The value of the products of the precious nmetals manufactured in the United States in 1839, according to the returns of the census, amounted to $4,734,960; which must have consumed an aniount of gold and silver exceeding $3,000,000. The products of our gold mines in 1839 amounted to only $529,605; and lthe amiount of silver was so small that it was not returned separately fiom other metals. The amount used in the arts for ten years, from 1837 to 1847, over and above the products of our mines, and the old gold and silver worked over, probablly aniounted to over $2,000,000 per annum. Estimated amount of specie and bullion in the United States, October 1, 1S37, brought forward............................................ Imiported in one year, to Septenmber 30, 1S3S......................... Amount brought in by imii'iigrants, estiumated at..................... Total supply, -.......... -.- - - - - - Ex.pIorted during the year........................ 8 a millions. Usedl in the arits................................ 1 75 " Leaving in the IUnited States, October 1st, lS3S - - - Imported in four years, to Septeimiber 30, 184-2........................ Amount brought in by immigrants, estimated at..................... Total supply,.. - - -.... F,xported lduring the saine four years............... $2.3 nillians. Used in tllhe arts, estimated at..................... T.7 " 40 $62 " Leaving in the United States-...- - -..October 1, lS42, whlien thle tariff of S1842 went into operation. Si,ecie imported in three and three-quarter years to June 30, 1846, under thl taritff of 1S42.................................................. E6timated aniount brou,ght in by immi,rants......................... Total supply, -. -' -. - -- Specie exported dutring the same period........... $19 5 miliions. Used in the arts and loss by friiction, etc., esti mated t.....................................8.5 " Leaving in the United States, June 30, 1847 - - - 5 F;pecie imported during thie year ending Juine 30th, S1847, in conseque(nce of the short crops in Eurol)e aiid the great demand for our flour and grain............................................................ Amount brought in by immigrants, estimated at...................... Total supply, - - - -...... - 259 $63 millions 17.T5 .60 " $Sl.25 11 - 5 25 11 $76. 11 23.,15 " 2.45 " $102 11 $36 1 5 $103 11 23 $75 11 24.i 1 1.4 " $100.5 " ON TEE PRECIOUS METALS, ]ronght fi)rward, Specie Cxloited (luring the same year............... $2.5 millions. Speie expeneiidCl abroad by the navy, and by the arimy il Mexico, estimated at......................4 Used in the arts and lost by friction, etc...........-....3 Leaving ill the United States, June 30, 1817, and over $S) milions oil thie 1st of Decemuber, 1S46, when the tariff of 1S46 took effect. Sp)ecic imported in four years to June 30, iS51 S....................... Almou nt broughlt to our minits from California........................ Estimated amount brought by immigrants........................... Total supply, ---------—. Specie exported during the same period............... $5S millions. Used in the arts, and lost............................ 14 " Expended abroad by the army and navy...............3 " 75 " Leaving in the United States on tile 80 June, 1851 - - $114 " The G'eatest part of the specie imported into the United States, comes from Mexico and Soth tl \nierica-wliile that exported, mostly goes to the Old( World. The reader will see from at conmparison of the exports withli tle impl)orts of specie, that the principal part of the produce of the mines of California goes to Europe. There is much reason to believe that there never was more specie in the United States. in proportion to the population, than there was during the general suspension of specie payments by the banks, from May, 1837, to May, 1838; and consequently the suspension could not have been caused by the small amount of specie, but by the excessive amount of paper money, the wild and extravagant spirit of speculation, the excessive imports of foreign goods, (which served to paralyze the industry of the country) and the rapid accumulation of a foreign debt; all of whichl causes contributed to alarm capitalists, bankers, and business men; to destroy confidence and credit; to depress property, and to derange business. While the several States were making loans, and selling their bonds in Europe, and to the agents of European capitalists in America, from 1833 to 1838, in order to establish banks, make canals, railroads, and other improvements, and were increasing their debts in Europe about $100,000,000, the specie of the United States was increased, by means of importations, about $26,000,000, and the balance of the loans was imported in the shape of European manufactures. After our debts became so large that European capitalists became alarmed, and would not loan us any more money, nor buy our State stocks and bonds at scarcely any price less than a discount of from 20 to 80 per cent., the merchants and foreign manufacturers still continued to glut our markets with foreign goods; and during four years, under the operations of the free trade compromise act of 1833, they drained the United States of specie, and reduced the quantity in the country from $76,000,000, October 1st, 1838, to $62,000,000, Octo 260 $100.5 million& 9 5 $91.0 $22.6 " 6S.2 7.2 " $Isg.o " COIN AND BANK NOTES. ber 1st, 1842. From October 9thl, 1839, when the most of our banks suspended specie payments the second time, to the passage of the tariff act in August, 1842, was one of the most gloomy periods in the history of our country; about as gloomny as the six years next prior to the passage of the tariff act of 1824, immediately after the heavy importations of 1815, 1816 and 1817, and exceeded only by the general embarrassment, depression. prostration, and suffering of the country, during the period from 1784 to 1789, after the heavy importations of foreign goods at the close of our Revolutionary Wari, when the country enjoyed, to the fullest extent, that glorious system of f-ree-trade which the ntllifiers have long been sighing after. While the tariff act of 1842 was in operation, (from October 1st, 1842, to November 30th, 1846,) it operated to check and lessen the importation of foreign goods, to secure the home-market, to a considerable degree, to the laborers and producers of our own country, and to increase the industry of the nation. The balance of trade was in our favor, a part of which was applied to the payment of the interest and principal of our large foreign debt, and a part paid to us in specie; the specie of the country increased about $18,000,000; and, at the end of that period, our commerce, finances, banks, mining, manufacturing, and agricultural industry, were in a very flourishing condition. II. Statement in millions of dollars, of the capital and gross circulation of the banks of the United States, and the specie in them, at the time of their reports, the nearest to the 31st of December of each of the undermentioned years; also, estimates, in accordance with the bank reports and the foregoing calculation, of the coin in circulation, the whole circulation of coin and bank-notes, the population, and the average circulation to each person at each period.* 1810. 1814. 181a. 1519. 1S4 189 Capital, in millions.... Bank-notes issued....* Specie in banks......* circulation. Total circulation...... Population, (millions). Dollars to each person. 18.9. $137 44.8 19.8 10.2 55 9.6 1845. $202 los} 43 82 142 20) Capital in millions.... Bank-notes issued.... Speeie in bank....... " circulation. Total circulation6... Polulation (milliions). Dollars to each person. $s9.s 6S 19 S 76 8.4 9 1842. $231 66 35.4 26.6 92.6 18.3 5 * A portion of the amount of bank-tiotes in circulation, and specie in the banks at the end of the years 1810. 1814, 1815, 1819. and 1829, are estimates of Mr. Gallatin, which have been generally adopted and contained in our offi. cial reports since 1831. The whole column for 1824 are'estimates of mine. 261 isio. $52.6 2S.1 15.4 15 4,3.1 7 3 6 1833. $200 94.8 i L a Ito 14 71 IS14. $82.5 45.5 IT 11 56.5 8.3 6,,,/ IS36. $290t 149.1 3T.9 22 lTl 15, ii 1824. si 3 50 4,11 lS46. 220T . 112 3S 2 I,)4 2i)-t Ti 1829. $145.2 59 21 4 63 12.6 5 lS49. $218 132 45.4 34 166 22, 7,i ON6 THE PRECIOUS METALS, Our foreign commerce has not only affected the specie in our country, but it has had a general influence also upon the circulation of our banks. Prior to the acquisition of California in 1848, the production of gold and silver annually by our mines, was bul little over half a million of dollars. About $2,000,000 more than the products of our mines were needed annually to satisfy the pride of the people, and supply them with utensils and ornamnents; and to keep pace with the increase of our population, requires an increase of coin of $2,5)00,000 annually; so that we needed about $5,000,000 annually to supply the wants of the country, and have a sufficient specie basis to sustain our banks, and maintain the credit of our paper currency. The amount of specie in the United States is so exceedingly small, in proportion to the population and commercial wants of the country, that large importations of foreign goods, and an exportation of specie to the amount of $4,000,000 or $5,000,000 a year, for two or three years in succession, will inevitably weaken the banks very much, produce a panic, and a run upon many of them, and cause many failures, if not a general suspension of specie payments. This is verified by the commercial revulsion from 1837 to 1842. In 5Iay, 1837, nearly all the banks in the United States suspended specie payments; during the year ending September 30th, 1838, our imports amounted to but $108,486,616, including $17,747,116 specie, and but little over $90,000,000 in merchandise and foreign products; our exports the same year amounted to $113,717,404, including but $3,508,046 in specie-that is, we exported exclusive of specie, over $110,000,000 in amount, and imported but little over $90,000,000; paid off several minillions of debts, and got a balance of over $14,000,000 specie to sustain our banks. This enabled nearly all the banks in the old States, and many in the new ones, to resume specie payments during the spring and summer of the year 1838, and to go on for some time prosperously; but the free-trade compromise act again invited large importations of foreign goods, amounting during the year ending September 30th, 1839, to $162,092,132, including only $5,595,176 in specie; while our exports were but $112,251,673, exclusive of specie to the amount of $8,776,743; ,howing a nominal balance of trade against us that year of about $44,000,000; a drain of over $3,000,000 of specie from the country, and a large increase of our foreign debt. This large balance of trade against us and drain of specie, occasioned a second suspension of specie payments on the 9th of October, 1839, by MAr. Biddle's United States Bank of Pennsylvania, which was soon after followed by nearly all the banks south and west of the State of New York. No other country ever t'et 262 COTSI AXD BAng NOTt8. so quickly and sensibly, and suffered so severely, the disastrous effects of excessive importations of foreign goods, and an unfavorahle balance of trade; for no other country ever had so small an amount of specie in proportion to the extent of their commerce; and in no other country was the credit system ever carried to so great an extent, upon a foundation so slight and frail. The amount of specie in the United States, October 1st, 1839, being about $73,000,000, and October 1st, 18S42, but $62,000,000, in round numbers; the quantity in the banks $45,000,000, in 18S39, and but $33,545,000, December, 1842, averaging about $39,000,000, left in circulation, including what was hoarded up and withdrawn from use, from $2S8,000,000 to $29,000,000. When specie is exported, it is withdrawn entirely from the vaults of the banks in the commercial cities, and they draw the specie firom the banks of the country and the interior cities, ar,d the amount in circulation is scarcely affected at all. Export two years in succession to pay for foreign goods, $5,000,000 each year more specie than is imported, accomipanied by a great increase of debt by means of heavy importations, these $10,000,000 being withdrawn from the banks, reduces their specie to about $30,000,000, and this, of itself, will often produce a panic and a run upon the banks, and cause a draw upon them of $5,000,000 or $10,000,000 more, and thereby occasion a failure of many of them, and perhaps a general suspension of specie payments. T'he suspension of October, 1839, was occasioned by the exportation of specie, and the heavy importations of goods the previous year, though the balance of specie exported was but little over $3,000,000; and the suspension of MIay, 1837, was in consequence of the immense importation of foreign goods; the rapid accumulation of a heavy foreign debt, and the anticipation of large exportations of specie to pay it; the great expansion of the banks, and their heavy loans to speculators who could not pay. All these things contributed to create a panic, and induce a withdrawal of deposits, and a run upon the banks, and soon led to a general suspension of specie payments in self defence, and before the anticipated exportation of specie to pay our foreign debt had commenced.* SEC. 8. Money to each person in the rn1ited States, and in each country of Eirope. I. Statement of the amount of bank-notes issued to each inhiabitant, and the estimated amount of coin and bank-notes in circula *As long as the free trade tariff of 1846 continues in force, nearly all the products of our mines of California (like those of Mexico and South America,) will be exported to Great Britain and France; and those nations ,rill derive the principal benefit of them. 263 ON TIIE PRECIOUS METALS, tion, in each of the following divisions of the United States, at the date of their reports nearest to the last day of December of each of the undermentioned years. 1886. 1842. 1842. 1845. 1845. 1849. Coin a(nd Coin and Bank notes. B'k-n'ts. B'k-n'ts. Blk-nnts. B'k-n'ts B'k-n'ts. Maine, New Ilampshire, and Vermont, $5$ Mlassaclusetts, lR.hode Island, and Con necticut........................... 1 51 ;ew York, New Jersey, and Pennsyl vania............................. 12 Ohio, and other North-Western States, including Iowa..................... 52 Delaware, Maryland, Dist. of Columbia Yirginia, and North Carolina....... 61 Kentucky, Tennessee, and Missouri.. 4 Slae States south of 354 of latitude. 14' United States....................... 9' Nt ai..! 41 5 6 4 IT 4 6.L 5 6 ~ 3 6 57 5 T For some months, annually, after harvest, including the fall and forepart of the winter, the bank-notes of the commercial and mnanufacturing States are sent into the agricultural States to pay for agricultural products; and during that portion of the year, the circulating money of the agricultural States is greater than is indicated in the above table; but the merchants soon collect the greater portion of it and send it to the commercial cities to pay for goods; so that during half or more of the year, it is much less, and perhaps did not average more than is above stated, during the years referred to. Bank paper being a cheaper currency than coin, its natural tendency is to displace coin, and induce its exportation and consumption in the arts. The balance of trade being generally in favor of manufacturing and commercial, and against agricultural States, the tendencies of trade are to drain the latter of their coin, and to transfer it to the former. The products of manufacturing labor, when sold in the markets of the commercial world, amount to about twice as much as those of agricultural labor employed in either cold or temperate climates; but not so when the latter is employed in the culture of cotton, sugar, coffee, and other tropical products, in a soil and climate adapted to them. Labor employed in mining and manufacturing in Great Britain, or in the United States, is more than twice as productive as agricul tural labor can be made in Ohio and the North-western States. In fact, the average income of the people of the manufacturing States of Massachusetts and Rhode Island, and of Great Britain, is more than twice as great as that of the agricultural State of Ohio, and nearly twice as great as that of the agricultural State of Vermont. A majority of mankind are inclined to spend all they can earn, and all they can get credit for, and as the wants of agricultural 264 - $4 $4 $51 $5 11 is 19 IL 16 5 6 Y, 81 7 3L .l 2 1 2 6 5 5 L, 5T I? COIN' AND 13ANK NOTES. communities are generally greater than their incomes, they often buy more than they can pay for with their crops within the year; and hence agricultural countries are usually involved in debt; the balance of trade is almnost universally against them; and this drains themi of the precious metals, and tends to depress their industry and the price of their products still more. Poverty, and nothing but poverty, a want of ability to pay promptly, and a loss or diminution of credit, tends to check importations, and to restore the balance of trade, by lessening the demand for, and the price of goods, and the inducement to import them. As long as the balance of trade is against a country, it must either export its specie to pay such balance, or buy on credit, accumulate a debt, and eventually be drained of its specie to pay interest, as well as the principal of the debt. Bank-notes inay, for a time, supply the place of coin, and thus afford a temporary remedy; but in the end, they aggravate the evil. By inflating the currency in some instances, and in others keeping it full, they keep up, and often raise the price of both domestic and foreign products, and thereby tend to prevent the exportation of domestic products; to encourage importations; to increase both the quantity and value of goods imported, and exports of specie to pay for them; and to diminish the industry of the country by depriving its own citizens of the benefit of its markets for their products. The necessary consequence is, a run upon the banks for coin, a great diminution in their circulation, many failures of banks, and numerous bankruptcies among the people, attended with a depression of property and industry, and wide-spread embarrassment throughout the country. Such a revulsion necessarily checks importations for a time, and as exportation goes on as usual, the balance of trade is eventually turned in its favor; specie again flows in, and the country partially recovers from its embarrassments. Any measures which tend to increase the productive industry of a country, by securing its markets to its own laborers and producers, tend also to increase its wealth and domestic commerce; to lessen its imports of such articles as are, or may be produced at home; to turn the balance of trade in its favor; and to attract to it, and retain, a large amount of the precious metals as a necessary means of carrying on its domestic commerce. Hence every country, taking a long series of years together, attracts and retains an amount of the precious metals, and maintains an amount of money in circulation, just in proportion to its condition, and the value of its productive industry and commerce; and hence you can readily deduce the amount of its productive ynta c e f tar a n fs ct industry and commerce from the average amount of its circulating 12 265 ON THE PRECIOUS METALS, money: and vice. versa. Compare the average circulation of Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut, from 1836 to 1850, with that of Ohio and the other North-western States, or even with that of Maine, New Hampshire, and Vermont, and the reader will have a complete illustration of this truth. This is the principle upon which Gregory King in 1696, and Humboldt in 1804, estimated the amount of money in circulation in each of the countries of Europe; and this is the principle upon which many of the estimates in the following table are formed. As nations are now accustomed to keep records of their foreign commerce, and as the record evidence of the circulation of paper-money in the United States, Great Britain, Ireland, and other countries, is nearly perfect, these records furnish data for an estimate approximating to accuracy, of the amount of circulating money in every country of Europe, such as was not possessed by Humboldt when he wrote, nor by any author before his time. II. Estimates founded partly on official estimates and records, of the population and circulating money, including coin and bank notes, in each country of Europe and America, and the amount to each person, at the end of the year 1840. Circulating money. $192 millions 44 " 272 " 67.5 " 79 " 123.5 " 60 " 75 " 11 " 65 " 24 " 22 " Great Britain................... Ireland......................... France....................... Iolland and Belgiuni........... Spain an 1 IPortugl............. Italy (including Lombardy)..... German Austria................ German States................. Switzerland.................... Prussia........................ Dellmark, Sweden, and Norway.. Turkey and Greece............. Riusia, llungary, and othlier East ern Nations of Europe...... Total of Europe........... United States................. West India Islands.............. British N. American Provinces.. Brazil.......................... Mexico, and all Spanishl American nations....................... Total of Europe & America 266 Amount to each peisoa. $10, r, 8 9 6 5,., 4 5 5 4,t-.1 4 234 Population. 18.2 million& 8.2 " 84 11 7.5 11 15.8 11 - 22.5 11 15 11 15 11 2.2 " 14.6 " 6.i 11 10 5 11 3 i' 10 4 6 8 70.4 240.0 IT.3 3.0 2.0 6.4 1T.8 2.86 11 211 11 $1,246 11 138 3f) 11 8 11 Ss 11 53 11 $1,513 11 11 11 11 11 COIN AND BANX fOTEt. III. Statement of the result of the foregoing facts of the amount of coin and paper-money in circulatio and America, and the average amount to each person periods from A. D. 1500 to 1840. Amount to ewch person. $1 50 3.00 4.50 7.00 7.75 5 S5 '15.310 Yearso 1500............ 1600............ 1)00............ Soo00............ 1510............ 18S30............ 1840............ As there was a vast amount of paper-money in circulation from 1805 to 1815 in several countries of continental Europe, as well as in Great Britain and the United States, which was really depreciated from 10 to 50 per cent. below specie, and yet passed nominally at par in the purchase of merchandise and other property, we may treat the circulation of paper-money in 1810 as equal, in the common transactions of trade, to $450,000,000, and the whole circulation as equal, nominally, to $8 to each person. Here we can see a good cause for a great decline of the prices of manufactured goods since 1810, independent of the less amount of labor required to produce them. The largest amount of money, including bank-notes and coin, in proportion to the population, which ever existed in the civilized world, or probably ever will exist, was during the existence of the bloated paper currency in Great Britain, Rlussia, and Austria, from 1805 to S1815; when half of Europe seemed deluded with the idea that mere promises to pay were as good as payment itself; and they sought to aid themselves with their miserable paper currency to conquer Napoleon. The paper, however, rapidly depreciated from 10 to 80 per cent., in proportion to the excess put in circulation beyond the comlmercial wants of those countries respectively, and their ability to redeem it in coini; and their golden and delusive dreams were soon dissipated. Nothinig less than thefrosts of a Russian winter gave the first cheek to the increasing and colossal power of Napoleon. SEc. 9. Depreciation of Paper 31Ionzey, Failutres of Banks, losses and evils resulting, and remedies satgg'ested. The invention of paper-money seems to have been made by the English, the latter part of the seventeenth century, and first carried into effect by means of the Bank of England. It gained but little credit for many years; but such has been the mistaken confidence and delusion of the public in many countries on this * That is, the excess of paper money over and above the ainounit of coin and bullion in the banks. 261 Coin. $150 milli ns. 364 " 666 " 1,216 1: 1,335, 1,186 " 1,200. Paper-moncy.* $5 millions. 220 11 395 11 8.36 " 813 11 Total. $150 millions. ,qC,4 " 671 11 1.436 " 11730 11 I,,522 1, 1,513 " ON TO E PRECIOUS METALS, subject, at several periods, that it has served to stimulate a wild spirit of gambling speculation, and has probably done more to foster reckless extravagance, fraud, and lknavery, and to promote dishonesty and corruption in business, during the past century,than all other causes combined. Nearly $2,000,000,000 must have been lost by the holders of paper-money during the last century and a half. A great Real Estate Bank was got up at Paris by John Law, in 1719, usually known as the MIississippi scheme; the stock of which was puffed into consequence, and rose several hundred per cent. in its exchangeable value; all Paris, and a large portion of the capitalists and business men of France, became excited on the subject, speculated largely in its stock, and fancied that they had made themselves rich; but in a few months the bubble burst, the bank exploded, and the circulation of the notes of the bank, (which was extensive,) as well as its stock, became worthless, and embarrassment, ruin, and bankruptcy, was suddenly spread and extended throughout the nation. This disastrous experiment entirely cured the French people of their mania for paper-money, and they confined themselves to a specie currency for more than two-thirds of a century; until the madness of the democratic party, during the French revolution, the latter part of the eighteenth century, induced the government to issue many millions of paper-money, called assignats, which were payable in the confiscated lands of the clergy and nobles. This experiment failed also, and was very disastrous in its consequences, though not equally so as the great scheme of Law. During the American revolution, our forefathers resorted to the experiment, which had become very prevalent in Europe, of issuing government notes, called continental money, to aid them in their emergency. From 1776 to 1781, $359,547,027 were issued by order of the American Congress, and it depreciated so rapidly that in 1780 it was not worth more than two and a half cents on the dollar, and in 1782 less than one cent on the dollar. The result was most distressing to the army, and very disastrous and ruinous to a large portion of the whole nation. It was funded in 1790 at only one cent on the dollar. As heretofore shown in table number II. of section 6, the paper-money of Russia, Austria, and Portugal, as well as that of England, France, and the United States, has been greatly depreciated, and great losses have consequently been sustained by the holders of it, in each and all of those countries. It is stated in Brande's Encyclopedia that no fewer than two hundred and forty of the country banks failed in England and Wales during the years 1814, 1815, and 1816, occasioning 268 COIN AND BANK NOTES. nearly as much distress, loss, bankruptcy, and suffering, as the great Mississippi scheme of France in 1719. During the years 1816 and 1817, a great number of banks failed in the United States; man,ny failed in 1825 also; and the failures in the United States during the revulsion from 1837 to 1842 amounted to over one hundred and sixty, with a nominal and pretended capital of over $132,000,000, and a circulation of over $43,000,000. A paper currency, which the maker is not able and legally bound to redeem in coin at the will of the holder, whether issued by the government, by incorporated or joint stock banks, or by individual bankers, is one of the greatest evils which can afflict any country. But notwithstanding the numerous frauds, losses, and evils, resulting from paper-money, the conveniences and advantages arising from well managed banks are very great; and banking is so interwoven with our system of doing business, that it is difficult, and perhaps not advisable to attempt to dispense with bankl-notes, as a part of the circulating medium of the country. Something, however, should be done to secure the public, and to prevent, as well as to punish fraud. The individual liability of bankers, without more speedy and efficient remedies to enforce such liabilities than the common law affords, and different judges from some we have in the United States, proves to be almost worthless. I entertain no doubt, however, that remedies may be devised, which would make the individual liability of bankers available to promote the security of the public. The public mind seems to be tending towards the following points, as necessary safeguards in our system of banking:-First, that government stocks in good credit should be deposited with some government officer, in pledge to redeem their outstanding notes; secondly, that such officer should keep the bank-plates, have all the notes struck off, countersigned and registered in his office, and delivered to the bankers, and that uniformity, as far as practicable, should be preserved in the plates of all the notes of the same denomination in the State; thirdly, that every bank should keep on hand in specie, and in specie funds subject to draft at sight, an amount equal to from 30 to 50 per cent. of all their liabilities to the public, to enable them to pay their debts in coin, or its equivalent, whenever called on; fourthly, that none but those who have capital to lend, and do not wish to borrow money, should become bankers, and to secure this object, that no bank should be allowed to make loans to its directors, officers, or stockholders, either directly or indirectly; fifthly, that the directors and other managing officers should be personally liable for all the debts of the institution) aLd that the private property of 269 ON THE PRECIOUS METALS, the stockholders should also be holden to an amount equal to their stock; sixthly, that the power to alter and amend the charter, in order to correct abuses, should be reserved; and seventhly, that all violations of law by the stockholders, as well as the officers, should be declared and punished as crimes; and that neither the bank, nor any stockholder, director, nor other officer thereof, should be allowed to set up any violation of law, as a defence to a suit on any contract of such bank, bank officer, or stockholder. The first point stated is substantially the basis on which the Bank of England (the first bank which ever issued notes) has always done business, and the same principle of banking is now in operation in the States of New York and Ohio. The second point is important to secure the stockholders of banks, as well as the public, against fraudulent and excessive issues; and also to guard against counterfeits. This provision also is in operation in New York and Ohio, under their general banking laws. The third point seems absolutely necessary to secure at all times the redemption of bank-notes in gold and silver; and notwithstanding the opposition of bankers, it appears to b3 increasing in imaportance in the public mind. As to the fourth point, the case of the late United States B3ankl of Pennsylvania, as well as of numerous others, has created a very general impression in this country, that the payment of the capital stock of a bank in coin, to any amount whatever, affords but little security to the public, if the directors or officers of the bank can take it half or all out again, in the shape of loans to themselves; that when the directors, managing stockholders, and officers, have thus loaned to themselves perhaps two or three times as much as the amount of their stock, it is often for their interest to have the bank fail, and its notes depreciated, to enable them to buy them up at half price, or less, and apply them in payment of their own obligations; their indirect gains by such failure being much greater than the loss of their stock. To allow speculators, as well as business men who want money, to manufacture paper-money at pleasure, and loan it to themselves., presents too many, and too great temptations for over-issues, and improper loans, to be consistent with a sound currency, and the security and safety of the public. The fifth and seventh are also important, to deter selfish and cunning men from attempting to niake bank-paper an instrument to defraud the public; and also to prevent them from setting up their own violations of law, to defeat the honest claims of their innocent, confiding, and deluded creditors. But what appears to me equally as impertant, and perhaps more so, than any of the points above named, is a radical change in the mode of electing directors, so as to give all the stockholders a fair voice in the election of directors, and 270 COIN AND BANK NOTES. the management of the bank, and not allow a few, who own a majority of the stock, to combine together and control the whole, for their own private advantage, regardless of the safety of the public, and of the rights of the other stockholders.* It is very difficult to sustain banks in agricultural States, against which there is a constant balance of trade; but very easy to sustain them, with ordinary prudence and good management, iu mnanufacturing States, in whose favor there are generally heavy debts, as well as a balance of trade. Hence the necessity of greater checks, and greater prudence, in the former than in tho latter. * See chapter V. section 9, where this subject of elections is discursed. 271 CHAPTER XI. ON THE INCREASED POWERS OF PRODUCTION OF THE PRESENT AGE -THE CONSUMPTION BY THE PEOPLE OF THE UNITED STATES, OF THE PRINCIPAL NECESSARIES OF LIFE, AND THE PROPOR TION OF THEIR SEVERAL WANTS-THE PROPORTION OF ADULT MIALES EMPLOYED IN AGRICULTURE, AND IN OTHER EMPLOY MENTS, IN THE UNITED STATES AND IN GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND-AND THE IMPORTANCE OF ADAPTING THE DIVISION OF EMIPLOYMBIENTS, AND THE INDUSTRY OF TIHE PEOPLE OF A NATION, TO THEIR WANTS, CONDITION, RESOURCES, AND TtiE WANTS OF THE COMMERCIAL WORLD. SEC. 1. On, the inlcreased prodiluction of the present age-and the capacity of Great Britain and the U. States to produce. The increase of knowledge in the natural sciences has been so great, and their application to agriculture so extensive since the middle of the last century, that, by the aid of more efficient tools, crops of all kinds have been doubled in quantity, in every well cultivated country; and they are now three times as great per acre on an average, in Great Britain and Belgium, as they were three centuries since. The inventions made during the last hundred years (since the year 1750) have had an effect upon mrining, mechanical and manufacturing industry still greater, and more surprising. The productiveness of industry has been increased by machinery employed in spinning, about thirty foldemployed in weaving, about eight or ten fold-employed in rolling iron, perhaps five fold-in the navigation of rivers, transportation on Canals and Railroads, and in all other mechanical, manufacturing, and mining operations, from two to five fold. The increased supply of products has kept pace in Great Britain, the United States, and some other countries, with the increased power and efficiency of human industry. This has been shown in chapters VII, VIII and IX. The physical wants of man are limited, by his constitution and nature; and though his artificial and factitious wants are unlim PROPER DIVISION OF EMIPLOYMENTS. ited, yet the demand for articles of luxury and fancy to supply them, is limited in most cases, by his ability to pay for them.* The fact is well known to every intelligent merchant and manufacturer, that the ordinary supply of products, both natural and manufactured, greatly exceeds the demand. This is true of almost every thing but the precious metals. The question is no longer, what a nation is capable of producing, but how much the people can consume, and sell to advantage. The facts exhibited in chapters VII and VIII, show that Great Britain alone could soon manufacture cotton and woollen goods, iron and hardware, for the whole of Europe and America; if she could command their markets for the sale of her products. She has laborers enough, and water power, fuel and capital sufficient, to increase her machinery and manufacturing power to an almost unlimited extent; and she would do so, if the markets, and the demand for her products at good prices, were equally extensive. The natural resources and capacities of the United States for mining and manufacturing, are more extensive then those of Great Britain. The United States have also the capacity of producing Indian corn, vegetables, fruits, provisions of most kinds, and all the materials for clothing, sufficient for five hundred millions of inhabitants. But it would be the hei,ght of folly and madness to develope their agricultural resources any faster than an increase of the population of the earth, shall have caused a demand for their products. The quantity of each and all of our products should be adapted to our wants, and the extent of our markets. Whatever a nation produces which it does not want and cannot sell to advantage, is not only worthless, but is often worse than worthless. The excess tends to depress the price and market value of all its products for which there is a demand, and thus tends to lessen the value of its exports. SEc. 2. The divisionb of enmployments, and the industry of aC nation, should be adapted to the wvants of the people. Foreign as well as domestic narkets being limited, and the capacity of most nations to pay for foreign products being also limiited; the division of employments, and the industry of a nation, should be adapted to, and in accordance with, the wants of the people and of the commnercial world-and with the natural resources and condition of the country. It should be the business of legislators and governments, as well as producers, to learn the wants'of the people and of foreign commerce, as well as the quantity of the products of each class of producers, and the natu * See sections 1 and 10 of chapter VI. 12" 273 AM OUNT OF OUR SEVERAL WANTS, ral resources of the country, and to endeavor to give such direction to industry as to adapt it to such wants and resources. This leads to the inquiry, what are the wants of the people? and what is the extent of each of their wants? SEc. 3. Jiow nIuch of each class of provisions, breadstpff., and vegetables, do ozr people need? How much in quantity, on an average, do a people need of breadstuffs, meats, and vegetables? The evidence and estimates which I have met with generally tend to show, that the inhabitants of most countries of Europe consume more breadstuffs and much less meat and vegetables, on an average, than the people of the United States. In Great Britain, the people consume much more meat than they do on the continent, though much less than in the United States. The consumption of grain in Great Britain is about eight bushels, and in France it has been generally estimated at from nine to ten bushels per annum, for each person. In the United States, the allowance to adult field slaves is usually one peck each per week, or thirteen bushels per year; but the consumption of the free population and the house servants, does not exceed seven and a half bushels of grain for each person. From the best evidence I can collect, I estimate the average quantity of meats of all kinds consumed annually by each free person in the United States, at one hundred and fifty pounds; consisting of one hundred pounds of pork, ham, and bacon, fresh and salt, and fifty pounds of beef, mutton, and veal. The inhabitants of Great Britain are supposed to consume a little over one hundred pounds per annum each, on an average, while the French consume less than fifty pounds, and the people of Ireland, and some other nations, not over thirty pounds each. The census of 1840 shows that the white and free colored population of the United States, and the house servants, amounted to about fifteen mnillions, and the field slaves and their children, to about two millions. The disposition of the wheat crop of 1839-40, was about as follows: Ifillion bushels 60 - 10.2 - 10.5 - 4.1 - 4.8 Consumed by the fifteen millions free persons and house servants 4 bushels each, - - - Exported in 1840 in flour and wheat, about - Required for seed one eighth part, - - - Used for starch, soured, and wasted, - - Total crop harvested in 1839, - 274 AND PROPER DIVISION OF EMPLOYMENTS. Million bushels Rye consumed one bushel each, - - - - 15. iExported in grain and meal about, - - -.3 Used for seed about one eighth of crop, - - 2.3 The remainder distilled, - - - 1. Tota cn18.6 ed was reported at 7,291,743 b half a bushel for each inhabrned at 123,071,341 bushels, alf as many bushels of corn. was reported at 108,298,060 hes an amount of nourishment atoes; and a bushel of rye or bhels of potatoes. The potatoo million bushels of grain. many bushels of other grain, to their equivalent in grain, alent in potatoes and turnips , on an average, in the United tated as follows:d States. France. bushels. 10 bushels. Eaten by man, - - - 84 Distilled and brewed, - 1 Used for seed, - - - 2~ Fred to animals to convert 11 into meat & for horse feed, 1 i Total, - - - 23* * This estimate is much less than the supply for the year 183940 accord. mg to the census. The returns of the census of the crop of wheat7 rye, barley, and buckwheat1 may be relied on, as they were generally harvested with care, and measured. But very little of the crop of Indian corn in the stale. soith of the Potomac and west of Pennsylvania having been measured, the returns were mere guess-work of the farmers and planters, nnd (as I think) at least 25 per cent. too high. It amounted to over 330 million bushels in those states, and less than 47 million bushels in the six eastern and five mid. die states. My estimate of the consumption of the corn crop of that year Required to raise the swine about 2 bushels, and to fatten them, about 5 .....^~~~~~~~~~~.''Bushels. To make 1,900,000,000 pounds, the estimated amount that year, 133,000,000 Consumed by two million field slaves, - -. - - - 24.000,000 Consumed by fifteen million other persons, - - - - 30,000,000 Distilled into whiskey, -. —. - - 12,000,000 Used for seed, ---....-. 6,000,000 Extorted in corn and corn meals.- - - *. 1,500,000 275 2 2i 15 AAMOUNT OF OUR SEVERAL WANTS, The proportion of each kind of grain and vegetables eaten by the free population and house servants of the United States, was nearly as follows, viz., four bushels of wheat, one of rye, two bushels of Indian corn, half a bushel of buckwheat, and potatoes and other vegetables equal to three fourths of a bushel of grain. The quantity consumed annually, on an average, by the inhabitants of Great Britain, Prussia, and Russia, for breadstuffs, and to convert into meat, may be about eighteen bushels, while the consumption of the countries of Southern Europe does not exceed about twelve bushels to each person. Eighteen bushels would be sufficient in this country, if none of it were wasted, and no more meats and distilled liquors were used, than the health of the people require. The crop of grain including half the bushels of oats and the equivalent in grain of the crop of potatoes, raised in each division of the United States in 1839, according to the census, would afford to each person for food, horse feed, and to convert into mneat, the number of bushels following. Potatoes equal Total to grain. bushels 3~ bush. 11 Gram New England States, 71- bush. Five Middle States, in- ) cluding Delaware, Mala- 22 ryland, and Dis. Col. Virginia, N. and S. Ca- rolina, Georgia, and 36 Florida, ) Other Slave States, 5012 Western Free States, 44 The population of the six New England States in 1840, was 2,234,822. The crops of those states in 1839 being sufficient to supply the inhabitants what was equivalent to only eleven bushels each, when their consumption was about twice as much, the deficiency was equal to over twenty-four million bushels of grain, which was supplied by the western and southern states in the shape of grain, flour, meal, pork, hams, beef and lard. The Fed to cattle, sheep, and poultry, one tenth part as hogs,3.-... —-- Fed to horses perhaps, —-- Deduct one fifth of the 330 million bushels retur southern and western states as an over estimate, And it still leaves a large quantity wasted for wan by reason of want of markets, and depressed price ing to about,..-. —-. Total crop according to the census, - 276 2 24 36;I A 51 45 I 13,000,000 6,000,000 66,000,000 - 86,031,000 - 377,531,000 AND PROPER DIVISION CF EMPLOYMENTS. population of the five middle states and the District of Oclumbia was then 5,118,076, and though they contain the great conimercial cities of New York, Philadelphia, and Baltimore, yet their crops were sufficient to supply all their wants, and leave a surplus. The farmer can see from this illustration, the advantage to him, of the manufactures of New En(gland, and the importance of increasing the manufacturing and mnining industry of all the States, in order to create markets for his products. Were it not for manufactures, the people employed in them in New England and the Middle States, would have been dispersed in the Western World, mostly engaged in aglriculture, increasing the supply and depressing instead of raising the price of breadstuffs and provisions. The farmer should also take into consideration, that a very large proportion of the people of New York and Philadelphia are employed in the mechanic arts and manufactures; that it requires but a very small proportion of the population of any country to be engaged in colammerce, navigation, and retail trade; that a comparatively few thousand men are required to attend to the commerce, navigation, and retail trade of a great nation that commercial men, therefore, furnish but a very trifling market to the farmer in any country, and that the principal markets he enjoys, are furnished by persons employed in the mechanic arts, manufactures, and mining. The farmers of New England can furnish a supply of breadstuffs and provisions equal in quantity to what is consumed by themselves, and by all the persons, with their families, who aro employed in navigation and commercial pursuits. So that the entire market in New England for the farmers of other States, may be said to be created by manufactures. The mnining, mechanical, and manufacturing population of the M{iddle States, was much greater in 1840 than that of the Neaw England States, and consumed and furnished a market for the farmer for a quantity of his products, exclusive of hay, products of the dairy, poultry, e-ggs, fruit, vegetables, wood, and many other things, including( only half the oats-equal to about sixty million bushels of grain. How insignificant are commercial pursuits when coinpared with the mechanic arts, manufactures, and mining industry, in supplying markets for the farmer! Estimtate of the quantity of pork, ham, bacon, and lard-fresh and salt, made in the United States in the year 1839; consumed by fifteen million free persons, and house servants. 100 pounds each on an average, - 1,500 million. Consumed by over two million field slaves, at 18o lbs. each, - - - 375 " Exported, about, - - - 25 Total consumed and exported, - - - 1,900 " 277 AMOUNT OF OUR SEVERAL WANTS, The quantity of beef, mutton, and veal consumed during the year 1840, may be estimated at fifty pounds for each of the fifteen million free persons and domestic servants, equal to 750 million pounds. 3eef exported during the year, 19,681 bbls. which is less than - - 4 " cc The consumption in 1840 of bread-stuffs and provisions, by the white and free colored population of the United States, including house servants (fifteen million) may be estimated as follows-the prices being taken as average prices in all parts of the country at the places of production, during six years, from 1840 to 1845, inclusive: Pork, ham, &c., 100 lbs. each at $4 00, - $60,000,000 Beef, mutton, and veal, 50 lbs. each, - 30,000,000 Wlheat and flour, 4 bushels each, at 80 cts., 48,000,000 Rye, corn, and buckwheat, 321 bushels each, at 45 cts., - - - 23,625,000 Total value of the grain and meats consumed, $161,625,000 Products of the dairy consumed about - $33,000,000 Milk and cream not reported in census, one third as much, - - - 11,000,000 Products of the orchard, valued at - 7,256,000 Products of market gardens, - 2,601,000 Products of gardens fbr domestic use, estimated at 10,000,000 Poultry of all kinds, whole value returned - 9,344,000 Eggs, two thirds as much as poultry - 6,230,000 Potatoes and turnips, 3 bushels for each, at 20 cts. 9,000,000 Total - - - $250,056,000 The consumption is equal to $1623 for each person. The inhabitants of cities and villages paid on an average 50 per cent. above these prices, on account of the expense of transportation, traders' profits, &c. Add for consumption of two million of field slaves 24 million bushels of corn at 331 cts. $8,000,000 4 million bushels of potatoes at 20 ets. - 800,000 Products of gardens, - - 1,000,000 Pork and beef, 190 lbs. each, at $4 per 100 lbs. 15,200,000 Total for slaves, - - $25,000,000 And making a total of - - $275,056,000 value of breadstuffs and provisions produced by the farmer and consunmed in our own country. 278 AND PROPER DIVISION OF EMPLOYMIENTS. The whole amount exported durin! the fiscal year 1840 was valued at about sixteen millions of dollars. Here we see that the quantity of each class of provisions, breadstuffs, vegetables, fruits, &c. necessary to satisfy the wants of our people, is very limited, compared with the capacity of the country to supply them; so limited that our markets have been generally glutted, and prices very much depressed; and the foreign demand has generally been very trifli,ng. The short crops in Europe in 1845 and in 1846, and the consequent foreign demand for our products, raised prices in 1846 and 1847; and the partial failure of the potato crops in Europe since, has tended to increase the demand for our products, and to keep up prices. It may, however, be safely affirmed that, for four years out of every five, (from 1820 to 1845) our crops were so miuch beyond the wants of our country, and the foreign demand for them, that no increase of quantity could have increased their aggregate value in the least. On the contrary, an increase of one fourth part, or even less, in quantity, would have diminished their aggregate value very considerably; and a large diminution in quantity would have increased their aggregate value. Such being the case, any increase of industry employed in agriculture at the present time, though it might benefit the persons employed, could not benefit the country in the least; and in a national point of view, the labor would be useless and entirely lost. On the contrary, if such labor could be employed in producing such mineral, mechanical, andl manufactured products, and erecting such buildings as are wanted by our people, it would be productive in a national, as well as in an individual point of view. SEC. 4. IItow miuch salt, fish, tea, coffee, spices, sui,gars,'c. do our people need, anzd consitne ainiually? Let us now inquire, in the progress of the examination, what quantities of salt, fish, tea, coffee, spices, and sugars, dried fruits, and rice, the people of the United States consume annually. The reports on commerce and other evidence show that the average annual consumption of such articles for the years 1839, 1840, and 1841, and the prices paid by the consumer, were nearly as follows: Millions. .$4. 6 Six million bushels domestic salt, and the same quan- $ tity of imported salt, cost the consumer about Fish cost the consumer - - About 12 million lbs. of tea cost in China about 30 ) cts., but cost the consumer on an average 70 ets. per lb. - - ) 279 8.4 AMIOUN.T OF OUR SEVERAL WANTS, 100 million lbs. coffee cost abroad about 9 cts., but l cost the consumer about 1321 cts. 300 million lbs. sugar cost consumer about 9 cts. 25 million gallons of molasses at 40 cts. - - Spices cost abroad about $400,000, and cost the con- 1 sumer three times as much - - Dried fruits and almonds cost abroad about $1,200- 4 000, and cost the consumer about 30 million lbs. of rice at 5 cts. - - - Total cost to the consumers - - $74. of these articles not produced by the farmers of cold and temperate climates, but mostly products of warm countries; equal to nearly $5 for each person. SEC. 5. What clothing do the people need annually? Estimate of the value of the various kinds of clothing consumed by the people of the United States annually, during the years 1839-40 and 41. Manufactures of cotton, according to the returns of Millions. the census of 1840, retained for home consumption $42.8 Manufactures of wool retained - - 20.6 " silk - - 119 flax - -.322 mixed materials - 6.545 Cloths made in families of wool, flax, and cotton 29.023 Ilats and caps - - - 8.600 Straw bonnets and hats - - 1.476 MIanufactures of leather, valued at $33,134,403, of which the boots and shoes were about - 30. Total of the above materials for clothing produced at home - - - Cost abroad of the same articles imported and con sumed on an average, each of these years - Duties paid on them, about - - Freight, cost and profits of importing, 15 per cent. Jobbers' profits on about 120 million dollars of the foreign and domestic goods for clothing at 121 per cent. - - - Expenses, freight, and profits, of the retail merchant on 150 million dollars sold at 25 per cent. Over 200 million dollars of these articles consist of cloths and trimmings, including home-made cloths, to be made into clothing, the cost of making being one third as much as the materials - 280 Milltc,n — 13.5 27. 10. 1.2 2.4 1.5 $139.485 $44. II. 6.6 15. 37.5 67. AND PROPER DIVISION OF EMPLOYMENTS. Total for the annual cost of clotbing, including bed ding, carpeting, and other furniture, made of fabrics that are woven. Perhaps the clothing and bedding for the two mil lion field slaves cost about half as much as that of the free persons or $10 each. - - This leaves for the free persons, and domestic ser vants-equal to twenty dollars to each person. - $300.585 SEc. 6. What fuel, lights, soap, and fitrnitur?e, do the people need? The fuel, lights, furniture, and soap, consumed in 1840, may be estimated as follows. Wood for domestic use equal to one cord and a half for each free person and domestic servant, worth when cut and sawed for use, on an average throughout the United States, about $2.50 per cord, and one sixth part as much for workshops, stores, etc.,or its equivalent in coal, exclusive of what is used for steam engines, and in furnaces; $4,3721 for each of 15 million persons. - - $71.250 Sperm and wax candles, 2,900,000 lbs. at 40cts. 1.160 Tallow candles made by chandlers, as returned, about 17 million lbs., at 11 cts. - - 1.870 *Tallow candles made in families, estimated at - 5. Oil and gas consumed for lights, estimated at 6. Soap consumed, as returned by the census, about 47 million lbs., at 44- ets. - - 2 220 tSoft soap made in families, estimated at - 6. The value of furniture made in 1839, was returned at $7,555,405. This does not include beds, crockery, glass and stone ware-stoves, hollow ware, hardware, brass, silver, copper and tin ware, clocks, etc. Taking all these things into consider ation, the amnount annually expended for the whole, exclusive of carpeting and bedding, may be esti mated at - - 15. Total - - - Equal to more than $7 for each person, for fuel, lights, soap, and furniture for the year. * The tallow candles consumed in Great Britain as stated by Porter, amouLnted to 66.402684 lbs. in 1801, to 93,816,346 lbs. in 1821, and to 155,5816,192 lbs., in 1830. fThe soap coinsumed in Great Britain, is stated by Porter as followsabout 53 million lbs., in 1801 —i.early 93 million lbs., in 1821-and over 170 million lbs., in 1841. 281 AlMlons. $320.585 20. $108.5 A.%IOUNT OF OUR SEVERAL WANTS, Src. 7. What kind and value of dwelling, houses, out-houtses, grounds, shade trees, etc., are needed? It is difficult to determine what kind and value of dwelling houses, improvements about them, and out-houses, a people need, to promote their comforts, and secure the greatest degree of health that is practicable. One thing is very certain, that nearly all the diseases and weaknesses to which man is subject, are aggravated by cold, heat, and dampness in excess, by great changes in temperature from day to night-and many of themin are produced by the sanime causes. All of which can in a great measure be guarded against, by good dwellings, beds and bedding, yards, shade trees, and attention to drainage and cleanliness. The dwelling houses built in the United States in 1839 are valued in the census at over 41 million of dollars, and this sum does not include the repairs and improvements of old houses, nor the erection of fences, out-houses, and other improvements. The value of all the dwelling houses in the United States in 1840and the improvements around them, including yards, fences, outhouses and trees, may be estimated at over a thousand million dollars; and the annual wear and destruction of them, and of keeping them in repair exclusive of rents, may be estimated as high as thirty millions of dollars, and the cost of building for the increasing population, thirty millions; making in all sixty millions of dollars, equal to four dollars for each free person. This sum seemns very large, and yet there is a large proportion of our people very badly housed. I have no doubt that the health, as well as the comforts of a large majority of them, might be promoted by expenditures for such purposes judiciously made, at least two or three times as great as have been heretofore incurred. SEc. 8. Expenditzbres for, books, information, ediucation, pleasure. /olscs and cairriages. The expenditures for books, pamphlets, newspapers, mullions. and other periodicals, as indicated by the census, amounted to about - - $5. Expenses annually of keeping horses and carriages for pleasure, estimated at - 20. The expenditures for education, exclusive of books, board, and the personal expenses of scholars and students in New England and New York, was equal to about fifty cents to each inhabitant, and perhaps half as much for each free person in the other states. - - - 5. Total - - Equal to two dollars to each free person. 282 $30. AX-? PROPER DrIVISIOI Of EMPLOYMIENTS. SEC. 9. Cost of tobacco and intoxicating drinks consiumed annually. The tobacco manufactured during the year preceding the census of 1840, exceeded the amount exported Million over five millions of dollars, and the value of tobacco, snuff, and cigars consumed,* must have cost the consumers at least - - $7.5 The quantity of spirits, wine, and strong beer con sulned during the year, was equal in intoxicatin,g properties, to nearly fifty million gallons of distilled spirit; perhaps seven eighths of it was used for drink, and cost the consumers not less than 30. Total cost of stimulants, - - $37.5 Equal to $2,50 to each free person. - SEc. 10. cecapit-ulation of the consumiption of the people and reftections on the impyefect division of emnploymcnts, in the UnIited Slates. Recapitulation of the annual consumption of the people, and the average amount to each person, except the field slaves. Amount stated in Sec. 3, exclusive of To each person consumption by field slaves - $250Omillion. $16} Amount stated in Sec. 4 - * 74 " 5 Amnount stated in Sec. 5 exclusive of 300 "c 108.5 " 60 " 30 " 37.5 " $860 "1 25 " 20 " $905 " Amount stated in Sec. 3 for field slaves 4 4 4 5 " a 20 i Total - - - All of which were consumed, worn out, wasted, and destroyed, except the following, which were accumulated, to wit, furniture to the amount and value of m An increase of dwelling houses valued at Books, pleasure carriages and horses Total value included, that were accu mulated - - - - Total amount actually consumed. 'A See chapter IX section 19. 293 $37..5 8 millions. 30 cc 2 49 40 millions. $P,6- ti Z) $21 $531 AMOUNT OF OUTR SEVERAL WANTS, These estimates are intended to comprise the value of all the material products of industry, annually consumed by the people of the United States, during the years 1839-40 and 41together with the amount paid for teachers' wages, which are not usually included with productive industry. Almost all industry is in some sense productive; but none is generally ranked by political economists as productive, however useful it may be, except such as produces material products, or adds value to them by transportation, and sale, which is a sort of quasi productive industry. HIence we exclude from the rank of productive industry, housekeeping, the labor of domestic servants, all professional business, teaching of all kinds, all matters of pleasure and amusement, official labor, military services, and the administration of justice. The aggregate amount of these several kinds of employment and business, not ranked as productive industry, may be estinmated at fioni $150 to 200 million per annum; and the values reckoned as productive, produced by industry and capital during each of those years, may be estimated at about one thousand million of dollars. In houses, furniture, &c.; as heretofore estima Clearing and fencing about two million acre new lands - - - Draining & other improvem'ts made on other la Increase in amount and value of agricultural t implements, tealms, and stock, about 3 per cen Increase of manufacturing, milling, mechan and mining capital, about 5 per cent., or nea Increase in capital employed in comfnerce, r trade, navigation, transportation, and the cries, about 3 per cent., - - Expenditures in building railroads, canals, water works, over and above the accumula of foreign debts for them, Increase in other public property, snch as ro bridges, churches, national, state, and co buildings, forts, harbors, &c., - ye ars is esti Million dollars 40 T1otal accumulated, - - Amount consumed, brought forward, - Total produced, Estimated amount produced in 1850, 284 24 6 12 16 15 12 s 10 135 863 1000 1400 AND PROPER DIVISION OF EMPLOYMENTS. It thus appears that the quantities of our products respectively, are not adapted to our wants, and the wants of the commercial world. Of some articles we produce a great surplus, much of which is wasted, and the labor employed in producing them totally lost, while of others we produce much less than we really need, to supply our wants and promote our comforts. The capital employed in the United States in 1840 in producing the following articles, the gross value produced, and the average value imported annually, in 1839, 1840, and 1841, was nearly as follows, stated in millions of dollars. Cotton goods, $51 rail. $46 mil. $ll mil. Woollen goods, 151 201 13 Mix'dgoods, cotton & wool, 41 61 Home made goods, 29 Bar, pig iron, & castings, 201 1721 5 Machinery, 8 101 Hardware, cutlery, &c., 5.-1 64 Total', - - $105 mil. $1361 $331* The labor employed in producing the Indian corn, pork, and other grain, provisions, and vegetables, not wanted, but actually wasted for want of sufficient markets, if properly trained, would have been amply sufficient to produce twice as much clothing, iron, and hardware as we imported-and an additional capital of about sixty millions of dollars invested in such employments, would have been sufficient to produce them. The amount annually accumulated in the shape of agricultural improvements and capital, at the same time, (as I have endeavored to show,) was equal to over forty millions of dollars, so that all that was necessary to furnish capital sufficient for these objects, was to divert from agriculture, the increased amount invested in it, during a single year and an half; three fourths of which, in the form of investments in agriculture, have no present value whatever, in a national point of view. By these means, we should not only increase the quantity and value of our mining and manufacturing industry, and save over thirty millions of dollars then annually paid for those classes of foreign products, and also save the cost of importing them; but we should increase the quantity and value * Comparatively few of these goods were re-exported, except manufactures of cotton to the amount of about one million, and woolien goods valued at less than half a million dollars, leaving tor consumption here what cost abroad about thirty-two millions of dollars, and were worth in this country, after the duties were paid, about $44,000,000. 285 CapiL-L Produced. Imported. AMOUNT OF OUR SEVERAL WA.TS of our capital invested in these great departments of industryand all this would be effected, without diminishing the exchangeable value of our agricultural products, or the present value of our agricultural capital, a single dollar. The reader will perceive the truth of the latter portion of the proposition (relative to agricultural products and capital) when he reflects, that the prices of all kinds of commodities and property are regulated by the proportion between the demand and the supply in the market, and that a large crop, furnishing a surplus beyond the wants of tthe market, is generally worth less in the aggregate, than a deficient crop. T''he people of the United States have a great surplus beyond their wants, and what they can sell, of food of all kinds, which the climate can produce, and of tobacco, and intoxicating drinks, and cannot possibly improve their condition, by an increased production of such things-but their comforts, and enjoyments may be increased by a greater amount of most of the things specified in sections four, five, six, seven and eight, comprising, sugar, tea, coffee, many tropical fruits, clothing, bedding, furniture, lights and fuel; and their condition and well being would be greatly improved, by an increase of capital invested in manufacturing and mining industry, and by an expenditure three or four times as great, judiciously made, for books, education, dwelling houses, out-houses, yards, shade and fruit trees, and drainage about their premises. These remarks are intended to be general, and apply only to the average expenditure for such purposes. There are numerous cases in the cities and large villages, of individuals expending firom two to five times as much for dwelling houses, furniture and many other things, as is consistent with the general welfare of themselves and their familics. SEC. 11. What proportion of the adult males should be emnployed in agricltre in different climates. When we take into consideration the whole industry of our country, and the wants of the people, and see that less than one third part in value of its products are consumed by our people for food —and that the foreign demand for food is generally coiiparatively trifling-and compare the prosperity and wealth of manufacturing nations and states with those devoted mostly to agriculture; we may safely conclude, that in temperate climates (like all that portion of the United States lying above the 35t!l parallel of latitude) in order to produce the highest degree of prosperity, only from thirty to forty, or at most fifty per cent. of the adult male population, should be employed in agriculture. In lower latitudes, the people need much less clothing —the -.aith 280 AND PROPER DIVISION OF EMPLOYMENTS. ctive, many of its products less perishable, more portion to their weight and bulk, and may be taken t markets; and hence the profits of agricultural puch greater than they are in high latitudes, and ts to, and advantages of manufacturing much less. tables have been formed to illustrate the subject. educed from official returns, reports, and the best thorities, of the valaes* produced annually, from fromn labor and capital employed in agriculture, r pursuits, together with the population, and the ed to each person. Values produced annually. By agriculture. Other pursuits. Total. $550 millions. $450 millions, $]1000 millions. ~135 " fk195 " 330 " ~40 " ~25 " ~65 " United States, 17 millions $59 Great Britain, 18.5' ~17 16, or 85 Ireland, 8.1 " ~ 8 38 Statement of the whole number of males over 20 years old employed in agriculture in Great Britain and Ireland, at the undermentioned periods, according to the returns; and the number so employed in the United States in 1840, estimated from the returns of the census. In 1831. In 1841. In England and Wales, 1,075,912 1,041,980 Scotland, 16T7,145 166,009 Great Britain, 1,243,057 1,207,989 Ireland, 1,167,054 The number of males over 15 years old employed in agriculture in Ireland in 1841 was, - 1,594,682 the number over 20 years old is estimated at -1,250,000 The number over 20 years so employed in the Uni ted States in 1840, is estimated at - - 3,000,000 the whole numniber returned as employed in agricul ture in the United States, without limitation as to age being, -.- 3,719,951 Great Britain contains nearly twice as many square miles as Ireland, and about twice and a half as much arable land; and yet there was in 1841 a greater number of persons employed in I have included in the aggregate values produced, all agricultural and other improvements public aid private, roads, railroads, public buildings, and everything usually classed by political economists with productive industry, 287 In the United States, Great Bi-itain, Ireland, Population. 17 millions 18.5 " 8.1 " Amouiat produced to each person. $,) 9 .RI7 16, or 85 .2 8 38 AMOUNT OF OUR SEVERAL WANTSE agriculture and grazing in the latter country, than in the former. Great Britain is one of the best cultivated countries in the world, and the fact that the number of persons employed in agriculture did not increase from 1831 to 1841, is proof that no greater number was needed; the remainder of the people were more profitably employed in other pursuits. Nearly the whole increase of the population of Ireland was either employed in agriculture, or remained idle; for the reason that there was very little increase of other pursuits to employ them. The agricultural laborers of Great Britain accomplished about twice and a half as much as the same number in Ireland, which affords conclusive evidence that the latter must have been idle much of the time, perhaps half of the time on an average, and mnany of them work to bad advantage, when they do labor. By reason of large mniarkets in the immediate vicinity of the farmers of Great Britain, furnished mostly by the mnanufacturing and mining population, they realize much higher prices also for their products, than the farmers of Ireland, and the aggregate annual value of thcir products is about three and a half times as much as it is in Ireland. The number of persons employed in the cotton, woollen, worsted, silk, lace, hose, flax, and linen factories, in the United Kingdom, was as follows: In 1839. 349,294 59,314 408,608 14,863 In England and Wales, Scotlanid, Great Britain, Ireland, In addition to these, there were great numbers employed in hand loom weaving, and in household manufactures. The number of persons employed in mining in 1841, was as follows: Males over Males under 20 Males und er 20 and females. 48,209 6,378 In England and Wales, Scotland, Ireland, males over 15, Ireland, males under 15 & females, Statement of the proportion in a hundred, of the adult male population in different parts of the United States, and in England and Wales, Scotland, and Ireland, employed in agriculture and grazing, and the per cent. employed in all other pursuits; including in the latter division all idle, infirm, and unemployed 288 In 1847. 455,642 67,243 522,285 22,591 Malcs over 20 years old. 125,059 14,179 3)016 so AND PROPER DIVISION OF EMPLOYMENTS. persons, at the undermentioned periods; also the estimated amount annually produced to each of the whole population from 1339 to 1841. In Agriculture. per ce nt. 73.5 Maine, New Hampshire, and l Vermont, - \Massachusetts and - Rhode Island, 3 Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, and } Pennsylvania, - North Western Free States, Northern Slave States lying) above the 35th degree of latitude, - Southern Slave States, In the year 1831. England and Wales, Scotland, - Ireland, - In the year 1841. England and Wales, Scotland, - Ireland, - The reader will see from the foregoing tables, that the annual earnings and incomes of communities in temperate as well as in cold climates, are generally in proportion to the number of the people employed in pursuits other than agriculture; and that free labor employed in our North Western States in the culture of wheat, Indian corn, and other products, is less productive than slave labor employed in the Southern Slave States in the culture of cotton, sugar, and rice, and less productive also, than slave labor employed in Kentucky and Missouri, in the cultivation of tobacco and hemp. * In these calculations, slaves are treated as persons who produce, and the profits to the owners of raising slaves in the Northern Slave States are not taken into the account. 13 289 All others. per cent. 26.5 Amt. produced to each person. $56. 100. 86. 72. 44. In 1840, ia 38.7 58. 61,7 79. 61.3 42. 38.3 21. 83.4 16.6 45.* 60.* 91. 9. 31.7 30.4 64.6 68.3 69.6 35.4 25. 27. 66. 75. 73. 34. 85. 38. AMOUNT OF OUR SEVERAL WANTS, Statement in English quarters of the average quantity of wheat, and wheat flour, and of all other grain and meal, including peas and beans, exported annually fiom Ireland to Great Britain during the undermentioned years: Wheat and wheat flour. All other grains & meal 1801 to 1810, 70,833 qrs. 387,125 qrs. 1821 to 1830, 460,709" 1,451,154" 1831 to 1840, 540,415 " 2,175,461 " 1841 to 1845, 410,687 " 2,519,980" 1846, 393,462 " 1,431,932 " The numbers of cattle, sheep, and swine, Britain were as follows: In 1835. 1846. 1847. 1848. Oxen, cows, steers, &C. 98,150 186,483 189,960 196,042 Calves, - 6,363 9,992 7',086 Sheep and lambs, 125,452 259,257 324,179 255,682 Swine, 376,191 480,827 106,407 110,787 Mr. McCulloch estimated the exports of Ireland in 1835 at ~17,394,813, of which ~445,900 in value were sent to British colonies and foreign countries, and the remainder (amounting to nearly 217,000,000) to Great Britain. Mr. Spackman estimated the value of the grain, flour, Ineal and animals, exported from Ireland to Great Britain in 1845 at over nine millions sterlinig-the exports in 1846, (the first year of the dearth,) were nearly as great, and the exports of animals during the famine year (1847) continued about the same. With the exception of potatoes and a few other crops, not far from one fourth part of all the agricultural products of Ireland were exported to Great Britain, from S1820 to 1846 inclusive-the quantity exported being sufficient to supply nearly two millions of inhabitants-and yet it may be safely affirmed, that the agricultural products of Great Britain, during that period, were greater in proportion to the population, than those of Ireland. The potato crop failed in Ireland in 1846 and in 1847, and has partially failed several years since. The failure caused a scarcity of provisions, and great distress, during each of those years, amounting in 1847 among the poor peasants to a famine, which swept off many thousands of the inhabitants by starvation, and by diseases caused by a want of food, clothing, fuel, shelter and bedding, sufficient to make them comfortable. During the years 1847 and 1848 considerable quantities of grain, flour, and meal were imported into Ireland from Great Britain and fromn foreign countries; and the government made large expenditures on public works in that country, in order to employ the laboring poor, supply them with the means of making purchases, and bave them from.er;v,n. 200 exported to Great AXD PROPER DIVISIOX OF EMPLO-'MENTS. Why were those exports of agricultural products from half fed Ireland to pampered Britain? Can the advocates of free trade account for the anomaly, consistently with their principles and theories? PIy explanation is this. The exportation was the result of necessity produced by their condition; by the want of a proper division of employments, and the emuploymnent of a sufficient number of persons in miining and manufactures, to supply their necessities; by free trade with Great Britain, which supplied and glutted their markets, and prevented the growth of mnanufactures; and by absentee landlordism. These causes compelled them to export to Great Britain agricultural products of the value of about t3,500,000 annually, to pay their rents to absentee proprietors; and about eight or nine millions sterling to pay British manufacturers and miners for the products of their industry, which should have been produced at home, by Irish labor. I-low could Ireland and the Irish people be otherwise than poor and depressed, under such a state of things? They have moi'e than twice as many agricultural laborers as are necessary to cultivate their little island, and they must necessarily be poor, until the surplus population is employed in manufactures, and the breadstuffs and provisions retained at home to feed them, instead of being sent abroad, to pay for products of British labor. Spackman* says, " The state of Ireland at the present time bears a strong analogy to that of England in the reigns of Henry VIII. and Elizabeth, when the land was overrun with beggars, and the most cruel punishments could not suppress the crime of miendicancy." The present system is depopulating Ireland, by reducing the people to poverty, distress, and starvation-and driving great numbers out of the island. The population decreased frona 8,175,124 in 1841, to 6,515,784 in 1851. SEc. 12. General reflections on the ceffects of an improper division of eizployments. No people can produce very much, or be very flourishing in their condition, and be idle from one third to half the year; and without a proper division of employments, and a large proportion of the population employed in mechanical, manufacturing, mining, and other pursuits, it is impossible to furnish labor for them ill, and to avoid great numbers being idle much of the time for want of employment. In view of these facts, can any one wonder at the extreme poverty and distress of the Irish, and the great wealth and power of the British people? Would an Irish Par * See Spackman's Analysis of the occupation of the people of Great Britain and Ireland-published in 1847, page 50. 201 AMOUNt OF OUR SEVERAL WANTS, liament be of any use to the people? Could it increase the productiveness or value of their industry? Do not their sufferings and distress arise from an improper division of employments, and the idleness resulting from it? from a want of mechanical, mnanufacturing, and mining industry, to enable the people to provide themselves with comforts other than breadstuffs and provisions? Do they not need better and more houses, more clothing, more tools and implements to work with, more tea, coffee, sugar, spices, &c. &c.? and more employment to enable them to earn the means of paying for such comforts? The same causes operate upon and depress British India, and all the British Provinces in Amrerica. These considerations apply with nearly the same force to our Free States, and to the Northern Slave States, as they do to Ireland. We can never clothe ourselves, and obtain all the comforts we need by raising breadstuffs and provisions, part of which are sold at extremely low prices, and a part actually lnst for want of a market. The Irish enjoy free trade with England, and the benefits of the English markets for their agricultural products, which are of great consequence to them, and which we do not and never can enjoy; and yet they are miserably poor; and we should be equally poor, were it not for the more equal distribution of wealth and the products of labor, and the fact that our agricultural population being generally educated, and not subject to the paralyzing and depressing influence of Catholicism, are more industrious and ingenious in making domestic cloths, tools, and implements, and erecting( and fitting up houses, workshops, and other buildings, for their own use and comfort. In consequence of the division of employments being more in accordance with their wants, the value of the productive industry of the people of Massachusetts and Rhode Island is much greater in proportion to their numbers, than that of the inhabitants of any other State in the Union. Vegetables and fruits nearly all perish within a short time after they ripen; flour and most kinds of grain cannot be kept mnore than a year or two without great difficulty, except in very high latitudes and a dry atmosphere; and the same difficulty attends the keeping of almnost every kind of meat. It is impossible for a people to accumulate the products of their industry of this kind for a series of years, and to keep them on hand waiting for a demand, and a market for them; but they are obliged to dispose of them soon after they are raised, to save them from spoiling; and whatever they produce more than they need for consumption, and more than they can find an immediate market for, is in most cases an entire loss. Whenever, therefore, in any country, more 22 AND PROPER DIVISION OF EMIPLOYMENTS. persons are employed in raising perishable products, than can be consumed at home, or sold to advantage, the labor of the extra number so unnecessarily employed, is not only an entire loss to the community, but the clothing they wear, and the other comforts they consume or enjoy, all constitute a draw-back from the earnings of their fellow citizens. The evil does not stop even here; it has been shown in reference to cotton, Indian corn, and some other articles, that the price of commodities is regulated by the relative proportion between the demand, and the supply in the market; by an overproduction of perishable commodities, not only the surplus not needed is lost, but that surplus serves to depress the market price of what is actually sold, so that a surplus is actually worse to the producers in the aggregate, tlhan a deficient crop. Ilow important it is then, that the division of employments among every people should be nicely and accurately adapted to their own wants, and to the wants of the commercial world! that they should produce as far as practicable whatever they need for their own consumption and comfort; and that they should produce nothing in any greater quantities than they need, unless it is wanted by the commercial world, and will sell at good prices. It is therefore impossible for a people to improve their condition by the production and accumulation of breadstuffs and provisions, beyond what are needed for immediate use. Wool, cotton, flax, hemnp, silk, tea, coffee, sugar, spices, and some other articles produced in warm climates, may be accumulated for future consumption; but they are dead property while lying and waiting for a market. The metals, and almost all manufactured products can, on the contrary, be accumulated to any extent, and be preserved and kept in use for a series of years, either administering directly to the comforts and enjoyments of man, or serving as useful agents in facilitating his labors, and increasing the products of his industry and the comforts of life. None of the metals have ever been produced and accumulated beyond the wants of man; and with the exception of the inhabitants of Great Britain, no people have ever produced or obtained in any mode whatever, a sufficient supply of tools, instruments, machinery, and utensils of industry, to increase to the greatest extent practicable, the products of their industry. Buildings of wood, well built, with proper repairs, will last and administer to the wants and comforts of man for half a century or more; those well built of brick or stone will sometimes last for centuries; agricultural improvements, such as buildings, fences, fruit-trees, draiiis, and under drains, with proper care, attention and repairs, last a great leng,th of time; and canals, rail-roads, and most 203 NAMOUNT OF OUR SEVERAL WANTS, other public improvements, with proper attention and repairs, will last as long as man will have occasion for them. Nearly all these things serve as active capital, arc in their nature productive, and serve as agents to aid man in producing and distributing the comforts of life. They are not like the necessaries and luxuries we eat and drink, which are immediately consumed in their use, and useless until needed for consumption. They constitute the principal elements of wealth, and the, instruments with which it is produced and distributed. Though the people of nearly all the nations of the civilized world, with the exception of occasional years of poor crops, can procure a supply of food sufficient to secure the greatest degree of health, strength, and longevity which is consistent with the climate in which they live; yet no people, as a whole, not excepting even the inhabitants of Massaclihusetts and Great Britain, ever were provided with dwellings in such numbers, and of such kind and construction, as would tend to secure the greatest degree of health, strengtn, and longevity, which might be attained in the country where they resided. Those things, therefore, which are productive in their nature, tog,ether with good dwelling houses, clothingr, beds, bedding, furniture, books, and other things, not perishable, nor immediately consumed in their use, are what we should strive to produce and to accumulate in this country. We should also strive to acquire and disseminate among the' people useful knowledge and skill; which constitute the most effective and valuable capital that man can poszess. But the public mind in the United States has attached too much importance to agriculture, to the production of food and raw materials, and too little to the production of clothing, shelter and lodging; too much importance to commerce, rail'oads, canals, and other instruments for distributing wealth, and quite too little consequence to the agents and instruments niecessary to produce it; too much importance to internal improvements and the agents and instruments of transportation, and too little to mnining, nmechanical and manufacturing industry, which are necessary to produce the greater portion of the comforts of life, and the materials of commerce. Great Britain, Massachusetts, and other manufacturing and mining states, are deriving great advantages from their railroads in the transportation of raw naterials to be manufactured, and in the distributiorn of the products of their manufactures and minaes; but the great state of New York has at present (1851) comparatively few nanufactures and mineral products of her own to transport. How much benefit is that state (with the exception of the cities of New York and Buffalo) now deriving fi'om her splendid canals and numerous railroads; compared with what 2, 4 AN\D PROPER DIVISION OF EMPLOYMENTS. mrnight have been derived, if the manufacturing policv had been pursued by the people? With the exception of the people of those cities, have not the British derived greater advantages from those works, in the increased facilities of introducing their manufactures into the interior of the United States, than the citizens of the state of New York have? These queries are suggested for the consideration of the reader. Nearly all the' cloth made in every country, and every age of the world, prior to the year 1767, was spun on a one thread wheel, and woven in a hand loom. Spinning, weaving, and making cloth in this mode, constituted a large proportion of the employment of females in every civilized country. It was common in ancient times for ladies of the first rank, and even princesses, to engage in such pursuits, and it was deemed honorable. In this mode, feniales were employed, and in this mode the people were furnished with clothing, until a comparatively recent period; but the custom seems to have been mostly superseded by the use of machinery at the present time; and Great Britain has been long stiliving to clothe the world. Where machinery for carding, spinning, weaving, and other processes in making cloth, are introduced, women and children can do a large proportion of the work; their labor is rendered from ten to thirty times as productive as by the ancient processes; the division of employ mients is not deranged; and no portion of the community need be without employment, where such manufactures are carried on extensively. But where the practice of manufacturing in families is aban doned, and the people are clothed with the manufactures of other countries, there is scarcely any employment for children, and comparatively little for females. Where manufacturing cloth in families is abandoned, as it is mostly in this country, not over two fifths of the male population should be engaged in agri culture, and the remlaining three fifths in mechanical, manufac turing, mining, commercial, and other pursuits. If, instead of hlaving the male portion of over three fourths of our population engaged in agriculture, not more than one half were so engaged, and the remaining half were employed in other pursuits, the mar klets would be well supplied, but not so much surfeited with agri cultural products; such products would rise in price; the earn inns of the half engaged in agriculture would exceed in value the earnings of the three fourths at the present time; the country iiight be well supplied with cloths of every kind, and with iron) steel, copper, lead, hardware, and all manufactures of the metals .ade at home; we should have no occasion to import metals of any kind except silver, tin, and zinc; and our imports like those 295 AMOUNT OF OUR SEVERAL WANTS, of Great Britain and France, would consist mostly of raw mate rials to be manufactured, and of the products of trcpical and warm climates, which do not come in competition with the indus try of our own citizens. In such case, the division of employments would be in accordance with the wants of the people; we should produce everything we need, which our country is capable of producing; and instead of selling raw materials at extremely low prices to pay for manufactured goods at high prices, we should export manufactured goods to pay for raw materials which we could not produce, or not in sufficient quantities for the consumption of the country. Instead of producing twice as much Indian corn and some other articles as the country needs, and half or two thirds as much iron, hardware, cotton, woollen, silk, and linen goods, we should produce about as much of the former as the country might require, and a surplus of the latter to pay for our tea, coffee, sugar, spices, and other products of warm and tropical climuates; and the balance of trade would soon be in our favor. Under the compromise act prior to the tariff of 1842, our country was filled with the products of foreign industry, which displaced so much of the products of the industry of our own citizens, who were consequently idle for want of employment; many of them were obliged to live very poor, and were finally driven to agricultural pursuits for a support. The country became involved in debt for foreign goods, and eventually drained of its specie to pay for them; agricultural products being still more increased beyond the demand for them, fell more and more in price; and thus, by the system of free trade, the proper division of employments was disturbed, the productive industry of the country was lessened, and instead of producing what we wanted, we produced a great surplus of what we did not want, and ran into debt for what we did want. The tariff of 1846 is producing similar effects. It makes no difference what a people pay for any kind of necessaries or comforts, provided they pay for them in the products of their own industry at corresponding prices. The price of the one equalizes that of the other, and the tendency is to stimulate the industry and increase the production of both parties; blit when one party refuses to take the products of the other in pay — ment, and requires money, the tendency is to paralyze the industry of the!atter, in as much as it exhausts his means and furnishes him no market for the products of his labor, and no facilities for extending his business and increasing his industry. 296 AND PROPER DIVISION OF EMIPLOYMENTS. SEc. 13. Utility of competitioni-Iiijrious effects of excessive competition. In as much as the price of a commodity depends not only on the amount of labor, skill, and capital required to produce it, but also on the proportion between the demand and the supply in the market, an increased production tends to lower prices, and diminished production tends to raise them. The public are therefore interested in having the supply of every commodity equal to the demand, in order to keep down prices to the general level of other products, which cost the same amount of labor and skill. A sufficient amount of competition to produce this result is useful to the community. When, however, the production of any thing exceeds the demand and consumption of the country, and the wants of commerce, the competition amnong sellers in the market is so great, that the producers are not only injured by the consequent depression of the price, but the labor bestowed upon the production of the excess not needed, is in many cases a total and in others nearly a total loss to the community. T'hough some individuals may derive benefitfriom the reduction of prices produced by excessive competition, yet they never derive as much benefit as the competitors suffer loss-for the reason just given; that the labor bestowed, and the expense incurred in the production of the excess, is generally a total loss to the community. It is therefore a national loss. This rule applies to all employments, professions and pursuits. In the United States. we have many more lawyers and physicians than can live by their professions, and more than the wants and good of the public require.' By excessive competition, they injure each other, without materially benefiting the public; for the time of the supernumeraries is spent without advantage to the public. Such is sometimes the case with steamboat owners, stage proprietors, and other common carriers. So also with merchants, the great number in this country often produces so excessive comlpetition and great anxiety to sell, as to induce them to urge upon the people on credit, or at low prices, more goods than they really need, or are able to pay for; and the result is, much extravagance-many bankruptcies and failures to pay,-great losses by merchants, and serious injuries to the community. An arrangement among the owners of coal mines in the north of England, to regulate the price of coal, by limiting the production and sale of it, has existed with some partial interruptions ever since the year 1771.* This is effected by means of a committee appointed by them; who sit regularly in the town of Newcastle; to ascertain the con'See Porter's " Progress of the Naticn," title Coil. 297 AMOUNT OF OUR SEVERAL WANTS, sumnption of coal, and the supply in the market-fix the prices at wvich the various qcalities lay be sold, and tle quantity whichI mgy fromn time to time be shipped from each Colliery to supply the demand; the quantity assigned to each, depending on the number and size of the pits opened, the number of mines, and the amount of capital invested. The Coal mines of Great Britain are so numerous and extensive, that were it not for some such arrangement, the production of coal might at times greatly exceed the demand; and thereby depress prices to so low rates, as to be ruinous to the trade; and reduce to bankruptcy and distress, great numbers of persons enmployed in it, and in the mines. By regulating and limiting the production of the principal mines in the kingdom, from whence coals are transported to London and other large cities, and adapting it, (in conjunction with the supply from the other mines) to the public wants, prices have been kept steady, sufficiently high to remunerate persons employed in the mines, and in the trade, and the business rendered safe; and yet the competition from the smaller mines in the king,dom has kept down prices to a reasonable standard. The Iron Masters of Great Britain have had frequent meetings and conventions for years past, to make reports, collect information of the production, consumption at home, and exportation of iron, the supply in the market, and the probable future demand for it-in order to increase or limit the production according to circumistances-adapt it as near as practicable, to the demand, and ettablishl prices, by conventional arrangements among themselves. A similar course (though to a much less extent) has been pursued by the cotton mianufacturers of Great Britain. They have held frequent conventions, in order to confer together, and when the markets are glutted, the most of the cotton mills work short time; so as to sustain the operatives by partial employment, and at the same time, to lessen the production, adapt it to the wants of the public, and keep up prices. The producers of cotton in the Southern states having learned a lesson of wisdom from these examples, have held conventions, collected information on the subject, and come to the conclusion, that the depression of the price of cotton from 1840 to 1849, was caused by over production, beyond the immediate wants of the world, and by checking the increase of the production, they have succeeded in raising prices. Lawyers and physicians in all parts of our country, have been in the habit of holding mieetings, conferring togrethler, and regulating the prices of professional services, as far as practicable, in 2 9 lq_ AND PROPER DIVISION OF EMPLOYMENTS. order to keep them up to a proper standard. Were it not for such conventional arrangements, and the sentiment of honor among professional men to maintain them, the spirit of competition would soon depress the prices of professional services so low, as to discourage high professional attainments, degrade the character of the professions, and destroy their usefulness. It was common in England from the 12th to the 17th century, to fix the price of labor by act of Parliament. This system was arbitrary, productive of much injustice and oppression, and with the aid of monopolies then common, it tended to destroy competition, and discourage and depress industry. It can never be expedient to fix prices by statute, except for official labor-not to grant monopolies, except for short periods of time, to encourage invention, and to establish new branches of industry. But much good may be done by the government, and by associations, nicetings, conventions, committees, authors, reports, books, newspapers, and other periodicals; by collecting and disseminating information of the quantity of the products of each branch of industry, and of the consumption and wants of the public; to divert industry from employments in which it is not needed, to others in which it is needed; and to adapt the industry and productions of a country, to its conditions, the wants of the people, and the foreign demand. These are the principal uses of our annual reports on commerce, and of the statistics collected by our national and state governments. Such information is not only useful, but indispensably necessary to the legislator, to enable himi to legislate in such a manner, as to promote the general welfare of the nation; for though the industry of a country cannot be regulated with safety, by positive rules, yet much may be done by a system of patents, premiums and bounties, and by regulating conmmerce, to encourage the increase of such branches of industry, as may be needed most. 299 CHAPTER XII. ON PRICES; THE LAWS WHICH REGULATE AND GOVERN TIHEM, THE CAUSES OF THEIR FLUCTUATION FROM AGE TO AGE, IN DIFFERENT COUNTRIES. SEC. 1. Necessity of a standard, or measure of valite-use of gold and silver as the standard. IN making exchanges or sales of property, a common standard or measure of value is necessary, by which the commodities exchanged or sold may be compared, and their relative values determined. The precious metals, on account of their utility, intrinsic value, beauty and durability, and the general desire for them, have been made the common measure of value, and universal currency, of civilized nations, from the earliest eras of history. In order to facilitate the use of gold and silver in making exchanges, governments have made them into coin-that is, they have assayed them and weighed and divided them into pieces convenient for use, and stamped them with a government stamnp, as an evidence of the weight of pure metal contained in each piece, as fixed by law. Coin is called money, because its weight and quality has been ascertained and stamped upon it, according to law. Coining adds a little, and but a little, to the value of the metal, by ascertaining its true value, and thereby increasing the facility of effecting exchanges with it; but the substantial value of coin, consists in the intrinsic value of the metal, for other uses. SEC. 2. Causes of the Changes in Value of Gold and Silver. The precious metals do not furnish an invariable standard and measure of value. It seems to be generally admitted by statesmen, and by writers on political economy, that the exchangeable value of gold and silver is affected, like all other commodities, by the amount in circulation, in proportion to the demand for them; and that their fluctuations of value are often local as well as temporary, depending on the relative amount in circulation. The demand for the precious metals in every country is in proportion to the number and wealth of the inhabitants, and the value of their productive industry. When gold and silver are abundant, their relative value declines, and the prices of all other ON PRICES. things rise; and when they are scarce, their relative value is increased, and other things fall in price. Hence the importance of giving the reader a statement of the amount of coin and papermoney in circulation in the commercial world, at different periods, and the amount to each person-to enable him to understand the causes of the constant depreciation in the value of coin, and the rise of commnodities-from the year 1500 to the year 1810-to compare present prices of labor and products, with prices at any past period-and to understand one of the principal causes of their fluctuations. (See Sections 6 and 8 of Chap. X.) The value of all goods and products in England in 1696 was then adopted as the standard by which to estimate the value of all exports fronm and imports into the kingdom. That standard has been retained from that time until the present, and the commnercial records of England show the fluctuations in the nominal prices of goods, from year to year, for more than a century and a half. By means of these records and other records of the prices of grain and some other articles for several centuries together with the facts collected and condensed in Section 8 of chapter X, of the amount of money in circulation at different periods, it becomes practicable to determine with reasonable accuracy, how much of the nominal fluctuations in prices have been produced by differences in the amount of cir culating money, and how much by other causes. The amount of circulating money to each person I have estimated in that section as follows,-in the year 1500 at but $1,50-in 1700 at $4,50-in 1810 at about $8; in 1840 at $5,30. It was about the same in 1850 as in 1840-Call the amount in 1696, $4,40, and we have an efficient cause (other things being the same) why products should be about eighty per cent. higher in 1810, and twenty per cent. higher from 1840 to 1850, than they were in 1696. SEC. 3. On the Price, or Market Valite of Products. The only fair criterion or measure of value of an article, is the quantity of other commodities, or money, which can be readily obtained for it in exchange, whenever the owner wishes to part with it. This, in all commercial dealings, and in all money valuations, is called the current price. The price, market value, current or exchangeable value, of all commodities and species of property, depends on the proportion between the demand and the prospective as well as the actual supply in the market, and on the amount of money in circulation in proportion to the population, and industry. The demands * See on this subject of demand and value, section 3, of chap. VI. 301 .ON PRICES. depends first, on the utility of the thing, and its capacity or sup posed capacity to promote the comfort, convenience, and cnjoy ment of man, to increase his wealth, or to gratify his pride, van ity, or ambition; secondly, on the number of persons in the circle or district where it may be used, who may desire it; thirdly, on the number of persons in that district who are able and willing to pay the current price for the thing desired. As manufactures are generally very valuable in proportion to their weight and bulk, most of them will bear transportation thousands of miles, in wagons, on carrmels' backs, packhorses or mules; and hence the market for such products, and the district in which the demand for them exists, is co-extensive with the commercial world. But food of most kinds is very bulky and heavy in proportion to its value, and liable to perish in a comparatively short period; and hence the extent of the market for flour, grain, and meat, is necessarily limited by the nature of things, to a narrow circuit, which it cannot pass; except at periods of short duration, when crops are deficient in other countries, and prices extraordinarily high. In ordinary seasons the prices of rye, Indian corn, oats, and all other coarse grains arc so low, that they will not bear transportation more than from fifty to one hundred miles by teams, before the cost of transportation will exceed the value of the article after it is transported. The intensity of the demand for food in any country, must therefore depend on the density of the population; for the coarse grains, vegetables, fruits, and most of the flour and meat, must be consumed in the immediate vicinity where they are produced. The supply of agricultural products depends, first, on the climate, soil, and season; secondly, on the advancement made by the people in the natural sciences, and in the mechanic arts; thirdly, on the number and proportion of the population devoted to agriculture, in the district of country which supplies the market, and the amount of capital accumulated and appropriated to agricultural purposes; and, fourthly, on the prices of products, which generally affect very materially both the present and prospective supply of them. The supply of the products of mining, mechanical, and manufacturing industry, depends mostly on the same causes; first, on climate, which determines the wants of the people and acts as a stimulant or otherwise to industry; secondly, on their advances in the natural sciences and the mechanic arts; thirdly, on the number and proportion of the people so employed, and the skill acquired, and capital accumulated and employed by them; and fourthly, on the price of their products in the market. This fourth condition has much more -influence upon the production and the supply of manufactured, than of agricultural pro 302 ON PRICES. ducts; first, because manufactures are conducted by a much less number of persons, who are mostly capitalists and men of intelligence,.who have their correspondence with each other, in relation to the markets, hold conventions, and to some extent regulate prices, by withholding a portion of their products from the mnarket when the supply is too large, and prices depressed, by working short time, and lessening the production, until the supply and demand are equalized. On the contrary, agricultural products depend much on the season; their quantity cannot be increased or diminished at will, by working twelve, eight or six hours per day; they are perishable in their nature, and cannot be kept very long on hand, but however much the market may be glutted and prices depressed, they must be thrown upon it before they perish, though the necessary effect must be to depress prices still more. SEc. 4. -Y'atural limit to the demand for Food; no limit but Poverty, to the demand for objects of Ornament and Fashion. There is a natural limit to the demand for food. Every person needs to sustain life and promote health, a certain quantity in the aggregate of bread, and of animal, vegetable, and other food. lie may vary the quantity of the different kinds, but cannot materially increase the aggregate quantity, without making a glutton of himself. Here is an impassable barrier to the increase of demand beyond a certain quantity, though the demand often falls short of this barrier, by reason of the poverty of a people, and their inability to pay for as much as they really need. That was the case in 1847 with the people of Ireland, the highlands of Scotland, and some parts of France, but it was mostly confined to the agricultural population. On the contrary, to the demand for, and consumption of, fine and costly silks, satins, laces, muslins, worsteds, broadeloths, watches, jewelry, and other personal orna ments, silver plate, furniture, carriages, horses, books, pictures, fine houses, pleasure grounds and gardens, objects of taste, fash ion, and amusement, there is scarcely any barrier or limit, except the want of ability of persons to pay for them; and the passion for such things is so strong, that multitudes are ruined by indulg ing it beyond their means. Such things, not being perishable in their nature, or not rapidly perishable, may be accumulated to any extent consistent with the ability of the people; and they may be kept on hand by the producer, until they are wanted, and may be accumulated by the consumer for future use. The man ufacturer, therefore, has the advantage over the farmer, in the comparatively unlimited demand for his products, in their imper ishable nature, and the small expense, compared with their value, of transporting them to any market, however distant. 303 ON PRICES. SEC. 5. Effect of DeLancl anid S,ltpply on each other, and on prices. The production of articles, (the demand for which is limited by the laws of nature,) should be confined to that limit, and all the population not needed to produce so much as may be needed of such articles, should be employed in other pursuits. Supply and demand mutually act and react upon each other; and where there is a proper division of employments, supply may be increased ten fold, and the demand still keep pace with it, and prevent prices from falling, if the supply consists of all the different arti cles, and in the proportions needed by the community. For in such case, one class of producers would exchange through the medium of commerce, their products which they do not want for their own use, with other producers, for other products which they do need; and thus the products of every mnan's industry would become available to procure for him their full value in such articles as he or his family need; there would be no surplus products thrown upon the market without buyers; the market would never be glutted, and priecs never depressed. In this way, the splendid conception of Dr. Smith, stated in the Wealth of Nations, might be realised; production might go on ad infinitum, and the production and bringing to market a commodity wanted, would, through the operations of commerce and the stimulus exerted on the mind of man by the commodity itself, call into existence equivalent commodities to be exchanged for it at fair prices. A large surplus greatly depresses prices, and a deficit raises them. If the division of employments of a nation could be in perfect accordance with the wants of the people, and their markets properly secured from over imports of foreign products, their products would be in accordance with their wants, and the wants of the commercial world; the interchange would be made without difficulty; all but the idle, dissolute, and infirm, would be well supplied; there would seldom be any deficit, and never a large surplus to depress prices, embarrass and ruin producers. SEC. 6. The Prices of Labor are governed by Nat?ral Laws. The prices of labor are governed by the same natural laws that regulate the prices of the products of industry. The prices of the same kinds of labor, both in Europe and America, are usually about fifty per cent. higher in cities than in the country. Manufactures are mostly situated in cities and large towns; and the average wages of good journeymen mechanics and skilful adult male manufacturing laborers, are gene 304 ON PRICES. rally about twice as high as those of agricultural laborers in the Estimates of the average* wagcs of agricultural laborers, and of good journeymen mechanics and manufacturing laborers, in the United States, from 1840 to 1850-and in the undermentioned countries of the Old World from 1830 to 1850, per week, without board, from which one third should be deducted in case Agricultural Mechanics and laborers. maniiufactuiers. United States, tl5s. sterling or $3.60 $7.20 Great Britain, 1 Os. 4 2.40 4.80 Ireland, - 5s. " 1.20 - Holland and Belgium, 7s. " 1.68 3.36 France, - 621-s. 4 1.56 3.12 Prussia and north part 6 1.44 2.88 of Germany, 6s. Austria, interior of 5s. 1.20 2.40 Germany, and Italy, Spain and Portugal, 1.00 2.00 The real value of labor depends on the value of its products; but its price depends on supply and demand and the amount of money in circulation, and is determined by the proportion which the number of competent laborers bears to the demand for labor. In as much as mechanical and manufacturing employments require much morc experience, skill, and science, than agriculture does, the number of persons who have attained the experience and sklill required for the former, is small, when cornmpared with the number of agricultural laborers; hence the wages of agricultural laborers are low, in consequence of a great surplus of numbers; and the wages of mechanics and manufacturing laborers are much higher, by reason of their numbers being less, in proportion to the demand for their labor. The demand for labor depends much on its productiveness that is, on the quantity of commodities it will produce in a given time, and the price they will sell for. A people who have made great advances in the natural and mechanical sciences, and have accumulated a large amount of machinery, tools, and instruments, can make their industry much more productive than a rude and These are intended as average wages for men throughout each country. Very skilful mechanics and manufacturing laborers will sometimes earl two or three times as much as here estimated. t The shillings in the first column are sterling money, for agricultural labor. 305 ON PRICES. ignorant people, but little acquainted with the mechanic arts, and destitute of machinery. Hence wages among the former are generally much higher than among the latter people; hence wages are at present nearly twice as high in England as they were a century since-fifty per cent. higher than they are in Franceabout twice as high as in Austria, the interior of Germany, and many other countries of Europe; and agricultural labor is nearly twice as high in Englland as in Ireland. The high prices of labor in the United States are maintained, partly by the skill, activity, science, and general intelligence of the people, which contribute to make their industry effective partly by the spirit of freedom which inspires them with the ambition to labor for themselves, and not to sell their services to others, unless they can get more for themn than they are really worth; and partly by the prospective value of lands in the new States. Agricultural labor in the North Western States is mostly paid for in barter, at prices nominally from twenty-five to fifty per cent. higher than its products would sell for in money. If mianufacturing laborers in Great Britain and the United States were equally skilful and efficient, the real value of their labor would be the same in both countries, if the prices of manufactured products were the sanie. It costs the British manufactuter but a trifle more to send his products to the New York market, than it does the manufacturer of Massachusetts or of the inteiior of our country. If by means of under valuations, the imported products are subject to a duty of only twenty per cent. on their real value, the American manufacturer would have an advantage over the foreign manufacturer of only from twenty to tw(,nty-five per cent. if the price of labor were the same in both countries-and consequently, the real value of manufacturing labor is only about twenty-five per cent. greater here than it is in England-though the price paid for labor here is fifty per cent. glreater than it is in England, and more than twice as much as it is in France. The raw materials of fine cotton goods comprise only about one-fourth part of their value; and the raw materials of iron and hardware are dug out of the earth, and cost not much but labor. Hence the foreign manufacturer has an advantage over the manufacturers of the IUnited States under the tariff of 1846, and the system of valuations in use, of from fifteen to twenty-five per cent., and hence the former can undersell the latter in out' own ma,rkets, and at the same time sell at such prices as to make large profits on their business, whereby they can and have supplied our markets with the greater part of the finest quality of goods, and nearly all the hardware and rail-road iron 306 o0 PricEs. used here —supplanted and ruined great numbers of our mannfaeturers-thrown thousands of our laborers out of employment -and greatly lessened the aggregate industry of our country. Th)ough the price of labor in this country has been generally above its real value, the superabundance of laborers in Europe has depressed it below its real value-and the consequence has been, that while capitalists there have oppressed the laborer by an unjust division of the products of labor-by retaining too large a share for the profits of capital and superintendence, and allowing the laborer too small a share; in this country, the high price of labor has often injured, and sometimes ruined, the employer. If the tariff of 1846 is to be continued, labor ilust come down to the standard of its true value, as measured by the commercial value of its products, which is but little above its real value in Great Britain. SEC. 7. On the Prices of Lands. The prices of lands, like all other property, are governed by the relative demand for them, and the supply in the market. But as unimproved lands are generally unproductive, and can be made productive only by means of improvements made by the labor of man, the demand for lands depends; 1st, on their productive qualities; 2nd, on the amount of labor judiciously expended on them; 3rd, on the demand for agricultural produce, and the price it commands in the vicinity; and the demand for, and the price of produce, depend on the density of the population of the country. Two elements, therefore, in addition to its intrinsic qualities, enter into the price of land, which create the demand for it and give it value; 1st, population in the vicinity of it; 2d, labor expended in improving it, and in mnaking roads, building bridges, mnills, towns, villages, &c., in the vicinity of it. Lands in the interior of New Holland, Van Diemen's-land, Oregon, California, Miissouri Territory, Texas, and many other countries, would have no value whatever, were it not that the increase of the human family renders it probable that at some future period, there will be a demand for them for occupation andl use. There is, therefore, a prospective demand, which gives them some value. Population is an element of price and value; whatever value lands may have in addition to the improvements made by human labor, must depend on population; and is in proportion to the density of the population, which creates the demand for food, and therefore creates the demand for land which produces food. Perhaps it would not be far from the truth to estimate the average quality of lands fit for cultivation, or good for grazing, as 307 ON PRICEs. worth over and above the improvements judiciously made on them, about 10 cents per acre for every inhabitant to the square mile in the vicinity; making lands worth over and above improvements, in counties of 10 inhabitants to the square mile, $1 per acre; in counties of 20 to the square mile, $2 per acre; of 40 to the square mile, $4 per acre; and of 60 to the square mile, $6 per acre; and when you get above that number, the increase in price and value is much more rapid than the increase in population. From seventy-five to eighty per cent. of all the private property in Great Britain consists of real estate, and the buildings, and other improvements upon it-all the personal estate not much exceeding twenty per cent. Real estate bears quite as high a proportion to personal estate in this country and generally higher in the agricultural states, than it does in Great Britain. Only about three-fifthis of the whole value of the real estate in Great Britain, and about the same proportion in this country, was produced by human labor, on the land itself, by buildings and other improvements, and two-fifths or more, comprising at least thirty per cent. in value, of all the property in every well settled country, may be said to be added to the land by population; which creates a demand and markets for its products-and by public roads and other public expenditures and improvements. Estimate of the value added by population alone to the real estate of Great Britain, and to the real estate of the States of MIassachusetts, New York, and Ohio in 1840, and the amount added by each one of the popdlation-calling such addition of value equal to twenty-five per cent. of the whole amount of private property. Value added. Amount by each. In Great Britain ~760,000,000 equal to. $3,648,000,000 $200 Bassachusetts $82,000,000 $112 New York $242,000,000 $100 Ohio $s6,000,000ooo $56 These estimates may not be entirely correct, they are probably too low, but it is sufficiently correct for the purpose of illustration -to show the reader how rapidly an increase of population adds to the value of property-and that the same number adds three or four times as much to its value, in a densely populated country, as they do in one very new, and sparsely inhabited. The prices of improved lands depend on the rents they will command; and the amount of rent depends on the surplus value of the produce, over and above the price of the labor and t,le costs of cultivation. The amount of rent and the price of land, 308 ON PRICES. therefore, depend much on the price of labor. Where the population is dense, and there is a super-abundance of laborers, as in many countries of Europe, labor is usually very cheap, and produce, rents, and the prices of land are necessarily high. Where there is a super-abundance of land, and a deficiency of laborers, if labor is productive, as in the United States, it is usually high, and produce, rents, and the prices of land, are necessarily low. So far from the aggregate value of the property of the people of the United States being increased by an increase of territory, by the acquisition of Texas, New Mexico, California, and Oregon, and scattering the population over those vast countries, it has been, and will be for many years to come, diminished by these causes. The prospective value of the lands of those distant regions is so remote, that they are not worth three cents per acre, in the aggregate, exclusive of the precious metals contained in them. So far as population gives value to land, a given number of inhabitants densely peopling a small territory, increases the aggregate value of the land much more than the same number scattered over a territory five or ten times as large So far as value is produced by human labor, combined labor is the most productive, and there is a great loss in scattering the population over a large surfrce, and thereby increasing the expenses of making roads and other internal improvements, and of transporting products from the producer to the consumer in distant regions. From these facts and illustrations, the reader may learn why the value of real estate depends so much on the density of popu lation; and why farming lands, of an average quality, are worth, over and above the improvements on them, in England, 40 to 50 pounds sterling per acre; within a few miles of the cities of Boston, New York, and Philadelphia, $40 to $50 per acre; ia the centre of the grand prairie of Iliinois, remote from population, timber, fuel, and water, and in the very new counties of Michigan, Wisconsin, Iowa, and Missouri, not over forty or fifty cents per acre; and in the interior districts of Texas, Missouri Territory, Oregon, California, and New Mexico, not more than as many mills per acre. The only way to keep up the price of wild lands, and render the public lands of much value, is to adhere rigidly to the min imnum price of one dollar and a quarter per acre; to give none away to individuals, and whenever grants are made to States, to prohibit their sales for less than that price. This system kept up prices nearly sixty years, until the large amount otf bounty lands given to the soldiers and volunteers of the Mexican war were thrown into the market, without limitation as to price; which depressed 300 O0 PRICES. prices nearly one half. The large quantities which will be thrown into market by means of the bounty land bill, (of 1850) may depress prices much more. It is now proposed to give the lands away, in limited quantities, to actual settlers. Such a policy would draw from the Treasury of the United States, the cost of extinguishing the Indian titles, of making surveys and other expenses incident to the land systemn, and render valueless the whole public domain, all the school lands of the Western States, and all the lands granted to the States for making internal improvements, and for other public purposes. But inasmuch as the principal part of the value of wild lands in a new country, is created by population,-by improvemnents made in the vicinity-and by the prospect of an increase of population-it seems just and reasonable, that a portion of the value thus created by the early settlers, should enure to their benefit. In my opinion, twelve or fifteen sections in each surveyed township, of six miles square, should be appropriated for schools, roads, county, and state purposes. For example; about three or four sections instead of one, should be appropriated for the support of common schools; three or four for mnaking township roads, and bridges, when the country is new; three or four for making county roads, and bridges, building court house, jail, and poor house-and as many mnore for making canals, state roads, and other internal improvements. All such expenditures would enhance the value of the remaining lands retained by the general government, and at the same time increase the advantages of the settlers and relieve them of some of the burthens of taxation, which are often very oppressive in a new country. Such a policy would give them, in the shape of public schools and improvements, a portion of the value, which they themselves create, and thereby put them in possession of a portion of the advantages enjoyed by the inhabitants of the old States, which were produced and made by their common ancestors. SEC. 8. On Rents, and what regulates their Valie. The prices of rents are governed by the same laws that regulate the prices of products, labor and lands. The great regulator is the proportion between the demand for, and the supply of; improved lands. The intensity of the demand depends, first, on the density of the population, which affects the prices of products. Second, on the state of improvement and the productiveness of the land itself; and lastly, on the price of labor. Rent is the value of the residue of the crops after paying for the labor of cultivating the land and selling the crops, and for the use of the capital enmployed. Hence the an)ou,it of rent depends mostly on the value 310 ON PnliCs. of the crops that may be raised, and the value of the crops depends on the number and density of the population that want them; but the rent also depends some on the price of labor. In all new countries, where wild lands are abundant and cheap, where any man can procure lands sufficient to improve and cultivate for a trifle, there are very few who wish to rent other men's lands for cultivation. Improved lands in new countries will seldom rent for sufficient to pay the taxes annually levied on them, and the interest on the cost of the improvements; and it sometimes happens that the owner can scarcely get rent enough from good lands to pay taxes, the cost of superintendence, and the expenses of keeping the fences, buildings, and other improvcments in as good condition as when they were rented. On the contrary, the annual rent of good lands, within a few miles of large cities in Great Britain, is generally from five to eight pounds sterling ($24 to $38) per acre. HIence we may deduce the conclusion, that the amount of rent which good improved lands will command, depends almnost entirely on the number of inhabitants in the vicinity to consumle their products. hence the value of lands and the price of rents increase, with the increase of population. The modern Malthusian theory of rent teaches that it is the difference between the productiveness of first rate lands, and the inferior qualities of land, which are successively brought into cultivation. This theory and all its assumptions are fanciful a-nd fallacious; and all the reasoning in support of it is sophistical. The rich river bottoms in the new states, generally command as little rent as the poor hills above them, back from the rivers, for the reason that the latter are more healthy than the former, and as the prices of agricultural products are extremely low, the greater productiveness of the rich lands rarely compensates for their greater insalubrity. SEc. 9. Interest on al~oney, and Profit on Capital. The rate of interest on money loaned, depends much on the proportion between the demand and the supply in the market; though the interest on the great mass of loans is regulated by law. The natural rate of interest, is the average profits which can be made by the use of property, which the money will pay for, after paying all expenses attending its use, and a reasonable oompensation for superintendence. T'he profits on capital depend on circumstances. The profits on land may be regarded as synonymous with rents. They depend mostly on population, which causes a demand for its products, but partly on productiveness, and some on the price of 311 ON PRICES. labor, as shown in the last section. The average profits of improved farms in Ohio and all the North-western States, do not exceed, if they equal, three per cent. per annum, over and above taxes. One of the principal sources of profit from holding lands, consists in their averag,c annual rise in value of three or four per cent., caused by an increase of population. The ptrofits on capital invested in manufacturing, mining, or any other pursuit, consist of the residue of nett income after paying the wages of labor employed, the cost of superintendence keeping the capital good, and incidental expenses. Hence the profits depend on the field of employment, on the extent of the market and the prices of products, and on the prices of labor. The profits of the manufacture of cotton goods, iron and hardware in Great Britain, during the high prices from 1800 to 1815, must have been generally as high as from twenty to thirty per cent. annually; and they have sometimes, for short periods, ranged as high as from ten to fifteen per cent. in the United States. At many other periods, the manufacturers in this country have run their factories for very trifling profits, and sometimes at a loss, owing to the markets being glutted with foreign imports, the depression of prices, and the fact that laborers demanded more for their labor, than its products in the shape of manufactured goods, would sell for in the market. Though the wages of labor have been increased in Great Britain by mining and manufactures, and the condition of the laboring population greatly improved since 1780, yet labor having been very abundant, and labor of most kinds superabundant, the greater part of the time, capitalists have derived the principal and most extensive benefits from the introduction of machinery and the wonderful increase of the manufacturing and mining industry of the kingdom. In the United States, the wages of labor having been about fifty per cent. higher than in Great Britain, the result has been different. As mining and manufacturing create a market for labor, and also for agricultural products, they have benefited the laborer and farmer in this country, much more than they have the capitalist. Those branches of industry tend to build up cities and villages, and to increase the value of real estate both in cities and in the country. They have raised the value of all the farms, as well as other real estate in the vicinity where either of them is carried on; and as the manufacturing capitalists of the United States are generally large owners of real estate, I presume that their manufacturing enterprises and business have benefited them indirectly, (by increasing the value of the real estate owned by them) to an 312 ON PRICES. amount nearly equal to the nett profits realized by them from the business of nlmanufacturing. The profits of manufacturing being the residue after paying wages and all expenses, wages have been so much higher in this country than in Great Britain, that the profits of the capitalists have been much less, and perhaps on an average, not more than half as great as in Great Britain. This is shown by the vast accumulation of wealth in that country, and the prodigious number of princely castles, and magnificent dwellings, erected during the present century by the manufacturing and commercial classes. Though the great mass of the people live in miserable cottages, yet the aggregate value of all the dwelling houses, out-houses, and pleasure grounds around them, in Great Britain, were worth in 1842 (according to the income tax) nearly three times as much as the same kind of property in the United States. The average profits of capital are now much greater, and perhaps twice as great in nearly all northern Europe, as they were a century since. This is owing to the greater productiveness of industry, more extensive markets for its products, and greater facilities for commerce. In the great chain of causes and effects, these things were caused by machinery, by new and improved tools and implements, by greater knowledge of the physical sciences, and by canals, steamboats and railroads, which in their turn have contributed to increase population and to enlarge the field of employment for both capital and labor. All those things mutually act and react upon each other. Profits having been high in Great Britain, capital has rapidly accumulated, become superabundant, and greater than the field of profitable employment. This has cooperated with the statute, to make interest low. The low rate of interest at home has encouraged capitalists to invest their capital in foreign loans and enterprises, and in manufacturing, mining, railroads, and splendid buildings, rather than to loan it at home at low rates; and by these means, the increase of the wealth of the kingdom has been accelerated with still greater rapidity, than it otherwise could have been. The high rate of interest in the State of New York has had the contrary effect, and has greatly retarded manufacturing industry in that State. It has encouraged men to employ their capital as money lenders, rather than to invest it in manufacturing and other pursuits on their own account, and at their own risk -and I have no doubt that there is more money lent in that State, in proportion to the population, than in any other State or country in the world. The lender takes all the securities he can procure firom the borrower, watches over him constantly for the 14 0 31,13 ON PRICES. purpose of increasing his own security, and often to take advantage of the embarrassments of the borrower, to comnpel hin to pay extra interest or to sell his property at less than its value. All these things tend to create an antagonistical interest between the lender and the borrower, to embarrass and injure the borrower, and to discourage and destroy enterprise. On the other hand, in States where interest is low, capitalists are inclined to form limited and other copartnerships, to invest their money on their own account, and to superintend its employment themselves, rather than to loan it. It appears to me that this is one of the principal causes, cooperating with the system of manufacturing corporations, which has caused mianufacturing industry to increase with so much greater rapidity (during the last thirty years) in Massachusetts and Rhode Island than it has in New York. SEC. 10. Free Trade theory of Cost and Price. Dr. WVayland says, in the introductory chapter of his work on political economy: "The AMOUNT OF LABOR expended in the creation of a value, is commonly denominated its COST. This is always the STANDARD by which, for long periods, the degree of EXCHANGEABLE VALUE may be ESTIMATED. When, however, we here speak of labor, we speak of it as simple labor; that is, without taking into'consideration the DEGREE OF SKILL,hich may be combined with it, or the other circumstances which may conspire to create variation in its value. We suppose, in the remarks above, in all cases labor of the same kind is to be compared together. I have said above, that cost forms the standard by which the degree of exchangeable value for long periods is to be estimated. Temporary circumstances may create a variation from this standard; and may for a short time elevate this value above or depress it below the cost.-These, however, can continue to operate but for a short period; the TENDENCY of EXCHANGEABLE VALUE IS ALWAYS TO GRAVITATE TOWARDS COST." He says, in B3ook II. Chap. IlII. Sec. 6, "Although free coImpetition is necessary to reduce PRICES to their NATURAL RATE; yet beyond this, COMPETITION, within long periods, can have NO EFFECT WHATEVER. The PRICE of EVERY ARTICLE IS DETERMINED ,Y THE COST of its production; that is, by the LABOR and CAPITAL necessary to produce it." SEC. 11. Free Trade theory of the effect of competition. lie says in Book II. Chap. 1. Sec. 2, "that the general rate at which every thing is exchanged, is the amount of labor which it costs to produce it." The producer can never for a long period, 314 ON PRICES. charge more than a fair remuneration for his labor and capital; because, then it would be cheaper for the other party to produce it for himself. He cannot, for a long period, charge less; because in this case, he will be ruined, and must leave the employment; and thus the number of producers will be diminished, and the value of the product will rise to the average rate of profit. Nevertheless, for short periods, the exchangeable value of any product may be raised above the reasonable rate of profit. If the demand exceed the supply, there will be a competition among the buyers; the more wealthy will overbid the less wealthy, and the price will rise. This rise of price will induce others to devote themselves to supplying the demand, and thus the price will fall. If the supply be greater than the demand, there will arise a competition among the sellers, and the price will fall, and will remain depressed, until either the demand increases, or until so many leave the employment, as shall reduce the supply to the average demand." Again, he says in his introductory chapter, p. 22: "The moment the price of an article falls below its cost, it ceases to be produced, until the price rises. As soon as it rises above ordinary profit, capital and labor are directed to it, and it is produced in sufficient quantity to meet the usual demand. When the price of any article is low, men leave off this kind of production in too great numbers, and hence follows a comparative scarcity of the product which they furnish. When the price is hicghb, men rush, in too great numbers, into this sort of production, and hence arises a temporary glut, and a depreciation of its exchangeable value. Dr. Wayland comes to the following general conclusions; "1. COST, that is, labor bestowed, is the foundation of exchangeable tvalue, and from wvhich, it can never, for long periods, materially vary; that is, an article can always be had for what it costs to produce it; including in this, the ordinary profit of the producer. Notwithstanding this, there will, however, arise various fluctuations, depending upon the following circumstances. Other things being equal, 2. The greater the supply, the less the exchangeable value. 3. The less the supply, the greater the exchangeable value. 4. The greater the demand, the greater the exchangeable value. 5. The less the demand, the less the exchangeable value. 6. And in general, cost being fixed, exchangeable value is inversely as the supply, and directly as the demand. 7. Or still more generally, at any particular time, exchlangeable VALUE WILL BE AS THE COST, plus the effect produced by the variation in supply and demand." 815 OON PRICES. The foregoing principles of cost and value, together with the assumed causes and facilities of the increase and diminution of the supply of commodities, constitute the foundation and chief cornerstone of the doctrines and principles of the Free Trade Party. They originated substantially with the distinguished author of the Wealth of Nations; but were much more fully developed by Mr. Ricardo, and more explicitly stated by Dr. Wayland, than by Dr. Smith. They were but partially adopted by MI. Say, and entirely discarded by Dr. Chalmers of Edinburgh, in his Political Economy. SEC. 12. False assumption involvedl in the Free Trade theory of Price. This whole theory is based on the assumption that common labor, unaccompanied with extraordinary skill or science, is a certain rule or measure of value, which determines the cost, and thereby regulates the price of every commodity produced by it. That is, if one article cost two days' labor, and another but one, the former cost precisely twice as much as the latter, and its exchangeable value must necessarily be just twice as much, plus or minus the effect produced by the variation in supply and demand which (the theory assumes,) does not regulate, but tends to disturb the natural price. Both of these assumptions are untrue; so far from labor being either a rule or measure of value, by which to determine the cost, price, or r?ale of its ouwn products, its value is equally fluctuating as the value of its products; its value in fact depends mostly on the price or value of its products; like everything else, its price is regulated by the principles of supply and demand, and the proportions between them; and an increased demand for, and an increased price for its products, produces an increased demand for labor, and raises its price also. Both are mutually dependent on each other; both are equally fluctuating and uncertain in value, and neither can be a rule or measure by which to determine the price or value of the other; the prices of both are raised, depressed, fixed, regulated, and adjusted by the competition between buyers and sellers in the market; the laborer being a seller of his labor, and the hirer being the purchaser. The proportion between supply and demand, that is, the competition between buyers and sellers, fixes and regulates the price and the exchangeable value of everything; while the amount of labor required to produce an article, has only an indirect and incidental effect on its price, by increasing or diminishing the facility of producing it, and thereby affecting the supply. The proportion between supply and demand is the PRINCIPAL AND EFFICIENT CAUSE, which DETERMINES AND REGULATES THE PRICE of an article. and the amount of labor required to produce it, is 316 ON PRICES. but an INCIDENTAL CAUSE, which AFFECTS the PRICE INDIRECTLr, by increasing or diminishing the supply of the article. The free trade economists have elevated the incident to the rank of the principal, anud degraded the principal to thile station properly belonging to the incident. SEC. 13. False Assumption of the facility of Labor and Capi tal, changing from one employment to another. The theory of Free Trade, as above quoted from Dr. Wayland, also involves the farther assumption, that laborers can change, and capital be changed, from one employment to another with as much facility as water runs down hill; that by a sort of instinct, natural or gravitating tendency, the moment the price of an article falls below its cost, both laborers and capital leave the employmnient by which it is produced, and it ceases to be produced until the price rises; and that these shifting laborers, and this floating capital, are moved on by some irresistible natural impulse and rush into that species of employment, whose products are above the assumed standard of cost. In this manner they assume that by means of the impulses of nature, prices, trade, and all human employment, if unrestricted by human laws, will regulate themselves with unerring certainty, in accordance with the laws of nature and the wants of man, the same as water tends, by an inherent impulse or gravitating principle, to find its own level. This assumption I have drawn out in my own language, but it is substantially the same as that above quoted from Dr. Wayland; and it is not peculiar to him; it runs through the writings of Dr. Adamn Smith, Conde Raguet late of Philadelphia, and of nearly all the free trade writers of the age. It contains about an ounce of truth, to a pound of error. There is a slight tendency of the character assumed, but it is very slight indeed. It is much stronger among an educated, than it is among an illiterate people; or rather it does not exist at all among the latter; and the assumption in its full length and breath as maintained by the free trade writers, is contrary to the experience of all ages and countries, since the commencement of the era of authentic history. The wages of agricultural labor have long been about twice as high in Great Britain as in Ireland. If the theory were true, this could not have been the case; on the contrary, the average wages for labor would have been very nearly the same in all countries, men and capital would frequently change from one employmnent to another, and the division of employments, and the productions of every country, would be adapted to its condition, and the wants of the people. Until a very recent period, such a thing as a change of the 317 ON PRICES. laboring classes from one employment to another, was almost unknown; and to this day, not only the laboring classes of Asia, but almost all those of the Continent of Europe, are nearly as much fixed and confined through life, by the stern laws of necessity, to the employment in which they were educated, as the everlasting hills and mountains are immrnoveably fixed in their respective localities. They have and understand but one employment, by means of which they can procure subsistence, and they are compelled to work at that through life; and' when sick or infirm to live on either public or private charity, or starve. Even among the people of our own free states, (the best educated of any people in the world as a whole), perhaps not over one in twenty ever attempt to change the employment to which they were bred; and many who do change are injured by it. A child may be educated to one employment as well as another, but after pursuing any one for a period of fifteen or twenty years, the mental and physical habits become so adapted to it, that both mind and body in ninety-nine cases in an hundred, are unfitted for any other employment. All the way in which the proportion between the number of persons in any country engaged in the different employments can be changed, is by the education of the youth; it is next to impossible to change the employment of laboring adults. It is so also, with most kinds of capital. Direction may be given to it before it is invested, but when once invested in agriculture, real estate of any kind, mills, factories, tools or machinery, it is invested forever, and can never be recalled. Though the owner of it may exchange it for other property, yet it remains the same; and it is the owner only that is changed, and not the capital. The tr7th is, only the rising generation and newly created capital, can be turned into new channels, and established in new employments. And this can be effected only during the progress of a long series of years, by means of a system of training and education, both physical and mental. It cannot be the result of the self-regulating operations of nature, for nature does not teach man mechanism, nor does it teach him the laws of trade, nor any of the physical sciences, either by instinct, intuition, or otherwise. SEC. 14. Errors of the F?ree Tradle theory, arising from false assumptions. These positions will be illustrated by reference to statistics, in the progress of the work. The greater proportion of the errors and heresies of the free trade economists or advocates, result directly and indirectly, from their two leading principles above stated; both of which are assumptions compounded of truth and 318 ON PRICES. falsehood, in which the latter greatly predominates. These principles, or assumed principles, are nothing more nor less than the old doctrines of fatalism and necessitarianism, slightly modified, and engrafted upon the principles of political economy. Fatalism and necessitarianism both teach that man is so utterly helpless, as to be incapable of either conception or action which does not originate either in the impulses of nature, or with the special operation of the Spirit of God. They deny man all freedom of action, all freedom of will, and all power of originating action of any kind. The advocates of free trade are a little more liberal to him. While they insist that the prices of commodities and all the laws of trade are governed by the fixed and immutable physical laws of the Universe, that men will buy where they can buy nominally the cheapest, and that man should allow himself to float down the current of time in accordance with these physical laws; exposed to the violence of all the elements of the material world, without ever making a struggle to resist or evade their destructive influences upon him, they admit his power to resist these laws to a very limited, extent, but insist that his struggles are necessarily unavailing to do any good, and only contribute to make his con dition still worse. Fatalism and necessitarianism deny that man has any power to originate any action whatsoever, whereby his condition may be changed, or affected, either for the better or the worse. The doctrines of free trade, following closely in their footsteps, deny that he has any power to improve his condition. Trey admit that he has the power to alter his condition and to change his fate; but only to make it worse, and never to make it better. They inculcate the principle that man should always conform to the physical laws of Nature; while true policy, in my view, requires that he should act in accordance with the moral laws of nature, as explained in the first chapter of these essays. Dr. Chalmers in his political economy, labors to show the importance of communities and nations as well as individuals, conforming to thie moral law in all cases, in order to promote their highest earthly good and prosperity. SEC. 15. Tables showing the prices of Whleat in Englaidl from 1120 to 1557. Statement of the prices in England of wheat per quarter of eight Winchester bushels, at various periods from the 12th to the 16th century, in sterling money of those several periods; and the prices also in the money of the present time. To which I have added a calculation of the price or value, on comparing the aiount of the money then in circulation for each person in 319 ON PRICES. Europe, with the amount in circulation in 1840, calling ths amount for each person in Europe and America at the latter period, equal to $5~ and at all the former periods up to the year 1500, only $1.50; in 1600, $3 and in the year 1700, $4.50 as stated in Section 8 of Chapter X. money Price in money me. of the present time. d. 8. d. 6 8 56 36 4 10 18 72 120 288 8 8 48 48 8 5 132 42 7 13 9 5 3 8 67 4 * 16 8 53 4 4 10 8 10 8 32 10 5 4 26 8 8 4 53 4 5 SEc. 16. Average and comparative Prices of W/lteat from 1583 to 1800. Summary statement of the average prices of wheat per quarter of eight Winchester bushels, at Oxford, England during the undermentioned periods; also the highest average and lowest average for a year during each period; being formed from an * There was in 1270 a famnine in Englan(l, so severe that, according to Peckham, as quoted by Fleetwood, "provisions were so scarce that parents did eat their own children." 320 Comparative price per quarter. 8. d. 21 196 126' 35 63 252 420 1008 28 168 168 17 6 462 147 48 18 10 239 56 212 37 35 115 17 8 93 28 186 17 6 In the year 8. 1120, 2 1-197, 18 1223, 12 1237, 3 1243 and 1244, 6 1257, 24 1258, a great famine, 40 *1270, a famine, 96 1286, early part of, 2 1286, after h'vy storm,16 1290 and 1294, 16 1299, 1 1317, before harvest, 44 1317, after harvest, 14 1324 to 1329, Ox. av. 4 1349, 1361 and 13S7, 2 1359, 26 1423,-1447 and 1451, 8 1434, before harvest, 26 1434, after harvest, 5 1449 and 1459, 5 1486, 24 1494 and 1496, 4 1497 and 1521, 20 1553 to 1556, 8 1557, before harvest, 53 1557, after harvest, 5 ON PRICES. average of the highest and lowest prices of each year, taken at Lady-day (25th March) and Michaelmas (29th September). To which I have added an estimate of the comparative prices on taking into consideration the amount of money in circulation at each period, and comparing it with the amount in circulation from 1840 to 1850. Sterling money. s. d. 21 1012 36 2 14 5 29 62 44 6 24 4 46 7 62 6 32 9 38 5 53 1 19 10 47 0 58 1 29 11 29 34 61 10 24 6 28 54 43 3 21 1 37 7 60 5 26 2 49 2 62 2 34 8 63 11 88 11 49 5 SEC. 17. Average Prices of Wheatfromn 1801 to 1850. Summary statement of the average prices of wheat throughout England and Wales, per quarter of eight imperial bushels, during each decennial period firom 1801 to 1850; also the 321 Years. 15S3 to 1590 average, 1586 hiohest cc 1588 lowest 44 1601 to 1610 averaoe, 160S hiohest 1604 lowest 1641 to 16-00 average, 1649 highest 64 1642 lowest cc 1651 to 1660 a-verao.,e, 16-59 hi chest 1654 lowest 1691 to 1700 averao-e, 1698 highest 41ID 1691 lowest cc 1701 to 1710 average, 1710 highest C, 1702 lowest 44 1741 to 1750 average, 1741 highest cc 1743 lowest cc 1751 to 1760 average, 1757 hiffhest 1760 lowest 1771 to 1780 average, 1774 highest cc 1779 lowest 64 1791 to 1SOO average, 1799 hichest 1794 lowest Compamtive price. 42s. 70s. 288. 54s. Sls. 44s. 73s. 98S. 518. 58s. 79s. 30s. 60s. 73s. 88S. 36s. 75s. 30S. 30S. 4.5s. 22'.3. 38s. 60s. 26s. 46s. 57s. 32s. 52s. 70s. 40s. ON PRICES. highest and lowest averages during any year of each period, as ascertained by the receivers of corn returns.* Money. Years. s. d. Comparative price. 1l01 to 1810average, 83 11 60s. 1801 highest " 119 6 90s. 1803 lowest C 58 10 44s. 1811 to 1820 average, 87 6 66s. 1812 highest " 126 6 95s. 1815 lowest " 65 7 49s. 1821 to 1830 average, 59 5 52s. 1825 highest " 68 6 60s. 1822 lowest " 44 7 39s. 1831 to 1840 average, 56 11 56s. 1839 highest " 70 8 70s. 1835 lowest " 39 4 39s. 1841 " 64 4 Year. s. d. 1842 " 57 3 1847 69 9 1843 " 50 1 1848 50 6 1844 " 51 3 1849 44 4 1845 " 50 10 1850 40 3 1846 " 54 8 1851 about 39 0 The average prices of wheat in Great Britain, per quarter, in 1845, 1846, and' 1847, were as follows: 1840. s. d. 56 1 54 7 55 4 55 6 56 4 52 5 51 7 45 11 50 1 May 29, August 21, c; 28, Grain was higher in England after harvest in 1845, than it was before harvest; higher in October and November, than it was the following winter and spring. There was an alarm in the fall of 1845 of a short crop which was not justified by the result; the crop was better than was supposed, and prices consequently declined in the winter and spring following. * The Imperial bushel contains nearly 34I per cent. mnore than the Win. chester bushel. 322 lS47. s. d. 68 4 73 31 2 75 4 75 4i 91 1 92 10 78 10 70 6 54 3 102 5 62 6 60 4 1845. s. d. 45 7-1 2 45 4 45 4 46 li 45 10 47 5 49 3 55 7 54 5 57 10 58 10 57 10 January, February, March, April, I\Iay, June, July, Auo,ust, September, October, . November, December, ON PRICES. The potato crop of 1846, failed both in Ireland and Great Britain; the grain crop also was short, which produced a famine in Ireland and much alarm in England, and prices went up constantly from September 1846 until the last of May, 1847, when they attained their maximum of nearly 103s. per quarter, or $3 per bushel. The high prices, together with the opening of the ports, and allowing free trade in grain and flour, invited large imnportations, and caused great speculations in those articles. The importations into the United Kingdom during the year 1847, consisted of over twenty-one million bushels of wheat, nearly fifty million bushels of other grain, and over three million and six hundred thousand barrels of flour, besides considerable quantities of meal. The markets became overstocked and glutted, prices began to fall early in June, and fell constantly, until the end of the year, and much of the wheat which was purchased in May at over 0ls. per quarter, was sold the last of August and in September at from 50s. to 62s. The result of so large importations was, that the balance of trade was turned against Great Britain, large amounts of specie were exported to pay that balance, a panic was produced, several banks failed, and about two hundred and fifty mercantile firms failed, whose liabilities amounted to over one hundred millions of dollars. SEC. 18. Comparisont of the poputlation withl thLe products of TVheat, aizd prices at differeitt periods; showing the poverty of the People. 'I'he facts stated in the foregoing three sections are of a very curious and interesting character, when we take into consideration the increase of the population of the island of Great-Britain, from about 2,300,000 in the year 1200, to 18,527,439, beside the army and navy, by the census of 1841. It amounted in the year 1500 to about 3,800,000; in 1600, to about 5,000,000, and in 1750, to only about 7,800,000. In selecting the examples, I have endeavored to take the highest, the lowest, and the miedium prices, in order to present to the reader a fair view of the prodigious fluctuations in the price of wheat in the English market. On looking at the comparative prices (which are the real standard, on taking into consideration the amount of money in circulation at different periods), the reader will see that they were the lowest during the first half of the eighteenth century, that they ever were. In all the numerous examples I have found for the period from the twelfth to the end of the sixteenth century, there are very few where the comparative price was less thlan 20s. per quarter, many more where the comparative prices 323 ON PRICES. were each over 100s. per quarter; and the famine prices were from 2OOs. to 1008Ss. per quarter. The returns were made annually, without any omissions, and may be depended upon from the year 1583; and froml that year to the year 1680, the average comparative price of each decennial period, was over 40s. per quarter, and the average of the whole ninetyseven years over 56s. per quarter; while the average comparative price of each decennial period from 1700 to 1760, was less than 43s. per quarter; and the average of the whole sixty years but 37s. per quarter. The comparative prices of wheat were more than fifty per cent. higlher on an average during the former than they were during the latter of those periods, though the population was about thirty per cent. greater during the latter period than the former. Prior to the accession of Hienry VII. to the throne, in 1485, England was mostly a grazing country; famines and famine prices were frequent, as shlown by the foregoing tables; and the prices would indicate and confirm the history of the country, that the people often suffered severely, and died by thousands and tens of thousands for want of food. The population was sparse, the people poor, and the exports of the country mostly confined to wool, a few coarse unfinished woollen cloths, tin and lead. Some wheat was exported between the years 1696 and 1767, but very little at any other period. Agriculture was at a very low ebb until after the revolution of 1688, when the annual crop of wheat of England and Wales was estimated at only 16,500,000 bushels; which is less than the present annual crop of the State of Ohio, and only one seventh part the present annual crop of England and Wales. But the prices would indicate that the annual crop was then (about the year 1688) not only much more certain and regular, but generally two or three times as large as it was ordinarily during the 13th, ]4th, and 15th centuries. It appears from the authorities collected by McCulloch, in his Corn. Diet., title Bread, that during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, only the wealthy of England lived on wheat bread that their servants and the great mass of the people lived on rye, barley, and oat bread, and were so poor they could not afford to live on wheat; and even as late as 1758, it was estimated, that but little, if any more than half of the people lived on wheat. The consumption of wheat during the last forty years, has been as large in Great Britain in proportion to the population as in any of our free States, and nearly fifty per cent. more than our free States will average. Rye and Indian corn, which are extensively used in our free States, are thought by the mnanufacturing laborers of Great Britain (who get good wages), 324 ON PRICES. quite too coarse fare for their delicate palates. What has produced this change? Should it not be mostly attributed to the prodigious increase in the value of their mining and manufacturinga industry? MIcCulloch says in his statistics, title Vital Statistics, "If any proof were wanted of the inadequate supply of food and the unhealthy dwellings of the English people down to the 17th century, it would be found in the famines and plagues which still prevailed with little mitigation. They occurred in 1407, 1440, 1477, 1485, 1493, 1500, 1506, 1510, 1517, 1528, 1545, 1551, 1557, 1558, 1563, 1569, 1585, 1592, 1593, 1606, 1625, 1636, and 1665. In 1407 it was computed that 30,000 persons died within a short time in London, while the mortality was still higher in the country towns." He shows that the plague and other diseases swept off in 1593, about 31,891 of the population of London, comprising 24 per cent. of the whole, and that the mortality in 1625 was 31 per cent.; in 1636, 13 per cent., and in 1665, no less than 43 per cent., amounting to 56,558. No wonder need be excited, that plague, dysentery, fevers and a numerous train of other diseases were often brought on by want of food, comfortable dwellings, lodging and clothing, and swept off thousands and tens of thousands of the inhabitants. The difference in the productive industry and condition of the country, and the comforts enjoyed by the people, is sufficient to account for the fact, that the ratio of mortality has declined nearly one half in Great Britain during the last two centuries; and that the increase of the population prior to the revolution of 1688, was usually only from 20 to 30 per cent. in a century, although it was nearly 15 per cent. every ten years, during the bloody wars of that nation with Napoleon. SEC. 19. Rent of land, wheat proditced per acre, and prices of labor in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries. It is said in the Pictorial History of England, Chap. IV., that "Sir T. Collum supposes 4d. per acre to have been about the average rate at which land was let, towards the close of the 13th century; and that the average price of wheat per quarter was 4s. 6d., and the average produce about twelve bushels per acre. A century earlier, according to the law book entitled Fleta, land often yielded only three times the quantity sown. At a later period, sixty-one acres in the manor of Hawsted produced seventy quarters of wheat annually, on an average of three years." "There are items in the Hawsted accounts, showing that sixty persons were paid for one day 2d. each to weed the corn." This was the latter part of the 14th century. 825 ON PRICES. The four pence rent per acre above referred to, was equal in the weight of coin, to 12d. of the money of the present time; and when the amount of money in circulation for each person at that time is compared with the amount at this time (1850,) the rent was equal to 3s. 6d. sterling, or about eighty-four cents per acre. The two pence per day for labor in the 14th century, was equal in weight of coin to about 5-2d. of sterling money at present, and equal in comparative value to about ls. 7d., or thirtyeight cents of the money of the present time. It is stated in the Chronicum, that workmen took their wages in 1351 in wheat at the price of 16d. per bushel; the nominal price being as stated in the following table; to which 1 have added the amount in money of the present time, and the comparative value. Nominal Price in money Compar. plice. of present time. price. Weeders and haymakers per day, Reapers, c Masons and tilers, 64 Other laborers, Farm servants per year, Bailiff or overseer, " A first hind, " Carter and shepherd, " Cowherd and swineherd, A woman servant, These yearly wages are the prices fixed by the statute of 12 Richard lI., Chap. 2 (about the year 1400;) and it is presumed they are beside food and lodging, though that does not appear by the act. SEC. 20. Vttlue of Ships, Iron, Wool and Wi,nes in Flanders, in 1470. In 1470, seven Spanish ships loaded with iron, wine, fruits and wool, on their voyage to Flanders, were captured by some English vessels, and brought to England. The owners applied to the King, Henry VI., for redress, and exhibited on oath an account of the burden and value of the ships, and prices at which the merchandize would have sold in Flanders. The tonnage of the seven ships was as follows: one of 40 tons; one of 70 tons; one of 100 tons; two of 110 tons each; and two of 120 tons each. Their nominal value per ton, as sworn to, and the value of the merchandize, is stated in the following table; to which I have added their value in weight of coin of the present time, and 326 21-d. 6 1-d. $0 46 2 4 4d. to 6 121- 92 2 61. 16-1 1 20 2 2 1 1 3 -JL 23 4 4 77s. 53 53 36 31 6d. $68 45 45 31 27 31s. 21 3d. 21 3 14 4 12 8 ON PRICES. the comparative value when taking the amount of circulating money into consideration. Valiue in money of Comparative Value sworn to. the present time. value. Ships per ton, ~ 1.4s. ~2.00s. ~ 7~ Bordeaux wine pr. pipe, 6 9.15 35 Bastard wines per pipe, 5 8.2 29 Iron per ton, 1 1 17.12 63 Wool pr. sack of 196 lbs. 5 8.2 29 The nominal value of the wool as claimed, is a little over 6d. sterling per pound; and its comparative value about 34d. or 68 cents per pound of our money; and the comparative value of the iron about $300 per ton. Iron must have been extremely scarce at that period, otherwise it could not have been so very valuable, when the price of labor was so low. SEC. 21. Exports of England int 1354, and condition of the laboring classes. This view of the value and scarcity of iron, and the value of wool, is confirmed by the following statements, extracted from Chap. IV. of the Pictorial History of England. "s The most ancient record which presents a general view of the foreign trade of England, is an account preserved in the Exchequer of the exports and imports of England, and the amount of customs paid on them for the year 1354. The exports here mentioned are about 31,6511 sacks of wool at ~6 per sack; 3036 cwts. of wool at 40s. per cwt.; 65 woolfels, (sheep and lamb skins with the wool on,) valued at 21s. 8d.; hides to the value of ~89 5s; 4,774-1 pieces of cloth at 40s. each; and 8,061~ pieces of worsted stuff at 16s. 8d. each. Total value of exports ~212,338 5s. paying customs to the amount of ~81,846 12s. 2d. Wool would therefore appear by this account to have constituted about thirteen fourteenths of the whole exports of the Kingdom." From other accounts, it appears that iron, tin, and lead were also sometimes exported, which are omitted in the above account. The author remarks, "It may be presumed also, that IRON was occasionally exported during this period, from the statute 28 Edward III., ch. 5, (passed in 1354,) which enacts that NO IRON, whether made in England or imported, shall be carried out of the country." The nominal value of the exports of England in 1354, above referred to, their value in weight of coin of the present time, and their comparative value, taking the amount of money in circula tion ir,to consideration, and estimating the sack of wool the same as thP present English sack or pack, 240 lbs., and the pieces 327 ON PRICES. of cloth and worsted stuff at 30 yards each piece, would be as follows: Va lue in money of present time. ls. 4d. 11 11 3 6i 1 6 Export value stated. 7,596.370 lbs. wool in sacks at Gd. pr. lb. 340,032 lbs wool in cwts. at 44 pr. lb. 65 woolfels at 4 each. 143,235 yds. cloth at ls. 4 per yd. 241,845 yds. wors'd st'ffs, at 61 per yd. The cloth exported was mostly of a coarse quality in an unfinished condition, and was sent to Flanders to be colored and finished. The condition of the laboring peasantry of England must have been deplorable indeed in the 12th, 13th, ]4th and 15th centuries; when the comparative value of their wages was only from 23 to 40 cents per day, and about $31 per annum, with board and lodging; the comparative price of common woollen cloth firom $2 to $3 per yard; fine wool from 84 cents to $1 per pound, and coarse wool perhaps half as high; and the comparative prices of grain and provisions on the average much higher than they are now, and often from two to five times as high. The sufferings of the laboring classes, and particularly of agricultural laborers, must have been constantly great for want of comfortable clothing and dwellings; and when the crops were short and provisions scarce and dear, their sufferings must have often been intense for want of food. These are the principal causes of the mortality of children under five years old, having been nearly three times as great as it is at present; and the mortality of adults, taking the years of plague and other pestilences into consideration, nearly twice as great as at the present time. Sac. 22. Prices of rents., wages, provisions, 4c., in the thirteenth and fourteenth ce?nturies. AMr. Hallam estimated the average price of rents of arable lands, the latter part of the 13th century, at 6d. per acre; the average prices of wheat 4s. per quarter of 8 bushels, and barley and oats in proportion; sheep at about, or a little less than ls. each; oxen at 10s. to 12s. each; and butchers' meat, in the time of Henry VI., (1425 to 1464,) at 1l farthings per lb. The statute of laborers, in 1350, fixed the wages of reapers during the harvest at 3-d. per day, they finding themselves; that the statute of 1444 fixed the reapers' wages at 5d., and those of common workmen in building at 3-d., and established the yearly wages of a chief hind, or shepherd, at I~1 4s., with food; and those of a common servant in husbandry, at but 18s. 4d., with meat and drink. These prices were established by law as the maximum prices which could be demanded by laborers, and I-IHal 328 Comparativa valtic. $1 17 84 80 3 10 1 32 ON PRICES. lam thinks them above the average rate of wages paid at those periods. In a note it is said, "In the Archbeologia, vol. xviii., p. 281, we have a bailiff's account of expenses in 1387, where it appears that a ploughman had 6d. per week, and 5s. a year in addition, with an allowance of diet, which seems to have been only pottage. Taking these prices, stating their amount in money of the present time, and their comparative amount, taking the amount of circulating money into consideration, and the result is as follows rice stated. Prico in money of Cornparative the present time. price. s.d. 8. d. 0 6 1 3 $1 10 4 0 10 0 9 00 I 0 2 6 2 20 11 0 27 6 25 00 2 1 ar 2 Rent of land per acre, Wheat per quarter, Sheep, An ox, Meat per lb., Reapers per day in 1350, with out board, By statute in 1444, Reapers per day without board, Laborers in building per day, Shepherds per year, ~1 Farm laborers per year, Ploughman per week, in 1387, SEC. 23. Comparative condition of the laboring classes in the fotrteenth and iq:incteenth centut.ies. These facts show that the comparative prices of the rent of land and the wages of labor were much lower than the products of labor, when we compare them with present prices. This can only be accounted for by supposing, that at that early age, the physical sciences, mechanic arts, and the standard of agriculture, were in so low and rude a condition, and agricultural implements of so rude a character, that labor was not very productive; and that it then required about three times as much labor to cultivate agricultural products, and even to raise animals in that cold climate, as is now required. Even the poor of Great Britain of the present day, need not envy the lot and condition of their ancestors, at any time prior to the 18th century. The comparative price of common agricultural labor per annum, was then about 830 to $40; now it is from three to four times as much. Then they lived on bread made of rye, barley, and oats, with pottage, and a little coarse meat, barley broth, and water gruel; now they live mostly, and the manufacturing laborers entirely, on wheat 329 '3 1. 2 9 66 5 31 2 4 0 18 4 7 -L 2 10 7 0 8 3 73 50 48 36 1 42 32 00 I 10 01o PRICES. bread; the latter have an abundance of meat, good clothing and comfortable dwellings; and their earnings are generally so great as to furnish the means to gratify, and in their present ignorant state, tempt them to indulge in frequent dissipation. These facts and results are confirmed not only by the writings of Mr. Jacob and MAr. McCulloch, but by numerous other British authors. SEC. 24. Table of Prices in the sixteenth centutry. Many facts in relation to prices in England during the 16th century, taken from Sir Frederic Eden's tables, are published in Chap. VII. of Book VI. of the Pictorial History of England, from which the following are extracted and the price in money of the present time, and also the comparative price added. Price In money Com. of present time. price. 8. d. 3 6? $o 50 31 24 1 1- 50 I 50 8S 33 41 16 (1L 25 61 50 11 s 80 ij 12 5i 42 10 73 19 5 17 00 15 0 13 00 62 0 28 00 34- 5 15 00 Pr ice stated. 8. d. 0 4 2 1 0 1 0 8 4 6 4 6a7 1 3a4 6 11 8 9 0 60 0 33 4 Mason's wages per day, do. allowed for diet, do. wages per day, House-painters do. Common laborers per day, D)itchers and hedgers do. Gardener do. Pigeons per dozen, Eggs per hundred, Chickens, A goose, A lamb, An ox, A heifer, A fat cow, A milch cow, A fat goose, A turkey, Pigeons per dozen, Butter per lb., Beef per stone of 14 lbs., Cheese per lb., Sugar per lb., Stockingls per pair, Shoes per pair, Stockings per pair Men's shoes, Paper per quire, 2 41 2 4~ 1 2 4i 11 7 9 6} 3 Sao Year. 1500 4 4 1775 c 4 1590 44 1500 4 4 4 c cc c c c c c c 1589 ic 4 c 4 c 1590 4 4 1597 ic ct 1525 4 4 1590 4 4 1570 I to 14d. 1 1 4 1 1 0 1 4 1 Ilto26d. 2 3 54 63 50 16 90 11 56 so 86 31 75 15 1 2 1 2 1 4 4 4 8 6 3 1 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 ON PRICES. rice stated. Price in money of present timie. e. d, 8. Cd. 3,1 3 -- 2~ 3~ 1 8 1 82 8 81I 9 0 9 3 1 2 1 2 10 10 It appears that the comparative price of labor was as low in the 16th century as it was during the 13th, 14th, and 15th centuries; while the comparative prices of food and clothing were quite as high, if not higher. In fact, labor was not very productive, and there was no great demand for it, until the improvemnent of the steam-engine and the invention and introduction of the spinning-jenny and other machinery, the latter part of the 18th century; and as population increased, the demand for provisions and all the comforts of life increased also, and the condi tion of the laboring classes seemed to be more and more depressed. Such is the history of the retrograde condition of the laboring classes in all agricultural countries, which have but little manuiteturing industry. England in the 16th century, and Ireland at the present time, are not solitary instances. Were it not for the warmth of the climate, the suffering among the laboring classes would be nearly as great in Italy as it is in Ireland. SEC. 25. Contract Prices of provisions and labor at the Royal Hospital at Greenwich,from 1730 to 1835. YEARS -~~~ 1730,.. 17.35,.. 1740,.. I1750,.. 176t),.. 1770,.. 1TSO,.. 1790,.. 1SO0,.. S1805,.. Slo,.. 1S15,.. ]S20,.. 1S25,.. S30,..1 1 S1 to'3 average. ~ s. d. 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 9 0, 1 7 73A 1 12 8 1 9 19 9 1 1T 3 1 14 4'~ 2 11 7 2 11 8S 3 0 8 ;2 15 6N 2 5 9 2 8 2 1 12 11 16 8. , per ton. i I i I i i 331 Coiii. price. 16 85 33 4 40 52 37 Year. 1578 i 589 c c Candles per lb., A shirt, Soap per lb., Coals per cauldron, -Alaster mason per day, Comnion laborer do. 1590 1601 6 4 d. 21 14 3'q 21 31 3 3.L 2 'i, 6 -It 6 - 7 I,' 7t 6,f 4 4 ii, R. d. 5 3' 59 bi .1 5 I 61 6L 6 1 1 1 -L , I t 1 1 1 2 9 t lot 6. 7 L 8 L (I. 5 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 8 4 8 4 8 14 0 16 10-L 19 9 19 9 19 9 2 10 1 8 I.1 3 1 GL s. d. 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 10 4 6 5 8 5 6 5 3 5 o. 5 6 5 5 5 5 8. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 (I. 6 6 8 8 8 s 10 10 10 0 3 9 8 0 5 3 3 .3. d, 4 0 4 0 3 10 3 9 4 0 4 0 3 111 3 ll.', 5 8 5 9 5 6 4 7 4 4,1 4 6 3 6 8 8t 3 61 ON PRICES. The number of inmates of the hospital in 1830 is stated to have been 2,710. The quantities of provisions consumed must have been large, and the prices wholesale, not retail; but as it is located only five miles from London'where provisions and labor are the highest of any place in the kingdom, the prices may be regarded as about equal to the average of retail prices throughout the island of Great Britain. A chaldron of coals, (36 bushels,) generally weighs about 3,000 lbs. or nearly 27 cwt. gross; and is eqal to nearly two cords of hard wood of average quality The population of the island of Great Britain in 1730 was about 7,200,000, and in 1830 about 16,200,000; so that during the century the demand for provisions more than doubled, and the supply of laborers more than doubled; and though the comparative prices of provisions kept pace with the increase of population, and nearly doubled also; yet the demand for labor increased more rapidly than the laborers, and the comparative wages of carpenters and masons more than doubled during the century. It should be remarked, also, that most kinds of clothing, coal for fuel, and salt, declined in price during this period, so that, on the whole, the wages of labor would command nearly twice as many of the comforts of life in the aggregate in 1830, as they would in 1730. SEC. 26. Exports from London to France, and Prices of the same in 1751; and the official value of goods. An account of the export of certain articles from the port of London to France, during the year 1'751, and the Custom-House value of the same, which was the official value fixed in the year 1696. See Lex Mercatoria, 515 to 520. Brass, wrought, cwt., Copper, do Iron, tons, Cast-iron do. Iron do. Iron, wrought, lbs. Lead, cwt. - Shot, do. - Tin, do. - Gunpowder, lbs. Coals, chaldrons, Earthenware, pieces, Glass, do. Stoneware, do. Butter, firkins, Cheese, cwts., 332 Quantity. 550 50 25 74-1 2 2 6,134 1,832 605 606 800 42 17,800 7,200 200 530 32 rice. 0 0 10 10 0 0 12 14 15 0 5 0 0 0 0 5 S, s 5 12 12 14 2 0 0 3 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 tol7-11. 2 0 0 to 181. 0 pr.cwt. ol 2 0 0 7 to7JL d. 2 0 1 8 2 0 0 Frieze, yards, - Flannel, do. - Linen, do. - Do. ells, - Diaper, yards, Wool, sheep's, lbs., Do. lamb's, lbs., Shoes, doz. pairs, HIats, doz. - Cordage, tons, - Hemp, cwt., - 0 3 0 0 1 0 0 1 4 0 1 8 0 1 4 0 2 0 0 1 6 0 10 0 2 10 0 1 5 0 0 17 to 29-s. _~~~~~ X272,199 16 10 Among the imports from France into London the same year, 17o1, are stated the following articles: Price. ~ s. d. Cambrics, sup. half pieces, - 20,506 at 1 0 0 Cotton yarn, lbs., - - 896" 0 1 6 Thread, lbs., - - - 3,621 " 0 15 0 Twist, doz., - - - 252 " 0 10 0 Linen, ells, - - - 6,581 " 0 1 8 Iron, tons, - - - 11' 12 10 0 Indigo, lbs., - - - 657,441 " 0 2 6 Eggs, - - - 6,000 " 0 2per 100 From the account, I infer that the official value of cast-iron is ~12 10s. per ton; of bar-iron, ~12 1Os. per ton; of bolt and rod-iron, ~17 10s.; and of wrought iron made into chain cables, anchors, &c. ~40 per ton. The prices of all the articles stated in the foregoing table may be regarded as their official value at the present time, and as their average market value in Great Britain in 1696, (when the standard of official values was adopted,) 250 1,730 3,000 19,100 210 26,988 .250 280 10 130 758 Total value, and during several preceding years. In this view, it is exceedingly important in aiding the inquirer to institute a comparison between the prices of articles at the present time, and their prices in 1696. Mr. Baine, in his History of the Cotton Manufacture, p. 351, gives the official valuation of cotton goods, and their average declared or market value in 1829, as follows: OFFICrAL VALUE. Value in English In dollars Average rates money. and cents. of market val. ~ s. d. ~ s. d. Calicoes, white or plain, per yard, 0 1 3 $0 30 0 0 6 Do. printed or checked do. 0 1 6 36 0 0 8; Mluslins, white or plain, do. 0 1 8 40 0 0 7. Do. printed or checked do. 0 1 10 44 0 0 9. Cot. and linen cloth, mixed do. 0 1 3 30 0 0 8. Fustians, velvets, &c., do. 0 2 6 60 0 0 101 Lace and patent net, do. 0 0 8 16 0 0 3 Counterpanes each, do. 0 10 0 2 40 0 3 21 Stockings per pair, do. 0 2 6 60 0 0 111 Cotton sewing thread per lb. 0 4 0 96 0 3 31 Cotton twist and yarn per 112 lbs. 10 0 0 48 00 7 5 0 The.~10 per 112 lbs. for twist and yarn is equivalent to nearly Is. 912d. or 43 cents per lb. These are the only data I have met with of the standard adopted in 1696 fixing the official value of goods. They show the value of cotton and linen cloths about the same-that is, linen Is. 4d. per yard, plain cotton calicoes, muslins, shirtings, sheetings, &c., Is. 3d.; printed, dyed, or colored, Is. 6d., and flannel made of wool only ls. per yard. They show also the effect of supply and demand on prices. The prices of cotton yarn per lb. indicate that raw cotton must have been much cheaper at that time, (1696,) when the demand for it in Europe was very trifling, than it was in 1780, when the demand was about five times as great as at the former period. The cotton is said to waste in cleaning, picking, carding, roving, and spinning about 121 oz. in a pound, and that 100 lbs. of cotton will make only about 90 lbs. of yarn; and in Massachusetts, on coarse cotton, the waste is estimated at 11 lbs. in 100. If the yarn was worth oply Is. 9-2d. per lb. the yarn spun out of a pound oF cotton was worth less than Is. 71d. Both the cotton and the cotton yarn were mostly imported from India, where the yarn was spun by females, whose labor was only 2d., or 4 cents per day. Perhaps the value of the cotton might have been estimated higher than the labor of spinning it even on a onethread wheel. Call the cotton lod. per lb., and it would leave but 91d. for spinning; and even this price is less than half the average price of cotton in England in 1780, which is stated by 334 oll.q PRICES. ON PRICES. Mr. Baine at about 32d. per lb. The probability is, that none but a very inferior quality of cotton was spun as early as 1696, for sale in yarn, as the official value of cotton sewing thread is stated at 4s. per lb., or more than twice as much as cotton yarn. SEC. 27. Official and declared valhes of the leading articles exp.vortedfrom Great Britain in 1832 and 1834. Account of the official and also the declared or market value of the British and Irish products and nlanufactures exported from the United Kingdom during the years 1832 and 1834, to which I have added the per cent. which the declared values bear to the official values. See 1st Murray's Encyclopedia of Geography. IN 1834. ~ Official IDollcclatred i per value. I value. Iceeit 44,266,90815,30)2,571 84 6,So'_,2.8s.5,211'015 76 37850',764! 2744.',3451 63 82 1/f991 186,812 166 5-8868C:3 68 7,198:125 81,3833 192,176 236 6,,514'703i 5,736 s870 ss 99,9833 238,544289 1,086,59'4i 961,828 89 947,4771 1,485,2383 157 2,621,t;721 1,406,s721 53 '370',i,6 8'0,,3S2 100 3S8,198S 263,972 69 371,470' 152,127 41 1,141 566 916,891 80 4,678,680 6.194,858 182 7!,'S31,,r)49 41,fi49 189 566, 78,495.534 41,286,592 836,015 362,597 37.206,480112,6 75,622 61726,563 4, 722.759 2,785,549 1,774,726 5,898 8,705 475,166 529,990 149,991 21 9,650 6,556,294 5,244,558 122,125 235,)07 1 126,247 916,568 aST8,362 1,484,431 2 408,184 1,190, 748 38S,3259 u 85 5,0356 34S,2S1, 31 5,645 35.3,825 149,678 1,292,489 1, 038,790 4,232,9S81 5,53,2293 -i ~65,026,699 16.344,52 1 W ~64582 0381315,946 024 '444,665[ 898,497 By comniparing the articles in the foregoing table and the per cent. which their declared or market value bears to the official value of the same articles as stated in section 26, the reader can calculate not only the variations in price, the rise in many cases, as well as the fall in others, but he can also calculate the average Custom House price per yard, pound, ton, &c., of many of the articles. It shows many curious facts. Hardware and cutlery advanced in price about 60 per cent., while iron, which constitutes the principal material of which they are made, fe'l 50 per cent. See Sec. 31, of this chapter. The price of cotton yarn was, comparatively, little lower in 1832 than in 1696; though the price of cotton as I have estimated it was 10d. per lb. in 1696 and only about 62-d. duty paid, in 1832; and the process of picking, carding, roving and spinning by machinery, enabled a given number of persons to produce at least 30 times as many pounds of yarn at the latter, as they could at the former period. $35' I per ceiit i 1 4 7() 64 1 147 ) ill 14C) 8 7 192 8 1 1 6.3 4 99 90 42 80 126 1 56 7 C,,tton manufactures, Cotton yarn, Linen manufacture —, Linen yarn, Bilk nianuf.-tctures, Wool, slicep's, Woollen manufactures, Woolle.-i and worsted y-ril, Br,s and copper manufactures, Hardware and cutlery,. Iron & steel, wr.tigbt & unwrou,-ht, Tin, -,,-rotight and unwrough Soap and candles, S,II t,. Sugar, refined, All other articles, Total - Whereof ir.ni Greai Britai'n, From Ireland, I Simnilar remarks may be applied to woollen and linen yarn, both of which are spun and mostly woven also by machinery. One person can tend two or three power looms, and weave ten or twelve times as much as in the old-fashioned hand looms, before the introduction of the fly-shuttle, which was as late as 1738. These facts show that there is no comparison between the decline in the prices of cotton, woollen, linen and silk goods, and also iu hardware and cutlery and the metals generally, and the diminution of labor required to produce them, by means of the invention, introduction and improvement in machinery during the last century; and that though wag(es have increased, yet the profits of manufacturers in England must have increased also, most enormously. The labor saved in cleaning, picking, carding, roving, and spinning cotton into yarn by means of machinery, must be at least 96 per cent., while the saving in weaving is only from 80 to 90 per cent.; and yet the decline in the price of woven fabrics up to 1832 was about twice as great as on cotton yarn. This shows the effect of American competition in woven fabrics. While the British manufacturers must compete with the Almecicans in the sale of cotton cloths, they supply the markets of the world with cotton yarn without a competitor; and as Germany, Russia, and all the nations of Northern Europe, are but little advanced in manufacturing, have but few manufacturers, few skilful workmen, and very little machinery, or capital invested in spinning cotton, and manufactures are mostly of a domestic character, families find it cheaper to buy cotton yarn at high prices, and to weave it themselves, than to buy the cloth already woven. The British exports in 1845 of plain or white calicoes, shirting and sheetings, which come into competition with American goods, amounted to 613,138,645 yards, at the declared value of ~8,302,919. The weight of cotton yarn reported as exported in those goods amounted to 146,897,796 pounds, at an average value of only ls. l2d. The same year, the cotton yarn exported, exclusive of thread, amounted to 131,937,935 pounds, valued at ~6,596,897 sterling, equal to ls. per pound of yarn. On comparing the number of yards exported with the pounds of yarn contained in them, it appears that each pound of yarn was nmade into nearly 41 yards of cloth; and this 44 yards of cloth is sold, in consequence of American competition, at only lId. or three cents more than a pound of yarn; so that the only comnpensatior the manufacturer got for weaving it, (if the yarn was sold at fair prices,) was lLd. for 4~ yards,.or a little over 1d. sterling, or i a cent per yard. If the cloth was sold at a fair profit, the profits on the yarn must have beea very great. 836 6'\r P R I C F, S. I ON PRICES. SEC. 28. Official a?ul declared Vahles of British Exports annually from 1798 to 1845; and the Amount to the U. States since 1821. Account of the OFFICIAL AND DECLARED OR REAL VALUE in millions of pounds sterling, of British and Irish products and manufactures exported during the following years; together with the proportion per cent. that the declared or real value bears to the official value; and the per cent. of money in circulation to each person, compared with the amount in 1696. Declar'd value of British and Irish pr ct products exported dec'd to the U. States v a i e. by the British reports. 168.4 162.8 162.3 179.3 180 167.71 162.51 141.11 135 1 1191 104 1 94 78.3 81.9 76.4 100 150 155 157 160 162 164 166 177 168 166 146 144 138 137 136 135 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 120 120 ~ 18.5 22.8 24.5 25.1 20.0 22.1 22.9 33.2 32.2 41.7 32.9 37.8 48 46.4 40.3 60.4 60 64.5 69.6 73.4 77.9 84.8 72.3 92.4 97.4 102.7 102.1 l 100.2 1 117.8 1 131.5 l1,34.5 l'64.5 1 3 1.2 36.9 39.7 45.1 36. 1 37.1 37.2 47 41.4 ~842 1002 47.3 47.3 3.5 124 49.6 34.2 35.5 37.6 38 30.8 37.6 36.6 36 39.3 41.2 46.9 53. 41.9 50 53.2 51.4 51.6 47.3 52.2 58.5 60.1 63.5 Vor an e,imate of the amount of money in Se Ohaptei X, section 8. i I 337 Per Cent. of nioney. Years. Official value. Declar'dvalue. 1696, 179S, 1 "-' 0 0, 1801, 1802, 1803, 1804, 1805, isio, 1814, 1815, 1819, 1820, 1824, 1825, 1826, IS30, 1831 I S32, 1833, 1834, 1835, IS36, 1837, 183S, 1839, 1840) 1841, i 842, ,,843 i 844 %843, iS49) 9 5.4 7.5 6.8 10.5 12.4 4.6 7.5 8.8 ,5.2 7 3.5 5 7.9 j I.q circulation I 110 at each period f O. PRICES. The per cent. of money in circulation at each period cor pared with the amount in 1696, shows the proportion which the declared or real value of goods would have borne to the official value, if prices had been affected by no causes, except the increase and decrease of money in circulation. The difference between the per cent. of the declared value of goods, and the per cent. of money in circulation at each period, is the true test of variation of prices by reason of new inventions, improvements in machinery, variations of supply and demand, and all other causes, except an increase or decrease of circulating money in proportion to the population. As remarked in Section 27 tihe decline of prices bears no proportion to the saving of labor by means o[ machinery; labor not only advanced in price, but the main cause of its advance was its greater productiveness, and the larger profits realized by the manufacturer, which induced greater numbers to enogage in mining and manufacturing industry, and by their competition for laborers, raised the price of labor. All the most important inventions for carding and spinning by machinery were invented between the years 1767 and 17S85, and were generally in use in Great Britain before the year 1790. The power loom was invented by Dr. Cartwright, in 1785, but was of comparatively little value until it was improved by I-orrock and Radcliffe in 1803 and 1804, when it soon came into general use in Great Britain; though it was not introduced into the United States until 18]5, and on the continent of Europe at a still later period. Nearly all the improvemcnts in mining, smelting the metals, working in them, and manufacturing hardware, were also invented before the year 1790, and were in general use in Great Britain before the year 1800. Notwithstanding the immense saving of labor by means of all the inventions and improvements made in mnanufacturing during the 18th century, and though most of theiii had been in general use in Great Britain from ten to fifty years prior to the peace of 1815, yet manufactures of all kinds (as shown by the foregoing tables) continued higher down to 1804, and many articles were higher in 1834 (as shown in Section 27) than they were before the invention of this labor-saving machinery. In fact, prices did not give way at all, until after the establishment ot Napoleon's continental system, and the American embargo and noneintercourse acts; which, in a measure, shut out British goods from the United States and fronm the most of the continent of Europe, and thereby made the demand for them much less than it otherwise would have been, whereby the supply increased faster than the demand, and prices declined a trifle from 1806 to 1814. It 338 ON PRICES. was not until after the general peace, that the British manufacturers put down the prices of their products in order to undersell the manifacturers of the United States, and the continent of EBtrope, and to break them down, drive them out of their owei markets, and thus be enabled to monopolize the markets of the world without a competitor. How could )Ir. Ricardo or Dr. WVayland explain these facts and make them consistent with their theory of prices; which assumes that the cost and the average price of every commodity, (taking a series of years into consideration,) is in proportion to the amount of labor required to produce and bring it to market? The British manufacturers, by associations, conventions and conventional arrangenments of prices among themselves, kept up prices until foreign competition forced them to come down; and then they, firom necessity, reduced the prices of their products, in order to continue to undersell their neighbors, and thereby maintain their ascendency in foreign markets. In truth, though prices were affected some by the tariff of the United States of 1824, yet they declined very moderately, until the adoption of the tariff of 1828, and the still more stringent tariffs in France, Russia, Prussia, and iearly all the Northern nations of Europe just before that tillme, which placed their manufactures on a firm basis, and enabled their manufacturers to compete successfully in their own domestic markets, with British goods. When competition was thus raised up on every side of Great Britain, their fabrics, except cotton yarn, were almost driven out of the North of Europe, and the consumption of them much checked in the United States by means of the increase of our own production under the fostering influence of the tariff of 1828; the supply of British manufactures increased more rapidly than the demand for them; and the necessary consequence was, that prices sank rapidly from 1828 till 1833. Thie compromise act of 1833, increased the imports and depressed the industry of our country; which together with the enormous increase of banks and paper money, the mania for speculation thereby produced, and fostered by means of the government funds being loaned freely to speculators as well as to business men, caused not only the prices of products of lands but of labor also to advance rapidly, until the panic, and suspension of the banks in MIay, 1837. Public records show that there was no increase of paper money in Great Biitain from 1830 to 1836 inclusive; and yet British manufacturers took advantage of these local causes in our country and the increased demand for their products consequent upon them, to increase the price of all their exports, and to sell them 330 ::.-.::.: I :..1...::... in the aggregate at nearly one-eighth higher in 1836, than they did in 1832. Here is clear evidence that mere local causes affected materially the markets of the whole commercial world. It shows how sensitive the markets are, and how quickly affected and prices raised by a comparatively slight increase in the demand for goods. That the rise of prices in 1835 and 1836 of all British products was caused by the increased demand for them in the United States, is made perfectly clear by the foregoing table, taken in connection with the fact that there was no more than the ordinary quantity of British goods exported to other countries during those years. On comnparing the total declared value of British exports from year to year from 1827 to 1845, with the amount exported to the United States during the same years, the reader will perceive that the exports to all countries except the United States increased with great regularity about a million annually, with but very little fluctuation in amount; and that nearly all the fluctuations in the whole exports to all the world, from a regular annual increase, arose from the great difference in the amount exported to the United States. The average amount exported annually to the United States during five years from 1830 to 1834 inclusive, was only ~7,015,788; while the amount in 1835 was increased to over ten and a half million pounds sterling, and in 1836 to ~12,425,605. This enormously increased demand for British goods, equal in amount to nearly five million pounds, over one eighth part the usual amount of goods annually exported, was sufficient to raise the price of goods one-eighth part, as shown by the table. These heavy imports of British goods into the United States in 1835 and 1836, involved the country in debt, caused the alarmn, and suspension of specie payments in the spring of S1837, and sunk the exports of British goods to the United States in 1837 to ~4,695,225, and depressed the price of goods in 1838 below the price of 1833. The comparatively small imports again in 1840 and 1842, during the embarrassed condition of the United States, and in 1843, under our new tariff, again depressed prices very sensibly. It is a little remarkable that the small increase of exports to the United States in 1839, and again in 1841, enabled the manufacturers to rally prices, and raise them very considerably each of those years. Similar remarks may be made in relation to the rise in the price of British exports in 1825. I am unable to state the amount of British goods exported to the United States in 1825, but the gross amount of imports from Great Britain, and all her colonies and dependencies, was nearly ten million dollars more than it was either in 1824 or t826, and over eight million dollars more than 340 OiN, PRICES. :- -1 ...: I..::.: ON PRICES. in 1823. This enormous increase in 1825, consisted mostly of products of cotton, wool, silk, and iron, caused great speculations in Great Britain, in those commodities, and a very great rise in their price; much greater than is indicated by the Custom House Reports, which give the average through the year, and not the temporary speculative fluctuations. 1These facts ought to be suffic ent to satisfy the most strenuous advocates of free trade, of the great influence which an increased or diminished demand in the United States for British and French goods has upon the prices of such goods; and to show them how an American tariff, by increasing the supply of domestic goods, and thereby lessening the demand for foreign goods, must necessarily, and by the ordinary operations of the laws of trade, tend to reduce the price of goods throughout the commercial world. SEC. 29. QIfcial anzd declared value of manifactures of wool, cotton, linen, silk, and other articles of British produce, ex ported annzally from 1814 to 1837. Statement of the average prices of upland cotton and of the official and declared values* of manufactures of cotton, cotton yarn and twist, and of woollen manufactures, exported from Great Britain during the under mentioned years, and the per cent. which the real value bears to the official value. MANL'FACTURES OF COTTON. I COTTON YARNI AND TWIST. I MANUFS OF WOOL lOtficial R-eal ver Prs. Cot.' Officeial ]Real Per Official Real Per Years.Pe v al ue. value. cent. in Eng. value. value. cent. value. value. cent 1814, ~ 16.5 ~17.2 104.3 d. 28 ~ 1.1 ~ 2.7 249 ~ ~ 1S15, 214 18.9 88.1 201 8 1.6 207 1816, 161 12.9 80.0 18i 1.3 2.6 190 5.5 7.8 140.4 1S20, 20.5 13.6 68.4 11i 2.0 2.S 139 4.3 5.5 128.0 1S24, 27.1 15.2 56 1 8-, 2.9 5.1 105 6.1 6 97.9 1825, 26.5 15. 56,6 11+ 2.8 3.2 110 5.9 6.2 104.4 iS.6, 21.4 10.5 49.7 6 3.7 3.4 93 5 4.9 99.6 1,s30, 95.3 15.2 42.9 6C 5.6 4.1 73 5.5 4.8 87.3 S3182, 37 12.6 04.0 6: 6.7 4 7 70 6.6 5.4 82.1 18-34, 44.2 15.3 34.6 8 6.8 5.2 76 6.5 5.7 88.0 18i5, 44.8 16.3 36.5 10 7.4 5.T 1 77 7.4 6.8 92.0 1S386, 50.6 18.4 36.5 10~ 7.8 6.1 78S 7.5 7.6 103.3 1837, 41.9 13.6 32.5 9 1 92 6.9 75 4.6 4.6 99.4 The average annual official value of manufactures of cotton cxported from Great Britain during several previous years, was as follows: Average of 3 years, from 1764 to 1766 inclusive, ~ 223,153 I 1 year, 1780, 355,060 " 5 years, from 17S6 to 1790 inclusive, 1,232,529 " 5 " 1791 to 1795 " 2,088,525 For the prices of cotton at different periods, see Chapter VIII. Section 13. * The values are stated in millions of pounds sterling, and fractions. . 341 0 ON PRICES. British exports of linen and silkl manufactures. MANUFACTURES OF LINEN. MANUFACTURES OF SILK. * Declared value. $480,522 374,114 442,582 296,677 168,453 519,919 529)808 Exports of all other articles of British produce. Declared Value. ,~14.8 11.2 10.3 11.2 10.1 11. 11. The foregoing tables illustrate more in detail, the conclusions and truths deduced firom that in Sec. 28, and the most of the remarks in that section and in Sec. 27, apply equally well to the tables in this. It may be remarked that while cotton yarn advanced in price in 1825 five per cent., equal to about half the advance on cotton, the iise in cotton cloths was less than one per cent.; and that though the declared value of cotton yarn was then ten per cent. above its official value, yet the declared value of cotton cloths of all kinds was over 43 per cent. below their official value. These are remarkable facts; they show the effects of American competition, and the American tariff of 1824, in reducing the price of cotton cloths, in contrast with the high price of yarn, in the production of which for market, the American manufacturers did not come in competition with the British. The same may be remarked of the rise in the price of cotton goods in 1836. Tile compromise act of 1833 effectually checked the further increase of American manufactures, so that American competition was not suficicntly strong to prevent the rise in cotton cloths in 1835 and 18S36, and the per cent. of the advance of their declared value, was from 34 to 361; while the advalne in the declared value of * The whole values of the exports of silk are given; all other exports are stated in millions. 342 Official value. .91.5 1.9 3.2 2.7 2. 3.1 .2.6 Declared value. .k 1. 4 1.6 2.4 2.1 1.4 1.9 1.6 Per cent. 93 815 74 78 74 62 62 Official value. L I 6 1,S74 118.370 159;64-13 150.815 106,738 435,045 476,509 Per cent. 296 316 277 197 157 119 III Years. 1816, 1820, 1824, 1825, IS26, lS30, IS32, Official ITalue. 8.6 8.2 S. 1 7.9 1.0.3 ii. Per cent. 155 130 124 137 128 107 100 1816, lS20, 1824, 1825, 1826, IS30, 1832, ...: I..::.: ON PRICES. cotton yarn, (where the British had no American competition to contend with,) was from 70 to 78 per cent. The only way in which our tariff could operate to reduce prices has been, by increasing our manufactures and domestic products, and thereby lessening the demand for British goods; and whenever the prices of cotton have been high as in 1825, 1835 and 1836, and we have had a bloated paper currency, both of which have stimulated a spirit of speculation, the uniform tendency has been to stimulate foreign commnerce, increase our imports, and riaise the prices of imported goods. In connection with our gross imports from Great Britain, let the reader give attention to our imports of cotton, woollen and other goods, in different years; and be will find the amount of our imports apparently had a very important influence upon prices; that when our imports were very large, causing a heavy demand in the foreign market, prices acvanced; and when our imports were comparatively small, prices generally fell off. The effect of our tariff acts of 1824 and 1828, in diminishing the importation of both cotton and woollen goods, and reducing piices from 1824 to 1833, is very obvious; and the contrary effect of the compromise act of 1833, and the subsequent bloated paper currency, in swelling our importations, and enhancing prices in 1835 and 1836, and again in 1839, is equally obvious. The effect was more striking on woollen than on cotton goods; and the cause of this is shown more clearly, by comiparing the total exports of woollen goods from Great Britain, with their exports of like goods to the United States. There was a remarkable degree of uniformity from year to year, in the exports of Great Britain to all other countries than the United States, of woollen and silk goods. Nearly all the fluctuations from year to year in the quantity of such goods exported, was in the exports to(-) the United States; and inasmuch as the quantities exported in different years generally indicate the intensity of the demand, which regulates the price, all, or nearly all the fluctuations in prices, arose firom thle rea-te. or less demand for the American :iiiarket.'iThe emearrassed condition of the people of the United States, and our comparatively smlall importations in 1837, 1838, 1840 and 1842, in consequeiice of our embarrassmlents, contri b)tited to reduce the price of goods throughout the commercial -woild, by lessening the demand for them. The great and striking contrast between the official and the dleclared value of linen and silk goods from 1816 to 1824, affords tho clearest evidence I have met with, of the entire falIsity of the leading doctrine of prices of MIr. Ricardo and Dr. Wa.ylanld, that the prices of commodities are determined by the amount of labor e*.* a 343 ON PRICES. required to produce, and bring them to market; and it affordj equally clear evidence of the great truth, that the prices of articles are governed by the relative demand and supply in the market, without any reference whatever to the labor required to produce' them, except the indirect effect which that may have on the sup ply. Machinery was applied to the manufacture of silk, much earlier than to the manufacture of flax; the first mill for throwing silk having been erected in England as early as 1719, after the model of the silk mills then in use in Italy. Spinning linen by machinery commenced in Scotland in the early part of this century, though in Dundee, thie great seat of the linen manufacture, there were in 1811 but four flax mills, which were increased in 1831 to thirty-one, employing 2,065 spinners and 40o flax dressers. Flax mills were introduced into Ireland at a much later date; until since 1825, nearly all the Irish linen was both spun and woven by hand; and much of it was spun by hand (according to Mr. McCulloch.) as late as 1838. Though there were in Scotland in 1834, (according to the official returns) 170 flax mills in operation, employing 13,409 hands, there were only 25 in Ireland, employing 3,681 hands. Notwithstanding nearly all the silk was thrown or spun with machinery, and the linen by hand, prior to 1825, yet the prices of silk fromn 1816 to 1824, appear from official accounts of exports, to have been nearly three times as great as they were in 1696; though the prices of linen were considerably lower during the same period, than they were in 1696. This looks like a strange anomaly; while manufactures of cotton, wool, silk and iron (all of which had received important aids from the use of machinery), had all advanced in piice; linen goods, which were mostly spun on a one thread wheel, and woven in hand looms, had actually declined in price, and were lower than they were 120 years previously. This can be explained only by the fact, that cotton had in some measure superseded the use of linen, and lessened the demand for it; and as the demand decreased, the price fell. On the contrary, as the people of Great Britain, Northern and Western Europe and the United States grew more wealthy, and greater numbers of them became able to wear silk, the demand for silk goods increased much faster than the supply; and the prices were raised by this increased demand, to about three times the standard established as their official value in 1696. SEc. 30. Importation into tlc U. States, Production an,d Prices of Iron; and Improvements in the lanuffaclture. The prices of English pig and bar iron at Birmingham, and of Swedes bar iron in London, exclusive of duty of ~4 to ~6 I Os. $44 I ON PRICES. per ton, are stated by Mr. Babbage on the Economy of Manufactures, sec. 149, as follows: 1828. 1830. 1832. ~5 10 ~4 10 ~ 7 15 6 5 14 10 13 15 13 2 Pig iron per ton, Bar iron per ton, Swedes iron per ton, The wholesale selling prices at Liverpool of merchants' bar iron per ton from 1806 to 1820, were as follows: s. X. S. 0 to 17 10 0 to 17 0 5 to 16 0 0 to 15 0 0 to 14 10 15 to 13 13 0 to 13 0 The prices at Liverpool are necessarily higher, as a general rule, than they are at the forges, and the reader should bear in mind that in England a ton is 2,240 pounds, though in many of our states 2,000 pounds is called a ton. It is stated in Hiunt's Magazine, for March, 1845, that pig iron which sold in England and Wales from 1803 to 1815, for ~6 to ~7 ] Os. per ton, was reduced in 1844 to ~3; and that some contracts were made in Scotland as low as ~2; that bar iron which sold during the same period, at ~12 to ~16 per ton, was reduced in 1844 to ~4 15s. 845 1818. X6 7-1 2 10 10 17 10 1824. X6 10 9 10 Years. 1806, 1 S07, isog, isio, 1811, 1812, 1SI3, Years. 1814, 1815, 1816) 1817, isis, 1819, lS20) ZC. 13 11 8 8 10 11 9 .;C. S. 14 0 13 10 1 1 0 13 0 12 15 12 0 10 10 .;C. 16 15 S. 0to 0to 15 to 10 to 0to 0to 10 to 14 14 14 12 12 5 to 5 -Lto 6 to "i to 9 to 7 to 8 to 8, to 7 to 6 to 5 1 to 4 + to .41 to 6 to S.-. to 74 to 5; to 51 to 544466t 701,549 1,002,750 1,187,236 1,050,152 1,1 31,828S 2.57 3,367 1,8315,121 3,181,180 1,70I7,649 2,172,278 2:053,453 51X,282 1.065)58 2 1,691.748 1,127,418 2.129,489 3,6 9,9)98 6,060,068 7,397,166 The prices above stated of iron in Great Britain, are for nler chants' bar iron; the prices of railroad iron being about one and a half pounds sterling per ton higher. Tlhe lowest prices stated, are for the lowest prices duling the year at the forges; the highlest are for the highest prices at Liverpool, where iron is usually from 15 to 30s. per ton higher than it is at Cardiff. The rolled bar iron imported into the United States is nearly all front Great Britain, and is made by machinery, in rolling mills; the bar iron made by hanimering, is nearly all fironom Sweden and Norway, and is better to make into steel and for edge tools than the iron made by rolling. The expense of making pig iron into bar iron by rolling, perhaps does not require onetenth part as much labor as to make it by hammering; and hence English rolled iron is gradually superseding the use of I Il l ![ 1831' 1832', 1833, 1834, '1 S)5, 1836, 1837, 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842, 1843, 1844, 1845, 1846, 1847, 1848, 1849, 1850, 15,245 21.3S7 28,028 28.896 28.410 46,675 47;839 36,174 60,282 3~-,828 63,055 61,599 15,757 37,891 51,188 24,108 40,183 81.,589 173.457 24%,,951 3.5 70 :32 60 35 80 41 00 37 33 45 cO 53 80 50 40 52 70 ,52 33 34 40 33D 33 3'2 46 28 1 2 33 00 46 75 53 00 45 00 35 00 3() 00 6i 7i 7i 1 04 to+ 9 7 615; 6-1 10 I 9 I 9 I 7-.i 6 -5 i; 30 00 27 8( 27 60 25 75 26 00 24 00 24 25 22 00 20 75 14 00 25 00 3i 30 Prr et. 1; 1, I ON PRI( ES. hammered iron, for all common purposes to which it can be applied. These tables of the prices of iron imported into the United States,.and of the prices in England, are sufficient to show the piices during the whole of the present century. The tables in Section 26 show the prices in 1696, established as the official valuations in England for iron exported and imported. The improvements in the mainufacture of both pig and bar iron in Great Britain, and the enormous increase in the production of eachl furnace, as well as of the acgregate productions, indicate, that at least three times as much pig or bar iron could be made in 1806, and five or six times as much in 1845, with the same labor, as could have been made a century since. And yet we see, (that notwithstanding this immense saving of labor,) the prices of iron were kept up, until after our tariff of 181S8, to nearly the old standard of 1696; and had receded comparatively little, even as late as the year 1824. It is easy to see, from the foregoing table of imports and prices, the effect of our increased tariffs of 18S28 and 1842, in reducing the prices of iron from 1829 to 1832, and in 1843 and 1844; and, also, the effect of the compromise act of 1833, in raising them from S833 to 1840. The effect of these acts was much greater on the prices of rolled bar iron, (which was imported from Great Britain,) than it was on hammered bar iron imported from Sweden; and shows the determination of the English iron masters, to maintain their ascendency in the American markets, however much it might be necessary to reduce prices. The railroad excitement which commenced in Europe in 1845, and raged during the years 1845 and 1846, increased the demand for iron so much in Europe, that the iron masters raised the prices in 1846 to nearly double what they were in 1843, notwithstanding the comparatively light importation into the United States. The prices of iron in 1846 were about as high as in 1818, and nearly twice as great as they were in 1831, 1832, 1843 and 1844; and yet the low prices during those years did not prevent a constant increase in its production. If the making of iron was profitable during those years of low prices, how inmmensely profitable it imust have been in 1846, and previous to the year 1828? If iakling iron prior to 1740 would fairly pay for the labor and use of capital, then making it in 1832. 1843 and 1844 at only about .,)7- per cent. of the ordinary price firom 1696 to 1750, but with only one-fifth part of the amount of labor formerly required, would pay nearly twice as large a compensation for both labor an4 capital; and making it from 1810 to 1820, and in 1846 and 1847, would afford compensation for labor and capital about four timnes 347 ON PRICES. as great as it did a century since. These immense profits and high wages paid to laborers have caused a very great increase in tho number of laborers and the amount of capital employed in the manufacture of iron in Great Britain; and increased its production beyond all parallel in the history of the world, with the single exception of the manufacture of cotton. In 1835 about one third part, and in 1836 nearly half the British exports of iron were to the United States; and during the whole period of the compromise act, (from 1833 to 1842 inclusive,) we used more than one fourth part of the whole quantity exported by Great Britain. What an immense influence this large American demand for British iron has had on the market, in keeping up prices!'The official statements of the quantity of iron made in the United States, show that the increase was comparatively small from 1830 to 1840; it is well known that the duties were so light under the compromise act in 1841 and 1842, that many furnaces and forges stopped, and the manufacture declined; and there was very little increase in the production between the years 1835 and 1840. The increase was also very slow until after our tariff act of 1828. On the contrary, the produtction increased with astonishing rapidity, in 1843 and 1844 to 1846, under our tariff of 1842. The table of imports shows that our tariff of 1828 not only reduced the imports of rolled bar iron in 1829 and 1830, but checked their increase very much some years afterwards: and if it could have been maintained, there can be no reasonable doubt that the domestic manufacture would have increased as rapidly from 1834 to 1842, as it did the previous years, and did also under the tariff of 1842; and if so, the demand for British iron must have been much less, and its price would necessarily have fallen much lower than it did in 1843 and 1844. The reader can see how sensitive the market is! how it was raised in 1845 and 1846 about 80 per cent., by the railway speculations in Europe, and the increased demand for railroad iron. What if we had remained under the compromise act, and the production of iron in the United States had been about 250,000 tons in 1846, as it would have been instead of 500,000 tons, as it was under the tariff act of 1842, and we had imported from Great Britain 200,000 or 250,000 to make up the deficiency, instead of importing from themi but 24,108 tons; what effect would this immnensely increased demand have had on the market and the prices of iron? Would not the prices of British iron have advanced to ~12 or ~15 per ton? All these illustrations tend to show the effect of demand and supply on prices; and to show how an American tariff, by increasing, the manufacture of products in this country, and thus increasing the supply, and also lessening the aniount we have occasion to 348 ON PRICEa. import, and thereby diminishing the demand for ~oreign products, must necessarily tend to reduce prices. The ifcts show that we cannot trust much either to the tender mercies of British manu facturers, or to their competition among themselves to reduce the prices of iron, or of manufactures of any kind; nor can we trust to the free trade theory, that improvements in manufactures will necessarily reduce prices. SEc. 31. Prices of Copper, Tin, aild Lead, at different periods. The average prices of copper per ton in Great Britain are stated in the Commercial Dictionary as follows: Average in 1800 133 3 6 highest in 1808, 100 7 " 1801 to 1810, 129 5 3 " 1805, 169 16 " 1811 to 1820, 117 17 0 " 1818, 134 15 " 1821 to 1830, 110 17 2 " 1825, 124 4 " 1831, 100 0 0 1821, 103 0 Mr. MeCulloch, in 1838, estimated the average price from year to year, at from ~90 to ~100 per ton. The prices of cop per in the London market from May to October, 1846, were from ~88 to ~96, averaging about ~93 per ton; which is about 20 cents per pound. The average prices of tin exported from Great Britain are stated 1. s.d. l. s. d Average in 1820 3 13 6 highest in 1823, 5 5 6 " 1821 to 1830, 4 1 8 lowest in 1830, 3 10 0 " 1832, 3 13 0 tin in bars in 1834, 3 17 6 Mr. McCulloch says the total quantity of tin produced in Devon and Cornwall in 1837-38, amounted to 5,130 tons of the average value of ~82, making its total value ~420,660. The average priceof British tin from 1811 to 1815 inclusive, was about ~7 per cwt., or ~140 per ton. The average prices of tin in bars in the London market during the summer of 1846 were about ~4 12s lod. per cwt., or ~92 16s. Sd. per ton. The prices of lead in Great Britain per ton are stated in the Commercial Dictionary, as follows: l. 1800, It) 1801 to 1810, 28 1811 to 1820, 22 1821 to 1830, 19 1830, 14 The average prices of common pig lead in the London market 840 1. 22 35 27 25 13 q. II. 86 126 5 6 106 s. d. 16 0 12 6 13 9 12 0 00 0 bighe.st in 1801, c 4 1806, c c I Si s, 4 c 1825, in 1832) .kverac,e in 1111 ic cc (C ON PRICES. during the sumnmer of 1846, were about ~19 per ton, anrd for refined lead ~21 per ton. The Customn House price of the 18,420),407 pounds of lead exported fromn the United States durin( the year ending June 30th, 1844, was $595,238; or about 3~ cents per lb., equal to ~15 3s. per ton. The quantity exported firom the Utnited States during the years 1845-46 amounted to 16,823,766 pounds, valued at $614,518, or nearly 3, cents per pound; equal to ~17 per ton. By referring back to the prices of copper, tin, and lead, in 1751, in Section 26, the reader will see that the prices of copper were a trifle, and but a trifle less in England in 1846 than in 1751; that tin has been about 25 per cent., and lead about 49 per cent., higher for a few years past, than they were a century since. Though the fluctuations in prices have been very great in these articles, they have not been as great as in the prices of iron. SEC. 32. Prices of Hardwvare at different periods. Prices of the following articles of hardware at Birminghami in the undermentioned years, as stated by Mlr. Babbage on the E}conomy of MIanufactures, Section 148. 1s18. 1824. s1828. Is:32. s. d. s. d. Is.. s. d. Anvil, per cwt., 25 0 20 0 116 0 14 0 Bolts for doors, 6 in. per doz., 6 0 5 0 "2 3 1 6t Braces and 12 bits for carpt. set, 9 0 4 0 4 2 3 St Buttons for coats, gross, 4 6 6 3 3 0 2 2t Brass candlesticks 6 in. pair, 2 11 2 0 1 7 1 2t Gun locks, single roller each, 6 0 5 2 1 10 1 11 Brass knobs, 2 in. doz. 4 0 3 6 1 6 1 2t ]Brass~~~~~~~~188 18os,24 i. 1828., 403 6I 6 12t Locks for doors, 6 in. iron rims doz., 38 0 32 0 15 0 13 6t Stirrups, plated, pair, 4 6 3 9 1 6 1 It Stirrups, corn. tin'd, 2 bar, doz., t7 2 9 Shoe hammers, doz., 6 9 3 9 3 0 2 9t Trace chains, cwt., 28 0 25 0 19 6 15 0 dices for blacksmiths, cwt., 30 0 28 0 22 0 19 6t Here the reader will see that the fall in prices of hardware fromn 1818 to 1832 varies from about 35 to 75 per cent., avera,ging about 50 per cent. Tables like this are spread before the world by English authors, to show the effect of improvements in manufacture, and of the competition of British manufacturers amnong themselves, in reducing prices. By referring back to Section 27, the reader will see that the declared value or market * All these marked with the dagger for 1832, are prices for the year 1830 instead of 1832. t Price in 1812. 850 ON PRICES. price of British hardware and cutlery in 1832 was 63 per cent. higher than the official value though the prices of iron and steel which constitute the principal materials of which such articles are made, were less than half as high at the later as they were at the earlier date. As prices in 1818 were about twice as high as in 1832, when we compare prices in 1696 with those of 1818, we find those of hardware were about three times as high at the latter as they were at the former period. If the introduction of machinery, and improvements-in the manufacture between tlihe years 1696 and 1832, have enabled the same number of laborers to produce twice as tiuch at the latter as they could at the former period, (which cannot be reasonably doubted,) then the earnings of labor and capital employed in the manufacture of hardware and cutlery at the current prices, (taking the amount of circulating money and cost of materials into consideration,) would be about four times as much in 1832, and five times as much in 181S as in 1696. Let the reader bear in mind that these conclusions are not vague conjectures, founded on hypothesis and assumed facts, (like many of those of the free trade economists;) but they are arithmetical deductions fromz facts furnished by Britis/ records, a?ld collected by Britisli aeuthors. The Com. Dict., title Hardware, states, " the total exports of hardware and cutlery fromn Great Britain in 1831 at ~1,622,429, of which the United States took no less than ~998,469, and the British possessions in North America and the West Indies nearly ~190,000." The United States it seenms, took more than 60 per cent. of the whole. The whole amount of the declared value of the exports of hardlware from Great Britain, the amount exported to the United States, and the amount exported to all other countries were as follows ss.I l'6. 1 S37. Total a.mount ~1 45,23 ~,271,313 ~1,460,807 ~1,82,5s21 Amount to the United States, I 64,216 1,315.412 574,s-o S49.640 do to all other counitries, 835,017 952,901 | c,s,931 978,SS2 Here the American demand for hardware, as in the case of iron and cotton, woollen, silk and linen goods, was exceedingly great but very fluctuating, which materially affected plices; while the demand of all other countries was comparatively regular. The agg regate quantities of British hardwares exported to all countries other than the United States were very little greater in 1835 and 1836, than they were in 1834 and 1837, yet, in consequence of the increased American demand the purchasers were compelled to pay for them from 10 to 20 per cent. higher prices. This heavy American demand had an immense effect in keeping up prices. If we could have had a tariff ever since 1812 sufficient not only to protect our manufacturers of such products, but to encourage others to embark in the manufacture, so as to nearly 351 supply the country, and had thereby lessened this demand for British hardware ~500,000 per annum, the necessary effect must have been, to reduce prices very much, as well as to increase the productive industry of our country. The reduction of prices which did take place from 1818 to 1832, was submitted to by the British manufacturers, on account of the growing competition in the United States and the North of Europe. in order to undersell their competitors, and maintain their ascendency in foreign markets. In fact, such is the cunning and management of British manufacturers, by means of conventions and extensive correspondence amnong each other to regulate prices, that we have very little evidence that their competition with each other ever subtantially and permanently reduced the prices of any thing; on contrary, we have abundance of evidence, that the reduction in prices has generally arisen from the competition of other European nations, and the United States, and the necessity thus forced upon British manufacturers of reducing prices in order to undersell their competitors. SEc. 33. The ]VWestern Produce ilairket, giving prices, at differ ent places anid periods. I. Statement of the number of hogs packed annually at the city of Cincinnati, during the four years, ending with the seasons of 1838-39, and for each subsequent year to 1845-46; and also the price per 100 lbs. at which the market opened each year; taken from the report of the Commissioner of Patents, of December, 1845, p. 1,029. Number of Hof% Prices& 1835-36 to 1838-39, average. 151,750 $4 00 to $5 81 1839-40, 95,000 3 00 to 3 50 1840-41, 160,000 3 50 to 3 75 1841-42, 220,000 2 00 to 2 50 1842-43, 250,000 1 62 to 2 00 184344, 240,000 2 25 to 2 65 1844-45, 213,000 2 50 to 2 70 1845-46, 287,000 4 00 to The number of hogs slaughtered in fifty-three of the principal cities and towns in Ohio. Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky and Missouri, are estimated in Hunt's Merchants' Magazine, for April, 1846, as follows:-In the season of 1843 and'44, at 856,000; in 1844 and'45, at 593,500; in 1845 and 46, at 758,100. The average weight may be estimated at 225 pounds, equal, after taking out the heads, feet, &c., to about a barrel of pork each on an average. This and the foregoing table will give the reader some idea of the extent of the Western pork market, the extremnely low prices of pork, and the effect of the enormous quan 852 ON PRICES. O. PRICES. tity in proportion to the demand for it, in depressing prices. The reader should bear in mind, that to make every 100 lbs. of pork, requires about two bushels of corn to raise the hogs, over and above grass, slops, &c., and five bushels of corn to fatten them so that every 100 lbs. of pork represents about seven bushels of corn, or its equivalent in other grain, beside grass, slops, the labor of feeding, taking care of the hogs, and taking it to mnarket. II. Statement of the average prices of wheat per bushel and floutr per barrel in the city of Cincinnati during the month of July of each year from 1841 to 1845, compiled by the editor of the Cincinnati Gazette, from the commercial reports of that paper, published in Hunt's Magazine for September, 1845; to which I have added the prices of flour in the city of New York during the same months. Average of wheat and flour in Cincinnati. Flour per bbl. Wheat per bush. Flour in N. Y July, 1841, $4 061 $724- $5 372 do 1842, 3 494 491.5 93 do 1843, 3 73 70 5 621 do 1844, 3 29 59 4 31I do 1845, 3 26-1 6441 4 622, Mr. C. C. WVhittlesey, of Missouri, ill giving the resources of that state, published in Hunt's Magazine, for June, 1843, based on the returns of the census of 1840, estimated their wheat crop at only 30 cents per bushel; oats, rye and buckwheat at 20 cents per bushel; Indian corn and potatoes at 15 cents per bushel; barley at 50 cents per bushel; and tobacco at 3 cents a pound. III. Prices of flour and grain at St. Louis and Cincinnati in March, 1843, Cincinnati. St. Louis. Flour per bbl. March, 1843, $2 50 to $2 56 $2 50 to $2 75 Wheat per bushel, 45 to 50 35 to 37 Corn per bushel, 16 to 20 14 to 15 The price of flour in the city of New York at the same titnme was $5,75. IVT. Prices of the leading articles of agricultural products in July, 1842, as stated in Hunt's Merchants' IMagazine for August, 1842. I New York. - w York. Boston. N. Orleans. Cincinnati. il:5 94 to 6 0016 00 to 6 12 1 25 to 1 28 55 to 57 60 to 61 b 7 00 to7 759 00 to 9 25A 7 50 to 9 50!7 00 to 8 00 6 to 74 5 to 6 3 to 5 3.to 5 35 to 45 40 to 42 l 3 3ito 3 3 353 N. Orleans. Cincinnati. Flour bbl. Wheat bu. Corn bu. Beef m's bbl. Pork m's bbl. Han-.s lb. Sugar N. 0. lb. Wool Am lb. Lead pig lb. 4 75 to 5 00 94 to 9.5 32 to 33 8 50 to 9 00 6 50 to 7 00 4 to 5 2 to 51 8 to 12 3 to 3 75 to 4 00 50 to 60 20 to 25 6 00 to 7 00 5 00 to 5 50i 3 to 5 00 4 to 6 20 to 30 3 to 4 O'X PRI C ES. These tables and estimates show a very great difference between eastern and western markets for produceand, the imlportance to the farmer of a market for his produce, and particularly for coarse grains, in his immediate vicinity. While Indian corn was worth 60 cents per bushel in Boston, in consequence of the demiand created by the mnanufacturing( population in the vicinity, it was worth but 32 cents in New Orleans, 20 to 25 in Cincinnati, and 20 in St. Louis, and not over 10 cents in many rnemote interior places in Illinois, Indiana, Tennessee, Kentucky and ?dissouri. But look at the depressed prices of miess pork at Cincinnati; only about $5 25 on an average per barrel, and the salt, barrel and packing, and other expenses, would be about $1 371, leaving only 03 88SS for about 225 lbs. of pork, including the waist of heads, feet, &c., being about $1 75 per 100 lbs. of pork; or 25 cents per bushel for the corn and the labor of feeding it out, taking care ofL the lhogs, and carrying tile pork to market. When the reader reflects that much of the ftarming country in the Western States lies from 50 to 100 miles from navigable waters or canals; that it costs about ten cents per bushel to transport grain by wagons 30 to 3321 miles, and that the cost of hiring it transported 60 or 70 miles would generally be greater than the value of corn in the western cities, he need not wonder that the whole crop of corn in Missouri should be estimated at 15 cents per bushel as stated at the bottom of Table II.; nor need he wonder that there is often no money market for it at any price, in the interior districts remote from navigable waters, and that it usually sells in barter in such districts, at from ten to fifteen cents per bushel. The reader will see from these examples, the effect of a large supply in proportion to the demand, in depressing prices; and on comparing these prices with prices in Boston and New York, as stated in Table IV., and with the prices in Great Britain, as stated in sections 16, 17, and 25, he may learn how prices are raised by an increased demand, by means of the competition among buyers, that the demand for food is in proportion to the density of the population; and he may thus realize the importance to the farmer, of manufacturing towns in his vicinity to create a demand and furnish a market for products, which will not bear triansportation to distant markets. In this way he may realize how much more it promotes the agricultural industry and prosperity of any people, to encourage agricultural industry among themselves, and thus effect the double purpose of increasitng their national industry, and creating a market for their agricultural products, than it does to consume the manufactured products of other countries, and thereby patronize and encourage 854 0o' PRICES. the industry of foreign nations, and contribute to support foreign laborers, and to create a market for the farmers of foreign countries. SEc. 34. Exports and Imports of the Tniited Slates; miovthzly prices of flowtr in Vevo York; export and import prices from 1828 to 1846 of Flour, JVheat, Corn and uttc.r. I. Statement of the quantities of flour and whieat exported from the United States annually for the years 1828 to 1842, ending Septemnber 30th, for 9 months, ending June 30th, 1843, and for the years ending June 30th, 1844, to 1851; together with the average Custom Hiouse prices or valuations per barrel and per bushel of the same; and the average prices of flour in New York City during the same years. FLOUR EXPORTED. WHEAT EXPORTED. i Prices of Q Qunity in Q umditvi Years. flour in New Quan Prices. QUatity in Prices. bbls. bushels. 1828 $5 02 860,809 $4 90 8,900 $ 75 1829 6 96 837,385 6 92 4,007 1 50 1830 5 40 1,227,434 4 90 45,289 1 02 1831 5 71 1.806,529 5 50 408,910 1 28 1832 5 80 864,919 5 55 88,304 1 06 1833 5 78 955,768 5 87 32,221 90 1834 5 19 835,352 5 40 36,948 1 06 1835 5 62A 779,390 5 60 47,762 1 07 1836 7 00 505,400 7 13 2,062 1 00 1837 987-1 318,719 9 37 17,303 1 56 1838 7 92 448,101 8 04 6,291 1 30 1839 7 92 923,151 7 50 96,325 1 48 1340 5 61 1,897,501 5 34 1,720,860 96 1841 5 13 1,515,817 5 15 808,585 94 1842 5 83 1,283,602 5 68 817,958 1 12 1843 4 73 841,474 4 46 311,685 87 1844 4 91 1,438,574 4 70 558,917 89 1845 4 75 1,195,230 4 45 389,716 86 1846 5 34 2,289,476 5 95 1,613,795 1 04 1847 6 08 4,382,496 5 97 4,399,951 1 371848 2,119,393 6 22 2,034,704 1 31 1849 2,108,0131 5 35 1,527,534 1 15 1850 1,385,448 5 12 608,661 1 06 1851 2,202,335 4 77 1,026,735 1 1 00 The wholesale prices of superfine flour in the city of New York, from1 the first of June to the last of October of the year 1851, varied fromn $3 50 to about $4 25; averaging less thanb 855 ON PRICES. $4 per barrel. The flour and breadstuffs exported to Europe were trifling in amount, and the European market for them of very little value to the American farmer. The quantities of Indian corn exported from the United States annually, and the average export prices have been as follows: Average per yesr. 1831 to 1840, 1841 to 1846, 1847, 1848 to 1850, average 1851, Bushels. 365,391 838,710 13,326,050 8,556,678 annually, 3,426,811 II. Statement showing the average value of Genesee flour per barrel in the city of New York during each month of the undermentioned periods: 1823 to 1831 to 1841 to September 1846 1830. 840. 1847. to August 1847. September, $5 36 October, 5 59 November, 5 79 Decenmber, 5 79 Janutary, 5 90 February, 5 97 Mfarch, 5 88 April, 5 86 MIay, 5 53 June, 5 52 July, 5 38 August, 5 27 General average, $5 65 Though wheat is harvested in most countries in the month of July, it does not usually begin to come to market until September, so that the grain and flour year for each crop commences in September and ends the following August. With the exception of the year 1847, flour fell constantly nearly every year from February or March until the end of August-showing clearly that the supply was greater than the wants of the country, and the demand for exportation. In 1847, prices were raised by the speculative demand in Great Britain, and kept advancing until July, when they fell suddenly, having fallen early in June in Great Britain. That the demand in Great Britain was mostly speculative, and the imports greatly in excess and beyond the wants of that country, is shown by its sudden fall in June, and the disastrous results as shown in Sec. 17. 356 Prices. $0.761 .551 2 .88 .61 .511 2 $6 46 6 4,5 6 71 6 88 6 96 7 10 6 98 6 88 6 36 6 38 6 35 6 33 $6 65 $5 01 5 27 5 52 5 56 5 28 5 41 5 57 5 65 5 41 5 50 5 16 5 02 $5 36 $4 1 S'-' 4 5 62-L 2 6 00 5 311 5 7,5 6 871 7 1 2 IIL: 7 68-' 4 7 25 8 87-1 2 6 50 5 62 $6 40 ON PRICEG. III. Statement of imports into the United States of wheat flour, wheat, potatoes, and butter, over and above what was re-exported during the years ending Sept. 30, 1836, 1837, and 1838; and the quantities of domestic produce exported the same years, to the whole of the Old World and the British North American Colonies included; and, also, the amount exported to the remaining part of the New World. Flour, Wheat, Potatoes, Butter, bbls. bush. bush. lbs. Imported in 1836, From the Old World, From Brit. N. Amer'n Colonies. Exported to Old World, Exported to New World, Imported in 1837, From the Old World, From Brit. N. Amer'n Colonies, Exported to Old World, Exported to New World, Imported in 1838. From the Old World, From Brit. N. Amer'n Colonies, Exported to Old World, Exported to New World, There was more than twice as much cheese as butter imported from Europe, during those years. The average import prices, according to the Custom House Reports, were as follows. 1836. 1837. 1838. Wheat, per bushel, $0,85 $1,06 $1,02 Potatoes, per bushel, 391 44 37L Butter, per pound, 121 151 121 Cheese, per pound, 121 114 112 These Tables, (I, II and III,) should be examined together and carefully compared, in order to understand the causes of the fluctuations in the price of flour; which, being exported in larger quantities than wheat, affords a much more certain test of its maiket value. The smnall quantity of wheat exported in 1836, I 357 1 70,270 91,984 11,793 349,602 72,936 3,491 23,538 25S,401 10)718 2,682 21,831 473,277 5,000 11,500 50,634 454,766 7,289 10,184 24,366 294,353 10,568 10,878 32,256 415)905 323,51-1 260,327 2,062 58,514 21,720 835 90,746. 34,212 12,455 3,531 97,172 50,017 4,201 1,562 117,065 3,577)289 317,170 17,303 866)000 14,163 6,241 48 ON PRICEt. appears quite too low to correspond with the piice of flour. Tlie reader will see fromi Table 1, that the prices of flour during the four successive years, 1836 to 1839 inclusive, ranged very high. By looking at Table IlI, he will observe the extraordinary fact, that during each of the three years in succession, 1836 to 1838 inclusive, the United States not only imported considerable quantities of wheat and flour from Canada and the other British Colonies north of the United States, but they actually imported more from Europe than they exported to the whole of the Old World and those Colonies together; and by examining the reports of the Secretary of the Treasury he will see, that wheat was imported into the United States during those years from Great Britain, France, Holland, the Hanse Towns, Italy, Austria, and from almost all the maritime countries of Europe. Table I, also shows, that in 13 years out of 18, the average price of flour through the year was greater in the city of New York, our principal exporting city, than the averag(e export price. It must be obvious to every one, that it cannot be exported when the domestic deniand is such as to raise the price above what buyers can afford to pay for it, to export. We can export only when we can sell as low as our neighbors. Though flour was exported during each of these 13 years, when the average price in New York was above the average export price, yet it was exported from New York only during intervals when the price was below the average price. The reader can see how little effect the foreign niarklet has had on the prices of wheat and flour in this country; that our prices have been so high the principal part of the time, as to prevent exportation; that our market is mostly a domestic one; that in nine years in ten, the European market is utterly valueless to us, almost all our exports being to the West Indies and the continent of America; and that high prices tend to lessen, and when they get to a certain point, actually preclude exportation, and invite importation, and thus tend to depress and destroy the industry of the country. The consumers of produce must always pay much higher for it, than the producers can sell it for; they must pay the expenses of transportation, and the profits of the intermediate dealers or merchants. When we were the consumers of European wheat, we had to pay the cost of its transportation across the Atlantic, which raised the price of flour made of both foreign and domestic wheat, to firom $7 to about $11 per barrel some portion of the time. This was a memorable era of FIREE TRADE AND PAPER MiONEY! of speculation in7 Banlk and Pbailroad stocks, wild la'lds and paper cities! twAen mien tvere getting rich beyond the dreams of avarice, by their wits instead of i7idastry; by importing their 358 oS PRICEG clothing and a portion of their food, instead of podtlucizng them., by their own labor; and busying themselcves in c.ontractiuz t debts, m,aking state a?&n corporate stocks, p,per m2onzte,, paper cities, and paper railroads also, to a very great extent. The gross circulation of bank notes in the IUnited States, according to reports made the nearest to) January 1, 1830, w:sl $61i,323,898; the nearest to January 1, 1834, $94,839,570; the nearest to January 1, 1837, was $149,185,890; the nearest to January 1, 1840, was $116,572,790; and to January 1, 1843, it had sunk to $58,563,688. Since that tina it has increased as is shown in Chapter X.'lhe States contracted debts and issued bonds, in three years, from 1836 to 1838 inclusive, amounting to about $100,000,000-the most of whichl were sold in Europe, and the proceeds applied to pay for goods. When our people were afflicted with such delusive dreams of wealth, they were unfitted for the sober pursuits of industry; and as the bloated paper money raised the prices of labor, as well as of produce and property, our markets furnished a rich and temipting reward to the industry of other countries, and we vainly thought we could supply our wants, by importing the products of foreign industry, cheaper than by our own labor. Paper money, therefore, by raising prices in this country nmuch higher than they were in Europe, tended to diminish exportations, as well as to encourage and increase imnportations, and thereby to undermine and depress the industry of the country, and involve us in foreign debts. The evils of firee trade were thus aggravated and increased, by an excessive amount of paper money. The exports and prices of Indian corn, show also the effect, to some extent, of paper money on both prices and exports. Prices were generally high, when our paper money was excessive in amount; when prices ranged above seventy cents per bushel, our exports were but a mere trifle; and they have always been trifling in amount, conmpared to our enormous crops, of over three hundred million bushels annually. It may also be remarked, that nearly all our exports of corn, up to 1846, were to the West Indies and the Continent of America; and that the European market for our corn was entirely worthless. The effective European demand for it commenced in 1846-prior to that time, with the exception of the years of excessive paper currency, front 1835 to 1840, the average prices of corn in New England and the city of New York, were above the export prices stated in the table. The reader will, therefore. see that the prices of coriit generally depend entirely on the domestic market, and are scarcely affected at all by the foreign markets. Is it, or is it not, of consequence to the farmer, to divert a large portion of 850 ON RIctS. our population from agriculture to manufactures, that they may become consumers, and not producers, in order to increase the American market for corn, pork, lard, &c., and to lessen the supply of those articles. In Massachusetts, Connecticut and Rhode Island, the average price of corn is from 60 to 75 cents per bushel, while it is only from 12 to 20 cents in many of the western and south-western states, as shown in Section 33. Though it is advantageous to a nation to sell their products at as high prices as practicable, yet they cannot sell, unless they sell them as low or lower than their neighbors; and it is impossible to export them to any extent, unless the prices of their products at home are considerably less than they will sell for abroad. The tendency of goods and of products of all kinds is towards the best markets, where prices are highest; the exportation of products must always be from districts and countries where they are comparatively cheap, to other countries or districts where they are enough higher to pay the cost of transportation, and reasonable profits. No country can export products to another, unless the former can produce them cheaper than the latter, and as cheap as they can be procured fiom any other nation. The laws of trade when undisturbed by restrictions and tariffs, are in accordance with, and governed by the physical laws of nature; and the tendency of products to seek the highest prices, is as regular, certain, constant, and strong, as the tendency of water is, to run down hill, and to seek the lowest level. High prices, therefore, tend to stimulate industry, if they are raised and kept up by a foreign demand, which stimulates exportation and domestic industry; but the moment prices are raised by the home demand, paper money, and high wages, or other causes, above the prices of other countries, they preclude exportation and invite importation, and thereby tend to supplant, discourage, depress, and diminish domestic industry. Great Britain, by means of her inexhaustible beds of coal for fuel, her productive mines of iron and other metals, her extensive internal improvements and water power, her insular situation, fine harbors bays, and rivers, her bracing and healthy climate, her immense amount of machinery, great numbers of skilful artisans and workmen, great power and capital, and extensive commerce, is capable of producing almost every thing manu[factured, cheaper than any other nation. These advantages give the English a sort of monopoly that may properly be termed the UNDERSELLING MONOPOLY; whlich enables them to reduce prices just low enougk to undersell, and eventitally to sltpplait their rivals, and, at the same time, to keep them up to the khigest poi?t coinistcnt with the full cnjoyment of th] markets of otlaer nmttions. 360 ON PRICES. SEC. 35. Prices of Wh/eat in Fratcefromn 1829 to 1850. Summary statement of the average prices of wheat in France during the undermentioned years and periods according to the report of the Minister on Agriculture-stated in English sterling mnoney, per quarter of eight bushels-also the price per bushel. Years. 1829 1830 1831 to S1840, average 1839, highest 1834, lowest 1841 to 1849, average 1847, highest 1849, lowest 1848 First 6 months of 1850 Prices were raised by the high prices in Great Britain during the year 1847, and the demand to export to that country; with the exception of that year, the average prices in France were but a trifle higher from 1841 to 1850 than they were fromi 1829 to 1840. The Government of France published an account of the crop of agricultural produce of that kingdom, for the year 1841, with an estimate of the gross value of each article, from which I have deduced the average price or value per bushel, in our currency, as follows: Wheat $1,05, rye 66 cents, barley 55 cents, oats 40 cents, Indian corn 62 cents, buck-wheat 48 cents, mixed and other grains 80 cents, and potatoes 14 cents per bushel. These prices are below the average prices of grain in our manufacturing States on the seaboard; and show that we cannot export either grain or flour to France, when their products are so abundant as to keep prices so low; which is the case during about four years in every five. The reader should bear in mind, also, that these are official accounts, collected by the government, and not mere individual estimates, founded on speculation and conjecture, without data. SEC. 36. Prices of Freights and cost of Transportatio6. The freight on flour per barrel firom New York to Liverpool, in November 1841, and April 1842, was only Is. 6d. sterling, or 36 cents; in January 1844, January 1845, and January 1846, it was 3 shillings, or 72 cents; in August 1845, and August 1846, only 2s., and in January 1847, it rose to 5s. or $1.20. Freights 16 361 ~. d. 52 5 51 11 39 0 51 4 35 4 47 3 67 4 36 6 38 7 33 0 Prices per bush. $1 57 1 55 1 17 1 54 1 06 1 42 2 02 1 10 1 16 99 ON PRICES. were the lowest they have ever been in the years 1841 andi 1842, but were generally higher in 1840 and previous, than they were in 1845 and 1846, until the great rise in the fall of 1846. The freight from New York to Liverpool, from 1840 to 1847, on cotton, varied from id. to 7d. sterling, per lb.; on goods, per ton, from 20s., or $5, to 85s., or $20.40; on grain per bushel in August, 1846, but 8d., and in January 1847, 18d. to 19d., and some vessels to Ireland obtained 20 to 21d. On beef per bbl. in August 1845, 2s, and in January, 1847, as high as 6 shillings. Freights from New York to Havre, (France,) were the lowest in 1841-2, and highest in 1847-on ashes per ton, varying from $6 to $12, generally from $8 to 10; on measurement goods, from $8 to $12, generally $10. The freights on flour per barrel, from Detroit, Sandusky, and other ports near the west end of lake Erie, to Buffalo, varied during the seven years, (1841 to 1847,) from 10 to 50 cents. per barrel, the ordinary price beitng firom 1.5 to 20 cents; but such was the anxiety to get flour to market before the close of navigation in the fall of 1846, that some parcels were sent down in Novemnber at 53 to 55 cents per brrel, and the rise of canal freights was almost equally great. The reader will see how the prices of freights, like the prices of products, are affected and governed by the principles of supply and demand; that the freight market is quite as sensitive as the market for perishable products; and that an increased amount of freigllt and demand for vessels, causes a rapid increase in the rate of frei(ghts. Statement of the proceeds and expenses of sending 13,489 barrels of flour from St. Joseph County, (Michigan,) down the St. Joseph river to Lake Michigan in boats, shipping it from there to Buffalo, during the season of navigation of 1846, and from there to Boston, part of it being transported from Buffalo to Albany and thence to Boston by railroad, and part of it all the way to Boston by canals and vessels. Gross proceeds of the 13,489 bb Equal per barrel to Freights, charges, commissions f selling, insurance and other e penses per barrel,. realised in the summer and fall of 1846, and winter of 1847, for a crop of wheat raised in 1845. The tariff of freight established by the Michigan Central Rail 362 $69,657.21 5.16 Net proceeds per barrel, ON PRIC ES. road Company in August 1848, on flour, wheat, and merchandize, was as follows, between On 10 bbls of flour (nearly a ton,) $2.30 $ 6.00 On 1 ton of wheat, (2,240 lbs.) 2.24 6.04 On 1 ton of merchandize, 5.37 11.64 Though these prices seem high, yet they were much higher, during the previous years. The ordinary freights on 10 barrels of flour on the Erie Canal from Buflalo to Albany (363 miles,) have been from June to October from $5 to $6.2.5; and in April, Mlay, and November, from $6 to $11. The cost and charges for transporting dry goods, and most kinds of merchandize on canals and railroadb, as well as on our lakes, are usually about twice as much per ton, as for transporting flour and other heavy agricultural products and iron, varying between New York and Cleveland or Detroit, from $12 to $30 per ton on merchaudize, and from $8 to $15 per ton on flour, pork, potash, &e. The average freights across the Atlantic during the last ten years, may be estimated as follows: On dry goods, &c., between New York and Liverpool, $10 On flour, iron, &c.,' " 6 On dry goods, &c., Ilavre, 11 On ashes & other heavy g'ds, " 7 ilcCullocb states the prices of waggoning goods in England, at firom 6d. to 12d. sterling per ton per mile, averaging 9d., or 18 cents, and about half as much on the Liverpool and Manchester Railroad, or $2.79 per ton for 32 miles. The average price for transporting by teamns in this country a bushel of wheat or corn, or 50 pounds of merchandize, 50 miles, has been about 20 cents, and 40 cents for 100 miles, equal to about 15 cents per ton per mile for grain, or $15 per 100 miles, and IS cents per mile, or $18 per 100 miles, for the transporting of a ton of merchandize. Canals and railroads have reduced the cost of transporting heavy goods, and coarse agricultural products, on an averaoge nearly three fourths, and merchandize about one half. Steam navigation has cheapened transportation on rivers above tide dater about as much. The Erie Canal, (of New York,) has reduced prices much more than this estimate. And yet the cost of transportation on Railroads is generally nearly as much for 150 mniles, as it is across the Atlantic, between New York and Liverpool, or Havre; that is, it is nearly twenty times as much in proportion to the distance on Railroads, as on the ocean. 363 Dexter 4,,c) miles. $2.30 2.24 5.37 Kalamazoo 146 niiles. $ 6.00 6.04 11.64 ON PRICES. The cost of transporting produce on the Mississippi and its tributaries is stated in Hunt's Magazine, for June 1847, by a very intelligent writer, as follows: Indian corn to New Orleans, from the vicinity of St. Louis, in arks and steamboats in a good stare of water, 12~ cents per bushel; corn from the Wabash, Illinois, and other small rivers of the Western States which float only boats and arks of light draft, nearly twice as much, or from 20 to 25 cents per bushel; and it sells in New Orleans at fromn 30 to 50 cents per bushel, averaging not far from 35 or 40 cents. He says, " The New Orleans corn is put into sacks, which cost fonio five to six cents per bushel; the warehouse charges, commissions, &c., are very heavy; it shrinks about 4 per cent. in shipping to an Eastern port, and the risk of its injuring is equal to about 10 per cent. more." He says Boston imported during the year 1841, 2,045,000 bushels of Indian corn; 36,700 of which were from New Orleans, and the balance from the Chesapeake and Delaware; and that " large quantities of corn were sold in Boston, during the summer of 1846, from the valley of the Mississippi, which did not pay freight and expenses; and the shipper fell in debt to the consignee." These examples show the importance of canals, railroads, navigable waters, and steam vessels, in facilitating transportation, cheapening freights, and raising the price of wheat and flour il the Western country; but they have comparatively little effect upon the price of corn, rye, and other coarse grains, the value of which is so small that they will bear transportation but a short distance, before the cost is equal to the value of the whole product transported. A very trifling amount of Indian corn, rye, and other coarse grains ever reaches Albany and New Orleans; and of the small amount arriving at Albany, not one tenth part is firom the Western States. Though canals, railroads, and steamboats, have improved very greatly the markets of the Western States, yet the increase of mining and manufacturing industry, would create a demand at home for their products, and particularly for such things as will not bear transportation very far, and would improve their markets much more. SEc. 37. Ave-rage prices of Wheat, Indian Corn, Oats, and Potatoes, in each of the Un?ited States, from 1840 to 1846 incl,sivre. When the reader takes into consideration the great cost of transporting produce, and the incidental expenses of storage, forwarding, insurance, wharfage and commissions on selling, risk of spoiling, &c., he need not wonder at the great difference in the 364, prices of produce in different parts of the United States, as shown in Section 33. It was estimated by a distinguished British writer, that a deficiency in the wheat crop of Great Britain of one-tenth, would raise the price of the whole crop three tenths, and a surplus of one tenth would depress the price of the whole crop three tenths, and so on in like proportion; so that a deficient crop would actually sell for considerably more money than an abundant one, yielding a large surplus. This is most clearly illustrated in Chapter VIII. in the case of cotton exported from the United States; 663,630,000 pounds of the crop of 1843 was sold in 1844 for nearly $5,000,000 more than 792,300,000 pounds brought the previous year; and over two million dollars more than 863,500,000 pounds brought the year following. In estimating the causes of the great disparity in the prices of products in different countries, we must lookl first to the fact whether the country produces a surplus, or produces less than the inhabitants need; if the former, to what market it can be sent, at what expense, and at what prices it can be sold; and if the latter, firom whence it can derive supplies, and at what cost of transportation. For instance, Vermont, though an agricultural State, produces for each of its inhabitants, according to the returns with the census of 1840, less than two bushels of wbhcat, less than one of rye, and less than three of corn, and must, therefore, import flour or grain; while Ohio produced for its inhabitants that year over ten bushels of wheat, over half a bushel of rye, and about twenty-two bushels of Indian corn, and had therefore a large surplus to export. Ohio sent her products mostly to the New York market, via the F'rie Canal and Albany; and the producer got the New York prices, say $5 per barrel for flour, less about $2 25 for the cost and expenses and profits of sendingl it to market and selling it; while the people of Vermont were obliged to send to Albany for a portion of their flour, pay about $5 per barrel for it, beside about 75 cents for the cost and expenses of getting it, and the profits of the produce merchant; and this raised the price of all the flour made in the State to the same standard; so that the Vermont farmer got more than twice as much for his wheat, and three times as much for his corn, as the Ohio farmer. All these facts are taken into consideration in estimating the average prices of products in the several States. They serve to show the effect on the prices of produce, and the advantages to the farmer, of a niming, manufacturing, or commiercial population in his vicinity, to create an increased demand for his products. The average prices of grain in the several townships of MIassa-. chusetts, according to the returns of the tovwn assessors in April, 1845, for the crop of 1844, were as follows: wheat $1.14, pe: 865 Ol'T PRICEQ. ON PRICES. bushel, barley 60 cents, rye 74 cents, corn 68 cents buckwhert 47 cents, oats 32 cents, potatoes 27-2 cents, and other vegetables 32 cents. In forming the following table of prices, I have examined carefully the estimates of Prof. Tucker, compared them with the information I have collected fromn prices current and other sources, and with the quantities raised in each state, and in a majority of cases, have adopted his estimates as correct, but in many cases differ widely from him. An estimate of the average market prices of wheat, Indian corn, oats, and potatoes per bushel, from 1840 to 1846 inclusive, in each of the United States, at the nearest market towns to the places of production, to which the same may be taken without any expense to the producer, except his own labor and the use of his teams Maine, iNew Hampshir Vermont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York, } New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, W isconsin, Iowa, Delaware, blaryland, Virginia, } We North Carolina Tennessee, Kentucky, MIissouri, South Carolina Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, Arkansas, Florida, Oats. Potatoes. $0.33-; $0.20 331 20 30 20 ,331 25 331 25 33.1 25 33 1 25 30 20 33i 25 331 25 25 20 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 15 15 331 25 331 25 33}L 25 15 20 30 20 l.' 20 15 20 15 20 30 20 30 25 30 25 30 25 33-1 40 30 25 30 30 Wheat. $1.121, 1.12o 2 .12. 1. 1~ 2 1. 12j 1.12-1 X.2, S71 6O 50 50 60 50 50 1.00 1.00 1.00 50 1.00 650 50 50 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.120 1.00 1.120 East. District, Western " .3 6 6 Corn. $0.662 62-13 2 62-L 66 3 62-1 2 62 IL 2 621 2 45 621 2 621 2 40 20 1 5 1 5 25 20 1 5 60 50 5 0 20 40 1 5 "5 .i 1 5 40 33-1 3 30 30 40 25 30 CHAPTER XIII ON COMMIERCE. SF.c. 1. The atre, object, asod legitimate sphere of foreign a?zd domestic Comnimerce. Ir the pursuits and products of all mankind were the same, there would be no occasion for commerce. Commerce depends upon a diversity of products; first, upon the difference in the character of natural products, arising in a great measure from the difference in the climate, soil, and physical condition of a country; aiid secondly, upon the mechanical labor bestowed upon natural products to fit them for different uses and purposes-and this depends mostly on the division of employments, and the progress made in the mechanic arts, and the natural sciences. The earth is so constituted, that there are different soils, and different climates, which are capable of producing different kinds of vegetables, fruits, grains, timber, and animals, and contain beneath their surface, metals and minerals of various kinds. If the world had been so constituted as to give each country the same length of day and night, the same degree of heat and cold, the same kind of soil, the same degree of moisture, and the same ninerals; and all countries were fitted for the same vegetable and animnial productions, there would have been no occasion for interinutional or foreign commerce. In such case, each country would possess in itself, every kind of raw commodity and material that the world could produce. No country could receive any natural product which it did not previously enjoy-nor could it give in exchange any such product, not already in the possession of every other nation. The only commerce which could be necessary or useful under such circumstances, would be internal or domestic commerce between citizens of the same nation, pursuing different eimiploym)ents.* If the people of all nations were equally advanced in the natural sciences, in mining, the mechanic arts, and skill in manufacturing, * See Section 6 of Chapter III, and Sections 6-12-13-14 of Chapter VI, which treat on Commerce. ON COMMERCE. there would be no occasion or utility in international commerce, except in natural products, or what are called raw materials for use, or to be manufactured. So far as international commerce consists of the mutual interchange between nations, of natural products, or raw materials, it depends on the nature and constitution of things, is in accordance with the laws of nature, and is necessary to the highest degree of civilization, comfort, and enjoyment, of the people; but so far as it seeks to import into any country manufactured fabrics of any kind, which might be produced at home, in case the people would learn to do so, it is entirely artificial, not required by the constitution of things or the laws of nature; and when tolerated except under heavy duties, the necessary effect is to undermine and lessen the domestic industry of every new country, and of every nation not as far advanced in mechanical and manufacturing industry, as its neighbors. The natural, legitimate and useful sphere of international commerce, is therefore much narrower than that of internal or domestic commerce; for while the former is confined to natural products or raw materials-the latter extends to and includes both natural and manufactured products of all kinds fit for the use, or of being fitted for the use of man. SEC. 2. The result of all proper commercial transactions, is to effect an e.xcIangie of commodities. Commerce in its primitive character consists in an exchange of commodities. In an advanced state of society, domestic conmmerce very generally consists ill an exchange or sale of commodities, for money-which is at the same time a measure to determine their value, and a means of payment-the money being used by the seller, as a means of paying for other commodities which he may wish to purchase. The final result of all commerce, which is in accordance with the constitution of things and the laws of nature, and equally advantageous to both parties, is but an exchange of commodities, the production of which cost an equal amount of labor, skill, and capital. When one party continues to pay out more money or value in commodities than he receives, he becomes exhausted and impoverished, and often ruined —and if he lives beyond his means and buys on credit for consumption, he soon exhausts his credit, and ruin is the necessary consequence.* It may therefore- be laid down as a general rule, (which is subject to very few exceptions) that all purchases for' consumption, beyond the income of the purchaser, and all purchases for consumption made on credit and beyond the means of immediate payment, are disadvantageous to the purchaser; and if so, they are not within the proper and natural sphere of commnerce. * See Section 12, of this chapter. 368 ON COMMERCE. What is true of individuals, is true when applied to communities and nations. International commerce should be an exchange of products of equal commercial value, the production of which cost in the aggregate, an equal amount of labor and skill. It should not be accompanied by the payment on either side of any money, or the accumulation of debt to be paid in future, and in the mean time to depress and weigh down the debtor community, like the chains of despotism. It should exhibit an exact equilibrium in its operations and in its effects, and produce no balance to be paid either in money, obligations, or stocks; or accumulated in the shape of a mercantile debt. Some portion of this rule does not apply in all its force to countries like Mexico, and many of the South American States, which produce large quantities of the precious metals more than they need, and as a commodity for exportation. SEc. 3. On what is termed balance of trade,-and the principal causes wvhich }roduce it When commerce between nations is equally poised and confined to its natural sphere (as shown in the last section), it consists of a mere exchange of commodities of equal commercial value, costing an equal amount of labor and skill, leaving no balance to be paid in specie by either party, and no debt to be settled in future. When commerce, either between nations, states, provinces, or communities, is not thus balanced-when one party purchases fiom another, a greater aggregate value of products than it exports in payment, it must either pay the balance in specie, or accumulate in some form a debt, to be paid with interest, in future. This balance, whether paid down in specie or accumulated in the form of a debt, is termed the balance of trade. The invention and application of machinery to many branches of mechanism, and to almost every department of manufacturing industry, as well as to mining, siiielting, and working in metals, have increased the power and productiveness of the industry of man, from two to thirty fold. It must therefore be evident to every reflecting mind, that the industry of nations and communities must be effective in proportion to the amount of machinery they employ; hence manufacturing nations which employ a large amiiiount of machinery, have the advantage in many particulars over agricultural nations, living in high latitudes. First, because the latter must do their labor mostly by hand, and animal power, with few and very simple tools. Secondly, the products of the latter are mostly of a perishable character, and must be disposed of soon after they are raised, whether they are wanted or not, and let prices be as low as they 869 ON' COMMERCE. may-while the products of the former can be kept for years, and until there is a demand for them. Thirdly, the products of the latter are mostly so bulky in proportion to their value, that they must be consumed in the vicinity where they are produced, and will not bear transportation to distant markets; while the greater part of the products of the former will bear transportation to any part of the world, where there may be a demand for them-and, Lastly, the laborers employed in mechanical, manufacturing, and mineral industry, necessarily consume mostly the breadstuffs, provisions, etc., of the farmers in the vicinity, and thus create a market for them; while tlhe farmers of agricultural nations and communities have no market whatever for the greater part of their products, except what is furnished by the few mechanics, merchants, and professional men among them; and the prices of their products are therefore very low. The effect of these causes is, that the value of the productive industry of manufacturing nations is more than twice as much as that of agricultural nations, in proportion to the number of inhabitants-and while the average value produced by the former, amounts to fiom $60 to $100 annually, that of the latter amounts only from $20 to $50. If they were to exchange the products of an equal amount of labor, those of the former would amount in value to more than twice as much as those of the latter. And hence we find, that the balance of trade is generally greatly in favor of mianufacturing nations and communities, and against those which are mostly devoted to agriculture; and that the latter are usually involved in debt to the former, constantly embarrassed and drained of their specie, to pay the balance of trade against them. SEC. 4. Domiestic commerce d(lepend(s o a diri.sion of employments. Commerce depends on production, and the wants of the people, and yet production depends on commerce, to dispose of its products, and furnish an inducement to industry. Commerce when unregulated, is governed by the physical laws of nature, together with the whims, passions and artificial appetites of the people. Domestic commerce arises from division of employments-and the amount of it depends on the variety of employments pursued in a country, the extent of its industry, and the facilities for internal transportation. It is the greatest in amount, when the greatest amount of machinery and skill is employed, and the division of employments is in accordance with the wants of the nation-so that there may be products of every variety sufficient 370 ON COMMERCE. to satisfy all the natural and rational wants of the people, and no surplus of articles not needed for exportation. lEvery class of producers want more or less of the products of every other class; and so far as regards articles of fancy, taste, and all intellectual wants, the disposition as well as the capacity to enjoy, is generally limited only by the ability to pay for-that is, by the income of the individual —his income is limited not only by his power to produce, but by the demand for, and the value of the products of his industry. On the contrary, if the division of employments and industry of the people were more perfectly adapted to their wants, and all persons not needed to supply their natural wants, were employed in producing Intellectual and immaterial values, and articles of taste and luxury suited to their condition-there might be employment for all, and the ability of each to purchase and enjoy the products of others, would be limited only by his power to produce. As all the people of a country of every class and pursuit, consuine more or less of the products of almost every other class, and thus create a demand, and furnish a market for their products-all are dependent on each other, and have in some measure a community of interest-whatever increases the aggregate industry of the whole, tends also to promote the individual interest of each member of the community. The advocates of free trade admit this principle, and say it extends to, and includes the whole civilised world, as one community, bound together by the ties of commerce. This is untrue, in the extended sense in whicn they apply the principle. It is true, there may be some conmmerce between the people of each and every nation of the earth, and those of every other nation-but there is no necessity and no occasion for much commerce, between distant communities enjoying snbstantially the same climate, and possessing similar natural resources-their commerce must, from the nature of things, be very limited. The greatest part of the products of the northern farmer, will bear transportation to marklet but a comparatively short distance. Hence his market for the sale of the most of his products, is confined to the mechanics, manufacturers, mnerchants, miners and other classes, not employed in agriculture, within a few hundred miles of him; and for many thiin(gs, his market is confined to those residing within a few iimiles. Thllough he may send his flour, pork and beef to Great Britain fo' a market perhaps one year in five, he can very seldom send to advantage, to so distant a niarket, coarse grains, vegetables, fresh butter, meats and fruits, hay and many other products of his farm. On the other hand, the British miners and manafitecturers, and all their laborers, and their families, consume 371 ON COMMERCE. almost exclusively, the agricultural products of the B,iti, h fa,rimers in their vicinity, and those agricultural products of the Brlish Isles, may be said to be converted into the iron, hardware, cotton, woollen, linen and silk goods, made by the consumers of them, and to comprise a part of the value of such manufactured products. Hence there is an intimate community of interests, and a strong bond of union, between the British farmers and the British miners and manufacturers; and a like community of interest between the farmers of every part of the United States, and the mechanics, manufacturers and miners of our own country, who consume their products. But there is scarcely any community of interest, between the British manufacturers and miners, and any portion of the agricultural population of the United States, except the cotton planters. Every man is more or less dependent on his fellow citizens for protection of person and property; for a market for the products of his industry; for aid in distress, and in case of helpless old age; for social enjoyments; and even for his education, the development of his intellect, and the formation of his opinions. This dependence, and the community of interest existing between all the citizens of a country, arise from the constituti6n of things, from the constitution and condition of man; and from the moral laws of nature. It is the duty of man to act in obedience to the moral laws of nature, which were established by the Deity and adapted to his welfare. Those laws impose on him a moral obligation to reciprocate the aid he derives from his fellow citizens, arising from the operation of those laws, and from his condition as a citizen, and as a producer, laborer, man of business, or capitalist. Charity begins at home. We may therefore regard it, as not only the interest, but also the moral duty, of every man to aid his fellow citizens, and to consume the products of their industry, in preference to the products of foreigners. This reasoning, and this view of the subject, is entitled to the careful examination and deliberate consideration of the reader and of the public. If it is correct, whoever consumes British iron or wears British or French cloths, not only contributes to furnish a market for, aid and patronage to, the foreign manufacturer, but to the British and iFrench farmers also; to the injury of the farmers and manufacturers of his own country-of his own fellow citizens and neighbors. The farmers of our country who consume foreign, in preference to domestic products, are guilty of a suicidal policy; which is injurious to themselves, and unjust to their fellow citizens. 872 ON COMMERCE. SEC. 5. The natural tendency of commerce is to conform to the physical laws of nature. The natural tendency of foreign as well as domestic commerce, is to conform to the physical laws of nature; but as these laws are numerous, and depend on various causes, their operations depend on the relative condition and circumstances of the different nations between which it is carried on. The character and amount of both the exports and imports of every country, are influenced, and in some measure controlled, by the relative natural resources, industry, condition, and wants of itself, and of those nations with which it has commercial intercourse. Foreign commerce is, however, very much influenced by duties, bounties, drawbacks, and legral regulations; which should be established in accordance with the moral laws of nature, with a view of promoting the industry, and general welfare of the people. The wants of the people are constant and regular-and domestic industry, and internal commerce, and the prices of products are generally very uniform and regular, when not disturbed by foreign influences. But foreign commerce, when unrestricted or badly regulated, is so extremely variable as to baffle all foresig,ht and rational calculation. It makes prices excessively changeable, and business (to a very great extent) a mere game of chance, and often spreads terror and ruin among the merchants, as well as among the manufacturers and laborers of our country. SEC. 6. On protective duties, and their effects. When foreign commerce was free, and governed only by the natural tendency of things (as it formerly was), the greatest part of the commerce of the world was monopolized by one or two nations or states, by means of their superiority in productive industry, navigation, and maritime power. Thus Tyre, the cities of Greece, Carthage, Venice, Genoa, HIolland, and the HanseTowns, successively engrossed the greatest part of the commerce of the world, until the policy of protection to domestic industry was introduced by Great Britain, about the middle of the seventeenth century. T'his policy was soon adopted by other nations, and has wrought a complete change in the industry, as well as the commerce of the world. The war of tariffs and navigation laws gave the first powerful stimulus to industry in Europe. By securing the home markets to the domestic producer, it encouraged new branches of industry, varied employments, increased the markets, the productive industry, and the consumption and comfortssecured the industrial independence, and promoted the social well-being of the people of nearly all the nations of Europe. 873 ON COMMERCE. During more than a century, the practice hlas been very general aniong the nations of Europe of imlposing duties on articles imported froml other counties which come in competition with domestic products, for the double purpose, of raisins revenue, and securing the domestic market for the benefit of the domestic laborer and producer. Whlenever heavier duties have been inmposed on one class of imports than on another for the latter purpose, they have been denominated protecting or discrimninating duties. Since Great Britain has acquired an ascendency over all the nations of the earth in mining and manufacturing industry, by reason of her superior natural resources, a greater amount of machinery, cheap labor, and a greater number of skilfuli laborers and artisans-she can produce cheaper than any other nationthe cheapness of her products secures her own markets from the intrusion of foreigners-and enables her to supply other nations at prices nominally lower than their own manufacturers can. The manufacturers of Great Britain have found, that so far as free trade can be established, they can monopolize the markets of all such nations as establish it; and hence, nearly all the politicians and public writers of Great Britain leave been endeavoring to spread the doctrines of free trade for half a century past, and the practice of the government on that subject, has recently undergone an entire change The immediate effect of imposing duties on articles which come in competition either with those of the same kind, or with those so similar in their purpose, that one may be substituted for the other, is to raise their cost to the consumer and lessen their consumption. The consunmption of foreign products and the demand for them being lessened, if the production continues the same, the price will necessarily fall. Hence thile duty at first operates as a tax, partly on the consumer, and partly on the producer; but as in the succession of events, every effect produced gives effect to a cause, in such a manner as to seem to operate as a cause in and of itself, so the duty s3ems to produce a succession of effects in regular order. The first effect is, to lessen the importation of the articles charged with duty; that of itself will increase the market and the demand for domestic products to supp)ly their place and raise their price a little, so as to malke them e(qual to the imported article, with the duty paid; the increased price and demand for domestic products, stimulate and increase production in countries and among a people adapted to it; and this increased production and supply react upon the market, and reduce the prices of both the domestic and the imiported article; so that, in the end, the price of the domestic article is often reduced below the price of the imported one before 31.1 .1 ON COMMERCE. the duty was imposed. The foreign producer must either abandon the miarket, or submit at each step in the process to such a reduction of prices, as to sell, after the duties are paid, as low as the domestic producer; and thus tlih whole amount of the duties is eventually thrown as a tax on the foreign producer and the importer.' The ultimate effect of all duties imposed on articles imported, which come in competition with domestic products, is to aid in securing the domestic markets for the bn?uefit of the domestic laborer and producer; to encourage and build up new branches of industry, and to diversify employments. They tend to secure to the citizens and laborers of every country, a field of employment which properly belongs to theim.' By multiplying employments, increasing the mnechanical, manufacturing, and mining industry of the country-they create a demand for labor -increase the number of persons employed in such pursuits, create markets for agricultural products in the immediate vicinity of the farmer, raise the price of those products, and thus increase the industry, and the aggregate amount as well as value of every department of industry. SEc. 7. On F.7ee Trade and ils effects. MAlany of the politicians, statesmen, and writers of this country, and on the continent of Europe as well as in Great Britain, having adopted the doctrines of free trade-it becomes important to examine those doctrines, and the principles involved in them. Their advocates are divided into two classes, or sects. The most strict sect insist that no duties should be levied on either exports or imports-that no taxes should be levied on consumption or industry, or even on the industry of foreign nations-that every government should be supported by direct taxation of the property of its own citizens-that international as well as domestic commerce should be entirely unrestrained, custom-houses abolished -and the people of all nations allowed to trade with each other freely, as if they were a band of brothers, and citizens of the same community. They claimn that every man has a natural and inherent right, to sell or exchange his own property, with whonmsoever and for such other property as suits his pleasure; and to import, use, and sell the same, without tax or restriction. Another class or sect, a little less radical and perhaps the most numerous of the two, are advocates of a modified system of free trade. They admit the right and expediency of taxing imports * See on this subject of prices, Sections 26 to 30 of Chap. xii. t See ante Sec. 10, of Chap. VI. 875 ON COMMERCE. for the purpose of raising revenues to support the governmentbut insist, that duties should be inmposed on imports with reference to revenue only-and that the true rule is, to levy duties in such a manner, as to encourage as large importations as are practicable, under a rate of duties so high, as to raise the greatest amount of revenue. Likle the stricter sect, they insist that every man has an inherent ri(ght to buy where he pleasesthat it is for his interest to buy where he can buy cheapest-that he is under no obligation to patronize his fellow citizens, and to consume their products, in preference to those of foreignersthat duties levied on imports, not only raise their price to the full amount of the duty, but raise in a corresponding manner, the price of all domestic products with which they come in competition-that while the duty thus operates as a tax on the consumer for the support of government, the enhanced price of the domestic products amounts to a' tax on the consumer, without any equivalent, and for the sole benefit of the producer; whereby one class is unjustly taxed for the benefit of another. They therefore deny the propriety of discriminating between such imports as compete with the domestic industry of the country, and such as do not, for the purpose of lessening that class of imports, and promoting domestic industry. They insist, that it is the duty of the government to avoid raising the prices of domestic manufactures, and to encourage foreign competition, and the importation of foreign manufactures in their finished state, rather than raw materials to be manufactured, for the double purpose, of reducing the cost to the consumer of domestic goods, and increasing the aggregate value of the imports-and the amount of duties, when levied on the ad valorem principle. In order to effect these objects, higher duties were in many instances imposed by the tariff of 1846 on raw materials to be manufactured, and on products which do not come in competition with domestic industry, than on manufactured products, which do come in competition with domestic products. This system of policy is directly opposed to the protective system, and instead of discriminating in favor of the industry of the country, it actually discriminates in favor of the industry of foreign nations-and against our own citizens. If free trade in its strict sense were adopted by all the nations of the earth, the natural tendency and necessary effect would be this-in the universal competition among nations, that nation which, by means of greater natural advantages, cheaper labor, greater skill, industry and capital, can manufacture an article cheaper than any other nation, can undersell all others-command the niarkets of the world for that article, and supplant all 376 ON CONIMMERCE. their competitors. These are the necessary effects produced under such circumstances, by the physical laws of nature-and hence it is important, that every nation should regulate its foreign commerce in accordance with the moral laws of itatire, so as to secure its own markets and a proper field of employment, for its own people, and avoid such evils.* No general rule of policy for regulating foreign commerce, can be adapted to the condition of all nations. Every country should adapt its commercial policy to its own peculiar circumstances, natural resources, condition and industry, in such a manner as to promote the industry and welfare of its citizens. It has been shown that Great Britain has the natural resources and capacity to expand her manufactures of iron, hardware, cotton, and woollen goods, so as to supply the whole civilized world with manufactures of that kind. All that is wanted, is free trade to enable the British manufacturers to accomplish that object, so far as concerns manufacturing by machinery. Such manufactures in the United States as well as in nearly every country on the continent of Europe, would be ruined, the industry of the country depressed, laborers thrown out of employment, the prices of labor reduced, the people involved in debt, and kept in debt as much as the British manufacturers would dare to trust them, and the people impoverished, until they were compelled to resort to the old system of manufacturing in families, by spinning on the one thread wheel, and weaving with the hand loom. The manufactures of iron in the United States have been almost entirely prostrated already, by the operations of the tariff act of 1S46, and many of the cotton and woollen factories have stopped running. It is said, that more than half of the blast furnaces for making pig iron, and nearly half of the rolling mills for making bar iron in Pennsylvania are now (1851) doing nothing; and that a very large proportion of them have been sold by the sheriff under execution. Such have been the effects already in the short space of about five years, under the tariff of 1846; which imposes a nominal duty of thirty per cent. on iron and manufactures of cotton, which are partially evaded by under valuations. The effects were about the same (from 1816 to 1824) under our tariff act of 1816, which imposed duties on those articles amounting to from 20 to 30 per cent. They were also about equally depressing to the industry and destructive to the interests of our country during the operation of the compromise act, from 1834 to 1842. Though the duties under those acts were imposed mostly for purposes of * See Sections 2, 3, and 4 of Chapter I. and Section 10 of Chapter VI. . 377 O'ON CO IMERCE. revenue only, yet they afforded very great incidental aid and protection to American industry. How much more our own industry would be supplanted and depressed under a system of strict free trade, the reader can well imagine. Our imports of foreign manufactures would be increased immensely fbr a few years. American industry would be supplanted, our country drained of specie, loaded down with debt, incumbered with thousands of British mortgages, the most of the bonds issued by our states, cities, and incorporated companies, together with thile stocks of our banking institutions, railroad companies, and much of the most valuable real estate in the nation, would pass into the hands of British capitalists, and we should be reduced to a condition of dependence, very similar to that of Ireland, Canada, and other provinces of Great Britain. Labor, agricultural products, and real estate, would be reduced to less than half their present prices, and after nearly all our manufacturers had been ruined and drivcn out of the business, and the British and French had got the complete control of our markets; the prices of manufactures would be likely to be raised, and alternately raised and lowered as their interests might dictate, so as to destroy competition, command our markets, and keep us in a state of dependence. To be an ageint for British capitalists, or an attorney for British creditors, would then be (in this country) as it has long been in Canada and other British provinces, the most profitable business that could be pursued. T''his is no fancy picture. WVe have evidence enough of its truth, in the effect of a partial system of free trade at different periods; and we have before us the example of Ireland and the British provinces, which have long enjoyed the advantages (if any) of fiee trade with Great Britain. We have also our own colonial experience on the same subject. SEc. 8. T/e exports of a co?tintry depend on t/e character, variety, a,ount, anzd prices of the products of its industry. The extent and value of the exports of a people, depend on the amount and character of their productive industry; on the adaptation of their products to the wants of the people of other nations; and the facilities for exporting them. The greatest proportion of agricultural products of countries lying in cold and temperate climates, are so bulky and cheap, that they will not bear transportation to distant markets; and hlience agricultural countries of high latitudes, have but a small amount of exports. T'he quantity and value of the exports of all great commercial nations depend, first, on the extent, variety, and skill of their mechanical, manufacturing, and mining industry, and the adapta 31, 8' ON CO.MERCE. tion of their industrv and their products to the wants and tastes of the people of other nations. Secondly, on the effective demnnd of foreign nations and colonies for their products. And, lastly, on their capacity to sell as cheap, or cheaper, than their rivals, and to compete successfully with them in foreign markets. These causes and conditions depend on others, as antecedents on the natural resources, climate, and condition of a country; on the advancement made by the people in the sciences and useful al'ts; on their skill, habits of industry, genius, and enterprise; on their imports, and the adaptation of their laws to dervelope their natural resources and promote their industry; and on the capital accumulated, and the machinery employed by them. Secondly, on the numbers, wants, tastes, customs, industry, resources, and condition of their customers in foreign countries and colonies and lastly, on the geographical position of a country, in reference to other countries; upon its navigable rivers, harbors, bays, canals, and other facilities for internal and external communications; on the commercial genius and spirit of the people, and the adaptation of their laws and institutions to the purposes and pursuits of comimerce. SEC. 9. O) what the im-ports of a coitntry depend. The imports of a country depend, 1st. On the wants, tastes, habits, customs, and spirit of the people. 2d. On the resources of the country, the industry and condition of the people, and their capacity to supply a greater or less number of their own wants. 3d. On the productive industry of other nations with which they have commerce, and the prices at which those nations respectively sell their products. 4th. Thle quantity imported of any particular article which comies in competition with domestic products, depends much on the amount of duties levied on it, and the encouragement thereby given to domestic industry, to produce a similar article to supply the market. 5)th. The aggregate amount and commercial value of the imports of a country, may be lessened for a few years, by high duties levied on articles which come in competition with the products of its own people; but such aggregate value cannot be lessened during a period of ten years or iLmore. The amnount must finally depend on the value of its exports, and its ability to pay for a greater or less amount of imported articles. Exports, imports, and domestic production, are all, in some measure, mutually dependent on each other. Production, and the wants 819 ON COMMERCE. of other nations determine the amount of exports; and the commercial value of the exports of a country, taking long periods into consideration, determines the aggregate amount and commercial value of its imlporits. Though duties lessen the importation of some articles, yet their indirect effect is, to increase the importation of others, or of specie. 6. Duties on imports, which tend to lessen the importation of snch articles as come in competition with domestic products; to secure the domestic market to our citizens; and to diversify as well as to increase the industry of the nation; tend also to prevent the accum'lation of a foreign debt, to increase the wealth of the people, to increase the products of the country for exportation, to increase its exports, to increase its ability to pay for imports, and finally, to increase the aggregate amount and value of its imports. The duties effect some change in the character of its imnports, and for a few years lessen their amount, but they finally (taking a long series of years into consideration,) increase their aggregate amount and value. These truths are illustrated by the commerce of Great Britain, France, and Belgium, in Sections 14, 15, and 16. The commerce and the productive industry of all those countries, have grown up under the protecting system. SEc. 10. Influ'ence of paper money, and tae credit system, on e.rports and imports, and on domestic commerce. Commerce both foreign and domestic, is very much influenced by paper money, and the credit system. The notes issued by banks, are loaned to individuals, who use them to buy property, pay laborers, debts, &c. They are put in circulation as money, and increase the circulating medium of the country, and so far as they exceed the coin deposited in the vaults of the banks to redeem with, they are based on credit. The banks depend on loaning their notes as a means of profit; and half the business men of this country depend more or less on bank loans, as a means of carrying on their business. Paper money, and the credit system, thus mutually depend upon, and act and react upon each other. Paper money, by increasing the circulating medium of a country, and the facilities for obtaining loans, tends to increase the prices of goods, and all kinds of property-to increase the number of merchants, business men, and speculators of all classesto increase competition in all mercantile and speculative operations-and to increase the anxiety of the dealers to sell, and to sell on credit, in order to make large sales, hoping and expecting to realize a large income. Large sales on credit increase the con 380 ON COIMMIERCE. sumption of goods, and tend to increase the demand for them, and to enhance prices still more. An increase of the prices of goods and products, when they get above the prices in other countries, tends to encourage and incrcase the importation of the products of foreign countries-to diminisb the exports of domestic products-to produce a balance of trade against the country-to involve it in debt-to raise foreign exchanges-to cause an exportation of the precious metals -and to drain the banks of their specie-until they arc compelled to redeem their notes and lessen their circulation. The evils produced by an excessive issue of paper money, do eventually tend to check themselves, but they do not restore to the country the losses they have occasioned. Their mnischievous effects upon a new country like ours, are very similar in their character, though much less in amount, than those of free trade; and hence many of the party politicians of our country, have attributed all its commercial embarrassments to an excess of paper money, while others have charged them all to free trade. The tendency of an excessive amount of paper money, is to increase loans and credits of every kind, retail as well as wholesale-to increase credits for luxuries and goods to be consumned, as well as for goods to sell again, and for capital to do business with. Many are inclined to take advantage of the ease with which credits can be obtained, to buy luxuries which they would not otherwise have thought of, and to engage in more hazardous enterprises on other men's capital, than they would on their own -thinkingr that they have nothing to lose-that if they are unfortunate, the loss falls on their creditors, and not on themselves -and that, if they venture nothing, they cannot hope to make much gains. Credit being stimulated to the utmost, business is overdone; and goods are urged upon every class of persons who are supposed to be able to pay. In such a state of things, the laborer often consumes his earnings, before he does the workand laborers, and mechanics, as well as farmers, merchants, and professional men, all anticipate their income by means of credits, consume it before it comes in, and eventually involve themselves in debt. Habits of living are contracted above their means, their expenditures continue to be quite equal to or greater than their incomes, and interest accumulates on their debts, until they become so large, as to embarrass them through their whole lives, and sometimes involve them in hopeless bankruptcy. The consumer becomes indebted to the retail trader-the retailer to the jobbing or wholesale merchant, the wholesaler to the importer, the importer to the foreign manufacturer; and the importers, wholesale and retail merchants, are all involved in debt to the 381. ON CO,IcMERCE. banks, and the banks to the bill holders. There is a perfect network of credits, all more or less dependent on each other-and all more or less affected by an exportation of specie to pay the foirei,n debt and the balance of trade against the country-and often shocked and almost paralyzed for a time, by the panic caused by the exportation of specie, and sometimes by an anticipation only, or fear of such exportation. SEC. 11. Depressing effects of debts, 7tpon indi-t?ldzials and com nztnities. Diferent effects of Jforeig,n and domieslic debts. DIebt operates upon individuals and commnunities like a heavy burthen, whic'l be.ars them down, and impedes their progress. Persons deeply involved in debt are more or less slaves to their creditors, the degree of servitude depending on the severity of the laws. Imprisonment for debt was abolished in Athens by Solon, to relieve the poor firom the oppressions of the rich. The debts contracted by the plebeians to the Patricians of ancient Rome, eventually reduced thousands of them to slavery. Those who had been condemned for default of payment, had a delay of thirty days to liberate themselves by making payment; at the end of that time, the creditor could put them in irons and confine them for two months, and if the debt was not then paid he could expose them to sale as slaves. Even distinguished citizens were not exempt from this deplorable lot.*'The peon slavery of 3iexico originates in debt, is only a means of securing the creditor, and is very similar in its character, to the debtor slavery among the Romans. The condition of debtors among the Israelites was very similar, and the institution of the Jubilee was established as a remedy,as recorded in the 25thl chapter of Leviticus. The people of Ireland exhibit the most striking example on record, of the deplorable condition of a nation of debtors and tenants. Free trade with Great Britain, and the ignorance of the people, have prevented the growth of manufactures, and together with absentee Landlordism, so drained the country of its products to pay creditors, landlords and mnanufacturers in England, that the mass of the people are reduced to the no.st abject poverty, and the whole nation is impoverished. It has been impossible for the greatest portion of the tenants to pay their rents, much of the time, during the last thirty years; and much iiio)difficult than formerly, since the depression of the prices of agrricultural products, consequent upon the establishment of ttli principle of free trade in grain, in 1846. MI'any of the tenants inii default, have been driven from their possessions; others have been *See Statistique des peuples de l'antiquit6, par Moreau de Jonnes, vol. 2. p 407, and authorities there cited. 382 ON CONI.IERCE. selling out their leases for more than tweity years past, arid emigrating to America. The Irish landlords havin! lost a large proportion of their rents, have become impoverished and involved in debt; their estates are generally mort,gag,ed, and British creditoIrs are rapidly buying up their estates, and also the leases of the tenants, and letting the lauds to English and Scotch farmers; and the time is not far distant, when very little of the real estate of Ireland, will be either owned or occupied by the descendants of the Celtic population of the 16th century. The influence of debt was severely felt in almost all the States of the Union from 1837 to 1843; and particularly in the new States. In many counties of firom twenty to forty thousand inhabitants, there were from five hundred to fifteen hundred suits commenced annually in courts of record, for several years; besides great numbers of suits in Justices' courts, which in most of the western States, have jurisdiction for all debts not exceeding $100 in amount. The business of lawyers, sheriffs, marshals and clerks, was the most prosperous and profitable of any, and the energies of the country seemed to be paralyzed. Thouglh the bankrupt act passed by Congress in 1S41 was in force less than two years, yet the number of applicants for the benefit of it, was no less than 33,739, and the aggregate amount of debts and liabilities stated by them in their schedules, exceeded $440,000,000 the amount of property turned over by them, amounted to less than $44,000,000. It would be a moderate estimate to put down the number of individuals who compromised their debts during that eventful period, at 50,000, and the amount of their debts at two hundred and fifty millions of dollars. The foreign debt of the country was then about two hundred millions of dollars, making a perfect chain of debt, from the consumer to the country and village merchant, from him to the wholesale merchants, who were involved in debts to the banks and the importers, and the importers to the banks and the foieign manufacturer. 1 have seen fifteen columns of a country newspaper in Ohio filled with notices of sheriffs' sales. The appraisement laws prevented an immense amount of real estate fromn being sacrificed in many of the new States. If buildings, timber and all personal chattels in the United States could be removed without expense, and made available, immense quantities of them would have been purchased by importers and British creditors. If such had been the case, and the soil of the lands could be removed in like manner, the credit of the country would have been sustained until the people (like the Celts of Ireland) had worn out and consumed, the value of the greatest part of the property in the nation, and the same had been transferred to 383 ON COMMIERCE. British creditors and capitalists. Nothing but the laws of God, established in the nature of things, prevented the utter ruin of the country. Foreign creditors do not buy farms, dwellinghouses, stores, mills, and other immoveable and bulky property in the United States, because such property would be nearly worthless to them; and rather than makle such purchases, they prefer to suspend farther credits. But Ireland is so near, and under the same government, that the lands are desirable, and British creditors and capitalists are rapidly buying them up, and will soon own nearly the whole island; and the poor Celt is obliged to emigrate in search of employment, and the means of living. T'he large debts contracted by many of the States for Canals and Railroads have rendered it necessary to levy high taxes to pay the interest, which has made the burthens of taxation in sonice instances excessively onerous. Though the direct taxes levied on property by the several states, countries, cities, towns and villages-are much less in amount than the indirect taxes levied by the federal government on foreign products imported, yet the former are felt with ten times as much severity, and particularly in the new states, as the lattAil. a'he duties on imports are mostly levied on articles which come into competition with domestic industry, and are so levied that they not only encourage and promote domestic industry, but the domestic competition throws about three quarters, and in some instances, the whole duty as a tax on the foreign producer.s Loans made and debts contracted, to procure materials and capital to promote industry or do business with, are often advantageous to the debtor; but when contracted for goods and products of any kind for consumption, they are generally the inceptive steps to his ruin. Debt operates upon individuals and communities like an incubus, which bears heavily upon them, and when they have little or nothing but the products of their industry to pay with, it holds them in a sort of semi-servitude. When a manufacturer or mechanic buys materials to work up for sale, or a merchant buys goods to sell again at a profit, the credit he procures adds to his capital, and enables him to increase his industry or his business. Wholesale credits and credits of that character, when discreetly contracted, are advantageous; but retail 'credits made to the consumer, are generally destructive to the best interests of the country, and should be discouraged. The bankrupt laws of England make a broad distinction between merchants and traders, to whom wholesale credits are necessary, and the mass of the people, who are only consumers and buy at * See on this point See. 6 of this Chapter. 384' ON COMMERCE. retail; and in order to encourage wholesale credits, and those only, they give more summary and efficient remedies against the former, than they do against the latter. This important distinction has been overlooked in this country, and the consequences have been very injurious. If goods were sold at retail for ready pay only, wholesale credits would be much less hazardous. This is a matter which can be remedied by state legislation. A domestic debt is much less burthensome to a community thllan a foreign debt. The interest on the former being expended in the vicinity of the debtor, serves to create a market for him, and to encourage his industry; while the interest which is paid to foreign creditors is sent abroad, and serves to drain the country of its money, and what is most desirable abroad, without any corresponding advantages to the debtor. It operates on the debtor, and on the country, as absentee landlordism operates on Ireland. A railroad or any public improvement, or investment, is much more advantageous to the country or state where it is made, when made with the capital of its own citizens, than it can be, when made with capital from abroad. In the former case the profits or dividends will be expended or invested at home, to encourage the industry of the country; in the latter they must be sent abroad. Our imports have exceeded our exports during the last four years (1848 to 1851) under the free trade tariff of 1846. Our foreign mercantile debt has increased rapidly, and a prodigious amnount of the stocks and bonds of the United States, of the several states, and of our own commnercial cities and incorporated companies, have been sent abroad and the proceeds used for the paymnent of foreign goods; a substitute for which we might, and ought to have produced at home. All these facts and tendencies should be taken into consideration, in order to regulate properly, our foreign commerce. SEC. 12. How, and for what p?urposes and ends, co7miiierce should be r'egulated. The heat of tropical countries, and of those bordering on the torrid zone, enervates the human system, conduces to lassitude and indolence, and renders human life so short that the population seldom increases much, except by means of foreign immigration. HIence the increase of the fi'ee population in tropical countries has been slow, during the last two centuries, compared with what it has been in the cold and temperate countries of Europe, and of the northern parts of North America. Notwithstanding the activity of the slave trade, the products of tropical countries have increased very little faster than the demand for them, so 17 885 ON COMMERCE. that the decline in prices has been comparatively slow. Coffne, sugar, spices, and nmost other products of hot anrid wvarmn countries as well as cotton, are not perishable, can be kept untilt there is a demand for themn, and are so valuable that they will bear transportation to any part of the world, and will generally command a market at fair prices. It is not generally for the,nterest of the people of such countries, to attempt to manufacture much f)r themselves, their time can be more profitably employed in agriculture; and they can supply fhemselves with manufactured goods to better advantage, by attending to agriculture and exchanging their products with mnanufacturing nations. This is not the case with agricultural nations in cold and temperate climates. Tlheir products are mostly perishable, heavy, and bulky, in pi'oportion to their value; they have but little to export which is wanted and which will bear exportation, their wants are numerous and their means of payment small. Tropical products they must import or go without, and it is inmpossible for them to pay for such articles, and to pay also for many foreign manufactures, and hlence they must from necessity manufacture for themselves, or eremain destitute of many of the necessaries, and ordinary comforts of life. One of the primary objects of regulating commerce, is to tax, or impose du ies on the subject matter of it, for the purposes of revenue; another object is, to give such direction to it, and to the industry of the people, as to increase the value of their industry, and promote their general welfare. Taxing imports which conme in competition with domestic industry, or induce luxury or immorality, serve the double purpose of raising revenue and promoting the welfare of the people, by increasing their industry, checking luxury, or immorality. As taxes on imports may, in most cases, be so levied as to promote two objects at the same time, this mnode of taxation and raising revenue is the least burthensome, and the most advantageous to the people, of any which has ever been devised. The commerce of every country should be so regulated as to aid in securing and supplying markets for its citizens, and a d.mand for their labor and products, or in other words, to aid in furnishing a field of employment for theim, adapted to the climate, natural resources, and condition of the country.* No system of commercial regulations, or general rules for imposing duties on the subject matter of commerce and navigation, can be devised adapted to the condition of all nations. The policy of every nation, in regulating its foreign commerce, and encouraging par * See on this subject Sections 10,-11, 12, and 1.5 of Chapter VI. 386 ON COMMERCE. .ticular branches of industry, should be adapted to its natural resources, wants, climate, condition, and the competition its citizens must meet in its own markets, as well as in the markets of the commercial world. 'fhlle natural field of foreign commerce is between countries of different natural resources, climates, and natural products. The greater part of the comnerce between Great Britain and the nations of Europe, is unnatural and disadvantageous to the latter. The principal part of the imports from Great Britain into our northern, middle, and western states, are of the same character, and destructive to the interests of our country. On the contrary, our commerce with the WVest India Islands, iMaxico, and the South American States, has been advantag(eous to us as a nation. With the exception of Holland and Belgium, there is no country, either on the continent of Europe or in North America, in which there is not a sufficient number of persons constantly out bf employment, to supply the country with manufactures, if they only possessed a sufficient amount of skill, experience, and intellectual capacity, to do so, the foreign commerce of the country had been properly regulated, and manufacturing industry properly encouraged. No branch of mining or mnanufacturing industry not well established in this country, and very few under any circumstances, can compete successfully with the machinery, skill, cheap labor, low rate of interest, and large capital in Great Biitain, without legislative protection. In fact, experience shows that these causes are so great in favor of British, and in some instances of French manufacturers, as to enable them to supply our markets for all the finer and more expensive qualities of goods, and to displace and supplant the product of American mnanufacture, which would otlierwise supply the market. By this means the mianufacturing and mining industry of our country is depressed and lessened in amount, and a larger portion of our capital and labor forced into agriculture. Ever since the general peace of 1815, our agricultural products, (except for the article of wheat and a few others in unfavorable seasons,) have been greatly beyond the wants of the country. They have been so super-abundant, and the foreign demand for them generally so small, that no increase of quantity could increase their aggregate value, or benefit the country in the least. In fact, for at least four years in five since 1815, an increase in quantity, has actually diminished their aggregate value. When foreign imports lessen the products of any particular branch of domestic industry, by partially displacing them and supplying the market, it rarely happens that they increase the 887 ON COMMERCE. - aggregate value of any other branch of industry. The wealth of the nation is therefore diminished to the full value of whatever is paid for those that might be produced at home, unless soluething is exchanged for them which we do not need, and could not otherwise sell. Many nations are well adapted by nature for a particular branch of industry, but do not produce all the necessary raw materials. WVhen such a nation imports the manufactured article, instead of importing the raw material and emnploying its citizens in inanufacturing it, the loss to the nation is generally equal to the difference between the cost of the formier, and that of the latter. In as much as the use of intoxicating drinks as a beverage, tends to injure the consumer, and to promote immorality, indolence, vice, and crime, their value for such purposes, is wholly factitious (as heretofore shown.)* Whlatever is given in exchange for them, for such uses, and for some other articles, is a total loss to the community. The value of luxuries is also more or less factitious (as heretofore shown).t Whenever luxuries are imported into a country for consumption, the national wealth is diminished to the full extent of the difference between the value of the money or coinmodities given in exchange for them, and their utility to the consumn)er; and it may be diminished to the full extent of their cost, when the importation tends to supplant and diminish domestic industry. Foreign commerce should be regulated by means of duties with a view to the following objects: First, The pronmotion and increase of domestic industry. Secondly, The collection of revenue, for the support of the government-and, Lastly, to check luxury, the use of intoxicating drinks, and other things, which may contribute to vice, immorality, indolence, and extravagance; and to make those who will indulge in such things, pay a tax to the government, as a partial compensation for the injury they do the country. For the purpose of promoting domestic industry, it is the true policy of a country like the United States: First, to encourage new branches of industry; to increase and diversify the employments of the people, as much as is consistent with their condition and the natural resources of the country; and to adapt the division of employments to the wants of the nation, that the people of each employment may create a imarket for those of every other employment. * Vide ante, Sec. 4, of Chapter VI. 4 Vide Sec. 2 of Chapter VI. "ul 8 3 ON COMMIERCE. Secondly, to cultivate commercial intercourse with the ilnhabi.. tants of warmer climates, who may want their products, and can furnish such products as they need, and cannot produce for themselves. Thirdly, to encourage the importation of articles to be used as capital, and raw materials to be manufactured, in preference to manufiactured products for consumption-and Lastly, to prevent a balance of trade against the country, the exp,ortalion of coin, and the accumulation of a foreign debt. SEc. 13. Onz the forei,in Commelrce of the ~Tziled( Slates, the tolazlce of tradle againiist the couentr-y, auzd tAhe fo?reign debt, at di-fferent periods. Statement in millions of dollars, of the exports firom the United States, of the value of cotton, leaf tobacco, and rice, respectively — of all other domestic products, and of the aggregate amount of all donmestic products except coin, during the undermuentioned fiscal yecars. Years. iCotton. Tobacco. 13.52 2 19.66 10.31.84 24.9 42.38 19.96 42.36 19.72 51.68 20.97 58.52 35.97 111.66 32.80 91.8 37.18 98.45 86.32 150.57 56.94 131.7 50.34 134.9 This table shows the very limited foreign demand for our agricultural products, and how slowly it increases. Our agricultural resources are developed to a very small extent, and yet we have not a foreign market (more than one year in five) for one-fourth part of the surplus of many of our products. During the wars of Napoleon, Europe furnished an extensive market for the bread stuffs and provisions of the United States; but since 1815, with the exception of the year 1847, a very triflingo amount of such products have been exported from the United States to Europe I I 389 Ottler Pi-oducts. Total of doines tic products. Rice. 1.75 1790 isoo 1805 isio 1820 1830 lS40 1842 1 S45 I S47 1 S49 iso-o .04 5. 9.44 I-o.i 22.3 19.67 63.87 47-.59 .51.74 53.41 66.39 71.9S 4.35 6. "I, 4 5. 7.96 5.58 9.88 9.54 7.47 7.24 5.s 9.95 1.7 2.6 1.7 1.98 1.94 1.9 2.16 3.6 2.57 2.63 ON COMMERCE. the greater part of our exports af that character, having been made to the West Indies and South America. During the fiscal year ending June 30, 1850, the whole value of flour exported firom the United States to the Old World and its islands amounted to only $1,923,931-while the amount exported to all the countries, provinces, and islands, of the New World, amounted to $5,174,639. The failure of the potato crops in 1846 and 1847 in Great Britain and Ireland, and the repeal of the corn laws, were the cause of the introduction of Indian corn and meal into those countries for the use of the poorer classes, and the demand for corn and corn meal in Ireland, bids fair to be perm.anent-but for flour, wheat, and other agricultural products of the free states, there is no prospect that the European market will be any better during the next ten or twenty years, than it has been during the last ten.* As to tobacco, the value exported is very little greater than it was thirty years since. Statement in millions of dollars, of the value of the produce of the Southern slave States (those below the 35th degree of latitude) and the value of the produce of the free States and of the Northlern slave States, exported annually on an average from the United States, during the undermentioned years,'I' and the amount to each person. Southern Slave Sta,tes.! Free States & N. Slave States. 1800 to 1807 $9 millions. $16 to each. $30 millions. $6 to each. 1820 to 1824 23 19 " 23 llo 1830 to 1833 33 " 17' 30- " 2-4 " 1835 to 1840 66 " 26 " 36 " 2i " 1841 to 1842 53 " 19 " 45 r 3 " 1841-t to 18416 51~ " 17 " 48. " 3 " 1849 to 1850 71 " 18 " 61, " 3} " What a flattering prospect for the future, the foregoing tables present to the producers of flour, wheat, Indian corn, tobacco, lumber, pork, beef, butter, cheese, and other provisions, in case they depend upon foreign markets for the sale of their products, to enable them to pay for, and clothe themselves with, British and French goods. It should be borne in mind also, that more than half of the exports of the free States, are to the West Indies, Brazil and other parts of South America, to pay for sugar, coffee, spices, tropical fruits and hides. The West Indies and Brazil, furnish a constant and regular demand and steady markets for the products of the free and northern slave states, while the * See on this subject, Sec. 34, of Chap. XII. t All the cotton and rice are estimated as coming from the Southern Slave States, and all the other products, from the other States; which is very nearly correct. 390 f ON COMMNERCE. markets of Europe are very uncertain, and not to be depended upon. The whole commerce of the United States with the West India Islands, and with the American continent and all its islands, is advantageous, the balance of trade being slightly in favor of our country, which is paid in coin, amounting on an average to four or five millions a year, the greater part of which is exported to the old world, to pay the balance of trade against us. The products of the fice and northern Slave States exported to the West Indies, and to the American Continent and its islands, a,mounted in 1S44 to over twenty-three millions of dollars, and in 1850 to about twenty-eight millions of dollars; in payment for which we received some coin, and many articles of prime necessity, some of which cannot be produced in the United States, and others cannot be produced in sufficient quantities, for the congumption of the country. The imports into the United States from the old world, which were retained for consumption (consisting mostly of manufactured products) cost in 1S44, about seventy millions of dollars, and in 1850 about one hundred and thirty millions, about five sixths of which were consumiied in the free and the northern slave states, while the domestic products of those states, taken by the old world in payment, amounted to only about twenty-eight millions of dollars in 1844, and thirty millions in 1850. It is easy to see that such a commerce is very disadvantageous to the northern states, as it makes them not only dependent upon, and tributary to the manufacturing nations of Europe, and involves them in debt, but it also makes them dependent upon, and tributary to the cotton planting states of the south, for cotton as an article of export, to pay their debts to foreign manufacturers. A very large proportion of the comnierce of the United States with the old world, is advantageous only to the cotton planting .t.ates, and injurious to all the other states, and it may be said with truth, that the prevalent delusions of the theories of free t,-ade, have induced an unnecessarv sacrifice of the markets of tlie free and northern slave, states to the manufacturers of Europe, to obtain markets for cotton. I say the sacrifice has been unnecessary, for if the American markets had been properly secured t) the domestic laborer and producer, the domestic market for c,itton would have been much more extensive; and the manufacturers of Great Britain and the continent of Europe, would have I-,en compelled to buy our cotton in nearly the same quantities, to avoid being supplanted in foreign markets, by their American competitors. The improvements in agriculture have been so great in nearly all the countries of Europe since the peace of 1S15, that the 391 ON OCOMMERCE. quantity of breadstuffs seems to have increased more rapidly than their population; and it is still continuing to increase, so that we cannot depend upon a European market for provisions, perhaps for half a century to come. Great Britain and France both pro duce more wheat in proportion to their population than the United States; and as we produce iii the free states, very little that they want in payment for their cloths, silks, satins, wines, iron, hardware, &c., &o., our means of payment for such articles are very limited, and must continue to be so; and the result will be, we shall be compelled to manufacture for ourselves, for our credit was very nearly exhausted diuring the three years of free trade from 1840 to 1842, as it has been fiom 1848 to the present time; (181.) Some of the WRITERS AND ADVOCATES OF FREE TRADE expressed much sympathy for the British in 1845 and 1846, on account of the operation of the tariff of 1842. it was said that they could not afford to consumne the breadstuffs and provisions raised in the free states, because we encouraged manufactures at home, and refused to clothe ourselves with the products of their factories; and it was pretended that the necessary tendency of our tariff was to lessen the consumption of our agricultural products in Great Britain, and to diminish the amount of our domestic exports. The foregoing tables show the fallacy of such a pretence. The nations of Europe purchase our breadstuffs and provisions when they need them, and because they need them; and not because we purchase more or less of their products. They do not purchase our products to accommodate us, but themselves; they buy what they want and no more. Those tenderhearted advocates of free trade may better reserve their sympathies for our own laborers. It must be evident to any one who will take the trouble to reflect on the subject, that whenever the cost of our imports as a nation, exceeds our exports, the freight earned by American vessels, and the profits of that part of our exports made by American merchants, the excess or balance must exist as a debt against us; that whenever the balance of trade is against us, our foreign debt is accumulating to the precise amount of such balance, and the interest on our former debt added to it; that our exports, freilghts, profits, and foreign debt, must be precisely equal to our imports, and the interest on our foreign debt, and that the two must balance each other, like a banker's account. Let us now comrpare our exports and imports, in order to learn the amount of our foreign debt, the balance of trade) and situation 392 ON COMM.zIERCE. of the country at different periods; and to ascertain the effect of our several tariff acts, upon the prosperity of the country. Owing to the embargo which was passed by Congress, December 22d, 1807, the various non-inmportation and non-intercourse acts which followed in quick succession, and the war from June, 1812, to Januaryi 1815, our imports were not very large, and the foreign debt of our merchants could not have been very heavy at the close of the war. Though our national debt at the close of the war was over an hundred and twenty millions of dollars, yet it was mostly owing to our own citizens and to our banking institutions; and the whole amount of debt due from our citizens and our government to Europeans, did not perhaps exceed thirty millions of dollars. But our duties on imports were so low, that immediately after the war, and during the years 1815, 1816, and 1817, our country was literally flooded with British, French, and other foreign manufactures, including cotton and woollen cloths, silks, linens, hats, boots, shoes, iron, and hardware, &c., &c., amounting in all during those three years, (as estimated in the Commnercial Dictionary,) to the sum of $359,394,274; while our exports during the same period amounted to only $222,149,774. If we add 25 per cent. to our exports for freight and profits of American merchants and ship owners, they would amount to about $278,000,000, and leave a balance of trade against us during those three years, amounting to the enormous sum of $81,000,000. Our exports in 1818, 1819, and 1820, amounted to $232,115,323; our imports during that period are estimated at $283,325,000; and if we add 20 per cent. to our exports for freight and profits, and call our foreign debt at the close of the war $30,000,000, calculating interest upon it, our arggregate foreign debt, including American stocks held by Europeans, would amount on the 30thll day of September, 1820, to about $126,000,000; perhaps sixteen millions of it was lost by the failure and bankruptcy of American merchants and importers; leaving $110,000,000, which has been paid. All the money and products sent abroad to pay the interest on our foreign debt, and the dividends on our stocks held abroad, appear as part of our exports; and the proceeds of all loans, and moneys and effects sent here to be invested in our stocks, appear in and as a part of our imports. Foreign debt, including the amount of our stocks held by Europeans on the first day of October, 1820, exclusive of sixteen million dollars due from bankrupts, estimated at $110,000,000. Statement in millions of dollars, of the value of imports into the United States during the undermentioned fiscal years of coin 17'* 303 oN cOMIMERCE. and bullion, other firee goods, dutiable goods, and thie amount of duties collected during each period. - Coitin and bullion. Years. Millions. 1821 to 1824, 1825 to 1828, 1829 to 1832. 1833 to 1834, 1835 to 1837, 1838, 1839, 1840 to 1842, 1843 to 1846, 1847, 1848 to 185.0. Free 2Goods. M,illions. 13 19.1 23.5 75.8 202.3 43.1 70.8 135.9 71.2 17.6 i50.2 The tariff act of 1 832 exempted from duty all teas imported in American vessels from China and other places beyond the Cape of Good HIope, coffee, spices, fruits, nuts, gumis, dyewoods, and nearly all other raw products of the torrid zone, except sugar, and reduced the duties on manufactures of sillk, to a rate of from five to ten per cent. The compromise act of 1833 provided for a prospective periodical reduction of duties until they should be reduced after the 30th of June, 1842, to 20 per cent., added greatly to the free list, and exempted from duty nearly all the manufactures of silk, worsted, silk and worsted, linen, and laces imported from Europe after the year 1833. Under these acts the value of the goods imported free of duty, increased immensely, as shlown by the foregoing table. T''he manufactures of silk worsted, silk and worsted, linen, laces, and sheeting, imported free of duty in 1839, were valued at over thirty-six million dollars. These heavy imports of articles of luxury contributed to increase the balance of trade against the country, and to involve it in debt. The imports into the United States in 1841 exclusive of specie were valued at 8122,957,544; in 1842 they amounted to only $96,075,071. Perhaps nothing but embarrassments, inability to pay promptly our foreign debts, and the interest upon them, and the low state of American credit abroad, prevente. the imports in 1842 from amounting to as much as they did in 1839 and 1841. About two thirds in value of the imports then consisted, and now consist, of manufactured products and metals, the greatest part of which might and ought I 7 7 394 Duties collected. Millions. $ 90.4 115 124 43.1 'I 4. Z5 19.7 25.5 51.6 97.1 23.7 99.8 Dutiable Goods. ,,265 301.5 297.4 133.8 241.6 52.9 85.6 181.4 ,j 04.8 105.5 4 1 1". 2 otal imported. "303.9 349.3 349.6 234.6 4SO.9 113.7 162 335.2 412 147.2 4Sl $24.9 28.7 23.7 25 1017 17.7 17.9 36 24.1 17.6 ON COMIMERICE. the tariff of he importa, wines, and ufactures of promote the creasing do in favor of t debts and end 4th by luced oppo a nd contriimpoverish 6, and the will be de Millions. 1o10 Estimiated amount of foreign debt, Oct. ]st, 1820 Some of which being a recent mercantile debt bore no interest, but the most of it drew interest at 5 and 6 per cent., averaging perhaps on the whole debt, 5 per cent. for 4 years, to Oct. 1st, 1824, Imports during the 4 years including $24,912,467 coin and bullion, Debt contracted for purchase of Florida, Total imports and debt, Exports during the same 4 years, including $34,675,778 coin and bullion, Freights earned by American vessels, and profits of Amnerican merchants, equal to 15 per cent. on ex ports, Total exports, freights, and profits, Amount of debt against the country Oct. 1st, 1824, im mnediately after the tariff act of 1824 took effect, though the exports of specie during the four years had exceeded the imports, over nine and a half nillion dollars, Interest four years to Oct. 1st, 1828, Import including $28,672,610 specie, Total imports and debt, 395 22 304 5 $441 287.8 43.2 $331 110 22 349.3 $481.3 ON COMMERCE. Million 331.7 49.8 $381.5 Exports, including $29,759,944 specie, Freights and profits at 15 per cent., Total exports, freights, and profits, Amount of debt against the country Oct. 1st, 1828, immediately after the tariff of 1828 took effect, the debt having been reduced about ten millions during the previous four years, though the exports of specie had exceeded the imports only a little over one million dollars. Interest 6 years to Oct. 1st, 1834, Imports, including $53,755,025 specie, Total imports and debt, Exports, including $26,462,523 specie, Freights and profits at 15 per cent., Total exports, freights, and profits, Amount of debt against the country, Oct. 1st, 1834, after the first reduction of debt under the compromise act of 1833, the imports of specie having exceeded the exports during the previous 6 years, (under the tariff of S1828 and 1832,) over twenty-seven million dollars; show ing that the balance of trade was in favor of our country, to an amount about equal to the interest on the foreign debt. Interest 3 years to Oct. 1st, 1837, Imports, including $37,000,000 specie, Total imports and foreign debts, Received from France, under treaty for spoliations, Exports, including $16.8 millions specie, Freights and profits at 15 per cent., Total exports, &c., 396 99.8 30 584.2 $714 509.2 76.4 $585.6 $128.4 19.2 481 $628.6 5 f,'6 7. 8 5b.2 $428.0 ON COMMERCE. 397 Millions. $200.6 10 113.7 $324.3 10S.5 16.2 124.7 $199.6 Amount of foreign debt, Oct. 1st, 1837, Interest 1 year to Oct. 1st, 1838, Imports, including $174 millions specie, Total imports and foreign debt, Exports, including $321 millions specie, Freights and profits at 15 per cent., Total exports, &c, Amount of foreign debt, Oct. 1st, 1838, immediately after the general resumption of specie payments. Interest 1 year, to Oct 1st, 1839, Imports, including $5.6 millions specie, Total imports and debt Exports, including $84n millions specie, Freights and profits at 15 per cent., Total exports, freights, 8ic., Amount of foreign debt, on the 1st day of October, 1839, 8 days before the second suspension of specie by nearly all the banks south and west of the State of New York. Interest 3 years to Oct. 1st, 1842, Imports, including nearly $18 millions specie, Total imports and debt, Exports, including $231 millions specie, Freights and profits had fallen very much, and are es timated at 12-2 per cenlt. on the exports other than specie, Total exports, freights, &c., Amount of foreign debt, Oct. 1st, 1842, being about the same as it was, Oct. 1st, 1838, though the exports of specie had exceeded the im ports, nearly $8i million dollars, showing that it re quired about three years to pay the increased amount 9.4 . 162.0 371 121 is 139 $232 34.8 33,5.2 $602 358.6 41.8 400.4 $201.6 ON COMMERCE. Millions of debt accumulated by the heavy importations of the year 1839. Estimated losses of European creditors and bond holders by the failure of American merchants, bank ers, corporations, and some of the States to make payment during the revulsion from 1837 to 1842, and during the previous sixteen years, Leaving, Oct 1st, 1842, a foreign debt of to be provided for and paid, including bonds and stocks of all kinds held abroad, when the tariff of 1842 took effect. Interest 3 — years to June 30th, 1846, Imports, including $36 millions specie, Total imports, and foreign debt, Exports, including $192 millions specie, F'reight and profits on exports other than specie, at 10 per cent., Total exports, freight, &c., Amount of foreign debt, on the 30thl of June, 1846, five months before the tariff of 1846 took effect. The foreign debt was reduced during 34-3 years, under the operation of the tariff of 1842, about eighteen millions of dollars, and during the same period, the imports of specie exceeded the exports about sixteen and a half mil lions of dollars. Interest 1 year to June 30th, 1847,) Imports, including $24)L millions specie, Total imports and foreign debt, Exports, including nearly $2 millions specie, Freights were high, and together with profits, amounted to 12 or 15 per cent.; but the imports were under valued, and much of the grain and flour shipped on American account, fell before it was sold; to bal ance these drawbacks and undervaluations, call the freights, &c., 10 per cent., Total exports, freights, &e., 338 21.6 $180 33.7 412 $625.7 423.6 40.1 $463.7 $162 8 147 $317 150.5 15 $165.5 ON COMInIERPCE. Millions. $151.5 30.3 696.7 Amount of foreign debt, June 30th, 1847, Interest 4 years to June 30th, S1851, Imports, including $22.6 millions specie, Undervaluations of $560,000,000 of dutiable imports from 5 to 80 per cent., including profits made by foreigners on goods sent here for sale, estimated on an average at 15 per cent., Total imports and foreign debt, Exports, including $58,000,000 specie, 669 less fall on cotton shipped by American merchants before it was sold by them, estimated in 1851 at 15 Freights have been falling many years, estimated on exports other than specie, at 8 per cent., Amnt realized from exports and freights &c estimated at $702 Showing a foreign debt of about $260 against our country on the 30th of June, 1851. It is not pretended that thes.e estimates and calculations are entirely accurate; though they are deduced from such a mass of evidence, and the results at the end of each period correspond so well with each other, and with collateral evidence, that I think they cannot be very far from the truth. They are sufficiently accurate to illustrate fairly the relative effects of the several tariff acts, from 1816 to 1846, upon the commerce of the country, upon the amount of its foreign debts, and upon the exports and imports of specie.:-" The national debt of the United States on the first day of January of each of the undermentioned years was as follows: S 75,169,974. 82,000,167. 45,035,123. 123,016,375. The debt was increased $15,0QO,000 by the purchase of Louisiana in 1803, and $5,000,000 by the purchase of Florida in 1822, and was all paid off prior to January 1st, 1834. The new debt of the United States created since the suspension of specie payments in 1837, amounted on the first of December 1843, to $26,742,949. * For estilnates of the amount of coin brought into the United States by immigrants, see Section 7 of Chapter X. Soo 84 $962.5 654 48 $260 In 179 1, 1801, 1812, 1816, In 18,21) 18257 18,00) $89,987,427. 83,788,41-D2. 4S,565,405. 0.ON COMM"ERCE. The Erie Canal of New York was commenced in 1817, and completed in 1825. The worlk proved so valuable and apparenltly advantageous to the State, that a large proportion of the people of the United States were suddenly seized with a mania for inter nal improvements; and after the destruction of the tariff and national bank, about the ycar 1834, they were taken with a mo nomania for paper money, and paper cities, accompanied by a high fever for railroads. Almost every man that had sufficient facilities, credit and financiering talent to get into debt enough to ruin him eventually, thought he was on the high road to fortune and amany of the State Legislatures seemed to be governed by very little more wisdom. Some of the states commenced con tracting debts for canals, railroads, and other improvements as early as 1820, but from 1834 to 1838 inclusive, the most vision ary schemes were devised, and the largest debts contracted, in cluding loans for the establishment of banks, to the amount of over $50,000,000. Because the Erie Canal, and several canals in Great Britain and Holland, and also many railroads had proved eminently suc cessful, many persons seemed to suppose that canals and rail roads would almost instantly make business, and be as useful in a wilderness, as in a densely populated country. The several States contracted loans, and issued bonds, or stocks, for making internal inmprovements, and establishing banks, firom the years 1820 to 1S30, to an amount exceeding twenty-six million of dollars; from 1831 to 1835 to an amount ex ceeding forty millions of dollars; and fromnt 1836 to 1838, both inclusive, to an amount exceeding one hundred millions of dollars. The debts of the several states, from December 1S42, to the present time (1851) have constantly exceeded two hundred millions of dollars. The debt of the United States on the 30th of November, 1850, amounted to $64,228,238. The debt of the City of lew York exceeds ten millions of dollars; the debts of other cities of the Union, amount to about twenty millions of dollars-and large amounts of loans have been contracted by Railroad and Canal Companies-so that our National, State, City, and Corporation debts, consisting mostly of bonds, greatly exceed three hundred millions of dollars. About half of these debts over and above the foreign debts of American merchants, are supposed by well informed dealers in stocks, to be owned abroad. American bonds and stocks were very much depressed in price in 1841 and 1842; and as soon as the country began to revive, under the operation of the tariff of 1842, they began to return to the United States, and were purchased by American capitalists. They continued to rise 400' ON COMM'IERCE. in price here, and to return to this country in large amounts, up to December, 1846; but during the years 1849 and 1850, and up to the present time, it is very well known that large amounts have been sold in Europe, and the proceeds applied to pay for railroad iron, and other foreign goods. These facts serve to confirm the general accuracy of my estimates, and the correctness of the results. Though our National, State, Corporate, City and foreign debts are not one-sixth part as large in proportion to our population as the national debt of Great Britain, yet theirs is almost all owing to their own citizens, and nothing is taken out of the country to pay the interest; whereas, about half of ours is due to citizens of Great Britain, France and Holland; nations which generally take but few of our products, except cotton and tobacco; nations which generally have as large a balance of trade against us for goods and luxuries, as the credit of our merchants and people will permit, and they drain us of our specie to pay such balances, and the interest on the debts we owe them. The debt of Great Britain being due to her own citizens, does not lessen the aggregate wealth of the nation in the least; and if it could be struck out of existence at once, the people in the ag,regate would not be any wealthier than they are now. The debt is equivalent to a mortgage on rthe part of the creditors of the government,?/pon tihe productire industry and the earnin gs of the people, and thus it tends to oppress onze class, for the benefit of another; but the nation as a whole is none the poorer on account of it. The effect is the same upon the siation, as debts due from one citizen to another. Our case is different. Our debts being due to citizens of Great Britain, in order to estimate our wealth as a people, we should deduct from our afggregate means the whole amount of our foreign debt individually and collectively, including the amount of our stoclks held by Europeans. The calculations show that the balance of trade was against the United States from the close of the war, in 1815 to 1824, also under the compromise act from 1835 to 1839 inclusive —and under the tariffof 1846, firom July 1st, 1847, to June 30th, 1851 -and that the balance of trade was in favor of the United States, under the tariff acts of 1824, 1S828 and 1832 —fromi 1825 to 1834 inclusive-also during the last three years of the coinpromise act, from 1840 to 1842, inclusive, after the credit of the country had received such a shock as to diminish greatly our imports-also during the operation of the tariff of 1842, from October 1842, to Nov. 30th 1846, and during the first seven months of the tariff of 1846, up to June 30th, 1847, when there 401 ON COMMERCE. was an extensive demand for our flour and grain in Great Britain and Ireland. A low tariff has always invited large importations of foreign goods, produced a balance of trade against the country-increased the foreign debt-undermined and supplanted to a greater or less extent, the domestic producer and manufacturer-and tended to paralyze the business, to diminish the industry of the nation-and to depress the value of nearly all the property iu the United States. And the lower the tariff, and the more it has approximated to free trade, the greater have been it sparalyzing and depressingf effects upon industry. Industry and property were both excessively depressed from 1784 to 1790; again from 1818 to 1824, under the low tariff then in operation-also firomn 1837 to the end of the year 1842, under the free-trade compromise act of 1833-and the manufacture of iron, cotton and wool, and soime other branches of industry, have been much depressed during the last three years (1849, 1850 and 1851), under the free-trade tariff qf 1846. This has had a depressing influence upon alnost every pursuit in the nation. On the contrary, the industry and energies of the country revived, as if by nmagic, from 1825 to 1834, under the tariff acts of 1824 and 1828 —and also from 1843 to the end of the year 1846, under the tariff of 1842. It strikes me that the imposition of a duty of 10 or 15 per cent. on the exportation of silver from the United States, and five per cent. on the exportation of gold, would have a most salutary influence on the prosperity of the country. It would tend to increase the value of cotton and the exportation of domestic products to pay foreign debts; to check the importation of more forei,gn goods than we can pay for in domestic products; to lessen the exportation of specie, and thereby prevent runs upon the banks, panics, commercial embarrassments, derangemnents of the business of the country, and a general depression of the value of property. A ations like Llexico and the countries of South America, which produce gold and silver as commodities for exportation, have no occasion to pursue the same policy which is necessary for nations, which produce none, or very little. It is not for their interest to check the exportation of the precious metals, and to encourage their importation, which has long been the policy of the most commercial nations of Europe and of China, and ought to be tho policy of the United States. 402 O.' COMMERCE. The tonnage of the United States increased as follows: Registered, enrolled and licensed tonnage of vessels in 1815, 1,368,127 tons. 1820, 1,280,166 1830, 1,191,776 1840, 2,180,764 1850, 3,535,454 SEC. 14. On the Commerce aidl Commercial Policy of Great Britain. The foreign trade of England was very trifling in amount, prior to the time of Cromwell. The total value of exports firomr England and Wales in the year 1354 were valued at ~212,338 5s. (See ante, Chap. XII. Sec. 21.) The exports from England and Wales for the year ending MIichaelnias, 1663, amounted to ~2,022,812, and for the year ending Michaelmas, 1669, to ~2,063,294. Statement of the official value, (as fixed in 1696) of all the exports of Great Britain, of foreign and colonial as well as of domestic products, to all parts of the World, including Ireland, and her own colonies, during the undermentioned periods.* 1698 to 1701 average annually ~6,449,594 1749 to 1755 do. do. 12,220,974 1784 to 1792 do. do. 18,621,942 in 1802 do. do. 46,411,966 1816 to 1822 do. do. 53,126,195 Statement of the official and declared or real value of British and Irish products and manufactures exported from the United Kingdom during the undermentioned years. Years. Official Value. Declared Value. 1S00 ~22,831,936 ~36,929,007 1802 25,193,389 45,102,230 1810 33,299,408 47,000,926 1820 37,820,293 35,569,077 1830 60,492,637 37,691,302 1840 102,705,372 51,406,430 1845 134,599,116 60,11 1,081 1849 164,539,504 63,596,025 1850 175,416,000 71,367,885 Real value in 1850, equal to $342,560,000. * See the Commercial Dictionary-title Imports. The coin and bullion exported and imported, are not included. 4.03 ON COMMERCE. The foregoing tables show the great, and almost incredible increase of the domestic exports of Great Britain within a period of one hundred and fifty years, consequent upon the invention of the steam-engine, of machinery for spinning and weaving, rolling iron, &c., and caused by the wonderful increase in the mining and manufiacturing(r industry of that island. The official values exhibit the relative quantities of goods exported during each period, (as the standard of official values has not been changed since 1696.) Less than one per cent. of these exports since the year 1800 was from Ireland. The value of the domestic exports, of Great Britain alone, was, in 1845, nearly three times as great as those of the United States. NUMBER AND TONNAGE OF VESSELS, AND THE NUMBER OF SAILORS EMIPLOYED AT DIFFERENT PERIODS. Vessels. Tonnage. No. of Alen. 1702 in England and Wales, 3,281 261,222 27,196 in England and Wales, .. i.4 Scotland, England and WIales, Scotland, Ireland, England and Wales, Scotland, Ireland, Islands and Colonies 1835, total Brit 1843, " cc steamers, " steamers,94 1245 The cost of building and fitting out new vessels, BIcCulloch estimated at from ~10O to ~12 per ton. Almost all the foreign commerce ar,d navigation of Great Britain has grown up since the revolution of 1688; and mostly since the rapid increase of their mining and manufacturing industry after the year 1770. Mining and manufacturing industry supply almost all the materials of the immense commerce of that great empire. Ireland has no foreign commerce of any account, because she has very little mining and manufacturing industry, and nothing to export but breadstuffs, provisions, and linen goods. 404 i7O2 1760 4 4 isoo, ,c c 4 1835, c c c c c c 3,2S 1 6,105 976 12,198 2,155 1,030 14,825 3,287 1,627 5,774. 25,513 30,983 942 261.222 43359-92 52,S 1 8 1,466,632 161,511 54,262 1,853,112 335,820 131,735 . 463,094, 2,7S3,761 3,588,3S7 121,455 2"1 1 96 105,037 13,883 5,0,57 105,)45 23,)24 9,282 31,869 171,030 213)977 tish Empire., cc ON COMMERCE. Statement in pounds sterling of the declared or market value of the exports, of the growth, produce, and manufacture of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, during the undermentioned years. 1840. 1849. a~ 1,450,464 -~ 1,863,287 576,519 1,088,148 , 17,567,310 20,188,874 7,101,308 6,701,920 573,184 807,466 417,178 254,175 1,349,137 2,198,597 2,524,859 4,967,643 237,312 287,339 417,074 498,567 3,306,088 3,365,813 822,876 737,650 593,064 709,071 213,479 254,126 792,648 1,000,357 450,640 240,713 499,603 853,226 5,327,853 7,330,475 452,957 1,087,867 244,673,553 ~o54,437,314 6,732,877 9,158,711 ~51,406,430 ~63,596,025 The navigation laws passed in the time of Cromwell (1651), were substantially the beginning of the protecting system in Great Britain, which continued from that time until the year 1846. During all that period it was the constant study of the British government to discriminate between their own industry, and that of foreign nations, by duties, taxes, drawbacks, and bounties, to encourage the importation of raw materials to be manufactured, by low duties or no duties at all; while they imposed heavy duties on all products for consumption, to secure their domestic and colonial markets to their own citizens, by imposing duties on foreign manufactures (amnounting in many eases to prohibition) and to extend their foreign markets as much as possible. All this was done with a view to encourage and increase the productive industry of Great Britain, and to undermine and Supplant the manufacturing industry of all other nations. Parlia 405 I 8 1.) 0. Bi-ass and Coplr rnau'res, Co-,ils aiirl Ctilm, Cottoi-i Manufactures, C,,,iton Yarn and Twist, Earthenware, Glass and Glassware. Hardware and Cutlery, Iron and Steel, Lead and Shot, Leatlier & Mau'res of do., Linen ,)Iauufactures, Linen Yarn, Machinery and inillwork, Salt, Silk,II,-tnufactures, Soap and Candles Tin and tinware, Woollen Manufactures, Woollen Yarn, I -P 867,344 184,464 15,294,923 4,133,741 442,193 401,543 1,412,107 1,078,523 106,789 33,5,4.51 2,066,424 208,767 183,604 521,010 246,592 249,6,57 4,851,097 ,232,584,229 5,681,368 X38,271,597 Value of above articles, Value art'les not enum'd, Total domestic exports, 01O COMMER.CE. nient, the Administration, the foreign ministers, the board of trade, and the public press, as well as the merchants and manufacturers, were constantly on the alert, to effect those objects, by any means in their power. During the last fifty years of that period, their authors, editors, chambers of commnierce, merchants and manufacturers, were striving to inculcate and spread anioni the people of other nations, the doctrines of free trade, and great efforts were made by them, to subsidize the public press in the commnercial cities of the United States, and to manufacture free trade opinions for the American people, while the British government and people were studying and practising upon the most effective system of protection. The duties on iron imported into Great Britain and Ireland were changed about a dozen times, between the years 1780 and 1819, when they were finally raised at the latter period to ~6-} (or about $31) per ton, when imported in British vessels-and 27 18-2s. when imported in foreign vessels. The duties were specific, and always raised at each change, and never reduced, until the year 1832. They never reduced their duties on any thing until it became their interest to do so-until their miining and manufacturing industry was so far advanced, that duties were unnecessary to protect the home market, and it became important to set an example of free trade, to gull their less cunning neighbors. On many things, their duties are now (S1851) as high as ever. Hlaving been so fortunate as to originate in Great Britain nearly all the important inventions to promote mining and manufacturing industry of the eighteenth century, they borrowed, and adhered to, (until 1846) the policy adopted by the Venetians many centuries since, and prohibited under severe penalties, the exportation of all tools, instruments, and machines, used in the manufacture of cotton, woollen, linen, and silk goods; or used in making iron, cutlery, glass, and various other manufacture:. They enjoyed to a considerable extent, the advantages of a monopoly of the manufacture of the greater part of these coiirnmodities for over half a-century, supplied half of the commnercial world with them at high prices, and thereby engrossed an immense commerce, accumulated great wealth, involved half of the civilized world in debt to them to pay for their manufactures, and were determined to retain this monopoly as long as possible, by withholding firom other nations the means of acquiring the necessary tools, instruments, and machinery, and of learning to manufacture for themselves. Until the year 1819, Great Britain had statutes in force to prevent the exportation of gold and silver; since that time, her 406 OX cOMM*Amttom. nmanufacturing industry has been so imminnsely great, and the exportation of her manufactured fabrics so heavy, that there is a balance of trade in favor of the Britishl, and against almnost every state, nation, and people, with whom they have any comnmercil intercourse; and there is a flow of the precious metals almost constantly into Great Britain to pay these balances of trade. l'nder such circumstances, they get an abundant supply of these petals by the ordinary operation of the laws of trade, and have no occasion for the restrictive policy which they previously, and duri)ng the whole of the eighteenth and part of the nineteenth century, found expedient; and they now seek to set an example of liberality, to the other nations of the earth. The aggregate importation of silver, gold, and gold dust, into Southampton (England) for the year 1849, amounted to ~6,788,655 sterling (or over $32,:000,000) and in 1850 to ~5,703,216 (or over $27,000,000) while tile whole exports of the precious metals from Great Britain in 1850 were only ~1,565,000 sterling. Such has been the Br;tish policy for two centuries; and its results are exhibited in the foregoing tables. The repeal of the corn laws took effect in the spring of the year 1847, and that was the first year of free imtportation of grain into Great Britain. The potatoe crop of Great Britain and Ireland failed in 1845, and again inii 184f;-the grain crops were short also, during the latter year-and the trade in grain being free, the speculators imagining the deficiency much greater than it really was, offered high prices for grain and flour, and raised wheat the last of May 1847 to 102 shillings sterlirng, per quarter firomt which time it fell constantly, until the latter part of September, when it was but little over 50s. per quarter-and only 60s. at the end of August. Twice as much was imported as was necessary-the balance of trade was turned against Great Britain-large amounts of coin were exported to pay it-the produce dealers were nearly all ruined by the fall of prices-the adverse balance of trade, the exportation of specie, the extensive speculations in railroad stocks, and the numerous failures of the produce dealers, produced a severe pressure, a general prostration of credit-and one of the greatest panics ever known-and the result was, the greatest number of failures, and the most extensive bankruptcies, which ever occurred in that country. The liabilities of the firms which failed in the summer and fall of 1847 in the city of London, were stated at ~10,000,000 sterling-in Liverpool at ~3,000,000; in Manchester ~2,250,000; in Glasgow, ~3,000,000; and in Leeds, Newcastle, Bristol, Dublin, and other cities in thLe 401 UTnited Kingdom at ~5,000,000; making in all, over twenty three,millions sterling. l'This was the first bitter fruits of excessive imports-of an adverse balance of trade-and large exports of specie. The British people then drank to the dregs, from the same bitter cup, which they had so long commended to their own colonists, to the Americans, and to the people of other nations. Statement of the public income of Great Britain and Ireland, specifying the most of its sources, during the years 1838 and 1840. Customs and Fxcise. 1838. Foreign, ~1,389,371 Spirits, Rum, 1,411,067 British, 5,467,201 Malt and Hops, 5,234,986 Wine, 1,846,057 Sugar and Molasses, 4,893,684 Tea, 3,362,035 Coffee, 684,979 Tobacco and Snuff, 3,561,812 Butter, Cheese, Currants, and Raisins, 666,400 Grain and Flour, 186,760 Cotton, and Sheep's Wool, imported, 725,445 Paper, Soap, Candles, and Tallow, 1,536,260 Glass, Bricks, Tiles, and Slate, 1,107,192 Timber, 1,572,618 Excise Licenses, 1,023,202 On all other articles, 2,446,792 Total Customs, and Excise, ~37,115,861 Stamp Duties, 7,212,487 Land'axes, 1,184,830 Windows, 1,262,561 Servants, Horses, Carriages, and Dogs,1,177,452 Other assessed taxes, 278,2422 Post Office receipts, 2,346,272 Crown Lands, 388,642 Other ordinary revenues and resources, 312,5753 {Total income, T'otal income for the year 1839, Revenue from Customs in 1840 in Great Britain, Ireland, 1,285,443 280,919 1,342,604 482,429 300,966 ~51,693,510 Z52)058,349 ~21,209,082 2,132,731 X23)341,813 ov Co,,j-%IERCE. 408 1840. XI,290,581 1,155,613 5,201,664 5,325,042 1,791,646 4,650,01.7 3,472,864 921,552 3,588,192 715,136 1,156,640 785,491 1,578,466 1,261,933 1,730,551 1,054,113 2,44 7,9 0 ,L38,127,408 7,287,823 1,181,283 1,404,64'-? .k5l5278)928 Total, ON COMMERCE. Statement of the net public income (after deducting the expenses of collection) of Great Britain and Ireland during the year 1849. Great Britain. o ~18,695,79 9 12,753,816 6,365,475 5,408,160 806,000 4,303,849 I 286,190 ~48,619,289 Customs, Excise, Stamps, Property tax, Post Office, Taxes, (Land and Assessed) Miscellaneous, Ireland. ~1,941,122 1,231,548 502,073 none. 26,000 631,717 ~4,332,460 48,619,289 ~C52,951,749 20,636,921 1,557,679 Total of Great Britain and Ireland, Net receipts from Customs, Cost of collecting the Customs, The duties have been taken off from grain, flour, and cotton, since 1840-and reduced on a few other articles, but on many things they are now (1851) nearly as high as they were in 1840, amounting on an average to about fifty per cent. on all imports except cotton and bread stuffs. The duties, taxes, exports, and imports of Great Britain, show the protecting policy of the government and its effects, as well as the condition of the people. They show first, that by reason of high duties, so laid as to encourage home industry, as well as to collect revenue, nothing of any account is imported which can be produced in sufficient quantities at home; secondly, that the duties are so heavy as to amount to prohibition on nearly all manufactured articles, and that nearly all the imports consist of raw materials to be manufactured, and of provisions; thirdly, that their exports consist almost entirely of manufactures, the principal value of which arises from the labor and skill bestowed on the raw materials; and lastly, that their exports are increasing, as rapidly as foreign markets, and the demand for their products will permit. The recent census, and the condition of Ireland, and of many of the agricultural districts in Great Britain, show the depressing effects of a free importation of bread stuffs upon the agriculture, lid the agricultural population of the kingdom. 18 409 Total, ON CO.NIMr [REG. SEC. 15. On the commerce and commercial policy of France. I. Statement of the average annual value of the imports and exports of France at the undermentioned periods, in millions of francs and millions of dollars.* EXPORTS. Mfllton of Millions of FFranc. Dollars 106. 20 116.7 22 192.3 36 452.4 84 487.9 91 602.2 112w 602.2 1 112 958..8 179i 1,155.4 2161 1;270.7 238 The gold and silver coin and bullion exported and imported, are not included in the above amounts of exports and imports. The balance of trade was greatly in favor of France, and the excess of imports over the exports of coin and bullion generally very large.. II. Statement of the average annual official value* of the exports, the growth, produce, and manufacture of France, during the undermentioned periods and years, in millions of francs. 1827. 182T to 1831. 1843 to 1847. 1847. Natural products, 348.2 143.3 190.9 191.7 Manufactured products, 185.6 342.8 622.9 699.4 Total domestic products, 506.81 486.1 813.8 899.1 * The values since 1826 are according to the standard of official values adopted that year-but p)rior to 1826 they are according to the market valuet at their respective periods. I I 410 IMPORTS. Mfflion,- of Dollar.% Millic,ns of Franc& Ye. 1716 to 1720, 1721 to 1732, 1740 to 1748, 1787 to 1789, 1819 to 1821, 1827, 1827 to 1831, 1837 to 1841, 1843 to 1847, IS47, 12 15 19 53 so 104 110 182 233 251 l 6,;5 80.2 102.8 281.9 428 556 588.2 973 1,243 8 1,342.8 ON COMMERCE. III. Statement of the average annual official value* of the imports into France for home consumption and manufacture, during the undermentioned periods and years, in millions of francs. -i27. 1827 to 1831. 184 to 1I. 18. Materials to be manuf'tured,. 276.3 279.2 590.5 547.5 Rawmaterials for cons'ption, 99.6 130 248.1 379.1 Manufactured products, 38.2 33.6 54.4 49.3 Total, 414.1 442.8 893;9759 IV. Statement in millions of francs, of the official value of the principal articles of export, of the growth, produce, and manufacture of France during the years 1827 and 1847, the average of ten years from 1827 to 1836, and the average of five years from 1843 to 1847 inclusive. 1843 to 1847. Millions. 145.3 122.6 99.5 25.5 25.5 21.2 20.5 16.4 2.5 11 3.7 4.8 50.9 12.3 7.3 2.3 12 5.2 3.2 7.1 215.0 l 813.8 MIanufures of Silk, Cotton, " Wool, Flax & Hemp, Leather, Paper and books, &c., Pottery and glass ware, Linen and Linen clothing, Watch and clock work, Manufactures of metals, Modes,t Articles of Parisian industry, Wines, Brandy, Flour and grain of all kinds, Salted meats, Madder, Fruits of table, Butter, Raw Silk, Articles not enumerated, * The official value of both exports and imports, is in accordance with the standard of value adopted in 1826, which was then their supposed average market value. The amounts, therefore, show the relative quantity of exrorts and imports at different periods, but not their market value. Coin and b1ullion are not included. t Ai-incial fluwcrs are included with modes ill 1847 and 1843 to 1847. 411 i . Millio 165.5 154.9 100.115 26.1 28 22.3 21.9 17.7 2.9 .12.1 5 3.6 55.4 16.7 4.5 1.9 10.7 5 3.3 5.9 227.2 891.1 1827. Millions. 115.3 46 26.9 44 12.8 9.9 10.8 6.4 4.2 3.5 2.2 5.6 47.3 22.3 8.6 1.4 7.4 4.2 2.0 126.0 506.8 182T to 1836. Millions. 121.4 54.3 33.9 32.7 15.4 10.8 12.7 7.5 5.8 3.4 3.1 6.7 46.8 19.3 5.4 1.4 8.6 3.4 1.6 127.3 521.5 , Total domestic exports, OS COOMMERCE. V. Statement in millions of francs, of the official value of the imports into France, for manufacture and consumption. 1527. 1527 to 1836.1543 to 1547. 1547. a 8s to 1i o. average in Millions. M S3 to Mils. i184sT. average in Millions. Millions. Cotton, Silk, (raw) Wool, Indigo, Hemp, 1{aw Hides, Iron, Copper and brass, Lead, Sugar, Coffee, Tea, Grain and flour, Cheese, Butter, Linen and Hemp Cloths, Linen and hemp yarn, Leaf Tobacco, Olive, and other oils, Wood and lumber, Flax, Articles not enumerated, The official value'of domestic exports in 1848 amounted to 833,700,000 francs; their real or market value amounted to 690,000,000 francs. The official value of imports for consumption in 1848 amounted to 556,600,000 francs, their real value amounted to but 474,300,000. This shows that the average prices of their exports had declined about 171 per cent. and the average prices of their imports nearly 15 per cent.; 1848 being a year of revolution, their imports fell off more than forty per cent. The foreign commerce of France, like that of Great Britain, was very small indeed prior to the beginning of the 1Sth century, and in fact up to the year 1750, compared with what it is now. It expanded very rapidly from 1750 to the breaking out of the Revolution in 1789, but increased very little from that time, until the close of the wars of Napoleon in 1815. Since 1820 it has increased more rapidly than that of the Ujnited States, and now i I 412 182 Mllions. 51.9 32.3 11.1 14 8 4.2 8.6 4.7 9.5 6.2 37.5 10.9 1. . 9 3.1 1.7 18.1 7.9 7.6 32.7 20.4 58.9 40 16.2 18 3'.6 14 4.7 11.4 6.8 45.4 10.1 .7 23 2.9 1.5 16.1 8.9 5.9 39.4 23.2 129.6 480.3 103 6 7..) 40.8 20.7 4.2 28.3 4.4 26.9 9.4 58.9 14.5 .9 83.5 3.8 2.2 17.1 23.1 27.5 52.4 43.9 9.9 249.7 893 80.7 76.5 30.4 20.6 3.5 25.7 4.1 31 9.1 60.1 15 .8 209 3.3 2.2 13.8 7.8 22.4 56 43.1 13.9 246.9 975.9 129 414.1 Total, ON COMMERCE. greatly exceeds it. Being dependent on domestic production,-it was small prior to 1750, because the manufacturing industry of the country was small; but it has expanded with the mechanical and manufacturing industry of the nation, with wonderful rapidity, during the last thirty years (1820 to 1851) until it has become immensely great. Tables II. and IV. of this section show that nearly all the increase of exports from France consists of manufactured products; Tables III. and V. show that nearly all the increase of imports consists of raw materials to be manufactured, and raw materials for consumption, which are the products of warm countries, and do not come in competition with the industry of France. The whole of their foreign commerce, both imports and exports, comes in aid of, and fosters domestic industry; the home nlanufacturer commands the home market; and whatever imports come in competition with his industry, are taxed with heavy duties. Under this protecting policy of the government, France has made more progress in productive industry, wealth, and commerce, and nearly as muchin population, during the last twentyfive years, as she ever made before in a century. Her progress has not been confined to manufactures and commerce, but her manufacturing industry has been the means of improving her agriculture also. During the period of twenty-two years from 1827 to 1848, there have been seven years (including the years 1827, 1833, 1834, 1835, 1836, 1837, 1838, and 1841,) when the exports of grain and flour exceeded the imports. The territory of France is but a little more than two thirds as large as the Slave States above the 35th degree of latitude, and yet it has nearly supplied with grain, vegetables, and provisions of all kinds, a population of about 35,000,000. No instance can be found on record, of the growth of manufactures in a country, without a corresponding improvement in agriculture, and increase of wealth, population and commerce. Since the peace of 1815, France has been pursuing the same policy in relation to manufactures, which Great Britain has pursued for about two centuries; and similar results have followed. British writers and free trade economists have been long harping upon the advantages of France as a wine-growing country; and trying to convince the French people that it was their true policy to produce wines as their chief business, admit British goods free of duty, and pay for them in wine.* Let the reader examine Table IV., and he will see how utterly insignificant the value of wine exported, when compared with silk and cotton goods, and the aggregate of other manufactured products exported. While * See on this point Sec. 18 of Chapter IX. 413 ON COMMERCE. the exports of wine increased only seventeen per cent. in twenty years, and the exports of brandy decreased, the other domestic exports of France increased over eighty per cent. What would have been the condition of France at this day, if the government had pursued the very wise and disinterested advice of their pecanliar friends, the free trade writers and political economists of Great Britain? SEC. 16. On the commerce and commercial policy of Holland and Belgium. It is not in my power to give a reliable statement of the exports and imports of Holland; but quote the following remarks from the works of Sir. Wim. Temple, as expressive of the commercial policy of that country. " The vulgar mistake that importation of foreign wares, if purchased with native commodities and not with money, does not make a nation poorer, is what every man that gives himself leisure to think, must immediately rectify, by finding out that upon the end of an account between a nation and all they deal with abroad, whatever the exportation wants in value to balance that of the importation, must of necessity be made up with ready money. "By this we find out the foundation of the riches of Holland and of their trade by the circumstances already stated; for never any country traded so much and consumed so little; they buy infinitely, but it is to sell again, either upon an improvement of the commodity or at a better market. They are the great masters of the Indian spices and of the Persian silks; but wear plain woollen, and feed upon their own fish and roots. Yea, they sell the finest of their own cloth to France, and buy coarse out of England for their own wear. They send abroad the best of their own butter into all parts, and buy the cheapest out of Ireland and the north of England for their own use. In fine, they furnish infinite luxury which they never practise, and traffic in pleasures they never taste." The above extract discloses the policy of the Hollanders and the principal cause of their great wealth and power during the 17th and 18th centuries.- The secret of their wealth was productive industry and economy. No matter how many luxuries a people buy, if they buy them to sell again and make a profit on them; but if they buy them to consume in large quantities, unless their wealth and productive industry are very great, they will soon. squander their substance, and involve themselves in debt. 414 O COMMERCE. Statement in millions of francs, of the average annual value of the exports of the growth, produce, and manufacture of Belgium, during the undermentioned periods and years.* 1835 155t 59 83t 87 87 1848 to 14s7. Mil. of fra's. 82.2 19.3 79.5 181 $34 Raw materials to be used 4 or manufactured, Provisions,t Manufactured products, Total, Total in millions of dollars, Statement in millions of francs, of the average annual value of imports into Belgium for home consumption and manufacture during the undermentioned periods and years.* 1I85 to 1839.' 184 to 1847. 67.5 82 67.3, 98.5 53.2 37.5 ' 188 218 $351 $41 Raw materials to be used 6 or manufactured, Provisions, Manufactured products, Total, Total in millions of dlollars, Belgium has but a few miles of sea-coast, no seaport town of much consequence, very little shipping, more than one third of her imports, and over two thirds of her exports, are by land and by internal navigation, and more than two thirds of her exports and imports by sea, are made in foreign vessels. Though the Belgians have but a mere trifle of shipping and navigation, yet their foreign commerce has increased with great rapidity. Their domestic exports now amount to nearly nine dollars to each person; while those of the United States amount to only about six dollars to each person. Their commerce aids their industry; while they have greatly increased their imports of provisions and raw materials to be manufactured, their imports of manufactures (which could come in competition with domestic industry) have decreased. These facts show that a nation may * The values of both exports and imports are stated in accordance with the standard of official valuations adopted in 1833, and do not include gold and silver coin and bullion. t Sugar, tea, coffee, spice, fruits, and all products to eat and drink, except distilled liquors are classed with provisions. I 415 1835. Mil. of frs. . 43.4 22.4 72.2 138 $26 18M to 1839. Mil. of fr'cs. 45.3 24.3 71.8 141.4 $2,61 2 1 1847 Mil.0fi"& 99.5 23.7 82.5 205.7, iw. 63.3 62.4 46.9 172.6 $32.1 3 184T. 84.7 113.6 34 232.3 .$43.,L, ON COMMERCE. have an extensive foreign commerce, without much shipping or navigation, and verify the general principle heretofore stated, that commerce, both foreign and domestic, depends on productive industry, on the production of things that are wanted by the commercial world. SEc. 17. On the commerce of Austria, Russia, and Cuba. McGregor states the exports in 1840 of the Austrian Emupire, including Hungary, Lombardy, and Venice, at but 210,383,800 sterling, and their imports at ~10,576,600. The population was then about thirty-six millions and the ex.ports $49,843,000, or about 1 3 dollars to each person. Statement extracted from 1McGregor's statistics of the value of the imports and exports of the Russian Empire, and the value of the exports to each person at different periods. Exports in Millions of Roubles. Dolla's. Years Robis Dolr. Euls olas ah ro Years. 1742, 1750, 1760, 1770, 1780, 1790, 1797, 1830, 1836, 1841, $.16 .21 .30 .40 .50 .75 1.25* .95 1.05 1.10 The examples given illustrate fairly the commerce of Europe. The foreign commerce of Spain, Portugal, and the states of Italy, is less in proportion to the population than that of Austria; and the commerce of Turkey is much less in proportion to the population, than that of Russia. The domestic exports of the Island of Cuba, exclusive of gold and silver coin, and bullion, have been as follows: In 1840. $21,537,181, The population of Cuba was about one million. * The principal reason of the exports amounting to more to each person in 1797 than in 1830 was the high prices. I 416 Amount to acli person. Imports in Billions of P,oubles. Dollars. 3.5 6 7.3 11.4 15.4 31.1 34.9 b6.3 67.8 79.4 2.6 4.5 5.4 8.5 11.5 23.3 26 42.2 50.8 59.5 4.6 7.1 9.8 15 19.6 32.7 56.7 76.8 81 86.4 3.4 5.3 7.3 11.2 14.7 24.5 42.5 57.6 6o.7 64.8 in 1842. $23,447,610. ON COMMERCE. SEC. 18. Value of the exports of the United States, comnpared ,with those of Great Britain, France, and other countries. Estimate of the average value of domestic products exported annually for some years prior to 1850, and the value to each person from the following countries. Amount to each person. $ 6.00 3.25 i8 15 * 25 5 8 1.37 .!.10 22.00 United States, Free states, and northern slave states, Southern Slave States, Great Britain, Ireland, France, Belgium, Austrian Empire, Russian Empire, Cuba, 2 * If the exports of Ireland to Great Britain were included with the exports to foreign countries, they would amount to about eight dollars to each person. 417 Millions of dollars. 130 60 70 310 2 180 36 50 65 22 CHAPTER XIV. ON THE CONDITION, PRODUCTIVE INDUSTRY, AND VALUE OF PROPERTY OF GREAT BRITAIN,, FRANCE, AND OTHER COUNTRIES OF WESTERN EUROPE, AT DIFFERENT PERIODS; OF MEXICO AND THE SOUTH AMERICAN STATES THE FIRST PART OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY; AND OF THE UNITED STATES, AND THE SEVERAL STATES IN 1840 and 1850. SEC. 1. Tables showing the income, value of the real and personal estate, agricultural products, and coin in England, in 1688. The means of collecting information in relation'to the wealth and productive industry of any country prior to the nineteenth century, are very limited; the estimates made are necessarily more or less uncertain; and yet estimates made by intelligent officers of the government, and by careful practical men, often approximate very nearly to the truth, and may be very useful in aiding us to estimate the progress of nations in productive industry and wealth. The essays of Mr. Davenant published between the years 1688 and 1712, and those of Gregory King, published about the same period, furnish the most reliable evidence that can be obtained of the resources and condition of England and Wales during the 17th and early part of the 18th century. Mr. Davenant stated the rent or income value of all the property of England and Wales in 1688 as valued by the government in assessing the income tax of 4s. on the pound, and gave his own estimate of the same as follows: TABLE A. Mr. Davenant's esti mates of same. ~10,000,000 2,000,000 1,000,000 A213,000,000 1,000,000 Income as rated In 1688 from by the government. Lands, ~6,500,000 Houses and other buildings, 1,500,000 Mines and other real estate, 500,000 Total real estate, Personal estate, Total for the Kingdom, ~9,000,000 ZC8,500,000 500,000 .tl4,000,000 INDUSTRY OF GREAT BRITAIN. Mr. Davenant says, there are undeniable reasons which may be given, that the general rental or income from property of the whole Kingdom in the year 1600, did not exceed ~6,000,000; but through the help of that wealth which flowed into the Kingdom from foreign trade, it advanced from six to eight, from eight to ten, and from ten to fourteen millions sterling per annum. His estimate for the year 1600 includes personal as well as real estate, and leaves not over ~5,400,000 as the annual rent or income from real estate of all kinds. He supposed that wealth decreased during the war from 1688 to 1697, and was about the same in 1705, as it was in 1688. TABLE B. ANUAL AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS OF ENGLAND AND WALES e average of years and prices, about the year 1688, as estia by Gregory King, after deducting the quantity used for seed. Bushels. 14,000,000 10,000,000 27,000,000 16,000,000 7,000,000 4,000,000 1,000,000 79,000,000 11,000,000 90,000,000 9, 0 2 3~ 5 9,075,000 1,263,000 ~10,338,000 The seed in some cases was estimated one-fifth, and in others one-eighth the whole produce, and was reckoned at 11,000,000 bushels in all, as above stated. Call the seed of wheat on an average equal to two-thirtcenths of the crop, it would amount to about 2,500,000 bushels, and make the whole wheat crop 16,500,000 bushels. Mr. King estimated the rent of the grain land at ~2,200,000 over and above the tithes, amounting to about 700,000 leaving for products of labor and profits, ~6,175,000 Mr. Davenant estimated the rent in 1688, of pasture and meadow lands, 12,000,000 acres at 8s. Sd., ~5,200,000 Arable lands, 9,000,000 acres at 5s. 6d., 2,480,000 419 Value. .f2,4505000 1,250,000 2,700,000 1,200,000 875,000 500,000 100,000 Wheat, Rye, Barley, Oats, Peas, Beans, Vetches, 3s. 2 .2 1 2 2 2 6d. 6 0 6 6 6 0 Seed.about Total, ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE Other lands, heaths, moors, gardens, woodlands, and parks, Dwelling houses, yards, and buildings, Total of the above, A He estimated the number and value of the LIV ENGLAND AND WALES IN 1688, as follows: TA13LE C. Number. Value of each. Neat cattle, including calves, 4,500,000 ~2 Os. Od Sheep and lambs, 12,000,000 0 7 4 Swine and pigs, 2,000,000 16 0 Deer and fawns, 100,000 2 0 0 Goats and kids, 50,000 10 0 Hares and leverets, 24,000 1 6 Rabits and conies, 1,000,000 5 Horses, 1,200,000 2 10 0 Fowls, geese, turkeys, &c., Total ~18,759,633 Mr. Davenant estimated the ANNUAL VALUE about the year 1688, OF ANIMAL PRODUCTS, including the products of the forest and all agricultural products, except grain, as follows: TABLE D. ~2,500,000 2,000,000 250,000 3,350,000 600,000 1,300,000 1,000,000 500,000 ~11,500,000 2,000,000 ~9,500,000 Jr. King, 9,075,000 ~19,575,000 500,000 500,000 ~19,575)000 Deduct hay for farm horses, cattle and sheep, Total net products of agriculturo, Timber cut for building, &o., Wood for fuel, &c., 420 2,320,000 2,000,000 12,000,000 E STOCK OF Total Value. ,kg,ooo,ooo 4,440,000 1,600,000 200,000 25 000 i:800 20,833 3,000,000 472,000 INDUSTRY OF GREAT BRITAIN. SEC. 2. Comparative incomes and population of England, France and Holland, in 1697. Mr. Davenant estimated the ANNUAL INCOME FROM CAPITAL AND LABOR (over and above the use of dwelling houses,) upon which the people lived, and out of which all taxes, assessments and tithes were paid, immediately after the war ending in 1696, as follows: TABLE A. England and Wales, at France, at Holland, at No details are given of the incomes of the peopl none of the people of England except those of agricl e forest, heretofore stated. He estimated the annual come from lands, houses, and other real estate at Income from commerce, navigation, and business, This estimate includes nothing for the income from agricultural labor and stock, which may be esti mated at 3o21 0,000 ~21,000:000 TABLE B. The population of England and Wales in the year 1700, was about 5,500,000; of France, about 19,669,000; and of Hol land, about 2,000,000. Population. Annual Income. Amt. to each Person. England and ~ EWales, a 5,500'000 43000,000 ~ 7 16s., or $37 50 Holland, 2,000,000 21,000,000 10 102s. or 50 00 France, 19,669,000 81,000,000 4 21s. or 19 82 Rran~eX 19,669,000 81,000,000 4 21.O 198 France 19,69,00081,000,000 4 221s. or 19 82 Mr. Davenant was engaged in the treasury department of the government, and was well acquainted with the commerce and resources of England; but his information in relation to Holland and France must have been much less complete. We have reason to believe that the incomes of Holland, considering their immense commnerce, must have been. greater in proportion to the population, than those of England; and if so, the amount I have added is not too much. His estimate so far as regards England and Wales, was based on their official valuations, and income tax, and is entitled to credit; but so far as regards France, it was a 421 R43,000,000 81,000,000 18,250,000 Total, ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE mere conjecture, without much official evidence, and quite too low to be probable. We have no reason to believe that the productive industry of France, and the incomes of the people, materially increased fromnt the time of the revocation of the edict of Nantes in 1685, to the revolution of 1789. See tables A. and D. of Sec. 9. Estimate of the net ANNUAL INCOME from MINING, THE MECHAN IC ARTS, MANUFACTURES AND COMMERCE IN ENGLAND AND WALES about the year 1700; from the best information I have been able to collect of the prices and quantity of products. Manufactures of wool, ~2,000,000 deducted for materials, ~4,000,000 Manufactures of leather, less ~500,000 for hides, 3,500,000 Manufacturing 1,170,000 lbs. of cotton, at 2s. 6d. per lb. 146,000 Manufactures of silk, 500,000 Mlanufactures of linen in 1800 estimated at ~2,000,000, perhaps in 1700 about one-third part as much, less the flax, 500,000 Hats and caps, value, less the materials used, 300,000 Mlaking about 13,000 tons of castings, bar and pig iron, at ~20 per ton, 260,000 Making two-thirds of it into cutlery, hardware, chains, and blacksmith work, adding ~20 value per ton, 170,000 Mining and smelting 700 tons copper, worth.2100 per ton, 70,000 Mining and smelting about 1500 tons of tin, worth ~75 per ton, 112,000 Mining and smelting, perhaps, 3000 tons of lead and zinc, worth ~112, 360,000 Value added by manufacturing copper, tin, lead, and zinc, 542,000 Manufacturing precious metals and jewelry, value added, 100,000 Manufacturing bricks, lime, and lumber, quarrying stone, erecting houses and other buildings, perhaps, 2,000,000 Manufacturing glass and earthen ware, 200,000 Manufacturing paper, 100,000 Mining and transporting about 500,000 ohaldrons of coal, 500,000 Grinding grain and making flour, value added, 500X000 422 TABLE C. INDUSTRY OF GREAT B13RITAIN. Ialking wagons, carriages, furniture, utensils, and ship building, about All other manufactures and mechanism, 216,860,000 6,140,000 9,000,000 9,500,000 1,000,000 500,000 Income from foreign and domestic commerce, navigation and transportation, about Value of grain and vegetables over and above seed, brought forward, Income from animals, brought forward, Income from the forest for timber and fuel, Income from the fisheries, about Total amount, as estimated in gross by Davenant, ~43,000,000 SEC. 3. Acres of land, and rental of Great Britain and Ireland at different periods, from 1770 to 1843. Summary statement of the number of ACRES OF LAND, AND THE RENTAL of, or income from, the same in GREAT BRITAIN in 1810-11, and in 181415, according to the returns of the income tax, and an estimate of the same for Ireland in 1832, compiled from official documents by a parliamentary com mittee; excluding from each the rental of houses, mines, fac tories, stores, fisheries, and all real estate in cities and villages. The rental of farm houses is included with lands. Acres of land. Rent in 1810-11. Renthi 1814-15. Gross am't. Per acre. 32,243,200 ~27,880,085 17s. 31d. ~32,502,824 4,752,000 1,622,985 6 10 1,827,638 36,995,200 ~29,503,070 15 1 1i ~34,330,462 18,021,760 4,816,577 5 41 5.075.242 55,016,960 ~34,319,647 39,405,704 19,944,209 12,715,478 12 9 McCulloch says the rental of lands only in England and Wales was estimated by Arthur Young in 1771 at ~16,000,000; by Dr. Beeke in 1800 at ~20,000,000; that the entire rental of Scotland in 1770, was estimated at only from 21,000,000 to ~1,200,000, and in 1795 at a little over ~2,000,000; that Brown computed the gross rental of Ireland, including houses, quit rents, tithes, etc., in 1737, at ~2,824,000; and that Young estimated it ill 1778 at ~6,000,000. In addition to the rents, the tenants paid all taxes, and also the tithes, the latter amounting in 1814 for England and Wales to ~2,732,690. 423 farming 1,000,000 2,000,000 England, Wales, England and Wales, Scotland, Great Brit.-tin, Ireland in 1832, ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE The rental of lands only, (including farming lands, pastures, commons, heaths, woodlands, gardens, and farm houses,) ac cording to the returns of the income tax for the year 1843, was as follows: Great Britain, ~45,753,615 Ireland, 13,000,000 SEC. 4. Tables showing the rental and ivaluation of the different kinds of real property in Great Britain in 1815 and 1843. TABLE A. Summary statement of the RENTAL OR ANNUAL INCOME OF REAL ESTATE OF ALL KINDS IN ENGLAND, WALES AND SCOTLAND, according to the returns of the income tax in 1815, as stated by McCulloch; and the rental in 1843, according to the returns of the income tax. Rental in 1815. ~49,744,621 3,750,747 6,642,955 Great Britain, TABLE B. Summary statement of the AMOUNT AND PER CENT. OF THE ANNUAL INCOME OF EACH KIND OF REAL ESTATE IN GREAT BRITAIN IN 1814-15, AND 1843, according to the returns of the income tax of those years. Mills, factories, stores, and warehouses are included with dwelling houses, in the returns of 1814-15, but by the aid of the per centage of each, stated in the Westminster Review, I have been able to separate them with tolerable accuracy. Rental of 1843. Per ct. zA45,753,616 48.0 38,475,73S 40.4 1,960,330 2.0 2,081,337 2.1 2,598,943 2.7 1,307,093 1.4 2X394,646 2.5 712,742.9 Lands, ~39,405,704 Dwelling houses, 15,035,000 Tithes, 2,732,899 Mines, 678 785 Railroads, ) Canals, 1973Mills,fact's,warehs,&c. 1,927,342 Manors, fines and quarries, 358,593 ~60,138,323 100.00 ~95,284,445 100.0 424 zC5S,753,615 Great Britain and Ireland, Rental in 1843. zCSO,519,084 5,283,600 9,481)762 Eno,,Iand, Wales, Scotland, zC6O,l38)323 .C957284)446 Per ct. 65.56 25.00 4.52 1.13 3.20 0.59 Total, INDUSTRY OF GREAT BRITAIN. TABLE C. Sunimna-y statement of the AMOUNT OF MONEYS LEVIED BY ASSESS aiENT FOR POOR RATES AND COUNTY RATES in England and SVales for the year 1832, as collected and published by the Board of Trade. See MIcCulloch's statistics, II, p. 421. Amount levied on. Farming lands, gardens, woodlands, &c., ~5,434,890 Dwelling houses, 2,635,257 Mills, factories, forges, mines, &c., 352,479 MIanorial profits, navigation, warehouses, &c., 183,874 ~8,606,500 100.00 The ninth report of the poor law commissioners is referred to in the Westminster Review for January, 1848, in corroboration of the general correctness of the valuations under the income tax. In that report (p. 8,) it is shown that the proportions of the several kinds of real property charged to the poor rates in England and Wales, were as follows: Lands, Dwelling houses, All other property, 100 The reviewer remarks, "The one return (the income tax,) embracing all Great Britain, the other (for the poor rates, &c.,) England and Wales only, and being founded on distinct data, we consider the near approximation, speaks strongly for the general accuracy of both." 425 Per cent. 63.17 30.61 4.09 2.13 Total amount levied, 52 per cent. 37 do. 11 do. ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE TABLE D Summary statement of the VALUE IN MILLIONS OF POUNDS STER LING, OF ALL THE REAL ESTATE IN GREAT BRITAIN IN 1815 AND IN 1843, deduced from the foregoing table B, estimating the value of dwelling houses, other buildings and railroadsas equal to twenty-years' rent, and lands, canals, mines, etc., equal to twenty-seven years' rent in 1815, and to twenty-eight years rent in 1843. ars' rent Value in 1815. Millions. Lands, Dwelling houses, Tithes, lIines, Railroads, Canals, MIills, factories, etc., Manors, fines and quarries, Increase in the value of dwelling houses and palaces, exclusive of farm houses in twenty-eight years, from 1815 to 1843, ~469,000,000. Such an increase is more wonderful than the increase of even the cotton manufacture. All the dwelling houses in the United States in 1843, were not worth perhaps over $1,350,000,000, and excluding farm houses not over $830,000,000; while the magnificent palaces of the nobles and wealthy commoners, and the dwellings of the merchants, manufacturers, mechanics, and other inhabitants of cities and villages in Great Britain, were worth, as above shown, about $3,685,329,000, or nearly three times as much as those of the same classes in our country. * These railroads cost about ~60,000,000, and the canals about ~30,000,000. 426 Yre rent 28 20 28 28 20 28 20 28 Value in 1843, Millions. zCl.281 . 769 55 58 *52 *37 48 20 27 20 27 27 20 27 20 27 381 - 2 gi -ff Xl.503 zC2.320 Total, INDUSTRY OF GREAT BRITAIN. SEc. 5. Several estimates of the productive industry of Great Britain. TABLE A. Estimate made by McCulloch in 1838, of the PRINCIPAL ANNUAL CROPS OF ENGLAND AND WALES, THEIR PRICE, TOTAL VALUE) and the number of acres cultivated. Acres culti- Bushels vated. per acre Wheat, 3,800,000 26 Barley and Rye, 900,000 32 Oats and Beans, 3,000,000 36 Turnips and po tatoes, 1,200,000 Gardens & hop yards, 150,000 2.25 ~62.325 5.665 ~56.66 Deduct one-eleventh for seed, Leaves for net produce of above crops, He estimated the annual value of the various products derived from pasture and meadow lands at an average of about ~3 los. per acre; being equivalent on 17,000,000 acres to ~59,500,000, which he distributed as follows: TABLE B. Cattle for beef, 1,100,000, at ~13 each, Calves killed, 200,000, at ~3 each, Sheep and lambs killed, 6,800,000, at ~1 10s. each, Wool, 338,000 packs of 240 lbs. each, worth ~12 per pack or ls. per lb., Hogs and pigs, 555,000, at ~1 16s. each, Horses, 200,000 full grown, produced annually, worth ~15 each, Poultry, eggs, rabbits, and deer, Dairy produce of milk, butter, and cheese, Meadow and grass for work and pleasure horses, Total, The horses used for farming purposes, are mere in struments for cultivating the ground and raising the grain; the value of those raised for such pur poses, more than half of the whole, and also the 427 Total produce in bushels. 98,800,000 28,800,000 108,000,000 Price per 8 bush. 50S. 30s. Value in millions. zC3O.875 5.4 17.5 at X5 I per acre, 4 6.3 at -LI5 per acre, Million& X14.3 .6 10.2 4.056 1. 3. 1.344 12. 13. zC59.5 ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE hay and pasture consumed by them, amounting to about should be deducted, in order to ascertain thile net products of agriculture, which leaves Add for timber and wood cut annually, according to McCulloch, Total net produce of agriculture and the forest, Ilis estimate for Scotland was as follows: Value of crops cultivated, ~13,355,000 Products of meadow and pasture lands, 5,000,000 Products of uncultivated and wood-lands for timber, 2,000,000 ~20,355,000 Deduct for seed, one-eleventh of the crops, 1,251,000 Total for Scotland, ~19.14 ~129.3 McCulloch supposed that one-half of the value of farming lands consists of the buildings, fences, drains, and other improvements on them. I pre sume such improvements do constitute about forty per cent. of their value, or about ~500,000,000; more than half of which, or ~250,000,000, has been made during the last fifty years; add, there fore, for agricultural labor invested annually in fencing, draining, and improving lands, Making the total value produced annually in Great Britain about the year 1839, by lands, agricultural capital and labor, capital and labor, z~~~A234.3 The under estimates in the prices of produce, and the articles omitted, will exceed the wear and tear of tools and agricultural implements. Compare the foregoing estimate of the agricultural products of England and Wales with the estimates by King and Davenant in Sec. 1, and the increase will appear truly wonderful, when we consider that the country had been settled perhaps mnore than 2,000 years at the former period. 428 S. 51.5 2. zCl]0.16 .LI9)140,000 ZC5. .TRY OF GREAT B13RITAIN. McCulloch says the annual wheat crop of Eng land and Wales was estimated in 1773 at In 1796, by Lord Hawkesbury, afterwards Lord Liverpool, at less than In 1688, by King, as stated in Sec. 1, at about In 1838, by McCulloch, as above stated, at In 1842, by Brande in his Encyc. of Science and Art, at MIcCulloch says the Commissioners of the Poor Inquiry in Ireland, estimated the total annual value of its land produce at only ~36,000,000; but he thought the estimate quite too low, and he estimated it at ~44,500,000 From which.he deducted for seed, and sums neces sary to replace horses, &c., 6,000,000 Leaving but ~38,500,000 Call the amount of the net product of agriculture in Ireland; ~40,000,000 out of which he estimates 3,500,000 must be sent out of the country to pay rents due to absentee proprietors; leaving but ~36,500,000 to be enjoyed by the people of Ireland. These estimates are above those in a very able article in the Westminster Review for January, 1848, which are as follows; Value produced annually by lands, capital, and labor, employed in agriculture in Great Britain, ~126,899,111 do. do. in Ireland, 27,683,603 In the same article the average wages of labor employed in agriculture, are estimated as follows: Per week. Male adults in Great Britain, lOs. Males under twenty years of age, 5 Female adults, 5 do under twenty years old, 2 6 McCulloch in 1838 estimated the whole value produced annually by capital and labor in Great Britain, at ~297,000,000; population at 18,000,000, equal to ~16 10s, or $79,22 to each person; while he estimated the value produced to be enjoyed by the Irish people, as less than ~6 for each person, or about $28.80), 429 Million bushels. 32 48 16.5 9S.8 i 120 Per week. 5s. od. 2 6 2 6 1 3 In Ireland, do. do. do. ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE TABLE C. The VALUE PRODUCED ANNUALLY IN GREAT BRITAIN BY CAPITAL AND LABOR employed in MINING, MANUF4,CTURES, THE MECHANIC ARTS, TRADE AND COMMERCE, NAVIGATION AND TRANSPORTATION, is estimated in the Westminster Review as follows; Wages of 1,857,447 adult males at 17s. 6d. per week, ~84,518,388 do. 571,705 do. do. at 15s. do. 22,296,495 do. 448,419 do. do. at lOs. do. 11,658,894 do. 72,395 males under 20 years old at 1 do. 72,395 7s. 6d. per week, 1,411,701 do. 498,508 adult females at 6s. per week, 7,776,724 do. 203,353 females under 20 yrs. old at 4s pr. wk 2,114,870 Total, 3,651,827 ~129,777,072 Deduct for agricultural tools for Ireland, 2,500,000 ~127,277,072 2O)OO0,000 Rental and profits of mines, quarries, ironworks, warehouses, mills, railroads and canals, &c., Profits of capital employed in manufactures, and in the distribution of the same, including navigation, the salaries of assistants in retail business, &c.; 25 per cent. on ~114,777,072, the wagesoflabor above stated, except ~15,000,000 worth of farming utensils, Profits of distributing agricultural produce, 20 per cent. Total for mining, manufactures and commerce, ~203,851,161 Amount for agriculture brought forward, 126,899,111 Total annual value produced in Great Britain, ~330,750,272 This sum for 18,800,000 inhabitants amounts to ~17 10s., or about $84 to each. Estimate of the products of capital and labor in Ireland, over and above the amount paid to non-resident proprietors, Income from agriculture as above estimated, ~36,500,000 Income from mining, manufactures and mechanic arts, 12,500,C00 Income from commerce and navigation, about 12,500,000 Total annually, about Equal to about ~7 1Os., or $36, to each person. 430 28)694,267 2,879,822 L61)500,000 IDt)'STRY OF GREAT BtRITAI1o TADLE D. Summary statement of the NUMBER AND VALUE OF LIVE STOCK IN GREAT BRITAIN IN 1839, according to the estimate of McCul loch and the authorities cited by him in his statistics England and Wales. Scotland. Value in Number. Price. Value in Number. Price. Millions.n Millions. Cattle, 4,120,000 O~10 ~41.2 1,100,000 ~10 ~11. Sheep, 26,148,000 141 32.685 3,500,000 11 4.375. Horses, 1,250,000 14 17.500 250,000 14 3.5 Swine and poultry, 2.500 5 Total ~93.885 ~19.37,5 By referring to table C. of Sec. 1, the reader will see that the number of cattle has decreased since the year 1688, though their aggregate value is nearly five times as great now as it was then. This great increase of price has taken place during a period when the money in circulation in Europe in proportion to the population, has increased only about twenty-five per cent. The price of beef is not over two and a half times as high per pound as it was in 1688, and we may fairly conclude from this, that the improvements in agriculture have been such, during the last century and a half, as to double the average weight of cattle, and thereby increase their value five fold. The number of horses has also remained about the same, though their value has increased nearly six fold. As to sheep, their number has more than doubled, and yet their average value has increased about thirty-five per cent. These are curious facts, illustrating the effect of supply and demand on price. When the population was small in proportion to the stock of horses and cattle in 1688, the prices of such animals were very low, but since the population has become large, the demand large and the supply the same, prices have advanced in a most astonishing manner. Cattle in our western and southern States are worth nominally less now than they were in England in 1688; in the northern district of New York and western district of Pennsylvania, perhaps about the same as in England in 1688; but near the large cities, and in or near the populous manufacturing districts of New England, prices are much higher. In 1771, the capital, other than real estate, employed in agriculture in England and Wales, was estimated by Arthur Youngv at about ~4 per acre, or about ~124,000,000; in 1839 McCulloch estimated it at from ~6 to ~7 per acre, or about 431 ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE ~200,000,000; and ~30,000,000 in Scotland. This includes the live stock as above stated, wagons, harness, ploughs, and other farming utensils, the seed and labor invested in the growing crops, and the stock of provisions, fuel, &c. on hand, to enable the farmer to carry on his business. SEC. 6. Products of the manzlfacturing and mining industry of Great Britain, and the capital invested; also the foreign in vestments. Summary statement in millions sterling, of the ANNUAL VALUE OF THE PRODUCTS of GREAT BRITAIN; and of the NET VALUE PRODUCED BY CAPITAL AND LABOR deducting materials, mostly according to the estimates made by McCulloch in 1839; to which I have added an estimate of the AMOUNT OF CAPITAL EMPLOYED, supposing the capital to bear the same proportion to the value of products that it did in the United States, according to the census of 1840. I have estimated the aggregate value of houses, vessels, furniture, carriages, wagons, agricultural implements and all articles produced which are not enumerated, except the products of flouring, grist, saw and oil mills, at forty per cent. greater than it was in the United States in 1840; the income of mills the same as in the United States, and the capital in mills only half as much as in the United States: Net value produced. Millions. ~26.6 14. 6. 7.5 Manufactures of Cotton, do Wool, do Linen, do Silk, Hardware, Cutlery, Castings, &c. Watches, Jewelry, &c., Leather, Shoes, &c., Glass and Earthenware, Paper, Hats, 9.5 6.333 8.92 3. 1.5 2.5 13.5 10.125 5.3 4.25 3.188 3.2 1.5.9 1.2 2.4 1.44 1.2 ~109.15 ~77.586 ~86.82 432 Gross Products. Millions. . zC35. 22. 8. 10. Capital. Millions. *Y-34 17 6 1.5 I LXIDUSTRY OF GREAT BRITAI;N. Gros Produc ts. 7.5 15. 1.3 55 95 03 Iron, 1,150,000 tons, Coal, 30,000,000 tons, Copper, 13,000 tons, l Tin 5,500 tons. ( Lead, 46,000 tons, Silver, 10,000 lbs. Troy, Salt, Alum, and other mineral products, Total of mining, &c. Houses, ships, and other manu factures, Flouring, grist, saw and oil mills Total of Mining, Manufactures and Mechanic arts, Add 10 per cent. for undervaluation, of capital, I have not the means of stating the tonnage of England, Wales and. Scotland at'the time of taking the census in 1841, but froin the great increase of the tonnage of the British empire from 1835 to 1843, we may conclude the shipping of Great Britain alone amounted in 1841 to about 2,600,000, which at ~10 per ton would amount to ~26,000,000. Taking the returns of the United States census of 1840, of the amount of capital employed in commerce, and comparing the amount of the commerce of Great Britain with that of the United States. the capital employed in the former country, including about thirty millions sterling of coin, must amount over and above the shipping to about ~126,000,000, making in all about ~150,000,000 employed in commerce, navigation, and transportation in Great Britain in 1841, over and above ~2,000,000, worth of shipping employed in the fisheries. Taking the returns of the income tax as a guide, which amounted in 1843, to between forty and fifty millions sterling, exclusive of the salaries of clerks, and the earnings of carmen, sailors, and all common laborers, we cannot estimate the earnings of conmerce, navigation, and transportation, banking and insurances, which are branches of commerce, including the tolls of railroads *These are the estimates of McCulloch; and the value of the mines is not included in any of these estimates. 19 433 Net Value. 5.0 14.0 1.1 5 . 8 025 capite *7.0 5.0 *2.44 .8 025 1.0 .t26.33 7 7 .222.125 X15-965 29,224 4,913 20,364 6,860 X130,009 X133,848 13,000 LI,13,000 - Total 434 ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE and canals in Great Britain in 1841, at less than ~60,000,000 sterling. McCulloch estimated the income fiom the fisheries of Great Britain at ~3,000,000, and we may estimate the capital employed in the fisheries nearly as much as in the United States, or about ~3,000,000. Perhaps it would not be extravagant to estimate the value of furniture, pleasure carriages, plate, jewelry, books, pictures, and ornaments at one fifth part as much as the dwelling houses, which would amount, as shown in table I), of Section 4, to about ~153,000,000 over and above what is possessed by farmers and farm laborers, amounting in all to not less than ~1S0,000,000 sterling. In 1847 Lord George Bentinck presented to the House of Commons of England, a petition in behalf of the British holders of Spanish bonds, in which they prayed for redress against Spain, and for the assistance of that House-stating that the debt of Spain to her foreign creditors amounted to ~78,000,000, that for several years past interest had been paid on only ~7,105,000, leaving a balance of ~70,895,000 on which interest had not been paid. He estimated the amount due from the Government of Spain to British subjects at about ~46,000,000; and it was to recover that money, that he presented the petition. Lord Palmerston remarked, "that the time may come when the British Nation may no longer see with the same tranquillity ~150,000,000 due to English subjects, the interest and the principal of which are alike unpaid; and that if more proper efforts to fulfil engagements adequately are not made, the government of this country may be compelled by public opinion, aye, and by the votes of Parliament, to deviate from the hitherto established practice, and to insist upon the payment of those debts. Sir, that we have the means to do so, I do not for one moment dispute." Lord Palmerston must have included in the ~150,000,000, on which the interest was unpaid, the amount due from some of the States of this Union, as well as that due from Spain, Mexico, and the South American Republics. And if his estimate is not grossly exaggerated, the whole foreign debt, exclusive of what is due from the colonies to the inhabitants of Great Britain, including the value of all foreign stocks held by them, must exceed ~300,000,000. The debts and stocks on which interest and dividends are paid must exceed the amount on which there is a default to pay interest. The amount of state, railroad, canal, and bank stocks of the United States, including city bonds, held in Great Britain, exceeded $100,000,000, or ~20,000,000, and our mercantile debt to the British merchants, manufacturers, and INDUSTRY OF GREAT BRITAIIN. mniners, was probably about half as much, or ~10,0 debt of Mexico and the Mexicans to Great Bri British capital invested in mining in Mexico. has estimated at over ~20,000,000. The estimate of Lord Palmerston appears extrav I cannot doubt that the whole amount invested by zens of Great Britain in the stocks and property o tries, including the whole mercantile debt due them, exceeded in 1841, over and above bad debts, The debts of the East India Company in April, 1834, amounted to and those debts were nearly all due to citizens of Great Britain. The stock of the company is nearly all held by citizens of Great Britain and amounts to Amount invested by citizens of Great Britain in property and debts, in Canada and the other British colonies, perhaps three fourths as much as in India, or McCulloch estimates the rents in Ireland due to absentee proprietors, (citizens of Great Bri tain,) at ~3,500,000, which would represent a capital of about Total amount, invested by the resident citizens of Great Britain in their colonies and other countries. With the exception of the investment in Ireland, it yields an income of about six per cent. per annum, amounting in all, to about SEC. 7. Income from, alzd capital invested in the several depart ments of industry in Great Britain in 1841; rental and value of property at different periods. TABLE A. Summary statement or estimate of the TOTAL AMOUNT OF PRIVATE PROPERTY, and THE INCOME in 1841, from property, labor, and business of all the inhabitants of the Island of Great Britain, in millions of pounds sterling. Property. Income. Lands as stated in table D. Sec. 4, Other real estate,,c 435 100,000,000 ~371,000 000 X19,000,000 ~1,281 1,039 ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE Property. $230 Farming capital over and above lands as stated in Section 5, Manufactures and mining (E~106, 000,000 capital reckoned in, with real estate deducted), Commerce, navigation, and trans portation, Fisheries, Furniture, pleasure carriages, plate, books, jewelry, &c., Total in Great Britain, Inhabitants in 1841, about 18s,500,000, including the army and navy; am't to each, Equal in federal money to each person, Am'nt invested in foreign stocks and in debts, and property in the colonies, and in foreign countries, Grand total in millions, Amounting for each person to Equal in federal money to TABLE B. Summary recapitulation of THE: VALUE of the PROPERTY of Great Britain in the year 1833, extracted from Table XVI., general estimate of the public and private property in England and Wales, Scotland and Ireland; by Pebrer, on the taxation, debt, capital, resources, &c., of the whole British Empire; a work of high authority, published in London in 1833. Millions. Millions. England and Wales, Productive private property, Unproductive, " Scotland, Productive private property, Unproductive, " Great Britain TOTAL PRIVATE PROPERTY in 1833, 318.3 51.1 369.4 * The use or rents of dwelling houses is not included in either of these estimates. See Table B, of Section 4. 486 Iiicome'. X 134 54 133 150 3 60 3 ISO zC330 X2,937 -LI59 $763 *Xl7 16s. $85.50 X371 X19 X3,308 179 $859 00 X349 *18 17s. $90. X2,054.6 X2,428.9 374.3 zC2,798.3 INDUSTRY OF GREAT BRITAIN. Population in 1833, including army and navy, about 17,000,000, equal to ~164 12s. or $790 to each person, being equal to $802 to each person in England and Wales, and $721 in Scotland. Millions. In Ireland, Productive private property, ~622.17 Unproductive " 116.4 ~738,500,000 Equal to ~92 19s., or about $451 to each person. Public property in Enland and Wales, 42 "i Scotland, 3.9 Ireland, 11.9 common to Great 3,800,000 Britain and Ireland, as the navy, military and ordnance stores, 46 J These estimates of Pebrer include only the property in Great Britain, and not the stocks, property, and debts in the British colonies and foreign countries, and in Ireland, belonging to citizens of Great Britain. The reader will see that the private property, according to his estimate, amounted to a little more to each individual in 1833, than it did in 1841, according to my estimate. As to the amount of private property in Ireland, it appears to me that Pebrer has greatly over estimated it. Taking the value of the products of Ireland as a guide, I cannot estilmate the whole amount of private property at more than ~550;000,000, about ~100,000,000 of which belongs to non-resident proprietors, citizens of Great Britain. There is very little capital in Ireland invested in either mining, manufactures, or foreign commerce, and it seenms to me impossible that the amount of property should be so great as estimated by Pebrer, when the business and products are comparatitely so small. TABLE C. Summary statement of the-ANNUAL INCOME OR RENTAL OF REAL ESTATE OF ALL KINDS IN ENGLAND AND WVALES at the under mentioned years, as stated ante sections 1, 3, and 4; the real value of the same, and the number of years rent of such value. The estimated rent of houses in 1770 and 1800, is added to the estimated rental of the lands, as stated in sec tion 3: Value of real estate. Millions. 2O 1600 ~ 5400,000~ t52l1 203 400 700 1,284 2,060 437 14 16 20 22 24 24 1600 1688 and 1705, 1770 1800 1815 1843 X 5,400,000 13,000,000 20,000,000 32,000,000 53,495,368 85,802,684 ON TIE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE TABLE D. Estimatea VALUE OF THE PERSONAL ESTATE IN ENGLAND AND WALES during the undermentioned years, the proportion or per cent. which the personal bears to the real estate, and the AGGREGATE VALUE OF THE PERSONAL AND REAL ESTATE. The proportion between the personal and real estate in 1815 and 1843, is nearly the same as stated in Table A, of this section. Per Cent. Personal Estate. Personal & Real Estate. M illions. Millions. 14 ~ 101 ~ 86 1623 35 243 20 80 480 24 168 868 28 360 1,644 30 618 2,678 The above is the supposed nominal value, without taking into consideration the amount of money in proportion to the population at each period. When this is taken into consideration, and the comparative value ascertained, by taking the amount of money at the present time as the standard, and adding to the nominal valuation at periods when the amount of money was less, and deducting from it when the amount of money was greater, the difference appears much less. TABLE E. Summary statement or estimate of the POPULATION of England and Wales, at the undermentioned periods; the COMPARATIVE VALUE, (taking the amount of money in circulation into con sideration,) of the PRIVATE PROPERTY IN THE KINGDOM; the per cent. which is added to or deducted from the nominal value of property to ascertain the comparative value, and the AMOUNT AND ANNUAL INCOME FROM PROPERTY AND LABOR to each person. Also, the amount in 1843, including foreign debts, stocks, and property in Ireland, the colonies, and other countries. The annual income from property and labor, and also the value of property in the years 1200 and 1500, are estimated froml the amount in the years 1600 and 1700, and the subsequent years, and from the comparative condition and commerce of the country at those several periods, taking into consideration the present condition and productive industry of Mexico and 438 In Year. 1600, nearly 1688 and 1705, 1770, 1800, 1815, 1843, INDUSTIr' OF GREAT BRITAIN. the South American States, as stated in Section 10 of this chapter. Years. Population. Per Cent. Comparative value of Arnt to each person. add. deduct. private property. Property. Income. Millions. Millions. .200, 1.9 ~ 40 $100 $24 1.500, 3.1 85 130 28 1600, 4.4 75 150 165 32 1700, 5.5 12 270 235 40 1770, 7.1 6 450 300 50 1800, 8.8 19 700 380 75 18S15, 11.0 331 1,096 480 90 1843, 16.0 2,678 800 85 1843, foreign debts, &c. included, 3,050 900 90 The reader should bear in mind, that these are not vague estimates of individuals made in gross, without a knowledge of details; but so far as regards the rental of the years 1688, 1811, 1815 and 1843, they are official valuations made by government officers in detail, in the several counties, cities, towns, boroughs, and districts of the Kingdom, for the purposes of taxation; and they may be relied upon as approximating very nearly to accuracy; as near as it was possible to make them. All the calculations of the value of property are based upon those official valuations, reference being had to the increase of population, commnerce and productive industry, from one period to another; and the estimates of the incomes, or value produced by capital and labor at different periods, were mostly made by men of the highest intelligence, possessing the most ample means of acquiring infornation, and are partially founded on the official records of the Kingdom. Wherever I have differed from them, or made estimnates of my own, it will appear from a careful examination of the work. Miany of the estimates of personal estate are my own, drawn from a comparison between the proportions which personal estate bears to real estate in the United States. As a country grows older and wealthier, personal property increases more rapidly than the enhancement in value of real estate. The increase of wealth in Great Britain during the present century, is without examnple in the history of the old world. Previous to the year 1790, the steam engine, and the machinery of Eugland for the manufacture of cotton, wool, silk, and iron, had been brought to a high degree of improvement and efficiency, and before the year 1800, a very large amount of capital was invested in machinery, in mining and manufacturing industry, which was equal to the lab or of six or eight million persons in enhancing the productive industry of the Kingdom. See Section 14 of the 439 ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE first chapter of these essays. During this period also, the demand for British manufactures was fully equal to the supply, and at most extravagant prices. Though recently invented machinery had increased the productive powers of the manufacturers from ten to twenty fold, yet prices were actually higher than they were the latter part of the 17th century, and the fore part of the 18th, when everything was manufactured by hand. See Chap. XII., sections 26 to 32 inclusive. The great increase in the amount and value of productive industry, and all the materials and elements of wealth, as well as in the population, during this period, increased the demand for real estate so rapidly, that we may fairly attribute half of the increased value of private property in the Kingdom, as estimated in Table E, to the enhanced value of lands, city, town, and village lots alone, independent of the increased amount and value of the improvements made on them. For an illustration of the causes of this rise of real estate, see Chap. XII., Sec. 7. The increase of wealth in Great Britain, and particularly in Scotland, was very slow prior to the year 1770; and if the reader inquire into the cause of its unparalleled increase since that time, he will find that the primary cause was neither agriculture nor commerce; but the increase in manufacturing and mining industry; which furnished the materials, and formed the basis of commerce, and caused its rapid increase, as well as the increased demand for, and enhanced prices of, agricultural products, farming lands, and other real estate. This truth will be further illustrated by reference to the increased wealth in the manufacturing states of this Union. SEC. 8. Productive industry of Ifolland and Belginm. The means of estimating the value of the private property and the income of the people of France, Holland, and Belgium at different periods, are not so complete as they are in relation to Great Britain. All the statistics collected by the government of those countries, which have come within my notice, are more or less partial and incomnplete; and none of them cover the whole ground, like the census of the United States of 1840, and the income taxes of Great Britain. Murray, in his Encyclop,edia of Geography, which was written about the year 1834, says, " Careful inquiries carried on by the government of the Netherlands, (including Holland and Belgium,) are considered as having proved that the agricultural capital of the whole country amounted to 10,395,000,000 francs; equal to about $1,950,000,000. lie says the following estimate was made of the LANDS CULTIVATED and the ANNUAL VALUE of the AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS OF THE COUNTRY; which is stated 440 INDUSTRY OF HOLLAND AND BELGIUM. have reduced them to acres and in hectares and francs, and I federal money. Acres cultivated. 864,000 1X728,000 500,000 710,000 740,000 323,000 271,000 227,000 133,000 520,000 74 000 Wheat, Rye, Buckwheat, Barley, Oats, Potatoes, Peas and Beans, Vegetables, Orchards, Hemp and flax, Madder, Cattle and other animals, Value. $28,875,000 31,500,000 6,000,000 15,750,000 15,750,000 7,687,500 9,000,000 10,312,500 562,500 23,625,000 3,937,500 28,125,000 $181,125,000 6,090,000 Value produced annually by mining and manu facturing industry, estimated from the mate rials collected by MIurray and others at The income from commerce, navigation, and transportation in Great Britain and the United States, is estimated as equal to more than one fifth part as much as from all other employ ments and business, call it one fifth, $390,125,000 for the whole income from labor, business and capital of the people of Holland and Belgium per year, at that time, equal to sixty dollars to each inhabitant. There can be no reasonable doubt that from the tenth to the middle of the eighteenth century, the Netherlands were greatly in advance of both England and France in productive industry, commerce, and wealth, in proportion to the population. From the time of the crusades to the year 1567, when the Duke of Alva was sent by the King of Spain to crush the rising spirit of Protestantism in the Low Countries, Flanders (now Belgium,) was nluch in advance of the country, afterwards known as the Seven United Provinces, or Holland. Flanders was ravaged by the Duke of Alva, with the sword and pillage; great numbers of the people were destroyed, and thousands fled the country, and from that period Holland made the most rapid strides in productive industry, commerce, and wealth, of any country in Europe, and continued the wealthiest kingdom in the world in proportion to 19' 441 1441000)000 65,000)000 Total, ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE the population, down to the commencement of the French revolution of 1789. In 1690 Sir Wm. Petty estimated the shipping of the Hollanders at 900,000 tons, and that of all the other countries of Europe at only 1,100,000 tons; and McCulloch expresses the opinion that this estimate was rather within than beyond the mark. The foreign commerce of Holland Was ruined by the wars growing out of the French revolution, and by the continental system of Napoleon; and from 1790 to ]814, that country made no advancement; but since the close of the war in 1815, both Holland and Belgium, and more particularly the latter, have been making rapid advances in productive industry, wealth, aqd population. MIcCulloch says that Holland, notwithstanding the depression of her commerce, was the richest country in Europe at the close of the war in 1815. The agricultural capital of the United States is estimated as equal to about three fifths of all the private property, exclusive of slaves. The proportion of personal estate is greater in Holland and Belgium, than in the United States. Millions. $1,950 1,595 Agricultural capital of Holland and Belgium in 1833, as estimated by the government, All other private property 45 per cent., Total, equal to nearly $550 to each inhabitant. SEC. 9. Property and productive industry of France, and thc amount to each person at different periods, compared with Great Britain. TABLE A. The INCOME OF ALL TIIE INHABITANTS OF FRANCE arising from AGRICULTURE, MANUFACTURES, MINING, COMMERCE, and RETAIL TRADE, CAPITAL, AND PRODUCTIVE INDUSTRY OF ALL KINDS, at different periods, was estimated some years since by M. Dupin, in francs, as stated in the following table; to which I have added the population at the respective periods, and the amount of in come to each person in dollars and cents: Years. Income in millions Population in Amlt to each person of francs. millions. 1780 4X011 24.5 $30 90 1790, 4,655 25.3 34 50 1800, 5,402 27.2 37 12 1810, 6,270 29.5 39 75 1820, 7,362 30.4 45 37 1830) 83800 32.5 48 88 442 $3,545 INDUSTRY OF FRANCE. The value of the products of agriculture and the entire industry of France was estimated in " Le Bulletin de la Societe6 de Geographic," Nov. 1829, at only 6,396,019,000 francs; being only about $37 to each person. TABLE B. The quantities in hectolitres, and the value of the various agri cultural products of France in 1841, were ascertained or esti mated by the government, from which, and the estimates of various products of France collected by McCulloch in his Geo graphical Dictionary, and by Murray in his Encyclopaedia of Geography, I have compiled the following TABLE OF THE AN NUAL INCOME OF THE INHABITANTS OF FRANCE. In some cases where the estimates were vague or entirely wanting, I have added my own, by comparison with the productive industry of the United States in the same branches. Millions. Grain of all kinds, 190,986,636 hectolitres, or about ) 542,210,000 bushels, valued at $396,910,000 Deduct for seed, one tenth part, 39,690,000 Vegetable products of all kinds, including wine, brandy, cider, and beer, valued at Wool, 42,000,000 kilo., about 94,000,000 pounds, Butter, cheese, milk, eggs, and the flesh of animals consumed annually, including their skins, my esti mate, Fuel and timber cut annually, Manufactures of cloths of all kinds, leather, the me tals, &c., Berghaus' estimate (less one third for ma terials), Add for undervaluation and omissions by MIr. Berg hans, Net products of flouring, saw, and oil mills, less four fifths for materials, my estimate, Produced by mining and smelting metals, quarrying stone, &c., partly my estimate, Erecting houses and other buildings, building vessels, making cabinet-ware, wagons, carriages, agricultural tools, and other minor manufactures, and the pro ducts of mechanical labor, my estimate about the same as in Great Britain, ante, section 7, Products of fisheries, my estimate, Income from commerce, retail trade, navigation and transportation, one fifth part as much as from all other employments and business, $1,59S.02 443 $357.22 155.5 24 250 23 268-43 31.57 30 40 140 7 266.3 Total, ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE The population in 1840 was about 34,000,000, and the average income to each person by this calculation, about $47. The total value of the products of the mines and mlanufactures of France was estimated about the year 1830, by Murray, at 2,000,000,000 francs-from which deduct the value of the raw materials, and the amount will fall greatly below my estimate for 1840. There was a very great increase, amounting to about thirty per cent. in value, and to over forty per cent. in the aggregate quantity of grain and potatoes, produced annually, between the years 1801 and 1841. This increase is evidence of itself of great improvements in agriculture. The foreign commerce of France more than doubled between 1780 and 1840. The mining industry increased eight or ten fold, and the manufacturing industry increased two or three fold also. We have, therefore, good reasons to believe that the annual income from capital and labor of the people of France doubled between the years 1780 and 1840; and though hi. Dupin's estimate of the income in 1830 may be too high, and the amount for 1780 too low, yet none of them are probably very far from the truth. I see no reason to suppose that there was much improvement between the years 1780 and 1790, or even between the time of the revocation of the Edict of Nantes in 1685, and the revolution in 1789. MIr. MIurray says, the entire agricultural capital of France, including lands, live stock, farming utensils, &c., was estimated by M. Chaptal at 37,500,000,000 francs, equal to $7,031,350,000. No date is given, but this estimate must have been previous to the year 1820. By reference to Table A, in section 7, the reader will see that the agricultural capital, including lands, live stock, &c., of Great Britain, constitutes at this time about onehalf of all the property of that wealthy kingdom, and in 1688 the agricultural capital as shown in section one, comprised about twothirds of all the property of England. About fifty-seven per cent. of all the property in our free States is vested in agricultural capital, including lands, live stock, farming implements, &c., and but forty-three per cent. in every other species of property, as is hereinafter shown. The proportion of mining, manufacturing and commercial capital in France, when compared with the whole property of the kingdom, is less than it is in our free States, and perhaps not much more than it is in the United States, as a whole. We may safely estimate the agricultural capital of France, including lands, &c., as comprising in 1780 about 65 per cent., in 1815 about 62i per cent., and in 1840 about 59 or 60 p:r cent. of all the property of the kingdom. 444 INDUSTRY OF FRANCE. Millions. $7,031)35 4,218,65 Agricultural capital of France at the close of the war in 1815, per Chaptal, Other private property equal to three-eighths or 371 per cent. of the whole, Total for about 30,000,000 of inhabitants, equal to $375 to each person. My estimate of agricultural capital in 1840, Other private property equal to forty per cent. Total for about thirty-four million inhabitants in 1840, equal to $392 to each person. TABLE C. On comparing the condition of the people of France and of the Netherlands, and the resources of those countries at different periods with those of Great Britain and the United States, I have deduced the following estimate of the AMOUNT OF PRIVATE PROPERTY, and the ANNUAL INCOME TO EACH PERSON OF FRANCE AND THE NETHERLANDS at the under mentioned years; to which I have brought forward the AMOUNT OF PROPERTY AND ANNUAL INCOMES OF ENGLAND AND WALES, as stated ante Table E, of Sec. 7. Also the amount in 1843, including debts, stocks and property in the colonies and foreign countries. The amounts stated are the comparative values on taking into consideration the estimated amount of money at different periods, and comparing it with the amount in 1845, and making additions and deductions as stated in Table E, Sec. 7. Netherlands. England and Wales. Am t n. Amt. to each person. Ine. Property. Income. Property. I Incomne. 1200 $100 $24 1500 130 28 1600 160 30 1700 225 34 1780 250 36 1800 280 38 1815 300 40 1843 400 50 1 843 inc. for'u debts &c5 0 1843ine.for'ndebts&e50 600 68 900 90 Nothing is put down on I I c I 445 $11,250 $8,000 5,333 $13)333 France. $120 160 200 300 420 450 450 550 600 $26 32 40 50 55 45 55 65 68 $100 130 165 235 300 380 480 800 900 I I $24 28 32 40 50 75 90 85 90 account of debts due the people of ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE France, stocks and property in the colonies and foreign countries; for the amount so due them is so small as not to be worth noticing; while the amount due the people of England is immensely great. The manufacture of silk was commenced at Lyons in France during the reign of Francis 1., the fore part of the 16th century; under Henry IV., several other manufactures were introduced, and many existing ones improved. France, Germany, Switzerland, the Netherlands, and all the kingdoms of Northern Europe except Russia, were agitated with civil wars between the Protestants and Catholics, and with religious persecutions growing out of the Reformation, during the greater part of the sixteenth century. Soon after the commencement of the Reformation, Henry VIII. of England quarrelled with the Pope, threw off the incubus of Popery and Catholicism, and established the Episcopal Church. He thereby secured the internal peace and tranquillity of England for more than a century; and postponed the civil wars until about the year 1640. During all this period England became the asylum of the oppressed and persecuted Protestants from various countries of Europe, who brought with them and established in England, various mechanic arts and manufactures; which have contributed much to the rapid improvement of that kingdom. In 1579, the Protestants of the Netherlands threw off the yoke of Philip II. of Spain, and established the Republic of the Seven United Provinces, known as Holland, which then became an asylum also for the persecuted Protestants of other countries. Soon after Henry IV., a Protestant prince, ascended the throne of France, he passed the famous Edict of Nantes in 1598; whereby the Protestants were tolerated, and secured in the exercise of their religious privileges, and all their righlts as citizens. This edict continued in force eighty-seven years, until the year 1685, when it was revoked by Louis XIV.; the flood-gates of religious persecution again opened, and from five to six hundred thousand Protestants massacred and driven from the kingdom, who comprised many of the best mechanics, artizans, and manufacturers of France. During the half century previous to passing that edict, when the Protestants were persecuted in France, and fleeing to England for protection, there can be no doubt that England was improving in manufactures, and increasing in productive industry and wealth more rapidly than France; but during the half century next previous to the revocation of that edict, the Protestants enjoyed security in France, and the people enjoyed tranquillity,, while England was agitated much of the time with 446 INDUSTRY OF FRANCE. civil wars and internal discord. The grand impulse to manufactures and commerce in France was given during the latter period by Colbert, the minister of finance under Louis XIV. That great minister had the sagacity to see the importance of increasing the manufacturing industry of the kingdom; and in order to do so, he not only adopted a system for the PROTECTION OF DOMESTIC INDUSTRY, BUT INVITED NUMEROUS FOREIGN ARTIZANS TO SETTLE IN FRANCE. The splendid success of this minister, the apparent great improvement in the productive industry of France during his administration, as well as the great power and successes of Louis XIV., leave no room to doubt that in the year 1685 the wealth and productive industry of France in proportion to the population, was fully equal to that of England, and I have so estimated it in Table C. At this period Protestant Holland was greatly in advance of both France and England. The bloody religious persecutions in France, consequent upon the revocation of the Edict of Nantes, shocked the Protestant mind of England; set in motion the revolutionary spirit which drove Janies II., a Catholic sovereign, from the country; placed on the throne William of Orange, a Protestant prince, and established permanently the Protestant religion in England. From this period the progress of the two nations was entirely different. The French mind, under the despotic and depressing influences of the clergy and the Catholic religion, seemed to be active only in matters of form, fashion and amusement, and totally incapable of original thought or hardy enterprise. The result was, that the progress of France, during the next century, and up to the time of the revolution in 1789, was at a snail's pace; and less than it was during the seventeenth century. So torpid was the French intellect, that scarcely a single invention or improvement originated in France during this whole period, which has had any material influence upon the welfare and progress of the hunman family. On the contrary, during the whole of the eighteenth century, the British mind seemed to be active, and produced a constant succession of valuable inventions, and improvements in the steam engine, in mechanics and machinery, and in the mining, smelting, and working of metals, numbering many thousand; which have contributed immensely to increase the productive industry of that nation, and to elevate it to its present condition of wealth and power. What a contrast between the present productive industry and wealth of Great Britain and France as estimated in Table C! and yet, so far as regards the present time, nearly the whole statement is based on record evidence. Since the nation was released from feudalism and the feudal aristocracy, and the French mind from the dominion of the Catholic clergy, by the re 447 ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE volution of 1789, France has made rapid progress in productive industry and wealth. SEC. 10. Productive industry and condition of 2Iexico, and the South American States. There is very little information to be obtained from books, of the productive industry and wealth of Mexico, and the South American States. Baron Humboldt spent nearly two years in Mexico, in 1803 and 1804, and his Essays on Nouvelle Espagne furnish the most reliable and accurate information which I have met with on the subject. The following information is derived from his essays: MIexico suffers for want of water and navigable rivers. Except the Rio Grande Del Norte, and the Rio Colorado, all the rivers of Mexico are mere mountain torrents. " A great part of the table land of Anahuac, (Central Mexico,) is destitute of vegetation, and its arid aspect in some places brings to mind the plains of the two Castiles. Several causes concur to produce this effect. The evaporation which takes place in great plains is sensibly increased by the great elevation of the Mexican Cordillera." "The aridity of the central plain, and the scarcity of trees, obstruct very much the working of the mines." " The extreme droughts to which Mexico is exposed compel the inhabitants in a great part of this vast country, to have recourse to artificial irrigation." "In places which are not artificially watered, the Mexican soil yields pasturage only to the months of March and April." The culttvator frequently loses his harvest from the effects of frost. "Maize (or Indian corn,) is the principal food of the inhabitants and also of the most part of domestic animals. When the harvest is poor, either from want of rain or premature frost, the famine is general, and produces the most fatal consequences." " The frightful dearth of 1784 was the consequence of a heavy frost on the 2Sth of August, at the inconsiderable height of 1,800 metres." (5,900 feet.) The reader can judge from these extracts, of the natural resources of Mexico. The country seems almost destitute of every natural facility for commerce and manufactures; and is frequently visited with early frosts, and afflicted with annual droughts, which render artificial irrigation necessary to success in agriculture. Baron Humboldt estimated the average annual crop of wheat in Mexico at that time (1803,) at 5,000,000 bushels, (or less than one bushel to each inhabitant;) and the average price at from 65 to 80 cents per bushel, throughout the country, and $1,50 in the city of Mexico. The annual crop of Indian corn he estimated at 30,000,000 bushels, and its price from 25 cents to $2,50 per bushel, depending on the season and the place. 448 INDUSTRY OF MEXICO. es iu a]l T! in] ES In W Cc Cal Tt El 3, 24 C( L co th In W Cp IP ThP ouaino h nednc fGaaaaai 83 a esimaen t6050 natrioy f8,0 qaemlsyn daney, 29,720,000 roducts of the mines of gold and silver at that time, about 20,000,000 ncome from commerce equal to 121 per cent. of all the above products, 11,369,000 Total, $90,955,000 for a population of about 5,600,000, equal to sixteen dollars to each person. 449 ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE From 1820 to 1845, the mines were less prodactive, and averaged annually less than $12,000,000. How insignificant the product of the Mexican mines when compared with the mining industry or the cotton manufacture of Great Britain, or even with the cotton manufacture of the United States! A correspondent of the New York Tribune, writing from New Granada in December, 1847, says, the people of this commonwealth live in about 300,000 houses, seven-eighths of which are not worth one hundred dollars apiece; and lands have very little value: proprietors of 20,000 or 30,000 acres near rivers, not deriving from them $500 rent per annum. These facts present a tolerably accurate view, not only of Mexico, but of all South and Central America. All those countries are rather pastoral than agricultural, and the utmost value of their productive industry does not exceed fifteen or twenty dollars per annumn to each person, or about one fifth part as much as that of France, and but little over one sixth part as much as that of Great Britain; and the comparative value of property in MIexico and the South American States, is equally smluall. Agriculture is always at a low ebb, lands and the products of flocks of but little value, and the people generally poor, in all countries, where there is but little manufacturing industry, and the population is sparse. SEC. 11. Productive industry and condition of Spain and Portu gal at different periods, compared with England, France, .Italy, tc. Spain and Portugal both retrograded in productive industry and declined in population under the despotism of Popery and the Inquisition, during the 17th and 18th centuries, and the latter part of the 16th; and their condition at the present tinme (1851,) is not very different from what it was three hundred years since. So far as we can infer the relative condition of the several countries of Europe from the facts of history, we have reason to believe that from the year 1200 up to 1550, there was no great difference in the productive industry, wealth, and condition of the people of England, France, Spain, and Portugal; and that the people of Italy and the Netherlands were far in advance of all the other nations of Europe. The reader has only to look back to the estimates of the productive industry of England and France, to enable him to make a tolerably correct estimate in relation to Spain and Portugal; and he can then understand the causes and appreciate fully the fact of the poverty and weakness of the latter kingdoms, and the great power and wealth of Great Britain, and the increasing 450 INDUtSTRY OP SPAIN AND PORTUGAL. wealth of France since the revolution of 1789. The great mass of the people of Mexico and South America, being of Indian descent, enervated by the heat of the climate, sunk in ignorance, and depressed by ecclesiastical and military despotism, must be in a worse condition, and have less productive industry and wealth than the people of western Europe had at the end of the 12th century; and yet it is not probable that the difference can be very great. The facts which are collected by Baron Humboldt of the condition and productive industry of Mexico, furnish, perhaps, the best evidence we have of the relative amount of the productive industry of the nations of western Europe prior to the Crusades. Taking the climate into consideration, $16 per year for each person in Mexico and South America, is as good as $20 in Spain and Italy, or $24 in England. SEc. 12. Mode of estimating the annual income from Agricul ture in the United States. In estimating the aggregate value of the productive industry, and the amount of the income of a country, great care is necessary to avoid estimating many things twice; once in their original condition as raw materials, and again when converted into something else. Professor Tucker estimates the annual product of live stock, that is, the increase of horses, mules, cattle, sheep, and hogs, and the product of those killed annually, at one-fourth part, or twenty-five per cent. of their gross value at the time of taking the census in 1840. Hay and some grain also, as well as grass, sustain the cattle and sheep, and produce the wool and the products of the dairy; we estimate the hay and pasture in the wool, butter, cheese, milk, and the animal products, and it is just as reasonable to estimate the pasture separately, as the hay. The horses are mere instruments in producing the grain and other products; and the value of the hay grass and grain consumed by them are included in the products of their labor, and should not be put down separately. They are used to raise oats, corn, etc., but they eat the oats and much of the corn, together with large quantities of hay and pasture, and it would be a gross error to estimate all these as net products of agriculture. The flesh of horses is valueless, and their annual increase in the United States is less than three per cent.; but inasmuch as great numbers of horses raised in the western States, north of the 35th degree of latitude, mostly on grass and hay, are annually sold to the southern cotton planters, and many are used for purposes of pleasure, commerce, manufactures, etc., I have estimated their annual net products, over and above the grain con 451 ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE fumed by them in those States at 12-2 per cent. of the value of the whole stock; in the other States north of the 3.5th degree of latitude, I have estimated the net income at five per cent.; but in the States south of that line there is no net income from their increase. The greater part of the Indian corn is fed to cattle and hogs, and converted into beef and pork, and the beef and pork is estimated in the shape of corn. Some of the corn is fed also to sheep. The beef made on grass, and the veal, mutton, the lambs killed, and the pork made with grass and the slops of the dairy, over and above the value of the grain fed to cattle, sheep and hogs, may be equal annually, including the increase, to one-fourth part the whole value of these animals in the summer, before fattening, as estimated by Professor Tucker. These are the principles on which my estimates of animal products are based. As the census gives the number only, and not the value of animals, their valuation in the several States is but an estimate of my own, though it does not generally differ materially from that of Professor Tucker. The same may be said of grain and some other products; the census gives the quantities only, and not their value. In estimating the annual value of products, my aim has been to estimate their average value during the last seven or eight years at the places of production, or where they are sold by the producer. The prices of grain are estimated, as stated in Chap XII. sec. 37. The value of hay as well as pasture consumed by farm-horses and other stock, should not be reckoned separately; but in the commercial cities and large towns, considerable quantities of hay are consumed by horses used for pleasure, commerce and other purposes not agricultural, which are sold by the farmer, and should be estimated as part of the income from agriculture. I have therefore estimated with the products of agriculture onethird of the hay in New Hampshire, and half the hay in the other States on the seaboard, from Maine to Maryland, excepting the northern district of New York and the western district of Pennsylvania; the value of the hay in all the remaining portions of the United States is supposed to be included with animal products. One half of the value of goods or cloths made in families, is deducted for materials, dyeing and dressing, and the remaining half is included with the products of agriculture. The census of the United States of 1850 shows an average of nearly five acres of improved lands in each of the States to each inhabitant; and the censuses taken by the State of New York in 452 iNDUSTRY OF THE UNITED STATES. 1825, 1835, and 1845, show about the same result. On that basis I have estimated the quantity of land cleared and fenced in the United States, (mostly in the Western and South-Western States,) during the year 1839 at 2,900,000 acres; at a cost of $12 per acre, equal to $26,400,000. This amount is apportioned among the several States according to the supposed amount of their agricultural improvements, and is added to the products of agricultural industry. I have also added $6,000,000 for draining and other improvements made on agricultural lands in the United States during the year. SEC. 13. Agricultural products of the United States in 1839. Summary statement of the agricultural products of the United States, according to the census of 1840; and an estimate of the value produced by agriculture and agricultural laborers during the previous year: Millions. $57.6 Wheat, *84,207,272 bush., less one-ninth for seed, at 77 cents, Barley, 4,161,504 bush., less one-ninth for seed, at 50 cents, Oats, 123,071,341 bush., less 1-12 at 27 cts., Rye, 18,645,567 bush., less 1-9, at 50 cts., Buckwheat, 7,291,743 bush., less 1-12, at 50 cts., Indian corn, 377,531,875 bush., at 28 cts., Potatoes, 108,298,060 bush., less 1-12, at 20 cts., Wool, 35,802,114 lbs., at 30 cts., Hops, 1,238,502 lbs., at 10 cts., Wax, 628,303 lbs., at 25 cts., Hemp and flax, t83,577 tons, at $110, Tobacco, 219,163,319 lbs., at 4 5-8 cts., Rice, 80,841,422 lbs., at 2'- cts., Cotton, 790,479,275 lbs., at 7i cts., Silk cocoons, 61,5521 lbs., at $2, Sugar, La., 119,947,720 lbs., at 4 cts., Sugar, in other States, 35,163,089 lbs., at 8 cts., Products of dairy, valued at Products of orchards, valued at Wine made, 124,734 gallons, at $ 1, [ome made or family goods, less one-half for materials, carding, dressing, etc., valued at * 616,00 bushels deducted for error in Carroll county, Tennessee. t 11,674 tons deducted for error in Virginia, 453 1.84 30.46 8.28 3.34 105.7 19.85 10.74 .12 .15 9.19 10.14 2.02 57.30 .12 4.79 2.81 33.78 7.25 .12 14.51 ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE Products of market gardeners, sold, Products of nurseries and florists, Clearing and fencing 2,200,000 acres of land at $12 per acre, Draining and other agricultural improvements, Hay, one-third part in New Hampshire and half of crop in Maine, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Con necticut, south district New York, New Jersey, east district Pennsylvania, Delaware, and Maryland, from $9 to $12 per ton, about Horses and mules in the western States, north of the 35th degree of latitude, 1,850,765, at $40 each, $74,030,600; income from increase and sale for pleasure, manufactures and commerce, at 12-1 per ct., Horses and mules in all the other States north of the 35th degree of latitude, and in Arkansas, 1,833,138 at $50 each, $91,656,900; income from increase, etc., at 5 per ct., Neat cattle in the free States, 7,567,020, at an average value of nearly $12 each, $90,800,000; net income from flesh and increase, at 25 per cent., Cattle in the slave States, 7,404,556, at $8 each, $59,236,528; net income from flesh and increase, at 25 per cent., Sheep in the free States, 12,144,468, at $1 621 each, $19,734,760; net income from flesh and increase, at 25 per cent., Sheep in the slave States, 7,166,906, at $1 371 each, $9,854,495; net income at 25 per cent., Swine in the free States, 10,090,954, at $2 50 each, $25,228,955; net income from flesh and increase, at 25 per cent., Swine in the slave States, 16,210,336, at $2 each, $32,420,672; at 25 per cent., Poultry, as valued by the census, Eggs and poultry, over and above poultry and the grain consumed by them, Milk and cream consumed by farmers, not returned with the census, estimated at Products of domestic gardens not returned, estimated at This table includes for wool, the prcducts of dairy, the flesh and skins of cattle, sheep, and swine slaughtered, the increase of 454 2.06 .59 26.40 6.00 19.00 9.25 4.58 22.7 14.8 4.9 2.43 6.3 8.1 9.34 3. ii. 10. $539.9 Total, INDUSTRY OF TEE UNITED STATES. horses, cattle, sheep, and swine, and the products of poultry over and above the grain consumed by animals, the aggregate sum of $130,000,000. This amount, the reader should remember, was produced by pasturage, hay, and other fodder, and the labor of taking care of the stock; and in addition to this, the hay sold is estimated at $19,000,000, and the hay and pasturage consumed by farm horses would amount to at least $30,000,000, making the whole value of hay and pasturage, when converted into animal products, equal to about $179,000,000; when the whole value of the crop of grain, over and above seed, amounted to only about $207,200,000. Great delusion has existed in the public mind in relation to the value of the annual crop of Indian corn in the United States.* SEC. 14. Ilantufactures and the mechanic arts-their net pro ducts, capital, and number of persons employed. Statement of the capital and number of persons employed in manufactures and the mechanic arts in the United States according to the census of 1840, and the net value produced by capital and labor, after deducting from the gross value returned the estimated per centage thereof for the value of the materials used: also, statement of the amount of capital to each person employed, and the average net value produced by capital and labor to each person. PRODUcTS. . 0 $7.,s2 1 8.55 .75 1.18 . 3.91 1.95 7.79 $26.45 $9.3 27.81 .09 .24 3.93 5. 22 l 1.43 24.85 2.24 l .59 .26 ) 4.14 1.55 Machinery, - - - lhardware, cutlery, t&c., Caninon 274, small-arms 88,073-value estimated, -. Precious metals, - - ~arious metals, - - Grarite, marble, &c., - Bricks and lime, - - W5oollen goods, - Cotton, - - Silk, - - Linen - - - I\. ixed goods, Itats and caps, - Straw bonnets, - Leathler, boots, shoes and saddlery less ifr hides, ,Soap at 5 cents per lb. Tallow candle s at 11 cents Speim and wax candles at 30 cents, )istilled liquors at 25 cents, - Beer at 16" cents per gallon, * (See on this point, and the quantity of the crop, section 3 of chapter xi. and sections 33 and 37 of chapter xii.) t Deducted 2,500 for obvious error in Kentucky. 455 .S -. ,I t " I-.. ,. 0 F .,o 331 45 o $4 1 u, 114 -.0 -.0 $563 646 430 760 58T ;)Za 341 . i 0 P. 13,001 5,492 1,744 1,556 6,6TT 3,T34 22,807 55,011 21,342 72,119 76T 1,628 tl3,405 20,176 a92,000 5,641 12,223 $20.62 $381 75 60 20 20 $20.62 $15.76 .27 .2 4.3T 4.48 28.53 2.76 9.15 55 40 25 25 40 40 10 25 10 70 TO 60 60 $T38 708 85T 326 223 310 488 746 MT 386 11T 148 292 332 270 549 465 ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE a' D _ _ s A j,, n A~ c on1)jj4A. aa ~.3-, aa c'c a~ eo Pao~c. Tobacco, - - - Gunpowder at 12+ cents, Drugs, medicines, paints, &O, - Turpentine and varnish, Glass, - - - Earthenware, - - Sugar refilled, - - Cliocolate, - - - Confectionery, - - Paper, - - - Printing and binding, Books, newspapers, &c. estimated,. Cordage, - - - Musical instruments, - - Wagtons and carriages, Ship building, - - Furniture, - - - Houses built, - - Add for repairs, &c., - Products of flouring, saw, and oil 5 mills, - - All other manufactures, Total net value produced, Net products except mills, Gross products except mills, - Materials used equal to 39 per cent. * There has been deducted from the gross value of houses erected in Licking County, Ohio, $600,000; and in Pulaski County, Arkansas, $780,000, as stated in Section 19. t On account of the numerous omissions in the returns of the products of mills in the State of New York, and to make them agree with the returns of the State census of 1835 and 1845, I have added to and raised their net products $2,000,000. I have also raised them $1,000,000 in Pennsylvania, $250,000 in the New England States, and $1,200,000 in the slave States. The census reports the whole products of mills at only $76,545,256, when it is evident that the products of the wheat alone, when ground must have amounted to about as much in value as that sum. a, b, c, my estimates of persons employed. c I .I 466 40 50 661 66* 33i 10 so 75 rD 0 50 $3.49 ,56 1.33 22 1.92 .99 .65 .02 .57 3.07 5.0 1.63 64 7.63 3.5 5.3 *22.42 6. t23.58 23.59 $220.26 196.68 323.5 126.8 $3.43 .ST 4.5 2.08 .55 1.77 4.74 5.87 2.46 .73 5.55 n't stat'd 6.99 rnot stated f 65.86 21.06 $263.7 19T.84 8,384 496 1,848 3,236 1,612 1,355 4,726 11,523 4,464 908 21,994 s;ooo b 18,003 85,501 60,788 60,000 587,150 526,362 $410 1,755 2,439 644 344 1,306 1,004 tiio 552 809 252 887 $416 1,130 86T 616 915 650 433 366 Too 346 293 332 388 189 -f,13t,) 375 60 30 30 50 30 45 40 75 331 1,084 350 W9 375 INDUSTRY OF THE UNITED STATES. SEC. 15. iliinilg, fisheries, atd the forest; products of, in 1840. Summary statement of the capital, persons employed, and tho value produced, over and above materials used, by mining, smelting, and forcing metals, making salt, &c., and in the fisheries and forest in the United States in 1840. Value Value added. produce d. M Xillions. $30 pr ton. $T.5 40 " 7.88 40 " 2. 2- cts..78 census..53 do..87 $Sept r ton. 1.29 at 5cts. 1.38 at 20 cts. 1.23 3.69 I5 26.65 About 250,000 tons pig-iron, made, Bar-iron, 197.233 tons, About 50,000 tons of castings,. Lead, 31,239,453 lbs. Gold valued in.. Other metals, Anthracite coal, 868,489 tons, Bituminous coal, 27,608,191 bushels, Salt made, 6,179,174 bushels,. Granite, marble, and stone,. Ttal,... Value Capital. produced. Men. Alions. P r illions.& $2.$2 2.83 4.28 $16.43 80,644$ 2.26 1.15 $12.84 2.54 $10.8 Dried fish, 773.497 quintals,. Pickled fish, 472,359 bbls. Sperm oil, 4,764,708 gallons,. Whale and fish oil, 7,536,778 gallons, Whale-bole and other products, Deduct for wear and tear of vessels, &c. 20 t percent.... Total net product of fisheries, Value Capital produced. Jfillions. Millioi18. $12.94) Not return 1.29, Ied, perhaps 1.59 $2,400,000 1.06 I for teams, .52J &c. exclu sive of land $-7.34 and mills. 2.5SX $14.76 10.17 80. $54.93 Lumber,. Tar, pitch, and turpentine, 619,106 bbls. at 16s. Pot and pearl ashes, 15,931+ tons at $100, Skins and furs, census valuation, Ginseng and other products except fuel, Deduct for wear and tear of teams and utensils, I and grain eaten by teams, 20 per cent. of lum- ber,.... Leaving,.... 5.085,891 cords of wood sold, estimated at Wood consumed by farmers for fuel, estimated at 1 20,000,000 cords,... Total,. e $599,000 deducted for errors in New York. t $5,040,000 deducted for error in capital at Salina, New York. t 5,940 men deducted for error in the return from Baltimore. I I 457 Capital employed Hiuio-ns. $20.43 *.74 .23 .24 4.35 1.86 ti.95 2.54 31-.34 Men employed. 30,49T 1,017 1,046 728 3,043 3,TGS 2,365 7,859 50,323 MI —ilNG, &C. Ilrice. F is II rr.,. at $3 at $6 at 90 C. at 30 0. Meii. FOREST. 22,042 ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE SEC. 16. Estimates of the income from Commerce, Navigation, and Transportation, in 1840. The average annual income of the people of the United States from 1837 to 1842 arising from the distribution and exchange of products (that is, from commerce, retail trade, navigation and transportation), may be estimated as follows. The experts and imports of that period, exclusive of specie, amounted anhualiy on average, to about $220,000,000. Million Income, or profits and earnings of American seamen ship owners, importers, exporting merchants, and in surers, on exports and imports about Profits of selling at wholesale $120,000,000 worth of foreign goods at an average of 12-} per cent., As to the domestic goods, the cottons, woollens, linen silk, and mixed goods, one-third part of the boots. shoes, and saddlery, and perhaps half the distilled liquors, drugs, medicines, paints, 6il, glass and earth enware, amounting to about $92,000,000 by the census, they are sold either by the jobbers or whole sale commission merchants, together with the Louisi ana sugar, flour and provisions to the amount perhaps of $108,000,000, at an average profit of six per cent. Selling at retail foreign goods costing $135,000,000, domestic goods bought at wholesale for $100,000,000 books and other articles bought by the retailer of the manufacturer, 15,000,000, at an average profit over transportation of 25 per cent., Selling at retail, sugar, flour and provisions, bought at wholesale for $112,000,000; sugar, flour and pro visions, bought of the producer, amounting with iron, to $100,000,000, at an average profit of ten per cent. Selling at retail by merchants and grocers, butter, cheese, fruits, vegetables, poultry, eggs, and grain, worth perhaps $80,000,000 at 122 per cent. Profits of lumber yards and trade, perhaps Income of butchers and packers, Income from storage, forwarding, and transporting per sons and property, including the coasting business, wharfage, drayage, and tolls on canals and railroads, 36. $183.7 458 $20. 15 12. 62.5 21.2 10 5. 2. Total, INDUSTRY OF THE UNtITED STATES. Deduct for wear and tear of shipping, stores and ware houses, waggons, horses, &c. used in transportation and the grain and hay consumed by the horses, Leaving for the value produced by commerce, naviga tion, &c., $ If we estimate the earnings of the different classes of employed, and the income from capital, the- result will follows-estimating the income from the capital invested per cent. per annum. Millions. There were in the United States in 1840, according to the reports of the census, 1,408 commercial house employed in foreign commerce, and 2,881 commis sion houses, employing a capital, including naviga tion, of Also 57,565 retail, dry goods, grocery, and other stores, 1,793 lumber yards, employing Employed in internal transportation, and by butchers and packers, 11.52 $390.96 39.04 Add 10 per cent. for omissions, Total capital employed in commerce, Annual profits of the capital at 12i per cent., $ Earnings of 31,515 persons employed in commerce in the cities of New York, Boston, Philadelphia, Balti more, and New Orleans, at $1,000 each, Earnings of 86,092 other persons employed in commerce in the United States, at $600 each, Employed in navigating the ocean, exclusive of fishing, about 33,000 65,976 at Employed in navigating rivers, lakes, $350 each, and canals, 32,976 J Earnings of 4,408 butchers and packers, at $333i each, Income or tolls on railroads and canals in 1840, about Amounting in all to the sum of $169. for the income from capital and labor employed in commerce, navigation, storage, forwarding, and the transportation of persons and property, including the rent of stores and warehouses, drayage, &c. 459 14.7 $430-00 ai.5 51.65 ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE SEC. 17. Mining,?nanufactu2ring, fisheries, forest, agriculttre, and commerce; their net products, capital, and persons employed. Capital invested, with 10 per cent. added for omissions and undervaluations, number of persons employed, and the net value produced by capital and labor in the United States, according to the census of 1840; also the average amount of capital invested and the average amount of income from capital and labor for each person employed, in each of the great departments of industry. No addition is made to the capital invested in fishing, as reported in the census-the capital employed in agriculture and the forest is estimated. Net value Capital Persons Capital Inc. Persons employed. 50,823 526,862 60,788 30,644 22,042 Net value produced. .cillions. $26.65 196.68 23.58 10.3 14.76 Mining, making iron, castings, salt, &c. Manufactures and the mechanic arts, Flouring and grist mills, saw mills, } and oil mills,.. ) In the fisheries, in the forest, (except fuel,) $211.97 856 690,159 500 594 Wood cut for fuel, Agriculture in Free States, Do. in N. Slave States, Do. in S. Slave States, Commerce and navigation, Canals and Railroads,. * The slaves are reckoned as persons, and their value is not included as a part of the agricultural capital of the Slave States, which, at $350 each, would amount to about $870,000,000. I 460 Iiic. each. $530 3T5 388 836 670 Capital employed. -ifillion8. s35.6 21T.69 T2.44 16-43 2.4 Capital to each. -$ 7 6 412 I,OS4 536 110 $271.9T 40.lT 2.'3.2 14,5.05 121.65 161.5 7.5 56 1,38T. 695.* 875.* 430. 205. 690,159 1898,2T2 1,194,900 816,315 188,000 500 394 144 122 149 2,28T 21.06 27.20 4.16 16.7 .73 - 3.8 9.41 20.7 1.8 12.2 .07 3.22 .32 2.54 .02'.95 .37.55 .01.3 $21.0,$116.8 New York, Z. District 1 53.8 N ew Jersey - 14.6 Pennsylvania - 53.4 Ohio - - 37.2 Indiana - - 16.8 Illinois - - 12.3 Alichigan - - 5.28 WVisconsin - -.72 Iowa - -.84 Free States - $273.20 Delaware - - iMlaryland - - ])istrict of Columbia Virgi,nia - - North Carolina - Tennessee - - Kentucky - - MAissouri - - Arkansas - - Northern Slave States South Carolina - $23.1 $2.23 $12 $2.9 $.002 Georgia - - 28.8 2.15.21 3.15 Alahaa - - 22.3 1.64.08 2.95 Mississippi - 24. 1.5 1.61 Louisiana - - 21.7 2.68 69 13.7 Florida - - 1.75.4.75 172 Southern Slave States $121.6 $10.60 $0.50 $25.06 $0.174 United States $539.9 $220.72 $26.67) $169.00 I I I i i l{ I 20180 25.55 9.89 30.8 13.37 3.56 2.95 1.3,2 .3 .17 $181.12'I .86 .11 .090 .02 .02 .001 .09 .045 $8.896 $2.95 14.55 .19 41.20 24.70 23.4 23.3 10.76 4.00 $145.05 } $1.5 $0.03 5.9.74 87 7.97 1.83 2.45.32 2.65.9 4.83 1.11 2.23.2 6.02 ] $29 001 $5.15 $0 58 5.5 .69 7.9 2. 2.7 3.9 3.5 .37 l$27.14 $.21 .36 .13 .15 .38 $1 23 ON THE PROPERTY AXND PRODUCTIVE Estimated values obtained from the forest, including wood for fuel, lumber, and other products-the aggregate values produced by labor and capital in each of the States during the year preceding the census of 1840-the amount to each person, and the amount to each free person, after deducting thirty dollars for the cost of supporting each slave. Aggregate values produced. Amount to Amount to Milions. each per- each free son. person. I I I I FreSae 2.7 $055$3.8 $5 Delaware - - Maryland - District of Columbia Virginia - - North Carolina - Tennessee - - Kentucky - - Missouri - - Arkansas - Northern Slave States Arkansas - -.2.182. 5.37 55 61 Noten. lv-Sae —-- 3.3 20.0l $4 5 South Carolina - Georgia - - Alabama - Mississippi - Louisiana - Florida - - Southern Slave States United States ! $5.2 I.93 1 $164.1141 $61I 1$40.17 1 $14.77 li1.021.4951 $60 The estimates made of the value of products, and of the raw materials used, are mostly in accordance with commercial re I I I I I II li I i I I I I 462 Products ofthe Forest Fuel. I Lumber, I &-C. MilZions. Millions. STAT.ES. $-IO 1 60' 44 50 43f 38 44f 461 55 .2 1.15 .01 2.5 1.4 1.44 1.5 .7 .2 .012 .196 .52 1.64 .185 .16 ,44 .182 5.48 28.396 1.89 62.07 32-89 31.27 34.80 17-83 5.37 $72 67 61 50 40 49 49 61 $9.1 $3.335 1 $220.001 $47 $53 1.2 1.15 .95 9 .9 .1 .44 .095 .144 .169 .058 .024 29.992 35.535 28 064 28.199 39-128 3.196 r) 0 51 471 75 11.1 59 751 66 60 125 195 $91 - INDUSTRY OF THE UNITED STATES. port$; with the returns of the census of the United States of 1850; with the returns of the censuses of 1845, of the States of New York, Massachusetts, and Connecticut; and with the opinions of writers and persons the most competent to judge on such subjects. The results present no apparent inconsistencies which are not easily accounted for. Mining being about twice as productive as farming, and the number of miners in Wisconsin large in proportion to the population, the mining industry of that territory raised the average income of its inhabitants greatly above that of the inhabitants of Indiana M1ichigan and the neighboring states. The income from commerce, and from the culture of sugar and cotton, is nearly three times as great as from the culture of tobacco and of grain in the interior and western states. This accounts for the large average incomes in Louisiana and Mississippi, compared with those of all the agricultural states. The commerce of Missouri raises their incomes above those of Tennessee. These tables exhibit the profits of slavery in a very clear light. They show that slave labor, employed in the culture of cotton in the southern slave States, is more profitable and productive, than free labor employed in agriculture in the free States; and that the culture of sugar in Louisiana must be still more profitable than the culture of cotton. They show also, that the culture of tobacco and Indian corn in the northern slave States is greatly depressed, and much less productive than the culture of cotton at the south, and of wheat, corn, &c., in the manufacturing and commercial States of the north and east. It needs but a glance at the tables in Sections 14, 15, and 16, to see that both labor and capital employed either in mining, manufactures or commerce, are more than twice as productive as when they are employed in agriculture, except in the culture of sugar and cotton. When the reader takes this into consideration, he need be at no loss for the cause of the incomes of the people of the commercial and manufacturing States of Massachusetts and Rhode Island being about twice as great to each inhabitant, as they are in the agricultural State of Vermont. He will see at once the reason why the incomes of the people of the rich soil of Ohio and the north-western States are so low, when compared with those of the manufacturing and comnmercial States. He will also see, that though the great Erie Canal, the most magnificent work of the age, has poured much wealth into the city or New York, and perhaps doubled the population, business and wealth of that great commercial emporiumtn, it has at present very little perceptible influence in raising the incomes and in cl-easing the wealth of the inhabitants of the northern district of 463 ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE New York. This great and splendid work, together with the canals and railroads of Ohio and the western States, have had an influence in dispersing the population, spreading it over a wide surface, and deluding the people with the idea, that nothing but internal improvements, agricultural industry and commercial enterprise, are necessary to make a country wealthy. On comparing the foregoing tables with those in sections 7, 8, and 9, and more particularly with table (C, in section 7, the reader will see that the productive industry of the United States as a whole, compares very favorably with that of France, Holland, and Belgium; and also with that of Great Britain, prior to the nineteenth century. He will see that the productive industry of MIassachusetts and Rhode Island exceeds all Europe in proportion to the population, and is equalled only by Louisiana, and perhaps Cuba, and some other sugar and coffee growing countries of the torrid zone. When the reader contemplates the progressive steps in the productive industry of England, France, and the Netherlands; and reflects that a century since, and before the invention of the steam engine, of the spinning jenny, and of the machinery for rolling iron, all the manufactures of the metals, as well as of cloths, were by hand labor; he need be at no loss for the reason why the productive industry and wealth of those countries was small a century since, compared with what it is now; and why it is now small in France, Ireland, and our agricultural States of the west, in comparison with Great Britain and our manufacturing, States. SEC. 19. Value of jfrniture made; and thie niiu?ber, value, and average value of ]hozses erected in each of the States. Summary statement of the value of furniture made, and the number of brick and stone, and of wood houses erected in 1840, and the aggregate and average value of the same, according to the returns of the census; with the amounts added for omissions in the valuation, and deducted from the valuation for apparent errors. Houses built. Fn Brick~ od Aggregate Average,-Deducted. & S.|~ val ue. value, A Added. 34 1,674 $833,067 $487 $1OO,OOO0A 90 434 487,715 930 17.000OA 324 1,249 2,827.134 1,790 60,000&. 219 173 1,107,450 2.895! 1051 1,076I1,719,684 1,456 61 292 379,010 1,271 C5 517l1,086,295 1,77.5 72 4681 344,896 638S 464 STATES. Furniture. inlairie New I-lampshire - i'Viassachusetts Boston - lass. except Boston Rhode Island - Connectictit - Vermont - $204,875 105,827 1,090,008 329,600 760,408 121,131 253,675 83.,275 INDUSTRY OF THE UI'ITED STATES, tilouses built BrickIo. A &o S. F ood. 589 4,253 542 59 102 886 205 861 927 138 601 603 463 1,665 260 74 710 2.690 15 267 346 4,:'70 6 401 334 4,134 .39 1,280 7 509 1 4 483 47 104 213 1 176 591 221 1,977 181 627 38 1.822 193 1,098 485 1,7,57 203 2,072 210 130 94 53 17 1,541 38 2.591 67 472 144i 2,247 201 210 47 409 21 1.083 91 306 60, 33; Aggregate Ave'ge value. value. $4,204,972 $878 1,&89,100 3,112 1,221,772 1,239 1.,092,052 1,024 3,009,633 2,825 817,807 679 1,512,090 710 1,196,000 2,755 1,980,823 588 57,206 202 1,341 312 290 41,404 102 1,725,255 417 571,005 4351 212,085 411 135,987 272 147,350 981 548,400 2,563 533,370 699 984,227 449 383,166 474 511,004 274 553,551 429 1,045,172 421 854,5931 376 761,980 2,240 1,059,200 7,205 468,376'300 9.37,116 356 489,871 892 1,175,513 491 2,231,300 5,429 505.644 909 360,474 326 327,913 1,040 168.9101 1,816 STATES. Furniture N. Dist. New York $853,926 New York city, - 916,675 S. Dist. N.Y. except city 201,175 New Jersey - 176.566 Philadelphia city & county 547,900 East Dist. Pa. except city 199,526 W. Dist. Pennsylvania 403,741 City of Cincinnati - 459,000 Ohio except Cin. - 302,146 Gallia, Geauga, Holmes,) and Jackson counties, 2,300 Ohio - - ) Indiana - - 211,481 Clay, Miami, and Ran- dolph counties, Ia. Illinois - - 84,410 Mlichigan - - 23,494 Wisconsin - - 6,945 Iowa - - 4,600 Delaware - - 16,300 City of Baltimore - 268,200 Mlaryland, except Balt. 37,160 Virginia, East Dist. 195,4551 Virginia, West Dist. 93,936 North Carolina - 35,002 T'ennessee - - 79,600 Kentucky - - 273,350 Mlissouri. except St. Louis City of St. Louis - City of Charleston, S. C. 10,000 S. Carolina, except city 18,155 Georgia - - 49,780 Alabama - - 41,671 31ississippi - I 28,610 New Orleans - Louisiana, except N. O. Arkansas - - 20,293 2 Florida - - Dist. of Columbia 125,872 1 The foregoing table shows how wealth accunmulates in cities, the centres of manufactures and commerce; and enables the business men to live in fine and expensive houses, compared with the cheap and plain dwellings that shelter the farming population. * The returns for Licking County, Ohio, give seven hundred and sixtyeight thousand and eighlty-five dollars as the cost of constructing nineteen brick and stone, and one hundred and fifty-six wood houses. In Pulaski County, Arkansas, the returns show the erection of fourteen brick and stone, and twenty-four wood houses, at an aggregate cost of $867,400. I suppose the error occi,red in putting down a cypher too much, or in calling dollars an(l cents all dollars, iii some of the subdivisions. I 46,5 oducted. A Added. -$50,OOOA 600 000 IOO,OOOA 1,000,& 340 000 I 500A 3,OOOA 100,800A 126,149A 6,OOOA 175,OOOA 244,OOOA 2,50 000 *780,000 ON THIE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE Gallia, Geauga, Holmes, and Jackson, are among the oldest settled counties in the State of Ohio; but they are all agricultural counties, without any large towns or villages; and the average value of the dwelling houses erected in them in 1840, was but $202 each; while the average value of the dwellings built in the manufacturing and commercial city of Cincinnati amounted to $2,755 each. Compare the values of the dwelling houses erected in the agricultural State of Vermont, costing on an average but $638 each, with those erected in the manufacturing State of Massachusetts, exclusive of the city of Boston, costing on an average $1,456 each; and the reader will readily come to the conclusion, that the income of the people of the latter state must be much greater than that of the former. Look at the aggregate value built during the year, and the value of furniture made, and the contrast is equally striking. The population of Vermont was nearly half as great in 1840, as Mlassachusetts, excepting Boston, and yet the value of houses erected in the latter was about five times as great as in the former, and the value of furniture made over nine times as great. This indicates that the average income of the people of Massachusetts, exclusive of Boston, is about twice as great as that of the people of Vermont, (as stated in section 18;) which enables them to live in houses twice as expensive, to spend twice as much, and yet accumulate wealth twice as fast. What cause can be assigned for this great difference, but the one I have suggested, that one is an agricultural, and the other a manufacturing state? The people of both are equally well educated, and equally intelligent. If we compare the condition of Great Britain and the value of dwelling houses in the Kingdom at different periods, the result will be still mnore striking. The rental of the dwelling houses and all other buildings in England and Wales, according to the assessment of the income tax in 1688, amounted to only ~1,500,000 and according to MIr. Davenant's estimate to ~2,000,000 per annum. In 1815 the rental of the dwelling houses alone in Great Britain amounted to ~15,035,000, and in 1843, to ~38,888,880, as shown in table A, of section 1, and tables B, and D, of section 4. In 1688, Great Britain was an agricultural country; her mining and manufactures not being much greater in proportion to her population than those of Vermont were in 1840. This is shown in sections 1, 2 and 18, and the reader can compae them for himself. The British did not become very distinguished as a mining and manufacturing people, and superior to the other nations of Europe, until about the year 1780; and their manufactures were small in amount even in 1815, compared with what they were in 1843. 466 INDUSTRY OF THE UNITED STATES. With the exception of a few royal palaces and fine castles of the nobility, the dwellings of the British people in 1688, were plain, humble and comparatively cheap; otherwise the rental would have been estimated higher. Though by reason of high prices, the incomes of the people were as great in 1815 as they have ever been since; yet the taxes and expenses of the government were enormously great, and the amount of wealth then accumulated was much smaller than it was in 1843, as illustrated in tables B, and D, of section 4. At the latter period, the lordly palaces had greatly multiplied among the manufacturing, mining and commercial classes; many of which rivalled in splendor and magnificence, the royal castles and palaces, and exceeded those of the nobility of the previous century. The value of the dwellings of the people of a nation constitute a pretty accurate index of the amount of their wealth. What has caused the immense difference between the value of the dwellings of agricultural England in 1688, and manufacturing England in 1843? Let the reader inquire for himself, and form his own opinion. During the whole of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, Holland was the wealthiest country in the world, far iil advance of England. Even down to the time of our revolutionary War, the public revenues of France were nearly twice as great as those of Great Britain; and prior to that time, the French were as wealthy, and perhaps more so, than the British. What has caused this wonderful change? Can any reason be assigned for it, except the power of machinery, and the great extension of the mining and manufacturing industry of Great Britain, coming in aid of, and furnishing the materials for the most extensive commerce which ever existed? According to my estimates, the same number of persons can now, by the aid of machinery, make about twenty times as much cloth of cotton and wool, as they can by carding, spinning and weaving by hand, in the old method in use prior to 1750. The profits of labor and capital aided by machinery, at present prices of products, are about three times as great as they were a century since. Is it strange, that the people of Great Britain should grow rich by the combined influence of capital, machinery, science and skill in manufactures and mining, and the aid of the markets of half the civilized world ready to buy their products, at prices which afford them three times as much profits and wages, as they could have obtained a century since, and about three times as great as the agriculturists of our new states can now make? Is it strange that by their policy, they should manage to prevent the growth of manufactures in Ireland, in their colonies, iu 467 INDUSTRY OF THE UNITED STATES. the United States, and in all other countries, preach the doctrines of free-trade, and try to keep all the world dependent on them for the products of their mining and manufacturing ndustry? 468 CHAPTER XV. ON FREE TRADE —THE CIRCUMSTANCES WHICh SUGGESTED THE OUTLINES OF THE SYSTEM-IITS PRINCIPLES, FALSE ASSUMP TIONS, SOPHISTRIES, AND TENDENCIES-THE NECESSITY OF REGULATING COMMIERCE, OF ORGANIZING CAPITAL AND LABOR; AND THE TRUE PRINCIPLES OF POLITICAL ECONOMY. SEc. 1. Feudal privileges and monopolies in the mechanic arts, manufactures, and commerce in Europe. The general tendencies of free trade were pointed out in Section 7, of the last chapter; but the subject has been so much discussed of late years, and has assumed so much importance in the public mind, as to render it expedient to discuss its principles and effects more at length in a distinct chapter. Of all the principles which have crept into our government, none have been so paralyzing to the industry, and destructive to the interests of the country, as those of free trade with foreign nations; whereby the importation of foreign luxuries, and the products of foreign industry have been encouraged at low duties; American laborers deprived in a great measure of the markets of their own country, and the country drained of specie, involved in debt, and kept in a dependent condition. Up to within about half a century since, the government of every country of Europe was in the habit of passing special laws and ordinances, and granting to particular individuals and associations of persons special charters, allowing them exclusive privileges to make and vend particular articles, to do certain thin(gs. or to monopolize certain markets. The monopolies granted by these special acts and charters, were almost infinitely various in their character; comprising almost every kind of manufactures, commerce and banking, even the learned professions, and the dissemination of learning and intelligence. In this mode, not only all the offices of the government, and the ]earned professions, but the banking, commerce and manufactures of each country were monopolized by the families of the nobility, and their friends and dependents, and by wealthy capitalists, who could make an interest with the government. The business of mnanufacturing of many ON FREE TRADE. kinds, being monopolized by a few privileged persons, was associated in the minds of the people, with the personal and feudal privileges and powers of the aristocracy; and became odious to them. The poor were also restrained by the poor-laws of England, and by acts against vagrancy, from migrating from one county to another, in search of employment. Personal liberty as well as industry, was thus restrained, to the great vexation and injury of the laboring classes. Domestic as well as foreign commerce was subject to numerous duties, taxes, monopolies, restraints and regulations, made by the feudal aristocracy for their own exclusive benefit; which were extremely oppressive to the laboring classes, and became even more odious to them, than the manufacturing monopolies. SEc. 2. The system of nmonopoly was extezded to all the coun tries of America, which were held in colonial bondage. This principle of monopoly was extended to America, and under it, almost the whole Western continent was parcelled out into lordly domains by the crowned heads of Europe, to the nobility and their particular favorites; and the colonists were prohibited all commercial intercourse except with the mother country; and in many cases were prohibited from manufacturing for themselves, and the privilege of manufacturing for them reserved for the mother country. The object of the system was to enable the mother country to monopolize the more profitable employments of commerce and manufactures; to supply the colonists with manufactures at high prices; to confine them to the hard drudgery of agriculture, and mining for gold and silver, to producing raw materials at low prices; and to keep them in debt, poor, and dependent. It was these restrictions upon production and upon their industry, which excited the public mind, and had ten times more effect than the little tax on tea, in bringing about the glorious American revolution. SEC. 3. Smnith's TUeallh of N5aztions. Its character aild effects. The Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, by Adam Smith, was first published in 1776. In this work the author examined critically and philosophically into the theory, practice, and effect of all this system of monopoly; and showed most clearly the inexpediency and injustice of the system of monopoly, so far as production and domestic commerce are concerned. But so far as regards foreign commerce, he was not equally philosophical, clear, or successful. MCanufactures and commerce were then in a comparatively infant state, and the 470 ON FREE TRADE. materials were few, compared with what we now have, to enable one to deduce, according to the inductive system of philosophy, the true theory of political economy and public policy. His work is filled with important truths, and with many errors and false assumptions, so curiously interwoven with acute reasoning, as to have given direction to the opinions of nearly all the schlool-men and merely theoretical political economists, from that day to the present. With the single exception of John Calvin's Institutes, perhaps it has had more effect upon the public mind, than any work that has been written since the Koran was penned by MIahomet; though practical statesmen have generally repudiated many of its doctrines. SEC. 4. Free production, but not free trade, the true r?'le. It is generally admitted to be a matter of expediency and good public policy, as well as of justice, to allow inventors and authors the exclusive benefit of their own works and inventions for a limited period. With these exceptions, the true rule is, FREE PRODUCTION, BUT NOT FREE TRADE. The cases are very few, however, where domestic commerce should be restricted or regulated by law; but the importation of foreign commodities should in all cases be regulated in view of the condition, circumstances, and natural as well a acquired resources of a nation. The foreign producer and laboer who do nothing to support our government, and often take ie specie out of the country for their products, should never be allwed to come into competition on equal terms with our own laborers and manufacturers, whose surplus income goes to swell the capital and support the government of our country. Adaptation to condition and circumtlstances may be said to be the great law and corner-stone of political as well as of private econom?y; the golden r'tle of gover-nment and jitrisprudence as well as of morals. SEc. 5. D)eftiition of the wcord fact.- The rules of political economy should be deduced firom facts. Dr. Smith's treatise is a very learned and philosophical work, founded on facts which he had been years in collecting; and his theories are mostly deduced from his facts. But he wrote when commerce and manufactures were in their infancy, and before governments commenced collecting accurate statistics of the population, productive industry, wealth, and resources of their respective countries; and he was unfortunately mistaken in many of his facts. A mistake in relation to facts, and the difficulty in ascertaining them with accuracy, is one of the principal causes of man's errors. MIr. W\eb,ster defines fact to be, first, any thing done, or 471 ON FREE TRADE. that comes to pass; an act; a deed; an effect produced or achieved; an event; second, reality, truth. Facts comprise not only all the acts of nman, and the result of all his acts, but also all the motions, changes, developments, events, and effects produced by causes either physical or spiritual in the whole universe. Facts are therefore the connecting links between cause and effect; and comprise all the effects which have ever been produced in the spiritual as well as the natural, political, and social world. They may be divided into four classes: first, simple or single; second, complex or compound; third, general facts or aggregates of details; and fourth, philosophical facts, or the ordinary current of events produced by natural causes. As all the operations of nature are produced by combinations of causes, no fact can properly be called single, except the acts of man which result from a single operation of the mind, or one volition. Complex, or compound facts, comprise effects produced by numerous persons, all acting in concert during a considerable space of time. This would include any one evolution of a single corps of an army acting in concert under their commanding officer, though the acts of each individual would be in some measure distinct; and the victory or result of an engagement, however various its character, complex its parts, and numerous the causes producing it, would comprise but one complex fact. General facts comprise aggregates of details. The population, products, property, and capital, exports and imports, coin, schools and scholars, income and expenditures of the government and people of every country are general facts; they comprise numerous details, and can be ascertained only by carefully collecting, and aggregating those details. Philosophical facts not only comprise the ordinary current of natural events produced exclusively by natural causes; but also the current of human events, produced conjointly by physical causes, and the free and voluntary agency of man, acting either in concert, or in conflict with each other. In this view of it,.I. Guizot made the progress of civilization in Europe, a matter of fact, and the subject of history. The natural tendency of any particular employment, pursuit, course of action or policy, to produce a certain result, and to contribute to increase the comforts, wealth, and well-being of man, or the contrary, may be regarded as a philosophical fact; which must be ascertained by observing great numbers of simple facts, aggregating them together, and thereby deducing causes from effects. When general and philosophical facts are understood with perfect accuracy, there is no great dificulty in deducing fiom them the uniform laws by 4-i 2 which they are produced. Hence the importance of statistics, of facts, of general facts, and philosophical facts, in order to deduce from them the true rules of political economy. SEC. 6. Causes of many of the errors into which Dr. Smith fell. Adam Smith, I have remarked, was mistaken in many of his facts; that is, in many of the general and philosophical facts on which his reasoning is founded; and it may well be doubted, if hle could have had the light which modern statistics throw upon this question, if he ever would have deduced from them the maxims and principles of free trade. I-Ie was a philosopher, a man of great learning, great powers of reasoning, and great originality of mind; but a mere scholastic philosopher, a professor, a theoretical, not a practical man. -He was led into many e)riors by theorizing, without sufficient knowledge of practical business to ?erify the conclusions deduced from his theories, and to correct them. Like lIr. Tfralker (late Secretary of the Treasury), he deduced miany of his philosophical facts from his theories, instead of deducing his theories f7'om the facts shown by the business and rccords of the country. He assumed as a matter of fact, that capital and labor employed in agriculture were more productive than when employed in mining, manufactures, or any other pursuit. Many of his errors arose from reasoning on this false assumption. The odious monopolies existing in nearly all the countries of Europe, in all matters of production and trade also, made strong impressions on him of the evils resulting from them; and the only remedy which was suggested to his mind, was entire freedomi of trade, as well as of production. It is not strange that at that day, his mind was led into such a train of reasoning. All the facts collected by him are consistent with the maxim of FREE PRODUCTION; but they are not all consistent, nor is his reasoning all consistent, with the doctrines and maxims of FREE TRADE between nations. Perceiving this, he made certain exceptions and limitations to the general rule, in the commerce between nations, which have been critically sought out and condemned as inconsistencies and errors, by his disciples and followers, Ricardo, 31lcCulloch, Mill, and others in Great Britain, and by Dr. WTayland, Condy Ra(raguet, Professor Vethake, and many others in this country, and partially so by Mr. Say; and they have carefully excluded from their works all those exceptions, and made them conform strictly to all the abstract rules and assumptions offree trade. ]By overlooking many of the most important facts of history, omitting all those exceptions, and the soundest arguments as well as the most reliable facts collected by Dr. Smith, and copying all his O'.%' RREE TRADE!. 473 ON FREE TRADE. errors of fact and argument, they have constructed one of the. most harmonious and plausible systems of sophistry and error, ever presented to the reading world. SEC. 7. Great Britain has capital and capacity to manufacture for the world. -Aecessary effects of Free Trade. For some years past, Great Britain has produced nearly two million tons of iron annually, and spun about six hundred million pounds of cotton. This is nearly equal to the tons of iron produced, and the quantity of cotton spun, in all the other countries of Europe and America. By referring to Sections 4, 6 and 7, of the last chapter, the reader may realize, how small the amount of capital necessary, to employ the immense amount of mining and manufacturing industry of that kingdom, when compared with the value of farming lands and agricultural capital, and the amount invested in palaces and dwellings for the wealthy. By referring to Section 11 of Chapter Xl., he may learn how many persons were employed in 1847, in all the factories and mines of the kingdom; and how few are necessary, with the aid of science and machinery, to accomplish results so truly wonderful. Perhaps half of the time during the last twenty years (fr'om 1S30 to 1850), many of the factories, furnaces, and iron mills, were not in use; and half of those in use were running short time, not doing more than two-thirds as much as they were capable of doing, because the markets were surfeited and prices depressed. These facts are sufficient to show that Great Britain has the natural resources and physical capacity, by means of machinery, to manufacture for the whole civilized world. Let, the reader contemplate the increase in the amount of capital invested in dwelling-houses and railroads between the years 1815 and 1843 (as exhibited in Section 4 of the last chapter, amiounting(r to about 520,000,000; more than three times as much as the whole amount invested in mining, manufactures, and the meclianic arts), and he will see at once, that one-third part of that increase invested in mining and manufactures, would have doubled the manufacturing capital of Great Britain, and enabled them to accomplish that object; if they could have commanded the markets of the world. As their manufactures are better established, and they have a better supply of experienced and skilful laborers than any other nation, they can, as a general rule, undersell every other people; and they would soon drive the manufacturers of almnost every nation out of their own markets, and supply and monopolize the markets of the world, were it not for the tariff laws of France, the United 474 ON FREE TRADE. States, and other nations, regulating and restricting foreign imiports, and thereby partially securing their own mnarkets to their own people. The question is not so much what a nation can produce, but what they can sell and get their pay for. MIARKETS, therefore, enter into the qutestion, as the great, yea, the greatest and most important of all the elements of political economy. The important point is to secure a market; to secure the home ma rlet first, for their own laborers and manufacturers as far as they may want it, and thereby create a domestic nmarket for their own agricultural products. iMARKETS, I repeat again, are THE GREAT STIIULANITS TO INDUSTRY, AND OF ALL THINGS IN THE WORLD, THEY ARE THE LIOST IMPORTANT AND NECESSARY TO SUSTAIN IT. This great truth has been entirely overlooked by the advocates of free trade, and hence have arisen many of their errors. SEC. 8. Ilaxims of Free Trade. I have carefully collected the principal maxims on which the doctrines of free trade are based; and have numbered them for the purpose of referring to them conveniently. The first six and the eleventh are taken almost literally fronm the " WrALTH OF NATIONS." The others are taken in most cases literally, and in solue cases they are only abstracts firom the Essays on Free Trade, of Condy Raguet, Esq., late of Philadelphia. All, or nearly all these maxims are generally insisted on by the advocates of free trade, as axioms; and many of them are laid down as self-evident truths. 1st. Every individual in his local situation can judge better than the government, or any statesman or lawgiver can do for him, what is the species of industry in which he can employ his labor and capital to the best advantage, in order to produce the largest income. 2d. The study of his own profit and advantage, naturally and necessarily leads every individual to prefer that emnploymient of labor and capital, *which is most advantageous to the society, as well as to himself. 3d. All persons find it for their interest to employ their whole iudustry in a way in which they have some advantage over their neighbors, and to purchase with a part of its produce, or what is the same thing, with the price of a part of it, whatever they have occasion for. The same rule applies to communities or countries; and whether the advantages which one country has over another be natural or acquired, it is in this respect of no consequence. As long as the one country has those advantages, and the other wants them, it will always be more advantageous for 475 O. FREE TRADE. the latter, rather to buy of the former, than to make; and for every individual to buy where he can buy cheapest. 4th. That the number of workmen who can be kept in employment by any person or community, must bear a certain proportion to the capital employed, and can never exceed it; that no regulation of commerce can increase the quantity of industry in a society, beyond what its capital can mailntain; that all a government can do, is to divert a part of the capital and industry of the community into new channels, without power to increase the aggregate amount of either; and that our industry cannot be dimninished by buying of other nations whatever they can produce cheaper than we can, and employing our capital in some other mode. 5th. That all restrictive laws tend to force capital and labor from a more to a less profitable mnode of employment, and to render the producing faculties and the industry of the country less productive; and thus they prevent the rapid accumulation of capital and wealth, in which is found the means of affording employment to an increasing population. 6th. Tlhat there is in every society an ordinary or average rate of both wages and profit, in every employment; that the amount of labor and capital employed in producing any article determines its cost, by the fixed standard of the rate of wages and profits; that this cost is its natural price; that the producer cannot, for a long period, charge more than a fair remuneration for his labor and capital, because a higher price would invite comrpetition, which would soon reduce the price; that he cannot for a long period charge less, because in this case he would be ruined, and must leave the enmployment, and thus the number of producers would be dimninished, and the value of the product rise to the average rate of profit; and that no domestic competition can bring down prices below the fixed standard, or natural price. 7th. That there can be no such thing as a permanent superiority of one branch of business over another; for if capital and labor employed in agriculture or any other bhsiness, were for a great length of time niore profitable than if employed in other pursuits, persons would withdraw their capital and leave the latter pursuits, and fly to the former, until the equilibrium would be restored. Sth. That the great fall which has taken place since 1816 in the price of many articles of manufacture, has resulted chiefly fiom the great improvements in labor-saving machinery, which have progressed not only in this country, but in Europe. 9th. That all high duties exclude a portion of the articles upon which they are laid, by raising their price, or keeping their 476 ON FREE TRADE. price from falling, and are thus a tax on the consumer, for the exclusive benefit of the domestic producer, to the full amount of the duties. 10th. That the complaint of the manufacturers of the United States, that the duties are not high enough, is positive proof that foreign fabrics can be imported cheaper than they can be made at home; consequently, that there is a want of consistency in the conduct of those who assert that the tariff system brings down prices. 11th. To give the monopoly of the home market to the produce of domestic industry in any particular art or manufacture, must, in almost all cases, be either a useless or a hurtful regulation. If the produce of domestic industry can be boulght as cheap as that of foreign industry, the regulation is evidently useless; if it cannot, it must generally be hurtful. 12th. That commerce is an exchange of equivalents not merely beneficial to one of the parties which carries it on, but to both, by enabling each to exchange with the other those products which he can furnish upon the most favorable terms. 13th. That commerce must be reciprocal; and, consequently, that when one nation restricts its trade with another, and says " I will not buy," it declares in the same words, " i will not sell." 14th. That so far as foreign nations refuse to take our productions, they, ipso facto, and without requiring any laws on our part to enforce a retaliation, absolutely deprive us of the power to take their productions. 15th. That foreign commerce is an exchange of domestic products for foreign products, and gives employment to domestic industry, because foreign products can be paid for only with domestic products. So far as these maxims are correct and true, they are philosophical facts as heretofore explained; but so far as they differ from the facts, they are mere false assumptions. All the truths and principles of political economy are in accordance with, and deducible from facts; and like the truths and principles of every natural science, they can be ascertained in no other mode. Abstract reasoning on such subjects is always uncertain; and the conclusions of the mind can never be relied upon, except when they are verified by facts. SEC. 9. Critical examination of the maxims of Free Trade. 1st. The first and second maxims will be examined together. To determine the most advantageous mnode of employing labor and capital, requires a survey of the whole country, of all its 477 wants, all its resources and capacities, and all its industry. It is not the duty of governments, to direct the pursuits of individuals, but to collect and disseminate, for the use of the people, information of the productions, wants, commerce, and natural resources of the country, to ascertain what commodities are produced in excess, of what the production is deficient, what new branches of industry are adapted to the condition of the country, and how its industry is affected by foreign commerce; to shape its legislation, in such manner as to promote the industry of the nation, and to encourage the transfer of labor and capital fioni pursuits in which they are not needed, into those in which thev are most needed, in order to supply the wants of the people. The first maxim implies, or assumes, that each member of the community, including all the most ignorant classes, can determnine all these matters more accurately than the general sense and wisdom of the nation collected in the halls of legislation, with the aid of all the records and statistics of the country. ls this assumption true, or is it false? How do the uneducated classes acquire such knowledge? Is it the result of instinct, or of intuition; or how is it acquired? Of what use are schools, seminaries of learning and science, lyceums, libraries, and agricultural societies, if each one of the mass of the people knows more than the united wisdom of the legislative and executive departments of the government. If every man's information and wisdom were complete and perfect, the assumption would be true; but in the present state of knowledge, it is false. If maximns numbered 1 and 2 were true, the industry of every community in the civilized world would be nearly equal in value, in proportion to their numbers; and they would accumulate wealth with nearly equal rapidity. This is proven to be untrue, by all the facts collected in the last chapter. 2d. The second maxim assumes that the virtue as well as tho wisdom of every individual is conmplete and perfect; and that it is impossible for any one to engage in any employment, which is not the most advantageous to the community, as well as to himself. If when Dr. Smith first conceived this maxim, he had looked into some of the grog-shops of London, and contemplated the subject of the manufacture, sale, and effects of intoxicating liquors, in connection with it, he would have perceived its falsity at once. It also implies or assumnes that, inasmuch as comnmunities and niations are constituted of individuals, the gain of every individual necessarily increases the aggregate gains of the cornmunity. This is true, when individual gains arise from production; but it is not always true, when they arise from trade and commerce. In the latter case, the gain of the merchant is often O',\' FP.EE TPADE. .478 ON FREE TRAtDE. at the expense of the purchaser and consumer; and the importer, jobber, and retail merchants who sell foreign goods, often gtow rich by the business, when many of the consumers, as well as the manufacturers, and manufacturing laborers of the country, are directly injured by it; and the aggregate industry of the nation lessened, both in amount and value. The converse of the. proposition assumed, is, however, true in all cases; for nations being composed of individuals, whatever increases the aggregate industry and income of the nation, necessarily increases the income of individuals, and as all pursuits are mutually dependent on each other, the tendency is, to promote the interest of all the industrious classes. For a further commentary on this maxim, see the remarks on maxim numbered 12. 3d. The third maxim assumes that, no matter what employment or pursuit a man may follow, he can either exchange all its products for whatever he may want on fair ternms, or can sell them for money at fair prices, and with the price of a portion of them, purchase whatever he may have occasion for. The truth of the maxim depends on the truth of these assumptions, and if they are false either in whole or in part, the maximi is false also. Every man who has a correct knowledge of the condition of the United States, knows that the markets for almost everything produced in the nation, are generally surfeited; and that it is much easier, with the great natural resources of our country, to produce, than it is to sell at fair prices, and collect the pay. All that we want in this country, to stimulate industry and increase production to almost any extent, are regular markets at fair prices, and sure pay. The principal products of many of the interior districts of the Western and South-western States, are Indian corn, pork and cattle. The corn crop is so superabundant in those districts, that it will scarcely sell at all for money, or for over ten to twenty cents per bushel; and pork and cattle are equally cheap. See Chapter XII., Sections 33 and 37. In such districts the people cannot pay for many foreign goods, but must clothe themselves coarsely, and have but few comforts, except what they produce themselves; simply because their markets are too limited, and not equal to their products. It is of very little consequence to persons who have no means of payment, that foreign products are nominally cheap. Of what consequence is it to the poor peasantry of Ireland, that British goods are nominally cheap, when they are idle half of the time for want of employment, and have scarcely any means of payment? On the contrary, it makes no difference to buyers generally, how high the nominal prices of domestic goods which they need may be, provided they have a plenty of employment, 479 ON FREE TRADE. and can exchange their labor, or the products of their labor, for them, at prices equally high. The true test of cost to the consumner is, not the nominal price, but the comparative ease or difficulty of payment. The principal reason why one nation can manufacture cheaper than another, is not so much owing to natural advantages and resources, as to those which are acquired. It is owing to inventions, improvements in mechanical science, more perfect tools and machinery, greater skill and experience, and greater facilities for transportation. It is for the interest of every nation adapted by nature to mechanical and mlanufacturing industry, to adopt such a policy as to acquire these advantages; and the only mode in which it can be effected is, to secure the domestic market, as a field of employment to the domestic laborer and producer, and to diversify employments according to the wants of the people. - Commerce in domestic products is substantially, in a national point of view, a mere exchange of products; and every man who con — sumes domestic manufactures, pays for them in the products of his own industry. Those things are really the cheapest to the consumner, which he can pay for the easiest, no matter what their nominal price may be; and, in a national point of view, taking a long series of years into consideration, those articles are generally the cheapest, which are produced by domestic industry. That part of the maxim-that it is for the interest of every individual to buy foreign goods when he can buy them with money nominally cheaper than domestic goods, is not true as a general rule. It is true only so far as it applies to importers, dealers in foreign goods, and persons living on their mioney, on the interest of loans, and the income of stocks, without labor or business, and who receive no benefit from an increase of the industry and prosperity of the country. 4th. On account of the intimate connection between maxims numbered 4 and 5, I shall examine them together. There is some truth in maxim 4, mixed up with much sophistry, but in number 5 there is nothing but a tissue of false assumptions. The amount of productive industry in a country, measured by the quantity of its products, is one thing, while its value is a very different thing. This is an important distinction, which Adam Smith and his disciples have entirely overlooked. Perhaps there is no very great difference between the amount of productive industry in proportion to the population in Vermont and Massachusetts; but the difference in value is nearly one half. There * See on this point Section 6 of Chapter XIII., and Sections 8,9,10, 11 and 12 of Chaper VI. 480 ON FREE TRADE. is very little difference also in the amount of industry, between the manufacturing States of Massachusetts and Rhode Island on the one hand, and the fine agricultural States of Ohio and Indiana on the other; and yet the products of the former are more than twice as valuable, in proportion to the population, as those of the latter. Capital and labor employed in mining, manufactures, and the mechanic arts of almost any description, produce twice as much value as the same amount of capital and labor employed in agriculture.* This being the case, it requires but a grain of common sense to perceive that any regulation of commerce, which tends to divert capital and industry from a less to a more profitable employment, must necessarily tend to increase the value of the productive industry of a country, and to enhance the accumniulation of wealth. When the facts are properly presented, this conclusion forces itself upon the mind as a self-evident truth. The assumptions contained in maxim five are, therefore, false, entirely false, and do not embrace a single shadow of truth. Our tariff laws do tend to encourage mining and manufactures, and to divert capital and industry from agriculture to those employments. That they do thereby tend to increase the value of the productive industry of the country, has been generally believed by our sensible and practical men, though very few have been able to understand fully, and to explain clearly, the reasons of their belief) and to point out the fallacies and false assumptions of the doctrines of free trade. The number of laborers which may be employed in a nation depends on the field of employment, and on the immaterial capital-that is, on the science, knowledge and experience, and skill of the people; and not on the amount of material capital accumulated, and is not in proportion to the amount of capital, as is alleged in maxim four. On the contrary, the effect of the use of machinery, improved tools, and an increased amount of capital, is to enable a given number of laborers to do more, and to bring to market an increased quantity of products; and if the market is limited, the producers employ only so many laborers as are necessary to produce sufficient products to supply the market, and the necessary consequence of an increased amount of capital under such circumstances, is to thrown out of employment a portion of the laborers previously employed. British machinery has not only stopped many factories, forges, rolling mills, and shops in the United States, but it has stopped the domestic wheels and looms also, and it has had a much greater and more depressing * See on this subject, sections 16, 17, and 18 of the last chapter. 481 ON' FREE TRADE. influence in Ireland, in British India, and all the British provinces. A given number of laborers may accomplish more with a sufficient amount of capital and the best of tools, to keep them all at work to the best advantage, than they can with poor tools and half as much capital as would be useful to themn; but it is not true, as implied in the maxim, that the industry of a people iiay be increased indefinitely by an increase of capital.''he amount of capital, as well as the number of laborers which can be usefully employed, depends on, and is limited by, the field of eniployment. The people of Holland and Great Britain long since accumulated more wealth and capital, than could be productively einployed at home as capital. It has been generally assumed by the advocates of free trade, and reiterate4 over and over again, that we have not capital enough in this country to manufacture for ourselves advantageously; that the proper time has not come yet; that while we have large quantities of rhl uncultivated lands, it is the most profitable and advantageous or our people to devote themselves principally to agriculture; that we should wait until capital and laborers becomie more abundant; and that when the proper time comIes, manufactures will grow up of themuselves, and without the aid of protective duties. All these positions are a tissue of false assumptions. First The average amount of capital to each person in each of our old free States, was greater, even in 1840, than it was in England in 1770, and much greater than it was in England in the year 1 00; secondly, it is not true that the culture of new land is more profitable than mining and manufactures. On the contrary, the latter are in general twice as profitable as the former; thirdly, capital never did, and never can, become abundant in an agricultural country without manufactures, for the plain reason, that agricultural pursuits, in countries without manufacturing indus try, are not sufficiently productive to admit of much accumulation of wealth; and, fourthly, it is not true that manufctures ever will grow up of themselves without exertion, and without the fostering care of the government. The population of England was as dense three centuries since, as that of the State of New York is now, and yet the mnanufacturing and mnining, industry of the kingdomni was very trifling, and scarcely worth naming. It has all grown up during the last two centuries, and mostly during the last eighty years. Mechanical and manufacturing pursuits do not in general require as much capital, in proportion to the number of persons employed, as farming. The amount of capital invested in agri 4S2 ON FREE TRADE. culture in the United States, including the value of farming land, is more than twice as great in proportion to the numinber of persons employed, as it is in mining and manufactures The farming capital alone, over and above the value of lands in Great Britain, exceeds the whole amount invested in mining, manufac tures, and the mechanic arts, notwithstanding the immense amount and value of the manufactures of that kingdom. It is shown in Chapter III. that mining and the mechanic arts precede agriculture in the progress of civilization. There is no want of material capital in the United States for manufacturing purposes; all that is wanted is, to have capital diverted into the proper channels-an increase of skilful workmen, and our markets bet ter secured to our own citizens. We have now more capital in vested in factories, forges, furnaces, rolling mills, and machinery, than is fully employed; and many of them are standing still, be cause our markets are surfeited with British iron and manufac tures to such an extent, that the products of our own citizens cannot find markets, at prices which will enable them to pay the high prices demanded for labor in this country, and continue their business. The capital of England was small until after the civil wars in the time of Cromwell; though nearly six centuries had elapsed between the Norman conquest and that period, the capital, as well as the population, continued small, and increased very slowly; the increased continued te be slow as long as the capital and industry of the country was mostly confined to agriculture; but since it began to be diverted into mining and manufactures, about the year 1770, productive industry, capital, wealth in houses, furniture, &c., and population, have all increased with railroad speed. It is impossible to accumulate capital very rapidly, while the income of a people remains small. Small incomes are nearly all consumed. The only practical mode for our new States, and some of the old agricultnral States to increase their capital and wealth rapidly, is to divert a part of their industry and capital into mining and manufactures, and thereby increase their earnings. Then, and not till then, they will have a large surplus annually, which may be put into capital, dwelling-houses, and other property. The subject of numbers six and seven, is thoroughly examined in Chapter XII. on prices, and their false assumptions clearly pointed out. The price of commodities, of labor, of land, the rent of land, and interests or profits of capital, are all governed by the proportion between the demand for them, and the supply in the market. The demand for most things depends not only on the actual wants of a community, but also on their ability to pay 4S.1 ON- FREE TRa TADE. for them. The wealth or poverty of a community has, therefore, a great influence on prices. Sth. The facts assumed in maxim nunmb)er 8, are clearly proven to be untiue, by the records of British commerce. The facts are collected in Chapter XII., sections 26 to 30, to which the reader is referred. So far fronm the fact assumed being true, it is shown in the sections referred to, that notwithstanding the great improvements in machinery between the years 1750 and 1815, prices were much higher at the latter, than they were at the foimer peiiod; that the increased demand, not only neutralized the tendency of nmachinery to reduce prices, but actually raised them; and that nothing reduced them but the tariffs of the United States, France, and other countries of Europe; which built up manufactures in those countries; increased the supply of goods; diminished the demand for British goods; compelled the British producers to pay the foreign duty, or reduce their prices to the amount of it; and also to make a further re duction of prices, in order to retain a portion of the markets, against their new competitors. The advocates of free-trade overlook, and seemi blind to the fact, that an increased production in this country tends to reduce prices. 9th. The facts collected in sections 26 to 30 of Chapter XII., also prove that every word of maxim numbered 9 is untrue, with the exception of the first clause of the sentence-That high duties do tend to lessen the inmportation of the goods on which they are levied, is true; they do not, however, often do it by raisinig prices of goods which come into competition with domestic products but, first, by compelling the producer to pay the duties, or rather to subnmit to such a reduction of price as to be equivalent, or nearly equivalent, to the duties, whereby they diminish his profits, and lessen the object or motive to send his products into the country. Secondly, they tend to encourage and increase domestic nianufactures, and thereby lessen the denmand of the community for foreign products. In some cases, where the domestic competition is snmall, the price is at first raised, but falls again as soon as the protection of the market to the home producer has invited sufficient capital and labor into that departnient of industry, to aid very nmaterially in supplying the market. To avoid an immediate rise of prices on raising the duties, they should be increased gradually for three or four years in succession, so as to increase the domestic comlpetition, before the highest scale of duties takes effect. For instance, if duties are put on any article at the rate of 25 per cent. the first year, put them at 33i per cent. the second, 40 per cent. 4S4 ON FREE TRADE. the third, and 50 per cent. the fourth year, and still higher the fifth year, if necessary. All duties should be specific, in order to prevent evasions and frauds. When duties are laid on articles which do not come into competition with domestic products (as on tea and coffee), the usual effect is to raise the price nearly as much as the whole amount of the duty; unless the duties are so high as to lessen the consumption, or some other article is introduced as a substitute. In either of those cases, the demand being lessened, it often happens that the rise in price is not half equal to the amount of the duty-and the practical effect is, to make the producer pay part of the duty, and the consumer a part. These fluctuations in price are governed by the great lhzts of demzand and supply, as explained in sections 3 to 6 of Chapter XII. The effect of denlmand and supply on price, the advocates of free trade have never seemed to understand. 10tlh. The first part of maxim number 10, is undoubtedly true. By reason of Great Britain having tak-en the advance in mining anr,d mn)anufacturing of all the nations of the earth; having had practical wisdom enough to protect their own markets (which wNe ha.ve not); having accumulated large capitals, and an immense amiount of machinery., by mieans of great profits when goods were high; having instructed and produced great numbers of skilful workmen; and having a dense population, who must starve or work at such prices as they can obtain, there is no reason to doubt that capitalists can produce many articles at a money price from twenty to fifty per cent. cheaper than they can be produced at present in the United States. But all these advantages, except the last, can soon be acquired in this country, if the domestic market can be secured to the home laborer and producer. The conclusion, however, drawn in the maxim, that a protective tariff does not tend to reduce prices, is not a legitimate conclusion, as is shown in answer to maxim number 9. Nor does it follow that, because the people of Great Britain can produce at a money price cheaper than we can, that they will do so; when the deiimand for their products is such, for want of competition, as to raise the market price above the standard yielding fair profits to capitalists, and fair wages to the l,aborer. llheitever tihe generosity of British manufacturers shall induce them to sell their products for a profit equal to five per cent. per annumn on their capital invested, when the deniand is such that they might realize twenty-five per cent., then, and not till then, the conclusion of maxini number ten will be true. The truthi is, there is no fixed standard for either wages, profits or prices; all are gov 4S5 ON FREE TRADE. erned by the rules of supply and demand; and every man sells his products, as a general rule, at the highest prices the market will command.* British manufacturers, like all other classes of men, are selfish beings; and what prices they can afford to sell ofr, and what they will sell for, are very different things. We have had many specimens of their throwing the surplus of their manufactures of cotton, wool and iron into our markets, when they were fully supplied, and selling them at cost, in order to depress prices, ruin our manufacturers, and drive them out of the irarket,.to enable them to monopolize our markets again. But we have had no instance of their selling their goods at cost, or at very low prices, when the supply in the market was deficient, and they had no motive to do so but generosity. ] ith. Maxim number 11 assumes that a protective tariff to aid in securing theehome market to our own industry, must necessarily be useless, if we can manufacture at as low a money price as the British and French can manufacture for us; and hurtful, if we cannot manufacture as low as their goods can be imported. Both of these assumptions or conclusions are fallacious and false. As to the first assumption, that it is or would be useless, if we could manufacture as cheap as Great Britain. Let us suppose, for the sake of argument, wages reduced so low in this country, that we could compete successfully in our own markets, though not in theirs, with the British manufacturer. It has been shown that Great Britain has the natural resources, and might, in a few years, by converting her accumulations of capital into manufactures, have the physical capacity, to manufacture cotton, wool, iron and hardware, for the whole civilized world, if she could only command their markets. At the present reduced prices, the income, over and above materials, from capital and labor employed in the forges, iron mills, and factories of Great Britain, amounts to about $400 per annum to each person employed. Such being the case, the profits of manufacturing being so great, if the doors of free trade were thrown open to all the nations cf the earth, the British manufacturers would force their goods into every market, in order to make all the profits in th eir power; and the result would be, that they would divide our market with our manufacturers, and thereby prevent the growth of manufactures in this country, disperse our people, confine them to the less profitable pursuit of agriculture, keep us embarrassed with debt to them, drain us of specie to pay the balance of trade against us, cripple our banking institutions, lessen the industry, and paralyze the energies and enterprise of our country. * See on this point Sections 3 to 6, and Section21 of Chapter XII. 486 ON FREE TRADE. As I have said before, the question is not s much what so intelligent, active and industrious a people as those of Great Britain and the United States can produce; but what can they sell at good prices antd get their pay for? Great Britain has the natural resources, and could soon acquire the capacity to manufacture for the world. The natural resources of the United States for mining and manufacturing are, perhaps, still greater; and they have also a territory sufficiently large and fertile to supply provisions for a population of five or six hundred millions.'.'he friends of free trade say we may better confine ourselves mostly to agriculture, and depend on selling our agricultural products to pay for our clothing, iron, hardware, &c. But we already produce more than we can sell, and four years out of five not only our own, but all foreign markets are surfeited with agricultural products of almost every description. It is folly to produce what we do not want and cannot sell. The supposition is, that 'Gag'e.~ may be reduced so low in this country, that our manzufactures may comipete with Briltish m?fanufactllres in oar ow n markets, 0)1d ntot in the markets of Great Britain, or in those of any of the mianufacturing, nations of Europe; and the result would be, that we never should or could comnpete with them in their mnarkets. VWe should be giving them permanently, perhaps, half of our markets for manufactures, and get in return a partial market for our grain and pork, beef, &c., about one year in five. in this mode we should and do employ foreign laborers in preference to our own, and thereby deprive our citizens of profitable enmpioyment, and lessen the industry of the nation. As to wheat and wheat flour, the wheat land of the United States is mnostly occupied; and the time is not far distant when we shall have none to export, unless, like the Irish, free trade makes us so poor, that we shall be under the necessity of living on coarse grains, and selling our wheat to the manufacturers of Great BiitaDn and France, to pay for our clothing and other necessaries. We are giving away our' markets for the products of the most profitable employments of life; confining ourselves niostly to agriculture, the least profitable of all the departments of human industry; making ourselves dependent on Great Britain and France for many of the necessaries of life; keeping ourselves in a state of colonial dependence, debt and embarrassiiient; and thus preventing the growth of manufactures in our own country for want of markets sufficiently extensive and stable; and depriving our agriculturists of the benefits of an extensive and secure market for their products at home, without giving them a foreign market of any) stability, or much extent and value. 487 ON FREE TRPADE. The merchant wants customers who are able to pay, the lawyer wants clients, the doctor patients, the manufacturer wants consumers of his goods, the laborer wants an employer, and the farmer is equally in want of consumers of his produce, who are able to pay for them. A market for their labor, or the products of their labor, is equally necessary for all classes of men, and all departments of industry and business; without which industry languishes, and man becomes indolent; he soon becomes poor also, for want of income. This truth was well expressed by Silas Wlright, late Governor of New-York, in the agricultural addiress written just before his death. I-e says: " The active stinulih6s iwhich Iicres allfor-a,clrd, excites iildustry, awakens iaz'enuity, a,zd brings out izventionI, is the prospect or the hope of a q,~arket for the productions of their labor. The farizer produces to sell; the merchant p7trchases to sell; and the manzfacturer fabricates to sell. I' A steady and extensive foreign market for vegetables, and most kinds of breadstuffs and provisions, is impossible in the nature of thinogs; on account of the great expense of transportation, and the perishable nature of the commodities themselves. The principal market for food of most kinds, must, therefore, necessarily be a domestic one; and if we give away our market for manufactures, and thus prevent the growth of manufactures in our own country, the farmers of our Western States mnust remain destitute of good markets; and the income of the West must continue as it is now, from $36 to $45 to each person per annuml, while the income of the people of Great Britain and our manufacturing States, will be more than twice as great. But if we secure our domestic markets to our own laborers and manufacturers, and thus build up a large mining and manufacturing interest in this country, we shall thereby improve, increase, and, in fact, create domestic markets for our farmers; we shall also soon have a division of employments in accordance with the wants of the people; shall produce almost everything that we need, and in such quantities as we want; and shall produce nothing in greater quantities than either the domestic or the foreign miarket demands; and all our wants will be well supplied. In this mode, and in no other, the splendid conception of Adam Smith may be realized, as stated in Section 5 of Chapter XII. Nor is it a fair conclusion, that duties imposed on imports are useless to the domestic producer and laborer, unless they raise, or keep up prices. They aid in securing the domestic rarklet to domestic producers, and thereby tend to give them full emnployment. The laws of all the States prescribe the fees of sherifis, clerks of courts, and many other officers, and in many of the 488 ON FREE TIADE. States, the fees of attorneys are prescribed by law. Does it not make a difference to sheriffs and clerks, whether there are fifty or five hundred suits per year, commenced in their respective counties? Let us suppose attorneys' fees fixed by law at an average of twenty dollars for each suit; would it not make a difference with a lawyer, whether he got at that price, twenty or two hundred suits per year to attend to? Let us suppose the case of a hotel-keeper with a house, furniture, servants, and accoimmodations for an hundred persons. Does it not make a difference with him, whether hle has daily an hundred guests, or an average of only thirty or forty at the same price per day? Again, let us suppose the case of an iron mTill, capable of making ten thousand tons of iron per ar,inum. Does it not make a difference in the amount of profits realized by the owners, and in the amount of wages received by the workmen, whether they make and sell ten thousand tons annually, or can sell, and, therefore, make only five thousand tons at the samle prices? All that is necessary to show the fallacy of the maxim, is to exhibit its practical application. Let us now examine the other branch of maxim 11; that if we cannot manufacture in this country for as low a price in money as goods can be imported, all tariff laws to restrict importation must generally be hurtful. In the first place a tariff of duties on foreign imports affords the best and easiest miode of collecting revenue to support the Government. Secondly, it aids in securing the home market to the domestic laborer and manufacturer, and thereby stimulates industry, and increases the arggregate incomes of the country. Thirdly, by increasing domestic manufactures, it renders a less quantity of foreign goods necessary to supply the wants of the people, and diminishes the imnportation of many kinds of goods. And, fourthly, it lessens the importation of foreign luxuries. By these means, it prevents a balance of trade against the country. It is of no importance to a people to have goods offered to them cheap, if they have no means of payment. On the other hand, it is of but little importance how high prices we pay for goods, provided we can pay for them in the products of our own labor at prices equally high. In the latter case, the high prices of the products in which payment is made, balances the nominally high prices of the articles purchased; so that we really buy them on fair terms. ?'ioney is an instrument, and a necessary instrument of domnestic commerce; and as Silas Wright well expressed it, " the fa,r* encr produces to sell; the mierchant pubrchlases to sell; anzd thie manitf'ctarer fabricates to sell." Coinmerc is the great stimulant to industry; and as domestic conm.nerce clnnot bh conveniently 4S9 carried on without money, the exportation of specie to pay the balance of trade which may be against us, tends to paralyze and diminish the industry of the country. Money being fixed capital, and one of the main-springs of industry, whatever regulations of commerce tend to retain it in the country, cannot be otherwise than useful, and cannot be hurtful, as assumed in the maxim. 12. In all commercial transactions, it is most true, that each party obtains what he desires (for the time being at least), more thati. what he parts with; but that the things exchanged are always of equal value, and the exchange beneficial to both parties, thlough generally true, is not always so; the maximn is, therefore, untrue, in the general form in which it is laid down by the advocates of free trade. Take, for instance, distilled liquors and wines purchased to be used as a beverage. However wealthy the importer and vender may grow by imnporting and vending them, it is impossible that they should have any good effect, or be of any real value to the consumer, unless they are used in small quantities as a medicine, in particular conditions of the system. If they are used as a common beverage, in sufficient quantities to produce much effect, the necessary consequence is, that they weaken the judgment and reasoning powers, blunt the conscience and moral sense, and injure the health. Take any foreign luxury, such as silks, satins, fine cloths, pictures and jewelry, fine furniture, fine carriages and equipa~ges; thou,gh they may be sold at fair prices, yet, whenever they are purchased by individuals not able to pay for and enjoy them, the purchaser is not benefited, but is actually injured by the purchase, and often ruined by it. Industry and frugality is the road to competence and wealth; while extravagance is the broad way which leadethli to poverty and ruin. Every man should confine his consumption to his circumstances and condition in life; and commerce of every description, both foreign and domestic, should be adapted and confined to the condition and circumstances of the consumer; and whenever it goes beyond this, it is just as profitable to the community for men to jockey horses, or for boys to swap jackets and penknives, as it is for merchants to sell goods. If either party gains, what A gains, B loses, and the time of both parties is lost to the community. As a general rule, no man should sell the tools and instruments necessary to enable him to carry on his business. The tools, &C., constitute his capital; he should not sell his capital, but only the annual products of his industry. M1oney has been shown to constitute tools of commerce; it should, therefore, be retained in the C(ountry to carry on domestic commerce, and should not be sold to be exported as an article of foreign commerce. It is 490 ON FREE TR-,kl)E. ON FREE TRADE. about as rational for a blacksmith to sell his anvil and bellows, a carpenter his broadaxe and augers, or a shoemaker to sell his awls, as it is for a commnunity not producing the precious metals, to export and sell their coin, the tools of their commerce, to pay for articles of food, dress, or any other species of consumption. If a man lives in idleness, and pays out his money for food, fuel and clothing, which he might produce, or make himself, though he may purchase at fair prices, yet he is made poorer by the purchase. The same rule applies to nations. Labor is the real source of wealth. Nations, as well as individuals, can grow riich only by producing more than they consume. If they import laige amounts of the products of other nations, and consume more in value than they produce, no matter how cheap they may purchase, they must necessarily consume their substance, and grow poor. The seller only and the foreign producer, are bene fited in such cases, while the buyer and consumer are injured. l'he maxim is, therefore, false. 13 and 14. As these maxims cover partially the same ground, I shall consider them togethelr. If all commerce consisted only of a barter of commodities, without any coin to adjust and pay balances, and no debts were contracted, these maxims would be true. But as the supposition is false, the maxims are in the main false also. Every intelligent man knows that specie is constantly exported by countries not producing it, to pay the balances of trade against them.e Even the commercial credit of Great Britain was shaken, and almost destroyed, by reason of the exportation of the precious metals in 1847, caused by the excessive importation of breadstuffs and provisions, during the first few months of FREE TRADE in grain. It has been shownt that all the colonies of Great Britain, and the greater part of the civilized world beside, are indebted largely to Great Britain; amounting in the aggregate to a sum equal to nearly one-fourth part of all the property in the United States. It seems, therefore, that Great Britain has refused to buy or take the products of other counltries, to an exteiit stfficieit to pay for the goods she has sold to them; and yet this refusal has not prevented her from surfeiting their markets with her manufactures, and involving them in debt; and she would have involved them still more in debt, if their embarrassments and poverty had not admonished her, that it was prudent to withhold farther credits. These maxims are, therefore, mostly false, though there is some tiuth in the last clause of maxim numbered 14. Great Britain seldom takes the productions of her colonies, and of agricultural * See Sections 3 and ]12 of Chapter XIII. t See Section 6 of Chapter XIV. 401 4O\ FREE TRuADE. .ations lying in cold climates, to an amount suf-i.cient to pay for the mnanufactures she sells them; but she drains them annually of specie to pay part of the balance of trade against them, and involves them in debt beside. The result is, she absorbs all their income which she can get, keeps them poor, prevents them from manufacturing for themselves, and also deprives them of the power to take and pay for her productions, to the full extent which their necessities seem to require.'lhis has been the final effect of her trade with Ireland, with the Canadas, and the other British provinces of North America, and also with the United States; and such has also been the effect of her trade with India, and with many of the countries of Europe. The foreign imnports into the United States during the three fiscal years after the war, ending September 30, 1815, 1816, and 1817, amounted to $337,000,000. These heavy imports involved the country in debt, paralyzed its industry, and ruined many of the manufacturers, embarrassed all of them, and disabled the people to pay for manyforeigfn goods; so that the imports during the following three yealrs of 1IS ] 8, 1819, and 1820, amounted to only about $171,000,000. After the country recovered from its embarrassments under the tariff acts of 1824, 1828, and 1832, and became able to pay, the inports became large under the compromise act-averaging, during the five years from 1835 to 1839, inclusive, about $150,000,000 annually. The same results followed; the people became embarrassed, and the imports sunk during the next three years, 1840, 1841 and 1842, to an average of less than $112,000,000 per annum. We may expect the same results to follow the large importations under the tariff of 1846. Those maxims assume what is frequently asserted, that the principles of free trade are in accordance with, and regulated by, the laws of nature; that they tend to check and prevent excesses, and to cure the evils which they produce. The evils of free trade and of excessive imports, do tend to check themselves by alarming creditors, and destroying the credit of the debtor nation; but they never tend to repair the injuries they produce. When a patient is prostrated by fever, the vigor of his constitution may be sufficient to stanrd the shoek, and the curative powers of nature may restore him after the fever has run its course. So with countries like Ireland and the British colonies and provinces-constanrtly depleted by free trade and excessive imports, which paral yze their industry-or, live the United States, often depleted, and occasionally convulsed by an adverse balance of trade. The people, by means of industry and a sys tem of frugality, forced upon them by their circumstances, are enabled to live under, and bear the burthens imposed upon 492 ON FEE TRItADE.. them; but it wouLld be as rational to say in the case of the patient, that the fever cured itself, as it is to say that free trade and excessive imports cure, or repair the evils they produce. It has been said that all the nations of the earth should be bound together by the ties of commerce, like a band of brothers; tha,t philanthropy and the principles of liberty require us to adopt the principles of free trade, and to import without restriction, and consume the products of the nations of Europe. We open our doors to immigrants, receive and treat them as citizens, employ them, and consume the products of their industry, when they come and reside in our country, and take our products in payment; but neither justice, charity nor liberality, requires us to consume their products, while they remain in Europe, to the prejudice of the best interests of our own country. 15.,Iaxim number 15 is partly true, and partly false. It is not true, that imports are necessarily paid for with domestic products, whereby domestic industry is increased; they are somnetimes paid for in coin, sometimes in bills of exchange on other countries, drawn for the procds of products sold to themsometimes in national, State, city, or corporate bonds, and sometimes a mercantile debt is accumulated. Foreign products are, to be sure, mostly paid for with domestic products; foreign commerce does, therefore, give employment to domestic industry so far as it opens a foreign market for domestic products, and transports them to it. Suppose it to open a foreign market for domestic products to the amount of ten millions of dollars, all the proceeds of which are paid for in products which do not come in competition with domestic products. In that case, domestic industry is increased to the full amount of the ten millions. If, on the contrary, all the proceeds of such exports are imported in products which come in competition with domestic products, and which might be produced at home, then there is no increase of industry by reason of it; the only effect being to turn domestic industry into a different channel. If half the proceeds are imported in products which do not comne in competition with domestic products, and the other half in those that do supersede so much in amount of domestic products, in that case, domestic industry will be increased to the amount of five millions. But if for the ten millions of exports, fifteen millions should be imported, all of which come in competition with, and supersede, so much in amount of domestic products, the balance of five millions being paid in specie, or accumulated in debt, to be paid for in future, the operation would diminish domestic industry to the amount of the five millions. 4 - , ON FREE TRADE. SEC. 10. Iinportance of organzztng capital and labor. Tariff laws are of but little use, however, except for purposes of revenue, among a people wanting in either intelligence or industry, to manufacture for themselves. Though agriculture requires more capital in proportion to the laborers employed than mining and manufactures, yet there is this difference in them Two persons, as a general rule, can work on a farm about as advantageously as twenty can. Not so with manufactures. They require a more minute division of employments; and a combination of an extensive capital in many cases, with the labor of a great number of persons, under the direction of one head, and several superintendents of minor departments, in order to make labor and capital the most productive. Such employments must be directed by science, experience, and business talent; and tho requisite capacity cannot be commanded without high salaries, which no establishment can afford to pay, unless a large capital and a large number of laborers are employed. Capital and labor must, therefore, be combined and organized, in order to prosecute either manufactures or mining to the greatest advantage. The common law of England, and the local laws and customs of the countries of Europe being generally defective, and not adapted to the management of combined or associated capital, it became necessary to obtain special charters to organize associations of capitalists and laborers, and to regulate the managemnent of their capital and business. These special charters for mechanical, manufacturing, mining, comniercial, and many other purposes, have been common in Europe ever since the Crusades and though many abuses grew out of the exclusive privileges and monopolies unnecessarily granted to them, yet the charters and associations were the mainsprings of nearly all the enterprise, and of the spirit of liberty, as well as of inquiry, invention, and discovery, and of progress in improvement, productive industry and civilization, between the time of the Crusades and the great Reformation of the 16th century; and of much of the improvement and progress made since the latter period. Though the exclusive privileges and monopolies, formed no necessary part of the charters and associations, yet being associated together, and the abuses being prominent, they made a powerful effect on the mind of Adam Smuith. He did not discriminate properly between them, but confounded the whole together; and exhibited the evils arising from them in bold relief, as the necessary tendency of the associations themselves. He attributed nearly all the progress of thie age to what he called division of labor; when in truth it has 494 ON FREE TRADE. resulted from an o,rganization of labor tand capital associated or combined, and from the division of employments. TIIE ORGANIZATION AND COMIBINATION' OF LABOR AND CAP[TAL, AND THEIR PROPER REGULATION qmlay, tilerefor-e, be regarded as one of the chief mainsprings of maniufactl2rin,g and mining industry; equal in importance to thze protection of the home miarket. By organization of capital and labor, I do not mean its association on the principles of the Fourierism or C,ommunisni of France, or of the Shakerism or Owenism of America; nor do I mean a general community of property and income of any kind, among the persons associated. Such associations diminish the motives necessary to induce industry, attention, and frugality, to improve the mind, and develope the capacities of man. They tend to destroy individuality of character; to discourage inquily and invention, and to check progress. By the organization of labor and capital, I mean their organization under general statutes of incorporation, like those of Massachusetts, and the new statutes of New York, merely prescribing the mode of organization; regulating the management of the associated capital and business granting no special privileges or exemptions from personal liability to any class or classes of men; limiting the power of the corporation or association, to contract debts; and prescribing proper legal remedies for and against the corporation and the stockholders thereof. In this mode all the advantages of associated capital and labor, and the division of employments are attained; without losing those arising from free competition and the stimulus of individual interest, which are numerous and very great. Ia order to give the small stockholders their proper influence in the management of the property and business of the association, and to protect their rights against combinations to defraud them, the elections should be conducted on the principles suggested in Chapter V., Section 9. All the laborers should be encouraged to become stockholders. This would increase their care and diligence, and tend to promote frugality and good mlorals. Nearly all the heavy manufacturing establishments of New England are the property of numerous persons associated under acts of incorporation; and in most of themn, a considerable portiou of the stock is owned by the superintendents and persons laboring in them. Almost the whole male population are devoted to some useful employment or business; nearly all the wealthy and most influential men have arisen from the plough, the work-shop, the factory, or the lowest stations in the store or counting-room, and are practical business men. To be out of business and idle, is not considered respectable in Holland; nor is it in New England. No employment or diversity of employments can 1render a 495 whole people equally wealthy. There will necessarily be differences in capacity, differences in energy and persevering industry, differences in frugality, and differences in the amount of favors distributed by the accidents of fortune. Manufactures, and a diversity of emiployments never, however, make any class of people the poorer; and if they cannot make all equally wealthy, they at least contribute to promote the well-being of every individual in the community. The inhabitants of Massachusetts and Rhode Island have tihe largest average annual incomes of any people in the world, with the exception of some slaveholding comnimunities, cultivating sugar, coffee, and cotton; and, perhaps, they are the best specimens as a whole, of a well educated, intelligent, moral, religious, industrious, and highly prosperous people which the civilized world can exhibit. Let those individuals, communities and States, that wish to become prosperous, study their institutions and their history, and follow their example. 406 ON FREE TRAIDE. CHAPTER XVI. ON ROADS AND OTHER INTERNAL IMPROVEMENTS, THE MEANS OF COIIMMUNICATION AND CONVEYANCE IN DIFFERENT COUNTRIES, AND THEIR EFFECTS ON THE INTELLIGENCE AND INDUSTRY OF NATIONS. SEC. 1. Posts and Post Offices. The establishment of posts, to furnish horses for post-boys or carriers, who carried dispatches for the government, is attributed to Cyrus, who first established them in Persia. They were introduced among the Romans by the Emperor Augustus, and were instituted in France by Charlemagne, about the year 800. Post Offices, for the regular transmission of letters by post-boys, were first instituted by Louis XI. of France, about the year 1470. Like posts, they were originally intended merely to facilitate the conveyance of letters and dispatches for the government; but, soon after their establishment, individuals were allowed to avail themiselves of the institution, for the conveyance of letters and dispatches on private business, on paying certain rates of postage for the privilege. The Post Office was not established in England, until the 17th century. A systemn of posts was established in England, in the tilie of Edward the VlY., about the year 1481, and Postmasters were appointed; but their business was confined to furnishling post horses to the carriers of the government, and to persons who were desirous of travelling expeditiously, or wished to send extraordinary packets upon special occasions. In 1635, Charles I. established a letter office, for the transmission of letters between England and Scotland; but this extended only to a few of the principal roads; the times of carriage were uncertain, and the Postmasters on each road were required to furnish horses for the conveyance of the letters, at the rate of 2~d per mile. D)r. Brande says this establishmnient did not succeed, and that at the breaking out of the civil war, great difficulty was experienced in thle transmission of letters. At length a Post Office, or a national establishment fox COMMUNICATION AND CONVEY.ANCE. the weekly conveyance of letters to all parts of the kingdom, was instituted by Cromwell in 1649. From the establishment of the Post Office down to the year 1784, the mnails were carried, either on horse-back, or in carts made for the purpose. In 1784, (Dr. Brande says), it was usual for the stage coaches, between London and Bath, to accomplish the journey (about 100 miles) in 17 hours, while the post took 40 hours; the comparative rate of traveling of the post and stage coaches, was in about the same proportion on other roads, and that, during that year, the first contracts were made to carry the mails in stage coaches. Even as late as 1730, the mail was sent only three times a week between London and Edinburgh. As late as the year 1838, the average rate of postage in Great Britain was about 7d., or 14 cents, for carrying a single letter. Postages have been since reduced to one penny per letter, and the most of the mails are carried on railroads, at the rate of from 30 to 40 miles per hour. The receipts of the Post Office Department have been as follows: In England, in Great Britain, Do. do. Do. do. Great Britain and Ireland Do. do. do. Do. do. do. Do. do. do. The first establishment of Post Offices in the United States, while colonies, was in 1710. The number of Post Offices in the United States, the extent in miles of post roads, and the amount of postages received at different periods, have been as follows: Postages. Dollars. 37,935 280,804 1,111,927 1,850,5S3 4,539,269 4,371,077 Post Roads. Aliles. 1,875 20,817 72,492 115,000 155,739 163,208 * 1840 was the first year after the adoption of the uniform system of penny postage. 498 zC 65,000 sterling. 238,999 44 1,083,050 11 1,993, 11 2,191,562 11 2,467,215 1,359,466* " 2,165,349 11 1686, 1763, 1800, 1820, 1820) 1839, 1840, 1849, Years. Post Offices. 1790, isoo, 1820, 1830) 1840, 1848, 75 903 4,500 8,000 13,868 16,159 ON TIrE MIEANS OF SEC. 2. Roads in anzcienzt anzd modern times. The ancients had but few roads fit for wheeled carriages-very few, indeed, except those made in and about cities, and such as were made in the country for military purposes. All their travelling was on horses, mules, camniels and elephants, and the transportation of products was either by the same mode of conveyance, or by water. The invention of paved roads is traced to the Carthaginians. The Romans learned from the Carthaginians; and during the time of Julius and Augustus Caesar, P,ome was made to communicate with all the chief towns of Italy by paved roads; and leading roads were made mostly for military purposes through all the provinces of the empire. The first roads of artificial construction in England were made by the Romans, while it was a Romian province. A grand trunk road was carried through the country, north and south, and another nearly at right angles to it, from east to west; and the main lines were supplied with many branches. After the fall of the empire, the subject of roads was entirely neglected, the Romnan roads were allowed to fall into decay, and no new ones, except about cities, were constructed. For many centuries, there were no roads in England fit for waggons or carriages-none but rude paths, fit only for foot passengers, and traveilers on horse-back. The condition of all the north of Europe was the same, and that of the south of Europe was very little better. One-horse carts were used some; but, with the exception of Italy and the Netherlands, the general mode of transportation throughout Europe, up to the close of the 16th century, was by pack horses, and mules, or by water. Such is the condition of the roads, and the general mode of conveyance to this day, in Spain, Portugal, Turkey, Mexico, and all South America. Even fuel and provender for horses are generally oarried in MIexico on the backs of horses and mules, at the present time. Every country emerged from barbarism, must necessarily have roads of some kind; but the expense of making a few leading roads only, has ever been paid out of the national treasury in any country. The statute of Philip and Mary (passed about the middle of the 16th century) is said by Mr. MIeCulloch to be the first legislative enactment in England, in which provision is made for the regular repair of the roads by the people, under the direction of surveyors of the highways, chosen annually in each parish. About the year 1663, the practice was adopted of imposing tolls for travelling on the great roads, to raise funds to improve them, and keep them in repair; the appropriations under the acts of 499 COMMIUNICATION AND CONVEYANCE. Philip and Mary, were then applied entirely to the improvemnent and repair of the cross roads, and the common roads in the country SEC. 3. Tiernsike roads, Carriages, and Coaches. The first turnpike road on which toll was taken, was established in England about the year 1665. Turnpikes were not introduced into the United States until after the revolutionary war, about the year 1790. The roads then in the United States, fit for carriages, and the transmission of the mail, were very few, as is indicated by the few miles (only 1,875) of post roads. Though chariots and wheeled carriages were invented at an early pciiod, yet those used by the Romans and other ancient nations, and those in use in England and throughout Europe, until after the middle of the 17th century, were mostly one-horse vehicles, generally having but two wheels; and comparatively few of any kind were used. Coaches were invented in France about the year 1500, but were not introduced into England until about the year 1553. They were then without springs, which were an invention of a later date. It is said that there were only two coaches in Paris in the reign of Henry II., about the middle of the 16th century. Coaches were first let for hire in Paris about the year 1650. Stage coaches commenced running in England, for the transportation of passengers, soon after the improvement of the great roads, and the introduction of turnpikes, in the time of Charles II. The first stage coach commenced running between Edinburgh and Glasgow in 1678. So late as the year 1763, there was but one stage coach running between London and Edinburgh, which set out only once a month, and took from 12 to 14 days to run from one city to the other, a distance of 337 miles. I suppose they were not introduced into the United States until the establishment of turnpike roads, which was since the year 1790. The improvement of the roads, and the introduction of turnpikes and stage coaches, changed the mode of travelling in Great Britain, France, and many other countries, including all Protestant Europe, and also in the United States of Anlericea; but the mode of travelling and transporting products and merchandise, on the backs of horses and mules, still continues the same in Spain, Portugal, Iexico, and all South Amnerica, where there are to this day very few roads fit for stage coaches, or even wagc,ons. There were in England and WI ales in 1829, no less than 20,895 miles of turnpike roads, and over ninety-five thousand 500 -ON TIlE MEANS OF miles of other roads, used for waggons and carriages, beside about two thousand and ive hundred miles of paved streets. There were at the same time 3,666 miles of turnpike roads in Scotland. Mr. Murray in his geography, speaking of Spain, says, "The main roads, maintained by government between Madriid and the other great cities, are good. and the miails well conducted; but most of the other communications are mere tracks, worn by the feet of mules, which are chiefly employed in the conveyance of goods." I presume there are not one-tenth part, and very likely not one-twentieth part as many miles of roads fit for wan-ons and coaches in Spain, as there are in either Great Britain or the United States. France and Germany were no better provided with roads than England, before the introduction of turnpikes, and not so well supplied since that time. Prior to the revolution of 1789, France had a few leading roads between the cities, which were fit for coaches, and but a few. Even at this day, France has less than one-fourth part as many miles of roads fit for coaches or waggons, in proportion to the extent of the country, as Great Britain. The roads of France are divided into royal, departmental, and commiunal; comprising in the whole, an extent at the beginning of the year 1837, of about 53,320 miles, as stated by McCulloch. The royal roads constitute the great roads of the country. They were constructed by the government at great expense, and their aggregate extent was then stated at about 21,455 miles. The departmental roads are made and kept in repair at the expense of the several departments, and are under the superintendence of the central board of bridges and public highways, which has a head engineer in each department. They are generally good; but the communal roads, which are made by the communes, or local authorities, are subject to no such control. The latter are generally very poor, and often impracticable for carriages. SEc. 4. Oiigiglg and progr,ess of Canals. Some time previous to the Christian era, a canal was made from the Red Sea to the river Nile in Egypt. The great canal of China is said to have been commenced as early as the ninth century. Some small canals were made in Flanders as early as the 12th or 13th century; very many were made in Holland in the 17th century, though they were generally small; those made in the 18th century were much larger; but the largest canals in Holland, those of greatest depth and width, have been made during the 19th century. The Briare canal, firom the Loire to the Seine, (about 38 601 miles), was the first canal made in France. It was commenced under Henry IV., in the year 1605, and finished about the year 1640. The second one made in France was the canal of Languedoc, which was constructed during the reign of Louis XIV, between the years 1666 and 1681. It is about 170 miles long, 61 feet deep, and connects the river Garonne with the Milediterranean. The next was the Orleans canal, commenced in 1675, and finished about the year 1720. France had, in 1840, about 1600 miles of navigable canals, which cost about $60,000,000; of which there were made in the 17th century about 250 miles; in the 18th century about 250 miles; and in the 19th century, up to 1840, about 1,100 miles. Peter the Great commenced canaling in Russia the early part of the 18th century. Canals were also made duringl the 18th century in Prussia, Denmark, and some other countries of Europe; a greater number of miles of canals were made during the first fifty years of the present century, than had ever been previously constructed. England is one of the last countries of Europe which engaged in the construction of canals; but at the present time, the canals of Great Britain, exceed those of every other country, except the United States. Mr. Murray makes the following remark in his " Encyclopedia of Geography:" " The interior navigation of England is justly regarded as one of the prime sources of her prosperity. Till the middle of last century, the making of canals did not enter into the system of English economy. In 1755 was formed the Sankey Canal, a line of twelve miles, to supply Liverpool with coal from the pits of St. Helens. The example then set by the Duke of Bridgwater gave a general impulse to the nation. Since that time, upwards of ~30,000,000 sterling have been expended in this object. Twenty-one canals have been carried across the central chain of hills, by processes in which no cost has been spared; all the resources of art and genius have been employed; every obstacle, however formidable, which nature could present, has been vanquished. By locks, and by inclined planes, the vessels are conveyed up and down the most rugged steeps; they are even carried across navigable rivers by bridges. WVhen other means fail, the engineer has cut through the heart otf rocks and hills a subterraneous passage. Of these tunnels, ns they are called, there are said to be forty-eight, the entire length of which is at least forty miles." He states the total length of canals in Great Britain, excluding those under five miles, at 2,581 miles. -here are only two canals of any importance in Ireland. The Royal Canal, 83 miles long, cost ~1,420,000; and the Grand Canal, 156 miles, cost about ~2,000,000. 502 ON THE NltANS Ot COMMUNIICATION AN'D CONVEYANCE. Though there had been some short canals made in the United States prior to the Erie canal of New York, yet that was the first of much importance. The Erie Canal was commenced July 4th, 1817; first navigated from Utica to Rome, fifteen miles, October 23d, 1819; 280 miles of the eastern part finished, and the first boat passed through it into the Hudson at Albany, October 8th, 1823; and the whole line of 364 miles completed in October, 1825. The original cost was $7,143,789. There were in the United States, at the end of the year 1S45, about 3,450 miles of navigable canals; of which about 3,000 ujiles, costing about $89,000,000 were in the free States; and about 450 miles, costing about $22,000,000, were in the slave States. With the exception of the Erie Canal, nearly all of them have been made since the year 1825. SEC. 5. Railroads and Locomotives. Railways are of modern invention. They were at first, (about the middle of the 17th century,) made of timber only, and used to transport coals from the pits in the coal districts of Northumberland and Durham in England, to navigable waters. They were made by laying down parallel tracks of timber with a horse path between them, the wheels being confined upon the beams or rails of timber by flanges projecting firom the inside of the tires of the wheels. Soon afterwards double timber railways were invented; one rail being laid upon another, with cross ties or sleepers. The next improvement consisted in the addition of a plate of bar-iron, about two inches broad, and half an inch thick, laid upon the upper surface of the wooden rail, and attached to it by spikes. The plate railway, or Tramway of cast iron, came into use in the collieiries in the north of England about the year 1770. About twenty years afterwards, and after the improvement of making bar-iron by rolling was invented, and bar-iron had become more abundant, the edge-rail of bar-iron was introduced. For many years after their first adoption, edge-railways were confined to the mining districts, and more particularly to the collieries, where they were used to transport the products of the mines to the places of shipment; but this species of road acquired vastly increased importance when passengers and goods began to be transported on it by Locomotive Engines, which took place between Liverpool and Manchester in the year 1830. The first Locomotive Engine was used on a railroad at Merthyr Tydvil in South Wales in 1804; but the engine and carriage were not so constructed as to be of much practical value. In bo3 ON THE MEANS OF 1814 one was made which drew a load of thirty tons, at the rate of six miles per hour. Before the Liverpool and Manchester Railroad was completed, the directors offered a premium for the best Locomotive for their road. This stimulated invention, and excited much competition. The time to test the engines was appointed. and took place on the road in October, 1S29. Several engines were produced and tried; the prize was awarded to one called the Rocket, constructed by IMr. Robert Stevenson. Oti the first trial, this engine attained a speed of fifteen miles an hour, and it ran one mile at the rate of twenty-nine miles anl hour. This improvement in Locomotives, opened a new era in railways, and in the mode of transporting both property and persons. The whole expenditure on railways in Great Britain, up to the end of the year 1830, was only about ~4,000,000 sterling. Nothing had then been expended in Ireland. Statement in round numbers, of the amount of expenditure on railways, in the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, at the undermentioned periods, and the number of miles opened for use: Miles opened. Total expenditure. 1830, Dec. 31, S~ 4,000,000 1840, " "4 about 1,100 60,000,000 1845, June 30, " 2,343 80,000,000 1849, Dec. 31, " 6,031 200,000,000 1850, Oct. "c 6,621 225,000,000 Of which there were in 1850, in England and Wales, 5,132 miles, in Scotland, 951 " and in Ireland, only 538 " There were also, on the 31st December, 1849, about 1,500 miles of railroad in the progress of construction. The first train of railway passenger cars in the United States, was put in motion upon the Baltimore and Ohio Railway, which was opened from Baltimore to Ellicott's Mills, a,. distance of tlhirteen miles, on the 29th of December, 1829. Two carriages or coaches put on car wheels, were drawn by a sin(gle horse, at the rate of from ten to twelve miles per hour. The charter for the Mohawk and Hudson Railroad Company was granted by the legislature of the State of New York in April, ]1826; the work was commenced August 12th, 1830; and the most of it constructed from Albany to Schenectady, a distance of fifteen miles, during the year 1831, and opened for use that fall. This was the first railroad of much importance made in the United States; but works were projected and some commeneed soon afterwards in nearly every State in the Union. ,504 CG MMUNICATION AND CONVEYANCE. There were in use in the United States in 1830, less than 100 miles in extent of railways. In 1840, the railways in use were equal to 3,328 miles in extent; of which 1,853 miles were in free States, and 1,472 miles in the Slave States. There were in operation in the Free States in 1845, about 2,942 miles of rail ways, and in the Slave States 1,763 miles. In 1851, the number of miles in operation in the Free States had increased to over seven thousand, besides over 5,500 in the progress of construe tion; and in the Slave States those in operation had increased to 2,700 miles, besides over 1,900 miles in the progress of construc tion. The amount expended in railways, and their appendages and stock upon them, up to July, 1851, in the Free States, was about $247,000,000, and in the Slave States about $55,500,000. No railroads of much consequence were constructed on the Continent of Europe, prior to the year 1830, and comparatively little was done towards their construction on the continent until since the year 18S35. The railroads of Belgium cost about $20,000,000; the principal lines of which were opened in 1835a; their extent is about 350 miles. There were in operation in France, in 1845, twelve railroads, extending about 518 miles, which cost about $44,500,000; int July, 1851, they had increased to 1.831 miles. At the end of August, 1844, there were many railroads in the progress of construction in Germany and Prussia, and about 1,100 miles opened for use; in July, 1851, they had increased to about 4,542 miles. The railroads of Russia, and of all other countries, have been made since the year 1840. The extent of railroads in use in different countries, in 1851, was as follows-in the United States about 10,000 miles; in Great Britain, 6,083 miles; in Ireland, 538 miles; in France, 1,831 miles; in Prussia, Germany and Austria, 4,542 miles; in Belgium about 350 miles; in Russia, 422 miles; in Spain 60 miles; in Canada about 100 miles; in the Island of Cuba, 359 niles; in Panama, 22 miles; and in South America, 30 miles. Railroads, like common schools for the education of the people, newspapers and periodicals, and the use of machinery for manufacturing, appear to be mostly confined to Protestant communities, and to those on which Catholicismn sits loosely and lightly. SEC. 6. Steamers, Electric Teleg,raphs, axzd Plank Roads. The first steamboat of any practical value ever constructed, was the Clermont, built by Robert Fulton, which muade her first 22* ON THE MIEANS OF trip from New York to Albany in July, 1807, ilI thirty-two hours, and returned in thirty hours. Boats now (1851) run the same distance (about 150 miles) in from seven to ten hours, and all the lakes, rivers and bays of the United States are covered with steam vessels, which do, perhaps, half or more of all the internal transportation business of the nation. They have not only produced almost a complete revolution in the mode of carrying_ passengers by sea, as well as on lakes and rivers, but they bid fair to effect a similar revolution in the whole system of maritime warfare also. Their effect is to make mechanical power and science, a substitute for muscular power, in the arts of war, as well as in peace. The first steamboat used in Great Britain was the Comet-a small vessel of 40 feet keel and 101 feet beam, with an eng,,ine of three horse power, which carried passengers on the river Clyde, in Scotland, in 1811; two years later, the Elizabeth, of eight horse power, and the Clyde of fourteen horse power, were built and used on the same river. Statement of the number of steam vessels belonging to England, Scotland, and Ireland respectively, and the aggregate amount of tonnage thereof, at the undermentioned periods. Number of vessels in Scotland. Ireland. 5 England. 3 17 203 560 679 865 Total Tonnage. 638 tons. 3,018 " 30,009 " 87,539 " 113,232 " 158,729 " The tonnage of the registered, enrolled and licensed steamboats and steam vessels belonging to the United States, amounted, in 1840, to 202,319 tons; and in 1850, it had increased to 525,946 tons. The number built during the fiscal year, ending June 30th, 1850, was 159. The first line of ocean steamers intended to cross the Atlantic, was established in 1838. Several lines are now employed between England and the United States,which make their trips regularly, in from ten to fifteen days. The passage has been shortened more than one-half; the usual passage of packet ships at the present time, is fronm twenty to over thirty days, and it was formerly much longer. The greatest and most splendid achievement ever made by science, was the application of electro-magnetismn to the transmission of intelligence. T'he Electric Telegraph is an American 506 Years. 1815, 1820, 1830, 1840, 1844, 1849, 14 61 129 137 166 3 31 79 81 ill COMNIMUNICATION AND CONvEYANSCE. invention; it was patented by Professor Morse in the year 1840, and first put in operation between Washington and Baltimore in 1S44. It will transmit intelligence so much faster than rogues, swindlers and criminals can travel, and send a statement of their offences, and a description of their persons in advance of thenm, that it is very valuable as an instrument in aiding the police. It is also useful in transmitting commercial intelligence, and has a tendency to destroy the pernicious system of itinerant speculation in produce and minerchandize, which was formerly practised, on the receipt of any change in the markets of Ellrope, or on our seaboard. It will also be of great service to a country invaded by a foreign enemy; as it will transmit information to the government of the movements of the enemy with the speed of lighltning, and enable them to concentrate their forces at the point of attack, to repel the invasion. It will, therefore, be of immense benefit to a people acting on the defensive; and will render defensive warfare much more efficient, certain, and less expensive; and make aggressive warfare, or a war for conquest in a corresponding manner, more difficult and dangerous, by requiring a greater number of troops, and greater supplies to nmeet the coincentrated forces of the country attacked. In this view of the subject, it may be of great importance to the peace of the world, and to the cause of civilization. The electric telegraph is extensively used in the United States, and also in many countries of Europe. Plank roads were first introduced into Upper Canada about the year 1837, and fromi thence into Western New York. The first one made in Ohio was commenced in 1846; but they are now very numerous in New York, Ohio, Michigan, and several other States. Beingf very cheaply built in a new country, where timber is cheap, they have proved to be of great value in proportion to their cost. SEC. 7. Prodi6ctiveness of Canals and Railroads, and their cffects. The principal canals, and the leading lines of railroad in Great Britain, between their great cities, were at first exceedingly profitable, yielding a net income of from six to twelve per cent. annually. But the roads have been so multiplied, and the business divided among so many canals and railroads, that the business of nearly all of them is necessarily limited to a small territory and the result is, that the aggregate net income of all the railroads in Great Britain has been reduced to less than three per cent. per annum, on their cost. They have nearly destroyed the 507 ON THE MEANS OF value of the stock of the greater part of the turnpike roads, and reduced greatly, the value of the stock of the canals. Similar effects have been partially developed, and will soon be more extensively felt in the United States. Excessive competition produces substantially the same effects on canals and railroads, as in staging, raising Indian corn, wheat, making pork, or producing any other perishable commodity. If two bushels of coIrn are produced when only one is needed, the excess will be wasted, or perish, and be valueless to the community; so if two railroads are made where only one is wanted, the capital invested in mnaking the second will be lost to the nation. Neither the canals nor the railroads of Ireland have ever been profitable investments of capital. The tolls received on the Royal Canal of Ireland, in 1831, amounted to only about ~12,700, though it is 83 miles in length, and cost ~1,420,000, or nearly as much as the Erie Canal. Taking into consideration the surface of the country, its produetiveness, the small amount of lockage on the Erie Canal, and the fact that it connects the tide water of one of the noblest rivers in the world (the Hudson), one hundred and fifty miles fronm the ocean, with four great inland seas, and, by means of the canals of Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois (its tributaries), connects the Hudson with the navigable waters of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers, it has greater advantages than any other canal on the globe. Perhaps this is the only canal in our country, which yields a clear income equal to the interest on its cost. The canals of Pennsylvania and Ohio generally, yield less than three per cent. net income on their cost; and some of those of New Jersey, Miaryland, Vrirginia, Indiana and the other States, are like the Royal Canal inll Ireland, and pay little more than the expenses of tending them, and keeping them in repair. The canal of Languedoe in France, and most of the other canals in that country, have been equally unproductive. The main lines of railroad first constructed in New York, New England, New Jersey, and from Philadelphia to Baltimore and WTashington, and some few other roads, have proved very profitable to the stockholders. Their profits are mostly derived fronm the transportations of passengers, carrying the mails, and tolls on valuable merchandise. and but a small proportion of it from tolls on the raw materials of agriculture. -The most of the canals and railroads of Pennsylvania have never been very profitable, and there is scarcely a single road or canal south or south-west fromt the Potomac, which yields a net income equal to the interest on its cost. The history and effects of canals and railroads seem to establish 508 COMMWUNICATION AND COONVEYANCE. the following propositions: 1st. That the principal income of all the most profitable railroads in America, as well as in Europe, is derived from carrying passengers, and the transportation of the products of mining and manufacturing industry. 2dly. That the greater part of agricultural products are so cheap in proportion to their weight and bulk, that very few, if any, railroads or canals can yield much profit, if their principal income is derived from the transportation of such articles. 3dly. That canals and railroads aid conmmerce, and mnining and manufacturing industry, much more than they do agriculture. And, 4thly. That they should follow population and business, and not attempt to penetrate the wilderness in advance of them. Wlhether we look to the canals of France, of Ireland, those of New Jersey or Ohio, or any other State or country, the result is the same; those which depend for their income mostly on tile transportation of agricultural products have never been found very productive. The products of warm and hot climates, worth from two to fifty cents per pound, can be advantageously transported great distances to market on canals and railroads; and the products of manufacturing industry, which are worth from six cents to six pounds sterling per pound, may be carried the world over on railroads, or on camels' backs, mules or pack-horses, and yet the cost of transportation will bear such a moderate proportion to the value of the article, that the manufacturer may be well rewarded for his industry. Some agricultural products of cold and temperate climates, such as wvool, butter, cheese, wheat flour, and salted beef and pork, may be carried great distances on navigable waters to a market, provided they will command a readly sale and high prices; but it is impossible to transport rye, bLeckwheat, Indian corn, oats, potatoes, and other vegetables, hay, &c., very far on canals and railroads, before the cost of transportation consumes the whole value of the product when brought to uarket; and the articles which may be profitably taken to a distant market are so few, that it requires a very great extent of country to supply a sufficient quantity of them to make a railroad or canal profitable. The Erie Canal transports nearly all the merchandise consumed, and the agricultural products sent to a distant market produced by many mnillions of inhabitants. No other worlk, either of Europe or America, does the business of so numerous a people. It is not strange that the Erie Canal is profitable, when nearly all the other canals and railroads of agricultural countries are unprofitable. Many railroads and canals, however, which have not proved good investments of capital to the stockholders, have been valu ON TEl MEANS OF able to the country through which they run, and have increased the value of property to the full amount of their cost. But where two such improvements run near each other, either of which would accommodate the whole country accoiimmnodated by the two, though a few villages may be benefited by the second improvement, yet others are injured by the competition, and in the aggregate, no benefit whatever to the nation arises from it. In a comparatively new country, however, like the most of the iUnited States, an expensive improvement may in many districts be nearly valueless at the present time, which may be of great value within the next twenty years, when the country shall have become more populous, and its resources more fully developed. If the people of a state or country have not sufficient capital to construct a railroad or other improvement, it will not, under ordinary circumstances, improve their condition, to incur a heavy debt, and build it by loans, the burthens of which generally overbalance all the advantages of the work. If foreign capitalists will take stock in an incorporated company, and furnish capital to do the work, the evil will be much less to the colmnmunity than to do it by loans; but even then, the payment to distant capitalists of the income of the work, serves to drain the country of money, and is no trifling evil. The evils of debt are discussed in Section 11 of Chapter XIII. Roads, canals, railroads, steamboats, and other means of commniunication and transportation, serve as instruments and agents to aid production, and to promote both industry and commerce. Iiining for iron cannot be prosecuted without facilities for transporting the ore, and fuel to smnelt it, to the furnace; and manu f'acturing establishments must have facilities of collecting and conveying to them the raw materials to be manufactured, and also fuel, as well as facilities at cheap rates, to transport their manufactured products to market. Manufactures and mining (except for the precious metals) cannot be carried on extensively without such facilities; for without cheap transportation, the products cannot be conveyed far enough to command an extensive market. But coarse agricultural products cannot generally be transported very far, with all the facilities which man has been able to invent, before the cost of transportation will equal the value of the product, and leave nothing to the farmer. Miniing for iron and coal, as well as manufacturing on a large scale, cannot be carried on without the aid of either navigable waters, canals, or railroads. Hence railroads, and other internal iuiprovements, aid mining and manufacturing industry much more than they do agriculture. And hence the people of agriculturtal districts have been very generally disappointed, in not deriving as 510 COMMUNICATION AND CONVEYANCE. great advantages from canals and railroads as they anticipated, unless they availed themselves of such imnprovements to introduce manufactures, and thereby create a market at home for their agricultural products. SEc. 8. Effect of Steamboats, Rail'oads, and Electric Telegraphs, i? disseniiinatiug k11ow1edge amOnz' men. Turnpike roads, steamboats and railroads have all greatly increased mail facilities, and the circulation of newspapers; and, together with the electric telegraph, have increased the circulation of information, since the adoption of the Constitution of the United States, perhaps ten fold. Railroads also constitute a means of educating the people by travel, and opportunities for observation. Perhaps five times as large a proportion of the people of the United States, of Great Britain, and some other countries of Europe, are accustomed to travel at the present time as were a century since, and each travels four times as much; making the amount of travel twenty times as great, in proportion to the population in 1850, as it was in the year 1750. This subject is illustrated by the recent WORLD'S EXHIBITION, in the CRYSTAL PALACE in LONDON-, and the MILLIONS WHO ATTENDED IT. All those things tend to disseminate knowledge among men-to enlighlten the masses, as well as to diffuse information among the educated classes, and to promote the cause and progress of civilization. 511 CHAPTER XVII. ON CASTES, ORDERS OF MIEN, SYSTEMS OF RELIGION, ASSOCIA TIONS, CORPORATIONS, POLITICAL PARTIES, AND SAVINGS BANKS. SEC. 1. Condition. of Society, at7d Castes of the anqcient wvorld the laboring classes unedlz6cated. THE term Caste denotes the hereditary classes into which the population of Hindostan is divided, according to the religious system of Brama. Traces of the system of caste, which confines employments to hereditary classes, are to be found in the institutions of many countries, and in the history ofi many imore. That the ancient Egyptians were thus divided, is well known; and it is supposed that similar institutions prevailed in the Assyrian empire. According to Plato, the Athenians, in the first ages of their comnmonweal h, were divided into five classes; priests, shepherds and hunters, ploughmen, mechanics, and soldiers. The tribe of Levi was set aside as a caste, or hereditary order of priests, among the Israelites; and they were supported by tithes. The ancient Romans, and all the inhabitants of Italy, at the time of the foundation of Rome, were divided into patricians and plebeians. The former possessed nearly all the real estate of the country, and all the learning; the latter were poor and dependent peasants and laborers. Such was the condition of the whole ancient world, with the exception of the Tyrians, Athenians, and a few other commercial nations. Every man was trained to the pursuit of his ancestors, had no other education, and was not fitted for any other callin,g. The mass of the people were ignorant, and inherited their condition, which it was impossible for them to change. There was no organization of associations among the laboring classes, and no means of forming any; and consequently there was no interchange of opinions, no action in concert, no means of acquiring information, and no means of exercising power, or improving their condition. Education, organization, assoeiation, the possession and exercise ot ASSOCIATIONS AND CORPORnTIONS. power, were all (with few exceptions) confined to the priests and higher castes in some countries, and to the patricians and the wealthy in others. SEc. 2. Origin of Associations distinct from thle government, ai,d of corporations. Though priests, military chieftains, and the members of various kinds of aristocracy, had their associations and assemblies in many countries, yet there were no organized associations amiong the peasantry and the laboring classes prior to the Chris tian era. Even in republican PRome, there were no associations among the plebeians or laboring classes, except political parties attached to party leaders; and in imperial Rome, organized' clandestine assemblies were prohibited, for fear they might be converted to purposes of sedition. The persecutions of the Christians during the first three centuries, arose in part from the Qvil reports spread against them, and the credence given those reports, because they violated the law and policy of the govern ment, in holding meetings in the night time to avoid observation, and in uniting together in organized associations. she Jewish priesthood were an hereditary order, which con-' stituted the principal organization of the Jewish Church. The Christian Churches of the first, second and third centuries were voluntary associations of Christians, who elected their own priests and deacons, and established their own organization independent of, and in defiance of, the government. They were nearly all of the common and laboring classes, without much property, influence, or learning; and their association and organization were probably the first ever firmly established in the world among such a class of people, and independent of the government. Christian Churches continued to be voluntary associations independent of each other, during the first century, and independent of the government, until Christianity became the established religion of the empire, in the fourth century. Laws were then enacted for the government and union of Christian Churches, and to regulate the election of bishops and other officers. The churches then ceased to be voluntary associations, were united with the government, and became ecclesiastical corporations. They were probably the first substantial corporations in the modern sense of the term, ever organized. From the fourth to the tenth century, there were no associations of consequence, except those for military purposes, and the association of bandits and pirates for robbery and plunder. About the tenth century, Guilds, or voluntary associations and fraternities of merchants and mechanics, began to be formed for mutual 513 ON CASTES, ORDERS OF MrN. aid and protection, in several countries of Europe. Their principal objects were, to regulate and promote their respective branches of handicraft and trade, to check competition and monopolize the markets, as far as practicable, and keep up prices and wages. Mlunicipal powers were acquired by some of the cities and provinces of the western R-oman empire, in the fifth century. During the eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth centuries, numerous charters were granted to cities, towns and boroughs in Frane, England, Spain, Italy, Germany and Netherlands, conferring on them the power of electing their own magistrates, and regulating their own municipal concerns-thus conferring on them the powers of viitnicipal corporations, in the modern sense of the term. Though schools had been established by governments, as well as by individuals in all civilized countries; yet, I apprehend that no schools, colleges or universities were established under charters as corporations, until about the eleventh or twelfth century. During the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries many companies were incorporated in Europe for commercial purposes, and some for banking, but very few prior to the discovery of America. Turnpike companies were first incorporated in the seventeenth century; but, I think, companies to make canals were not incorporated until the eighteenth century, and railroads, mining and manufacturing, companies, not until the nineteenth century. SEC. 3. Change in the o'ganization of churches i?i the fourth cenitury. The organization and government of Christian Churches were entirely changed after Christianity became the established religion of the Romnan empire, in the fourth century. Up to that time, they were voluntary associations of persons who regulated their own government; and in most cases elected their own priests and deacons, but in some instances only confirmed them. During more than a century, the churches were independent of each other. About the middle of the second century, the Grecian churches adopted the political system of confederation, which had been common among the Grecian States, and introduced the system of holding councils, consisting of delegates firom many churches. This system of confederation, and holding councils, was soon extended to all the Christian Churches; and the consequence was, that the whole power of legislation, and of electing the higher officers, was assumed and exercised by the councils. Under Constantine and his successors, laws were enacted to govern the churches, divide the country into dioceses, provide for 614 ASSOCIATIONS AND CORPORATIONS. the election of bishops, and for the appointment of inferior officers. The churches became corporations, the chief powers of which were vested in the bishops and priests; and by means of the greater talents and influence of the bishops, and particularly of the metropolitan bishops, in deliberative councils and conventions, they extended their power and jurisdiction, from time to time; the exercise of increased power was confirmed by precedent and usage, and the government became more and more aristocratic. Four patriarchs were eventually appointed over great divisions of the churches, which resulted in establishing Popery at Rome, about the year 600; and in the gradual expansion of the power of the Pope, and the college of cardinals, during about six centuries, until the Catholic Church finally assumed the established symmetrical and monarchical form, represented in the fourth chapter of these essays. In this mode, power gradually passed from the uneducated people to the priests, bishops, and patriarchs, until the entire government of the Church, and all the property of religious societies, were concentrated in the hands of the clergy. The clergy then constituted the corporations, and the people ceased to be corporators, and to have any legal interest in the corporations, or in the property belonging to them. The practice of celibacy among the clergy, served to separate them from the people, and came in aid of the clerical corporations, to unite them as an or?anized order of men, similar in spirit and interest) to the castes of the brahminical priesthood. SFc. 4. Protestant Societies, or Churches, arol the influence of dife?-e t systems of religion on the progress of nations. Though Protestant Churches are generally corporations, yet they are not mere corporations of bishops and priests, like the Catholic Churches; but corporations in which all the heads of families and adult niales of the society, are corporators, and participate miore or less in the government and management of the popeorty and secular affairs of the society. The government of some Protestant Churches is purely democratic, and that of all others has some of the elements of republicanism, as is shown in chapter 1V. Christianity, as understood by Protestants, is not a ceremonial, but a spiiitual system of religion, which involves a high exercise of the intellectual faculties in the worship of God, and in maintaining the moral relations between members of the Church, and of man with his fellow man. It does not consist in mere passive submission of the mind to forms, ordinances, and doctrines announced by the cler,gy; but it includes also the active exercise of 515 ON CASTES, ORDERS OF ME.N, the intellect in search of truth, and in disseminating it among nen. While the passive submission of laymen of the Catholic Church amounts to little more than mere sensibility of soul, leaving the mind nearly inert, the active exercise of the intellect of lay Protestants serves not only to develops and expand the mind, but to spread intelligence through the community. Hence every Protestant Church is a school for the exercise and development of the mind, and for the increase and diffusion of knowledge. The extent, however, of the influence of each church, depends on the education and capacity of its pastor, and on the attention given to the education of the people. The ecclesiastical dominion of the Catholic Church and clergy, have ever had a restraining and depressing influence upon the human mnind, and upon the progress of nations, as is shown in Chapter IV. On the contrary, the free and republican spirit of Protestantism, has encouraged inquiry and education, led to inventions and discoveries, to the advance of science, and to the progfress of nations in knowledge, civilization, productive industry, wealth, population, and power. Rome began to sink limediately after the union of Church and State (which was tihe foundation of Catholicism and Popery), and the world made but little progress at any period, from that time, until the rise of Protestantism. All the inventions and discoveries in science, made during the last three centuries, and all the elements of progs'es., have originated among Protestant nations, and those which have thrown off the yoke of Popery. The elements of all the progress mnade by subjects of the Catholic and Greek Churches, have been borrowed. Pagan worship has generally been limited to mere ceremonies, prayers, ablutions, sacrifices, and consulting auspices. It has had very little to do with either education or mnorals, and had but little effect, except to fill the mind with superstitions The Polytheism of the Greeks, Romans, and other flourishing nations of antiquity, had no perceptible influence, either to advarncee or retard their intellectual and national progress. It left them intellectually free, subject to the instincts, propensities, appetites and passions of human nature, without exercising much influence over their minds or morals. All the elements and principles of progress must originatQ in the human mind, or be discovered by it. It is impossible for the mind to be fully developed, and make inventions and discoveries in science, without freedom fromn restraint; and it is impossible for the mind to be free, in a country where but one system of religion and of religious doctrines is tolerated. All the progress made by the nations of antiquity was made by those which tole 516 ASSOCIATIONS AND CORPORATIONS. rated polytheism. The progress of the Hindoos was arrested by tec establishment of Brahmanism and the religious castes of that systemn of worship; and the progress of the Persians was arrested in like manner, by establishing Magianism as the sole religion of their country. The Mahometans borrowed nearly all the learning they had, and never contributed much to advance the civilization of the world. The feeble polytheism and rationalism of the Chinese and Japanese, have been like the polytheism of Greece and Rome, and have had very little influence, either to advance or retard their progress. SEc. 5. Adcvaitages aizd povwer of associations, corporatiois, avqd associated wealth. To accomplish great purposes and objects, means must be used coextensive with the ends to be attained. The means necessary to accomplishl physical objects consist of muscular powers, di rected by cultivated intellects, and using material and mechanical instruments. In other words, numerous human agents must act in concert, in many instances for a great length of time, emnploying a large amount of capital or mechanical instruments, and consuming a large amount of products daily, for their subsistence. SIan can accomplish nothing without effort; physical effort, intellectual effort, and the use of capital. To accomplish great moral, political, and religious purposes and enterprises, requires also numeri ous agents of cultivated ninds, who must have the means of subsistence, and capital to defray the expenses of printing and circulating information. Action in concert by great numbers of persons, with a large aniount of capital, can be attained only by governments, or by nmeans of associations properly organized, with numerous officers and agents, whose powers and duties, and the rights of the members are defined, either by law, or by articles of association, which may be enforced by efficient remedies. Corporations, joint stock companies, and organized associations, (except of a political character), were wholly unknown in ancient times. The ancients seem to have had no conceptions of the modern mniode of uniting together a great number of individuals to act in concert, and coll-ctitig ]arge amounts of capital, by means of corporations and organized associations, to effect great enterprises and objects; and Ihence all their roads, great improvements and enterprises, were iiiadc by governments. The avenues and modes of investidng a surp,ius income in those days, in order to imake it productive as capital, were few, compared with what exist at this time in the Unjited States, and in many countries of Europe. Hlence in those days, great incomes were generally expended in keeping a 5i7 OOx CASTE.S, oRDERns OF IMEN, large retinue of servants; and there were less inducements to industry and economy, to save and accumulate, than there are at present. An incorporated trading company has extended the dominion of Great Britain over a large proportion of the richest part of Asia; and a similar company has been the source of the extensive dominion of the Dutch in the East Indies. Nearly all the railroads and turnpike roads, and many of the canals in the United States —all the canals, turnpike roads, and railroads in Great Britain and Ireland, and many of those in other countries of Europe, have been made by incorporated companies, with capitals collected in most instances in small sunms, from great numbers of stockholders, the result of little savings from their monthly and annual incomes. Numnerous colleges, universities, ]yceumis, library associations, and other institutions to diffuse rknowledge among men, and to spread Christianity and civilization, are established and managed, and the means of sustaining them are collected in like manner. Nearly all the great manufacturing establishments in the United States were established, and are carried on by mieans of corporations. The union and organization of Christian societies and the R'oman laws regulating their government and the managemenilt of their property, probably suggested the idea of municipal corporations, of charters for colleges, for trading and mining corporations, and other great objects of private enterprise. Corporations have furnished the means of uniting individuals, and of combining and managing capital to carry on great enterprises and undertakings, which are beyond the power of individuals. They have thus opened new fields of employment for both labor and capital, contributed to increase the productiveness of capital, to increase the demand for it, and to raise the rate of interest. They have increased the demand for labor, encouraged industry, economy, frugality, saving, and enterprise, and contributed greatly to promote the progress and welfare of many modern nations. They are among the great characteristics which mark the distiction between ancient and modern times. There are very few, however, except ecclesiastical corporations, in Catholic couintries, and none among MIahomnetan and Pagan nations. SEC. 6. Tlze Ilogzks, Jesitits, llIissionaries, and colopization societies. The monastic order was first instituted in Egypt in the fourth century, and was introduced into Italy in the fifth or sixth century. The order of St. Domninic, the Franciscan fiiars, and some other mendicant orders, were established by the papacy in 518 ASSOCIATIONS AND CORaORATIONs. the 12th and 13th centuries, for the promuoti,)n in pailt of political purposes, and to aid in combating hleresy. They have had comparatively little effect, except to withdraw men from industry, and to promote indolence. The society of Jesuits was established in 1,534, to propagate Catholicism, and to counteract the influence of Protestantism. The first principle of the order is perfect submission to the comnmands of the Pope, and the whole society is under the absolute control of the general of the order, who resides at Rome. Tlhe nmembers are made blind instruments in the hands of the General and Pope, to propagate any doctrine or principle, or effect any purpose, which may suit the interest, caprice, or ambition of their superiors. They established many schools and collegesstrove to obtain the direction of education, in order to mould the young mind in submission to popery, and went as missionaries among the natives of America, as well as among the heathen of the old world. They acted every where, and particularly in Protestant countries, as secret emissaries and agents of the court of Rome, communicating to the Pope all the important informnation they could collect. Their influence was so pernicious, and their intrigues so numerous, that they were banished in the course of the 18th century, from France, Spain, Portugal, and sotm)e other Catholic countries, and the order was abolished by Pope Clement XIV., in 1773. It was deemed, however, so important an aid and support of popery, that it was reestablished by Pope Pius VII., on the fall of Napoleon, in 1814. The Jesuits have been the most zealous devotees of the court of Rome, and have done more than any other order of men to sustain and spread the principles of Catholicism, and absolute submission to the spiritual dominion of the Pope. They have dclone much to promote education, and to diffuse some kinds of knowledge; but nothling( of any account to extend the domain of science. Their principles are so accommodated to the ends of personal and papal expediency, their reasoning so sophistical and subtle, and the principles of absolute submission taught by them so restraining in their influence, that much of their instruction tends rather to fill the mind with bigotry, than to expand or develope it; and the general effect of their influence has been, to retard the increase and diffusion of religious, as well as political and social knowledge. Not a single mind of great originality and power, has been developed in the society. T'he societies formed at different periods, to send missionaries into distant countries, and among the pagan nations of the earth, have had a great influence in spreading the gospel, and diffusing knowledge; but the experience of aoges has taughit us, that colob 519 ON CASTES, ORDERS OF MEN, lists are the most effective missionaries to extend the domain of civilization. The experience of fourteen centuries shows, that it is inmpossible to convert savages into substantial Christians. They can be Christianized only as they are civilized, taught the arts of peace, and to live in fixed habitations, and by regular industry. In order to Christianize them, you must at the same tinie improve their physical, mental, and social condition, and elevate them in the scale of civilization. If the interior of Afiica shall ever be civilized, it will be by means of colonizing the free colored persons of America upon that continent, and thereby establishing a systenm of government and social order, and instructing the natives in agriculture, in the n)echanic arts, and in the habits and customs of civilized life. The efforts of the Colonization Society have been crowned with great success, which tends to show the practicability of this most desirable object. SEC. 7. Political associations axd parties. The organization of associations furnishes the means of collecting and diffusing information and the opinions of individuals, and of operating upon., and aiding in the formnation of public opinion. They not only furnish facilities for individuals, to confer together in relation to their rights and interests, but also to collect ailr)s and means of defence to protect themselves against the oppression of a tyrannical government, or for revolutionary purposes. 'The political associations, clubs, and affiliated societies of Paris bad a powerful influence upon the French Revolution of 1789, as shown in Section 10 of Chapter I., and similar societies produced the revolutions in France of 1S30 and 1S48 There have been numerous political unions and associations in Great Britain and Ireland. The mniost powerful was the great Catholic association, formed in MIay 1S23, and dissolved in March 1S29, when its gieat object, the passing of the Catholic Relief Bill, was attained. 'lIle Irish Rlepeal Association, got up by Daniel O'Connell some years afterwards, enabled him to agitate the people of Ireland for mIIany years; and it finally terminated in a feeble rebellion in 1S-4S. There have been numerous political associations in the United States, acting in concert with political partiies, to promote party puriposes; the mnost permanent and powerful of which, is the Taminiany Society of the City of New York. The power and influence of political parties in this country, has been discussed in Section 9 of Chapter V. of these essays. The democratic party is organised, and has its communittees, and holds meetings and conventions in every state, and in nearly every county in 520 ASSOCIATION'S AND CCRPORATIONS. every state of the Union. The organization of the whig party is not so extensive, nor so complete and effective, and yet it is a very powerful party. A complete change has taken place in the organization of parties in the United States since the year 1820. The first State Convention of delegates of the people assembled in the State of New York, to nominate candidates for Governor and LieutenantGovernor, was in the year 1824, when Dewitt Clinton was nominated for Governor. Previous to that time, candidates for Governor-were nominated in caucus, by members of the Legislature of their respective parties; and candidates for President and Yice-President were nominated in caucus by members of Congress. In 1828, the candidates for President and Vice-President of the United States were nominated in some of the States, by State Conventions; and in 1832, for the first time, they were nominated by national conventions. Since that time, many of the State governments have been changed, a greater number of officers are elected by the people, and the candidates for all offices elective by the people, from the President down to county, township, and corporation officers, are all nominated in nearly all the States, by conventions of their respective parties. County conventions are generally composed of delegates appointed by townships and ward meetings; and State conventions of del(egates appointed by county conventions and meeting 521,438 47,167 426,507 295,758 255,416 154,100 1,975,009 6,224,240 163,200 13,0S7 11,830 61,530 3;)3,112 112,285 1 87.00) 1,702,980) Total United States Increase per cent. in 1 the Slave States lDo. in the l/'ree States a' CD CD~~E .,j 10 S. UD 0,,,00.......... 0 0, 0, ~~~~~~~~~~0, 0,~~~~~~ 0, -~~~E 00 0 0- 0- 0.0. 0 Q.-o CO I I I I I I I I I I :9 I "I 11 I 1. OH THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. Statement of the number of slaves in the different States and Territories, at seven enumerations, from 1790 to 1850. FrEE STATES. 1790. 1800. isle. 1820. 1830. 1840. 1850. ftainoe - 2 New IIHamnpshire 158 8 3 1 Vermont - 17 1 Massachusetts Rlode Island - 952 8831 108S 48 17 5 ConnecticIIt - 2,759 951 810 97 25 17 New Yorlk 21,324 20,343 15,017 10,088 75 41 New Jersey 11,423 12,422 10,851 7,557 2,254 674 222 Pcennsylvania 3,737 1,706 795 211 408 64; Dhlio - 6 3 [niana - - 185 287 190 3 8 [linois - 186S 917 747 831 ,ichi,an 24 32 isconsin olwa - - tal - - 26 Total - 40,370 85,9:!6 27,510 19,10S 3,568 1,129! 248 .OR.TII'N SLAVE STATES. I 3elavTsaro S *V STE. 8,887r 6,153 4.177 4.509 8.292 2,6.5 2.289 yaryland - 108,036 105635 111'502 107.398 102.994 89,737, 90,363 District of Columbia 8,244 5.395 6.8377 6,119 4,6941 8,687 Virginia - 298,42 345,796 092.518 42,1. 469,77 448,9S7 472,523 Northi Carolin - 100,5721 1833,296 _63,S)4 2(5, 017 245,601 245,817 288,412 'ennessea 3,417! 183,584. 44,585 80,097 141,603 1883,059 289,461 -entucly - 11,880 40,343 80,561 126,72 165,2138 182,258 210,9S81 f~~issouri -:3011 10,22 25'091 58,240 87,422 Ar'Laa a - _ n s,5 1617 4,56 19,935 46,982 Total - | 521,169 64,051 810,53 96,12 1.164.,216 1,235,332 1,442,130 OUTII'N SLAVE STATES. outhl Carolina - 107,094 146.151 196,835 2585,,475!1.401 2038 84,984 eoria - 29,264 59,494 lQ5,21S 149,056 217,531 28,944 4 l81681 lorid, - o15,501 25.717I 9,30,9 labaiiia- - 41,879 117.549 2353532 842,892 tississippi - 0,489 17,883 195 911 009]893 -,isp 3,4S 17 8S 2,814~ 65.659 l195,211! 80.9,898 onisiana -34,60 69,0t41 1gs 163,402 244 786 'as- - I 58,161 ~~~~~, Total - 136358 209,044 03530,01l 5188. 841,229 1,250,894 71,711 Total United States. 697,8971 8983,041 1,191,864 1.58,118 2,009.043 2,487.855 3,204.OS89 ncrease per cent. I 23. I 33.41 29.11' 0.61'28.81Si 28 8* I C I I 8 Y I * The increase of slaves from S1840to 1550 was about 26i per cceit. in the States, exclusive of Texas. 58-6 co Statement of the relative number of each class of persons in a population of 10,000 in the undermentioned countries WIIITr IN THE UNrrITED STATIS BY xCENSUS OF 18" I te In Slave States In Slave State S In the Free oth of the 35thl south of the 85th a ts degree oflatitude. degree of latitude 1,654 1,893 2,008 1,373 1,491 1,548 1,186 1,260 1,254 1,101 1,089 1,031 1,845 1,738 ],788 1,198 1,069 1,108 760 683 651 458 413 346 260 232 175 125 99 68 36 28 18.7 4 4.3 3.2 0.4 0.7 1.1 10,000.4 10,000 10,000 4,213 4,e44 4,810 a5, 7, 87.4 5,35b 5,190 Belgium, 1821. Aninuairz. 0- _____ __ 'I I I Swe(len, 1820. .3far8Aall. Ireland, 1621. MarshaZZ. En,land a-nd '"Holes by, census ofl 821. Rickmai4 En!-!land and Wales bythe CensiLi Oft MI, 4 14 ;4 0 vtA z ki :1 ft, 0 :11 2 4 0 w LI 0 France before 1789. AGES. An.-tuaire. Under 5, 1,201 5 to I 0, 981 1 0 to 15) 939 15 to 20, 897 20 to 30, 1,638 30 to 40, 1,404 40 to 50, 1,161 50 to 60, 892 C) 0to 70, 577 70 to 80) 255 80 to 90, 50 90 to 100, 4.8 over 100, 0.2 Total, 10,000 Under 15, 3,121 Over 15, (-),879 1,297 1,089 946 883 1,680 1,341 1,017 793 604 279 66 4.9 0.1 10,000 1,307 1,010 894 899 1,711 1,362 1,087 855 586 240 41 1 0 1 10,003 1,535 1,355 1,218 1,219 1,760 1 71 oo 771 600 273 96 23 3 0.5 1O)OO-0.5 1,487 1,307 1,114 992 1,574 1,181 934 659 456 228 63 5 0.2 10,000.2 1,324 1,197 l'OS9 997 1,780 1,289 959 645 440 216 59 5 0 10,000 3,332 6,668 .3,211 1 6,782 4,108 5,893."-) 37908 6,0)2.2 3,610 6,3 l,'O. 588 ON THE POPULATION OF TIS,NEW WORLD. SEC. 3. Emigration to the T.?nited States. Official records were not kept regularly of the number of emigrants to the United States, prior to the year 1820. Since that time, the collectors of the customs have been required to make quarterly returns of passengers arriving by sea, in their respective districts; but the returns were often very defective, until since the close of the year 1832. HIutchinson states in his " History of the settlement of the New England Colonies," that the number of Puritans who came over to New England in ten years, next prior to 1640 was about 21,000; but this must have been a mere estimate, and was probably too high. The first settlement was made in Virginia in 1607, at Plymouth in Massachusetts in 1620, in New York and New Jersey about the year 1620; in Delaware in 1630, and in Maryland in 1634. We may reasonably estimate the emigration to the colonies up to 1640, at thirty-six or thirty-eight thousand; and though the mortality was very great, there is reason to believe, that taking the whole period, the births exceeded the deaths, and that the white population in 1640 was about 40,000; about half of which was in Virginia.* The natural increase of the white opulation from births alone, independent of immigration, has been on an average about 30 per cent. every ten years, during the present century; doubling in twenty-seven years, and by the aid of immigration, doubling in twenty-three years. The privations and sufferings of the early immigrants being very great, and the mortality among them great, it is not probable that they doubled during the 17th century by natural increase only, short of about forty years. 40,000 40,000 60,000 28,000 1 68,000 84,000 30,000 6,000 288,000 2S8,000 105,000 45,000 726,000 1680, estimated white population - - - Natural increase in 20 years, at 50 per cent.immigrants estimated at 1,500 annually - - natural increase of the immigrants about - - 1700, estimated white population - - Natural increase 100 per cent. in 35 years immigrants in 35 years, at 2,500 annually natural increase of the immigrants about - 1735, estimated white population - - 4 See section 1 of this Chapter. ON THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. Natural increase in 15 years, about 44 per cent immigrants estimated at 3,000 per year - - natural increase of the immigrants, about - 1750, estimated white population - - Natural increase in 25 years 84 per cent immigrants estimated at 3,500 annually - natural increase of immigrants, about - 1775, estimated white population - - - 2,141,000 Increase to the census of 1790 over 48 per cent. 1,031,464 1790, white population by the first census - 3,172,464 Dr. Seybert, in his statistical annals of the United States, gives a statement showing that 22,240 passengers arrived in ten of the principal ports of the United States during the year 1817. He estimated the number of foreign emigrants to the United States from 1790 to 1810 at 6,000 annually, on an average. Professor Tucker, in his work on the progress of the United States, concurred in that estimate, and estimated the number arriving from 1810 to 1820, at 114,000. Statement of the number of emigrants and passengers who arrived in the United States from foreign countries, by sea, during the undermentioned years; distinguishing Americans, or citizens of the United States, from foreigners.* Years. Americans. Foreigners. 1821 2,405 9,224 1822 1.564 7,008 1823 1'904 6,262 1824 1,699 7,861 1825 2.670 9,691 1826 3,060 10:370 1827 2,897 18.756 182S 2:749 27,268 1829 1,993 I r5,30 3 1830 1515 t39,692 < The time is for fiscal years, ending September 30th. from 1821 to 1831, for fifteen months, ending December 31st, 1832; for calendar years, ending December 31st, from 1833 to 1842; for nine months, ending September 30th, 1843; and for years ending September 30th, from 1844 to 1850. See Force's National Calendar for 1831, p. 156. : The returns being defective for the years 1830,1831, and 1832, the numbers for these years are partly estimated. and corrected by the reports of the number arriving at New Yoik. See Hunt's Mag. for December 1849, p. 65)7. 589 . 320,000 45,000 9,000 1,100,000 924,000 87,000 30,000 Americans. Foreigners. I 977 t42,100 1,155, t6O.OOO 1,279 58,234 2,114 64,916 3,320 45,444 4,029 76,923 3,813 79,205 3,964 42,731 4,171 70,494 5,810, 86,338 - 1 626,392. ,,O,654 Years. 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 I.S39 lS40 1 t22,456 1 151,435 59O ON TIIE POPULATION'O Americanis. 1841 f 80__42! months _o _ 80.642 106,016 53,100 75,906 115,668 154,,109 234,966 226,5 L5 296.945 275832 1,622,999 5.8i1 4.968 3.429 8,858 4.216 4,239 4,514 2,968 2,665 36,501 78,169 Forming my own opinion fiom all the facts which I have collected, and the calculations I have made, and calculating the natural increase of the imnmi,grants during the decennial period in which they arrive, the increase of the white population of the United States from one census to another, by means of immuigration and accessions of territory, would be as follows: r. ieybert 60,000 - 9,000 - - 69,000 - - 65,000 - - 10,000 - _ 35,000 T'otal from 1790 to 18O00 - - 1800 to 1810 immigrants estimated at natural increase - - - - increase by the purchase of Louisiana Total fromn 1800 to 1810 - - 1810 to 1820, immigrants by sea - natural increase - - - - immigrants by way of Canada Total fromn 1810 to 1820 - - The censuses of 1790-1800-1810-and 1820 were taken as of the first day of August; those of 1830-1840 and 1850 were taken as of the first day of June of each year. Deduct those arriving between the first day of June and the 30th of September 1830, and it would leave only about 130,'000 between the census of 1820 and that of 1830; but the records and returns are so defective that I estimate them at 150,000 natural increase about - - - 18,000 immIiigirants by way of Canada - - - 19,000 Spani.h inhabitants of Florida, first included - 15,000 I i I I I I I .1 I I I OF THr,, NRIV WOIILD. Years. l'oi-eigners. Amcricans. Foreigners. 184 1 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 islo .3 months to 1 Dec. 31st. 1 1850 !Year 1851 5,594 '29,367 59,976 379,461 110,000 114,000 15,000 12,000 - 141,000 ON TIlE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. Total from 1820 to 1830 - - 202,000 1830 to 1840 foreign passengers about - - 626,000 add half of those that arrived in 1830, about - 20,000 making(- - - - - - - 646,000 Perhaps two-thirds of those that came in 1840, arrived after the census of June 1st. - - 58,000 when they are deducted, it leaves - - - 588,000 increase after their arrival about 10 per cent. - 60,000 excess of immigrants from Canada, over and above those to Canada, as shown in section 5 - - 128,000 Total -- - - 776,000 Deduct for emigration to Texas, about - - 60,000 leaving an increase of - - - - - 716,000 1841 to 1850, foreign passengers - - - 1,623,000 add for last part of 1840 - - - - 58,000 add on account of the acquisition of Texas, California, and New-Mexico - - - - 160,000 natural increase of immigrants - - - 165,000 immigrants by way of Canada - - - 124,000 Total - - - 2,130,000 Deduct half that came in 1850 - - - 140,000 and for those that returned - - - - 50,000 and it leaves the increase from June 1st 1840 to June 1st 1850 by means of immigration and the acquisition of territory - - - - 1,940,000 SEc. 4. Pratio of the mortality, and of the natural increase of the wu/ite population of the Uzited States. It must be apparent to the reader on reflection, that the proportion of children in any two countries, where the mortality and average length of human life is the same, is an exact index of the relative increase ofl the population of each. The proportion of children in countries of about or nearly the same density of population, is also a pretty certain index of the ratio of mortality; for the greater the mortality among adults, the greater will be the per centage of children in the community. WVhere a census is taken every ten years, the children under ten years old at each enumeration, supply the places of all who have died and constitute the increase during the preceding ten years. The following table exhibits the aggregate number, and the per centage of children among the white population, at the several periods of taking the census, an estimate of the per centage of deaths, and a statement of the per centage of domestic increase corresponding wis'h such ratio of death, during each 591 Total from 1820 to 1830 - 1830 to 1840 foreian passengers about - add half of those that arrived in 1830, about - i-nakinc, - Perhaps two-thirds of those that came in 1840, arrived after the census of June Ist. - when they are deducted, it leaves - - increase after their arrival about 10 per cent. - excess of immiff rants from Canada, over and above those to Canada, as shown in section 5 r592 ON THE POPULATION OF THE NIEW WORLD. period of ten years from 1790 to 1840. In these calculations, the deaths of children, which happened between the time of their births and the first census thereafter, are not taken into the account; but when they died after having been once enumerated, their deaths are included in the calculations. CHILDREN UNDER TEN YEARS OLD. Per cent. of deaths for the previous ten years. 12.4 12.3 12.2 11.5 12.4 This illustration shows a gradual decrease in the proportion of children, and also in the natural or domestic increase of the population. The natural decennial increase from 1790 to 1810 was over 33 per cent.; from 1830 to 1840 only 28 per cent.; and from 1840 to 1850 it was only about 25 per cent. This is owing to the fact that, as the country grows older and luxury increases, early marriages are not so common. The ratio of mortality decreased considerably from 1790 to 1830, and was not perceptibly increased by the war of 1812 to 1815; but from 1830 to 1840 it was increased by the Asiatic cholera, by an increased proportion of destitute people from abroad, and by extensive emigrations to very new portions of the country. The ratio of deaths is found with tolerable accuracy, by numerous calculations founded on supposed ratios of mortality, and approximating to the facts and results shown by the census and reports of immigration; and the ratio of domestic increase and the immigration is adapted to the ratio of mortality with mathematical accuracy, as shown in the following examples. I. Children under 10 years old by the census of 1800, 34.3667 per Over ten, 65,6333 If of 100 persons in 1790, there have died 12.4 as estimated, leaving 87.6 alive, then as 87.6: 12.4:: 65.633 to 9.29 dead of the original stock of 74.923 alive which taken from 100 shows an increase of 25.077 As 74.923 increase 25.077:: 100 will increase 33.4 Whites in the United States in 1790, Per cent. of decen. increase. 33.4 33.66 31.79 31.25 28. Number. 1,479,315 2,016,479 2,625,790 3,427,730 4,485,052 Per cent. 34.366 34.399 3 3.,3 8 0 32.563 31.607 In 1800 1810 1820 1830 1840 3,172,464 ON THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. Whites over ten years old in 1800, Deaths from 1790 to 1800, at 12.4 per cent., Total, Deduct those enumerated in 1790, Leaving for emigrants over 10 years old, Total in 1790, 3,172,464 Domestic increase at 33.4 per cent. 1,059,602 Foreign emigrants and their children neces sary to make the number in 1800, 72,439 Total by the census of 1800, Children of emigrants under 10 years old, All the calculations to ascertain the ratio of domestic increase and the number of foreign emigrants and their children under ten years old, are made in the same manner. Only those enumerated at the census next after their arrival, including their children, are included in these calculations as emigrants; those who die before the first census after their arrival are not taken into the account; and at the second and all subsequent enumerations of the people, they are reckoned as citizens, and their children as domestic increase. II. To determine the ratio of increase from 1830 to 1840, and the increase of our population during that period by means of immigration, estimating the mortality at 12.4 per cent. Children under 10 by the census of 1840, 31.60 per cent. Over 10 years old, 68.40 Deaths at 12.4 per cent., 9.68 of the origin.al stock of 78.08alive in 1830 WVhich taken from 100 shows an increase of 21.92 As 78.08 increase 21.92:: so 100 will increase 28..28 VWhite population of the United States in 1830 10,526,248 Do. over ten years old in 1840, Deaths from 1830 to 1840 at 12.4 per cent., Total, Deduct those enumerated in 1830, 503 2,825,190 393,385 1 3,218,575 3,172,464 46,111 4,304,505 26,328 9,704,653 1,305,254 11,009,907 10,626,248 ON THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. and it leaves for immigrants over 10 years old, 1830, white population, natural increase at 28 per cent., increase by means of immigration, 1840, white population by the census, In 1800, white population by the census, natural increase at 33.66 per cent., increase by means of immigrants and their children, and the purchase of Louisiana, 1810, white population by the census, D)omestic increase at 31.79 per cent., Increase by means of foreign immigration, 1820, white population, Domestic increase at 31.25 per cent., Increase by means of foreign immigration, 1830, white population by the census, 1840, white population, Domestic increase about 249 per cent., Estimated increase by means of immigration and increase of territory. 1850, white population by the census, SEC. 5. The Britishi Proviices of North America. The country now known as Canada was discovered, colonized, and settled by the French, by the name of the " Province of Quebec;" conquered by the British in 1759; divided into the two Provinces of Upper and Lower Canada by the British Parliament in 1791; and re-united into one province in 1843. The inhabitants, at the time of the conquest in 1759, exclusive of the native Indians, were entirely French, and are estimated by Mr. :ieCulloch, in his Gazetteer, as amounting to about 70,000; and that the descendants of these 70,000 French amounted in 1831 to upwards of 400,000; which, he remarks, " is the most rapid increase, probably, of any on record, from births alone." And it undoubtedly is so, if we except our free states, and the case of the Israelites while in the land of Egypt. The Canadian French are almost all plain, frugal, and moderately industrious peasants; of very little intelligence, enterprise, avarice, ambition, or energy of character; mostly possessing a little property; far removed from the vices and luxuries of wealth, and of large cities; contented, cheerful, honest, hospitable and happy. They cling with uncom 594 483,659 10,526,248 2,947,349 716,108 14,1 S9,705 4,304,505 1,447,797 109,718 5,862,020 1,863,536 140,903 7,866,459 2,458,267 201,522 10,526,248 14,189,705 3,501,033 1,940,000 19,630,738 ON THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. mon tenacity to their ancient prejudices and customs. They are in that condition of all others, best calculated to promote a rapid increase of population. The vices, luxuries, corruptions and excitements of large cities, not only undermine the health and weaken the constitution of man, but contribute to shorten human life, to discourage, and diminish marriages and births, and to check the increase of population. The increase from births is greater in every country among its peasantry or yeomanry, than in its cities; and much of the increase of its cities is by reason of inhabitants from the country, and young men in particular, constantly removing from the country into villages, and from villages into cities. The Province of Quebec contained in 1783, by enumeration, 113,000 inhabitants, French and English, exclusive of about 10,000 or 12,000 loyalist refugees from the United States, who went to the province during the war of the American revolution. Call the population in 1783, 125,000; of these, probably 110,000 were of French descent, and but 15,000 of English, Scotch, and Irish descent. According to this calculation, the French population increased the first ten years after the conquest, twenty per cent., to 84,000, twenty per cent. the next ten years to 101,000, and at the same rate the last four years to 110,000 in the year 1783. The French population of Canada must have increased nearly twenty per cent. in seven years, amounting in 1790 to 130,000, and at the rate of thirty per cent. each ten years from that time, up to the year 1840; amounting in 1800 to 169,000; in 1810 to 220,000; in 1820 to 286,000; in 1830 to 370,000; in 1840 to 481,000; and in 1844 to 534,000, of whom 518,565 were in Lower Canada. These astonishing results were produced by early marriages, and plain, frugal habits. Of the 693,649 inhabitants of Lower Canada, according to the census of 1844, 518,565 are stated to be natives of Canada of French origin; S85,075 natives of British origin; 11,886 natives of England; 44,002 natives of Ireland; 13,341 natives of Scotland; 11,943 natives of the United States; 2,353 natives of Continental Europe; and the nativity of the others, 6,484, is not given. There are also several thousand Canadian French in Upper Canada. Mr. J. D. Andrews, United States consul at St. John, New Brunswick, in his report to the Secretary of the Treasury, bearing date December 10th, 1850, stated the population of Canada as follows: 595 596 ON THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. Upper Canada. Lower Canada. Iteyr16- 8,415 -0, - ~ 15,000 170,- 65,000 18,- 113,000 158,027 423,630 *235,000 511,922 465,357 *640,000 723,292 770,000 ..1 osX-,9vU 1825, 15S,027 423,630 1831, *235,000 511,922 1841, 465,357 -640,000 1848, 723,292 770,000 The population of Upper and Lower Canada is stated by Porter in his Progress of the Nation, at 270,718 in 1806, and at 580,450 in 1824. The population is stated in McGregor's Statistics, as follows In Upper Canada. 10,000 234,865 372,502 486,055 723,087 A census was taken in 1831, 1836, 1844 and 1848, and the official returns showed the population as above stated. The immigration from Europe was comparatively small until after the close of thewarin 1815, and wasbut about 40,000, or a little over 13,000 annually, for three years ending in 1828. It is stated in McCulloch's Gazetteer, title Canada, that "The number of immigrants from the United Kingdom, which landed at Quebec in the nine years ending in 1838, amounted to 263,089 of these 165,000 proceeded to the Upper Province; but of the whole number from fifty to sixty per cent. re-emigrated, after a short residence, to the United States. The greatest number which emigrated in any one year was in 1832, when 51,746 arrived at Quebec; the smallest number was in 1838, when 4992 only reached that port. Within the period spoken of, there were 50,000 estimated to have reached the provinces by way of New York and the Erie Canal; a like proportion of whom also reemigrated. (Lord Durham's Rep. pp. 76 and 77."7) * The statements for Upper Canada in 1831 and Lower Canada in 1841, are my estimates from the official returns ofother years. In the year 1676, .1700, 1750) 1784, 1825, 1831, 1841, 1848, Lower Canada. 220,000 511,922, 572)827 Total. 230,000 746,787 945,329 isoo 1831 1836 1842 1 S48 768,334 17491,421 ON THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. Statements of the population of the undermentioned British Provinces of North America, made on the authority of Mr. Andrews' Report to the Secretary of the Treasury, and McGregor's statistics; some of which are official estimates only, some of them reports of official enumerations, and some of them, at the intermediate periods, are my estimates: N ova Cape New~rna- Nefonnd s da Tot coti 13reton. wick land. laland. 1764 - - - - - 13000 50,000 83,000 123,878 188,000 230,200 Estimates deduced from the foregoing statements and authorities of the population of Upper and Lower Canada, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and other British Provinces of North America, at the undermentioned periods: U. and L. Canada Nova Scotia and other Prov. Total. 1SO0 230,000 100,000 330,000 1810 330,000 155,000 485,000 1820 490,000 230,000 720,000 1831 746,787 340,000 1,086,000 1841 1,105,000 520,000 1,625,000 1848 1,493,000 650,000 2,143,000 The enumerations were generally made in the spring of each year, and do not include many of the immigrants of the years in which they were taken. Estimated population of Upper and Lower Canada, and the other British Provinces of North America in April, 1800, - - _ Domestic increase at 30 per cent. to 1810, Increase by means of immigration, - 1810, estimated population, - - Domestic increase at 30 per cent. to 1820, Increase by means of immigration, - 1820, estimated population, - - Domestic increase at 33 per cent. to 1831, Increase by means of immigration, - 1831 estimated population, - Domestic increase at 28 per cent. to 1841 Increase l)y means of immigration, I i to7 Nova I Cape Scotia. Breton. ewbrnns- Newfound- P.Edward's i Total. wick. land. Island. 12,000 25,000 32,000 81,000 156,152 200,000 26 505 52,672 56-000 84,000 108,000 - 1 9,000; - 1 20,651 45.000' 62,678, 13,000 32,000 100,000 135,000 300,000 506,000 650,000 1764 1784 isoo 1806 1816 1827 1840 1848 2,000 2.515 7,000 18,700 33,000 49,600 330,000 99,000 56,000 485)000 145,000 90,000 720,000 237,000 129,000 1)086,000 304,000 235)000 ON THE POPUxLATION OF THE NEW WORLD. 1841, estimated population, - - 1,625,000 Domestic increase in 7 years, to April, 1848, at 18 per cent. - - - - - 292,000 Increase by means of immigration, - - 226,000 1848, estimated population, - - - 2,143,000 Estimating the natural increase of the immigrants between the time of their arrival and the end of the decennial period, at about I0 per cent., and the result would be as follows: In 10 years.,In 11 years.,In 10 years. In 7 years. 1810 to 1819.1820 to 18.30. 1830 to 1810. 1841 to S1847. m90000 129,368 322,465 323,651 12,000 18,682 40,.535 26,400 102,000 148,000 36a5,000 350,000 90,000 129,000 235,000 226,000 a 12,000 19,000 128000 124,000 Immigrants about, 90,000 129,368 322,465 323,651 Natural increase, 12,000 18,682 40,535 26,400 Total 102,000 148,000 365,000 350,000 Remained in the Brit. Pro. 90,000 129,000 235,000 226,000 Re-emigrated to U. States,| 12,000 19,000: 128 000 124,000 The great emigration to Canada during the eighteen years (from 1830 to 1847 inclusive,) was induced in a great measure by the expenditure of large suIms of money by corporations, and by the British Government, in making canals and other public im.provements, which furnished employment to great numbers of laborers, and gave unusual life and activity to business and enterprise in that country. The Canadians also imported large quantities of wheat during some of those years, from the North-Western States, and sent it to England as Colonial produce, subject to only a nominal duty. The abolition of the corn laws has enabled the Continent of Europe to supply the English markets with wheat, and cut off that trade; the public improvements in Canada are mostly completed; and both of these sources of prosperity to the Canadians are nearly dried up; and they are in a very depressed condition, for want of sufficient markets for their products, and sufficient mechanical and manufacturing industry to supply their own wants. They import fiom Great Britain almost everything they use and wear. including much ready-made clothing, boots and shoes and, under such circumstances, it is impossible that they should be otherwise than poor. Free trade with Great Britain prevents them from manufacturing for themselves; deranges the division of employments; discourages and depresses industry; and hangs upon them like an incubus, exhausting their money, and the piocecds of all their products that will sell, to enrich the manufacturers of England. The lumbering, fur, and fishing business, as well as the expenditure of the public moneys, are of immense 598 ON THE POPULATION OF TIlE NEW WORLD. consequence to the Canadians; and were it not for these sources of prosperity, they would be *nearly as poor as the Irish. Though the ratio of increase of the population has been greatelr in Canada than in the United States, yet their increase of wealth has barely kept pace with the population, and they are as poor as they were half a century since. They have enjoyed the blessings of FREE TRADE with England all tile time; we have only a part of the time. Whenever we have attempted to supply ouirselves by our own industry, with the comforts and necessaries of life, we have improved our condition as a people; and during the intervals of free trade and large imnportations of foreign goods, we have relapsed again into a condition bordering on bankruptcy; while the Canadians have been constantly exhausted, and kept so poor by free trade, as to be unable to get sufficient credit to have even the ups and downs of prosperity and bankruptcy in succession SEC. 6. Population of Cuba and Porto Rio. Mr. MAurray states the population of Cuba in 1775 and 1827, in his geography, (which very nearly agrees with Mr. IcCulloch,) as follows: 1827. 311,051 57,514 48,980 286,942 704,487 Whites, Free mulattoes, Free blacks, Slaves, Mr. McCulloch says that by a census in 1791, the population amounted to 272,140; and by the census of 1817, to 551,998, and he estimated it in 1839 at over 9-00,000. The culture of sugar and coffee has increased with wonderful rapidity, but has not much niore than kept pace with the wants of the commercial world; and therefore prices have kept up much better than the price of cotton. The muost important miianufactures of Cuba consist of making sugar, molasses, and rum, the preparation of coffee, the making of cigars, the bleaching of wax, and the manipulation of the minor staples of the island.'These pursuits furnish profitable employment to great numbers of whites, .:s well as of slaves, and produced the rapid increase of the white population (partly by immigration, but mostly by natural increase,) indicated in the above table, of nearly twenty-five per cent. every ten years; dloubling in about thirty-two years. The population was about 1,200;000 in 1850. 599 1775. 96,440 19,327 11,520 44 333 171,620 T o t,-t 1, 600 ON THE POPULATION OF THE NE4 WORLT). The area of Porto Rico comprises 3,700 square miles. Mr. Murray says, in his geography, that in 1778 the population was but 70,278; and that it amounted, by the official census of 1830, to 323,838. Mir. McCulloch says that the population in 1788 did not exceed 80,650; it amounted in 1836, according to the official returns, to 358,086. Statemenit of the number and classes of the population according to the censuses of the Years. 1830. 1836. Whites, 162,311 188,869 Free mulattoes, - 127 287 101,275 Free blacks, (2 26,124 Slaves, 34,240 41,81S Total, 323,838 358,086 Increase of the whites in six years, 26,558, equal to 16~ per cent., and the increase of the slaves is over 20 per cent.; while there is scarcely any increase of free colored persons. SEC. 7. Population of llexicg. Mr. Murray says: " The population of Mexico, which had previously been estimated on the most vague conjecture, has beenr computed by Humboldt with extraordinary care. He copied from the archives of the viceroy a statement containing the results of an enumeration made in 1793, by which the number was rated at 4,483,529. The census was taken, however, in opposition to those popular apprehensions and prejudices with which such an enumeration is always viewed; and the real amount might be at least a sixth more, or 5,200,000. After carefully comparing the numbers of births and deaths, and observing the progress of agriculture, the increased amount of duties on COILsumption, and the many new houses every where building, he. considered that the population in 1823 might be safely estimated at 6,800,000." The government took a partial census in 1841, and estimated the population at 7,044,140. It was estimated by Mr. Poinsett in 1825 at 6,500,000; by Mr. Ward in 1827 at 8,000,000; and by M. Chevalier in 1835 at 7,000,000. Al. Humboldt's estimates are entitled to great credit, but the census of 1841 shows that they were too high. In 1793, estimated population, - 4,700,000 1800, do. do. - 5,060,000 1820, do. do. - 6,000,000 1841, according -to official reports, 7,044,140 1850, estimated population, 7,500,000 ON THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. M. Chevalier estimated the different classes of the population in 1835 as follows:-!st, the Chapetones, or pure Spaniards, 24,000; 2d, the Creoles, or native whites of European descent, 1,300,000; 3d, Indians, or native Mexicans, 3,800,000; 4th, the mixed castes, comprising Mestizoes, Mulattoes, Zambos, Quadroons, and Quinteroons, 1,900,000. A chart of the population, resources, and condition of Mexico recently published in that country by MM. Lerdo de Tejeda, states the population in 1850 at 7,661,919, divided as follows: Two-fifteenths, about 1,000,000, of pure European descent. Four-fifteenths, about 2,000,000, of mixed European and Indian descent. Nine-fifteenths, or about 4,500,000, of pure Indian descent. SEc. 8. Population of the other Spanish American States and .Vations. The population of the countries of South America is uncertain. A census was taken in Peru in 1803, and in New Granada ia 1834. With those exceptions the statements of the population of each and every one of them is either an official or an individual estimate, founded on information more or less imperfect. Within the last twenty years, the population of Buenos Ayres, now the Argentine Republic, has been variously estimated at from 600,000 to 1,600,000; that of Chili from 600,000 to 1,500,000; and that of Bolivia, or Upper Peru, at from about 1,000,000 to 1,700,000. Dr. Morse says that in 1778 there were not more than 80,000 white inhabitants in Chili, and about 240,000 negroes, including those of a mixed race. How can even an approximation to the truth be attained amidst such conflicting evidence Nature's laws are uniform, and the ratio of deaths and births are very nearly the same from year to year, in the same country, and under similar circumstances. The only method by which any safe conclusions on the subject can be arrived at, is to coImpare with each other the results of the different censuses, partial enumerations, official calculations, and individual estimates of the population of all these countries, at different periods, and endeavor to deduce from the whole the general ratio of increase. By this method all the evidence can be compared and weighed, and the inconsistencies of different estimates and portions of the evidence can be ascertained. The ratio of the natural increase must be very nearly the same in all Spanish America, except Chili, and the countries lying south of the Torrid Zone, there it is greater than in the others. There has also been more emigration to Chili and Buenos Ayres than to other Spanish 601 6,02 ON THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. American States. This is owing partly to their commercial advantages, and partly to the policy of the Government. Population of Peru in 1803, and of New Granada, Ecuador, and Venezuela in 1834, stated in millions, and classified according to their origin. New Granada. Per census. 1.058 .376 .169 .084 Whites, Indians, Mlixed castes & } Free colored, Negro slaves, Negro slaves,.04.084.008.06~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The evidence indicates that the natural increase of the white population of Buenos Ayres and Chili is about one and a half per cent. annually, and one per cent. annually in Mexico and the other countries of Spanish America; that the increase of the Mestizoes and other mixed races, is nearly as great; and that the ratio of increase of the pure Indian population is only from one-fourth to half as great. There seems to be no reason to doubt that the aboriginal population of Peru, and of nearly all South America, declined during the first three centuries after the conquest of the country by the Spanish. An estimate of the population of each country is given in Section 12. SEc. 9. Population of Brazil. The population of Brazil at the beginning of the present century was very vaguely and variously estimated at from one to three millions. Mr. Murray estimated it at 3,000,000: he says that according to an official report made in 1819, and different official statements furnished between the years 1816 and 1818, Brazil then contained 3,617,000 inhabitants. The importation of slaves has been very great since 1820, until recently. It has been variously estimated from 40,000 to 80,000 annually; and McCulloch says the immigration of whites had been as high some years, as from 8,000 to 9,000. Malte Brun estimated the population of Brazil for 1830 at 5,340,000; Balbi at 5,300,000; and Murray at about 5,000,000; of which he said about one-fifth were whites, and three-fifths slave& i I I I Veneziiela. Offic. 8tat6.?nent. .2 .207 .433 .06 Peru. Per cen&us. .136 .609 .24,f .041 .04 Ecuador. E8timate. .157 .393 .042 .008 1.07 1.687 .6 Total, .9 ON THE POPUTLATION OF THE N-EW WORLD. Statement of the number of each class of the inhabitants of Brazil, according to the Government reports made firom 1816 to 1818, and M. Balbi's estimate for 1830. 1816 to 1818. 1830. Whites,. Mestizoes and Mulattoes, free, Do. do. slaves, Negro slaves, - - - Free Negroes, - - - Converted Indians, - - Independent Indians and Europeans, 843,000 426,000 202,000 1,728,000 159,000 259,000 3,617,000 1 Mr. McCulloch estimated the population in 1839 at from 6,500,000 to 7,000,000, and it is estimated in the American AlmIanac for 1851 at 7,500,000. The evidence indicates that the natural increase of all classes of the free population is about one per cent. annually, and that the slaves increase at nearly the same rate after they become acclimated and accustomed to the galling chains of slavery. SEC. 10.-Indian population of the Uizited States. Number of Indians in the United States according to the report of the Indian Bureall, prepared by Henry R. Schooleraft, LL.D.; a part of whom were enumerated from 1847 to 1850, and a part estimated from the returns of Indian agents. I. Iroquois group, per census New York, Oneidas, Onondagas, Cayugas, Senecas,* Tuscaroras, - St. Regis Tribe,t Wisconsin, Oneidas at Gree West of Missouri, Wyando Missouri, Senecas and Shaw _.. - 153 noda, -- - 376 _a... - - - - 150 _.... - - - 2,776 ...- - - - 285 . 450 en Bay, - - 762 ts, - - - 687 wnees, - - 273 . - 5,912 * This includes 55 Senecas at Conawanga, Pennsylvania, and 158 at Neosho, west of Arkansas. t The nuimber of this tribe is put down in Schoolcraft's notes on the Iroquois at only 260. I i I 603 900,000 600,000 250,000 2,920,000 180,000 300,000 150,000 Total, Total Iroquois, 604 ON THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. II. Algonquin group, per censusMIichigan, 23 bands of Chippewas, - Indian Ter. West, 1 do., " - - On Lake Superior, 6 do., " - St. Croix Valley, 5 do., - - - Chippewa Valley, 3 do., " - -. Upper Mississippi, 10 do., - "Rainy Lake, 3 do., - - - Indian Ter. West, 1 do., Ottawas, - Michigan, 14 do., " - - Do. 1 do., Pottawatamies, - Ind. Ter. W., Western Algonquins, Sacs Mliamies, Pottawatarnies, Shawnees, Delaw tribes,.. Wisconsin, Menomonies, - - - Total Algonquin group, - III. Dacota group, per censusWest of Miss. River, Omahas, - - " Ottoes, 2 bands, - " " Winnebagoes, 20 bands, "4," Iowas, - - - Minnesota Ter., Sioux, 7 bands, - - :Missouri, Quapaws, - - - - Total Dacota group, -- Fragmnents of tribes in other States MIaine, Souriquois, Passamaquoddics, and Penobscots MIassachusetts-remnants of 12 tribes, - - Rhode Island, Narragansetts, - - - - Connecticut, Mohegans, -- 4 Virginia, Nottoways, mixed with negroes, - - North Carolina, Cherokees and Catawbas - - South Carolina, Catawbas, - - - - - Florida, Seminoles and 4 other tribes, - - - Total in those eight States, - - - - 2,005 23 1,610 487 1,180 2,'706 1,020 236 1,706 63 - 6,538 416 - 17,990 - 1,349 903 - 2,531 744 - 1,063 271 - 6,861 956 847 420 400 40 - 1,005 200 348 - 4)216 ON THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. Other tribes between the Mississippi and the Rocky Mountains, north of Texas and New MIexico, officially estimated. Brought up, - 105,760 Foxes and Sacs,- - 2,400 Gros Ventr.s, - - 3,000 Kanzas, - - - 1,600 Menomonies, - - 2,500 Minitarees, - - 2,500 Pawnees, - - - 17,000 Pottawatamies, - - 3,200 Sioux, - - - 14,500 Seminoles, - - 1,500 Shawnees, - - - 1,600 Tetans, - - - 3,000 About 20 other tribes, 11,976 Total, 170,536 - 9,260 - 26,000 - 25,000 - 16,000 - 3,500 - 4,000 - 1,500 - 13,000 - 2,500 - 2,000 - 1,500 - 1,500 Apache bands, - - - Parts of 14 other tribes, - Total in Texas as officially estimated, - - In New Mexico, P ueblos, -. " Apaches, 7,500, Camanches, 12,000, " Navajoes, 12,500, Utahs, 5,000, - " Ancient Cibolos, north of Gila, - Umahs of the Colorado, - - - " Other tribes, - - - - Total in New Mexico as officially estim In Utah Territory, Utahs, - - - " Other tribes, - - Total in Utah Territory, - - In California, according to the returns of the missionaries at 18 missions, - - - Mustees and Mulattoes, - - - - Wild mountain tribes officially estimated at, - Total in California as officially estimated, In Oregon, 59 small tribes estimated at, - - - 22,733 Grand total in the United States and Territories, 388,229 605 Cbickasaws, Cherokees, Creeks, Choctaws, - Arapahoes, Crow,-,, - Aurrickarees, Blackfeet, - Cheyennes, Caddoes, - Cbippewas, Delawares, - 15,000 - 3,500 - 5,600 - 24,100 - 11,180 - 19,500 - 17,500 - 20,000 - 6,500 - 17,450 In Texas, cc 64 - 92,130 - 7, - 4, - 11,500 Spanish - - 14,931 - - 1,300 - - 16,000 - - 32,231 ON THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. The numiLers in New Mexico and north of New Mexico, be tween the Rocky Mountains and the Indian Territory, west of Arkansas Missouri and Iowa, according to the official estimates, seem quite too large to correspond with the numbers in Cali fornia, Oregon, Texas, and east of the Mississippi River. The Pueblos are estimated at 11,180; the seventh census since taken shows that there were only 7,712. Judge Houghton and Mr. James L. Collins, who have resided in New Mexico many years, and have had good advantages for acquiring information, estimate the Camnanches of New Mexico and Texas at only 12,000. They estimate the Indians of New Mexico, including the Ca mnanehes of Texas and the Utahs, who roam into Utah territory, at less than 54,000. Their estimate for New Mexico, Texas, and Utah Territory, is about 57,000 less than that of the Indian Bureau. On comparing the area of the several States and Territories, their relative condition as hunting grounds, the various estimates of the Indian population, taking into consideration their wandering habits, and the liability to estimate the same persons two or three times over, my mind inclines to the conclusion, that the estimate of the Indian Bureau of those in New Mexico and Texas, is too high by more than 40,000; that the estimate for the open country, north of Texas and New MIexico, and east of the Rocky Mountains, is about as much too hi:h; and that the real number in the United States and Territories, is about 300,000. The number contained in the most of the tribes west of the Mississippi, is mere conjecture; and the number of Indians east of the Mississippi during the seventeenth and the early part of the eighteenth century, was equally uncertain. Many estimates of tlhem have been excessively extravagant and vague. The fears of the early settlers, aided by public rumors, generally magnified the numbers from two to tenfold. It has been estimated that the number in Massachusetts, prior to a traditionary plague in 1617, exceeded 100,000, and that there were 37,000 in the present State of Maine. Dr. Morse estimated that there were in Rhode Island in 1620, from 12 to 16,000; in 1670, about 8,000; and that there were from 35 to 40,000 in Connecticut at the latter period. The number in Massachusetts in 1698, is stated in Dr. Holmes's Annals at 4,168; the number reported by the census of 1765, was 1,569; and the number retuined by a recent census, 847, as heretofore stated. The Indians designated by Mr. Schooleraft as the Iroquois group, were mostly settled in the State of New York prior to the Revolutionary war, and were generally known as the Six 'ations of Indians. and sometimes as the Five Nations. 606 ON THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. In 1776, the Mohawks, and a portion of the Cayugas, took sides in the war with the British against the United States, and removed to Grand River in Upper Canada. In 1779, the Rev. Mr. Kirkland, long a missionary among the Oneidas, estimated the Six Nations as containing 6,330 souls; and said there were comparatively very few children among them. The most of the Iroquois constituted a confederacy of five tribes from some time in the seventeenth century, and afterwards of six tribes or nations. MIr. Schooleraft, in his Notes on the Iroquois, published in 1847, says, that " at a conference with the five cantons at Albany, in 1677, the number of warriors was carefully made out at 2,150, giving a population of 10,750; that according to Smith's estimate of the warriors in 1756, the whole number of souls was only about 6,000; according to Douglass in 1760, only 7,500; and according to Colonel Boquet in 1764, about 7,750. MIr. Schooleraft estimated the descendants of the Iroquois in Canada, at about 2,000. The Iroquois group has been heretofore stated as comprising (in 1848) about 5,912 persons. Deduct 812 for the Wyandots, and the Shawnees included with them, and add the 2,000 in Canada, and it shows that the descendants of the Six Nations of New York In dians, now number over 7000. From these statements it would seem that these Indians have decreased very little during nearly a century past. Mr. Schooleraft thinks their numbers have been less, but that they have been slowly increasing for many years past, since they have ceased to be engaged in wars, and have turned their attention to agriculture. 607 608 ON THE POPULATION OF TIIE NEW WORLD. Statement of the condition and leading products during the previous year, of agricultural industry of the Iroquois group of Indians, according to the census of 1848, and of that portion of them in the State of New York, according to the census of 1845, as reported by Mr. Schooleraft. The reports make nine subdivisions in New York in 1845, and fifteen in all in 1848, ten of which were in New York. There were no reports from many of the subdivisions on some branches of industry in 1848. Dew York Indians in 1845. Iroquois group inl 154lS4 Whole number of persons, Number in New York,. Marriages during the year, Births,... Deaths,... Families living by agriculture, Blacksmiths,... Carpenters,... Shoen,akers,... Number of children at school, Acres of improved land,. Indian corn raised, bushels, Wheat raised, c. Potatoes, ". Oats,. Beans and peas,. Butter made, pounds,. Iilch cows,... Oxen,... Other neat cattle,.. Horses and mules,.. Sheep,.. Hogs,... Ploughs,... Saw-mills,... Grist-mills,... Though the reports are incomplete so far as regards everything but population, yet so far as they go they show that those Indians have made, and are making, considerable progress in industry and civilization, and that they are increasing in numbers. I I i I 5,912 3,977 3 1 184 139 768 10 27 8 613 30,838 66,009 13,192 '16,676 128,736 5,938 41,164 1,303 774 2,546 1,903 832 7,115 737 is 3 3,753 3,753 36 121 120 371 15 10 8 13 1 3 12 6 9 5 9 12 12 12 12 12 12 11 13 12 13 13 8 -90 462 13,867 35,499 11,508 16,681 28,866 954 20,341 803 1,472 948 839 3,458 381 no report no report 13 13 7 3, ON THE POPULATION OF TIlE NEW WORLD. Statement of the number, condition, and leading products of agricultural industry of the previous year, of that portion of the Chickasaws which had been enumerated in 1849, and the returns published in Mr. Schooleraft's work; also of the Western Algonquins, with the exception of the Sacs, Foxes, and Menonlonies. Western Chickasaws. Algonquins. Number of Indians of full blood,.. 4,260 4,813 d, whit r,. grazin~ emaker, 4,260 627 2,264 265,351 4,252 63,917 14,402 5,789 14,788 1,148 24,142 Wheat raised, do,.. Potatoes, do, do,. Oats, do, do,. Beans, do, do,. Horses,.... Neat cattle,... Sheep,.... Hogs,.... Value of agricultural implements, IMr. Schooleraft has estimated the Indians in North Carolina in 1708, at about 6,000; and those in South Carolina, when it was first settled by English colonists, at about 7,000.* It is said in the report of H. Knox, secretary of war, bearing date, June 15th, 1789, " The whole number of Indian warriors south of the Ohio, and east of the Mlississippi, may be estimated at 14,000. Those to the northward of the Ohio, and to the southward of the lakes, at about 5,000. In addition to these, the old men, women, and children, may be estimated at three for every warrior-the whole number amounting to 76,000 souls. " The secretary of war in his letter to the President, bearing date July 7th, 1789, in relation to a treaty made with the * See Schooleraft's Notes on the Iroquois, p. 110 and 156. T See American State Papers, vol. YV., on Indiall Affairs, pp. 13, 38, 39, and 659. I 609 4,813 185 191 230 294 773 29 417 143,207 3,202 1 4,3 3 - 17,117 2,149 4,946 4,748 302 7,813 $42,000 ON THE POP.ULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. Cherokees, says, " The frequent wars they hadl with the frontier people of the United States, have greatly diminished their numbers." The commissioners appointed to negotiate a treaty with them in 1785, in the report of Dec. 2d of that year, make the following statement: " We have for the information of Congress collected as near as may be, the number of Indians in the four southern States, and we find the gun men of the Cherokees,....... 2,000 The Upper and Lower Creek nations, from an agent who resided seven years in their towns,.... 5,400 The Chickasaws,...... 800 The Choctaws,........ 6,00.0 The Choctaws, 60.0 Total,........ 14,200 There are also some remains of tribes settled among these, as Shawanees, Eutchees," &c., &c. The estimate of the secretary of war in June 1789, is evidently based mostly on the report of the commissioners of Dec. 1785, just referred to, which, judging from the present estimates of those tribes, was too high for the Choctaws, and quite too low for the Chickasaws and Cherokees. The commissioners appointed to negotiate with the Choctaws, in a communication to the secretary of war, bearing date Dec. 18th, 1801, say, " A very few families have commenced the culture of cotton; it is not manufactured by more than twelve in the whole nation, whose population exceeds fifteen thousand."' The report of the secretary of war of June 1789, estimating the Indians at 76,000, did not include those in New England, New York, and other middle States, probably numbering about 10,000, which were not under the jurisdiction of the United States, but were subject to the several States in which they resided. This would swell the whole number then east of the Mississippi River, to about 86,000, the descendants of whom now number over 112,000, according to the enumerations and estimates of the Indian Bureau, as heretofore stated. The probability is, that the Cherokees and Chickasaws, and perhaps some of those in the northwestern territory, were underestimated, and that there were nearly 100,000 Indians in the United States in 1789. Great numbers of them were destroyed in the various wars waged against them by the United States fromn 1790 to 1815, and many lives were lost in removing them west of the Mississippi; but there is no reason to doubt that, with these exceptions, all the tribes which have turned their attention to agriculture, have been increasing during the last fifty years. 610 ON THIE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. The tendency of the savage, and particularly the hunter state, is to separate and individual exertion-to isolation and individuality of character, and to produce petty independent tribes. Except for warlike purposes, they resist all efforts for association, union, and confederation of tribes. Hence the want of any regular institutions of government, of religion or education; of any fixed laws, accurate conceptions of morals, of personal rights, and of tribunals to administer justice. Hence individuals and tribes have no conceptions of any remedies for wrongs and injustice, except retaliation, force, violence, and murder. Savage tribes comning in contact, have frequent wars with each other; and after the country was colonized by Europeans, they had frequent wars with the whites. They are an isolated, austere, unsocial people, and have few children, as appears by the works of Mr. Schooleraft. As they are ignorant of medical science, and suffer great hardships, a very large proportion of their children die young. The principal causes of the decrease of the Indians in the United States, during the last two centuries are as follows: 1st. The introduction among them, and the use of intoxicating liquors. 2d. The frequent quarrels, murders, and bloody wars among themselves. 3d. Their wars with the whites. 4th. Frequent sufferings by reason of a want of the necessaries of life; and, Lastly. Ignorance of medical science. All these causes, except the first and third, operated with greater force before the settlement of the country by the whites, than they do at present. Though their hunting grounds have been contracted, yet the increased value of their furs, deer and buffalo skins, and the use of agricultural implements and domestic animals, which they have learned from the whites, more thlan compensate for the loss. The second and third causes have ceased to operate with the colonized tribes, as well as those east of the Miississippi; and the evils of the first, fourth, and fifth, have greatly diminished among those tribes which have fixed habitations, and give their attention to agriculture and grazing. I see no reason to believe that the number of Indians within the present limits of the United States, east of the Mississippi River, exceeded 200,000 when the European colonists first settled in Virginia, New York, and New England; nor that they exceeded 150,000 at the beginning of the eighteenth century; nor do I see any reason to doubt that the descendants of those 611 ON THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. Indians, now numbering about 112,000, may increase to 150,000, and perhaps more, before the close of the present century. It is to be hoped that the time is not far distant, when Congress will unite all the tribes colonized west of Arkansas and Missouri under one government, appoint a governor, judges, and marshals, or sheriffs, for them, and allow them a delegate in Congress, to look after their rights and interests. Union, and a regular system of government, would do more for them than anything else; which their excessive tendency to independent action will probably prevent them from ever forming, without the aid of Congress. As to the Indians farther west, they must be chastised into submission to the government and laws of the country, and a just regard for the rights of others, before much can be done effectually to learn them habits of regular industry, and the arts of civilization. The missionary cannot effect much without law, the judge, the sheriff, and the soldier. Sec. 11. Indianis of the British.orth American Provinces. .iir. Schooleraft, in his Notes on the Iroquois, gives the number of Indians in Canada, from a report of the Canadian parliament, as follows: In Lower Canada, 3,301, and in Upper Canada, 8,862-total, 12,163. This report, he remarks, " is at best but an estimate; and in this respect, the Canadians, like ourselves, are apt to over-estimate." M. I1. Perley, Esq., Indian Agent of the province of New Brunswick, gives the number in that province and Prince Edward's Island, according to a recent census, and estimates it for other provinces as follows: Indians in New Brunswick per census, Do. in Prince Edward's Island per census, Do. in Nova Scotia, estimated at, - - Do. in Newfoundland, estimated at, - Do. in Ter. of Labrador, estimated at, - Add for Canada, per Mr. Schoolcraft,- - Mlaking a total of, - - - - 19,987 MIr. Perley estimates the Mloravian lissionaries, and other white settlers among the Labrador Indians, at 1,000. He says the migratory habits of the Indians render it difficult to estimate them, and cause the same persons, in many instances, to be reckoned two or three times over; and that they have been generally greatly over-estimated. He says the government has no data for even estimating the Indians west of Canada and Hudson's Bay, which I shall put down as a mere conjecture at 20 000. 612 - 1)427 297 - 1,200 900 - 4,000 - 12,163 ON THE POPULATION OF THE NEW WORLD. SEC. 12. Poptdation of Anerica. opulation of Patagonia has been cstimated at 80,000, independent tribes of Indians of Mexi;co and South at from 1,000,000, to 1,500,000. The probability is, e estimates are too high. The enumerations made, more accurate information acquired, during the pretury, show that nearly all the estimates made of the a bes of America, have been entirely too high. tes of the population of America at the under-mentioned periods. * 1800. l 1820. l 1840. 1850. [Millions. Millionis. Millions. Millions. I, 3[exico,.. Guatemala,. San Salvador, Nicaragua,. Hlonduras,. Costa Rica,.. Venezuela,.. New Granada,. Ecuador,.. Peru,... Chili,... Bolivia, Argentine Republic, Uruguay,.. Paraguay,.. Cuba,... Porto Rico,. .7 1.8 1.05 .65 Total Spanish America,. Brazil,.... Guiana,. Other West India Islands, British Prov. North America, United States,... Indians in United States, Indians in Brit. Prov. and Ter. Other Indians not included above,.... Toa inAeia 37 25 63 4 * The estimates for the year 1800 are mostly in accordance w.ith those of Baron Hutmboldt, in his History of New Spain .1 I -1 I I 613 5. 6. 7. 7.5 .9 .3 .3 .3 .12 1.05 2. .65 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.14 .14 .22 1.2 .4 20. 7.4 .14 2. 2.3 23.25 .3 .04 6 1.25 1.5 1. s .8 2.1 1.15 .8 .95 1.8 .6 1.3 1.05 1. 1. .13 .2 .9 .38 18.11 6.3 .14 1.8 1.6 17.06 .3 .04 1.4 1.8 .6 .3 1 5. 0 ,5 4.3 .14 1.5 .73 9.53 .3 .04 .6 12.45 3. . 12 1.2 .33 5.3 .3 .04 1. 56.43 1. 23.74 1. 32.59 1. 46.35 Total in America,. CHAPTER XXI. ON THE PROPERTY AND PRODUCTIVE INDUSTRY OF THE UNITED STATES.-CONTINUED FROMI CHAPTER XIV. SEC. 1. On the wealth of the several States at different periods, and the amount of property to each person. I. Statement of the population of Massachusetts, the aggregate amount of taxable property according to the official valuations, and the average amount of property to each person, at the under-mentioned periods; also the per cent. increase of the population, from one period to another. Increase |PAmoun t to Years. Population. per cent. Value of Property. each Person. $44,024,349 72,065,718 97,949,917 153,545,171 208,856,422 299,880,338 597,936,995 In 1820 Maine was admitted as a State. Prior to that time it was a District, subject to Massachusetts, but it is not included in the foregoing table. The valuation of the property in Massachusetts and Maine, in 1792, and the amount to each person, was as follows: Amount to each Person. $115 72 Valuation. - $44,487,266 - 7,607,132 * See American State papers on Finance, vol. I. pages 420, and 443 to 541. 378,71,7 423,245 472,040 523,287 610,408 737,699 994,499 $116 170 207 293 642 406 601 1790 1800 isio 1820 1830 1840 1850 11.7 11.5 10.9 16.6 20.8 34.S Massachusetts, - laine, - PRODUCTIVE INDULTSTRY OF THE UNITED STATES. 615 II. Summary statement of the valuation of lands, town and city lots, and dwelling houses, in the several States, made by the assessors of direct taxes levied by the United States, for the years 1798 and 1813;* and the amount to each person,t at each period. Also the valuation of slaves in several of the States in 1813. Amount to each I~ 1' Valuation Valuation Amount to each Valuation of in Millions in Millions erson. Slaves in in 11. 1 798. 11in 1818. 181 3. 17 9 86 $1l $6 New Hampshire MNlassachusetts Mlaine - Rhode Island Connecticut Vermniont New York New Jersey Pennsylvania Delaware llaryland Virginia North Carolina South Carolina Georgia Kentucky Tennessee Ohio in 1815 * The States of New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Ohio, and some others, assumed their taxes for 1813, and hence no valuations were made that year; the sums stated as the valuations of those three States in 1813, were made in 1815. t As the slaves produce wealth by their labor, and consume the products of industry like other persons, for the purpose of instituting a fair comparison of the condition of the several States, they are not treated as property, but as persons, by whose labor a portion of the wealth of the country has been produced. I I I .I ni I I $23-17 83.99 11.06 48.31 16.72 100.38 86.44 102.'14 6.2'. 32.f,'T 71.22 30.84 IT.46 12.06 21.41 6.13 $619.93 $36-96 149.25 21..56 86.54 ,,2.75 265.29, *98.61 *346-63 14.22 106.49 no returns. 58.11 no returns. 11 11 28.75 *61.35 $132 151 160 194 120 IST IT6 iso 100 96 83 6T 54 83 112 68 $165 204 274 326 147 245 376 370 195 274 100 $0.003 .642 .142 14.526 "082 93 186 9.663 $59.258 ON THE PROPERTY AND t in millions of dollars, of the official estate in the State of V irginia, at the under-mentioned periods In 1850. 1st District-6,178,716 acres of land and buildings - -. The buildings upon it were valued at Value of buildings on city and town lots - - -. Value of city and town lots, includ ing buildings - - - 2d District - 9,945,362 acres of land and buildings - - - Value of buildings on the lands - Value of buildings on city and town lots - - - -. Value of city and town lots, includ ing buildings - - - 3d District6,527,368 acres of land and buildings. Value of buildings on the lands - Value of buildings on city and town lots - - - -. Value of city and town lots, includ ing buildings - - - 4th District-26,644,341 acres of land and buildings - - - Value of buildings on the lands - Value of buildings on city and town lots - - - -. Value of city and town lots, includ ing buildings - - - Total value of real estate and buildings, in 1850. Total value of the buildings only Total Valuation of real estate and buildings: In 1819. In 1838. 1st. Tide-water District - $71.49 $60.70 2d. Piedmont District - - 78.16 69.02 3d. The Valley District - - 41.17 42.99 4th. The Trans-Alleghany District - 16.06 39.22 Total valuation of real estate and buildings 206.88 211.93 616 $49.61 $10.92 16.16 28.35 73.28 12.13 2.74 4.5 53.12 8.04 2.SS 4.29 55.74 6.13 3.31 5.77 274.66 62.31 PRODUCTIVE INDUTSTRY OF THE UNITED STATES. 617 IV. Summary statement in millions of dollars, of the value of the taxable property in the States of Ohio and Kentucky, according to the official valuations made for levying taxes for the year 1850 Ohio. Kentucky. T$266,751 $14],7 20 74,638 32,124 65)190 98,487 60,348 4397876 299)382 Lands, buildings, and improvements - City and town lots, and buildings - Slaves - - - Other personal property, stocks, moneys, and credits - - The foregoing table shows that the average value of slaves in Kentucky was estimated in 1850 at about three hundred and ten dollars, including old, young, male and female. Table II. shows, that they were valued, in 1813, in Maryland, at about one hundred and thirty dollars, and in North Carolina, at about one hundred and ninety dollars. A comparison of valuations leaves no room to doubt, that lands in those States were assessed in 1813, at their full cash value, and the probability is, that slaves were also assessed at their full average value. Prior to 1790, the average value of slaves was less than one hundred dollars; they have increased in value more than three fold since that time; their average value in the United States at the present time (1852) being about three hundred and seventy dollars. Children a year old are generally valued in Virginia at about one hundred dollars each; those five years old are valued at from two hundred to two hundred and fifty dollars; and in the cotton planting States, they are more valuable than they are in the States bordering on the free States. V. Statement in millions of dollars, generally in accordance with the returns of the census of 1850,-ilst, of the value of farms and plantations in each of the States, including the wood and timbered lands thereon, or connected therewith; 2d, of the value of agricultural tools, implements, and machinery; 3d, of live stock; 4th, of all the lands and real estate, according to the valuations made in assessing state and county taxes; 5th, of all the personal property and effects, except slaves; 6th, the aggregate valuations of personal and real property; 7th, estimate of the true valuations or real amount of personal and real estate, exclusive of Total taxable property, ON THE PROPrERTY AND the value of Slaves; and, lastly, the average amount of property to each person, of the whole population: RPeal P ersonal Estate. Estate. Proper- jAmount ty esti- to each mated.* Person. $184. $ 230 103.6 326 92.5 294 59T.9 601 80.5 545 155.7 420 557.2 502 650. 326 208. 425 800. 345 8,879.4, 504.7 254 202.6 205 156.3 184 85. 212 42. 137 26. 135 .6 100 1,017.2 27.5 800 192.2 829 13 5 267 355. 250 131.6 152 175. 175 234. 238 120. 175 26. 124 Agricul.I Farms.'. ools, L Live &C Stock. *Maine - $58 $2.28 $9.7 New tIampshire 55.2 2.31 8.87 Vermont - 59.7 2.79 12.64 Massachusetts - 109.1 3-21 9.64 PIhode Island - 17.1.49 1.53 Connecticut - 72.7 1.89 7.46 New York Sn District - 136.3 4.04 18.72 *Nn District - 418.2 18.04 59.85 *New Jersey 120.2 4.42 10.68 *Pennsylvania - 407.9 1472 41.5 1.451.2 19 175.59 Ohio - 358.7 12 75 44.12 Ildiana - 136 4 6.7 22.48 Illinois - 96.1 6.4 4.21 *Michigan - 51 9 2.S9 8. WVisconsin - 28.5 1.64 4.88 *Iowa - - 16.6 1.17 3.69 MIinnesota.2.09 6SS.4 31.55 107.47 *Delaware - 18.9.51 1.85 A[aryland - 87.2 2 46 8. District Columbia 1.7.04.07 *Virginia - 216.4 7.02 83.65 Nortl Carolina - 67.8 3.93 17.72 *Tennessee - 97 8 5.36 30 Kentucky - 154.3 5.17 99.6 *.Missouri - 63. 3.96 19.77 *Arkansas - 15 3 1 6 6.65 =22.4 80H05 147.31l 722.4 0i147.31 1,274.8 I Foutli Carolina - 82 4 Georgia - - 95.7 *Florida - - 6 3 *Alabama - 64.3 MIississippi - 54.7 Louisiana - 75.8 Texas -,. 16.4 Texas~~ ~ ~ ~ -.. 164 21 02 27 2. 3 895.6 1 35.26 106.18 7477 -- I -~~~~~~~~~~747.7_ California - 3.9.1 38.85 16.4 5.6 22.0 22.2 Oregon -.18 1.87 *Utahi - -.8 *08.54.9 79 *Now Mexico - 1.6.08 1.49 8.7 60 5.8.44 7.T25 26.8 United States - 3,263.4 l1.49 543.80 6.445-9 277 * The estimated amounts of property in the northern district of New York, in the States of Maine, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Michigan, Iowa, Delaware, Virginia, Tennessee, Missouri, Arkansas, Florida, and Alabama, and also in the Territories, are my estimates,-the other amounts of property stated, including all those in the first six columns of the table, are either official estimates, or official valuations. In every case, where I have made an estimate, I have made it higher than the official valuation. I I I I I I i I I I I I I I i 3 618 Personal and Real. 100.2 92.2 72.9 597.9 TT.7 119.1 4-1, 3. T 293.8 49T.0 i 1 433.8 152.9 114-8 52.8 26.T 22.6 i 1 181.5 12.9 116.8 185 5 234. 21.6 5T.2 51.1 96.4 322.3 249.4 153 1 1 33T.5 112.9 81.5 21.2 16.9 15.7 26.6 22.T 111.4 44.4 1 96.3 39.9 83.3 55 5 7 12,5 274.6 71.7 104.3 173.9 66.8 17.2 .4 45.1 60.1 4.4 1,2T4.8 4.13 15.065.89 25.73 -6 r, 2.SS .5.12 21.69 5.76 19.4 11.57 11.15 2.13 10.27 105. T 121.6 153.5 182.T 10.9 130. 105. 136.1 29.5 43 4 60 8 149.1 182A 84.5 122.2 2T'.7 230 202 125 ITO 173 263 139 65.2 19.3 PRODUCTIVE- INDUSTRY OF TIlE UNITED STATES. VI. Estimate of the average and aggregate value of the slaves in the several States; the total valuation of property including slaves, according to the next preceding table, and the average amount to each free person: VALUE- OF TOTAL VALUE OF SLAVES. I OTIIER VALUE OF PROPERTY. PROPERTY. Each. IAggilliegates Millions. Alillions. Re in Mdillions. $300 $0.6S $27.5 $28.2 do. 27.01 1 192.2 219.2 do. 11 13.5 14.6 810 146.48 855. 501.5 830 95.17 131.6 226.8 3830 79.02 175. 254. 810 65.4 234. 299.4 do. 27.1 120. 147.1 350 16 44 26. 42.4 Amount to each Free Per son. $316 445 304 526 387 333 8S6 247 260 458.40 1 274.8 850 134.74 153.5 400 152.67 182.7 do. 15.72 10.9 do. 137.15 130. do. 123.96 105. do. 97.9t 136.1 do. 23.26 29.5 6S5.41 747.7 TS 1,143,51 2.022.5 The foregoing tables show that there has been a very great disparity in the relative increase of wealth of the people of the several States. The increase in Massachusetts and Rhode Island has been without parallel in the history of the world; the increase in England and WVales from 1800 to 1815 came the nearest to it. -(See Ante Chapter XIV., Section 7.) A comparison of the valuations in Table II. with each other, and with the statements in the other tables, induces the belief, that property was generally estimated at its full cash value in 1813, and but little under its cash value in 1798. The restoration of peace in 1815 was succeeded by immense importations of foreign goods, which flooded the country, induced extensive sales on credit, and vast speculations, which inflated the price of lands, and made a false show of prosperity, when it was undermining the industry of the country. These causes produced the extravagant valuations in New Jersey and Pennsylvania in 1815, stated in the table. These causes continued to operate, until the passage of the tariff of 1824; the country became embarrassed, and property began to fall, and continued to fall until 1824. Table III. shows that the real estate in the eastern part of Virginia was estimated I I I F 619 Delaware - -Maryland District of Columbia - Nrginia - - North CarolinaTennee - - Kentucky - - l,lissoui-i - - Arkansas - - 1.733.2 288.2 335.4 26.6 26T.1 229. 234. 52.8 1,016 64T 553 623 772 85T 341 South Carolina Geor-,Ia - *Florida - *Alabaiiialississippi l,oui,,iana, Texas - 1.433.1 3,166,3 Total in the Slave States ON THE PROPERTY AND at about $20,000,000 less in 1838, than it was in 1819, and it miust have been much less in 1824, than it was in 1838. Let the reader reflect upon the general fall of real estate from 1818 to 1824, and satisfy himself of the causes. While the average amount of property to each person in Massachusetts increased nearly fifty per cent. from 1840 to 1850, the average amount in the agricultural States increased very little. The per cent. of increase of the population from 1840 to 1850, was greater in each of the manufacturing States of Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and New Jersey, than it was in either of the great States of New-York and Ohio. In 1798, the average wealth of the people of Vermont and the northern district of New Yorle, was nearly as great as that of the inhabitants of Massachusetts; at the present time, it is only about half as great. Why this great change in relative condition? This question should excite the earnest inquiry of every reflecting man. The territory of Vermont is about a quarter greater than that of Massachusetts, and the soil much better, and yet the farming lands of the latter are valued at an amount nearly twice as great as those of the former. The rich lands of the north western States are of comparatively small value, for want of manufacturing, industry, and a large manufacturing population, to create a demand for their products. The anticipated benefits of canals and railroads to agricultural communities, without manufacturing or mining industry, have, to a very great extent, proved delusive. The tables show that there is a much greater amount of wealth in the slave States, than the people of the free States have generally supposed; and that the cotton planting States are at present more prosperous than the agricultural States of the north and northwest. They show that the prosperty of a country depends less on the question between slavery and freedom, than it does on the spirit, habits, and pursuits of the people, and on a proper division of employments, in accordance with their wants, and with the resources of the country. It is idle and absurd for a people to produce what they do not need and cannot sell to advantage, and rely on purchasing of foreigners articles of necessity, which they might learn to produce themselves. 620 PRODUCTIVE IN't)DUTSTRY OF THE UNITED STATES. SEC. 2. Improved Lands and Live Stock of the several States. Statement in thousands, of the number of acres of improved lands contained in farms and plantations, and of the number of horses, cattle, and other live stock in the several States, according to the Census of 1850; also the numbe i1 the Unte Stte acordn to th Census_J!_ of.1_840: _ o u Work Other Sheep. Swine. . Oxen. Cattle Slleep. Swine. _~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 811 1261 452 55 59 115 385 63 48 154 920 66 47 83 1 89 81 28 9 44 20 5 47 80 174 76 293 567 2.164 361. 179 767 3,453 1,018 3 12 80 161 250 6 61 562 1,822 1,040 3 252 1,409 5,436 2:308 65 749 3,943 1,965 5 40 390 1,123 2;264 I 76 541 894 1,916 0 55 119 746 206 4 43 76 125 159 6 22 69 150 323 4 302 1,945 6,981 6,834 9 0 24 27 56 7 34 99 178 353 8 89 669 1,310 1,831 2 37 434 595 1.813 0 86 414 812 3,114 7 62 443 1,102 2,861 8 111 446 756 1,692 3 34 165 91 837 5 464 2:695 4,872 12,559 3 20 564 286 1,065 4 73 690 560 2,169 3 6 182 23 209 8 67 433 372 1:904 4 83 436 305 17583 6 55 415 110 597 5 50 637 99 684 3 354 3,357 1,755 S8,211 4 5 254 17' 3 9 8 24 15 30 5 5 2 3 1 1 12 10 377 7 9 -30 290 4]2 o l 911,695; 10,263 21,620 30,314 14,971 19,311 26.301 Imiproved Lands. Maine,.. 2,039 New Hampshire,. 2,251 Vermont,... 2,591 Massachusetts,.. 2,133 Rhode Island,..! 356 Connecticut,. ]{ 1,768 11,138 S. District of N. York, 2,124 N. District ofN. York, 10,285 New Jersey,.. 1,768 Pennsylvania,.. 8,628 22,805 Ohio,... 9,851 Indiana,... 5,046 Illinois,... 5;039 Michigan,... 1.929 Wisconsin,.. 1,045 Iowa,... 824 Minnesota,.. 5 23,739 Delawyare,.. 581 Maryland,.. 2,798 District of Columbia, 16 Virginia,... 10,361 North Carolina,. 5,454 Tennessee,.. 5,175 Kentucky,.. 6,068 Missouri,... 2,925 Arkansas,... 781 34,159 South Carolina,.. 4,072 Georgia,... 6,378 Florida,... 349 Alabama,... 4,435 Mississippi,.. 3,444 Louisiana,.. 1,590 Texas,..: 639 207907 California,... 62 Oregon,... Utah,... 16 New 3Aexico,.. 166 244 United States,..112,992 United States in 1840,1 rdlng to t 4e Hor's. Nlulls 42 34 61.2 42 6 27 _ 212.3 447.9 64 4.1 350 2.3 861 7.3 ] 463 3.4 314 6.6 26'3 10.6 5S.1 30.1 38.7 1,172 21.5 14.2 76 5.6 272 21.5 149 25.3 270 75.3 315 65.6 223 41.5 60 11.6 ,380 247.2 97 37.5 151 57.4 11 5.0 128 59.9 115 54.5 89 44.8 75 12.4 666 271.5 22 1.6 Si.4 2.3 5 8.6 37 10.9 4,328 558.7 4,335.6 I 621 YMilch Cows. 134 94 146 130 29 8 618 931 119 53O 1,580 544 28 294 10( 64 4~ 1,33' 1 8 31~ 22' 25( 24 22~ 9. 1,46 19 33 7 22~ 21 10( 21~ 1,36 1 2! 6,38' ON THE PROPERTY AAN SEc. 3. Agricultural Products of the several States in 1849. Statement in millions, of the number of bushels of wheat, rye, maize or Indian corn, oats, buckwheat, Irish potatoes and sweet potatoes, produced in the several States in 1849, according to the returns of the Census of 1850: Irish l Smpeet potatos potatos 3.436 4.305 4.947 3.585 .651 2.689 19.613 15.398.005 3.207.508 5.980.062 24.585.575 5.057.188 2.083.202 2.515.157 2.36.001 1.402.001 .276.006 .021 13.714.555 .240.065 .765.209 .028.003 1.317 1.813 .620 5.095 1.061 2.778 1.492.998 .934.332 .194.788 6.651 12.081 .136 4.337 .227 6.986 .007.757 .246 5.475 .261 4.741 .095 1.428 .093 1.323 1.065 25.045 .009.001 .091 .043 .143.001 65.771 38 o7 108.'298.060 Wheat. Rye. Maize. Oats. Buck wheat .296.103 1.75 2.18.104 .186.183 1.57.97.065 . 526.176 2.03 2.3.1.209 .031.481 2.34 1.16.106 .026.54.21.001 .042.600 1.93 1.26.229 1.081 1.569 10.16 8.09.714 13.121 4.148 17.86 26.55 3.183 1.601 1.255 8.76 3.38.879 15.367 4.805 19.83 21.54 2.193 30.089 10.208 46 45 51.47.6.255 14.487.425 59.07 13.47.638 6.2141.079 52.96 5.65.149 9.414.083 57.64 10.08.184 4.926.106 5.64 2.86.473 4.286.081 1 99 3.41.079 1.530.02 8.65 1.52.052 .001.02.03.001 40.858.794 185.97 37.02 1.576 .482.008 3.14.6.008 4.495.226 11.10 2.24.103 .017.005.06.01 11.232.459 35.25 10.18.214 2.130.229 27.94 4.05.016 1.619.089 52.27 7.70.019 2.140.415 58.67 8.20.016 2.967.044 36.07 5.24.023 .199.008 8.89.65 25.281 1.4831233.39 38.87.399 1.066.044 16.27 2.32 1.088.054 30.08 3.82 .001.001 2..06 .294.017 28.75 2.96 .138.009 22.44 1.5.001 10.22.09 .042.003 5.92.18 2.629.128 115.68 10.93.001 .017.01 .212.06 .108.01.01 .196.36 ___ .533.38.07 100.471 14.182 592.03 146.45 8.945 84.823 18.645,377.53 123.07'7.291 622 - maine, New Hampshire, Vermont,. Massachusetts,. Rhode Island,. Connecticut,. New Yorlc, New Jersey, - Pennsylvania,. Ohio, Indiana,. Illinois,. Michigan,. Wisconsin,. Iowa, - Minnesota,. Delaware,. Mary]aDd,. District of Columbia,. Virginia,. North Carolina,. Tennessee,. Kentucky,. Alissouri,. Arkansas,. South Carolina.. Georgia,. Florida,. Alabam,i,. Mississippi, Louisiana,. Texas, California,. Oregon,. Utaii, New Mexico, United States, United States in 1839, .0 /I.uU 4.481 2.326 14.927 12.685 10.196 4.588 2.61 2.922 2.15.249 2.043 2.439 .254.611 .374.078 .003 17.627 10.890 .058 .480.048 2.861 1.228 .971.028 1.364.158 2.297.437 1.616.179 .183.009 9.830 2.087 .487.671 .990 1.6'44 .023 2.752 .657 8.243 .559.388 .110 226.0 .1311 7.351 2.957'247.049 .005 .03 .009 .033 0.77 __ 52.513 280 926 !35.802,155.111 .055.166.91 .811 3.757.99 .060.354 10.45 .036.045 1.04 .083.111.84 .074.075 .021.209 .005.025.01 .010.001 .289.820 12.34 .004 .013.001 21.41 .008.01 i.522.025.017 56.8 1.584.003 5.466 11.98 .369.003.259 20.15 .202.095.006 55.5 . 046.009 17.1 .286.063.22 3.034.136 5.811 183.17 1.027.004 159.93.07 1.142.011 38.95.42 .135 1.075 1. .893.004 2.311i.16 1.073 2.719.05 .162 4.425.03 .179.005.088.07 4.611r.024!209.498 1.80 .002.010 .006.0 .002 .016.01 .024 0.12.01 9.219 5.163 215309 199.72. Ut 4.1611 80.841,219.16 .1 I Pennsylvania, Ohio,. Indiana, Illinois,. Michigan,. Wisconsin,. Iowa,. Minnesota, Delaware, Maryland, District of Columbia, Virginia,.. North Carolina, Tennessee, Kentucky, Missouri, Arkansas, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Mississippi.. Louisiana, Texas,. California, Oregon, Utah, New Mexico, 3.95 73.85 194.53 .76 65.34 338.43 300.9 499.09 45.13 564.43 484.29 178.74 57.59 2,130.17 2 468.60 I1,976.2 United States, United States in 1839, ON THE PROPERTY AND Statement in thousands, of the gallons of molasses made, of the value of the products of orchards, market gardens, and home-made or domestic manufactures, and, in millions, of the pounds of butter and cheese made, and the value of animals fattened for slaughter, during the year ending June 1, 1850, according to the returns of the Census - H. made ~~Animals H. made Butter. Clheese. Fattened manuf's. Fattened. $514 9.244 2.434 $1,647 393 6.977 3.196 1,523 278 11.871 8.730 1,871 205 8.071 7.088 2,501 26.995.316 667 1 92 6.498 5.363 2A202 1,608 43.656 27.127 10,411 1,280 79.766 49.741 13,5'74 113 9.487.366 2,638 749 39.87,8 2.505 8o220 2,142' 129.131 52.612 214,432 1,712 34.449 20.819 7,439 1.631 12.881.624 6,568 1,156 12.526 1.278 4,9712 341 7.066 1.011 1,328 43 3.634.4 920 221 2.171.21 820 .001 003 5.104 72.728 24.342 22,050 38 1.055 003 374 112 3.806.004 1,95 11~ 5.004:5 e.015.001 9 2,156 11.089.436 7,500 2,086 4.146.096 5,768 3,138 8.139.178 6,402 2,457 9.878.214 6;45)9 1,663 7.792.202 3:349 638 1.854.03 1,163 12,290 47.774 1.164 32.979 909 2.982.005 1,303 1,839 4.64.047 6,340 76.371.018 515 1,934 4.009.031 4,823 1,164 4.346.021 3,636 139.683.002 1:459 256 2.326.091 1,106 6:317 19.357.215 19:182 7.001 100 .211.037 164 1.083.031 68 6.006 82 141.295.074 414 $27,475,312.941 105.534 $109,469 $29,023 i val. M35,787,008 Molasses rPducts Pro. mkt Mlse.orch'ds gardens.~ Maine,.. 3.1 $343 $122 New Hampshire,. 9.8 248 57 Vermonrt,.. 6. 315 19 Massachusetts. 4:7 464 600 Rhode Island,. 64 98 Connecticut,...7 175 197 24.3 1,609 1,093 New York,.. 56.5 1,762 912 New Jersey,..9 607 475 Pennsylvania,. 50.6 723 689 108. 3,092 2,076 Ohio,... 308.3 695 214 Indiana,.. 180.3 325 73 Illinois,.. 8.3 446 127 Michigan,.. 19.8 133 15 Wisconsin,.. 9.9 5 32 Iowa,... 3.2 8 9 AIinnesota,.. 529.8 1.612_ 470 Delaware,.. 46 12 Maryland,.. 1.4 164 201 Dist. of Columbia, 15 67 Virginia,.. 40.3 177 183 North Carolina,..7 34 39 Tennessee,.. 7.2 53 97 Kentucky,.. 40. 106 293 Missouri,.. 5.6 512 99 Arkansas,.. 40 17 95.2 1,147' 1,008 South Carolina,. 15.9 35 47 Georgia,.. 216.1 93 76 Florida,.. 352.8 1 9 Alabama,.. 83.4 15 85 Mississippi,.. 18.3 50 46 Louiisiana,..110,931.2 22 148 Texas,.. 441.6 12 12 12.09.3 228 423 California,.. 17 75 7 Oregon,.. 1 90 Utah,... 24 New Mexico,. 4.2 8 7 4.2 26 196 United States, 12.820.8 $7.7 14 $5,266 IU. States in 1839,. $7,257$2,601*, * Nureir-es and florists, in 1839, $593,534. I 624 PRODUCTIVE IXDUSTRY OF THE UNITED STATES. Statement of other agricultural products returned with tho Census of 1850, not included in the foregoing tables: i uatiy ;Quantity. LEstimaete[d Value. Wine made,-gallons,....t.... 221,248 $221,000 Hay,- tons....... 12,839,141 Clover seed,-bushels,......... 467,9S3 Other grass seed,-bushels,.......... 413,154 Hops,-pounds,........ 3,467,574 346.000 Flax,-pounds,............13,391,415 805,000 Flax seed,-bushels,........... 562,810 Silk cocoons.-pounds,........... 14,763 29,000 Beeswax and honey,-pounds,.....14,850.627 1.856,000 Hemp,-tons,.....I 35 093 13 150,000 Estimated income of agriculturists in the United States, from labor and capital, employed during the year ending, June 1st, 1850, including the value of improvements*: Wheat,* 90,4.24,000 bushels at an average price of 80cts. Rye,* 16,781,000 bushels at 50cts. Indian Corn,t about 120,000,000 bushels used for food and sold to distil, export, and to use for other than agricultural purposes, at 40cts. Oats,* perhaps half, or 67,100,000 bushels sold and used for other than agricultural purposes, at 28cts. Buckwheat,* 8,200,000 bushels, at 50ects. Potatoes,* 96,360,000 bushels, at 25ets. Peas and Beans,* 8,450,000 bushels, at 80cts. Barley,* 4,650,000 bushels, at 50ets. Rice, 215,000,000 lbs. at 3cts. Tobacco, 199,720,0001bs. at 4"cts. Cotton, 987,200,0001bs. at 10~cts. Wool, 52,513,0001ooolbs. at 30cts. Cane Sugar, 247,778,0001bs. at 4lcts Maple Sugar, 33,980,OOOlbs. at 8cts. Molasses, 12,820,000fgals. at 20cts. Products of Orchards, valued at Products'of Market Gardeners Value of home-made goods, less one-half for materials, &c. 13.73 * NoTE-One-tenth part of the wheat, barley and rye, and one-twelfth part of the oats, buckwheat, peas, beans and potatoes, have been deducted for seed; and the remaining quantities stated at their estimated average values, at the places of production.. f As to the disposition of the crop of Indian corn, see section 3, of chap. xi. and note on page 275. 27 625 Millions. $ 72.34 8.39 48.00 18.79 4.10 24.09 6.76 2.33 6.45 9.00 101.18 15.75 1.15 2.72 2.56 7.71 5.206 ON THE PROPERTY AND Millon& 43.81 7.38 109.47 3.26 3.15 Butter, 312,941,0001bs. at 14cts. Cheese, 105,534,0001bs. at 7cts. Value of animals fattened and slaughtered,* Value of wine, hops, flax, silk cocoons, bees-wax, an honey, heretofore estimated at, Hemp, 35,093 tons at $90 One-fifth part of the Hay, estimated as sold, and n used by agriculturists, valued at Annual increase, of live stock, over and above thos killed, 3 per cent. (being the same as the increase o the inhabitants), valued at Horses, Mules, &c., raised and sold for purposes othe than agriculture, estimated at Clearing and Fencing 2,800,000 acres of land at $11 Draining, and other agricultural improvements Mlilk and Cream consumled, estimated as worth one third part as much as the butter and cheese, Products of domestic gardens, estimated at Eggs and poultry, estimated at rotal SEc. 4. —,1Ianztfactitring, 3lechaizical, and MIitig Iidutstry of the several States an 1850. Statement of the capital and number of persons employed iu the United States, in manufactures of cotton, wool, and iron-the value of the raw materials used, including fuel, &c., and the gross value of the products, during the year ending, June 1st, 1850, according to the returns of the census; also the average amount of capital employed, and the net value produced to each person: Wroxn.h Cotton. Wool. Pig Iron. Castings. WIronlt Capital invested (millions) $74.5 $28.12'$17.34 $17.41 $14.49 Valueofproducts in millions' 61.87 43.2 12.75 25.1 16.74 Value of materials do. I 34.83 25.7 7. 10.34 f 9.69 Net value produced do. 27. 17.5 5.75 14.76 7.05 Males employed 33.150 22.67S 20.298 23.541 13.178 Females employed 59.136 16.574 150 48 79 Capital to each person $307 $716. $848 $740 $1.093 Net value produced to each person. S2__ 93 $444 $28S0 $625 $531 * The rettiurnis of the value of animals slaughtered agree substantially with the estimates of animal prodlucts cornsuime(d, contained in section 3, chap. xi, (page 278,) and show that the estimates of animal )roducts, anid the increase of animals contained on page 4.54, are greatly too high-perhaps too high by tilty nillionrs of dollars, considering that the whole value of the corn ant cats is estimated in addition. 626 25.00 16-37 5.00 30.80 8 I'Y.00 I;.oo 15.00 $657-50 14.6 26.1. 91.4 1 159.9 23.4 48.3 35.6 53.4 13.3 22.2 44.6 1 90.6 116.!9 214.5.. 116.9 214.5 425.2, Ohio - Indiana - Illinois - 3Iichigan - Wisconsin - Iowa Minnesota - * The returns for 1850, embrace only industrial establishments, the pro. ducts of which exceed in value $500 per annum. This arises from a defect in the Statute regulating the taking of the census. It is proper to remark, also, that the statements so far as regards many of the States, are taken from the first hasty examination of the schedules, and may be corrected by a revision, and a more careful examination of them. The returns from California and the territories are too uncertain to base any safe conclusions upon them. i J II i i I I I I Connecticut 24.5 155. 48.8 2SO. New yk $ S.'Dis t N. Dis. New Jersey - Pennsylvania - 70.2 63,4 22. 79.4 130.9 106.8 39.7 1471.8 235. 425.2 14.3 4.2 3.4 3.2 .8 '3 62,1 18.7 16.7 10.5 8.7 3.4 , 5 $120.15 33.4 9.3 9. 5.6 5.3 2. .02 $64.62 28.4 7.9 6.1 6.5 3.4 1'21 '09 $53.60 $26.2 ON THE PROPERTY AND) VMaterials. In 1840. $1.6 7.3 1. 14.4 4. 5.3 6.6 3.1 .4 43.7 Delaware - - iIaryland - -. Dist. Columbia - Virginia - - N. Carolina - Tennessee - - Kentucky - - Missouri - - Arkansas - - $2.8 17.3 1.5 18.1 4.2 4.7 12.5 12.4 .3 73.8 S. CarolinaGeorgia - Florida - Alabama - Mississippi - Louisiana - Texas - Florida - -.7.7.2.6 I78 2. 11 2. Californ Oregon New M United States - $296. $525.6 I $541.3 $1,006.1 Deduct the materials - - - 541.3 Net Value produced by Labor and Capital $464.8 SEc. 5. Income fromt Capital and Inldustry int the U,izited States, i,n 1850. The returns of the census of 1850 give no information on the subject of commerce and navigation. The census of 1840 states the amount of capital employed in commerce, retail-trade, navigation, and internal transportation, at $390,972,000; which, in connection with the annual reports on commerce and navigation, made by the Secretary of the Treasury, the reports of transporttion by canals and railroads, and the reports of Chambers of I i 628 Capital Product& In 18" $2.8 14.7 1. is.i 7.7 7. 14.2 4.2 .4 70.1 ..$4.7. 32.5 2.2 29.6 9.4 9.4 23.3 24.2 .7 136.0 .6 .8 .1 .8 .9 .1 12.7 2.1 .2 PRODUCTIVE I.NDUSTRY OF THIE UNITED STATES. 2 Commerce, furnish the only reliable information from which the income from that branch of industry and business can be estimated. The increase in the coinmmerce of the United States, between the years 1840 and 1850, was about equal to the increase of the population. I have estimated the income fromnt commerce, navigation, and transportation, in 18 S,O, at about $169,000,000;' add to that sum, one third, and it would give $225,000,000, as the income for the year ending June 1st, 1850. The returns of the census of 1850 furnish very few returns of the products of the forest and fisheries, which must be mostly estimated from those of the census of 1840. Thle value of pot and pearl ashes made, is included with the products of manufacturing establishments. The products of the forest, in 1840, including fuel, and excluding pot and pearl ashes, have been valued at about $38,500,000; and they mlay be estimated in 1850, at $50,000,000. The net products of the fisheries in 1840, have been estimated at over $10,000,000, and they may be estimated at that sum for 18S3). Estimated income of the people of thle United States, arising firom labor and capital employed in agricul ture, and on farms, during the year ending June 1st, 1850, brought forward nearly. Income from manufeacturing, mechanical, and mining industry, about. Income friom commerce, navigation and transportation Income from the forest estimated at - - - - Income from the fisheries, estimated at - - - Total - _ This sum gives an average income to each person in the United States, of nearly sixty-one dollars; and if the average consum ption of each slave does not exceed $30 (which is the largest sum usually estimated), it allows an average income to each free person in the United States, of about $65,. After correcting the estimate of the value of animal products, and the increase of animalst over and above the value of the * See Chap. xiv. sec. 16. t The returns of the census of 1840 do not include the value of animals slaughtered. This information contained in the census of 1850, enables me to correct my estimate of the income from animals in 1840, and shows that the estimates contained on pages 453 and 454, and carried into the aggregates on page 462, were too high, by not less than forty millions of dollars. More than three fourths of the Indian corn is consumed by animals, and is included in the value of hogs, cattle, and sheep slaughtered. 629 mil. $659. 465. 22,5. 150. 10. $1,408. ON TIlE PROPERTY AND grain consumed by them, the result will show that the aggregate amount of the productive industry of the United States in 1840, was about $980,000,000; which was equal to about $5721 to eachi person, and about $62 to each free person, after deducting the support of the slaves. On correcting the estimates of the income from animals, it will reduee the aggregate income of the agricultural States, stated on pa(rge 462, very considerably, and show the disparity between the average income of the people of the agricultural States of the north, and that of the manufacturing States, greater than it is there stated. The remarks at the end of section S18 of Chap. xiv. (ante pages, 463, 464) apply to the condition of the United States in 1850, and to the census of that year, nearly as well as to the census and year 1840. Cotton wag not so high in 1840, as it was in 1850; and hence the income of the cotton-planting States,and the profit of slave labor in them, was greater at the latter, than it was at the former period. The income in 1850, of slave labor in Louisiana, Mississippi, and some other States, exceed the income from free agricultural labor in the north western states, much more than appears fromnt the table on page 462. Why is it that farming lands in MTassachusetts, are worth twice as mnuch as those of the same quality in Vermont and Ohio; and from three to four times as much as those of the same quality in Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, and Wisconsin?* Why is it, that the increase of wealth, and particularly of the value of real estate, has been so much more rapid-in Massachusetts, than in Vermont, and in the northern District of New York? Why is it that the average amount of productive industry to each person, is about twice as great in M1assachusetts, as it is in Vermont, Ohio, or any of the ricih agricultural States of the north-west? Why is it, theen, from 1840 to 1850, the increase of population in Massachusetts and Rhode Island, was firom 34 to 35 per cent., and less than 8 per cent. in Vermont; and that great numbers of persons went from the latter to the former, in search of employment? Why are all the agricultural countries of the earth, poor, when compared with manufacturing countries? Why is agricultural Ireland poor, and manufacturing Britain, immensely rich, beyond all forrmer examples, in the history of the world? How can these results (shown by the censuses of the United States, of 1840, and 1o50, and the statistics of other countries), be accounted for? These are questions which should command the attention, not only of every statesman, but of every farmer, and of every citizen. I cannot account for the facts, for the condition * See Tables, J, II, IV. and V, in section 1, of thiis chapter. 630 PRODUCTIVE INDUSTRY OF TIJE UNITED STATES. of classes, communities, states, and nations, and the different degrees of progress made by them during the last two centuries, and particularly during the last forty years,,except on the principles stated and discussed in these essays. Let every man inquire into the causes for himself. 631 I INDEX. A. AFraICA, 573. Agriculture —preceded by the use of the metals and the mechanie arts, 58 to 60, and dependent upon them, 149 and 176. Agricultural iinplerr.enllts-improvements in, 177. Agricultural produtets-of England, 419 and 427; of Holland and Belg(ium, 441; of France, 219 and 443; of MAlexico, 449 of the United States, 453, and 622 to 625-Increase of in Europe, 219 to 225. See also AVheat, Cotton, &e. Alcohol-its properties, 533; its effects, 535 to 537; quantities consumed, 540 to 545. American Colonies-their settlement and progress in population, 578 to 583. Anti -Masonry and Anti-Slav ery, 117. Argentine Republic, 601 and (13. Aristocracy-tlie different classes, their characteristics and infltu ence, 90. Arts-the useful arts and ag,ricelture among ancient nations, 175. Asia-population of, 573 to 57(;. Assignacts of France, 253 and 268; of Russia, 254. Associations and Corporations-thleir origin and character, 494 and 513; their advantages, 495 and 517; their influence on civil liberty, 531. Auricular Confession and its influence, 68. Austrian Empire, 220 and 416. See also Europe. Balance of trade-the causes which produce it, 369; effects of an adverse balance, 32, 258 to 263, and 407; effects of foreign debts, 382 to 385, and 393 to 402. B. INDEX. Banks and banking —history of, 252; notes issued in Europe and America, 253 to 257; in the United States, 261, 264; fail ures of, 32 and 267 to 269. Remedy suggested, 269. Bankrtptcies-See Failures. Ba,ley —production and use of, 214. Belgium-,See IIolland and Belgium; also Europe. Benefit Societies, 523. Bolivia, 613. Brazil, 602. British Provinces of North America, 594 to 599. Buckwheat and Millet, 215. Buenos Ayres —See Argentine Republic. Buildings-See Houses. C. Canada, 594 to 598. Canals, 501 and 508. Capital-should be divided into material and immaterial, 130; and distinguished fiom materials and products, 129 to 132; im mnaterial capital more important and difficult to acquire than material capital, 134 and 135. Capital employed in Great Britain in agriculture, 431; do. in mianutfactures and mining, 432 and 433; amount employed in the United States in agriculture, 460 and 618; do. in manufactures, 455 and 626d to 628; do. in mining, 457; do. in commerce, 459; com par'ative amount to each person, in each employment, 460. Capital and labor-importance of organizing them, 494. Castes and condition of societv in ancient times, 512. Carriages and Coaches, 500. Catholic Church-its system of Government, 77. See also Pope and priesthood. Centralization of power-its evil tendencies, 100 to 103. Cereal grainiis —their histoy,, production and consumption, 211 to 222. Charters of cities and towns, 101 and 514. Cheap goods and products-what is the true test of cheapness to the consumer, 479 to 480. Chili, 601 and C13. China, 574. Chimneys-their origin, 181. Chloroform, 534 and 536. Christians-character and usages of the early Christians, 83. Christianity and church government-their supposed end and pur pose, 73 to 75. See also Religions, Religious Persecutions, Protestant Churches, and Ecclesiastical GovarInment 634 IXNDEt. Civilizatioln defined, 54. Industry, lproperty and education lie at its foundation, 55; successive steps in its progress, 56 to 65; its origin in warm cliiiaates, 178. Civil liberty-its progress, 120 and 514. Clergvy-See Pope and Priesthood; also Ecclesiastical Government. Coal-its uses and production, 159 and 168. Coffee-its production and consumption, 2209 and 232; its good influence, 234 and 544. C(ombinationrs of political )paitisans, and thir evNil influences, 112. See lso Political Associat ions and Parties. Coin-au instrument of conmmnerce, 132; exports of, and imports into the United States, 258 to 260. See Precious Metals. Cold aid heat their influences, 183 and 184. Colonial poliey of Europe, 141. Colonization Societies, 519. Coinmeive-its oigin, basis and advantae, 60; its object and legitimate sphere, 3(67 to 369. Domestic commerce depends ol a divisioii of emplotiymeiits, 370. Tendencies of commiierce, 33 and 373. Exlxits and imports, on wlhat they depend, 378 to 380; hlow influenced by paper money, 380. Ihow foreigrn commerce should be regulated, 385 to 389. Exports, imports and for-eign debts of the United States, fron 1790 to 1850, p. 389 to 402. Exports and commercial policy of Great Bitain, 403 to 409 and 335 to 342; do. of France, 410 to 413; do. of Belgium, 415; do. of Austria, Rlussia and Cuba, 416. Effects of foreign commerce on industry, 493. Common law-See Laws and Gov-eruniment of England. Common Schools-See Scehools. Con)petition-utility of, and inijurious effects of excessive competi tion, 297. Confederation, or Conifedera.cy, 102 and 514. Consolidated Government, 1 03. Conventions-See Political Conventions. Copper-uses of, and quantities produced, 161 to 163; prices of, 349. Corporations-See Associations and Corporations. Cotton-thle production, manufacture, and trade in, 199 to 209 comparative prices of cotton goods, 335 to 341. Cuba-exports of, 416; population, 599. See also Coffee and Sugar. D. Debts-tl)eir depressing influence upon individuals and nations, 382. Foreign debts more ilijurious to a comrmunity than domestic debts, 385; foreign debt of United States from 1820 to 1850, p. 395 to 402; foreig,n debts due to Great Britain, 434 to 435 29* C) 3 Z, INDEX. Demand and supply-effect of on prices, 301 and 304. Natural limit to the demand for food-no limit but poverty to the demand for objects of ornament and fashion, 303. Democracy defined. It cannot be sustained in its purity among a very ignorant people, 94. Denmark, 570, and see Europe. Dependence of men upon their fellow citizens, 371. Despotism-its causes mand instruments, 15 andl 92. Distillation, 533. Division of employments, 136. It should be adapted to the condi tioni and wants of a people 273. Too imany emnployed in agriculture in the United States and in Ireland, 286 to 2S9. efilections upon an imnropler division, and its effects, 285 to 296. Duties-.-See Protective duties. Ecclesiastical Government-its origin and progress, 75 and 514 its tyranny, 66 to 73. See Pope and Priesthood. Ecuador, 602 and 613. Education-its different kinds, and history of its progress in Scotland and New Enland, 43 to 47. Education and exercise neces sary to develope the faculties of man, 49 to 53. See also Mind, Man, Schools, and Opinions. Elections by general ticket —evils of, and remedy suggested, 113. Electric Telegraphs, 506. Emigration fiomn Great BrIitain and Ireland, 565 to 567; to the United States, 566 and 588 to 591. Employments-See Division of Empl)oyment-,s. Employments personified, 143. England and \T,ales, 559, and see Great Britain. Eras in the history of England, 1)9. Eras of reform in government and jurisprudence, 120. Ether, 534 and 536. Europe-)production of grain in, 219 to 225; do. of the metals, 159; money in circulation, 252 to 266; population of, 551. Exports of at countrty-on what they depend, 378. See Commerce. Facts-the principles of political economy should be deduced from facts, 471. Factories-number in Great Britain, Ireland, and the United States, 205. Failures of banks and business men, 32, 268, 269, 323, and 407. Famines, dearths, and scarcities of food, 223, 324 to 325. O.(; E. P. INDEX. Fatalism-its influence on the character of the Mahometans, 87. Feudal privileges, 469. Field of employment defined —its importance, 136. Fire-arms-see Gunpowder. Flax and hemp —production and manufacture of, 196 and 625; prices of linen goods, 335 to 342. Flour-titrade in, 221; prices of, in Cincinnati, 353; do. in New York, fiom 1828 to 1851, 355 to 356; see also Wheat. France-the population, revenues, and power of, firom 17S89 to 1815, compared with those of Great Britain, 29; production of grain, 219; do. of wine, 236; of its commerce, 410 to 414; do. population, 555 to 558. Free-Masoinry, 522. Free production, but not free trade-the true rule, 471. Free tiade-theory of cost and price, 314; theory of the effect of competition, 315; false assumptions involved in the theory, 316 to 318, and 475 to 493; principles and effects of, 373 to 378, and 474; it favors monopolies, 373; maxims o, 475. Freights-prices of, 3G1. Friendly, or benefit societies, 523. Frugality and economy, 139. Fuel-its great importance, 181 to 184, and 187. FuLniture-value of, made in each state in 1840, 464 to 466. G. Germany-see Europe. Glass windows-their otrigin, 180. Gocld-see Precious Metals. Governient-how nations are governed, 91 to 93; reforms in, 120. Grain-production of in the United States, and in the countries of ELurope, 219 to 225, and 622; prices of, in United States, 353 to 366; pnices in Great Britain, 319 to 322; prices iii France, 361. Great Blritain-power, &c. fiom 1789 to 1815, compared with France, 29; production and imports of grain, 219, 222, 419, and 427; commerce of, 403 to 409; progress of in dustryv, and increase of income and wealth, 418 to 440; imoney in circulation, 248, 256, and 266; p)opulation, 559 to 565; emigration,.566. See also Manufactures and Metals. Guatamala, 613. Guiana, 613. Guilds-their origin and character, 513. Gunpowder-its uses and influence on war, and on industry, 2e to 22. f 3'ul 7 tINDEX. H. lHardwarecomnparative prices of, at different periods, 335 and 350. .Hemp-see Flax and Hemp. ilindostan, 202, 203, and 575. I-Iogs-see Pork. Hiolland and Belgium-agricultural products, 441; income and wealth, 421, 440 to 442, and 445; commerce, 414 to 416; population, 567. See Europe. Houses-condition of, in former ages, 181, 185 to 188; suffering and mortality for want of comfortable houses, 186 to 188, and 282; number and value of, built in each state in 1840, 464; value of, in Grceat Britain, 424 to -426. I. Immigration-see emigration. Impoits-on Twhat they depend, 379; how influenced by paper money, 380; of the United States, 393 to 402; of flour and grain into Great Britain, 222; do. of cotton, 201; do. of wool, 194. Income-of the people of Great Britain, 4 tS to 439, and 445; of Holland and Belgium, 421, 441, and 445; of France, 442 to 447; of Mexico, 449; of Spain and Portugal, 449; of the United States 461, and 625 to 629; do. from agricul ture, 453 to 455, and 622 to 625; do. fiomn manufactures, 455 and 626 to 628; do. fiom mining, &c. 457 to 462; do. from commerce and navigation, 4 5 8. India-see Hindostan. Indian corn-its history and production, 216. Indians —their numbers, 603 to 613; their industry, 608 and 610 they should be united under a territorial governmenlt, 119, 120, and 612. Industry-see Income and Rental. Inquisition-origin and chl.aracter of the popish inquisition, 85 and 86. Intellect-see Mind and Iltelliglence. Intelligence —not sufficient in Catholic, Mahometan, and Pagan countries, to direct the industry of the people, 135. Interest on loans, 311; effect of high rates of interest, 313 and 314. Intoxicating drinks-see Alcohol and Wine. Inventions and machinery-their effects upon the industry, power, and population of Great Britain, 23 and 272; they pro. duced the overthrow of Napoleon, 30. 638 Ireland-its poverty and sufferings, 382, 429, and 430; their cause, 287 to 292, and 564. Iron-quantities produced and consumed in different countries, 155 to 161; prices at different periods, 327, 332, 335, 345, and 346. Italy —its condition, 450 and 553; its population, 552. J. Japan, 574. Jesuits-their origin, character, and influence, 519. L. Labor-prices of, how regulated, 304; comparative prices of, in Europe and the United States, 305; prices of, from the 12th to the 16th century, 325 to 331. Laboring classes-their comparative condition in the 14th and 19th centuries, 327 to 331, and 512; restraint on them, 469. Labor and capital-importance of organizing them, 494. Lands-prices of, how regulated, 307; population increases their value, 307 to 310. Laws and government of England-origin and progress of, 105 to 111, and 121. Laws of nature examined and defined, 2; importance of under standing them, 1, and 8 to 10; moral law of nature distin guished from the physical laws of nature, 6; tendency of the physical laws of nature to govern trade and commerce, 32, 33, and 373. Lead-iuses and production of, 165; prices of, 349. Leather-its production and manufacture, 209. Libraries-see school district libraries. Linen-see Flax. Local powers of government, 100; importance of, 103. Locomotives, 503. Lords-character and influence of the House of Lords of Great Britain, 110. Luxuries-their utility partly real, but mostly factitious, 126. M. Machinery-See Inventions and Machinery. Mahometanism-its origin, progress and character, 85 to 89. Maize-See Indian Corn. 6.39 INDEX.' 0 INDEX, Man- effect of habits, pursuits, and exercise upon his constitution and character, 19 and 34. Constitution, mental capacity and character (to some extent), of parents, transmitted to their children, 37. Purposes for which he was designed, 39. His leading passions enumerated, and their influence described, 39 to 43. Manufactures-their effects upon markets and agriculture, 147; their general influence, 189. Of wvool, 192 to 195; of flax and hemp, 196; of silk, 197; of cotton, 201 to 209; of leather, 209. For income firom, see Income. Markets, the principal stimulants of industry, 141; they depend mostly on a division of employments, 371. Miariner's Compass, 189. Massachusetts-its rapid increase of wealth, 614. Maxims of free trade, 475; critical examination of, 477. Mechanism and the use of metals precede agriculture, 58 to 60 effect of, on the character of nations, 146. See Manufactures. Metals-their use precedes agriculture and a division of employments, 58 to 60; general history and use of, 152; quantities pro duced in each country of Europe, 159. General reflections upon the influence of mining industry and the metals, 169 to 174. Mexico-productive industry and condition of, 448 to 450; popula tion, 600. Mind or Intellect-importance of its development and cultivation, 3 and 18; inherent weakness of the human mind, 12; be ing dependent on physical organs, its capacity depends on the perfection and discipline of those organs, 34 to 35; not sufficiently developed in Catholic, Mahometan, and pagan countries, to render the industry of the people very produc tive, 135. Mining-See Metals, and Precious Metals. Missionaries, 519. ioney-amount to each person in the United States, and in each country of Europe, 264 to 266. Monks and Monastic Orders, 56 and 518. Monopolies-their character, 469 to 470 and 494; favored by free trade, 373. See Corporations. Mormonism-its origin and character, 89. Mortality occasioned by famines, a want of food, &c., 223 and 325; decennial ratio of, in the United States, 591. 640 INDEX. N. N'tional Charactor, how formed, 37 to 38. Native Americanism, 117. Necessaries-See W\ants. Netherlands-See Ilolland and Belgium. New llilunswiclk, 597. New Grenada, 602 and, 613. zNicara'ua, 0 13. Norway,.57 1, and see Europe. Nova Scotia, 597. 0. Oats, 214. Odd Fellows, 527. OI)inions-inflnence of, on the conduct and acts of men, 18. Means used in somie countries to form the opinioins aid govern the people, 1. P. Pag,anism —See Religion. Painl and( evil to which man is subject-how they arise, 38. Paper invention and manufacture of, 191. Plaper lMoneyv-See Banks and Banking. Patironia, 613. Perui, 602 and 613. Plaiik Roads, 507. Ploucrls -See Agi'icllttural Impllements. 'oisolns aIld thleiir operation, 538. Political associ.-ations and parties, 112 and 520. lPolitical C,)mventions, 521. 1Po)e and Pliestlhood of the Romish Chlurclh-their tyranny and inf:luence over the people, and upon the progress of nations, 15, 66 to 73, arid 516; effect of, on our elections, 118. See also 1leligious Persecutions. Population-general laws which govern it, 540 and 576; of the Roman Emp)ire, 548; of Europe, 551 to 571; Asia, 573; China and Japan, 574; Turkey, 575; Afinca, 576; Ameri can Colonies, 578 to 583; United States, 584 to 587; other countries of America, 594 to 602 and 613. Number of In dians, 603 to 613. Pork-quantities anid prices of, 352. Porto RPico, 600. 641 INDEX. Portugal-See Spain and Portugal. Posts and Post Offices, 497. Potatoes-tltheir pioduction and value), 217. P'owder-See Gulpowd,,r. ]'()wer-Loorns, 20.5 and 338. P.:ecious,Metals-their use as mnoney, 240; produtctioin and con sumption of, fi'om 1492 to 1 850, ). 243 to 252; iuse of, as a stindaid or measure of value, 24(), 300; c.uises of tlieir fluctuations in valu,,e, 300. Piices —regulated b)y demand and a dsupply, 301; comparative prices of la)bor in Europe and the Ulnited States, 305; plices of lands, 307; of wheat firom 1120 to 1 850, and cornpatrativo )riices., 319 to 322; of labor, lents and piovisions floma tlhe 12th to 16t1h century, 325 to 331; of sliliS and iron in 1.5th century, 326; of British exports, 332 to 3.52; of pork, fl)lour, grain, &c., in the United States, 352 to 366; of wheat in France, 361; of fireights and trallsl)ortation, 361 to 364. Producetion, and I)roduictive industry definel, 13'3. See liic,)lie. Products-See Income, and Aigricultural p roduct.. Profits on C'l)ital 311. Pro1pery —-valulation o0, in EEgland,i( in 1688, p1). 41S to 421?; in (lreat Britain at ditferent p:ii)ds, 426, 431 to 439; in France and the Netlerlands, 444 -ad 445; in M.asschu setts, 614; in Vi;.ginia, 616; in the sever Sttes, 615, dllfl 618 to 619. Protective dutties and thleir effects, 335 to 34-3, 3i73 to 37.5, 379 and 486 to489. How foreign co:nmerce should be iegulated, 385 to 389. Protestant Clhurches, 76 and 515. Providences —on the gener)al aid special providences of God, and the use of natural causes to effect his p)urposes, 11. Pruissia —products of grain, 221; of the metals, 159; population, 569. B. Railroads and Locomotives, 503 to 505; their effects, and produc tiveness to stockholders, 507 to 511. Reforms in jturisprudence and matters of governmenlt, 120. Religion-influence of the different systems of religion on mnan, and the progress of nations, 515 to 517. Religious Persecutions, 67, 69 to 71, 84 to 87, 549 and 558; effct of, on France, Holland and Elngland, 446 and 447. Rental of Great Britain at different periods, 418 to 424, and 437. Rents-whlat regulates their amount, 310. Rents in the 13th and 14thl centuries3, 325:, 328 and 329. 6-42 I INTDE X. Ropfrespntative system of lerislation-its orinin, 104. Pi,vennios- f Great Bitaiii, 27, 408 and 409; of France, 29; of the United States fiom custoins, 394. Revolutioti of Frince of 1789-cautses of, and the means used to excite tlIe peol)le, 16 and 28; numinber of its victims, 558. Rice, 216. lRo:ids ii ancient and modern times, 499. loiioai C-atlolic Church-its system of government, 7. Roiuaii Einii*ire-its populationt, 548 to.550; causes of its decline and fail, 67, 71, 87, and 549. Rutsssi.a-prodticts of grain, 220; commerce, 416; paper money in use, 2.19 and 252 to 254; population, 57. See also Euriope. Rye-production and consumption of, 213 and 219 to 222. S. Savinz Banks, 524. Saw Mills-their invention and use, 185. Schools-first establishment of common schools in Scotland and N,ew England, 44 to 46; the state of education in many other countries, 47. See also Education. School District Libiaries- their origin and importance, 47 and 48, Sciene, Inemtions, and Discoveries-their influence on the progress of civilizItion, 62 to 65, and 72. Scotland, 5eCO. See Great Britain. Silk-pi-(duction and manufacture of, 197; prices, 335 to 342. Silve See Piecious'IMetals. ilaves- -unubler, 586);:.erage and aggregate value in the several States,619. Smith's Wealthl of Nations —its character and influence, 470; his errors and their catuse, 473. Sons of Temiperance, 528. Spaiii and Portugal-condition, 450; population, 554. See also Europe. Spindles in use in different countries, 206. Spirituous Liquor. —See Alcohol and Wine. Steaniboats antd Ocem,t Steameis, 505 and 511. Steam Engoines —their invention, 181. Stoves-their invention, 1S1. Sugar-its production and consumption, 226. Supply-See D)emand and Supply. Sweden, 571, and see Europe. Switzerland, 571, and see Europe. 643 I.D.X. T. Tariff-See Protective Duties. Tea-production and consumption of, 231; its good effects, 234 and 544. TeleQraphs, 506. lTemperance Societies, 528. Tin —uses and production of, 164; pricec, 349. Tobacco-]its production anid consuin ption, 238. Tonna-le and( numnber of vessels of Great Britain, 404; tonnae of Holliand and Europe in 1690, p. 442; do. of the United States, 403. TI'urkev —its potpulation and( free trade po]icy, 575. See Etrope. Turulp.ike Roads —origin of, 500. U. United Sdatqt the,ir settlement and population, 578 to 591; agri ep tu1r. I)roducts, 453 and 622 to 626; c(tton, 201; in come from manutfactories and othler industry, 455 to 464, and 626 to 629; commerce, 389 to 402 f)treign debts, 395 to 402; coin and bank notes in circulation, 257 to 264. United States Bank of Pennsylvauia.ause,,s of its failure, 32. Useful Artts. —See Arts. Utility-definition of. It is the principal test to determine the mor)al laws of nature, 7. V. Valuations of Property-See Property. Values-basis of, 125 and 127; mneasure, or standard of valupe, 30"; market value or price ot products, 301; value of lands, how increased by populationl, 307 to 310. Venezuela, 602 and 613. W. W'ants enumerated and defined, 125, and 274 to 283. War —how influenced, and its character changed by gunpowder, fire-arms, and the mechanic arts, 20. WNealth and its basis, 128; its production and accumulation, 138. See also Property and Income. 644 I WVest India Islands, 613. Wheat-production and consumption of, 211, 219 to 222. See a1lo Prices. Wine-its production and consumption, 235. wVool-production and manufacture of, 192 to 195; comparative prIices of woollen goods, 335 to 341. Z. Zinc-its uses, and the trade iil it, 167. 645 I.,t EX. I